The Akbarnama of Abu-l-Fazl, Vol. I

VOLUME ONE

TransCatedfrom the ^Persian

6y

H. BE^VERIDQB

•irMlO wjl r‘.W-tt IM.slj

\lVT MU'

THE ASIATIC SOCIETY

The Asiatic Society

1, Park Street. Calcutta-700 016 Book is to be returned on the Date Last Stamped

Date

Voucher No

Gift.

THE AKBARNAMA

OF

ABU’L. FAZL

(HISTORY OF THE REIGN OF AKBAR INCLUDING AN ACCOUNT OF HIS PREDECESSORS)

Vol.1

mAhfSLATED FROM THEPEIZSiAh/

by

k

H. BEVERIDGE

THE ASIATIC SOCIETY

1 , Park Street □ Calcutta- 16

Published by

Professor Anil Kumar Sarkar General Secretary The Asiatic Society 1 Park Street Calcutta 700 016

First published in 1907 Reprinted in March 2000

o

v1

ISBN 81 7236 092 4

THE/’ / :iETy

C/ . 0 016

PiC’ I -o 3

DATE

Price : Rs. 1200.00 (set)

Printed at

Arunima Printing Works 81 Simla Street Calcutta 700 (K)6.

FOREWORD

The late Henry Beveridge, ICS took over two decades for the completion of the final volume of English translation of Akbar Noma. On being assigned the task by the Asiatic Society of Bengal in the year 1897 he started his work. He, however, expressed his desire not to do the complete translation but suggested that he should take up editing the manuscript version by Leutenant Chedmers which was duly accepted by the authorities of the then Asiatic Society of Bengal. After he started the work in 1897 the translations were trickling out in prints in fascicles. The first eight fascicles were published in 1907 as the first volume. The second volume with seven fascicles and the third one with fourteen fascicles along with index came out in succession. Beveridge ultimately completed his translation in 1921. It took some more time for correction, revision, preparation of List of Contents, Abbreviations and Additional Errata and Addenda to the Index. But thereafter the publication was delayed for several reasons. It was, however, the initiative of Dr Baini Prashad to complete the work and to publish the volume finally in 1939.

It is almost after a gap of 60 years, the Society has again taken initiative in bringing out Beveridge’s translation of Akbar Nama in a consolidated and comprehensive manner.

This is a much sought after publication since Allamah Abul FazVs Akbar Nama always retains its fascination for its minute account of the customs and traditions, ef the people of India during the reign of Akbar, the ablest of the Mughal emperors, who has been so much extolled by historians for his sagacious statemanship, dexterous diplomacy and military skill. The historical importance of this publication is further enhanced by the fact that its

author was Akbar’s intimate friend and confidential adviser and, therefore, had access to first hand information. The present three volumes are the reprints of our earlier publication under Bibliotheca Indica Series. It covers the period from 1542 to 1605 AD. The introduction, various explanatory notes etc. from Beveridge and the Index have also been retained in their original style.

I hope that the scholarly world will find the reprinted volumes helpful, handy and worthy of preservation.

Calcutta

10.3.2000

Anil Kumar Sarkar General Secretary

AKBARNAMA,

In the name of Ood^ the Merciful, the Compassionate. Introduction,

Almightj God I ^ Wh^t a profound thought and glorious idea it is that the subtle apprehenders of truth, whose bright minds are like the breath of morning, and who are keen-sighted students of the

I Allah Akhar (Arabic, — Alldhu Akbar) God U very Great This ex- pression is called tho iakhXr — the magnifying — and is often used at the commencement of undertakings. A.F. places it at the beginning of the Akharndma and also of the AXn. Blochmann says, (166n.) “ The words Alldhu Akhar are ambiguous ; they may mean, ‘God is Great,’ or ‘Akbar is God.’ There is no doubt that Akbar liked the phrase for its ambi- guity ; for it was used on coins, the imperial seals and the heading of books, /armdns, etc.” He then trans- lates from BadaonT, (II, 210) as fol- lows ; “ It was during those days “ (A.H. 983=1676-6) that His Majesty ‘‘once asked how people would like ‘‘ it, if h© ordered the words Alldhu ** Akhar to be cut on the imperial seal “and the dies of his coins. Most “ said, people would like it very “ much. But HajI Ibrahim objected “ and said, the phrase had an ambi-

“ guous meaning and the Emperor “ might substitute the Koran verse Lazikru Alldhi akbaru^To think of Ood ia tho greateat thing — because “ it involved no s^nbiguity. But His “ Majesty got displeased and said, it “ was surely sufficient that no man " who felt his weakness would claim “dirinityjhe merely looked to the “sound of the words and he had “ never thought that a thing could “be carried to such an extrefne.” Mr. Lowe (280) has copied this trans- lation but it seems to me that Mr. Blochmann meant to write “•ejf- evident and not ** aujjicient for the Persian is sSMid l^wud

mu*aiyan oat. Mr. Rehatsek (“Ak- bar’s Repudiation of Islam,” 14) translates; “But the fimperor was “ not pleased and replied, * It is sclf-

• evident that no man can in his per- ‘ feet weakness pretend to be God.

‘ Our intention is based on the literal ‘ naeaning and there is no occasion

AKBAftNAMA.

schedules * of Creation and drawers* of diagrams on the tablet of wisdom and perception^ have not^ with the exception of Speech which is but a vagrant breeze and fluctuating gale^ found in the combina- tions* of the elements or in material* forms^ anything so snblime, or a jewel so rare that it come not within the mould of price, that Reason^s balance cannot weigh it, that Language’s measure cannot contain it, and that it be beyond the scale of Thought ; — and yet, how should it be otherwise ? Without help of Speech, the inner world^s capital could not bo built, nor this evil outer world’s civilization be conceived.

to transfer it (to my name.)” I think the passage might be rendered thus, “ He (Akbar) did not approve, “and observed, ‘It is Self-evident ‘that a humble slave cannot claim ‘ the Godhead ; we are thinking only

• of the verbal coincidence (with our

• own name), there is no sense in pnt- ‘ ting such an interpretation (as yon ‘have’ suggested) on the phrase.’** The word vs..Ai»tbo mandsa6a(— which I have translated coincidence occurs thrice in the beginning of the Akbwr- ndma in the sense of connection, vis.. Bib. Ind. ed. 2, 11. 2 and 9 fr. foot and22, 1. 6.

The conversation is, on the whole, creditable both to Akbar and Qftjl Ibrahim. Akbar, 1 think,’’ admitted that he chose the phrase on account of its consonance with his name but denied that he had any intention of claiming to be God. Probably . Ibr&him’s well-meant suggestion would not have mended matters, for people would still have remarked on the double significsnce of the words. Bee further on this point, BadionI II. 268 (Lowe, 277). In Faizl’s JDi- wdn, there is a long poem in praise of Akbar, every couplet of which ends with the words, Allah Akbar,

^ Jy ^ plural of jadwal,

a column. The word is often ysed to signify astronomical tables or catalogues.

lit. : compass-open- ers.

tarakkuh *wnauH: lit. : elemental combination or inser- tion of one element in another. The similar phrase occurs

in An, No. 4 (13, 1 11.) Tarcikkuh is used in the Akhamama (22, 1. 6) in opposition to tajarrud, %,e,, single- ness or nudity. It appears th4t the phrase refers to the four compounds described in Ain No. 13 about the origin of metals. There it is said that the Creator, jby calling into existence the four elements, has raised up wondrous forms (paikarha). Further on, we sre told that four compounds (murakkah), are called into existence, vi».: 1st, d§joir-i-*ulvoi doings from on high, as rain, snow, etc.; 2nd, stones; 3rd, plants; 4th, animals. (Blochmann 39.)

• paikar haiyulani

material form. Haiyuldni is from the Greek 0Ai»t maiUr, I think the expression is synonymous or nearly so with tardkhub * anmr^. The nia-

INTRODUCTION.

3

VlRSR.^

What a Word* was that whose utterance Unveiled the eighteen thousand !*

No feast equals it in intoxicating power ;

No rival comes nigh it in supremacy.

It is the initiator in the workshop ;

It sits enthroned in the palace.

Whatever reaches the heart of the wise.

The heart utters to the tongue and the tongue rehearses* to thO ear.

Its path is from the adit to the exit of hearts ;

Expression and audition are its arena.

In reason’s observatory^ the tongue and the ear Are the rising ‘ and setting of speech’s moon.

We cannot reach its sublime foundation by the ladder ® of the

terial forma must also be combina- tiona of the elements.

1 These lines are Faizl’s and in his Markcmi-adwdr (Centre of Circles) in the canto in praise of Speech. (B. M. Add. No. 7795, 25b, Rieu’s Cat. II. 671). The MS. has 6ar arbdhi-kofi^ in the last line in place of bar rasadgdhi’hoih.

s Meaning the word of two letters and nuti, t.e., k and n, Kun, Fiaty Be, which God uttered at the Creation. “ Zi kaf wa nun barvn award kunain." Exordium of Oul~ iian-i-rag.

It is a Muhammadan idea that the number of created species was 18,000. See BadaonI II. 320 (Lowe, 330). Also Akbamdma 9, 1. 11. Me> n inski s.e. *alam, quoting from the Turkish says, **Dtu9 ociodecim millia mundorum ereaunt,” I cannot find any explanation of the choice of the number 18,000. Perhaps it was adopted as being a multiple of the

mysterious number 9, and 9,000 was doubled to allow for male and femald creations.

The Majrnau-t‘tawdriyi (quoted by Anquetil du Perron, Zendaveita, II S52n.), says the firB| man was called Gilshih —earth-lord — and that he had a son and daughter named Mesci and MescianSh, and that after 50 years, they had 18 children. At least this is another instance of the use of the number 18 and per haps a partial explanation of the « 18,000.’*

• Raaadgdh, Observatories are described in the Atn (II, 265) as wonderful buildings with upper and lower windows and placed on elevated spots where mists cannot reach* them. See also 1. c. 266 where the word rasad is explained.

^ Lit. are its east and west.

• Alluding, apparently, to the notion that there are nine heavens one above another.

4

IKniRNAMA.

Rkies nor can the swift foot of reason plant a ‘step in its nature’s mysterious wilderness. Its disposition’ is fiery, its constitution aerial, its nature earthy but resembling water.* Its fount is the fire- temple of the heart; its culmination, the blissful abode of the atmosph{)ro; it is as water in the flow of its traffic; earth’s surface is its place of repose.

J iidges of precedence in the ranks of glory, have in consonance with their knowledge and insight, recognized Speech as Oommander- in-Chief3 of Truth’s army, — nay, as the true son and heir of the mind. They have felt it to be the Archimage ^ of knowledge, the fire-temple of the heart, — nay, to be the mind’s first birth.* Eape-

1 The reference its to the four elements. MS. No. 564 says that speech is compared to fire, on accounc. of its vehemence; to air, because it is breath ; to earth, because its place of utterance is the tongue which belongs to the visible worhi ; and to water, because of its smuutlmess and mobility.

• dbnumd, showing water

or looking like water. Ah also means lustre and Chalmers translates *of liquid purity.’ But A. F. is evident- ly. thinking of the element of water. See a similar paasaTge in Ain No. 4, (Bib. Ind. 13), where gold is compared to each of the four elements. There is a passage in A. F.’s preface to the Ain where mankind is divided into four classes, corresponding to the four elements.

® Si:pah-8dldr, lit : Soldier-Chief ;

• but the description in the Ain of the duties and qualifications of the 8ipah-8dldr shows that he was rather a Vizier or Prime Minister. Indeed A F. begins by calling him the Vice- gerent of his Majesty. (Jarrett II, 37).

Muhid 7nuhiddni-ddnisi.

• jiU ahu4-dhal, father

of fathers ; but the meaning is not that Speech is the forefather or first- parent of mind but that it is the Adam or primeval ancestor engen- dered by the mind.

The passage from ** Judges to ** birth ” is a military metaphor, for (ranks) means lines of soldiers and anjuman may mean an army. The phrase which I have rendered ** true son and heir ” is Igtalaf-as- fidq or fgialaf aidq and means a successor or perhaps " Vicar worthy of his proto-type.** The iafAdld and article of Text seem unnecessary. Lane 795o.

Chalmers translates, *’ Those who can appreciate the highest grandeur, have by means of their sense and penetration understood this exalted foundation of the Council Boom of Reason to be even the son (the MS. has si4n— clearly a clerical error) of the sincerity of the heart and the kindred of wisdom have supposed it to be the furnace of the soul or rather the Palladium of the affec- tions of the mind."

INTRODUCriON,

cially preeminent ifi that Speech * which is the ornamented argument oi the Bplendid volume; adorned preface of the sublime code, that is, is the praise of the Lord of heaven and earth ; panegyric of the Distributor of life and Creator of the body ; which is at once a stage of exaltation for the beginning and a Imart-iMitrancing ornament for the close; at once caravan-conductor^ of tln^ quont and prince of eloquonce ; chamber- lamp of the sitters in dark- ness; solitude-adorning companion of the recluse; pain-iiicreaser of the lovers of the path of God-seoking ; ulcer-plastcr of the wounded dwellers in the recess of impatience; cordial for the drinkers of sorrow^s bitter tears ; embalmcr * of the broken-hearted denizens of the hermitage of silence ; marshaller of the brave in the contests of divino love; banquet-lamp of the beloved^ ones in the palace of poaco ; thirst-increaser * of thirsty-lipped inquirers ; hunger-increaser

A It is difficult to regard all these expressions as referring to speech only and Chalmers has, apparently, considered them as des- criptive of the Almighty, for after the words “ Creator of the body (Sec infra) ho translates, ** He be- stows the baMs of exaltation to the commencement of eternity.” But I think the reference is really to speech and that A. F. is thinking of the logos. I learn from the trans- lation of the Oulskani-rdTi of my friend Mr. Whinfield, that Sufis ren- dered the Nco-Platonic logos by the phrase *aql‘i-1eull, universal reason. A. F.’s language may be compared with Nisjami’s address to Speech (sn^an) at the beginning of the Makjhzanu-l-asrdr. The author of the Ma’dsir-l-umara (II. 622) says that A. F. has been called a Nisjaml in prose.

• The force of this antithesis or parsllelism is not very clear, but apparently some such distinction as that between the Church militant

and the Church triumphant is in- tended. While the eloquent are travelling, i.e., marching on as prais- ers of God— and havo not yet at- tained their goal, speech is their leader and when they have arrived at their resting place, i.e., at perfec- tion — speucli becomes their sove- reign. Chalmers translates. “lie leads the^ Caravan of the Elocjucnt and He is the Prince of Oratory.”

• Properly, pissasphalt, or, as Chalmers has it, embalming drug. The word in the text is momidl fiom which comes our word mummy. Wo might therefore translate, mum- mificr.

♦ Ma^shiiq mizdjdn, perhaps fill- ed with love or excessively loving.

^ Isiisqdhakhsk lit. giver of dropsy. Thirst is often an accom- paniment of dropsy. Sa’di {GulUtdn II. Story 33), speaks of a drop.sical person as not being satisfied even by th© Euphrates, and there is a similar reference m the Bustdn (III, 1. 26) to the condition of a dropsical person.

AKBARNAMA.

of hungry -hearted ones in the wilderness of search. Hence it is that wakeful-hearted sages^ — with all their tumult of lore and rest- less longing, — have stayed the hand of contemplation at the hem of the divine canopy ^ and with thirsty lips, and blistered feet, and the gulping down of thousands of agitations and cries, have set the seal of silence on their lips and — wisely wrapping the foot of respect in the skirt of humility, — have not attempted what has not been vouchsafed to them from the almonry of destiny.

Yebsi.

Letters* and dots are the desert sand in Thy perfect path.

In the universe of Thy wisdom, the city of speech is but some market-booths.®

The warders of jealousy^ at Thy door, smite the understanding,

With blows of astonishment in front, and strokes of ignorance * from behind.

on the banks of the Nile. The Romans had a similar notion. See Ovid’s Fa$ti (I. I 215) and Horace’s Creaeit indulgem $ihi dims hydropa, Nec sitim pellitt

A. F.’s meaning is that some knowledge of the Divine praise makes one thirst for more. Cf. A. F.’s Insha where Sharafu-d-dla of Manlr is called a thirst-imp Ian ter. latiaqd also means praying for rain, and thus the epithet may moan that God puts a prayer for rain in the mouths of the thirsty, or that ho grants their prayer for rain. The epithet following — 7ii‘-a/*d — may mean appetite- incrcaser.

^ flaudaj (howdah) which also means a camel-litter. It is probably used ill this sense in the Akharndnaa, I. 14, 1. 12 from foot.

• Lit. points and Utters. By the dots are meant the diacritical points. The lines are Faizi’s. See Ain I. 236, and Blochmann, 550.

Mr. Blochmann renders the lines, thus

** Science is like blinding desert* ** sand on the road to Thy perfection ; “ the town of literature is a mere ** hamlet, compared with the world “of Thy knowledge. Thy jealousy, “the guard of Thy door, stuns “human thought by a blow in the “ face and gives human ignorance a “ slap on the nape of the neok.”

Chalmers has, — “The Viceroy of “ dismay spurns our fancy from Thy “door;— With the blow of stupor “upon its front and the thrust of “ ignorance from behind.’’

® rustd, a market-town or

hamlet.

• Or pernaps, the uHjMmen cf Thy jealousy. A. F. speaks (42, 1. 10) of the Divine jealousy’s preserving from public knowledge the true character of Akbar’s horoscope.

The meaning seems to be that the human understanding is

INTRODUCTION.

7

In other words, praise of the incomparable Deity lies outside the field of possibility, and the panegyric of the unequalled God is beyond the field of existence.^

Verse.

Wherever discourse* deals with the knowledge of God,

Our thoughts* praise becomes dispraise.

Behold rashness, how it boils over with daring !

Can a drop embrace the ocean ?

Think not that it is even a single letter of the Book,®

encountered by amazement (Ct. Gray’s “amazement in his van.’*) when it attempts to fathom the Pivine mysteries and is also buifetted by its own ignorance.

1 ttHySt akwdn. — ^There is a Hindi word aktodn signifying calculation but here, akwdn seems to be the plural of kuut existence or world.

I Judif, which may either

mean traditiem or simply mention or discourse. It also means new or recent and perhaps the author of the lines wished to take advantage of these meanings. I think the primary meaning hero is talk or diacouree for the lines are FaizI’s and we find him elsewhere using hadta in the sense of discourse; e.gr., Akhamdma TII« 687, 1. 10, where, addressing himself, the poet says, “ FaizT ! keep silent from this discourse ! ” The lines in our Text occur (but in other order) in the selection from Faizi’s poems given in the Akhamdma, III, 684, 1, 2 and 683, last line.)

Chalmers thus translates the lines : —

When our traditions could trace the knowledge of God,

** Our most grateful thoughts be- come ingratitude.

“ Behold our arrogance in the ebullition of our daring “ When a drop would clasp the ocean in its embrace,

“ Think not any volume contains a letter of it ;

** For a letter is but as flax and it is the shining Moon.

** How long wilt thou arrange the harness of thy speech,

** Place thy step here with the offering of helplessness.

® This difficult couplet receives illustration fron^ the beginning of a letter to Shah ‘Abbas of Persia in the first book of the Inakd.* There it is said that, if all the dots of our intelligences and all the schedules of our thoughts were combined with the armies of knowledge and troons of sciences, their total would not represent one letter of the Book of Praise, or be one ray of the Sun. And then we are told, in evident allusion to Sa’di’s famous couplet about the leaves of the trees, that the works of creation praise God with a tongueless tongue. It is clear then that the word book (kitdh) is used in the above verse, in a mystical sense for the mysterious Record of the Divine Praise.

8

aitbarnama.

For the Letter is muslin ‘ and the Book moonlight.

How long wilt thou be an embroiderer * of speech ?

Stay thy foot hero, with the acknowledgment * of humility. So long as there is no link between terrestrials and celestials, and the path of speech between the earthly and the heavenly is closed, what intercourse can there be between the limited and the unlimited, so that an atom of the dust can have any lot in the pure, world-warming Sun ? What goal in the boundless plains of necessity and eternity is possible for a prisoner in the subterraneous vault of accident and modernity ; and what strength can he have to traverse them ? What portion can a bewildered, headless and footless niote^ have in the beams of tho world-lighting Sun ? It can only be tossed about in the wind. What is a dewdrop to the swelling ocean or to the cloud surcharged with rain ? ^Tis but the vaunt of a parched lip. Pity it were that a mote should discourse about tho Illuminator of the assemblage of existences and, though it know him not, and cannot address him, yet should speak of him and search for him I What connection is there between the dark defile and the courts of light; bucween non-entity and absolute being ? The creature may never attain such knowledge of the Creator, as to be able to draw even a few breaths in the rare atmosphere of the praise of His mysteries {mahnundt) or to plant some steps in the field of the comprehension of the wonders^ of His store-houses {maM^zundt), How then can he

1 leatdn. The Lucknow

editor say 8 Icatdn is a kind of cloth that, goes to pieces when exposed to the moonlight. Blochmann (94) says {Icatdn) “ generally translated by linen. All dictionaries agree that it is exceedingly thin, so much so that it tear.7 the moon

shines on it; — it is muslin." A. F.

1. 106.) calls it katdnd-farangJ, i.e., European kaian. (See Vullers
2. r., and the Burhdni-qatV , Appa- rently kaian is our word cotton.

• makmilt means a camel-

litter. It is also the term for tho cloth wh’ch is sent annually from

Egypt, as a covering for the Ka*ha. The lines are Fai^I’s. See Akba^ ndma III. 684, 1. 6.

• daztdunz. This word which Chalmers translates offering^ is commonly used in India to mean a document, voucher or exhibit.

• The mote is supposed to be in love with the sun. Blochmann 597 n. and 606 n.

^ ‘oodih does not occur in

the Text after idrak, but it is found in No. 664, in three MSS. of the R. A. S. and in three of the A. S. B. Chalmers’ MS. also seems to have had it.

INTRODUCTION.

9

be fit enter the courts of the Creator’s praise f For him who has no right of approach^ to speak of the Sultan’s privy chamber, is only to be exposed to ridicule and to make himself a public laughing-

stock*

Vbrsb.’

Though the foot of Speech be long of stride>

Thy curtain-stone * hath shattered it.

Though Speech be fat and lusty.

It is lean > when it reaches Thy table.

O Thou ! Higher than our imaginary* heavens and more exalted than the plane of the elements and than the stars, inasmuch as Thou hast not bestowed on us knowledge of Thy essence and attri- butes, it is manifest that Thou regardest not thanksgiving as within our powers, and seeing that Thou hast conferred on us mercies which are infinite, it follows that Thou hast not laid upon us the obligation of adequate gratitude I

When I saw that the door of utterance was closed, I perceived that of action open and said to myself in ecstacy ; —

** If thou hast not the power of utterance and canst not chaunt " panegyrics, be not cast down, for it is the smooth-tongued and empty-handed who, by a fraudulent barter, tra^c words at tho rate of realities. The praise which is laid upon mankind * as a duty, by the commands of the Understanding, — that world-obeyed

1 Both couplets are from the Mal^mnu’Uasrdr of Nijaml. See Bland’s ed. 3, 1.42 and 21. 1.380. Ni garni was a favourite author with Ak])ar. Blochmann, 104.

® Qu. a stone placed upon the od^ro of a curtain to prevent its blowing aside. Perhaps simply stone of the threshold.

® That is, from tho length of the journey.

• Kurai-i-aqul u awham. The kurn or throne is the crystalline or eighth heaven and below the ‘arjJ whii:h is the em[>yroiu~-the ninth heaven or the heaven of heavens. Tho 2

kur8% is supposed to be God’s judg- ment seat and the author’s meaning seems to be that God is higher than any such imaginary throne. Lane («, V. kursx) quotes an authority as saying that the kural is the place of tho feet, and «. v. ‘arsjit quotes a saying of Muhammad that the seven heavens and earths, by the side of the kural^ are naught hut as a ring thrown down in a desert land ; and such is the kural with respect to tho *arsh (the empyrean.)

® f^dnwdda-u

imJf Jnl lit. the family of contingeuii exiritenceB.

10

akbarnIma.

" sovereign^ — is that they make the night-illaminating jewel of ** reason, — one of the bountiful Divine Rulex^s greatest gifts, — into " a bright lamp, and employ it for sweeping and cleansing the courts of their outer and inner man. Should the taskmasters ^ of fate^s workshop have attired a son of A^anr in the garb of want and ‘‘solitude, lot him first of all gird up his loins for self-culture and " afterward let him endeavour the improvement of others. Should ’’ they have brought him into a crowd of associations and contacts— " as may bo inevitable in the arrangements of this evil world, — let " him, if a ruler, prefer the betterment of others to his own ; for “the duty of the shepherd is watching the flock, and the design " of sovereignty is universal guardianship. If he be a subject, “let him, first of all, show alacrity in obeying the orders of his “legitimate ruler,* and then let him cleanse the secret chambers " of his heart from the dust of heavy-pacing sensuality and nimble- footed wrath, so that, by his life and conversation, he be a teacher " and a testimony of the incomparable Giver and Cherisher of his " outer and inner man.^^

When the communing with my heart bad proceeded thus far, a resting* stage showed itself afar off to my bewildered mind, and my thoughts were pleasant for a while. My astonied heart was, it is true, saddened by the length an^ difficulty of the journey, but was cheered by the sound of the machinery of movement,* and by the good tidings of eventual arrival. Suddenly the thoughtful foot of my boding spirit came upon a stone ; for the praise of God does not consist in comprehending His perfect attributes and assigning*

^ Manta^iman, lit. arrailK^rs or managers.

• OAvdmiru mal- lahu al amru;–an Arabic phrase signifying the commands of him to

‘whom is command, i.e., who has right to command. Seo verse of the Ko- ran in the document preserved by BadSonT. (11.271, 1.9. Lowe 279, Koran, Sura IV. 62.)

• dhang-i-sdn-i’Toh. Ahang means symphony and also

intention or resolution. Perhaps the expression refers to the tinkling of the camels’ bells. Chalmers has “ the sweet’Sounding of the instru- ments of travel.” The meaning ap- pears to be that, though the way is long and diflScult, the mind of the pilgrim is cheered by the thought that he is moving on, and will even- tually reach his goal.

A Lit, connect them with His court.

INTROnOCTION.

il

them to His Essence ; nor is it the reckoning up of His bonefifca which are without beginning or end, and by dint^ of these wares of new- fangled* praise, thrusting oneself forward ; nor* should we regard praise as beyond human comprehension and so, stop short of the

^ Lit, alongside or abreast of«

■ ^Mdui-diad, stained

with novelty. The text has an i^dfat between hadu^‘dlud and the follow- ing S^udrd which would, I think, be better away. It ia not in No* 564.

• I read (j instead of 0 td, as this seems to me to make the better sense. It also appears to be the reading adopted by Chalmers. Most texts, however, read id. The Elliot MS, (Bodleian 4a) has’ yd and the Walker MS. (Bodleian 115) had yd also but this has been altered into id,— I suppose by the copyist. B.M. MS. Add. No. 6544 has also yd, B.M. MS. Add. No. 5610 has td, Td may be right and the meaning be that the result of attempting to number the Divine benefits, etc., is that one finds the calculation beyond one’s power and so gives up praise in despair. The translation, in this case, would run thus ; “ Until ” (or “ with the result that ”) " one recog- nizes that praise is beyond human comprehension and so joins those who have fallen short of the portico of praise.” The author’s meaning seems to be that for awhile he thought he had come to see what was the chief end of man,” vis., to do his best in the situation in which he might be placed. This cheered him | in spite of the path’s being long and hard, but suddenly, a fresh difiiculty presented itself, for be recognized that the praise of God which per-

haps, wo should call Theology and which the author regarded aa man’.s prime care. Cf. the Shorter Cate- chism — “ man’s chief end is to glorify God and to enjoy him for ever *’ did not consist in cither of the two following things ;

1. Attempting to comprehend the inscrutable.

2. Much speaking about His bounties, hoping thereby tb win God’s favour and to have glory of men.

Nor again was it right to aban- don the study of Theology as beyond our powers, and devote our energies to the improvement of our own miserable selves, even if such endea- vour were after moral as well as material adVa^i cement. No ! true Theology or Divine worship con- sisted in renouncing the attempt either to fathom the Divine mysteries or to recount His benefits and to take refuge in acknowledgment of our baseness and impotence. The author’s view, in short, is that ex- pressed in the parable of the Pharisee and the Publican, of which perhaps, he may have heard frdm his friend Aquaviva. These rcfiections led him to see that he must strive after worshipping God, tfiough in a different fashion from that of the theologians, and eventually he found rest in the discovery that the highest form of Doxology was to record the achievements,— spiritual and tempo- ral— of that Divine master-piece, the

12

AKBARNAMA.

porch of thanksgiving; nor should we style self-culture ^ the recital of the Divine praise, and growing weary- hearted* at tlio darkness of the road and tho distance of the goal, regard such self-deception as a gain, and with abandonment of thanksgiving, set about whatever the chcatory of tho hour represent as our true aim.

Rather the note of Praise is to lay this praise-loving, self-adorning, self-auctioning spirit® on* the threshold of service, at the base of supplication and humiliation and to cast it down from the arch* of

Kri’peror Akhar. Unfortunately we may say of Ahu-l*fazl what has been predicated of the poet Young— that he never gets hold of u thought that he does not tear it to pieces.

As the passage is difficult, I give Chalmers’ translation below : —

“ For the meaning of the giving “praise to the Almighty is neither “ that wo should inquire into the “ qualities of His perfection and then “apply them to His Majesty — nor “ that wc should reckon up the “ endle.ss bounties of Eternity and “ then offer up in return for them, “tho fabricated wares of our own “ commendations ; nor should we “ suppose them too excellent for “ human ken and thus despair of “reaching tho portico of gratitude; “ nor .should we doiiomiuatp the adorn- “ment of ourselve.s, tke recital of “ God’.s praises ; nor become sorrow- “ ful of heart from the dimness of tho “path and the delicacy of the under- “ taking, and seizing tho opportunity “ of* empty excuses, refrain from “ showing forth His praises by com- “ moncing with the evasion which “ may appear most plausible for tho “ purpose. But rather the true “ intent of God’.s praiso is this “ that our grateful soul should place “self-conceit and self-boasting oi\

“ the threshold of obedience at the “footstool of submission and dovo- “ tion, and thus expel them from tho ‘ palace of self-interest ; so that our “ real helplessness may be decked “ with the semblance of piety and our “inward and outward man may be “ adorned with humility and poverty “ which will thus suit the seemliness “ of the breast of our purpose and “tend towards the praise of the “ bounteous Creator of the Universe.” Chalmers’ MS. 1. 7.)

1 Khweshtan-ardl-i-khudrd. I think this moans self-improvement, rather than self-glorification. It refers, as No. 564 remarks, to the endeavours after a better life men- tioned above. It may, however, moan self-advancement, t.c., striving to “ get oil ” without thinking of any- thing higher.

• Jfgdr-if^dtir, lit. cripple-heart- ed, thus keeping up the metaphor of an exhausted wayfarer.

• nafe-i‘Bipd$. Nafg has many meanings but is generally rendered spirit or breath. Here per- haps, it moans something more mate- rial and might almost be translated body ; else how can the author speak of its being flung down, etc. ?

• idqft arc’ll or archway, alsp alcove, ^dni^natr appears to be a

INTRODL’OTION.

13

self-consciousness and self-regard, so that its inward poverty may be adorned by outward submissiveness, and its inner and outer nature be decked with humility and lowliness till fitness i grace the bosom of purpose and be turned into praise of the Omnipotent Creator.

Now as such wares* of thanksgiving are abundant in the booths of men and are especially plentiful in my own stall, why do I with- hold myself from Divine praise and why do I delay to laud the Eternal One ? Under any circumstances, it is better for me to escape from this deceiving misery of self-pleasing and to address myself to the heights of lofty thanksgiving.

I was a long time in perplexity, having neither ability to speak nor power to remain silent, when suddenly a door of light was opened by the intellect, that glory of life, and my confused heart found the neck of hope fitted with the noose of resolution. This message came to the ear of guidance, Artist in Truth’s picture gallery I dost thou not compose a book whose frontispiece thou mayest adorn with praise ? Thou art inditing the history of the Lord of time and the terrene {mmin u zamdn) and Crown-jewel of monarchs, and praise to God will come into the writing, and thanks- giving to the Almighty be part of the picture I praise of praise is not right ; the works of the Artificer are the pe5fect praise of the pure God and acknowledge® him with a tongueless tongue.”

‘‘They (the works of creation) by conferring this knowledge, " grant to the soul-awakened and inwardly-cultured, possession of " Light absolute and bring them into the vast shadow of praise which " together with its delights, is the highest dignity (mansah) of celes- " tial existences.”*

poetical phrase for the eye, viu,, the arch of sight.

^ I omit the after iH^iziagi,

If this be retained,, the translation will be “until” (or “and”) “it be fitted to the fitness of the bosom of its purpose.”

• mer-

chandise of praise. I suppose that this praise, like the matd*^ir$iiudagl on the previods page, must mean

words f of which the author had no doubt a great stock.

® Cf. Addison’s hymn.

• wajuh-uwajvd,

necessary existences. The reference is to the glorified spirits of saints and prophets. Cf. a passage in the letter to 8hah ’Abb&s, already men- tioned ; %all mahdmid kibriya Viudd^oandl, the shadow of the laudable qualities of the Almighty.

14

AKBARKlMiL

Now I it is manifest that no nobler impress or snblimer jewel is to be seen in the material world,* than the exalted presence of powerful princes who by their holy energy, regulate the outer world and Imit it together. And assuredly, to make gyer a world to one man and to consign to him the momentous affairs of a universe is to incorporate in him the world of reality, or rather to make him its ** soul. Especially if he be a world-adomer seized with the desire of inhaling the fragrant breezes of Truth’s spring-time. and. is seated ** on the lofty throne of felicity. Still more if he be the Lord of ^‘an Age who in addition to these two^ endowments, has a heart and mind fed from a hidden fountain. Above all, if he be that altar of the pious who by the Divine aid, has risen above these degrees and has become colourist of the House of Truth, banquet^ ^‘illuminator of the Hall of Realities, confidant of the Presence Chamber, , intimate of the pure palace of unity, and is by auspicious " fate seated on the throne of fortune. Sway over the outer and inner " world and unravelment of knots, both spiritual and temporal, are conspicuous in him. Therefore is he the adomer of the imperial " throne ; the uplifter of the banner of God’s shadow in our happy " age ; aggregation of the artists of thought and wiscfom, or rather master-piece of the eternal artificers. With such vast stores of true praise in thy keeping, why remainest thou distraught in search 7 " On hearing this soul-refreshing message, the morning breeze of felicity arose *> the stock of eternal bliss was collected; the eye of hope grew bright; the outer world became current coin; the inner world exulted; the skirt of success fell into my hand; the wished-for countenance came in sight.

Good God I What a strange mystery it is that in historical

1 The line of thought seems to be, that the works lof the Creator are His highest panegyric and that the greatest of these works on earth is a king, consequently* the description of a great king is the highest form of Divine praise. Evidently A- F. would not have agreed with Pope as to what was the noblest work of God.

• ‘dlflMa-i-mieiir, the

element ial world,. i.6., the world made up of the four elements. The mean* ing is that even in the world of matter, there is no gem so precious as a king, much grander then is one who is not only a king but a saint, etc.

• ** Meaning love of truth and good fortune ; the latter being con- sidered a virtue of no mean order in the East*’ (Chalmers MS. n.)

IRTRODVOnON

15

writings, praise of the pure Giver is introduced as an adornment to the book, whereas here, the book is adorned in order to the praise of the Creator. In the pages of secularists, praise comes in as ancillary to the design of the book, but in this glorious history, the design is subservient to the praise. According to the old method, God^s praise was effected by utterance; in this new rendezvous on Eeason^s highway, action is praise. My predecessors relied on speech for God^s praise ; in this exordium of rare writing, recourse is had to the perfect man^ who is a God-worshipping king, mg,, that Lord of the World who, by virtue of bis God-seeking and God-apprehending, has removed the veil from between the external and the internal and has established love between the sections of the recluse and the layman* and has lifted up the curtain from in front* of the apparent and the real.

Heedlesaness which used to travel on the opposite road to dis- cretion, has retraced his steps and become one of wisdom^s servants. Formalism* which had left the regions of inquiry and was stirring up tumults, has now thrown inquiry’s scarf on his shoulder and become a minister at the shrine. Blind self-worship which had abandoned the worship of God and adopted the worship of the creature, has now got eyes to see with and has come, ashamed and downcast, to the temple of divine worship#

Blear-eyed envy which had megrim* in the he%d and madness in the brain, and used to strive against the Allwise Lawgiver, has now got wisdom for his guide, and, having become enrolled as one of the pardoned of the shrine of grace,* has been ranked among the helpers of the kingdom. Painful longing — the health, indeed.

1 Lit, lords of abstraction (or nakedness) and masters of connexion.

t Chalmers has, ** from between the fleshly and the spiritual” and this may be the meaning, but the expression is in front of both.”

insdn-i-kdmil. This is a Sutistio phrase and is explained by JorjanT. {Notice$ sf Sgtraitg JL, 386, Silvestre de Sa^y.) The phrase perfect tnan does not mean simply an impeccable person, in which sense the expression was used, 1 believe* Vy Whitfield. It rather means the

essence or highest type of humanity^ It is also explained as meaning the first intelligence, or, — in Arabic ph rase, the mother of the book. Be Sa^y says ‘* L’homme parfait eat la mdme chose quo la premiere intel- ligence.” (See also Bad&onl, Lowe 266 ).

4 toqtid, imitation and also

hypocrisy and superstition.

I mdkholiyd, i.s., the

Greek iit^ay^oXia,

® ^(itiyat, gift or benefi-

cence.

16

iKBAftirllllA.

of Eternity— from being cripple has become a courier, and appears botn ae the runner and the winning^^post* And why should this not be when we hare, in this enlightened age, the chamber-lamp of the unirerse, the glory of Adames race, the unreiler of hidden secrets, the revealer of faultless forms f Or how should these things appear strange in the eyes of the far-seeing and wise, when he is (at once) composer (ndzim) of the institutes of sorereignty, distributor^ of the riches of the servants of Qod, Jiairsplitting discemer of microscopio subtleties, the great lapidary and assaymaster f

8o long as the spiritual supremacy over the recluse which is called Holiness and the sway over laymen which is called Sovereignty, were distinct, there was strife and confusion among the children of Noah* (mankind). Now that in virtue of his exaltation, fore- sight, comprehensive wisdom, universal benevolence, pervading dis- cernment and perfect knowledge of God, these two great offices {manfoh) which are the guiding thread of the spiritual and temporal worlds, have been conferred on the opener of the hoards of wisdom and claviger of Divine treasuries, a small portion at least,— if his holy nature grant the necessary faculty,— may be brought from the ambush of concealment to the asylum of publicity. Knowest thou at all who is this world-girdling luminary and radiant spirit f Or whose august advent has bestowed this gprace ? ^Tis he who by virtue of his enlightenment and truth, is the world-protecting*

^ The meaning is not that Akbar an extraordinary produotion» acoord-

was the almoner of God’s servantst ing to our western ideas. Probably,

in which respect he was indeed, however, it was thought very fine by

according to Bad&onl, very deficient, his countrymen. The original is full

but that he revealed spiritual my s- of paronamana and parallsllisms and

teries as well as made rules for tern- these, as also the alliterations and

poral administration. The word, oadenoed clauses, make the Persian

qd$imt lit divider, reminds us of sound much better than the transla-

8t« Paul’s phrase ** rightly dividing tion. The composition must have the word of truth.” In this group cost the author immense labour,

of four epithets, the first and the thougjh apparently, the task was not

third relate apparently, to temporal entirely his own, for in Fail’s pro- matters and the second and fourth, face to his Dnodn we find the epi*

to spiritual. theta here bestowed on Akbar, from

• Noah is called by Muhamma- muqq/rtab down to *ala/mjS.n ii jSm

dans, the second AdauL for about eight lines of the

• A. F.’s panegyric on Akbar is text, and nearly in the same order.

INTRODCCTION.

17

sovereign of our age^ to wit^ that Lord (Si^hdniidh) of the hosts of sciences, — theatre of God’s power, — station of infinite bounties,— unique of the eternal temple,— confidant* of the dais of unity, — jewel of the imperial mine,— ♦bezel of God’s signet-ring, — glory of the Gurgdn* family, — lamp of the tnbe of IHraur,® — lord of incompara- ble mystery,— heir of Humayun’s throne, — origin* of the canons of world-government, — author of universal conquest,^ shining fore- head of the morning of guidance, — focus* of the sun of holiness, — sublime* concentration of humanity, — heir-apparent of the sun, — anthology of the books of fate and destiny, — protagonist of trium- phant armies, — quintessence of the commingling of nights and days, — cream of the progeny of the elements’^ and the heavenly bodies,— world’s eye (sun) of benevolence and bounty, — cheek-mole

In the ^undifff^hen Orient$ (II. 271), may be found an interesting experiment, made by Joseph von Hammer, at preserving the oriental cadences in a German translation of the Turkish Humdyun-ndma*

1 muqarrah, said to be

from the same root as cherub and to mean, like it, one who is admitted or near to God’s presence hut the pre- ferable opinion is that cherub is derived from the Chaldl and means the winged man-bull.

• Ourgdu is said to mean son-in- law or near relation in Mongolian j (Blochmann 460a.) it was a title taken by TimQr to indicate his con- nection with the house of Cingiz Shin. (S4dillot, Materiaum,”* 261, and Hyde’s preface to Ulugh Beg’s Tables, IV.)

t^dhib’Uqirdn, lord of conjunc- tion; — a name given to Timilr, appa- rently because the planets (P Jupiter and Venus) were in conjunction at his birth, but Hyds says it merely means dominue poieniiae. The three

Q

snocessive epithets are used in order to indicate that Akbar was, first, \the glory of the bouse of Cinglz Khhn | second, the lamp of the house af Timur; third, the heir of Humiyiln; and they lead up to a description of what he was in himself.

• The Bib. Ind. ed. omits this

phrase, but it occurji in Lucknow ed. and in No. 564 and is evidently genuine, ‘for otherwise a paronomasia or cadence would be lost. The Per- sian is erPb’* mubdi*

qawdfiin-i-jahdnbdnd and it rhymes with the next clause which is

mufgitari* quivd’id

kifikwar §itdnl.

• Lit, eye-pupil.

9 Perhaps, harmonious blend of humanity. Maulvi A.* Haq Abld tells me it may also mean ** exalting the offspring of Adam ” or elevat- ing human nature.” The original is gardinl BOM-i-guhar-i-adam,

1 The elements are called the earthly mothers, and the planets, the heavenly fathers.

mB ASIATIC OOCIFTY. CAIJ’ *

,i33oCf3.

IS

lICBABVllfA.

of soTeroignty and fortune,— back-bone > of the frame of the

— bosom-joy of justice and mercy, — brightener (farQtanda) of the jewel of fortune and felicity, — exalter [fardzanda) of the throne and crown, — connoisseur of the gem of the wise, — appreciator of the pearl of lofty genius, — opening* the knots of those trammeled in business,— balm of ulcerated hearts,— clear-tboughted stoic,— world- adorning life^giver, — a pictured soul and incarnate reason, — w<)rld of life and life of world, — enlightened truth-seer — lover of the way,— truth-chooser, — of discreet gait and constant intelligence, — wakeful occupant of the throne of morning,— sole tenant of light’s adytum , — illuminating the Presence Chamber,— knowing the boundaries of the paths, — achiever of universal* peace, — site of wondrous gifts, — grandmaster of the grades of sanctity, — initiated in the mysteriea of light* and darkness, — theatre of* Divine and secular truths,— perceiver of the links between the visible^ and invisible worlds,— knowing secrets, spiritual and temporal, — fountain for those athirst for the sweet waters of communion, — goal of the strayed from the path of perfection, — theatre of refined subtleties and exalted sciences, — resting place of infused knowledge and inspired mysteries, — adorning the travelling litter* while in his native land, — light of retirement in

• Lit, strength of the back. It * The Lucknow editor render

is opposed to the next epithet which this ** day and night ; " Chalmers haa

refers to the fodr, breast or bosom. acquainted with the mjsteries of

• t.e.» the being Qod’s vicegerent. good and evil/* A similar phrase^

t i.s., solving their difficulties. via., nuktaddn^i-^mJm $afldd 5 ilydhl

A. F. applies this phrase to Faifl. — occurs in the In^d\ (Part L

(Akhamdma III. 673), saying that beginning of letter to ^aklm Ha-

those who were entangled in intri- mim.)

oacies of business, were broken- 7 j tojfidX itlStfi,

hearted at Faifl’s death because fixity and freedom,— meaning the there was no longer^anyone to explain tetnporal and spiritual world. A\n their difficulties. HI. 246. 1.10.

• !Sdhih‘dil, which is often used * The Bib. Ind. ^d Lucknow

to mean a Sufi : lit master of one’s eds. have maljfal arSi, ornament of

hdart or passions. the assemblage, but No. 564 has

• fulh-ukull. The state of being rnaJ^U, camel-litter, and so had

at peace with every one, which A. F. Chalmers* MS. This epithet and the

regarded as the perfection uf virtue. next are repeated in the Ain (III.

Cf. Hebrews XII. 1 A ** Follow after 240) and are translated by Jarrett

peace with all men." (HI. 406) ** who prepares the littere

tNTRODUCTtOM.

19

society ^—apprehending quickly^ — retaining long, — giving much, getting’ little, — pilot of the ship^ of the universe, — ark of the boundless ocean, — keen-sighted guardian of degrees of honour,— subtle distributor of dignities, — of fortunate genius and auspicious glance, — of happy horoscope and exalted star, — bearer of heavy burdens, — brilliant master of lofty understanding, — ornament of wis- dom, — cherisher of the wise, — world-adorning conqueror, — support- ing friends, — scattering foes, — binding enemies, — opening countries, — exalter* of the thrones of majesty and awe, — uplifter of the cushions of pomp and prosperity, — warder of faith and state, — protector of throne and signet, — beautifier of the seven climes, — adorner of throne a’tid diadem, — rank-breaking royal cavalier, •— tiger-throwing falcon, — champion of the battle-field of the Holy Y7ar,^ — combatant stalking over the seven worlds, — bulwark builder

of travel while yet abiding in his native land, — a lamp for those who gather in privaoj." In a note to the first epithet, Colonel Jarrett adds; •* that is, preparing for the world to come while yet in this, or facilitating the salvation of others."

A. F. is never tired of insisting on the dualism of Akbar’s nature, and his meaning here seems, to be that Akbar had all the graces of a pilgrim while yet in his native land, and that he had the virtues of a her- mit while still mingling with society. There can be no doubt that mah* tail is the right reading, for mahfal can have nothing to do with travel. 1 find too, that it is mahmil in the B. M. MSS. Or. Nos. 5^0 and 6544.

I The Persian word is in

both cases, but I take the second use of the epithet to refer to N^h’s ark. However, sa/fna can also mean a memorandum book and this may be its sense in the first clause. In that ease dldahbdn would signify inspse-

tor and the phrase be rendered ** In- spector of the book of the universe."

• iXsl#, fd’od from fad

Chalmers seems to have read sd’od arm, for he translates “brace- let of the arm of magnificence and glory.” is also a Suflstio

expression for power generally. See Die, of T. Ts., 640 1.4 fr. foot.

• In Itn No. 47 (Book 1. Bloch- mann, 131) Akbar is called the royal rider i$hdh$awdr) of the plain of auspiciousness." See also A. F.’s explanation of the word §hdh$awdr in his preface to the .din. (Bloch- mann it.)

• Jihad-i-akhar, the Greater Holy War, vi»., that against one’s lusts ; the Crescentade or war against infidels being the Jihdd-i- Mgiar or Lesser War. In the X. 8 . B. Per. MS Sr Catalogue (170) there are entries of two treatises, one on the Jxhdd-i^akhar and the other on the Jihdd-i~a$gtar. Cf. Bunyan’s “Holy War” and B&har’s Mem., Eiskine, 356, 1.2.

20

AKBARNAMA.

of sovereignty and dominion^ — base of the columns of instruction and discipline^ — holding fast the strong handle of perfect reason^ — riveter of the massy chain of universal justice, — all eye^ in the banquet-hall, — ail heart in the battle-field, -^in the joyous festival a refreshing cloud,* — in the triumphant battle, a blood-driuking sea, — in the fields of bravery, an unsheathed sword, — in the touimament^ polished lance, — a billowy ocean in the world of giving, — a light- ning-dartiug cloud® in battle, — his breath, a swaying censer at the souFs feast, — his pleasantness, the waving fan of opening morn, — his justice, equable as Farwardin* and of minute discernment, — his temper is like the zephyr of Ardibihiiit^ and runs over with smiles,* —his nature is experienced and disciplined in the solution cf pro- blems, — his flawless intellect is a trusty counsellor in the explication of difficulties, — externally his splendour is that of Jamshid,^ and his glory that of Farid un,® — internally he is Socrates in wisdom, Plato in perception, — he is trained inwardly and outwardly, — his eye and heart are sources of liberality, — he has harmonized tongue and heart, and has made unity* partner with plurality, — his vigilance watches over appetite, — his genius treads lust under foot, — his fair-dealing

I Lit. in the face of the ban- queting room, all eye (or glance); in the heart of the battle-field, all liver (pluck.) Dar’ ruiha9amgSh iamdm natir, dar dib-l’ranmgdh tamdm jigar.

• Lit. ocean-raining.

• Naiadn, a Syrian month, oor- respondiug to April, and being the 7th month of the Syro-Macedonian Calendar, t.e., Greek Era of A. F. It is the Nisdn or Abih of the Jews and the first month of their sacred year, being that of the Passover. There fs a saying that when the rain of the month of Naiadn drops into shells, it produces pearls, and when it falls into the mouths of serpents, it produces poison. See Whin field s Gullhan-i-rds (57).

« rhe first mouth of the Persian

year, corresponding to March-April* It begins with the vernal equinox and hence, perhaps, the allusion to its equability.

• The second month of the Per- sian year, corresponding to April- May.

• A lluding to the sheet-lightnings of spring.

1 An early Persian king, cele- brated for his cup or mirror (ydm) which showed the world. |

• Another early ’ Persian king, son or grandson of JamshTd and said to have been the first tamer of elephants.

• i.e., has reconciled solitude and society. See opening of the Chi- ahan-i-rd%t 1.27. Of* also the Wisdom of Solomon, YII, 22, ‘‘Alone in kind, manifold."

INTKODUCTION.

21

has overturned the petty stalls of fraud and deception, — the touch- stone^ of his wisdom has separated the gold-encrusted lump* from the solid gold.

He rends the garment of contumacy* which wraps the faces of debts, * but draws the marU;le of forgiveness over the heads of trans- gressions; the splendour of power streams from the brow of his benevolence ; the lightning of benignity draws lambent * lights from the fires of his wrath. His fury melts adamantine boldness*; his dread turns to t^^ater the courage of the iron-souled ; the shrinking

1 ‘Ayar-ddnitht test of wisdom. This is the title of A. F.’s transla- tion of the Kalilah Damnah or rather of his revision of the Anwdri SuhaiVi. (Bloch mann, 106 and S. de Sacy, ** Noticet et Exiraits,** X. 197). There is here probably an allusion to Ain No. 5 (Bloch raann, Book 1. 18), whore we are told that Akbar had invented modes of puri- fying gold.

• Qalb’i-uafMndiid a% uar-i-gohar- dmud. The text has an after the second ear which would be better away and which does not occur in No. 564.

• tajabbnr. The word also means restitution or restoration of property, and we might give this meaning here and interpret the phrase to signify that Akbar releases debtors from the obligation of resti- tution which lies like a veil over their faces. But I think that the translation contumacy is right and that there is an antithesis between this and the following clause. A. F. means that Akbar compelled the con- tumacious to fulfil their obligations, i.e., made them pay their fines, taxes, compensations for injuries and other debts but that, at the same time, he

was forgiving to offenders. See Ain No. 2 (Blochmann, Book IT. 13). with the account of the distinction between exchequer-lands and fiefs. See also Ain No. 19 (Blochmann Book II., 268).

fines or mulcts or debts. There are two dJns devoted to the subject of fines, viz., Nos. 48 and 57 (Blochmann, Book I. 131 and 140) one being headed and the

other No. 564 explains the

word by Even grandees

were fined and for certain offences etepbant-drivers were liable to capi- tal punishment. See Blochmann’s note to Ain No. 83 (217). For tajah- bur, the B. M. MS. Or. No. 6544 has writing, end Chalmers’ MS. seems to have had this reading for he translates, *’ He tears the screen of writing from the face of his ** intent. Apparently, as Mr. Beanies has suggested to me, Chalmers road *aMdlm, intentions, instead of ghardlm.

• Lit tongues of light The two clauses are opposed ; in spite of his benevolence, he is terrible ; in spite of his wrath, he is lovely. Orientals regard lightning as an object of beauty rather than of terror.

22

AKBARNAMi.

of the age is the impress of the wrinkling of his brows ; its expan- sion the reflex of his nature^s blossoming.

Prayers for his permanence have stationed themselves on the tougue of small and great; love and belief in him repose in the hearts of young and old ; the loftiness of his fame has lowered the glory of local magnates ; the majesty of his dominion has put away the rulers of the quarters of the world ; the echo of his fortune has opened the ears of the princes of the horizons ; the ensign ‘ of his glory has lifted up the eyes of provincial kings his mighty fame has mingled with the spheres ; the sound of his glory has passed from sliore to shore; the proclamation of his bounty has transgressed the boundaries of the world ; * his glorious court has become the native land of the elect of the seven climes; his daily increasing dominion has become the masterpiece of epochs and cycles; his glorious ascension^ the auspicious frontispiece of stars and planets.

Versb.

That King of Kings, prop of the sky !

The umbrella of his fortune is the sky’s shadow ; Adorning the garden-plot of wisdom and knowledge ; Exalting the throne and the diadem ; —

The seat of his power is rich in liberality ;

His fortune’s shape has an open brow ;

His presence is the truth-seekers’ cynosure ;

His pity a fountain-head for the thirsty ;

By a single thought/ he has placed under foot

I Icaukaha, a steel ball sus-

pended to a pole and ca^iided as an ensign. (Blochmann, 50.)

• Mulu/c-i-tawd’lf, tribal kings. It might be rendeiBU lyings of the Gant ilea and was the name given to the satraps, established by Alexander and Timur. (AlbIrunI’s “Chronicle of Ancient Nations.” Sachau, 116 and 401. Mas‘udl, II. 132, Meynard et P. de Courteille). Gf. Isaiah, XIV., 9.

aqBa^i tiaii

jihat ; lit. the six sides of the surface, meaning the six sides of a cube, t.s., the world. The regular Arabic expression for this appears to be

mustadasi ^dlam, the six sides of the world, vts., up and down, fore and aft, right and left. (Stein- gass, 8. V.). The world is also called iliailkdarlt six-doored.

A Or it may be, He has placed under the foot of unanimity.” The meaning is that he has united sove- reignty a^id sanctity.

INTRODUCTION.

23

The royal divan and the dervish’s carpet.

The nine heavens revolve for his purpose ;

The seven stars < travel for his work ;

By wisdom^ he is the age’s provider ;

By vigilance, the world’s watchman ;

His love and his hate, in the banquet and the battle.

Are brimming cups of wine and blood ;

The kbdqdn^ fears his wrath;

Caesar^ is disturbed at his frown;

Heaven in glory. Earth in stability ;*

Lord of universal reason,® Jaldlu-d-din.^

Essence of sunlight and shadow of God,

Pearl of crown and throne is Akbar Shah.

May this old world be renewed by him !

May his star be the sun’s rays !

This empty-handed one, who, from lack of the capital of praise, had neither room to sit nor a leg to stand upon, became, through the above excellent idea and firm resolve, a treasury full of the Creator’s praise; a marvellous treasury, — for its store increased by expenditure and diminished by hoarding. By force of sincerity, I became an alchemist, and enriched my poverty-stricken soul. I put forth the arm of fortune aud opened the door of^the treasury. I was fortunate, I became rich, I was fluent, I became eulogistic. I crossed the threshold of allegory and opened the door of truth. I was simple, I became acute. The door of success which was shut in front of me, was divinely opened. My dejection became exalta-

^ t.«., the five planets, Mercury, Yenns, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, — and the Sun and Moon. There is a similar passage in the Ain (HI. 249, 1 , 12 ).

^ Great Khin. the name given to the ruler of Chinese Tartary or of China.

S The two titles stand for the rulers of the East and West. Turk- uh kings, 9.g, Bftyasld Ilderim, were styled QaiMf-i-rttiH even before the capture of Constantinople. The lines

are perhaps FaizI’s. Cf. his Nal Daman, Bombay, 1831, p. 30. The literal rendering of the lines is “ The J^dqdn dreads the heat of his sweat ; Caesar is disturbed at the fold of his brow.”

♦ A. F. did not know of the Copemican theory.

• Aql-i‘kull, the phrase used by Sufis to express the Logoi or first emanation from God.

^ One of Akbar’s names, **the glory of faith.”

24

AKBARirAirA.

tion; my inaction, flowing activity; my speechlessness, effective speech. I was taken from the public entrance to the royal apart* ments; a fluent tongue was granted to me, the tonguelesB one, and the right of speech was conceded to me»

I wished that before entering on my subject, — as it has been the usage of former writers of all nations to embellish the preambles > of their books (after praises of God) with general or special salutations to those great saints and masters of the divine mysteries who, after lighting up the lamp of guidance and effusion in the world’s dark chamber, have gone down to the grave ; — I too, might so adorn this collection of Divine praise and gratify my heart by saluting that Company which from its eminence and knowledge of God, occupies the intellectual fore-court of this humble individual. But inasmuch as this one who has left the path of semblance and followed after truth, is aware that if a distracted one should, on finding his way into the royal court, utter encomia on the field-marshals or wish by his intervention, to make the favour of the Lord of the Age fall upon the Prime Minister,* ha would but prove his own folly and madness.

What strength has Sah§* to praise the shining Moon to the

contrasted with the Sun. See Amoari Sukaili (Hertford Introduction, 21,) Saha is catalogued as “No. 80 by Zeta/’ which ts the second star in the tail of the Great Bear and is called by the Arabs Anaq, the Goat. Goli us and others have wrongly described Sahi as being thosenthem most star of the quadrilateral, SahS is apparently called also Alcor. The name SahS is said to coma from ioho, forgotten, but according to AlbirSnl (tndia, Saohan I. 389) A1 Sahi was a pious woman who was a companion of’ the seven RMU,

The Germans call SahS, thaltsutor. Cavalier, because, 1 suppose, he seems to ride on the second horse of the team of Charles’ Wain. Bee Hyde’s Syntagma 1. 15 and tdeler’s UntBfiuchungtn, Berlin, 1809, 292 and 422.

^ *anwdnf title-page, or

frontispiece.

baglarhegif a Tur- kish title meaning Bey of Beys, t.e., Chief of Chiefs. Apparently it should be hagi and not hegi. It corresponds to Amiru-l-umard and was a title given to the Governor General of Rumelia and Anatolia and also to any Generalissimo. See Zenker’s Turkish Dictionary.

® Saha or Suha is an obscure star in the Great ?nd used as a test of eyesight. It is also called A1 Sadiq. (Lane’s Arabic Dictionary 1456a). SahA and Suhail (Canopus) are often contrasted and apparently, this is not from their difference in brightness pnly, bat also from their difference in position, — the one being a northern and the other a southern star. Sahi is also

INTBODUCTlOir.

25

glarioas San f It is sufficient honour and glory to describe itcelf in that Preaenoe as an insignificant atom. In that Presence where the farourdd magnates of the Court to whom the power of recom- mending a tiny ant has not been vouchsafed^ have not received permission to express their wishes^ how can it be proper for one who, like myself, is remaining on the threshold and is without right of access, to solicit grace and favour for the chosen courtiers and to ask pardon and paradise ^ for them. If he should, from inconsidera- tion, lengthen the tongue of boldness, by what name would he ][>e called in the justice-hali of discernment, and what reproach would he not receive from the Inquisitor of Justice f I therefore gave up that idea and made myself ready, so thai^ if my abilities permitted and the Divine aid were vouchsafed to me, I might reduce to writing the auspicious description of the King of manifestation and reality, — the leader of religion and realm (dm u dunyd ), — and might bring together his beautiful* and awful attributes and the praises of his majesty and perfection ; to wit, — the marvellous festivals, wondrous wars, exalted devotions, and pleasant ways of this chosen one of €k>d, without the disagreeable admixtures of poetical* prose writers. ^ that I might acquit myself of my duties of (1) worship, (2) loyalty, (3) gratitude, and might also establish a claim to the regard of new- comers to the World and of future travellers by lifers oarf^vans.

Though each one of those four points* was a powerful motive

I rUfufon, the gate-keeper

of Paradise and also Paradise itself. It also means blessing or benedic- tion and may do so here.

• Jglifdt-i-jamdl H jalal, in Snfis- tio language, the beautiful and the awful attributes.

s A. F. says, that on the fifth revision of his work, he inserted some couplets because good writers regard the admixture of verse as the salt {lit. mUt^eUa/r) of prose. (Jar- rett III. 415). He may also have been influenced by Akbar’s remark that whoever mtrcduced the verses of another into his writings or recited them aptly, displayed both 4

his own merit and that of the au- thor. (Jarrett III. 386). Perhaps the above passage was written before the thought occurred to him and was retained because it meant that he would not interlard his prose with poetry in the msimer of some previous writers of history, e-y., *Abdn-l-Uh (Waffif) who is even more» rhetorical than A. F. There may also be a reference to the author of the Zafofnama Who has many bad verses.

a Ohalmers, the Lucknow ed. and No 564 substantially unite in Slaying that the four things or points •re: 1. Akbar’s beautiful andawful

26

AKBARNAMA.

for entering upon this great task, yet, as my aim was lofIgMUid ability small, success was not attained nor my desire aohiered until this light shone on the antechamber of my truth-reflecting heart; to wit — In this noble enterprise, at the same time that you dia- ** charge your duty to the creature, you are also fulfilling your obligations to the Creator. While you are paying your devoirs of respect and gratitude, you are in reality, steadfastly engaged in ** praising God, the Creator of the world.” Day by day, my pur- pose was growing confirmed and the materials of sUuoess were being collected, until at length, out of general good-will tu the partakers of his felicity and from special favour to me, hit Charmed one,* a ray of intimation from the court of liberality readb^d this— as regards his sincerity, — forerunner on the highway of lo but — as regards

attainment* of desires, — hindermost (member) the caravans of

attributes; 2. praise of his majesty and perfection ; 3. his feasts and his wars; 4. his holiness and pleasant ways. But this seems wrong and to be partially occasioned by an errone- ous reading. The text and one or two MSS. have td fyiqq-i-dbudJyat u irSdaUirwaU nimat gu^drda bd^m. But nearly all the MSS- have irddat^ u missing out

the wcUl and this appears the true reading. We thus have three duties or points, viz., worship, loyalty and gratitude which with the duty to postefity, make up the four points. The text, however, may he correct and the points ho made up by regard- ing the newcomers ” and posterity as - two distinct classes. The word hMqql in the phrase ii ham haqq\ bar nurasdn, probably has two meanings, vis., duty towards posterity and the establishment of a claim by the author to the gratitude of posterity. The phrase Vihit g<Mrddnlda

is evidently used in antithesis to

the haqq gutidrda. Chalmers ren- ders the passage ** establish rectitude in the tender saplings of mortality and in the travellers of the caravans of existence." All these, however, were only duties towards or rights of the creature and so not sufficient to excite our author till he saw that in performing them, he would also be doing his duty to his Creator.

• In lit this

one upon whom his glance had fallen,

his gazed one, prot4g4 or client. See Jfn I. 24, for use of nc^ha/rdot A. F. lAkhamdma III. 114) describes how the glamour of Akbar’s glance fell upon him in the mosqne at Fatb- pUr Sikri. Cf» Old English over- looked."

• Perhaps, (he grand$ur qf hii os-

piratiom, ‘fss-i-fiMirad. The

meaning may be that his works did not equal his faith, f.s., that the spirit was willing but the flesh weak.

INTRODUCfTIOK.

27

felicity; and to Abu-l-fa?l, son of Mubarak, upon the crown* of whose heart is the quadripartite cap* of discipleship and whose seven times embroidered sleeve* of devotion is celebrated through- out the eighteen thousand creations, this sublime mandate was given. ** Write with the pen of sincerity the account of the glorious events

1 “ Tdrak, properly the crown of the heed." Blochmann 549n. It is used here for the sake of the asso- nance with tarJc,

huldh-i^eahar^ iarki, the four-segmented cap. The reference seems to be to the sym- bolical caps worn by dervishes (“The Dervishes." J. P. Brown. Triib- ner, 1868, pp. 53, 88, 148). Speak- ing of the order of ** Bektcuheei,** Mr. BrOwn says (148) “ Taj is the “name of the cap which all wear “in common. It is made of white “ felt and is in four parts. The first “ shows that the wearer has given up “ the world ; the second that he has “abandoned all hopes of Paradise; “ the third that he disdains all hypo- “ crisy and (it) means that the der- “ vish cares not whether he is seen or “ not, praying, and is wholly indilfer- “ ent to public opinion ; the fourth is “ the total abandonment of all the “ pleasures of life and that he belongs “ to and is fully satisfied with Allah “alone. Their names also are She- “ Tee*at, TwreekaU HaJceekat and Ma’ri- Tark means a segment, sec- tion or gore and also a string and a helmet. The Lucknow editor says that the four forks signify the four elements, but this is doubtful. Tark has also the sense Of abandonment and dervishes mean, by their tark$, the abandonment of the world, etc. The sect known as the QSdirls, wear a fourfold cap, i.e., one with four

forks. This may signify the aban- donment of this world, of the next, ef respect of men and, fourthly, of every thing except God. A. P. may also be referring to the four degrees of devotion mentioned by Bloehmann (A. P.’s Preface vn.) and by Bad&onT (Lowe, 299 and 31 4) and which consisted in the surrender of four things, v/s., Goods, Life, Fame, Faith. Hence the appropriateness of the word eahar-tarki, as this may be rendered fhe four ahandowmenfs or surrenders. Irddaf too may mean desire and inclination, as well as devotion and discipleship so that the whole phrase may signify the cap of the fourfold abandonment qf desires. It is in such many-si^ed expressions that the author delights.

Writingof MaulavTs, Kacmpfer in his valuable work on Persian customs, ** Amoenitates Exotiom’ says, (p. 113), “ Jn vesfifu nil peregrini habenU nisi mitrcm quatuor conspicuam pliciSf ex fasfigio ad oram decurrentihus.**

• loyb js

AstXn^i’haft-fardz-i-*aqidat bar ha- •hda hcLzdr *dlam afilhdnda, lit., whose seven-broidered sleeve of devotion has been shed over the’l 8, 000 species. Seven is a mystic number and there may here bo a reference to the seven valleys of the Manfiqu-t-fd’ir of Farldu-d-din *Attar. The seven broideries may mean embroidery in ■even different colours and be typical

^28

IKDAHNAMA

and of our dotninion-iiicreasing victories/’ What shall I say was the effect of this order for describing the occurrences Did it grant permission to undertake the task by bestowing on me the necessary genius ? or did it, by a grant of felicity to my hearty appoint me the

of the seven Paths, etc. 8ee Brown

1. c. 93. Asiin af Randan means to applaud by clapping the hands, to dance, and to scatter gifts. It also has the contrary meaning of aban- loning or refusing. See V ullers and uhe Burhan-i^qalV s. v. A. F. seems here to play upon these meanings, but his primary intention probably was to signify that he was renowned throughout the world for his devotion. Chalmers perhaps read aniib,dnda or niiJkdnda and translates “ who w^as re- “ Downed among the 18,000 creatures •^for the seven times embroidered

sleeve of trustiness.” Perhaps we might translate, “whose seven em- “ broidered sleeve of loyalty has show- “ ered gifts over the 18,000 species,” or, without the tzd/af — “ Whose “ se ven-broidered sleeve has showered “ loyalty over the 18,000 species.*’

It would seem that the language was originally FaizI s, for we find it in the preface to his translation of the Lildvati (B. M. MSS. Or. No. 6649, p. 4). It is also in the printed edition of his translation. (Calcutta 1828, p. 2). In the MS. the phrase runs thus ; —

Band€k-i^kamtartn^i-dargdk-i-ta’dd‘ at % §ara ^dk-ni$h%vA-dstdn-i’ifddai Ftttfl hi Mdh^i‘ccthdr-tarkld-if^ld8^ %-cahdr-gdiia bar $ar4^dil mdnda S

dsttn-uha/i-fardz-i-‘aqfdat bar hai^da hazdr *dlam ofH^dnda,

It should be remembered that Faiz! projected writing an Akhar- ndffia on the model of the Bahrd’ Bikandamdma of Nizami and that he, apparently, had begun its compo- sition {Iniid 111). It is probable that some of A. F.’s most fiowery passages are borrowed from his brother’s incomplete poem.

Possibly the expression about the 18,0()0 species, has reference to A. F.’s oft repeated assertions that he had arrived at the state of fuli^i-kull, perfect peace with all men. It may be noted that the sleeve mentioned is the wide sleeve of the Oriental which may be opened out and folded over the face. The expression §Uew of devotion has nothing in common with Shakespeare’s “ ravelled sleave of care,” where $leave means an entangled skein*

The simplest rendering of the whole passage is something like this MubSrak’s son, Abn-l-faf i, ” in whose heart dwell the four “Renunciations, and the praise of “ whose sevenfold devotion has gone “ out to the ends of tho earth.”

^ I think this must be tho mean- ing, though the phrase might mean ” What shaU I say P Was this a “command for me to compose the “ memoirs P ” as Chalmers has translated it. The objection to this rendering is that we have jnst been told he had received a clear order.

INTRODUCTION

29

recorder of glorious events ? or did it bestow eloquence on one rude^ of speech ? Nay ! nay ! it gave wings to my words and feet to my pen. It was an invisible angel, convoying from the upper world, life-giving news of joy. It was the Archangel* Gabriel bring- ing down a revelation from the antechamber of Omnipotence.

Assuredly, I spent* much labour and research in collecting the records and narratives of his Majesty’s actions and I was a long time interrogating the servants of -the State and the old mornbors of the illustrious family.^ I examined both prudent, tnitli-speaking old

1 a*jamt. Chalmers seems

to have read *ajami and so

translates zahdn-i-ajami, the Persian tongue. This is also the reading of the Lucknow ed. but ajainl seems to be right. A. F. speaks of his having a stammering tongue, kaj~maj zahdn, (Ain II, 254).

• ndtnui-i-akbar, lit. the chief confidant of God. (Dozy 27255.) A. F, also uses this phrase to mean reason, (illn I. 13). No doubt it is used here partly for the play upon the. word Akhar. In a Circular Order preserved in the In^d* (Part I.) we have the phrase NdmuB-i-akheyr u gdnun-i-d’jsaw-t- sultdnat.

• See for another account of the inception of the task and of his labours, the conclusion of the Ain (Jarrett, 400-417).

• Princess Gulbadan, the sister of H indal, aunt of Akbar, and widow of £lli?T Khwaja. wrote her Memoirs in accordance with Akbar’s request and apparently as material for the Akhamdma (Bieu’s Catalogue 1. 227a. and MS. Or. No. 166). Her little book, called apparently the Humd- yunndma, gives interesting details about HnmSy fin’s marriage with Akbar’s mother and deserves publi-

cation and translation. She men- tions that she was eight years old when her father Bubar died.

In the India Office, there is a MS. ^No. 216) called the Tdri^-i-humd- yun which was composed by Akbar’s orders for the use of A. F. It was dictated by Bayazid, who had been Mir SdniaUf steward or superintend- ent of the kitchen, under Humayun to a clerk of Abu-l-fazl at Labor. An examination of the book does not show jbhat the author called it the Tdri^-i-humdyun, an^ such a title would be inadequate. Apparently the only , name given to it by the author is that of Mu^tasar (Abridgment). It is in fact a book of Memoirs and comes down to the date of writing, vi«., 999 (1590). It begins in 949 (1542), with Hum&- y fin’s flight to Persia, and is a per- sonal narrative of events from that date. Many events in Akbar’s reign are described, e.g.^ the murder of Shamsu-d-din by Adham Khan (105 a and h) and Khwaja Muan^giih’s murder of his wife. (1056 and l06a). A valuable feature of the book is its lists of officers, especially the long one of those who accompanied Humayfin to India. The author was Bakawel Begl (Superintendent of the Kitchen)

30

AkBARNAMA.

men and active-minded, right-actioned joung ones and reduced their statements to writing. The royal commands were issued to the pro- vinces, that those who from old service remembered, with certainty or with adminicle of doubt, the events of the past, should copy out their notes and memoranda and transmit them to Court. Inasmuch as this auspicious invitation was not fully responded to nor my wish fully accomplished, a second command shone forth from the holy Presence-chamber; to wit — that the materials which had been col- lected, should be faired out and recited in the royal hearing, and that whatever might have to be written down afterwards, should be introduced into the noble volume as a supplement, and that such details as on account of the minuteness of the inquiries and the minutiae of affairs, could not then be brought to an end,* should be inserted afterwards at my leisure: Being relieved by .this royal order, — the interpreter of the Divine ordinance, — from the secret

in Akbar’fl time, and hia full name appears to be Bayazld SultAn (1583 iast line). He was attached to Mun’im Kli&n and has many details about Kabul and the war in Bengal. Kino copies of the work were made, vi 9 ., two (including one that got mis- laid) for the King’s Private Library, three for the Boyal Princes, one for the library of Gulbadan whom the author calls the mother of the king’s servants, and two for Abu-l-fa^l’s library. The ninth was probably the original, and remained with the author.

Bajazld, known as Biyasld Bayat, is quoted by Eaverty (Notes on Afghanistan) and the B. M. has a MS. (Add. No. 26, 610) which con- tains an apparently complete trs. of BlyazTd’s Memoirs by Erskine. (Bien’s Cat. II. Pref. XX). Both text and trs. merit publication.

t Apparently /cwtt gu^tS^tam here means to complete or bring to an end and not, to neglect or pass over.

See Vullers s. v. guMdiitan, 9545 and the quotation there given from the Burhdn-i’qdti*, With regard to this account of the collection of materials, it should be remembered that the Ain with all its ivealth of tables and other statistics is part of the Akbc^r- ndma and that the author was pro- bably referring to his difficulties in getting full topographical details. What he seems here to mean is that he was disturbed in his mind at not getting full answers to his inquiries for local information and that Akbar relieved him by telling him to set to work on the material he had, and to leave other details to be inserted afterwards. We have (Xfn II. 14, Jarreti III. 23) the skeleton of an elaborate astronomical table which appears to be blank in all the MSS. Colonel Jarrett supposes that the entries were left to be made at a later time and that the matter was afterwards forgotten or the required information never obtained.

INTRODUCTION.

31

anxiety of my heart, I proceeded to reduce into writing the rough draughts which were void of the graces of arrangement and style.

I obtained the chronicle of events beginning at the nineteenth year of the Divine Era, when the Record Office^ was established by the enlightened intellect of his Majesty, and from its rich pages I gathered the accounts of many events. Great pains too, were taken to procure originals or copies of most of the orders* which had been issued to the provinces from the Accession up to the present day which is the dawn of Fortune’s morning.* Their sacred contents yielded much material for the 8u.blime volume. I also took much trouble to incorporate many of the reports which ministers and high officials had submitted, about the affairs of the empire and the events of foreign countries.* And my labour-loving soul was satiated by the apparatus of inquiry and research. I also exerted myself energetically to collect the rough notes and memoranda of sagacious and well-informed men. By these means, I constructed a reservoir

I qdnun-i-wdqi*

*a-nawl8l. (Blochmann 258, Ain No. 10). There were 14 clerks employed in the Office, vi»., two for each day. It was established in the 19th year, 982 (1574). (Akhamdma III. 118). In the same year A. F, entered the Emperor’s service and we may rea- sonably suppose that the institution of the Record Office was partly due to his suggestion.

• Two da8tur-ul-*amal (Circulars) to the local authorities are preserved in the first volume of Jnfkd and much of them (with modifications and additions) is co be found in the Ain (Jarrett II. 37, 66, etc.).

» We might here have expected A. F. to use this language with re- ference to the Accession and not to delay the “dawn of fortune’s morn- ing ” till 40 years of the reign had passed away. But clearly he refers it to the time of his writing. There

is a similar passage in Akbar’s letter to ‘Abdu-Mah Elian of TQran. {Akhamdma III. 707, 1. 8) where the phrase is used with reference to the 41st year and apparently to the completion of the conqifest of the Deccan and the establishment of universal peace.

• This passage might be coi^ipen- diously rendered Home and Foreign Affaire, The phrase used for foreign countries is Aknafd-wildyat, borders of foreign countries. Blochmann says (Prosody of the Persians, VI.) that wildyat, in Indian prose writers and poets, means Kabul and Persia, and it is possible that Persia is in- tended here. But I should think, Tfirin and Europe were also refer- red to. A. F. would not be likely to speak of Kabul as wildyat because he regarded it as part of the empire and has described it among the subae.

32

AKfiAKMAMA.

for irrigating and moistening the rose garden^ of fortune. But inasmuch as^ notwithstanding all this apparatus and these rich trea^ sures of information, the House of History* was become decayed from lapse of time, and there were contradictions and imperfectiong in the accounts and no sufficient means of clearing up difficulties, — I begged* the correction of what I had heard from his Majesty who, by virtue of his perfect memory, recollects every occurrence in gross and in detail, from the time he was one year old — when the mate- rial* reason came into action — till the present day when he is, by his wisdom, the cynosure of penetrating truth-seekers. By repeated interviews 1 arrived at correctness and erased doubts and difficulties with the knife of investigation and ascertainment. When peace had possessed my soul, 1 made honesty and lavish labour, conductors of the lofty undertaking. I trust that I shall, by help of sincerity, accomplish my task, and that, having gathered such of the wondrous new fruit of the garden of creations, and catalogue of the Creator’s masterpieces as my understanding can grasp, I may display them 80 that a lamp of vision may be set up at the head of Wisdom’s Way for the darkened of heart, and that the store of the enlightened may bo augmented. Laua Deo ! What a blessed thing it is that I am paying my devotions to God behind the curtain of service to my sovereign, and that while setting forth the code of regulations of the outer and inner world and the duties of sovereignty and servitude for all mankind from the king to the beggar, I am acquiring a stock of eternal merit for myself.

Author’s Noti.

As I consider it would be disrespectful to mention on eveiy occasion in this book — which is a record of Divine praise — the snblime name of this King of the Horizons, I use the phrase llaerat . BhGhanihOhu bis Majesty, King of kings, and for the deceased^ sovereign, his Majesty’s illustrious father, I avoid prolixity, by using the phrase, JahOnhdnl^ Jannat- dsJiiySnt. I indicate the venerable mother of the holy one by the title

^ Meaning the Akhamdma,

• Khdna-i’naQl. Cf!r Ain HI. 193. “ Whereas the City of History {Shah- risidn-i-naql) is in ruins.”

• • Aqhi-}\aiyuldnl

4 oUi Qikufrdii-qihdhf lit.,

cupola of pardon or absolution.

• Guardian of the world-^whose nest is in Paradise. A. F. some- times uses one and sometimes both epithets when referring to Hum&y &n.

INTIlODUCTrON.

33

Miryam-makanl^^ a majestic epiiliet which passed into the enlightened mind of hift Majesty, the king of kings. I style the revered grandfather of the Lord of the World, Ifasnat OUi-sit&Ht-i’Fardos-makani^ and thereby abridge his designations.

Note.

R. A. S. No. 117 has a onrious addition to the account of the mandate (ante 27) which A. F. received to write the history of Akbar’s achieve- ments. After afskdftda, it has “ Dar hUt-u-duyam Isfandarmaz mdh^ svna si-u-siyum-i-Ildhi hukm §hud” etc. “ On 22nd Isfandarmaz^ 33rd of the Divino Era, an order was given/* Lower dbwn where it is stated that a second commandment was issued (ante page 29) the same MS. has Dar ruz isndd Ardibihi^t aana Mi-U“Cahdrum ki siyum Rajab nnh-sad-u-nuwad-u^haft hukm mujadd ^udJ* ** On 26th Aidibihig2it of the 34th year, or 3rd Rajab 997, a second order was issued.” I have not found these clauses in any other MS., but they are hardly likely tp have been interpolated by the copyist and the first date appeal’s to agree with A. F.*s other statements, for in the A in ( Jarrett III, 416) he says that he was seven yeara employed on the history which with the year or so occupied in the collection of materials might bring the completion of the work to the 41st or 42nd of Akbar.

1 Mirycm is Miriam or Mary and the epithet has been variously ren- dered — $ke who dwelU with Mary,^ is of the household qf Mary,— and who is of equal rank with Mary— vis., the Virgin Mary. (The Virgin is one of Mu^mmad’s four perfect women). Akbar did not invent the epithet, for it was borne by his great- grandmother, the mother of B&bar. (See BChafl L 3^)* Jahftngir’s

wife, Jodh B&i, was called Miryofa- ifsamdnl, the Mary of the Age. I think the word Makdni, in Qamlda Bind’s title must be translated, rank

or statioUt and not household, for it was given to her in her li|e-time. It almost looks as though Akbar liked the title because it agreed with his resemblance to the Messiah. It was said that the two resembled one an- other in speaking in the cradle. See account of miracle wrought by the infant Akbar to comfort Jiji Anaga (Akbamdma 1. 187 and Dabistdn III. 60, trs.). With reference to this incident A. F. calls Akbar Maslhd- war, Messiah-like.

• Conqueror of the world, abiding in Paradise. . *

5

34

iKOARNAMA.

CHAPTER I.i

Account op sundry secret annunciations and holy manifestations

WHICH TOOK PLACE BEFORE HIS MaJESTY’s AUSPICIOUS BIRTH.

It is not hidden from the mirror-hearts of the qaick-sighted and far-seeing — who know the mysteries of truth, and who show forth the secrets behind the divine veils, and are curtain-openers of elemental (i.c., terrestrial and celestial) mysteries — that the profound wisdom and secret power of the Creator ordain that it is by the weddings of heavenly* sires with earthly mothers, and after various cycles of lunar® aspects, and of applications,* of syzygies and opposi- tions of the sun and moon, of conjunctions of the superior* and inferior planets, risings and settings, appearances and disappearances of stars, lunar and solar eclipses, qualities of exaltations and falls,* influences of zeniths and nadirs,^ and the like, (which are architects in the workshop of production and change, and artists in the picture- gallery of invention and contrivance) that the unique one comes forth from the secret inner chambers into the palace of manifestation,

i Chalmers breaks off here, and does not resume his translation till page 102 of the text.

• The author here displays his learning by giving a string of astro- nomical and astrological terms. The planets and ot her heavenly bodies are the sires, and the four elements are the earthly mothers, though the lat- ter may also be ** elect ladies,” such as Alang-goa(AlanqBS) and Maryam- makftnT.

• • imfisq;, union or mix-

ture; but it appears to be also a term for the lunar aspects. See Dio. of T. T. 1323.

♦ JU3|, iiivial, approximation or propinquity. It is an astrological term corresponding to the continu- ation or application of European

astrologers and is the opposite of in^irdf, separation.

• The superior planets are Satu m , Jupiter and Mars, — as being above or beyond the orbit of the Sun, — and the inferior are Venus, Mercury and the Moon.

• A planet falls when it is in the house and degree opposite to those of its exaltation, i.s., is six heavens, 180^, from them. Thus the Sun’s exaltation is 19^ Aries and his fall 19° Libra. The Sun is a planet, according to the Ptolemaic ^stem.

’ J 5>l, oty 5

This majr abo mean the ap$ide$, the apogee and perigee or aphelion and perihelion. Auj (Pers. auk or oMg), was used to signify .the apogee of a planet.

CHAPTER I.

35

and that Unity emerges from the veiled ones of the cabinet of non- existence and displays its glory in the sublime assembly of Being, to be the cause of the arrangement of tho Universe and the means of i discriminating between justice and oppression throughout tho world, i How can arrangement result from simple ‘ matter? How will it I make progress when the constitution of every individual is founded ^ on a collection of opposite tendencies,* when there is colossal I egotism in every brain, when justice is unattainable, love non-existent, appetite rampant, and concupiscence daily on the increase ?

The wise and far-sighted man is aware that in every period it is indispensable that there be a ruler who shall be strengthened by God’s help and made fortunate by eternal blessings. And the philosopher perceives that such a power must be spiritual as well as possesaod of

I tan-i-vodhid, I under-

stand this to signify matter only, simple matter without the inter- vention of celestial influences. The author has been dwelling on the necessity of all sorts of combinations and influences to produce the Only One — the Unique, — and then winds up by exclaiming about the impotence of mere matter. In the A%n (II. 966) the author uses tan, in tho

sense of matter as opposed to spirit and lias the phrase tan gudd^tan, to mortify —lit. to melt — the flesh.

I am, however, by no means sure of the meaning and possibly the phrase may, as has been suggested to me, be an exclamation of surprise at Akbar’s greatness, “ What an ap- paratus of arrangement from one man ! ” This rendering of tan•i-wd^ hid receives support from the similar use of tan in page 4 (line 4 from foot) i but then I do not see its con- nection with what follows. Possibly the correct reading would be ip omit the izdfat after tan and to translate r:dhid as the Unique One. “ What

Cosmos can come out of flesh f How can the Unique One issue from it, seeing that every man is made up of contradictions P ” See the corres- ponding passage in the AXn (I. 290 1.12, Jarrett II. 51) and also in the beginning of the first letter to *Abdu-Mah Kh&n of TilrSn, in the Inshd. Here we have |he expres- sion qdhr-i’Wahdat which Jarrett translates autocrcuiy. Finally 1 may point out that there is an Arabic word {j?, tinn, signifying equality, and thaj^ possibly this is what A. F. wrote. His question then would be. **How can Cosmos result from equa- lity (or equals) P How will the Unique One emerge from it P "

If it be objected that wdhidt as an adjective, cannot mean the “ Unique One," we might read wahdu^t, unity;* or, with still less violence, take the letter w to be u, the oon junction and translate u ahad, **and the Unique One."

• Alluding to the four w’arring and ooutradictory elements.

AKBAANAMA.

lid

Btrength of arm. The man of experience knows that many years must elapse before a ruby^ develop in the embryonic aac of the mine and arrive at maturityj so as to be fit fop a royal diadem. How many revolutions of epochs then> and how many cycles, are required bofore such a priceless pearl and unique jewel,* lacking in naughti can obtain his special preparation, so that by ascending steps, he arrive at the fulness of perfection ? Acute and experienced observers perceive that the length of the period is dependent on the number of the subjects,* for the gpreater their number, the greater are the opposition and incommensurability. The greatness of the Lord of an Age is more conspicuous when he takes the burden of the whole world and of mankind on the head ifarq) of genius, and guards the flocks (firq) of the universe from strife, and arranges and completes, by virtue of his wisdom, the work of the world and of mankind. But whenever, in the plenitude of His desires, the Divine Work- man wills, that the arrangement of things spiritual and temporal and the culture of the inner and outer worlds be placed in the hands of one individual of the human race, how can the period of preparation of such a lofty comprehension and sublime intellect be calculated by the human understanding, and how can finite cycles contain it ? Inasmuch as the enlightened and wise of our time find these two supreme gifts* in the writing on the luminous forehead of the Lord* of the World (Akbar), they quite justly admit their inability to expound his orbit.^ To them, this very fact is bliss, that by the

i Alluding to the notion that the ruby is slowly developed from stone by the action of the Sun. Cf. Milton (Paradise Lost HI. 60S-12).

With one virtuous touch

**Tho Arch-chimic Sun, bo far from UB remote,

“^roduccB with Terrestrial Humor mizt^

** Here in the dark, so many pre- ciouB things

** Of colour glorioua and effect so rare.”

• Aa the perfect prince.

ra*di/a, suhjocts. The word primarily signifles t flock or herd

and probably A. F. uses it here with a reference to this original meaning. We might therefore translate ** the size of the flock.”

♦ Fis., the control of the worlds, etc.

• ijiudev, lord or great king: it is the well-known word Khedive,

• manaqib pi. of manqabt virtues, and also, a mountain-path. Here, I think, it means the path of Akbar’s development, though A. F. probably has on eye to the double meaning of the word, as his manner is.

CHAPTER I.

37

Divine aid, they have come to know him. For the comprehension of the stages of development of such a Lord is not within the compass of human calculation. They know that in venerating this Great One, they are doing reverence to the Divine power and are worshipping the very Godhead. Tney spend all their energies in acquiring his grace, as that necessarily includes the compassing of the grace of the incomparable God. What bliss can be greater than this? Or what fortune can be more exquisite than this boon ? And the enlightened and far-seeing paan whose visual ray has been strengthened by the antimony of rectitude, knows from the analogy ‘■ of an auspicious star, it was after thousands of years had been spent, womb after womb, in the cradle of preparation, that the broidery of existence was bestowed on her Majesty Jlanqua,* so that she might become® worthy of that world-iilurainating Light, which is tho interpretation of that anthropomorphic Sun* which stands at the

I Lit. by the guidance of an aus- picious star but, 1 think, the verse quoted immediately afterwards, shows the meaning to be, that the length, of time after which an auspi- cious star appears, proves how long a period is required for the develop- ment of a Light such as that of A.kbar.

^ Her proper name appears to be Alang-goa. 8ee Ssanang-Ssetzen’s

History of the Eastern Mongols,’* (trs. J. J. Schmidt, St. Petersburg, 1829, 59). Ooa or Oo means white or Bhinmg and is a title given to noble ladies (1. c. 879). Ssanang-Ssetzen was a descendant of GingTz KhSn and completed his book in 1682 (1. c. 299). Ho describes Alang-goa as the daughter of Baraghodschin-goa, wife of Choritai-mergen. She be- came the wife of Dobo-mergen and bore him two sons. Then her hus- band died, and daring her widow- hood, she was visited by tho Sun and became by him, the mother of

three sons. She is the mythical ancestress of the Mongolian race by her supematurally-born son, Budan- tsar Mong Khan. A. F. gives an account of her (Akbamdma, 64). Both he and Ssanang-Ssetzen inti- mate that she was miraculously bom as well as a miraculous mother, and the latter gives the name of her mother only.

® Tho word is gardld, became, but 1 think the past tense is used here for the future as is sometimes done in Persian. The elements of humanity traversed armies of mar- tyrs, — thereby becoming purified,— and were eventually developed into AlanqfiK.

♦ A, iiamea-upeihtdq^

In Jtn No. 19, (Ain, Book I. 45), A. F. treats of the insignia of royalty and begins with the expression §liafn$a4‘Cahdrtdq. He then adds that this jihamsa is a Divine splen- dour which, without the intervention pf human effort is tue finger-mark

38

AKRAKNAMA.

entrance-gate of ancient tradition and constitutes Uie basal inscrip-

of Divine power. Blochmann (60) translates, “ The ^h^imsa of the arch of royalty is a Divine light which God directly transfers to kings with- out the assistance of men, and kings arc fond of external splendour be- cause they consider it an image of the Divine glory.” He adds, in a note, ‘‘fiiamua is a picture of the Sun, affixed to the gates or walls of the palaces of kings. At night, these pictures are illuminated.” The expression aj^amaa-i-cahdrtdq must bo connected with that of shamsa-i- pethfdq which occurs in the text (III. 184, 1.4). The expression there used is iliamaa-i-pesiitdq-i-dgdhl — the solar iiaijigo of the arch of intelli- gence — and is applied to Akbar. Similarly FaixT, in the preface to his Dlwdn, speaks of the fdq u sJ^dh’i-nuh-l^arga — meaning apparently, lamp of the six sides of the world and king of the nine vaults of heaven. Cahartdq which Blochmann translates arch is given by Steiiigass as meaning a kind of tent. Dozy (Supplement I. 786) defines iliamaa as a round orna- ment or little ball in the shape of the Sun ; ho also says it is de.scribed as a sun-shaped button, by means of which a door is opened. It may apparently mean also a curtain or parasol. I think the gjawfla-i-pegj- tdq in the passage before us, means in part, the solar images which were set up at the entrance-gates of royal palaces and here, we may quote the words of Quintms Curtius (III. Cap. 7) noticed in Hyde’s ” Religion of the Ancient Persians.”

“ Super tabcrnaculum unde ab omnibus conspici posset, imago solis crystallo inclusa fulgebat.”

Perhaps, however, this rather re- fers to the akdadiya. (Blochmann 60).

The following extract from Kaemp- fer’s Amoenitates Exoticac, (Fasicu- lus V. 199), gives a nobler idea of the Shamaa than Mr. Blochmaiin’s description. Kaempfer is describing the Gynaeceura Regium or Female Apartments of the Palace at Ispahan.

** Ambulacri superata longitudine (quam habet 160 passuum) portam contingimus primariam, extu.s, Jani- toribus Sopi, intus, albis munitam spadonibus. Haec tota caeruleo imbuta, iconem ezhibit Mithrae^ i.c., Solia (detorta vox est ab obsolete Me- hiinquod Solem notat) praegrandem, auredrn et aparao in orbem jubare radiantem. Sanctitatem loci, non alii ornamenti species, mystici gentis judicio, gravius exprimebat quam Mithra, sivc Sol, qui coelo decus, universitati lux et vitae focus praepositus est. Solem igitur pro summo Numine (verius pro ]arv& Numinis) antiquitus colebat, ejusque simulacrum adoptabat absolutae potentiae suae insigne, quod et domi statuebat togatae Majestati praesi- dium, ct in Campo signis praeferebat militaribus ita animas accensurum objectu rei, quae uiio quasi complexa Divilli Numinis imagiiiem, et Majes- tatis Regiae praesentiam innueret.”

But I think A. F. chiefly means to refer to the solar being who came into Alang-goa’s tent and that he wishes to indicate as the true expla-

CnAVTER I.

39

tion^ of true liistories. And he perceives that the same Light which took shape^ without human instrumentality or a fathcr^s loins, in the pure womb of her Majesty Alanquft, after having, in order to arrive at perfection, occupied during several ages the bodily wrap- pings of other holy witnesses, is manifesting itself at the present day, in the pure entity of this unique God-knower and God-worshipper (Akbar).

VHTRS*.

How many ages have passed away I How many planetary conjunctions occurred.

That this happy star might come forth from heaven !

It is an ancient custom and established institute that the mes- sengers of the eternal city and the heralds of the opening of the gates* of munificence, before the appearance of an elect one, — such

nation of the mysterious 6 gare which, according to the old tradition, came in as an image of the Sun and disappeared as a wolf, — that Alang- goa was made pregnant by the Divine Light, in the same way as the Virgin Mary. (Akhamama 64, ff.). It is believed by some writers that the story of Alang-goa is an imitation of the accounts of the incarnations of the Buddha and of Jesus Christ.

i kitdba-i-mahdm,

epithet, inscription, foundation of (true records). I think the allusion must be to the title NairQn which was given to Alang-goa’s descend- ants by the Sun. (Akhamdma 67» Id). A. F. takes the epithet to be derived from nlir and says it means light-born; but the word does not seem to be Arabic and it is not likely that the rude forefathers of the Mughals would use an Arabic term. D’Ohsson (I. 25) says, ** Nirfln, e’est- k dire de la eSte, pour designer la puretd de leur origine." Apparently

then, he does not derive the word from nur but connects it with the Turk! naraht a side or place. The legend about Alang-goa is men- tioned in the Shajratu-l-atrdk. (Col. W. Miles’ trs.) There may liowevcr, also, be a reference to the TahaqdU i^ndfiri of Minhaj-i-siraj, (Section XXI.) where the word Shamtla is used as a title of a dynasty and where there is a passage not unlike A. F.’s. (Raverty 696 and Bib. Ind. Text 164). Possibly too, the word tawdfd^ here means dates or chro- nology and the allusion (or at lease, one of the allusions) is to the Divine Era, established by Akbar.

t yUJ| fathuA-ldh, I learn from the Die. of T. T. (1104) that this is also aU astrological term; meaning the coming together in the same house of two planets whose mansions are opposite to one another, 0 .^., Saturn and the Sun and Moon, Jupiter and Mercury, Mars and Venus. Quido Bonatus has a chap-

40

akdarnama.

that one only comes into existence after thousands of years, — rejoice the privileged and wakeful-hearted by the glad tidings of his approach. For every event is stationed* behind the veil of a time and the precise* moment (of its appearance) is concealed and hidden. Yet before it become a certainty, they open a wicket* in the invisible world in face of the senses, and the window-fronts hold a lattice* of indications.

Sometimes the manifestations occur in the visible world, and sometimes their lustre is exhibited in dreamland, — which is an image of the world of mortals, — so that the recipients may have hope while on the highway of desire, and may await the wished-for light and may bo observing the ascension of t^ie auspicious star, for expectation enhances joy, and joy is the ornament of felicity. And whatever takes form after longing and striving, and obtains its fulfilment after watching and waiting, has a charm about it which is not met with otherwise.

An instance of this is the circumstance that his Majesty JahanbfinI Jannat-fts^iyftnJ (Humayun) after receiving an intimation of the advent of the glorious one {an f^azrat) was ever keeping the dust-stained head of supplication on the earth of humility ; and placing the apex of beseeohment on the threshold of the Kaha of requests, and turning the face of hope towards the altar of entreaty, used to pray with invocations and longing, for that living blessing, which in truth, is an auspicious ascension and an increase of life.

ter beaded De a^ertuyiif poriarum, (8156).

• marsud. This word, according to Lane, means lying in wait. .1 1 means, also the station of a star and the act of observation and of being observed and is used in this sense in the A\n (II, 1.5 fr. foot.)

» Lit. “the knot *uqd€U)

of the special time is veiled and hidden.”

» Dcurlca, a window or wicket.

• tabaka. (Dozy, Suppl- t

722b). The name given to a part of the astrolabe known as the cobweb; Chaucer’s Riet {rete ) ; a moveable metal plate. See also Jarret, III. 315, n.l.

• tdli*~i-hwmdyun.

There is a play here upon the word Humftydn; the phrase being capable of being rendered the asceiMion or rising of Humfty&n : perhaps too, there is an allusion to the etymology, real or supposed, of the Persian word famand, son, from /or, glory.

CHAPTER I.

41

Verse.

O Lord, by the lamplight of Thy Essence,

By the ocean pearls of Thy Attributes,

By those holy Ones (prophets and saints) who come forth like pure roses.

Whose souls are washed by the fountains of the sun.

Grant a jewel to my fortune’s crown ;

Grant a star to ray exaltation’s heaven ;

Grant a moonlight to my chamber ^

Which may disperse the darknesses of the Universe;

Irradiate my existence by a sun,

That* the nine heavens may come within my adoration.

Give perpetuity to my afflicted soul.

So* that, if death come by a hundred ways, I may not die.

Of a truth, a son who will bo one’s successor and take one’s place on the glorious throne, is something which is a compensation for life, — for which there is no compensation, — and is a substitute for bye-gone years. He is the fruit of life’s garden and a celestial lantern, fed from the oil of the Divine bounty. He kindles the family lamp of the whole line of ancestors and fixes it firmly on the throne of fortune. He lengthens and broadens the shades of Justice and glory over the heads of mortals. Especially, if he be such a rare and exquisite product and so consummately dutiful that, if he be called Primus^ of the Poles of Saints, it is but proper, and if he be termed the knot in the grand chain of sovereignty,® Father of Fathers/ and Great Ancestor, it is but just and in accordance with

1 liotiafdn. This is

A. P.*s name for the harem or serag- lio. See Ain 39. The prayer is that there may be a moonlike son bom in the harem.

• This line is Pai^I’s. See Ak^ hamama HI, 683, 1.5.

• This line is adapted from one of Faifl’s. Akhamdma III. 683, 1.4.

• Lit. synopsis or title-page of the Poles of the saints.

6

i The word $altanai does not occur in the text (Bfl>. Ind, ed.) but is in No. 564 and is probably genuine. It occurs after aiUila and before a’lima. The word also occurs in B. M. No. 1709.

• Ahu-l-dbd u jaAAt-i-a*ld, Jadd sometimes means maternal grand- father or ancestor and perhaps nas this force here.

42

AKBARNAMA.

tlio real tacts. It is exceptionally suitable that a king who in sue- cession to a lino of ancestors is placed on a throne of rule and sway, and is world-dominating and world-adorning, should have an illustrious successor and such an one is of all men, the most eager in this quest.

At length, on 4th Rabi^u-l-awwal, 947, of the lunar (l^ijra) era (Friday, 10 July, 1540) his Majesty Jahanbanl Jannat-ashiy&ni had, after paying his devotions to the Author of bounty, laid for a time his head on the pillow of repose and bis limbs on the couch of tran- quility, when, suddenly, under the auspicious veil of sleep, — hence called the cabinet of secrets — he became aware that Qod, (Glory be to Him) was bestowing on him an illustrious successor whoso great- ness shone from his forelock, and the lightning of whoso splendour was flashing from his temples. From the light of his guidance, the dark regions of thoughts and opinions were illuminated, and the glory of his justice was lighting up the fields of night and day. It is in accordance with the communication which was made by the messengers of the invisible world regarding his Majesty (Akbar) that the glorious name of that divine masterpiece exalts at the present day, pulpits and proclamations. The superscriptions i of the gold and silver coins also tell of it.

When his Majesty awoke, he first returned thanks to God for the majestic message and splendid grace and then told the circumstance to the intimates of his harem and the servants of his threshold.*

• Lit. the faces of the dirhams and dinars. The dirham Was a silver cuin and the dinar a gold oim}. They were iu use before Akbar’s time. »See Ain Nos. 10 and -11 (Book I. Blochmaun). A^bar gave new names to the coins.

• This dream occurred about a year before Hum&yan’s marriage with Akbar’s mother. That marriage took place, according to Qulbadan, on Monday, ( Doshamba) 9th Jumada-l* aw wal 9i8. G ulbadan says the dream occurred at Labor, and she gives a

more poetical account of it. She says Abmad’i-jam himself appeared in a dream, as an old man dressed in green and with a staff in his hand, to Humayun when the latter was in great distress on account of the conflicts with Shgr Kh&n. and bade him not lose heart, for he would have a wonderful son whom he was to call Jal&lu-cUdin Muhammad Akbar. B!bl Konor (qu. Gfluawar) was then pregnant and it was thought that she would havo a son, but she boro a daughter, Bukhshl Banff.

ClfAPIKR I.

43

Vkkrb.

A’ sleep which tore the veil from before the eyes of the soul. Cannot be called sleep ; it was the heart’s waking.

Sbarif Khan related that when his brother Shamsu-d-dln Mu. I^an Atga* was in Ghazni, in the 22nd year of his age, he dreamt he saw the moon come into his arms.® He related ihe fact to his venerable father Mir YSr Mu. Ghaznavi who was a spiritually- minded householder,* and the latter rejoiced at the happy appearance of the auspicious circumstance and interpreted it to mean that God would, one day, bestow a great privilege upon him which would be the means of exalting their family. And so it turned out, for by the blessings of that full Moon of glory of the heaven (Akbar) the family was raised from the nadir of the dust to the zenith of heaven.

Another circumstance was communicated by religious, right- thinking persons, vt>z. that when her Highness Miryam MakanI — may the shadows of her glory be eternal — was pregnant with the holy elements of his Majesty, a strange light was perceptible from her bright brows. Often her divine countenance had to observers, the appearance of mirrors such as ere fastened by tirewomen^ near the temples of secluded chaste ones.

And the star of fortune sang this strain with the tongim of ecstacy.

Versb.

I placed the clouded brow on the path* of fortune,

I hung a thousand mirrors on the forehead.

1 These lines are Faizl*3 and occur in his Diwdn. B. M. MS. Add. No. 7794, 1916.

• Blochmann 321. He was Akbar’s

foster-father and became a wdkil, minister. He was assassinated by Adham The word atga is

Turkish and properly ^^1 atdyd, the state of being a father.

• Lit. armpit.

• KadJ^udd-i-darviih-mani^. This phrase is copied iu the Md’d|ifu-

l-umard (11.531), and is, apparently, that which Mr. Blochmann has ren- dered “ a simple farmer.” 1 he con- text here shows its real meaning.

• Jaffar, Herklots says nothing of mirrors being attached to the forehead, but states that they are placed on the thumb.

® t\ji bardh. Possibly the word is hurd and the translation should be, “ I laid the ornament of fortime on the clouded brow.”

44

AtBARNAHi.

One day, near the time^ of the auspicious birth, her Highness Miryam Makftnl was riding* on a camel. On the way, her eye fell on a mango-garden. As at such a time, there is an inclination for sub-acid drinks and for sour-sweet fruits, she bade her half-brother,* ]^wdja Mu’ezzam fetch some mangoes. The Shwdja brought some, and was giving them into her blessed hand when he saw a light upon her glorious brows like that from a mirror. He said, ** Have you put a mirror on your forehead V* She replied, I have not attached any mirror. What are you referring to T” Then the ^wdja looked narrowly and saw that her Highness^ shining fore- head was lighted by the light of God. He marvelled at the light eternal and mentioned the circumstance to several of the confidential courtiers. His statement was to the effect, that the glory of the divine light so streamed from the shining brows that he had not strength to gaze steadily at it.

The venerable mother of A^j^am Mirzft ^AzTz Kokaltash,

who was his Majesty’s nurse,^ related the following anecdote. One morning, before I had the good fortune to hold this supreme office, ‘‘a great light approached me and entered my bosom. I felt as if ** the world- warming Sun had fallen into my breast. A strange condition supervened and a great astonishment laid hold of me so ’’ that all the parts and particles of my body were moved and shaken.

^ The birth was on 15th October

0. 5., i.c., 25th October N.S. There could hardly have been mangoes on the trees near that time, nor is it likely that there were any mango trees near Amarkot.

I Haudaj (howdah), but here used, T think, to mean cameMitter.

• daradar-i-mada^

whiclf can, apparently, mean either a maternal uncle or an uterine brother,

1. e., a brother on the mother’s side. Here it must mean the latter, for A. F. (I. 221) speaks of the relation- ship as af^vwaUi-aJ^ydfi which the dictionaries explain as meaning brotherhood. The Ma*dtir (I. 618)

describes the Ehw&ja as harddar- i-a*ydn% of Miryam MakanI, i.e., her full brother. Its author then, appa- rently, took aJ^ydfi to mean full brother.

Ni^amu-d-dln (fahaqatt Luck. ed. 263) speaks of the Khwajaas Akbar’a maternal uncle and as the son of ‘All Akbar, a descendant of the saint Ahmad-i-jSm. The Kh^&ja was a man of violent temper, if not wholly insane. He killed his wife and was imprisoned by Akbar in Gwalior. (Bad&onT, Lowe, 71 and Noer’s Akbar, A. S. Beveridge. 1. 104).

• Atagagi. Apparently this ought tohe anagaji, if it comes from anaga a nurse. (Blochmanii 323n.)

CflAPTKR T.

46

** as by excess of joy and ecstaoy. And the exquisitenesa of that delight still ^uffnses me {liL still post jsses every hair of me). Aud from the time ot that white dawn of the morning of majesty and beauty and rose-blooming of fortune and glory, I was on the watch, thinking, ^ 0 God I what will be the result of this sublime feeling ? ’ At length, 1 was exalted to this lofty service which is the treasure of realm and religion (din u dunyd) and of trust/^

Hemistich.

Fortune ^ is what comes to our bosom without trouble.**

God be praised I What a blessing it was iLat came to my bosom and what a fortune was received within my breast. " Though externally, I was strongly made for the service of that sublimely-born pearl, yet in reality, it was Fortune who inclined her face* towards mo and supported me and my family. Whenever I took his Majesty on my shoulder, auspiciousness raised me from “ the dust. Accordingly, by the blessing of this service which was destined for me, a great grace and a lucky star were conferred on me. And I and my family became famous throughout the seven climes*’’ Another story was told by Maulgni* Nuru-d-din Tarkhfin and some others who were in attendance on the Court, viz., that near the emergence of the sun of fortune (Akbar), his Highness JahanbanI was recreating himself in a room* wjhich had latticed windows, and the formula of the recii/icatian^ of the glorious birth was before him.

1 This line is in the Anwar-i-Su- hain (Cap. 14^ Story 2). The literal rendering is ** Fortune is what comes into the bosom without the heart’s blood " (being shed), and the nurse uses the line to indicate that she had not to undergo the pain and danger of parturition.

• There is an antithesis between her strong back, puikt^i-qawT and Fortune’s face.

• See Blochmann 524 and 541, also long account in BadSonX (111, 197-200) and the i^a’dfir (1. 478). He died as custodian of HumSydn’s tomb in 994 (1586).

4 ■ jUL ^dna4-musagqaf a

roofed apartment; apparently the word room expresses the meaning.

4 OjA harf-i-namuddr the

** rectification ” of English astrolo- gers. The namfidSr was a device for obtaining the date of birth. There is an account of it in Ulugh Beg’s Prolegomena (Part IV. Cap. I. 146 and Sgdillot’s Trs. 201). •The nam&dar is also called animoder in European books on astrology. It was resorted to when the exact date of birth was not known; that is when there was doubt as to the cor- rectness of clocks, etc. Apparently

46

AKRARNAMA.

Suddenly rays of divino light shone from the lattices^ so that all who were privileged to be present^ both small and greats perceived them« Those who were entitled to speak^ asked his Highness Jahftnbani the meaning of the phenomenon^ and he replied^ A rose of the rose* ’’ garden* of the ^il^at will just now come into bloom, and a child of light will emerge from the hidden chamber of magnificence and glory, and from the gorgeous aardt of Honour and Fortune and plant ** his foot in the circle of existence. The refulgence^ of his greatness will melt the hearts of the enemies of the State in the crucible of destruction, and confer new splendour and glory on our race and family. Nay, rather, the night-chamber of the universe will acquire “ grandeur and beauty from his world-lighting raya.'^

Mir ‘Abdu-l-hai §adr,* one of the purely-born, related as fol- lows : — “ One morning, his Highness Jahanbani Jannat-agbiyftm was bowed down in reverie, and seemed much distraught.® After a time, he raised his head and exclaimed, Praise be to God the Gracious, the lamp of our royal family has been relit.^^ On my asking the meaning of his giving thanks, his Highness replied, ** While I was in a state of

it is here referred to as something Mir Abdu-l-lith was a performer on

used to calculate the time when a the qdnun (dulcimer). He is, ap«

birth will take place. Ulugh Bog parently, the caligraphist mentioned gives three namudars, via., Ptolemy’s, in the Ain (Blochmann, 101 and 108),

Hermes’ and Zoroaster’s. Vullers but though Mr. Blochmann identifies

(s. V. 1352a) gives fi. quotation from him with Mir *Abda-l-hai Mir *Adl, the Bahdri-*ajam, mentioning five this seems doubtful. (Blochmann,

namudars. The phrase luirf-i-namu- 468, 471 and 480). The man who told

ddr probably means the formula of the story of HumSy flu’s dream was

the namadar. It would seem that that monarch’s 9adr , — Lord High

tho namndar was also used to die- Almoner. This *offioe was higher

cover the nature of tho coming child, than tho Mir Adi’s (Blochmann e.g., its sex. 268) and it is not likely that a man

t Kaukaha means a star and is whom Badionl praises for sanctity

also the name of one of the royal would take part in a drinking bout,

ensigns, viz., a polished steel ball (Blochmann 468). Howov( r, this is

suspended to a pole. (Blochmann, not impossible, for Bad&on! Tells us

Plato IX). (Lowe, 319) that the New Year festb

• Badaunl has an account of him vities were too much for the sobriety

(HI. 273). He calls him of the Qa^ls aud ’ ‘if tls (Judges) and

i.e., from the town of Maahhad even of pious men.

(Mcshinl) in Eastern Persia. He was 8 Lit. it appeared as if his blessed

a skillt’d peiiHiuu and his brutlier, cye9 hud become red (or iiillamcd).

crrAmE i

47

wakeful i sleep, a brilliant star emerged from a certain quarter (here his Highness pointed to the region where the glorious parturient was) ^‘and rose higher and higher every moment. And as it ascended, its size and brilliance increased, until its light had embraced the greater portion of the world. I asked a holy man what the luminous body was, and he replied that it was the light incarnate of my successor, ’’ and that whatever part of the earth had been shone upon by this world-illuminating ray, wpuld come under his dominion, and be “ civilized by the light of his justice.” Two days after this vision, the news came of the ascension of the auspicious star above the horizon of hope, and when the period of the spiritual manifestation and holy vision was compared,* it appeared that the auspicious birth and the delivery of the miraculous message had occurred at one and the same time.” When such an illustrious progeny is the lot of an eminent man,* why should such a communication not be vouchsafed f And when such a boon followed, why should there not have been such a reverie, and such an interpretation ? Such things may appear extraordinaiy to superficial observers and to materialists, but the pure-minded and far-seeing conjectured before the event, and knew with certainty afterwards that this was the shining of the world-light- ing star and that the message betokened the darkness-destroying sun. And to those who have had the bliss of being long in tj^e service of thisrLord of the World and of understanding his glorious qualities, the appearance of such portents is no stumbling-block.

Nor is it hidden from the acute and scrutinising that though Maulana Sharafu-d-dln ‘Ali-i-Yazdi has in the Zafamdma^ taken a superficial view of things and stayed Qacull Bahadur’s^ true vision and Tumana Khan^s interpretation at His Majesty the Lord of Con- junction (Timur) and has explained the eighth shining star that issued

• Meaning that his body was asleep but his soul awake.

■ With that of the birth.

• Bu%urg, This word often means a sniut or holy person and may have that sense here.

♦ Bih. Ind. T. 11 and 12, but the full account of the dream is given in llic Muq^uldaiiia or rrcfuco to

tbo ^afarn&ma which has not been published in the Bih. Ind. edition. It is to be regretted that this Pre- face which Sharafu-d-dfn refers to at page 11, has not been printed. See Rieu’s Catalogue I. Add. 6538.

8 See later on, in the detailed account of Akbar’«i ancestors.

48

AKBARNllfA.

from Q§cQli Bahudur’s breast ‘ and lighted np the worlds of the appearance of his Majesty the Lord of Conjunction who is the seventh* ancestor of his Majesty (Akbar)^ yet it is clear to the minds of. those far-sighted light-dwellers who understand bermeneutios and the secrets of the drpam-world that to explain seven stars as seven persons whose heads were not exalted by the diadems* of rule, nor were seen on the dominion-adorning Divan of excellence, is remote from the principles of interpretation and the significance of dreams. Bather those seven stars are seven world- adorning potentates, and the world-irradiating light is the holy personality of his Majesty the King of Kings who hath by the light of his Being illumined the terrene and terrestrials. It is the auspi ;ious Akbar* who was the resplendent light which arose from the breast of that Jupiter of good fortune (QacQlI BahSdur). Although the latter be, numerically his Majesty’s fifteenth* ancestor, yet among those there are seven stars of the zodiacal Sign of greatness and having the light of this world-illuminating King of Kings emblazoned on the foreheads of their biographies. These seven out of the fifteen* have been distinguished fqr greatness and world- adornment, and the eighth of the noble band is his Majesty the King of Kings. The light of their rectitude has made the horizons brilliant, and in the noble series of the fifteen* great ones, there has been given the glorious vesture of spiritual and temporal sovereignty to this per- fect witness of Divine Power, and he has been made light-bestower of the inner and outer worlds. This explanation is not hidden from the subtle investigators of real significations. On this account a synopsis of the perfections of this series will be found in this noble volume, and

1 The word in the text is jih or jaib. Later on (p. 68) the word used is ganhan,

• The text has eighth, but accord- ing to our idiom at least, the word should be seventh. Nor is A. F. con- sistent, for at p 81 he calls Timur’s son the sixth ancestor of Akbar.

• The author means that none of QicSll’s immediate descendants was a king. The first monarch of his race was Timur, and the seven stars arc interpreted by A. F. to mean

Timur and the six descendants who intervene between him and Akbar.

• 8a*d~i-Akb(kr, The auspicious conjunction, «.s., the conjunction of Jupiter and Venus, but here used with a play upon the Bmperor’s name. See the heading of next chapter and the horoscope Chapters possm.

• It is sixteentn m the Text.

• It is eighteen in the Text, but this, I think, must be a mistake for sixteen or rather for fifteen.

CHAPTEE I.

49

tben the prudent and alert of mind will get proof of these words. Whoever at the present day shall peruse with the eyes of discernment and knowledge^ the account of those illustrious magnates and under- stand the office of the Caliph ^ of the Age^ and become acquainted with the stages of the degrees of greatness of the Lord of the World, will applaud the exposition. Away, Away I I am no word-seller,* seek- ing for approving glances from men. What more choice blessing can there be than this, that my truth-electing heart has been made a fount of true impressions,* and that my scrutinising reason has become an alighting-stage* for these divine subtleties ? With these night-gleam- ing jewels* I frame glorious earrings as abiding ornaments for the understanding ears of the fortunate lovers of wisdom.

1 I am not sure if this expression applies to Akbar or to his predeces- sors. A. F. seems to regard Akbar as something higher than the Caliph or Vicar-Genoral of the Age. He is the Khud<v-i–jahSn. the Lord or Khedive of the World.

• The reproach of A. F. against

Firdausi. Jarrett III. 401.

S nikdL Apparently pen-

marks, i.e., dots.*

4 mahhit a place where one

alights. Often, the descent of an angel.

• Alluding to the phosphores- cence of diamonds, etc.

• [ ‘sAC neans the tame daq^iq-i^rabbini

in the next sentenoe, i.e., *dirine sabtleties.’ The abore translation, no doabt, is wrong. T. B,]

CHAPTER II.

Ac<!ocnt of the rise of the Great Luminary (the Sun) and of the

DIFFUSION OF THE GREATER FORTUNE (JuPITBR) FROM THE BKY OF AUSPICIOUSNESS— THE NATIVITY, TO WIT, OF HiS MaJESTT,

THE King of Kings and Shadow of God.

The apparition of the result of hopes from the embryonic sac of desire, and emergence of the light of fortune from the auspicious ascension-point, — the most holy nativity,* to wit, — of his Majesty from the sublime veil and consecrated curtain of her Highness, cupola of chastity,— screen of modesty, — saint of seclusion, — scion of austerity,— holy one of the age, — dawn* of epochs, — mistress of the world, — perfect teacher,® — paragon of purity,— pattern of limpi- dity, — chosen one of pure disposition, — abounding in trustworthy fidelity, — pure-principled princess, — queen of celestial graces, — elect lady of time and the terrene, — world’s bliss, — wave of eternal ocean, — mother*-o’-pearl of the ocean of bounty, — lamp of the holy family, — glory of the house of guidance, — lantern of the wall® of worship,— bridal chamber of the auspicious harem,— forefront of obedience to

• The sentence of which the word “nativity" is the subject, is conti- nued after a series of epithets, by the verb “ occurred," on page 54.

S Sijti hdzigha beginning to rise or come forth, (Lane). The Luck. cd. and No. 564 have hdfi* excellent. The Muntaf^abu- lAughiil (Taylor 51a) says that hdzigha was the name of a woman

of the tribe of Ad who listened to Joseph and thereby attained great sanctity.

® Amdzgar also means pupil, but here probably teacher. It is used in the latter sense in the Ala, I. 202, 1 . 2 .

® sadaf pearl-shell.

hatxmt properly the west wall of the Ka‘6a.

CHAPTER II.

51

Go«l, — oye of eternal empire, — pillar of the celestial throne, — pedestal of tin* sublime seat, — lady of the exalted marriage-dais, — princess of fortune’s alcove, — chosen curtain of honour’s litter, — exalter of chas- tity’s coiffure, — glorious gift of heaven, — treasure of Divine mercy, — prime dainty of the Divine table, — supreme boon of heavenly gifts, — revolving-point of bounties and graces, — glorious pearl of dominion and prestige, — spring-flower of justice, — tablet of the gorgeous picture-gallory, — splendour of sanctity and love, — fire-flame of majesty and exaltation, — cream of abilities and accomplishments, — choice ono^ of the secrets* of hand and heart, — Central node of wisdom and wakefulness, — linking the divine and the human, — goodly tree of peace and purity, — generous fruit of liberality and election, — truth*- showing mirror, — countenance of certainty, — staircase of majesty, — ladder of realm and religion, — tap-root of the umbrageous trunk of liappiness, — noble palm of the garden of excellence, — veiled matron of meekness and modesty, — screened and curtained one of honour and greatness, — glorious medium between hidden and revealed light, — opener of the morning of fortune and favour, — enveloped in celestial veils, — her Majesty Miryam Makani, chaste one of church and state, Hamida BSnuBegam — (may her glorious shadow bo perpetuated !) — pure scion of that pattern of eminent saints, * — pole of the poles of greatness, — wanderer in the wilderness of humanity, — ^ewimmer in the ocean of divinity, — lamp of spiritual secrets, — key of the trea- sures of conquests, — rose-gatherer* of the gardens of revelation, — garland-twiner o£ the fragrant herbs of truth, — abbot {imam) of the monastery of asceticism, — cup-bearer of the tavern of abundance, — ocean-hearted one of the baiting-place of privation,-*— ocean-drinker of the tavern of unity, — immersed in the seas of holy conflicts, — consumed by the lightnings of contemplation, — torch-bearer of the

chamber of the Path, — caravan-conductor on truth’s highway,

supreme theatre of the epiphanies of the divine essence, — illumination-

I na^hci. This may also

mean bumper or copiotie draught

• Birr, has for one of its meanings the lines of the palm of the hand or of the forehead. I think

this is the meaning here.

• The author here leaves Miryam MakSnl and proceeds to eulogize he. remote ancestor, Abmad-i-jam.

• Oulcin; also a gardener.

52

AKBAftNAlll.

Bpot‘ of the rays of the Attributes^ — cambist* of the secrets of the masters of revelation and manifestation^ — > assay er of the hearts of the lords of divine ti-ansports, — observant traveller over hearts and spirits, — ‘scrutiuizer of the interiors of moulds and forms, — disperser* of the clouds of darkness, — procuring the blotting-out of the writings* of transgressions,’ — knowing the links between the seen and the unseen,— uvealer of the splendours of the secrets of mani- festation and concealment —

Yxbsi.

Pole® which salutes the two poles (rf heaven.

Bridling by discipline the tigers of lust.

Stalking as a lion in the forest of the heart.

Ocean-drinker of love, the* premier elephant, Ahmad-i-jfim,*

ijld’i-majdli’i-amvdr-i-sifdiXya. The i^ifdilya or Attributists were a Mu- hammadan sect. (See Hughes* Diet. ut‘ Islam; — Koran, Sale, Preface; — and the Dabistdn, trans. II. 324 and 3;J0). But 1 do not think A. F. is referring to them here. The occur- rence of the word idtiya in the pre- rious. clause seems to show that J^{fdtXya is here used merely in the sense of attributes or of belonging to attributes. Ahmadd~jdm was a bufl but it is not stated that he belonged to any particular sect. In the Dalistdn (II. 270) we are told on the authority of the commentator on the Oul^an-i-rdz that there are four kiivds of manifestation^, and that ** the third is ^Slifdti; belonging to attributes,— when the contemplatire person sees the Absolute Being en- dowed with the attributes of his orwn essence such as science and life, and sees himself a real being or endowed with these attributes.’*

• tarrd/, ahroff or moneys

I ehcMger, one who puts philosophy ! into current coin.

I injild, may also mean

brightening. Of. text 46, 1, 7.

• Cf. Isaiah xliv. 22 ; and Colos- sians ii. 14.

• ^ common name for distingpiished saints.

• J6m is a town in Khu rtsSn (N#- £. Persia) and near HerUt.

very near HerSt,*’ says the Dahiatdn II. 334). For an account of A^mad-i- j&m, see Rieu’s Catalogpie I. 5515, and the NafafMtu-Uuna. He is a very famous saint of the 11th and 12th centuries. His full name is Abd Na^r A^mad ibn Abu-l-b^san. He bore the titles 21ibanda-pl/, Rag- ing, or perhaps Mt^ghty, Elephant, and He is called

Ndmaqi from his having been born ■ in or at least, from his family’s having sprung from the village of K&maq in the district of Jftm. He was born 441 H. (1049), and died in 536 H. (1141). (Dr. Rieu states that according to the Javfakinhl~a$rdr

CHAPTER n.

53

Holy bo his tomb, (i.e., R. L P.)

(fol. 148) the date of his death is fixed by the chronogram 4/^^

Ahmad Jdml qvddUa sir- ruhu, (See Bichardson 718a.) The passage occurs at 148a. of Add. 7607, Kieu’s Cat. I. 43c. and the words are

va»l^

The letters give the date 536, t;i«.

A=: 1 J= 3 q=100 r=200 8 S= 1 d= 4 h= 5

m = 40 m=:40 8 = 60

d= 4 1=10 8 = 60 536 Total.

■E=Si

There is an account’ of tue saint in DSrS Shik5h*8 /^afvtoUu4-aMliya and there the writer — the eldest son of gbah Jahin — refers to his great- great-grandmother, ]|^mlda Band’s descent from Atimad-i-jam. But the fullest account of Ahmad is in JSmi’s jN^./a^fw-^-tins, JamI being a townsman of the saint. The life will 3t found in Lees’ ed. of the Nafahdt ■ ’ f, ^05-417) Ahimad-i-jim is said To hwvt converted 300,000 per- sons, and to have had 42 children, of whom 17 survived him. His Diwdn is in the B. M., and he wrote other works. There is an explanation of the term Zhanda-pU by M. Pictet, in the Journal Jsiatique for 1843, (Series IV., Vol. II., 141). He derives it from the Sanscrit canda. Ac- cording to Fraser (Journey into Khorasan, Lond.’l825, App. B., 39), it means Elephant-reviver or animator, and was given to the saint because he, at the cost of his own life, restored to life the (Governor’s elephant. Fraser describes his tomb as a rough slab of marble, situated in a grove of pistadin trees, at Turbai4^jdm^

half way between Maghhad and Herat. According to A. F. Abmad-i-jam was the ancestor of Humayun’s mother as well as of his wife (Hamida Band). Humayun visited the South in 1544 and put up an inscription which still exists. (J. R. A. S. Jan, 1897).

Apparently the father of Hamida Band was named A1I Akbar, for N i^amu-d-dlnsays, KhwajalMuazzam (whom he calls Akbar’s maternal uncle) was the son of ‘All Akbar. According to A. F. the Khwaja was only uterine or half-brother of Hamida Band, but it seeroa probable that *A1I Akbar was also her father, for Ni;^mu-d-dln goes on to say that ‘All Akbar was descended from ^azrat Shaikbu-l-islam. ^anda-pTl A^mad-i-jam. Gulbadan calls Hami- da Band, the daughter of Mir Bab& Dost. Apparently Mir Baba is the Maul&na Baba Dost Sadr mentioned {Akhamdma I. 315) as a servant for whom Hindal had a special regard. Perhaps Mir Baba Dost is not his full name — though it occurs in the Akftamdraa — and he may also have been named ‘All Akbar. Gulbadan says that Mir Abu-l-Baqa took part in the marriage and that two lakhs of rupees were paid (or promised) as dower by Humaydn. Abu-l-Baqa is referred to in the Akhamdma (I. 172). In the same volume, (I. 174, 1.15) mention is made of KhtrSja Hajrt Jftml (qu. the Superintendent of A^mad Jaml’s cell P) as having been forward in promoting the mar- riage. Gulbadan’s account of the marriage /legotiations is minute and interestinf^.

54

akbarnama.

occurred » when the altitude of Procyon* waB

88’’ and when 8hs. 20in. had passed from the beginning of the night of 8th Aban** 464, JalftU era, corresponding to 19th Isfanddrmis 911, of the old era,* and to night of Sunday {liab^i^yak-iAamha) 5th Rajab, lunar era,* and to 6th Kartik* 1599, Hindu era, and to 16th

^ See Note 1, page 50.

9 ixrtU* iii*rd-i-§idmiya,

the Syrian Dog-star, t.e., Procyon or the Lesser Dog-star; Sirius or the Greater Dog-star being called ShiWa-‘ hyamdnx or Dog-star of YamSn, i.e., S.-W. Arabia. Procyon is called also Shira-Uahur, the Little Dog-star.

AbAn is the eighth month in the Persian year. The JalalT era is also called the Mallkl because established by Sultan Jalilu-d-dln Malik Shah Seljuki. * Umar Khayyam was one of the astronomers employed in settling this calendar. (Jarrett III. 29.) The era began on 5th Sha*ban. 468 (15th March, 1076,) according to one account and according to another, on 10th Bama^Sn 471 (15th March, 1079). Ulugh Beg says. ** This is a difference of 1097 days, the cause of of which is unknown to us, but as the second is that generally adopted, wo shall follow it.” (S4dillot, Prole- gomena, 27). The cause of the dif- ference is explained by Sedillot at page 235. The initial date, 15th March, 1079, is that adopted by Gibbon and appears to be that fol- lowed by A. F. for 1079-^468=1543 or nearly October 1542.

A This is the era of Tazdajira, so- called because it dates from the first year of his reign, vis., A.D. 632. The era, however, began long before his time, and according to A. F. dates from the accession of Jamahid. It began afresh with the accession of each king, and it has received the

name of the Yazdajird era because he was the last king of Persia, he being great-grandson of the famous N5ahlrw&n, and being vanquished by the Muhammadans. (Jarrett III. 28.) A. F. makes the difference be- tween the two eras 447 years. The Yazdajird era began on 16th June, 632 A.D. Isfandarmiji is the 12th month in the Persian year.

• A. F. here calls the Hijra era Haldlif lunar, but in the Am, he calls it Hijra. The date corresponda to Sunday, 15th October, 1542 O.S. and 25th October N.S. Gulbadan gives the date as 4th Bajab, but this must be a mistake, for 4th Rajab, 949 was a Saturday, and the birth took place on a Sunday. Sedillot (Prole- gomena 240) says that 5th Bajab is the day of Muhammad’s conception, but Ulugh Beg makes it 15th Bajab and calls it the feast of victory. It is possible that Akbar got his name of Muhammad from his having been born on this festival.

A This era is the Samvat or Yik- rSmaditya era. It began B.C. 57 so that its 1599=1542 A.D. The Bibl. Ind. ed. has 1519, but this is clearly wrong and for nuudahum — we’should read nuwad ii nuhtim-— as in the Luck- now ed. and No. 564 and all the other copies which I have consulted. According to Gowasji Patell’s tables the Samvat year 1599 began on 10th October. The year began apparently with Ist Kartik so that 6th K|rtik= 15th October.

CHArXER II.

55

Tishrlnu^-l-awwal 1854, Greek Gra;-~:4h3. 22m> of the said night (that of Saturday, or rather Sunday 8) were remaining. The place i was the auspicious city and fortunate fort, Araarkot,* which belongs

I ^ Tiahrin, the Tighrl of the J ewish i Calendar, was the first month of the y Syrian year. It corresponds to oar

• October. The era is that of the Seleu- ^ cid» and is also called Syro-Mace- , donian. It began 1st October B.C.

V 312, so that 16th Tiahrinii-l-awwal =

■ iOth October, 1542. It appears from Cowasji Patell’s Chronology (162) that the Syro-Maoedonian year of 1854 began on 2nd October so that 16th Teahrlnu-l-awwal corresponds exactly with 15th October. A. F. calls the era Biiml (Greek). In the Jfm (I. 279) he calls it the era of Alexander of Greece, but at p. 274 l.c. he calls it Rum, He says it took its origin from the death ‘ of Alexander II. Bicomutus, but that it did not come into effect till 12 years after his death. Ulngh Beg treats it as a Christian era and gives, under it, the dates of the Christian festivals. (See Sddillot, Text 54 and Trans. 62). Mas’Qdl, writing in the 10th century, does the same thing. (See French trans. III. 405)). Al-bl- rElnl {Chronology of Ancient Ifaiione, 282) also gives the Christian festivals and says that the Melkites, Nesto- rians and Jacobites observed them. In Qolius* notes to AlfargMnl (19) it is stated that the Jacobites and Nestorians use this era, but that the Malekites begin their year in January.

• A. F. gives two statements of the number of hours ^ one taken from the beginning of the night and the other from its end. Probably he

used two records. The sum of the two sets of figures, 8hs. 20m. and ihs. 22m. is 12hs. 42m. which agrees with what apparently, would be the length of the night at Amarkot on 25th October, 1542 (25th is the true date allowing for the difference be- tween Old and New Stylos). Accord- ing to a communication with which I hivvo l)oen favoured by the Meteoro- logical Department, Calcutta — • sunset on 25th October inlat. 25 N. is at 523 and sunrise, on that day at 6‘5. I presume there would bo little differ- ence between sunset on the 25th, and sunset on the 24th. The length of the night, then, on 24th October, would be from 523 p.m. to 65 a.m. or 13h3.-8m.= 12h8. 42ra. exactly! On 1 5th October, sunset occurred at 5*59 P.M. and sunrise a^ 5'32 a.m. The 8th iban of the Persian era apparently corresponds to 26th October. It will bo remembered that this ora anticipated the correc- tions of the Gregorian Calendar. Apparently there is some mistake about the years 464 H. and 911 H. for when reduced to Christian years, they give 1543 and not 1542.

8 Properly Saturday, the birth occurring early on Sunday morning Muhammadans count their day oi nycthemeron from sunset. . <

4 Amarkd^ is a town in Scindc lat. 25® 21’ N. and long. 69® 46’ E (Greenwich). Gulbadan spells i Amarkot and in the Imperial Qazet leer of Indian it appears as Uroarkot I The n is short. Its latitude an<

56

AKBARMAMA.

to the second climate and lies in latitude 25 N. and longitude 105 E. of the Fortunate Isles. At that time^ the imperial army had marched to subdue the country of Tatta (Scinde) and the litter of fortune had been directed to halt in the pleasant country and fortu- nate fortress, on account of the time’s drawing nigh for the appear- ance of the light of the world.

Among the strange circumstances which occurred near the time of the appearance of the light of fortune, there was this, — that before the auspicious moment above-mentioned, the mother felt a pressing urgency to bring forth the child. Maulftna Cfind, the astrologer, who by the king’s order, had been stationed by the chaste threshold in order that he might cast the horoscope, was perturbed, as the moment was inauspicious. ^‘In a short time,^ a glorious moment will arrive, such as does not happen once in a thousand " years. What an advantage if the birth could be delayed." Those who were present made light of it and said, What is the good of " your agitation ? Such things are not under control."

At this very instant the impulse to bring forth passed off and the astrologer’s mind was set at rest somewhat by the transit of the unlucky moment. The ostensible cause of this supreme blessing was that a country midwife had been just brought in to perform her office, and as her appearance was repulsive, the holy soul of Miryam Makftnl felt disgusted and her oven temper was rebuffed and so the urgency for parturition left her. But when the chosen time came, the MaulfinS

longitude are also given in the A%n, (Jarrett IV. 59 and tezt^It. 32). The latitud^i there given is 24° and longi> tudo 100^. In Gladwin’s trans. the longitude is omitted, and the latitude given as 20° 40 . ’Ih^ ‘:tatement in the Akhamdma is more to be relied upon, as giving A. F.’s figures cor- rectly, because the degrees are ex- pressed in words. The Fortunate UUe are called by Ulugh Beg and A. F. the Eternal lalest ol«xhA Jazdir‘i^dliddt, There is an account of the Amarkdt (Oroercote) district

by Sir Bartle Frere. Bombay Selec- tions XXI. 1855.

L The text has bad om oand »aat. after some moments. The Luck, ed. and No. 564 have bad cm sofndnl, after some time. This is a con- sidered reading in No. 564 for some other word has been erased and Mamdnl substituted. Probably so- mdnl is right for the next word to it is Bdai and it is not likely that the author would put twu id*at(B) in taposition.

CHAPTER II.

67

became disturbed^ lest it should accidentally pass by. The confidants of the harem said to him^ ** Her Majesty/ has after much suffering, got an interval of relief and is now slumbering. It would not be right to waken her. Whatever Almighty God, in His gcod pleasure, has determined, must happen.^^ Just as they were speaking, the pains of travail came upon her Majesty, Miryam Makani, and awoke her and in that auspicious moment, the unique pearl of the viceregency of God iKhildfat) came forth in bis glory.

They spread the carpet of joy under the canopy of chastity and curtain of honour, and made ready a feast of joy and exultation. The veiled ones of the pavilion, and the chaste inmates of the royal harem anointed the eye of hope with the colly rium of rejoicing and coMured the eyebrows of desire with the indigo 8 of merriness. They decked the’ ea»* of good tidings with the earring of success, painted the face of longing with the vermilion of pleasure, encircled the fore-arrn of wish with the bracelet of purpose, and donning the anklet of spleu- dour on the dancing foot, stepped into the theatre of delight and joy and raiaed the strain of praise and gratulation. Fan-wavers sprinkled otto of roses, and winnowed the air with sandal^scented arms. Dark-haired maidens freshened the floor by rubbing it with perfumes. Hose-cheeked damsels gave a new lustre to joy by sprinkling rose-waten Red-garmented, sweetly-smiling nymphs enveloped the silver-bosomed ones in gold, by scatteting saffron. Rose-scented, jasmine-cheeked ones sbothed.the rapid dancers with camphorated^ sandal-wood. Gold in thuribles on the borders of the carpet, gave off fumes of incense.^ They uncovered the stoves which were fllled with lign-aloes and ambergris. Musicians created enchanting ecstacy, and melodious minstrels breathed forth magic strains..

• ^afrat-i-mahd’d-^ulyd lit. her Highness of the sublime couch (or cradle^

• fsosma, woad or indigo. In Zenker’s Tnrkisli Diet, this is described as a black dye made from indigo leaves, with which women colour their eyebrows. The dye is

8

indeed of such a deep blue that it may be called black.

Sec the recipe for the powder called a/rgaja, Blochmann 74.

• j,". ha^ur. A. F. gives a recipe for it. Blochmann 74, last lino.

58

akharnama.

Verse.

And aoffc-voiced Indian maids.

Glorious ^ as Indian peafowl.

And light-fingered Chinese musicians Produced intoxication with wineless cups ; And dulcimer-players from Khurasan Brought ease to laden breasts,

And singers from the land of ‘Iraq,* Everlasting capturers® of joy.

in truth there was au assemblage like the communion of saints and recluses in the exquisitoness of its repose, and a carousal like a feast of spiritual beings in the absence of wine and cup. Celestial spectators took part in the rejoicings without the aid of bodily organs of vision, and sightseers from the upper world poured forth this strain with tongueless tongues ;

Vbrsi.

What is this intoxication ♦ without wine or bowl ?

The wine which is drunk fi*om cups is illicit here.

Trays of variously coloured fruits were spread, and tables laid out with different dainties. Robes of honour of divers colours were bestowed, and hbiVat^ upon Wj^iVat was presented. What shall I say of the hilarity and rejoicing, for there is no need of explanation or description ? Were it possible to give any idea of the completion of

’ Probably the meaning is not that peacocks are melodious, but that the Indian maids were in beauty like peacocks and had the additional charm of being soft-voiced. The Muhammadans have a tradition that the peacock was deprived of his voice as a punishment for having conducted Eve to where the forbid- den fruit (i.s., wheat) was. See bari s Chronicle, Zotenberg 1, 82. When the peacock was expelled from paradise, ho fell upon India.

i Traq is a Persian province. A mode of music takes its name from

it. Gulutdn II. Story 19.

® Or it may be, “Song-makers for the banquet of everlasting life,” or, " Capturers of joy for the rest of life.”

• 1 suppose the reference is to the intoxicating power of music. See Blochmann 612, where A. F. speaks of the wine of harmony causing intoxication.

• A UnVat is more than a robe, for it consists of at least three articles, vit.j the turban, the robe and the girdle.

CHAPIKR ir.

59

the designs of the celestials^ I might tell how^ after long questing and searching, they clothed, with the glorious robe of existence, the Arranger of the world of reality and the l)ispoBer of the outer world, and how they brought him from the hidden cradle of won- drous works and from the holy inner chambers, to the wondrous bridal-chamber of manifestation and splendid nuptial bed. But the description of heavenly exultation and of the joys of pure spirits is beyond the range of speech.

ks soon as the light of glory deigned to emerge from the orient of fortune, they despatched swift couriers^ and hard-riding horsemen to convey the life-increasing news and the heart-expanding tidings to the tents of fortune and encampment of glory. This had been sixteen* miles off, but on the morrow of the night which had been pregnant with the day of auspiciousness, the army marched at dawn from that station, and encamped about midday at a spot^ which was very charming and salubrious, with clear water and delightful trees. There his Majesty Jahftnbani Jannat Ashiyftm had halted and a number of courtiers were assembled and in attendance.

^ Though A. F. speaks both of couriers and horsemen, I do not sup- pose he meahs that there were both foot and horse messengers.

**Four /ofsoJ^,” Arabic

form of fa/nang, the ptfra-

%ang of Xenophon ; about 4 miles.

• Jauhar, according to Stewart’s trans. (44) says that after leaving AmarkS)^ HumSyUn marched 24 miles the first day to the banks of a large pond, and that the next day while the king was encamped there, a messenger arrived with the news. Bat according to A. F. HnmSyfin did not arrive at the pond in one day. His camp was 16 miles off from Amark5| and on the morning of the birth, he marched again at dawn, and arrived at the halting place where the water was, at about midday. Apparently be did not

get the news till the third day, for we are told that he heard of it two days after his vision which was simultaneous with ^he birth. Jauhar cannot be relied on. He began his Memoirs 45 years after Akbar’s birth (995-1587) and he in- correctly states that the birth was on 14th Sba*bSn. In Ilhfthad Fai^ Sirhindl’s rescension (No. 1890), this is altered to 14th Rajab. The late SlabI RSj 9y5uial D&s wrote a paper in the Asiatic Society’s Jour- nal (J. A. S. B. LV., Part 1. 1886, 80) to show that the date given by J anhar was tlie correc i one. Ido not

•

agrSe with his eonclusions, but his paper is— like all the Kabl’s produc- tions— carefully written and inter- esting. He translates Jauhar Irom MSS. and his rendering ih closer than Stewart’s. He mentions that

60

AKnARNAMA.

Veese.

Verdant trees with heaven-brushing tops^t Casting shade o’er the head shadowed by the bird of paradise.

The iiiolodiouc dinging of the birds of the meadow Poured joyous notes over tlio banquet.

Suddenly a blackness was caused by the hoofs of galloping horses. Mehtar Sumbul,® an old slave (ghuldm), of his Majesty

there is a stone two miles N.-W. of Amarkot which professes to mark the spot of Akbar’s birth, but the date on| it (963) is that of the acces- sion.

Stewart’s trans. makes Jauhar’a account more discrepant from A. F.’s than it really is, and Erskine has not fully amended Stewart here. On referring to the original, 1 find that Jauhar says nothing about the first day ** or the ** next day.” What he says is, that they marched thirty miles (12 ko^) and then encamped on the bank of a pond (^u?). No doubt, this place could be identified. It must lie between Amarkof and J fin, 8. W. of the former (W. S. W. is perhaps more correct). The B. M. MS. is worm-eaten at the im- portant place, but the words seem to be du iiab, two nights. It is not likely that Humiyfln would march 30 miles in one day and it is probable enough that he made his marches by night. Jauhar says that the nows Was brought by a gdfid at early morning, viz,, at prayer-time. He gives Saturday, 14th ShabEn as the birthday and says that Badru- d-dln and Jal&lu-d-dfn have the same meaning. But this is hardly correct and 14th 8habln 949, appears to have been a Thursday. Gulbadan

says the birth took place three days after Humayun left Amarkot and adds that the moon was in Leo and that the birth occurred under a fixed sign.

1 Lit rubbing their umbrellas against the sky.

• <^Ua (JJb iill-i-humaX, the sha- dow of the Humd, a fabulous bird from which the name Humayun is derived. The Hwnd was supposed to prognosticate a crown to every head that it overshadowed. (No. 564 B. M. MS. Add. Nos. 5610 and 6544 have ftill-uIAuddl, the shadow of God, which the Bib. Ind . gives as a variant). The meaning is said to be that the trees were so high that they even overshadowed the Humd or phosnix, high-soaring bird though it be.

t Sumbul means hyaeinlih. The name looks like that of an eunuch. Bumbul is mentioned in the Akha/md- ma (I. 224) under the title of Mir Atiilk (Master of Ordnance) and also (263) as commanding a party of musketeers. MTr Atith means Artil- lery Officer or Head of the Ordinance Department, like the Corps of Fire- workers of the H.E.I.C.*8 army, but it may also mean, head of the musketeers or marksman. (The SarhSr or FWy Depa/riment was one of the divisions of offices

CHAPTER H.

61

Jahaiibaui and who was, subsequently raised by the kindnesses of his Majesty, the King of Kings, to tho title of §afdar Khan (rank-break- ing chief), having perceived that blackness, in which the white sheen of two worlds was enveloped, reported tho matter to his Majesty who said, ** Should those horsemen bring tidings of the birth of the ** light of the eyes of sovereignty, we will make you ruler over a thousand.”

Vebse.

Kings of the earth might well give che seven climes as 8. reward for such good news,

On that side too, the swift horsemen gave rein to their horses and galloped forward, and tho riders^ of the steeds* of auspicious-

made by Humayan, in accordance with tho number of the elements.) Mehtar Sumbnl was perhaps called iiafdar Khan because of the destruc- tive effects of his muskets. (See also 1. c. 266). lie is mentioned by Blyazid (I.O.MS. No. 216, p. 186) as Sumbul Mir Hazar and as Safdar Khan Mohtar Atish- This was in Humayun’s reign, which might be taken to indicate, contrary to the text, that he got the title from Humaydn.

In his first volume, A. P. does not give him the title of Safdar Kh^n but calls him Kh&n and Mir Atigh- He was one of those who accom- panied Humayun to Persia. He is mentioned, as Safdar in the

3th year of Akbar and as taking part in the siege of Bantanbhfir (AkbtMmama II. 330). We are told (1. 0. III. 772) of a Safdar Khan’s being promoted to the command of 1,000 in the 45th year. He is also mentioned 1. c. 184. Blochmann (532) notices a Safdar SbSfs EhsU as entered in the Jahaqat list, but as Commander of, 2,000. He does not apoear the Ain list.

The title Mehtar is of common occurrence in Persian histories. In modern Persian, it is used to mean a groom, but in India it is the desig- nation of a sweeper. In Moynard’a Turkish Diet, it is explained as “ Officier remplissant les fnnction.s de chamhollan ou huissier; lo Grand Vizier avait dans sa suite quaranto mehtar faisant fonction ^e Sulssos do son palais.” D’HerbiJlot ( 0 . v. Sanbal) says, “ Co mot est aussi uii nom d’homme, ot se donne plus ordi- nairement aux csclaves noirs, par ironie, comme ceux de Jasmin et de Cafur qui siguifient lo jasmin and le camphre dont la blancheur est par- faite.’*

1 Gulbadan says, as also does NigHmu-d-din, that the news was brought by TardI Beg and that Humay Qn rewarded him by forgiving; his past offences. See Jauhar for an account of his overbearing manners. He was afterwards put to death by Bair&m

• the famous horse

of Rustam.

62

AKBARNAMA.

ness^ having come near, uttered with loud voices the glad news to the sovereign of the world and to mortals, and proclaimed that the light of glory had risen from the horizon of hope, that the dawn of morning, of desire had appeared in consonance with wishes, and that the cypress I of the spring of fortune had raised her head on the stratum of hope. At the same instant hia Majesty bowed his head in adoration and rubbed his forehead in the dust.

Vebsk.

The crown of exaltation over the heavens,

The face of submission on the ground.

The foot of dominion on the Diwan,

The head of praise in prostration.

After due rendering of thanks, he proceeded to the camp and entered the spacious hall* of audience. A feast was gpven to the world and the rites of prosperity were reeved. The drums of joy and rejoicing raised a sound like the exultation of Kaiqubfid. The pavilion was arranged after the manner of Humfiyun* — more delight- ful than the feast of Gayomarg* and the banquet of Far^diln.

ViBSS.

0 eye I come and behold incomparable glory,

, Observe this banquet-hall from without and within.

If you would appreciate tha splendour of two worlds.

Look upon the array of Humftyiin’B feast.

The old world put on anew the leaves and glory of youth, and rouse up the sad universe, grown forgetful of joy.

Yxbsb.

The* cupbearers seized the goblet of pure wine.

They made Elijah athirst for the fiery fount ; —

t Horace speaks of the mvUae eupreai, but they are favourite trees with Orientals.

• Perhaps all that is meant is that he entered the camp enclosure.

• There is a play on the double meaning of this word which signifies also aujiuit or lacred.

• These two and also Kaiqubid were early Persian kings. QayQmari is supped to have been the first man who exercised regal powers, t These couplets are Fhifl’s I. 299 and Bloohmann 666 959). Ow is the name given by Muhammadans to Elijah or Elias.

CHAPTER ir.

63

What was this wine that the cupbearer poured into the cup ? That the Messiah and Elijah grew envious and contended for it.

Melodious musicians and enchanting vocalists played on divers instruments and produced a variety of notes. Harpers smote ^ the strings of purpose, — lutanists buffetted the world^s sorrows, — dulci- mer-players bound the chocds with the ringlet of success, — strong- breathed flautists drew out harmonious strains, — mandolin *-play era suspended hearts on the curl of desire, — tambourinists^ held up the mirror of fortune before their faces, — rare jesters made the tongue eloquent with ingenious conceits, — the jokes of merry buffoons caused the assemblage to break into peals of laughter. World-subduing generals and brigade-adorning captains saluted, with platooSto of benedictions, — and crowds of great and small, of sages and servants, paid their respects.^

I The Elliot MS. 4a. (Bodleian) has : Cangiydn da$t dar «lna-i- maqfud dar-uadand^Le., harpers smote on the hreatt of purpose.

• Qkicdkf also oalled kamdnea, a little bow, perhaps a guitar. It was evidently a small instrument, for we are told (Blochmann, 71) that the shell of the cocoa-nut was used for making giicaki. Jarrett (III. 255 n. 2) says ths gMcak is a kind of lute.

^ Dn^ita-doitdn. The compound is not in the dictionaries, but appa- rently it means, tambourine-players. Cymhal-player$ would be the more appropriate, for the metallic cymbal might be compared to a metal mirror. A cymbal, however, is gene- rally termed saty. The Walker MS. (Bodleian) appears to read dd’tro- •dsdn, which may also mean tam- bourine-players. The regular word for a tambourine-player appears to be (fd’tmol.

It is unfortunate that our au- thor did not for once leave grain- diloquence and describe to us in simple language, the hardships and privations amid which his hero was born. Rien n*e$t beau ^ue le vrai is a sentence which, as Gibbon says, should be nailed on the desk of every rhetorician. A. F.’s turgid descriptions of the magnificence of the nataL celebrations at Amark5( and the camp are as unpoetical as they are false, and the one touch of nature which he gpves is the horror of the young mother at the hideous features of the village midwife. A. F.’s acquaintance with the Gospels and his manifest desire to liken Akbar to the Messiah, might hate taught him that the solemnity of the birth-hour would have been deepened by surrounding it with images of distress and poverty. Jauhar, the illiterate old body-servant of Humi- ylln, tells us that when the news of

64

AKBABNAMA.

Philosophers worthy of Alexander’s approval^ and astrolabe- knowing observers who were always seated in the coancil of mysteries and were confidants of the secrets of the heavens, made the horo- scope of the auspicions birth a mirror for their enlightened intellects, and reported that the aspects of the planets and their complete or partial applications^ prognosticated length of life and the high ascension of the Native on the steps of sovereignty and the degrees of the kbildfat, as witness the scheme* which has been taken from their tables and exhibited on a page of abridgment.

Likewise his Majesty Jahinb&nl Jannat-askiyftnT who held high rank in mathematical sciences and had a heaven-embracing mind, and whose acute intellect was the heart-expanding mirror* of Alexander and the world-displaying cup of Jam^Id, made by his own lofty understanding, wondrous deductions and calculations from the indic- ations of the horoscope of the divine masterpiece. Ho compared them with tho results obtained by the other sages from the marks on the plains of the heavens, and the significations of tho terrestrial and celestial bodies. He found that they all agreed and corroborated one another.

When the eublime festivities were over, he (Humayun) named that holy pearl — in accordance with the secret message and divine intimation already described,— * by his lofty title and majestic appella- tion and caused it to be inscribed in the lists of auspiciousness and records of fortune. Thus the interpretation of the veracious vision was fulfilled after an interval of two years ^ and four months !

the birth was brought to the camp, there was no money to give away in presents, and Humayun sent for a pod of miisk and broke it amongst his followers, saying it was all he had to bestow, and uttering the prayer ibe child’s renown might one day BO fill the world as the per- fume of the musk was pervading the tent. This story is worth all A. F.’s fustiaii.

1 ciYUJl, itiifdldL This is a tech* nical word and corresponds appa- rently to the astrological applioa-

Hons. (Die. of T. T. 1508, near foot.) Guido Bonatus has a paragraph en- titled De alitUal plamaiarum, (Basle 1550, p. 132). He says aliiual sive continuatio. I omit the i;^at after iafd^ih The technical words for con- junction are ijiimd* and giran.

• Eeferring to Maul&ni Cftnd’s horoscope, exhibited below.

• Blochmann (558n). Alexander’s mirror is a fable arising out of the Pharos at Alexandria.

^ From 4th Babra-l-awwah 947 to 5th Bajab, 949»

CEAPTBR TI.

66

God be praised ! Hail ! celestial name and sublime talisman which came down from bighesc heaven and the realms of light and glorji whose splendour and whose rays have taken possession of the Orient and the Occident.

Among the excellencies of the name — which is full of wonders — there is one which my honoured elder brother, an encyclopaedia of inward and outward perfections, the poet>laureate, ^ Abu-l-faii FaizI has brought out in various admirable writings, namely, that by the mysterious connections of letters which are lofty vocables* and which, — whether separately* or in combination, — display their influences, it appears that the indicatory letters {haiyindt-i-f^uruf)^ of the word aftdh (Sun) make the number 223 and thus correspond to the numerical value of the letters of the word Akbar.

1 FaifT, the elder brother of A. F. was Maliku-9]!^‘fiu*ard or Poet Lau- reate; lit. Prince of Poets. Bloch- mann 491 and 546, and Akhanidma III. 536.

s KalimdUi-‘dliydt A cabalistic expression. See Die. of T. T. 820, 1 . 8 .

8 Dar *dlafn-i^lajarirud u UMrahkuh, lit. world of solitude and combina- tion. 1 think it means separate letters and. letters in combination, and not the spiritual and temporal worlds.

4 haiyindUi-hur^, in-

dications or evidences of the letters, A. F. here enters on cabalistic lore. The Die. of T. T. (Calcutta 1853. 128 et 8eq.) gives twelve haiat or modes of manipulating letters. (See also I, c. 156, 1.3). Faif 1*8 seems to be the second mode, called thp 6ataf-t« talaffu^ and the bosaf and the

hasatA-^dhird (1. c. 128, 1.7). It pro- ceeds by pronouncing the lettets and dividing them into sahar and hanlydi. Thus aftdh (the Siin) i« composed of 9

olif and hd. The first letter of each of these words is called cabar and is discarded ; thus, (a)Zi/, (/)®# (0®» (*)h/, (6)d. The remain- ing letters are the haiyindt or ydt and their value is calculated according to ahjad as follows •

1*= 30 -b f = 80 = 110

a = 1

a 1

1 = 30 -f f = 80 = 110

a = 1

Total …223

The Editor of the Luck. Akhamdma says there are nine letters in dfidb, i.e., alif, /?, (e, be = 9. He cuts off the t as being over 100 in value (its numerical value is 400) and the remaining eight give 223 ; vis., alif = 111; /? = 90; s = 10; and 1? = 12; total 223. Thns he arrives at* the same result, by a different road. Blochmann (287, Book II, Ain No. 3) gives apparently another illustration of this process.

The word JaldUth is, I think made to yield 66 by cutting off the

6t5

AKBARNlMA.

Viasi.i

That very light which is yielded by the world-adorning Sun, Is produced from the brows of the sublime SidhaniAdh,

That Akbar is allied to Aftdb (the Sun),

Is proved by the evidence {baiyindt) of the names.

Another of the delightful things about this glorious name is that those who are acquainted with the secrets of cabalistic* lore and who know the influences and combinations of letters, who are cogni- sant of the hidden stations of the divine essence* and of revelations,^

first letter of Ja and then count- ing the others ; vin., a = 1 ; Z =: 30 ; 0 = 1; Z = 30 ; and ^ =x 5. I do not see how the word Allah could make 66 by al^ad for a double letter, i.6., one with taqi^dxd, is, according to rule, counted as one only. Per- haps, however, Allah is regarded as containing three Zdwts.

The Lucknow editor says also that the words djldh and nuh Nawal (Kishor), (his printer and publisher) harmonize if similarly treated; both yielding 612 ! See bis note p. 19 folio ed. and pp. 9 and 10 (preface) ed. 1284 H. (1868 A.D.)

1 This quatrain occurs on p. 3436 of Faifi’s Dxwdn (B.M.MS. Add., No. 7794) and is preceded by the following note by Faifl.

Among the strange mysteries ** which have been revealed to me, ** who have placed on the head of my “heart the four-gored cap of four- “ fold sincerity, there is this that the haiyindi-yasmd-i-huT^ (evidenti- “ ary letters) of the sun (djidh) agree “ in number with the numerical value ** of the word Akbar, which is 223.“. . . .

Probably FaifI plays on the double meaning of the word a$md which stands both for * names ’ and * attri*

butes.* Ho has many other quatrains on the same subject.

• J rumua-i-jafar

0

u iaktiit, Jc^ar means cabalistic lore or the art of the mysteries of letters. It is said to take its name from Jafar l^adlq the 6th Jtadtii, but no doubt, the art is much older and was in great vogue among the Jews. There is a learned article on the Kahbala by Dr. Ginsburg in the Ency. Brittanica. The literal meaning of takair is breaking in pieces, it com- ing from the root kaar. It is applied to the cabalistic science apparently because that partly consists in break- ing up words into their component letters, which again are allocated to the four elements. The word seems to be often used as synonymous with Jafa/r. See Die. of T. T. 1251, s. v. takair and Ibn Qt^ldun, Noticea at Extraita, XXl, 189.

• huwlyat, ipseity. See Whinfield’s Oul§ian-i-rdz, 31 and Die. of T. T. 1539.

• tanazzuldtt lit. alightings or descendings.

CUAPTER II.

67

and are aware of the illumination ^ and obscuration of alpliabotical letters, according as they are with or without diacritical points, have assigned seven out of the twenty-eight letters of abjad* to each element. Now the equably-proportioned letters of this august name are a collection of the four-fold degrees (i.e., the four elements), and tell of the collection of the four stages of Beauty, Majesty, Bounty and Perfection. Thus alif is Fire, leaf Water,, bd Air and rd Earth. Whenever a name, by reason of the equality of its composition, is so made up of letters that no element is wanting in it and no element is redundant, that name is perfectly equipoised between its limits. This equipoise results in the name-bearer’s being possessed of excel- lent qualities, bodily health, length of life, exaltation of sovereignty and lasting joy.

Another point in this matter becomes conspicuous in the window of intelligence, viz., that although this Greater Fortune [Sa*d~i- akbar , — moaning Jupiter, and here taken for Akbar) may have enemies on various sides, yet they will be scattered and annihilated. For in the composition and arrangement of the letters of the name, there are two medial letters — viz., hdf and hd (k and h) ; kdf is watery *

‘dlamd-nurdniydt u ^ulmdniydt’i– hurvf the universe of the lucidity and darkness of letters. These are divisions of Letters ‘made by prac- titioners of the art of Jafar. (Die. of T. T. 320, 1.6.) Apparently the mysterious letters which head most chapters in the Qur’&n are called nurdnt, lucid. Here, however, A. F. bases the distinction upon letters being with or without diacritical points. His brother FaifI wrote a commentary on the Qur’&n in which he used undotted letters only. (Gladwin’s DiziertcUion on Fenian Fhetorie, ete. 19. Blochmann 549 and Bic. of T. T. s. V. 312). Com- position without diacritical points is called and the opposite is

I conjecture from the arrangement of the words in the text and from the fact that FaizI called hik undotted composition i]^udu-l-ilhdm, rays of inspiration, that the lucid btters are those without diacritical points. Perhaps the name was given to them because they do not require to be lighted up or explained by dots. Dotted letters are styled also mWjama and undotted muhmala.

» Ahjadt the employment of the 28 letters of the Arabic alphabet as numerals.

• The letters of the alphabet arcb divided into four classes, corres- ponding to the four elements and k (kaf ) belongs to the class represent- ing water. See Die. of T. T. 128. The Lucknow editor points out that kdf ha.s also the meaning of cleaving.

68

AKBAUNlUA.

and carries away the supernaU enemies^ who are fire, and hd which is aerial, scatters the nether enemies, who are earthly. It is right that those who know the subtleties of secrets, should become cognisant of the mysterious minutiae of the import of the wondrous Name, and partake of the bounty of its auspiciousness and beneficence.

1 The “ supernal enemies ” are apparently, the jinn$ or demons who, according to Muhammadan cosmog- ony, were made out of fire. They are represented by a {alif) which is a fiery letter. R (m) is an earthy letter according to some classifica- tions (Die. of T. T., watery) and so, represents earthly enemies. In the I.O.MS. No. 3330, (which is a copy of Akbamdma’, Vol. I., given by Colonel Kirkpatrick), the explanation of the numerical value of the letters of ^tabt which 1 have already given.

is stated in a marginal note. The annotator also arranges the 28 letters of the Arabic alphabet in four classes, as follows

Fiery a, j (aal), sh* t, f, m, h .. . 7 Aerial : — b, t, a, 7 —7

Earthy : — h» llh» r, d, ‘ain, ghain, 1 7

Watery: — a* j» 9 * k … 7

Total … 28

The Die. of T. T. gives a somewhat different classification.

CHAPTER III.

DseCBiPTIOK or the auspicious hoboscopi which was cast at the TIVI o? the olorious birth in accoedakce with the altitudes or the Greek astrolabe.

Verse.

Approach heaven-weighing observer,

Regard with understanding the connexion of the spheres,

Look at the beautiful horoscope of the Lord of conjunction,^ Behold the auspicious charter of two worlds,

Contemplate this glorious rescript.

Fortune upon fortune, light upon light.

When the victory-grasping standards were leaving the fort of Amarkot, Maufand Cand, the astrologer, who was possessed of gpreat acuteness and thorough* dexterity in thd science of the astrolabe^ in the scrutinizing of astronomical tables, the construction of almanacs, and the interpretations of the stars,’— ’ was deputed to be in attend- ance at the . portals of the cupola of chastity (Miryam Makani, Akbar’s mother), in order that he might observe the happy time and ascertain exactly the period of birth. He* reported in writing to the exalted camp that, according to altitudes taken by the Greek

I Igdhih-qiran, This title which properly belongs to Tlmilr and was afterwards bestowed on Qh^h Jah&n, seems to be applied here to Akbar because, according to the Indian horoscope (vis., No. 2.), Jupiter and Venus were in conjunction at his birth. (See text 28, 1.6.) The title may however, mean only Lord of epochs.

s Maul&nE Cand also cast the horoscope of Jah&ngir (Salim) in the 14th year of Akbar, 977 = 1570. Text II. 846.) He is mentioned in Jai Singh’s preface to the Moham- mad Shl^hl Tables, under the name of MulU Clnd, and as the author of the ToiKlldt^uAkbar ^dAl. (Dr. Hunter, Asiatic Researches, V. 177.)

23

70 AKBiRNAMA.

astrolabe, and by calculations based on the Ourgdni tables (Canon of Ulu^ BegO the figure of the nativity was as follows ; —

FIGURE* I. AKBAR’S HOROSCOPE.

K

1 Ulngh Beg Hlrsl was a grand- son of Tlmdr and son of Shibrnkh. For information about his Tables see the works of Hyde, Ghreaves and Sddillot. He was bom in 1393 and put to death by his own son in 1449. His Tables were first published in 1437. See Jarrett 1I« 5n., and an

interesting paragraph and note in Erskine’s Babar (51.)

• I have added the numbers of the Houses to the diagram, and have inserted the date of birth. It will be seen that there is a difference of *form between the horoscope as here given and the more elaborate dia-

CHAPrBB III.

71

Although Virgo is a BioorporaU Sign, partly Fixed and partly Tropical, yet in this frontispiece of felicity, the fixity of the horo- scope is, on close observation and careful consideration, indicated by

grams to be found in European books. In the latter, the observer is supposed to be looking south and the First House or Ascendant is on his left hand. In the horoscopes of the text, the observer appears to be looking east, for the First House or Ascendant is in front of him.

Although I have used capital letters for the designation of the Signs, it should be remembered that the Houses are those of tbo figure and not of the heavens, i.e., they are mundane and not celestial. They do not correspond exactly with the celestial Houses, for the First House, i.e., the Ascendant or horoscope, and which is that of life, begins at 7® of Virgo.

1 Thi^ is the Greek dur«inaros> The signs of the Zodiac were divided into three groups, viz,, Tropical, Fixed and Bicorporal. Each group contained four Signs and the list is as follows ; —

Tropical. Fixed. Bicorporal.

Aries. Taurus. Gemini.

Cancer. Leo. Virgo.

Libra. Scorpio. Sagittarius.

Capricornus. Aquarius. Pisces.

Astrologers also divided the Signs into three groups of four each, thus

Tr»p<0al. Ariet. Cancer. Libra. Caprioomna. KmA Tanma. Leo. Scorpio. Aqoarina. Bitorporal. Qcmial. Virgo. Sagitta- Piacca.

rioa.

A. F. seems to say that the term hicorporal, like eominon, meant that a Sign possessed the properties of

the Signs on either side of it ; e.g., Virgo was bicorporal because be- tween the .Fixed Leo and the Tropi- cal Libra.

The Signs we/e also divided into Tropical, Fixed, Eqninoctial and Bicorporal : and into Moveable, Fixed and Common. Acccording to Lilly’s “ Christian Astrology,” the Bicor- poral Signs were those represented by two bodies, such as Gemini and Pisces. Sagittarius is bicorporal because A centaur. But Virgo is also bicorporal, as may be seen from the table in AlblrilnT’s India (Sachan, II. 218). Apparently this is because the figure was regarded as that of a hermaphrodite. Lilly (86. 2nd. ed. 1659) says ** Signs are constituted between moveable and fixed and retain a property or nature partak- ing both with the preceding and con- sequential Sign.” So also Ptolemy says, ** The Bicorporal Signs sever- ally follow the Fixed Signs ; and being thus intermediately placed be- tween the Fixed and Tropical Signs, they participate in the constitutional properties of both from their first to their last degree.” {Tetrahihloz, Ashmand, 35.) This explains A. F.’s description of Virgo, for she is be- tween the Fixed Leo and the Tropi- cal Libra. Lilly (96) describes Virgo as a ** barren Sign, but also human,” and as “an earthly, cold, melan- choly, barren, feminine, nocturnal, southern (northern P) Sign, the house and exaltation of 9 (Mer- cury), of the earthly triplicity.”

AKBARNAMi.

n

two circumstances. One is that the cusp ^ of the Ascendant is 7^,* and so belongs to the first third® (decanate) of the Sign which, astrologers are agreed, denotes fixity. The other is that Virgo is an earthy® Sign, and fixity® is the property of the earthy element. These are two proofs of the fixity of the throne of sovereignty and of the stability of the cushion (maanad) of the Khildfat. Moreover, Mercury, the Lord of the Ascendant, is in this glorious nativity posited by the Greater Fortune,® for Jupiter, i.e,, the Greater For- tune, is beside him, and Mercury is a planet who makes good luck, better luck. Venus, the Lesser Fortune, is in Mercury’s ^ House (Virgo) and Mercury, in hers, viz., Libra.® He signifies wisdom,

1 ju»w-utdli\ i.e., part

or degree of the Ascendant or horo- scope. I think it hero means cusp, i.6., the place where the House be- gins. The phrase occurs again in the text, 30. 1.2.

® Badaonl (Lowe, 269), mentions that on the festival of the 8bh of Virgo, Akbar used to show himself marked on the forehead like a Hindu, and had strings of jewels tied on his wrists by Brahmans. Appa- rently this was because it was the anniversary of his birth. The 8th degree of Virgo might correspond to 8th AbSn.

® Each Sign contains 30^ and is divided into three parts of 10® each. It may , be noted that 7® 7’ Virgo is said to b© Mercury’s terra. A.F. here calls these parts thirds, but they are commonly decanates

or faces.

♦ Ibhe Signs are also divided into four groups or tripUcities, corres- ponding to the four elements. Taurus, Virgo and Capricomus constitute the earthy triplicity.

® Referring to the Ptolemaic no- tion of the earth’s being fixed ai.d in the centre of the universe.

® Jupiter is called Sadd- Akbar or the Greater Fortune (Foriuna Ma^or) and Venus Sa’d-i^Aigho/r or the Lesser Fortune (For tuna Minor.) Saturn and Mars are called the Infortunes.

’’ Mercury is regarded as a planet of mixed disposition and the character of his influence depends on his associate. Here, because he is near Jupiter, he is beneflc. Virgo is his House and place of exalta- tion. According to the Lucknow editor, his culmination or highest point of exaltation is 7® 4’ Virgo, but according to the Jydtisa-Prakdfa it is 15®. Haly in his De judiciiz atirorum says (16), Mercuriuz fortU‘ natuB est cum/ortunatis, et inforiuna- tuB, cum infortunatiB.

® Libra is the diurnal House of Venus, while it is the huhut or fall of the Sun. Hence the distich in the Anwdr-i-Snhail% (Cap : IX. Story 3. 417. Hertford ed.) “ Libra is the mansion of the star of amuse- ment and joy, but the fall of the king of the planets.” («e. the Sun.) There ie another astrological allu- sion in the same story, (416) where it is said that certain sailors made

CIIAPTFU I IT.

73

knowledge^ dexterity and ingenuity, and both by equal distribution of (mundane) Houses and by Sign, he is in the Second House which is connected* with the means of livelihood and the support of life. He bestows on the Native * amplitude of peirfect reason and under- standing, so that he adorns the universe with the light of intellect in the affairs of this life and the next, and opens knots, whether spiritual or temporal, with the very finger-tips of his understanding.

like the Moon, their raanaion in a watery tower (hurj). I believe this refers to the fact that the Moon’s mansion is Cancer which is a watery Sig^, i.e., belongs to the watery triplicity of Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces.

1 AjjyJ Uuttoiyai. In the dic- tionaries, this word is defined as meaning making equal or parallel. Here it refers to the division of the horoscope into twelve parts or Houses. ** There are two kinds of Houses in astrology,” says Wilson in his Dictionary of Astrology,

mundane and planetary. Mundane Houses are each a twelfth part of a figure (a horoscope) and begin their number at the east angle which is the First House (Ascendant), and proceed su^cording to the order of the Signs. The Second House is the left, under the Earth, and is what they call Succedent, because it succeeds to the angle. The Third is to the left of the Second and is called Cadent, because it falls from the angle of the Fourth. The Fourth is the north angle or Imum CoeW.”

The full expression appears io be ioHoiyatu-l-lmpilt — and not merely Umifiyai as in the text. Ohapter XII of Ulngh Beg’s Prolo- gommw (Part HI. SMillot 141) is 10

headed and

S^dillot translates this (198), “De- terminer la distribution regulifere des douze maisons celestes.” It appears from Rieu’s Catalogue of Arabic MSS. (Suppl. 519a), that there is a chapter in Alhlruni’s Canon Masudicus (Fol. 24‘25), on the TaewiyatU’l-huyut. See also, for the full expression, Akharndma 11. 711. 2 and .4 fr. foot. Of. also Badilidhndma of *Ahd/ud-hdmid (99 1.4 fr. foot), where reference is made to the two hiidhs or modes of calculation. But taavnyat alone also occurs there. (I. Ifi3, 1.9.) Of course the Houses of a horoscope seldom or never exactly correspond with the Signs, for they arc counted from the degree and minute which is vseending at the time of birth. The author means here that Mercury is in the Second House of the figure and also, in the Second Sign count- ing from Virgo, vias., Libra, -r-f or, as the mundane and celestial do not correspond. Mercury might have been in the Second House of th© figpire and yet in the Third Sign, counting from the Ascendant.

• The Second House is that of fortune, wealth, or property, the First being that of life.

• Tim iechnioal name for the sub- I ject of a horoscope.

71

AKrK\n\AMA.

Afl Venus who is renowned for auspiciousness and prosperity and who signifies joy and pleasure, — is in this horoscope, (t.e., the Ascendant or First House) she keeps ever ready the things of joy and gladness and the materials of magnificence and glory. It is a remarkable circumstance that whilst the lord of the Ascendant (Mercury) is in the House of wealth (the Second), the lord of the House of wealth (Venus) ^ is in the Ascendant (the First or House of Life.) Thus the two together signify personal and circumstantial felicity, and bestow a life of power and pleasure. Jupiter — the

Greater Fortune — who signifies justice, integrity, magnanimity, firmness of soul and civilization, > is also in the Second House and, as he is in sextile* to the Fourth House which is that of finality, ho keeps perfection of power and pleasure closely associated with the glorious condition of his Majesty, down to the very end. The double-natured (dipsychus) Mercury has acquired extreme auspicious- ness, by reason of his vicinity to the Greater Fortune, and has heaped felicity upon felicity. He signifies that the Native will, by greatness of genius and loftiness of development, become the apex of mankind, and he indicates assemblages of the masters of understand- ing and reason and of the lords of perception and penetration. The philosophers of the age and sages of every sect will attend the wisdom- protecting Court, and ingenious wits of all countries will forsake their native lands, and donning the pilgrim^s garb, will circumambulate his sublime threshold. Whatever the ray of illumi- nation shall have darted into his inspired soul, will be consonant with reason and reality. Having opened the gates of justice and equity to all mankind, he will in every action hold fast by the principles of rectitude and protection {diydnat u ^iydnat). He will apply his genius to founding magnificent buildings such as have rarely been constructed in the times of former princes, and in those choice man- sions he will pass his time in varieties of joys and happinesses and in all manner of ease and independence.

Among remarkable* ciroumstances we have this,— -that Venus

^ Though Venus be feminine, she is spoken of as J^dhibt i.s., lord or master.

• Lit. bmlding up of the world.

• Sixty degrees or two Houses, %.s., one-sixth of the heavens, apart.

t The author teems to have for* gotten that he had alreadj men- tioned this oiremnstanoe. See iu p m.

CHAPTER III.

75

is in the House of Mercury and Mercury in the House of Venus. Thus three happy influences are combined ; — 1°. the happy in- fluence of Jupiter, — 2®. the happy influence of Venus; — 3®. the happy influence which Mercury has imbibed from the fortunate twain. This is something very uncommon.

The Great Light (the Sun), the beuefactor of the universe and moderator^ of the affairs of mortals, and the special bestower of glory, power, pomp and prestige is in the Third House and in a t’ixed Sign (Scorpio), signifying the grant of dignity, glory, greatness and magniflcence. As he has come out of his fah’^ and his face is set toward his exaltation j he has made the Native’s glory increase, day by day, and. as he is in aspect^ to the Ninth Honse (Taurus) which is that of travel, the standards* of victory and conquest will always be upraised on the march, ^ while he himself protects mankind from

i Referring to the Sun’s control of times, and seasons.

• huhutf fall, i.e., the House opposite to, or six Houses apart from, the House of exaltation. Libra is the House Uf the Bun s fall, as being opposite to the HQUse of ex- altation, viz., Aries. The author says that, as the Bun has emerged from Libra and entered Scorpio, he has left his fall and is proceeding towards his exaltation in Aries.

8 ^ajir. The aspect is one

of opposition or 180° which is re- garded by astrologers as malefic. 1 do not therefore see the appro- priateness of A.F.’s remark unless indeed, he is using the word nd%xr in a non-technical sense and merely as meaning one who beholds or in- spects. There is a reference to the aspects in Paradise Lost X. 656.

To the blano Moon

Her office they prescribed, to the other five

Their planetary motions and aspects

In Sextile, Square, and Trine and Opposite Of noxious efficac) .

• I do not feel sure of the meaning here. It is perhaps, the standards who are represented as illuminating the world, —the allu- sion being to the r4»ya] flag or standard’s bearing a picture of the sun. See Blbchmann Sayy id Ahmad’s Plates, IX. Figure I. The kaukabah (fig. 2) has a sphere suspended from it which apparently represents the Sun. See Blochmann’a quotation from Terry IX.

• $afar. This word, like the German Reize, means both travel and war and A.F. probably intended to take advantage of the equivoque. There seems also an antithesis \jfi^ tended between the words $afar and ka/naf, region or country. The standards of victory are abroad on the march while the Sun (Akbar) remains in the region of light-giving and protecting. The literal trans- lation is ** he (i.e., the Sun or Akbar)

76

AKKARNAMA.

the confuBioiif^ and calamities of the ago and is the light-giver of the world.

As the Third House which is that of kindred^ is Scorpio, it is significant of Scorpion-kinsraend (vJ^ aqdrtb’i^aqdrib») Satan there sends those alien relatives (distant-near ones) by calamities and disasters, to the nethermost hell of destruction and perdition.

The Fourth angle* is Sagittarius and is the House of the final issue of things. Jupiter, its lord, is in sextile to it and is contiguous® to the ameliorated Mercury and in his own term* and triplicity.® Whatever the Native deigns to undertake, will be accom-

(is in) the region of protecting and guarding and is giving light to the world.” There is a similar passage in the Bads^ahnama (102 top line et ieq.) but there is an interesting dif- ference in the mode of treatment. The Ninth House is also that of religion. A.F, passes over this point but the caster of 8 hah Jahan’s horoscope lays stress on it and in- fers from the fact of Venus (whom he calls the planet of Islam) being in aspect towards the Ninth House that Shah Jahan will be an upholder of religion and a faithful follower of Muhammad. In Shah Jahan’s horo- scope, the position noticed in Akbar’a is reversed, the Third House being Taurus, i.e., that of Venus, and the Ninth being Scorpio.

t There is a similar play on the two words in Badaoni. (Lowe 71.) The expression is used there with reference to Akbar’s maternal uncle, Khwaja Mu‘a?*am who certainly was a scorpion-relative.

• There are four angles or cardi- nal points, VIM., the First, Fourth, - Seventh and Tenth Houses of a horoscope. The Arabic name is watad lit. : tent-polo. They are the

most important houses in a figure, the First being the Ascendant, the Fourth its nadir, i.e., the north angle or hypogeum ; the Seventh, the west or descendant angle, being opposite to the First, and the Tenth being the Mid-heaven. Sagittarius is Jupi- ter’s House and gaudium.

» Muttasil, This is perhaps a technical term and refers to a pla- net’s applying to another planet.

• Utdrid-i-fnasud, Mercury is called maa’iid, benefited or auspicious, because he has become benefio by proximity to Jupiter and Venus. See AlblrQnl (Sachau II. 212.)

• ^ hadd. The degrees of each sign are divided among the five planets, Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury, and those assigned to eaoh are called its tom (torminus). The term is one of a pla« net’s essential dignities and tables of terms, showing the degrees assigned to each planet, are to be found ip all astrolegical books.

• This is the fiery triplicity, con- sisting of Aries, lioo and Sagit- tarius. J ujlllcir is lord of this tripli- city during the night and so, was its lord at the time cd

CHAPTIR lit.

77

plished with the gpreateat ease^ and the terminationB of hia works will be prosperous.

The Fifth House is that of offspring and is Capricornus^ a sign indicative of many^ children. Mars, the soldier^s planet, is there and ia a kadWj^da^ of the Ascendant which is the centre* of the laws of life. It is a glorious thing that this warlike planet is in his House of exaltation, and by face,*

1 According to Haly (p. 2) Capri- corn is a sign of few sons. It is Mars’ House of exaltation. Haly’s words are : Signa multorwn filiorum Pisces, Oancer, Scorpio; pattcorum filiorum, Aries, Taurus, Sagittariui, Capricomus ei lAbra.

• 1cadl^udd-i‘fdli\

The word kadfgtudd perhaps has the sense of the Alcochoden of me- dieval times. It seems to mean the planet in a horoscope which has most dignities in a hylegiacal place. Alcochoden is sometimes defined as the Arabic word for hyleg. (See note infra on hyleg.) According to Vullers* Dictionary, s. v., kadJ^udd means, in astrology, the soul or vital principle in opposition to kad- bdnu, the body. See Mofdtihu-U ulum, 331. It would seem that kad~ l^udd corresponds to the term “ lord of the geniture," and means a planet in possession of all its dignities, essential and accidental. Such a planet is said to be muhtasz (from ihiizdz), Yelschius in his Comtacn- (arms in Boendma Naurus (1676) identifies kadi^udd with hyleg. The Burhdn-uqdli states that kadhdnu is equivalent to the Greek haildj (hyleg). KadJAudd means pater- familias and kadhdnu, maierfamilias and so, Vullers suggests that haildj may be the Greek dAoxos, but I

believe the derivation from hXucoi ia correct.

Apparently what is meant here, by the Ascendant’s being a centre of the laws of life, is that the Ascendant or First Honse is the House of Life.

• I take this expression to mean merely that the First House is that of life, but there may bo an allusion to the Fardars,— the Alfridaria of Cardan, and the true translation may be, “ a lord of the geniture who is the centre of the code of life, “—alluding to the fact of Mars’ governing the years from 28 to 35. ^

♦ tcajh. This is the Greek npoaupror. It is the third part of a sign (10^) and thus corresponds to the decanatc. The word/acs is also commonly used in English books on astrology. Dozy (II. 7852) says, s.v, wajh, ** Lea astrologues partagent cheque signe du zodiaque en trois faces, de dix degree chacune. Les trente-six faces sent assignees, cha- cune k une des plan^tes ou au soleil on k la lunc.” Salmon, however,Jn his Htyrne Matkematicas divides each Sign of the Zodiac into six faces of 5^ each. See Teiirahihlos, Ashmand 28n. The above is what is meant by the term face as applied to a Sign, but the word has another meaning us applied to u planet. Ashmand

78

iKBiENlMA.

triplicity,* daTijaUf^ ddarjdn^ and dodecatemorion* has endowed the Native with long life, and has given him the enjoyment of many sons and grandsons. His sons, too, will be fortunate and capable. He will also have world-traversing, victorious soldiers. It is a beautiful* coincidence that in the horoscope of the Lord of Con- junction, (Timur) Mars is in the Fifth House, as mentioned in the Zafamdma} Experienced philosophers have laid stress on the

(1. c. 54) says, Each planet is said to be in its proper face, when the aspect it holds to the Sun or Moon is similar to that which its own House bears to their Houses, for example, Venus is in her proper face when making a sextile aspect to either luminary, provided she be occidental to the Sun, but oriental to the Moon, agreeably to the pri- mary arrangement of her Houses. And it follows that Saturn is in his proper face when he is five Signs, or in quintile, after the Sun or before the Moon ; that Jupiter is so in trine ; Mars when in quartile ; Venus when in sextile ; and Mer- cury when only one Sign (or, in modern phrase, sepii-sextile) after the Sun or before the Moon." Simi- larly Wilson (Die. of Astr.) says,

a planet is in its face when it is at the same distance from the Sun or Moon as its House is from their Houses apd in the same succession of Signs." Probably when A. F. speaks of the wajh of a planet, he means this kind of face and not the third’part of a Sign, which he desig- nates by darljdn decanate.

1 The earthy triplicity, consisting of Taurus, Virgo hnd Capricornus.

^ On the meaning of this word, see Woto l.*at the end of this Chapter, page 82.

^ On the meaning of this word, see Noie II. at the end of this Chapter, page 82.

4 <und*a§harxah, a

twelfth part or two and a half degrees of a Sigpi ; the SioSexan^/Aoptov of the Greeks. Scaliger refers to it in his notes on Manilius (Ley- den ed. 179), and a table of Twelfths is given in Bengali books on astro- logy. The planet which rules the Sign is lord of the First Twelfth ; the rulers of the two following Signs are lords of the second, and third, and so on. Thus Mars is lord of the first dodecatemorion of Aries, he being regent of Aries; Venus lord of the second, as being ruler of Taurus; and Mercury is ruler of the third, as regent of Virgo. The expression twelfth port is explained in Diet, of T. Ts. (I. 185). Ashmand (50) says the Twelfth of a Sign is technically called a place. The Per- sians call it SrO; duwdeda hahra.

» Bib. Ind. ed. 1.14. The Fifth House is that of children. The Fifth House of Timftr’s horoscope was Taurus, and Jupiter was there as well as Mars, while Venus was in the Third House (Pisces.) TlmOr, like Augustus was bom under Capricorn. His nativity, as cast by Ashraole, will be found in Hyde’s Syntagma (II. 466) as pointed out by Giblion.

CHAPTKR in.

79

power of Mars in the horoscopes of princes. The present powerful and holy horoscope excels that of the Lord of Conjunction in that this majestic planet is in his House of exaltation (Capricomus) and has the other dignities mentioned above. This signifies glory and greatness, lofty rank, victory and dominion, and that yet his glory will be greater and better from his youth upwards. The Moon who is the intermediary ^ between the celestial influences and the terrestrial elements, having tome as an increaser* of light, points the way to daily increasing dominion.

She is also the hyleg,^ which is the tabernacle of the soul and

1 The heaven of the Moon is that nearest the earth, and therefore she is regarded as a link between the heavens and the earth. She is also the distributor of light from the heavenly bodies to the earthy ones. See Akbamdtna II. 8, 1.14. Haly calls the Moon, the Alguazil^ i.e., the Vizier or Prime Minister of the Sun.

^jyt *^(3 zaidu-n-nur. This is an epithet of the Moon. She is also called the swift-goer, sari‘ti-#-«air, in opposition, perhaps, to Saturn who is called the slow-goer. (AkbamdvM 11 . 10 1 . 8 .)

Hyleg is a word well-known in European astrology and comes from the Greek v\ix6^. It signifies the foundation or beginning of life and also the duration of life. S^dillot says (Prolegomena, Text 140). ** Ce mot signifie le lieu de la vie ; il est pris dans lo sens de dur^e de la vie.’* Hyleg is also defined as the Moder- ator, Significator or Frorogator of life.

Moxon says (Mathematical Diction- ary). Hyleg or hylech, an Arabic word signifying the Giver of life ; a planet or part of heaven which, in a inan’s nativity becomes, in an astro- logical sense, the moderator or signifi-

cator of his life; hence hylegiacal places are such as when a planet hap- pens to be posited therein, he may be said to be hyleg or to have the government of life attributed to him ; which places are commonly reckoned five, viz., the Ascendant, the Mid- heaven, the Seventh House, the Ninth and the Eleventh House. Also thd Sun, Moon and Fart of Fortune.

The question of hylegiacal places is ontf much discussed in astrological books. In the text the word is per- haps used as an equivatent for had- hdnu, the body as opposed to the soul, kadXgiudd, Sachan (Chrono- logy of Ancient Nations) has trans- lated it by mateffamiliae. There is a curious note in Schefer’s Ohre$tho->^ matte Pereane (I. 10*2) where he says that hyleg is the Arabio form of the Fersian haildj which signifies master of the house or head of the family. And he mentions a book by Abu Mashar of Balkh bearing the title Kxtdbu-UHaUdj. M. Sohefer sa{)- poses that this book must have treat- ed of domestio economy, but it ia almost certain it was an astrological work. Haly says (147) that Ftolemj established five hylegs, vis., the Sun, the Moon, the Ascendant, the Fart of

AKItAKNAMA.

guardian of the body, and is in the Fifth House. As she is separat* ing {mun^arif) from Mars and is in trine to Venus, she is a cause of continual health, soundness of constitution and bodily strength.

The Sixth House is Aquarius and signifies armies. Saturn is the dominant and he is in the Third House which is that of allies and helpers. The Dragon^s Head {Rda^ or Anabibazon) is there and signifies soldiers of loyal and devoted clans.

The Seventh angle (t.e., the Descendant or west angle) is Pisces at the seventh degree, which is the term* of Venus and belongs to her triplicity* and adatydn,^ She gives* chaste veiled ones who are constant in pleasing service and respects ; and she makes the Native happy and prosperous by their good offices.

The Eighth House is Aries ; Mars is its loid and his benefic influences have already been described. He is in trine to the Ascen- dant and signifies the Divine protection * in positions of fear and hidden dangers.

The Ninth House (Taurus) is that of travel. As its regent (Venus) is jfosited in the Ascendant— Virgo, she holds in readiness, tranquillity and pleasure in distant journies and makes them a cause of increase of territory.

Fortune and the Place of Conjunc- tion or Opposition of the Sun and Moon prior to the birth. The Moon was probably the’^iyleg in Akbar’s horoscope because his birth took place at night.

The hjleg was also called aplieta and was opposed to anairita, destroyer.

^ Anabibazon, the ascending node of the Greeks and Rdhu of the Hindus.

• Cardan (He judiciU geniturarum. Nurcmburg 1547. 79b.) gives the first seven degrees of Pisces as the term of Venus.

• Venus is the noctural lord of the watery triplicity or irigon, via.. Can- cer, Scorpio and Pisces, for the last is her House of exaltation.

• If ddarjdn be the same as deca-

nate, 1 do not see how the seventh degree falls within the ddo/rjdn of Venus, for the rule is that the first decanate of a Sign belongs to the lord of that Sign and the lord of Pisces is not Venus but Jupiter. Pisces is, however, the Hwuse of Venus’ ezaltatiox, and its 27th degree is said to be the v^tofia,auj, ot Venus. Perhaps the reference is to this. Possibly A. F. used the word dda/ridn without understanding it.

• The Seventh House is that of marriage.

• The Eighth House is one of mis- fortune and danger. Hence the need for the Divine protection. Ta be in trine is to be 120^, four Houses, apart.

CIIAITKK 111.

81

The Part of Fortune {Fartt Fortunae^) is in the Tenth angle which is that of dominion and prosperity {iqbdl). Its loi*d, the auspicious Mercury^ is in trine to it. As the Greater Fortune (Jupiter) is also in trine to it^ this signifies majestic sovereignty^ perfect reason and justicei and brings the world’s treasures into the powerful grasp of the Native.

The Eleventh House (Cancer) is that of Hope. Its lord is the crescent Moon. She is in the Fifth House of the horoscopoi and as she is in trine to the Ascendant, she is a cause of safety and of the attainment of desires.

The Twelfth House (Leo) is that of enemies. The Dragon’s Tail^ (Zanab) being posited in it, makes the enemies of eteri^al fortune ^downcast and contemptible. It turns every wretch who averts his face from the altar of obedience, topsyturvy into the wilderness of annihilation. Its lord, the Sun, being posited in the Third House, viz,, that of allies and helpers, will bring many oppo- nents to repentance and the path of submission and devotion. A wonderful thing in this horoscope is that the Tenth House, that of dominion and sovereignty, is in Gemini of which the lord of the Ascendant, (Mercury) is the regent. It is established that every lord of the Ascendant desires to promote his own signification (or perhaps, what is committed to him) , but that he may be frustrated by obstacles to his power. Now in this auspicious horoscope, Morcurj^s House is also that of dominion and sovereignty. Seeing that dominion (daulat) is posited in his own (Mercury’s) House, why should he (Mercury) hold back from carrying out his own signification (or, from what has been committed to him) ?

I “ An imaginary point in the heavens supposed to contain equal power with the luminaries." (Wilson, 306). In the Tetrabiblos (Ashmand) wo read that the Part of Fortune is calculated by counting the number

of degrees between the Sun and Moon.

Katabibazon, the descending node of the Greeks; Ketu.of the Hindus. It is where the Moon crosses the ecliptic on her way south.

82

AXBiftNAMA.

NOTE I. (from page 78.)

daHjdn, Vullers describes this as an astrological rule according to which a Sign is divided into three parts and a planet assigned to each. The original Persian form is darigan. It is the dreshkdtM or drekkdna

of the Hindus. Albfrdnl (II. 222) says, ** Further, there are the triangles, called drekkdnck. There is no use in enlarging on them, as they are simply identical with the ‘so*called draijdnat of our system." Unfortunately Albl- rdnl did not foresee a time when Arabian and Persian astrology would be forgotten and his Canon BloMidicus a sealed book. Sachau speaks of it (there are four copies in Europe and one in the MullA FirSz Library at Bombay) as awaiting the combination of two editors a scholar and an astronomer, but probably, a third, an astrologer, would also be required. Colebrooke says (Asiatic Researches IX. 867) that the dreihkdna answer to the decani of European astrologers. The decani also correspond to the wajh of Arabian astrologers and according to the Lucknow editor of the Akhamdma, are called by Hindus euratt face. Deeanus, according to Scaliger’s notes on Manilius, (829) comes from the Latin and not from the Greek. The Luck. ed. gives an explanation of the word daHjdn (27) and the corresponding term drekkdna is explained in Bengali books on astrology^. It seems that every sign is divided into three parts each of 19^, that the planet who presides over the sign, is lord of the first 10^, that the next 10^ are ruled by the planet who presides over the Fifth Sign from that under division, and that the third 19° or drekkdna is ruled by the planet presiding over the Ninth Sign from that under division.

(With reference to the “ triangles *’ in the above quotation from Sachau, it should be observed that the word in the original is alaeldit the plural

of fdltf and should be translated thirde and not trianglee. The drekkdna are not triangles but ten degrees or thirds of a Sign.!

NOTE II. (from page 78.)

ddarjdn. This word puzzled me for a long time. It is not to be found in the dictionaries except under the form or They

however do npt explain even this word ; saying only that it means ** certain figures and mykteries in astrology." (See Vullers 78 and Steingass.) The Lucknow editor (27) says that dd^rjan is the same as toabdl, and he repeats this explanation at page 89. He there says also that ddarjdn, is a fortitude or dignity superior to that of the dairydn, but inferior to that of the eoajh faoe. It is clear therefore that it cannot bear the same meaning as vxMl which is a debility and corresponds to the English ieirimmU. Perhaps the editor connected it with afitU or exaltation. Another explanation was sent me from India, to the effect that when two planets were in the same mafaflaial

OIIAKJKU III.

83

or triplicitj, each was said to be the ddafjdn or partner of the other. If tliis were so, the word might be connected with the Arabic ^ or idraj or idraj, a fold or folding; but I now believe this explanation is quite incorrect. The fact seems to be that adatjan or ddarajan is merely a form of the word do/rajdn and is probably nothing but that word with the Arabic article al prefixed. The word ocoors in the }iafdixhuA‘*ulum (ed. Yloten, Ijeyden 1895, 226) under the forms aldahaj and alda/raj and is there explained as synony- mous with wajh, aurat and ddrijdn. The editor says it is the same as the Greek Sckus. That this explanation is correct appears from the Latin trans- lation of an early treatise on Astrology by an Eastern writer, commonly known as Alchabltius, but whose real name was * Abdu-l-^azTz ibn ^UQmSn Alqabfsl and who, according to the Biographie Univeraelle lived in the 10th century. He wrote a liad^al or Introduction to Astrology which was trans- lated into Latin by Johannis Hispalensis and was several times reprinted. Its Arabic title is given in Lexicon (V. 473) as MadJjjiaX fl

^ilm^al-nujum. In the Differentia Quarta (Cap. IV. The pages are not separately numbered, but this chapter is a few pages after dd4,) of this work, there is the following passage

“ Modue inveniendi dominum decani**

** Et ex hoc adorogen, hoc eet ui dividae oacendens in tree partea ; et ait omnia diviaio 10 gradwwm; dahiaque divisionem pritnam domino aacendentia; et eecundam domino quinti aigniah eo; et iertium domino noni; nam aacendena, 5, et 9 una aemper sunt iriplicitaa. Verbi gratid, ab initio Arietia uaque in decimum gradum ejua eat dgrogen i. (i.0.) decanua eat Martia. Et ai fuerit ex 10 gradu uaque 20 gradum erit ejua dorongen aol, dominua Leonia. Et si fuerit 20 uaque in finem ejua erit dorongen Jupiter, dominua Sagittarii** ^

The same volume contains a commentary on Alchabitins by John of Saxony and at M.M. 3, we have these words, ex hoc adoringen. Hie docet ir^nire decanum.** This commentary, it seems, was written in 1331, though apparently not printed till 1485.

The book is in the British Museum, and there is another copy of Alchabitius and of John of Saxony’s Commentary which was printed at Venice in 1521. In this, too, we have the expression, ** Et ex hoe adorogen** and“ei ex hoc adorogen** This is the passage accordiug to the Venetian editions of 1485 and 1521. In another edition, printed at Bologna in 1473 (B.M. press-mark 8610 d. 10.) we have the form ahdorungen, bat otherwise the wording is the same. It beg^s, ** Et ex hoe ahdorungen ** and lower down has the important expression ** ejua ahdorungen, id eat, decanua, eat Mara“ The occnirence of i the letter b certainly seems to favour the supposition that the first syllable is merely the Arabic article, the h being a misprint for L Am for the expression et ex hoe, the explanation is that the Differentia Quarta is a glossary of astro- logical terms and that et ex hoe seems a literal rendering of the Arabic wa-minhu. The difficulty arising from A^F.’s using the word as if it were of different meaning lh>m darigan, his speaking, for instance, both of the dafijan and ddarjan in the same passage.

84

AKDAR2ilMA.

This is due, I think, to the fact that each House of a horoscope consists of about 30^ i.a., of three decatiates or darijam. Hence, in mentioning the dignities or properties of a House, instead of saying darijdn and darXjdn or using the word wajh (face) three times over, he varies the expression for the sake of euphony. What the exact etymology of the word ddarjdn or darijdn is, I am unable to say. The varieties of spelling lead one to suppose it a foreign word. It is clear from Alchabitius, that ddarjdn or ddarajdn is the proper spelling, and that the form arddjdn of the Bdd§tfihndma and the Dictionaries is incorrect.

Host probably the word comes from the Oreek rpiytaror, a triangle. I do not think it can come from 3cVayo9, for I do not see how the letter r came to be inserted. It appears, from Sachau’s Albfriinl, that the word which in our dictionaries is spelled darijdn is in Arabic draijdn. I have suggested above that the first syllable or letter of ddarjdn is the Arabic article, but there may be another explanation. As Persian does not admit of conjunct consonants at the beginning of words. It is possible that when the word was borrowed from the Arabic or the Greek, the dr or the tr of the Greek necessi- tated either a prosthetio or a medial vowel. Thus trigonon or draijdn became in Persian, either adrajdn or darijdn. In a similar manner we have both Iskandar and Sekandar as transliterations of Alexander and dirham for the Greek draehme, Firangi for Frank, etc. But if ddarjdn comes from trigonon and not from deednue, it must still be acknowledged that it came to have the same meaning as decanate in English or drekkdna in Sanscrit, and is stated by Alchabitius to be the equivalent of deednue.

If anything were necessary to prove that the word ddarjdn is identical in meaning with wajh, faciee, I think it is furnished by the fact that Haly, (i.s., Abu-l-^an * All ibn Abl-’l Raj&l al-3]^ibftnl) in his elaborate work on astrology, says nothing about darijdn or ddarjdn, though he has a chapter De Faaiebue or, (as the Arabic has it) FiA-wujuh,

Moreover Guido Bonatus has this passage (ed. Basle 1550 825) De dorungez non dieo hie (the passage occurs in a chapter on the triplicities) aliquid quoniam videtur epectare ad coneiderationem faderwn, de quibue latiur ac iujfieUnter dictum e§t euperiue in Tractatu primo in cap. ed Faciehue,

Scaliger has yet another spelling of darijdn i he calls it doroyen and says the Arabs apply the term to the dodecatemoria. (Notes on Maniliu.s 179 1.38.) This seems to be a mistake.

CHAPTER IV.

SCH£ME 07 THB SKT-ADORMIKO NATIVITY OF HlS MaJSSTY, THE EiNO 01 KiNOS ; AND SDMMABT OF THE STELLAR INFLUENCES/ ACCORDING TO THE METHODS OF THE A8TBOLOOER8 OF InDU.>

By the calculations of the Indian astrologers, hia Majesty’s auspicious horoscope falls under Leo which is a Fixed Sign and is significant of perfect supremacy, victory, energy and saperiority. The Sun, which takes more note* of kings than of all the other objects in the universe, is the dominant, and this is a clear indica- tion that the Native will be victorious and paramount over famous sovereigns and mighty rulers.

The pillars of his sovereignty and government will gain stabi- lity and strength, day by day, and the regulations of his exaltation and glory will be cairiod out firmly and with permanence. The rays* of his wrath will* consume the fore-arms® of stiff-necked, evil-disposed ones, and the beat of his war-drums will turn to water the courage of rank-breaking, tiger-hearted men.

The scheme of the holy nativity is hereby set down in accord-

^ This appears to be a translation panja. There is a play on

of the Greek dTrcrtXitrpara. It may the double-meaning of this word, be rendered judgment$. panja meaning both rays and paws

• Later on, we find the horoscopes and also footprints, viz., those of

of the three princes, SalTm (JahSn- Leo. Punja also means, in Hindi, a

glr), Mur&d and Dftny&l, cast both cluster, e.g., of stars.

according to the Greek and the ® Lit, have consumed, the past

Indian rules. There is also a horos- tense being used fbr the future in

cope of the Accession. accordance with the Persian idiom.

• Akbar said that the Sun speci- ® Perhaps this is an allusion to the

ally favoured kings and that this story of Krona’s having burnt off

was why they worshipped it, — there- of the 1,000 arms of Bl^fisura

by scandalizing the shallow-minded. Rt the place called Kardaha.

(Jarrett III, 388. Bloch mann 155.

Text 154 1.16.)

80

AKBARNAMA.

ance with the writing of the foremost of Indian astrologers, the Jotik^ Rai who was one of the servants of the royal threshold.

Notwithstanding* the perfect simplicity and anoeremonionsness

L This seems to be a title and not the name of an individual. See Bloohmann 404n. where he compares the title of Jotik Rai— ^ Court Astro- loger. to Birbal’s title of Kah Bai —Poet Laureate. The Sanscrit word is /yottiifiki— one who knows

the JySiita. The ei^reasi<m JyS- tUh Bai is nsed in Jai Singh’s pre- face and ip translated Aitronoaur Royal by Dr. .Hunter.

•Or, alongside of, or, together with.

CHARIER IT

87

of his Majesty, the King of Kings, such rays of glory and power* stream from the forehead of his might as to indicate that the Indian astrologers are not far from truth when they assert that his noble horoscope belongs to Leo. In their books of stellar influences, it is luid down that the Native of this Ascendant is wealthy, victorioua over onernies, forgiving towards offenders, ruling according to just and equal laws, and accomplishing his purposes by force of his own reason and by firmness in hia own opinions. He will be fond of travel* and will reap benefit from it. And he is lord of excellent and obedient children. The meeting^ of Jupiter and Venus in the Second House makes the Native a guide in various arts and sciences.

As the Greater Fortune (Jupiter) is in the House of Mercury, he (the Native) will be endowed with beauty of form, proportional admixture of the elements, gravity of speech, social graces, lofty understanding, and sublime apprehension in theology and divine worship, and will be adorned with well-doing, and with ability to accomplish everything in accordance with propriety.

Venus in Virgo, takes charge of the adornment of virtuous veiled ones and provides for the increase of beauty* and elegance. As the Sun is in the Third House,* ho (the Native) will accomplish whatever groat undertaking he desires to compass, without reference to any other person. He will be powerful and his brethren will not attain to him. Indeed the star of the brothers’ horoscope is occulted.* Mon will be united and agreed in love of him. As Mercury is in the Third House, he (the Native) will be talented, versed in business, and disliking idleness, a subduer of difliculties, and a slayer of enemies [ma^aqqaUhaih. ti duikman-kuik)* His acute thoughts will revel in theology and other philosophies and will attain

• jahrut, omnipotence, etc. It is a word used by Sufts.

• iafar. It is probably in- tended that this word should have its Sufistic meanings also, tns., self- examination and thinking of the other world.

• FardhdiM amada. This may mean conjunction or only that both planets are in the same Sign.

• There is here a sketch of Akbar’s

personal appearance but it is very vague. See later on in Amir Fatbu- Mah’s horoscope.

• Apparently because the Sun is regent of the First House or Asoefid- ant.

• The Third House is that of brethren. The meaning is that as the Sun is in the Third House, the star of brethren is occulted or com- bust

88

akbarnama.

the rank of eostacy. And aa (Mercury) is in Libra, ho will be famed throughout the world, and his good deeds will be widely known. He will be world-conquering and world-ruling for lengthened periods of time, and excellent contrivances and ingenious plans are indicated. As Saturn is in the Third House, he (the Native) will enjoy repose and much tranquility, and will have attached servants innumerable, but he will act according to his own personal courage and his own ripe reason. As (Saturn) is in Libra, and in exaltation, < he (the Native) will be master of the treasures of the world, and as Saturn is under the shade of the venerable, world-warming Sun, his boundless treasures will last for lengthened periods and will remain unajffected by prolonged usage of them.

He will make delightful journeys with success and accomplish- ment of his objects. And there will not be a gpreater than he upon earth. Mighty* black beasts (elephants) will await at his gate. As he grows in years, his power will increase, and he will, without trouble or pains, acquire great armies and perfect dominion and glory. His power and his felicity will be lasting, for there is no slower 8 planet than Saturn, and among his gifts are extent of fortune, permanence of sovereignty, and length of days. The Sun, Saturn and Mercury are in one Sign. He will, therefore, be friend-cherish- ing, foe-subduing, well knowing the laws of amity and inimity. Mars being in Sagittarius, mankind will glorify him. For Mars is in the triplicity^ of the ascendant; and in the house of his friend.* This powerful friend is the Greater Fortune and puts away the dorrows and the apprehensions of the nations. And ho will be happy and joyful. And by power visible and invisible, essential and acci- dental, he becomes Great of the Great and King of Kings. The glory of his renown embraces the world and the fame of his majesty

i Libra is Saturn’s House of exal- known. Qani or the

tation. Sanscrit name for Saturn means the

The nigri harri of Horace. {Ain slow (goer).

III. 241 and Jarreit III. 395.) Akbar ♦ /.a., apparently the fiery triplicity

said that when he first came to to which both Leo and Sagittarius

India he looked upon his liking belong.

(tawajjuh) for elephants as a prog- * According to Cardan^ Jupiter is

nostic of his universal ascendency. not friendly to Mars ; but according

• Alluding to the extent of his to the JyoUfti Pmkdfat they arc

orbit which was then th^ largest friends.

CHAPTER )▼.

89

extends from shore to shore. Many princes and rulers will be subject to him^ and^ being afraid of him^ will be obedient and sub- missire. And as Mars is in the House of Jupiter and the Sun is in sextile to him^ the princes throughout the world will place their heads on the line of his command and make the dust of his threshold the adoration-spot of their obedience. The Moon is in the Sixth House ; he may have powerful enemies but they will not reach him, nor be able to withstand the scorching lightning of his wrath and mighty and they will always endeavour to gain his friendship so that by borrowing ^ the lights of his alliance^ they may be in safety from evil.

As the Moon’s detriment* is in Capricorn^ the weakness of his enemies is signified. And there comes a sweet reasonableness to the Native which enables him to decide disputes according to equity and the real merits of the cases.

And having examined contradictory faiths, and different dis- positions, he guides every sect in the way of good works. His desire is that men should leave the hollow of imitative routine, and emerge into the straight highway of inquiry. And as Jupiter is in aspect towards him,* the royal power and might will be beyond cal- culation. He will become possessed of tractable children and, as Venus is in aspect, high-minded chaste ones of excellent actions will serve him for long periods of life and he* will have obedient and amiable children.

SuNDBT BULBS OV InPXAN AsTBOLOOT.

There are certain prinoiples, too, to be found in the books of Indian philosophers which prove the grandeur of this holy nativity. If a planet occnpy the twelfth (dodecatemorion) of the Moon, the Native will have pleasure throughout a long life, and the dust of sickness will hardly touch the garment-hem of his health and, while in the fullness of his powers, and having become a manifestation

IqHba$ According to Sylvestre de 3aoy, it originally meant to bor- row fire from another’s hearth.

• Being the opposite of her man- sion which is Oancer.

12

• Apparently referring to the fact that Jupiter and Yenus are in the House next to the Ascendant.

Perhaps they will have-

90

AKBARNAMA.

of planetary dignities’ and having attained the acme of felicity, — ho will obtain a great kingdom^ and will have long life and abundant blessings, and will bo joyful in sublime stations and lofty palaces. Now, as in this horoscope Mara occupies the dodecatemorion of the Moon, all these things are fully proved and established. He will be lord of victorious armies, and be line-breaking and foe-scattering on the battle-fields, and everyone on whom the glance of his wrath shall fall, will be melted by his terrible majesty. And if an auspi- cious planet bo in the dodecatemorion of the Sun, the honoured Native will be a mild prince, eloquent and wise, firm and fortunate. And in emergencies when the brave in i}attle and men of men may hesitate, the owner of these happy omens will never -swerve, but will keep a steady foot on the skirt of fortitude and great-heartedness, and the trace* of doubt and the smallest vestige of change will not reach the court of his circumspection. Now in this holy horoscope, the meeting* of the two Fortunes in the dodecatemorion shows abundant auspiciousness. If the Sim be lord of the Ascendant, and be in the TIChd House, the noble Native will be advanced to lofty sovereignty. Now this glory is visible in the fortunate frontispiece (the diagram of the horoscope). If Jupiter, Mercury and Venus be all three in aspect to the Moon, this signifies that the Native will open up countries and will rule over them. Now in this .embellished tablet (the diagram) they (the three planets) are kindling the lamp of dominion^

If the cusp of the Ascendant or the Moon be in the nuhhahr* of a

1 ihtixdz. A friend suggested to me that this was a mistake for ibtirazt superiority, and this view appeared to be confirmed by the fact that ihtirdu is the reading of MS. 564. It turns out, however, that ihiizdz is correct, it being an astrological term signifying a planet possessed of all its dignities and appearing in the horoscope (or per- haps in the First House). (See Diet, o* T. Ts. I. 224 f. u. and the Mqfd- ilhu-l-*ulwn 229). The next clause of the text is also an astrological.

term, vi^ zharaf^ a planet in exalta- tion. The whole phrase is §iahddat- i^ibtizdM u za’ddaUUibfiyraf.

The text has sd’tca, horoscope, but the list of zmUa shows that this is a misprint for rdi^t, lit.

odour or smell.

•Apparently Jupiter and Venus are meant. They have already been spoken of as meeting in the Second House, vis., Virgo.

« Nuhhakr, nine parts. It means the dividing a Sign into nine parts of ^ 20’ each, and assigning a planet

cHAmn lY.

91

Sign and four planeta or more are in aspect to the Moon, the Native

to each part, Alhirum (Sachau. II. 222) gives a rule for calculating th® nuhbahrdt,

Nuhbahr is the Sanscrit navdThii(U The Lucknow editor gives (27) a table shewing the arrangement of the nuhbahr. It seems to have been A refinement of Indian astrologers and is not, I believe, referred to by Ptolemy. Carden in the peroration of his work on Astrological Aphor- isms, takes credit to himself for-dis- carding nuhbahr, etc. His words are " Ahjecimitd partet, faciet, novenaria, dodecatemoria, horas planetarias, aique <Kietera id genus nugamenta.**

The Indian book to which A.F. refers, appears to be the Bfhat Jdtaka of Va/rdha Mihira. In N. Chidambaran Iyer’s ti^anslation thereof, I find the following pas- sage. (Madras, 1885, 114.) ** The Lagmi (Ascendant) or the Moon, being in Vargottama position of (sic) all the planets, excepting the Moon, by the several groups of four, five and. six planets, aspecting the Lagna or the Moon, the number of Yoga (s) obtained is 22/’ See also the Brhajjdtakam (Rasik Mohan Chatterji’s ed. Calcutta, 13(X) B.S. 79a.) An explanation is there given of how the number 22 is arrived at and the pldha is explained as giving a total of 44 kingdoms or rdjaydga{B). There being seven pla- nets,^ the Sun is one of them,-— and the Moon being excluded, we get the number, 6, mentioned above.

Monier Williams’ Sanscrit Dic- tionary defines rdjaybga as ** a con-

stellation under which princes are born, or a configuration of planets, etc., at the birth of any person, in- dicating him to bo acstiiiod to kingship."

The Vargottama above referred to is defined as follows : (Iyer 10), “ In the moveable and other Signs, the first, the central and the last" {i e., the First, Fifth and Ninth) navdvisa (s) are known as Vargottama posi- tions. Planets in such positions will produce good effects." The chapter in which this passage occurs, is that dealing with rdjaybga or the birth of kings. Yoga, however, also means conjunction.

Blochmann (105) baa the follow- ing passage “ At the command of his Majesty, Muliammad Kh ^u of Gujrat translated into Persian, the Tajik, a well-known work on astro- logy/’ (The originalAis at page 1U> of the Bib. Jnd. ed. and the aote.^ give the various reading ndjak). (Il^wiii similarly read tdjik, but in a copy of his translation in the British Museum, Sir W. Jones has written the marginal emendation jdtak. Probably this is correct. There is, it is true, a book or a — (}dstra on Hindu astrology, called the Tajik-granthap but this was, as its name implies, a translation from the Persian. See Weber’s Indische Stndien II. ^247. Dr. Weber is inclined, to derive the word from Tajik— Arabian — and to suppose that the original language was Arabic, but there seems no reason to go further back than to Persian. Tdjik is a well-known

92

▲KBIRKAMI.

will have 22 Kingdoms ^ and many countriefl will be permanently in his possession. Now, in this horoscope, not only are the cnsp of the Ascendant and the Moon in their nukhahr, but fire planets are in aspect to the Moon,m:;., theSan, Jupiter, Venus, /Satam and Mercury.

name for a Persian, hence probably the title of the Indian book. It is not likely that any Persian would take the trouble to translate from the Sanscrit a work which was itself a translation from the Persian. I therefore think the proper reading must be Jdiak, The two words might easily be confounded in writ- ing.

With referenoe to A. F.‘a remark about the five planets being in aspect to the Moon, it may be pointed out that they are not all in one houset so that they all cannot have the same aspect. It will be remembered that the Sun was regarded as a planet by the ancients.

^ It does not appear that Alebar ever possessed 22 kingdoms. His fuhah§ (provinces) were originally twelve and became fifteen by the con- qnest of Berar, KhSudSsh, and A^madnagar. (Jarrett II. 115). However on the same page, A. F. speaks of hoping to add Central Asia and Persia, tie.t to the list. It is carious that under ShSh Jahftn, the provinces numbered 22. (Tieffentha- ler Berlin, 1786. 1. 66). Bernier’s Bat makes the number 20 only, but he includes Bengal and Orissa as one.

In the BfliajjataJcam referred to in the previous note, the Sanscrit ^Idka is thus given

winnit ^ WT I

Ttiia may. apparently, be tranalat* ed as follows “ If the Ascendant ” (i.#., the horoscope or point on the eastern horizon) ** or the Moon be in Vargottama, and four or more planets, exclusive of the Moon, be in aspect thereto, the Native will be king of two-and-twenty kingdoms."

The editor prooeeds to explain in Bengali, how this figure is arrived at; eis., by making different com- binations of the planets. The figure 44 is reached by counting 22 for the case of the Ascendant’s being in Vargdtiama and being aspeeted by the planets, and 22 for the similar case of the Moon.

We are told that by some other manipulation ’ of the figures, the number of kingdoms may rise to 528, f.e., 22x24. Apparently A.F. claims more than 22 for Akbar and reaches at the least 44^— for he says that both the Ascendant and the Moon are in mMahr, thongh, to be sure, he does not say that both are aspeot- ed by five planets. Apparently he shrinks from specifying the number of the kingdoms just as he shrinks from telling ns anything about the time of Akbar’s death. It is a case of Imp$rivm sine fim dM. Nor does A.F. take notice of the fact that the gldka speaks of **Varg8i (ama,"-*a word which means chief of a class and is only applied to three out of the nine iMiedikia positions.

CHAPT15R IV.

9,1

And in this holy nativity, the lord of the ascendant (the Sun) is in tlie Third House. If the Native have a brother, the latter will not be long-lived ^ but many devoted friends will gather round him (the Native) and he will be beneficent, bounteous (or forgiving) and powerful and will enjoy sovereignty, free from calamity, and pros- perity without end.

The lord of the Second House (Mercury) is in the Third and so, he (the Native) will do great things and will bring wondrous works to pass. He will devise laws of dominion and wisdom and be a terror to the evil-minded, and no alarm on this account will touch the hem of his lofty spirit.

The lord of the Third House is in the Second. The Native will assist the helpless and downcast, and deal benignantly with well- disposed kindred. And all those who walk rightly will experience his bounty and benevolence, and will gather fruits from the gardens of his bounties and liberalities. It is certain that if the lord of the Third House be auspicious, the Native will attain groat sovereignty. Now in this holy nativity, the Lesser Fortune* (Venus) is lord

1 See to this effect the Bengali astrological work, Jyotish Parkdih, Part II. 65.

• The text has

(ughar, i.e., the Lesser Fortune or Venus, but ^ttie editors admit that eight out of their nine authorities read aa*d-i-akbar (Jupiter.) They have adopted the reading of a single MS. because Venus and not Jupiter is lord of Libra, i.e., the Third House. I think this reason suffi- cient for the emendation, although A. F.’s language where he speaks of the planet’s signifying a “ great Shildfai and majestic Government ” agrees better with Jupiter and would seem to imply that Jupiter was in his thoughts. However Venus is a mucli more respectable and important divinity with Orientals than she is

in the West. She is called the planet of Islam (Bd<^dhndma 102, 1.2) and she ruled over Arabia — so thereferepco to the Khildfat may not be inappropriate. Aocording to the Dabiatdn (III. 107 trans.) Muham- mad worshipped Venns and for this reason, fixed Friday for the sacred day, “as he would not reveal the meaning to the common people, he kept it secret." This explanation of the choice of Friday for the sacred day is contrary to that commonly received, which is that Friday was the most excellent of days because the last of Creation and that on which man was made. Shih Jahin’s horos- cope was under Libra and also Jahin- glr’s. It is just possible that A. F. may have been thinking of Saturn who is in his exaltation in Libra.

94

AffnARMAMA.

of the Third House. This signifies a great Kkildfat and majestic Government.

The lord of the Fourth Honse is Mars and he id posited in the Fifth. His (Akbar’s) venerable sire will help him from his place ^ in heavenly secret aids and his noble children will be long-lived and will bo great and famous for dominion and fortune*

The lord of the Fifth House (Sagittarius) h Jupiter and he is in the Second. He (the Native) will have ample treasures and great countries will come under his sway. And as Venus ia also in the Second House, he will be acute and discriminating in musical notes, in subtle harmonies and in the secrets of melody.

Saturn,® the lord of the Sixth House (Capricornus) is in the Third ; so some of his (the Native^s) sorvaxfts will put forth evil thoughts and be trodden under foot by his wrath.

Saturn, the lord of the Seventh (Aquarius), is in the Third House ; he (the Native) will perfornt works of majesty and splendour by his own well-directed exertions. And there rises the longing in his heart, “Ohl® that I might have a brother who would rise high in my service I

Jupiter, the lord of the Eighth (Pisces) is in the Second House. He (the Native) will gather abundance of goods and incalculable

I I think ^ umjud’U

0 *

aH^raf-i-Q must mean HumSySn’s existence in heaven and not Akbar’s bitth, else why should the aid be secret or mysterious P Guido Bona- tuB mentions (6*36) that the second part of the Fourth House is that of the death of ancestors. A. F. alludes to the Fifth House because that is the Houso of children.

® According to A. F. (Blochin^nn 51) Akbar knew more about music than trained musicians and was an szeellent performer, especially on the noqqamh, kettledrum.

Saturn is an infortune. The Third Bouse is that of brethren and

the autliOi’ infers from Saturn’s pre- sence in it that Akbar will be great through his own exertions and that his brethren will not help him. Akbar’s half-brother, Muhammad Hakim (bom 961=1553) the ruler of Afghanistan was ungrateful and re- bellious and also a drunkard. See Akbar’s remarks about him, Jarret III. 383. There was another half- brother, Sult&n Ibrshim who died in infancy. (Akharndma I. 832.)

• 1 take to be nof&d, the verbal noun signifying information, etc., and also nsed as a form of adjur- ation and entreaty. It may, however, betiaihtui, “was not.’’

CJIAHEU IV.

treasures by his owu exertions. It may also happen that an iuhori- tanco * will enure to him.

MarSj the lord of the Ninth House (Aries) is in the Fifth, viz., (Sagittarius) the House of Jupiter. This signifies strength of reten- tion. He will have a powerful memory and whatever ho transacts 33 with mortpJs, will be done in a becoming manner. Fitting worship of the Greater is also indicated. And he will excel in good regulations for the prosperity of his subjects and the administration of justice.

He will have fortunate and truthful children and they will be respect- ful and obedient.

Venus the dominant of the Tenth House (Taurus) is in the Second. He (the Native) will be respectful and submissive to his parents and the elders of his family.

Mercuryj the dominant of the Eleventh* House (Gemini) is in the Third. He (the Native) will love tlie attendants and servants of the Court and will protect mankind. His enemies will be turned into nothingness without any trouble or exertion on his part.

The Moon, the lord of the Twelfth House (Cancer) is in the Sixth (Capricornua). He (the Native) will have many blasphemers and opponents but they will be dispersed and scattered by the reverberat- ing sound of his war-drums aud the tumult of his majestic onset, and will descend with loss and frustration into the abode of ahnihilation. And if Jupiter or Saturn be in the Second House, the fortunate Native will be a great monarch and will prevail over his enemies^ And whenever the Moon is in Capricorn, which is the House of Saturn and is in the nuhhahr of Saturn, this is a proof that much of the world will be submissive to the illustrious Native. His territories will be bounded by the ocean* and bis auspicious reign be long. It is also certain that, if in the nativity, Saturn be in exaltation, the noble Native will attain great empire and have long life. Now all these principles and significations are illustrated in this auspicious horoscope.

I The Eighth House is that of inheritance. See jBddiftd^ndma 34 1, 8 from foot.

• This is the House of friends.

According to astrology, the Moon is lord of the ocean. A statement not without its truth.

CHAPTER V.

Description of the horoscope of auspicious characters which was

CAST DT THE ERUDITE OF THE AQB^ ^AzCU-D-DAULAH ^ Am!B

Fathu-l-lIh of SfilRAZ.

In the year in which the pattern of natural philosophers, sifted flour of erudition-amassing doctors, delicate balance of sciences, key of the locks of opinions, raised to lofty dignities, expounder of material truths, assayer* of the jewels of verity, solver of Greek problems, render of the curtain between light and dark- ness, discerner of the stations and motions of earthly and heavenly bodies, soaring phoenix {* anqd), very learned of the Age, *A^u-d- daulah Amir Fatbu-l-lah of 3hlrftz, under the guidance of good fortune, was elevated to the pedestal of the lofty throne and obtained a robe of honour, together with degrees of exaltation and steps of advancement, — the writer of this noble volume one day remarked to him that the horoscopes of the auspicious nativity were discrepant, and expressed the hope that he would examine them according to the true namuddr, and weigh them in the trutine of inquiry. The honoured Mir, having after complete investigation, deduced the horoscope from the Persian rules and the Greek canon, found that the birth was in Leo. As in the opinion of the writer, this is the most reliable horoscope, he gives its figure here, together with some specimens of the prognostications.

^ Arm of ihs Staie. From Shlr&z, Alp Arslan, who reigned in ShurSsIn

he went to the Deccan and joined in the 10th century and was a pat*

Akbar*B Court in 991ssl583. We find ron of astronomers. (See SAdillot).

Akbar consulting him as an astrolo- There is a Camon (Set of Tables)

ger, about the troubles in Gujrit named after him, ‘Atfodl. (See

(Akbamdma III, 431). Perhaps the Jarrett 11. 8 and Blochmann 88n).

title * A^du^d-dauMk was given to or I He arranged the coinage in the

assumed by Fatbu-M&h in allusion to 29th year, 1585 (Blochmann 33). the Buyide prince, * Af du-d-daulah

ERRATA.

Page

2,

note

line 11, for Man§sabat read Munasabat.

))

tt

a

it

„ 4 lines from end read Diwan.

3,

it

2,

Delete the i after Z in Zi kfif and

read birun for barun.

1

tt

it

3,

read ^alam.

ii

7,

it

1,

it

4, read c)/ kaun.

i)

12,

a

it

it

„ 2r§i.

»

ti

a

4,

a

2i for taqt.

}}

13,

it

1,

ti

1, shayistagi.

it

17,

it

it

,, Fundgruben.

it

tt

a

6,

Adam.

it

18,

tt

it

it

5, rumuz.

it

20,

ti

1,

it

4, bazragAh.

it

ti

it

it

tt

5, najar.

NOTE to p. 7.

Dr. Bloch lias kindly pointed out to me that there is an i^afat after harf in the second hemistich of the third verse ou p. 2 of text, and that the metre requires this. My translation therefore appears to be wrong and the true ti’anslation probably is — For this is the case (harf) of the Muslin and the moonlight.”

If this be BO, the preceding line should apparently be translated ‘‘Think not that there is a letter of it (t.e., of God’s Praise) in the (t;e. the writer’s) book."

CHAPTER V.

97

FIGURE III.

32

\ II.

\ Jupiter.

Venus.

Sun. N. Mercury.

\ VIBGO. Saturn. \

LIBRA.

III. Nv

I.

Ascendant.

LEO.

XII.

Dragon’s Tail,

CANCER, y^

X GEMINI.

/^ XI.

SCORPIO.

•Hyleg; antecedent Conjunction ; then

TAURUS.

IV.

Jupiter; then Saturn.

X.

Mars. V.

VII.

IX,

SAGITTARIUS /

\ ARIES.

y

AQUARIUS.

Moon. /

N.

/CAPRICORN.

Nv

/ Dragon’s Head.

PISCES.

/ VI.

VIII. N.

1 At first sight, it appear^ as if the entries itt this diagram were not correct, for Mercury is set down as being in Vir^, whereas the test (33 1.7.) describes him as in 25° 24’ Libra. Similarly the Dragon’s Tail (^tabibazon) is in Leo, and not in Cancer ; and the Sun (Text 33 1.9. fr. foot) in Scorpio and not in Libra.

But it should be remembered that the Houses or compartments of the figure are mundane Houses (Houses of the horoscope) ana so, overlap tho Signs. All that .is meant by putting the name of a Sign into one of the Compartments is that the cusp or boundary of the House is in that Si^. The First House for example does not begin till nearly the last degree (vts., 28°) of Leo. Apparently the entries in the figure misled Kavi R&j Shyimal D&s, for he speaks of some of the horoscopes as marking the Sun in Libra and others in Scorpio. But three out of the four put the Sun in Scorpio and probably the fourth (Jotik Bai’s) does so, although details are not given. It 18 indeed stated in this that the Sun, Saturn and Mercury are all in one Sign, and we are told that the latter two are in Libra but perhaps all that is meant is, that thjs three are in the same House, the Third.

I Haildj avowai Apparently this means that the first

by leg is the degree or place where the conjunction of the Sun and Moon took

98

AKRARKAUA.

The cuspi of the glorious Ascendant in this holy horoscope which is a masterpiece of the revolutions of the stars and planets^ is 28’ 86’ Leo. The angles* are in Fixed Signs and ns the cusp of the fori/onate-starred Ascendant is in the Sun’s House^ no planet is its dominant. It is the term of Mars, and Jupiter is lord of the tripli- city,* in companionship with the Sun and with Saturn in attendance.

place before the birth. Perhaps hjleg is here to be taken to mean duration of life. Tlie Lucknow ed. and MS. 564 contain more details in this compartment and also in the other squares of the figure.

They write “ Hyleg ; first, the ** degree of anterior conjunction ;

then the Part of Fortune ; then ** the degree of the Ascendant’s with reference to the “hyleg, Saturn is first, then Jupiter; “ aud with reference to the Part of “Fortune, Mercury, then Jupiter, “ then Saturn : and with reference “to the degree of the Ascendant, “first the Sun, then Mars, then “ Saturn." In fact they insert hero the words of the beginning of p. 38 of the text. Perhaps A. F. or Fathud>Uh was referring to the namuddr of Zoroaster. (See Prole- gomenok text 146 and trans. 204). The central entry in the diagram of our text appears inconsistent with the description at page 38 where Saturn is placed .before Jppi* ter as regards t^e hyleg.

The horoscope diagrams in the Lucknow ed. and in some of the MSS. contain many abbreviations. The Lucknow ed. explains some of them, but the best account of the subject that I have seen is the tract entitled “ Anonymue Perea de Siglie Ardbum et Perearum aeironomicie** which was found at Constantinople

by J . Greaves (Orarius) the Oxford Professor and pi?bHshed in 1648, at the end of his Persian Grammar. The tract might well be republished for it is rare. Dr. Weber was unable to meet with it.

^ taarlfas. This ordinarily means centre. Mardknz-i-mui^qqaq, true centres, is the name given to a method used by Albirunl for deter- mining the limits of the twelve Houses. (See Ulugh Beg’s Prolego- mena 142, S^dillot 198.) But here the word means, I think, cusp, the boundary of a House. (See Diet, of T.Ts. 1. 111. 1.4.) Markas is derived, from rolrs and, according to Lane means “ a place where a spear or other thing is stuck in the ground upright.” Apparently the word cusp which comes from cuspie, the point of a spear, is a translation of the Arabic term. There is no Greek astrological term corresponding to it, so far as I know.

• Qd*imu-l-autdd itiifdq uftdda. The meaning is, apparently, that the four angles or carilinal points of the horoscope (vie,, the First, Fourth, Seventh and Tenth Houses) are Fixed Signs, oil., Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius and Taurus.

• Apparently Jupiter and not the Sun, is lord of the triplicity (it is the fiery one) because the birth took place at night.

CHAPTEU V.

99

There are the face and darljdn * of Mars, the nuhhahr of J upiter, adar^ {an and hafthahr^ of Mars, twelfth of the Moon and detriment^ of Saturn. The degree is masculine and lucid, free from misfortune. The Sun is dominant over the Ascendant with intent towards an nJlianoe with Saturn. Venus is in 26’* 28’ 37’^ Virgo. Admittedly tile Part* of children is 24® 23 (Virgo ) ; that of wealth, 25’* 7’ ; that of father^s death 24® 23’; that of brethren 8® 47’ ; and that of the number of brethren 14® 12’ Virgo.

The cusp of the Second House is 28® 43’ Virgo ; it is the House and exaltation of Mercury, and term, of Saturn. The Moon is master of the tripUcity in companionship with Venus and the doryphory^ of Mars. There are the face and nuhhahr oi Mercury, darljdn of Venus, ddarjdn of the Moon, twelfth of the Sun, hafthahr and fall of Venus and detriment of Jupiter. The Moon is dominant over the House. The degree is maspuline, void of darkness or liglit, of good or bad fortune. Jupiter is posited in 15® 13’ 37" and Mercury in 25® 24’ Libra. The Part of hope is 12® 53’; that of victory and conquest is 1® 17’ Libra. The place of anterior conjunction is 24° 50’ Libra.

The cusp of the Third* House is 28® 1’ Libra. It is the House of Venus, exaltation of Saturn, term of Mars, and Mercury is lord of the (aerial) triplicity in companionship with Saturn and attended by Jupiter. There are the face of Jupiter, the darljdn, nuhhahr,

• ^ This is the third darljdn or drek^ kdna (docanate) of Leo. A Table in the Bengali astrological work rard^ Mihira (38) gives a list of all the drekkdna.

• This is the Sanscrit $a,ptdih^. It is described in Bengali books on Astrology and is, apparently, an arrangement of the hours of the week. It is thus a form of the ahargana.

JlO wahdJ. When a planet is in a Sign opposite to his House, he is said to be in his detriment. Thus Leo is the detriment of Saturn, because it is opposite to (six Houses, 180®, away from) his House, Aquarius. That tvaldl corresponds to detriment

appears, among other things, from the fact that the letter Idm denotes the opposite aspect in astrolog}’. This is because the Arabs use the last letter of a word as its abbreviation instead of its first as with us.

• sahm, pi. sahdm,

properly means an arrow, sc, a divin- ing-arrow, and hence, a lot or part. European astrologers portion out the Signs of the Zodiac into Parts. Haly and Guido Bonatus have much to say about the various partes and especially about the Pars Fortunae, (See Diet, of T.Ts. 698, s. v, Saham.)

*I borrow this word from Ash- mand. It/ seems to correspond to y^idmat

100

AKBAftRlUil

twelfth and hafthahr of Mercury, ddarjdn and fall of the San> and detriment of Mars. Saturn is paramount over this House. The degree is feminine, lucid, and void of good or bad fortune. Saturn is in 10® 40’ 33" Scorpio. The Part of Fate is 17® 50’ Scorpio. The Part of good Fortune, according to Ptolemy ^ and Muhyi^u-d-dm Maghrib!,* is 18® 0’ Scorpio. The Part of true friends and of welfare* (?) and that of servants are admittedly 23® 12.’ The Part of ailments is admittedly 17® 21 . The Sun is 0® 45’ 57" Scorpio.

The cusp of the Fourth House is 27® 21’ Scorpio. This is a cardinal point (angle) and is the House of Mars, term of Saturn, face, twelfth and detriment of Venus. The Lord of the triplicity is Mars in companionship with Venus and attended by the Moon, and there are the darljdnot Mercury and the nuhhahr and hafthahr of J upiter. Mars is paramonnt over this House. The degree is mascu- line, fixed (qayyima) and void of good or bad fortune. The Part of land journeys is 12® 28’ Sagittarius. The Part of law-suits is 28® 32 Scorpio.

The cusp of the Fifth House is 27® 11’ Sagittarius. It is the House and nnhbahrof Jupiter and the exaltation of the Dragon’s Tail (Katabibazon), the term of Mars and face of Saturn ; the lord of the triplicity is Jupiter in companionship with the Sun and with Saturn in attendance. There are the Sun’s darljdn, the ddarjdn of Venus, the twelfth of Mars, the nuhhahr of Jupiter and hafthahr of Saturn, the fall of the Dragon’s Head (Anabibazon) and the detriment of Mercuij. Jupiter is paramount over the House with an inclination for the alliance of Saturn. This degree is masculine, fixed and void of good or bad fortune. The Part of sovereignty and territory is 28® 3^ Sagittarius. Cygnus and Aquila are in 25® Capricorn and Mars is in 10® 48’ 23", The Moon is in 19® 48" 14’ Capricorn.

The cusp of the Sixth House is 26® 46’ Capricorn. It is the House of Saturn, exaltation and term of Mars and face of the Sun. The Moon is master of the triplicity in companionship with Venus

_

1 It is Btated, l*ter on, that mort Wed in Per.ia and aMistod Nwlru-d.

authoritiea put it in the 10th Houae. din XBal. He belongs to the Utter

» (See Jarret IIL aOn.) Though o* the 13th century,

originally from the West and hence » The Text u doubtful here,

called Maghrihi, he eventually set-

CHAKrER V.

101

and attended by Mars* There are the darijdn and nuhhahr of Mer- cury, ddarjan and twelfth and fall of Jupiter, the haflbahr and detri- ment of the Moon. Mars is paramount over this House in coinpanion- ship with Saturn and the Moon. The degree is masculine, lucid and unfortunate. The Dragon’s Head is 27® 29’ 13" Aquarius. The Part of war I and of captives is 24® 44* Capricorn. The Part of th® deaths of brethren is 2® 1’ Aquarius.

The cusp of the Seventh House is 28® 86’ Aquarius, It is the House and twelfth and term of Saturn. The lord of the triplioity is Mercury in companionship with Saturn and attended by Jupiter. There are the face of the Moon, the duTijiiu of Venus, ddavjdu and nuhhahr of Mercury, haftbahr of Jupiter and detriment of the Sun. Saturn is paramount over this House in companionship with Mercury and with inebnation to the companionship of Jupiter. The degree is masculine, dark and void of good or bad fortune. The Part of friendship, constancy, firraneas and love is 20® 8’ Pisce^i.

Tho cusp of the Eighth House is 28® 43’ Pisces. It is the House and nuhhahr of Jupiter, exaltation of Venus, term,* face, darijdn and ddarjan of Mara who is lord of the triplioity in companionship with Venus and the doryphory of the Moon. It is the term, haftbahr and twelfth of Saturn and the fall of Mercury. Venus is paramount over this House in companionship with Mars and witli inclination to alliance with the Moon. The degree is masculine, fixed, and void of good or evil fortune. The Part of excellence is 20®^ 8’ Aries and the PaH of valour. 2® 53’ of the same.

» 1^1 aljaUh, The Lucknow ed. reads tri- hah$, * prison.’ So does MS. No. 564, and this is, per- haps, the correct reading, it being coupled with prisoners (oZasdrd). However, prisoners in the sense of captives or prisoners of war, may he meant and the reading in the text he right.

• There appears to he a mistake in the texti for this same degree is said to be both tho term of Mars and the

term of Saturn. This coincidence is, I believe, impossible. Probably the second statement is wrong for, according to Bengali books on astro- logy, 28® Pisces falls within the term of Mars. OThe confusion may perhaps be due to A.F.’s use of two classifications of Unh$. Accord- ing to the old classification, quoted by Cardan, the last two degrees of Pisces belong to the term of Saturn.

102

AK9ARNiMA.

The cusp of the Ninth House is 28"" V Aries. It is the House of MarSj the exi^tation^ of the Suu^ the term,* full* and of

Saturu; and face and detriiaent of Venus. The lord of the tripli- city is Jupiter, in companianship with the Sun, and the doryphory of Saturn. It is the dwrijdn, nuhhahr, twelfth and haflhahr of Jupiter. Mars is paramount over this House in companionship with Jupiter and with inclination towards alliance with Saturn. The degree is masculine, light and belonging to the deep or pitted* degrees. The Part of male children is admittedly 23’’ 49 ‘i’anrus. The Part of sea-voyages is 2" 86^ The Part of messengers* is 5° Taurus.

The ousp of the Tenth House is 27" 21’ Taurus.. It is the House and ddarjdn of Venus, the exaltatign of the Moon who is master

i Aries is the exaltation of the .Sun, but it does not occur in this Ninth House which begins at 28^ Aries. The Sun’s exaltation is Id’’ Aries (according to Bengali books, it is 19°) and his fall is 19° Libra.

• The last five de^ees of Aries are the term of Saturn, according^ to one classification and according to another, they are the term of Venus,

• There is some doubt what planet these designations are to be assigned to, but it is certain that Aries is the fall of Saturn as being opposite to Libra — ^his House of exaltation — and that, for a similar reason, it is the detriment of Venus, as being oppo- site to her Mansv’n, vis., Libra.

• The text has ahdr. MS. 564 reads dbdr and explains it as the plural of 5iV, * a well.* Either reading is right ; Lane (145) gives both forms and jbf as plural of A See Mafdaku-Wulvm, 227, 1.4^ (Of. the Hebrew Beersheha, i.e., the well of the oath.^ It is difficult to see* the connection of wells with degrees, but Wilson (Astrological

Diet.) says that certain degrees are called deep or pitted because they subject the Native to deep marks of small-pox or scars, or, according to others, cause an impediment in speech, troubles and disputes in which be is sunk as in a deep pit. Lilly (Christian Astrology 116, 2nd. ed. 1659), gives a table of the various degrees, vis., masculine and feminine, light, dark, smoky, void, deep or pitted, lame or deficient and says (118) that deep or pitted degrees ** show the man at a stand in the ** question he asks, not knowing “which way to turn himself and that " he had need of help to bring him “into a better condition for as a “man cast in a ditch cannot easily " get out without help so no more " can this querent in the case he is ** without assistance.’* In the A$tro^ namia (Quido Bonatus, 59) there is a table of* kinds of degreer; pitted degrees are there called gradu§ putedle$.

• iddm, * messengers’ and* mes- sages.’ G. Bonatus mentidns (646)

CHAPTER ▼.

103

of the triplicity in companionship with Venus, and with attendance of Mars, the darljdn of Saturn, the nuhhdhr and hafthahr of Mercury; the twelfth term and detriment of Mars. Y^nus is paramount over this House in complete companionship with the Moon and in com- panionship with Mars. The degree is masculine, lucid and void of good or bad fortune. The Part of good fortune is admitted by all with the exception of Ptolemy and Muhyl’u-d*dm Maghrib! to be 9® 22’ Gemini. The Part of reason and of speech is 9® 51’ Gemini. The Part of disease is 25® 27’ Gemini. The Part^ of male offspring is admittedly 29® 40’ Taurus. The Part of abstinence (temperance) is 4® Gemini. The Part of possessions is 19® 36’. The Part of enemies is admittedly 25® 27’ Gemini.

The cusp of the Eleventh House is 27® 11’ Gemini. It is the House Tiud nuhhahr of Mercury and he is lord of the triplicity in companionship with Saturn and with attendance of Jupiter. It is the exaltation of the Dragon’s Head (Anabibazon) and the term and darljdn of Saturn, the face of the Sun, ddarjdn of Jupiter, twelfth and hafthahr of Venus. This degree is feminine and fixed, and void of good and evil fortune. The Part of the conclusions of actions and the Pa< t of marriage are 14® Cancer. Mercury is paramount over this House in companionship with Saturn.

The cusp of the Twelhh House is 26® 46’ Cancert It is the House and face of the Moon and the exaltation,* nuhhahr and the darljdn of Jupiter. It is the term attd detriment of Satulrn. Mars is lord of triplicity in companionship with Venus and with the Moon in attendance. It is the ddarjdn, dodecatemarion, hafthahr and fall of Mars. The Moon is paramount over this Bouse with Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Saturn. The degree is feminine, lucid and void of good or evil fortune. The Dragon’s Tail is in 27® 29’ 13” Leo. The Part of knowledge and clemency {aWilm wa^UHlm) of superiority and victory is 18® 22’. The Part of offspring is admittedly 2® 49’ The Part of fear and pain is 22® 15’. ‘The Part of life is 2® 49’ The Part of the father is 18® 22’ Leo.

that the Seventh Part of the Ninth House is that of JBumorss.

1 There is, apparently, some mis* take here for just above, in the account of the Ninth House, we are

told that the Part of male children is 28*’ 49’ Taurus.

• Cancer is Jupiter’s House of exaltation.

104

AKBARKAlfA.

The hylegi in this horoscope is; — firstly, the point* of anterior conjunction; secondly, the Part of Fortune; and thirdly, the Ascend- ant. As regards the hy leg, the is Satui*n and then Jupi-

• Apparently there may be more than one hyleg or prorogator of life in a figure, and the meaning of the text seems to be that the first or chief hyleg is the point of anterior con- junction; that the Part of Fortune is the second hyleg ; and that the Ascendant, lit., the degree of the Ascendant, is the third.

The meaning, however, may be that the byleg is the first or most important thing in the horoscope. This agrees with the remark in the Te*rahiblo$ (Ashmand, 129.) **The ** Li 4 uiry into the duration of life " takes precedence of all other « questions as to the events subse- ^quent to birth.” Obviously uritil it is known whether the Native will grow up to maturity, it is useless to inquire what his career will be in other respects.

• jwu-i-ijtimd, “point

of conjunction.” See the term ex- plained in Diet, of T. Ts. 187 1.4^

where thephrase is written^UI^Kl ind where there is a quotation fromMnlU Abdu-l-l&h BarjandTs Commentary on the Tables of Ulugh Beg. One of the hylegs in nse was the last conjunction of the Sun and Moon (spsp^y) before the birth, and another was the last antecedent op- position of the Sun and Moon« The full phrase in astrological books, as I find from a MS. in the B.AS.’s Library called the Jawami akkdmt^ n-na/fiffiwas V

miuqaddam (or wilSdai, ^the point to oohjonotion for opposition an*

tecedent to the birth.’ The point of conjunction was presumably, the hyleg in Akbar’s case, because his birth took place on the 4th day of the month and consequently shortly after a conjunction, for the Muham- madan months are lunar and begin with the new Moon, t.e., conjunction. The phrase awwal juzu’uijtimd* also occurs in the diagram (Figure III.) (36 1.9. fr. foot and 37 1.3.). S^diUot (202) translates the phrase juzH-u %jiimd\ (which occurs in Ulugh Beg’s Prolegomena text 147 1.1.) by le degrS de la eonjoneiion, and the word mutaqaddam for which fnuqaddam is a variant, by antlrieure d la nati» viti*

The point of anterior conjunction, we are told, is posited in the Second House of the horoscope, being 24^ W Libra and, as both Jupiter and Venus are in this House, it is pos- sible that the conjunction referred to is that of Jupiter and Venus, i.e., the two Fortunes, and not the con- junction of the Sun and Moon. According to the second or Indian horoscope, Jupiter and Venus were in conjunction in the Second House, (text 28 1.6.)

• The meaning seems to be that as regards the duration of life, Satnm is the hadl^uda lord of genitnre, as he is the planet with the largest orbit and* his cycle is that of long- evity, being a return to the Golden Age when men lived for centuries ; (See Badlonl^ Lowe 886.) but that as regards fortune and sovereignty, Jupiter is firsts and as regards the Ascendant, the Bun is prsiftinent.

CBAFTIK T.

106

tor; as regards! the Part of Fortune, Jupiter comes first, then Saturn; as regards the Ascendant, the Sun comes first, then Mars.

OB fnhmarr, Afatnarr has but appai*ent1y not here, the technical meaning of tranait.

14

106

AKBlRHlMA.

CHAPTER VI.

Explanation op the judgments contained in this wondroos HOBOSCOPB which IS A BRACHIAL AMULET OF THE STABS AND HEAVENS^ AND THE CBOWN-TALISHAN OF GENERATIONS AND CYCLES.

As the foundation of the holy horoscope has been firmly laid^ it is indispensable that an explanation of a few out of its many wonderful judgments should be given.

Judgments of the First House (ahlcdm).

As the cusp of the Ascendant is Leo which is the Sun^s House, this signifies lofty genius and excellence, and that the holy frame ^ will be strofig and athletic^ with a large head, broad forehead, wide chest, strength and length, courage, majesty, gravity, beauty of feature and powerful brain. As most of the degrees of the Ascend- ant (First House) belong to the Sign of Virgo, which is the House and exaltation of Mercury who is in the House of Venus (Libra) or Second House of the horoscope, and is near* Jupiter and in his own term and triplicity, it is fitting that the Native should fall back upon his own exquisite intellect in all affairs of finance and state, and should accomplish his momentous enterprises by his own excel- lent plans. As the Sun is regent of the noble Ascendant in alliance with Saturn, the Native will have complete sovereignty over all the countries of India and over part of the fourth^ climate. And as,

1 See Jahingfr’s Memoim, Price 45. JahSngir states that his father was tall, and remarkable for the length of his arms and the breadth of his chest.

% muttasil. This word, which occurs again a few lines lower down, appears to have a technical meaning, signifying that the planet is within

the power of the rays of another planet. See Diet, of T.Ts. 1508. s.o. ittisdl.

*The Sun is supposed to have special sway over the fourth climate to which Kashmir, K&bul and Badahh- Bh&n belong. Saturn rules the first climate and India. India belongs mostly to the second and third cli-

CRAPTBR ri.

107

with reference to position,^ the Son comes after Satam^ the empire of HindQsUn will precede that of the fourth climate. And as the lord of the second cnap^ vu.. Mercury, is near the lord of the Ajscend* ant (the Sun), this is a proof that prosperity and principality (mdl u mulk) will be easily acquired. As the Ascendant, the Part of Fortune and the place of prior conjunction of the Sun and Moon belong to Signs possessing many planets,* there is strong evidence of length of life and duration of sovereignty.

JuDOlfENTS OV THB SsCOND HoCSB.

As the cusp of the Second House belongs to Virgo, which is the House of Mercury who is near the San, and moat of it belongs to Libra, the House of Venus, and as Venus is in the Ascendant* which is the House and exaltation of Mercury, — this signifies that wealth and territory will be acquired by means of excellent con- trivanceii and perfect reason, and that the Native will obtain the office of king. And Jnpiter’s being in this House in his own term, and Mercury^s being near him, are a strong proof of this and

mates, though A. F. says it is an aggregate of the first four climates. Jarrett III. 4i.

The first four climates extend from lat 12^42’ to In India

A. F. includes Ceylon, the Moluc- cas, Malacca, etc. (Jarrett III. 7.) Bibar says India belongs to the 1st, 2nd and Srd climates. (Erskine 812.) A.F. has no Indian places in his list of the countries of the fourth climate (Jarrett III. 76) though he makes it begin at 33°43’ K. The first climate must be held to begin much further south than 12? N. if Ceylon, etc., are to be included.

i Apparently the meaning is that, as in this horoscope the position of the Sun is posterior to that of Saturn (the latter being in Libra and the former in Scorpio), the empire of India will be acquired before that of the fourth climate. It may, however,

refer to the circumstance that ac- cording to the arrangement of heavens, Saturn has the first heaven and the Sun the fourth.

I The translation is doubtful ; the literal rendering seems to be, Signs having many risings** (of stars and planets?). rhe Ascendant is Leo; the Part of Fortune is in the Tenth House, viz : in 9° 22’ Gemini and the degree of prior conjunction is in Libra. As according to Ptolemy and Muhyl’u-d-din Maghribi, the Part of Fortune is 18° 9’ Scorpio and BO is in the Third House, A.F.*8 meaning may possibly be that the three things referred to all occur in the early Houses of the horoscope.

» Venus is in 26° 23’ 37” Virgo but as this part of Virgo falls into the First House of the horoscope, Venus, is said to be in the Ascendant.

108

AKBARKAlfA.

also that the Ymers will manage affairs by the abounding reason of the Native and not by their own plans. On the contrary^ their ideas will not endure in the presence of the designs of the Lord of the Age. And as the lord of the Second House (Mercury is in the Ascendant, he (the Native) will collect countless treasures ; and as Jupiter is in this House,‘he will spend his wealth in ways pleasing to Ood, and will walk in God^s paths and his property will increase daily.

And the fact of Jupiter^s being in his own term, is a proof of long life, BO that he will have honoured grandchildren and these fortunate ones will grow up under his discipline.

As Saturn is in the Second House and in exaltation, harm will never come to his (the Native^s) treasures. The hyleg which is the degree of first conjunction {qu, conjunction prior to the nativity ?) is in this House and is a strong proof of the above statement. The kadhbudd (lord of the geniture) which is Saturn and is in exaltation, and his companion Jupiter having come into this House, give to the holy life the influences of two Jcadlibudd{8). Mars is the third {kadhbudd) so that the Native will exceed the natural period of life, vizf 120 years. The Moon’s being paramount over this House is another corroboration of the well-groundedness of this blessing.

1 Perhaps Saturn is meant ; Libra hoped that Akbar would outlive 120

is his House of exaltation. If so, years and that he himself might

the word tali* must be taken not to have the honour of recording tlie

mean cucendmt but khe whole of the events of that period. (Jarrett III.

horoscope. It may also be the Moon, 416.) Ki^warJ^udd, * world’s lord,’

as she is described as being para- (Jarrett II, 258, 1.3) seems to mean

mount over the Second House. Akbar himself and not his dynasty.

• 120 years was considered by as- Vardha Mikvra says (BrktU Jdtaka

trologers and doctors the natural I. ver. 63) that 120 years and 5 day s

period of a man’s life. See Ibn ig the maximum of the life of men

Khaldun’s Prolegomena, {Noticee et and elephants. BadAonI tells us

Extraiti.) XIX, 347. " Selon les (Lowe 335) that the Jbpis promised

nddicins et les astrologies, la vie Akbar he would live three or four

naturelle de Thomme est de cent times as long as ordinary men. No

vingt ans, de I’espAce que ceux-ci doubt they referred to the three

nomment grandes annAes humaines.” kadi^udd{$) spoken of by A P. (See

Similarly A P . says, (Bloohmann 121) also Alblr Uni on the length of human

** The elephant, like man, lives to an Ufa, Chronicle of Ancient Nations,

age of one hundred and twenty 90.) The three hadj^ndd{§) mig^bt

years." A F. seepis actually to have give a total of nearly a thousaa^

CHAPTBR ri.

109

Judgments of the Third House.

As the lord of the Ascendant (the San) is in the Third Honse^ this signifies perfect mildness, sedateness, constancy and reverence and the succouring of kinsmen. But this tribe, out of short- sightedness, will not be single-minded. However as that centre (marhaz) where the lord of the Ascendant (Scorpio) is, is the House of Mars and also his triplicity, term, decanate, ddarjdn and darijdn, and as he himself is in the Fifth House which is his House of exaltation^ and his gaudiiim (farai) and is the tripliciiy and face of Jupiter, and the ddarjdn of the ilord of the Ascendant, — the improper thoughts of this faction will become a cause of increased glory and enhanced dominion to the Native. And as the beginnings of the Third House which have to do with brethren, are a station* of the Sun^s majesty, this signifies that brethren will be of no account alongside the glory of the holy being (Akbar) and that they will quaff the cup of anguish to the dregs. The middle and last portions of the Third House, which signify allies and helpers* are, according to Ptolemy, the Fart of Fortune and they are also the face of the Sun and he is co-partner with the hadkhudd (Saturn). This signifies that friends and loyalists will be on the carpet of union (lit : one colour) and devotion, and be steadfast in respect, and will be advanced by the Native to prosperity and wealth. And as this place of the Third House has connection with Mars who is in his exaltation, and that House is the gaudium and House of Saturn who

years, according to BadaonI, one of the periods mentioned by the JogXi, for it appears from the Lihellus UagogieuB of Alchabitins, that the maximum of Saturn’s years, (Frida- ria) is 465, of Jupiter’s 264, and of Mars*, the same; 4654-264 +204= 993. 120 was the maximum of the Fridaria bestowed by the Sun. As a matter of fact, Akbar did not reach even the Scriptural three-score and ten,— dying oii 13th October, 1605, (Elphinstone), in his climacteric (63 years,) just before the anniversary of his birth 15th October, 1542.

• Vie^ that of Capricomus into

which the Fifth House of the figure extends.

• Maurid-i-$atwat-i-naiyir-i-azam, The Third House begins at 28^ l’ Libra, but the allusion is probably to the Sun’s being in the first degree, .0® 45’ 57" Scorpio ; for the entry of a planet into a new Sign is a time pf special power and auspiciousness. See Akbamdma I, 55, 1.2 fr. foot, in the account of Enoch.

• The Text and all authorities read

ijS^wdn, * brothers,’ but the editors propose to read a‘wdn, ‘al- lies or helpers,’ and no doubt this is the true reading. See Akbamdma

no

akbaenIma.

is a foremosfc kadlAudd and who is also in his exaltation^ — friends will always be in honour and gloiy. And as Saturn who is a kad^ Ukiudd and is in exaltation^ is paramount in the House, this is a conrincing proof of these things. And the lord (Mars) of the Third House being in the Fifth, is a proof of the establishment of noble children, and also signifies that there will be travelling and short ^ excursions* which will be provocative of joy.

One of the wonderful things is that the part of the other world, according to all, and the Part of Fortune, according to Ptolemy and Mohyi’u-d-din Majj^ribl, are in one* place ; to wit, 18® Scorpio in the Third House. This rarely occurs in horoscopes, and forcibly indicates that good fortune upon good fortune will come in succession from the other world, and is also strong evidence for information about hidden matters, so that the enlightened mind of the Native will be a rendezvous of mysteries.

Judgments of the Fourth House.

As Mars is lord of the cusp (markcu) of this House, and he is in his exaltation,^ face, and his own trigon (musalla^a) and is dominant

26 11.3 and 17 and ‘Abdu*-l-b*^mld*8 Bad§iahnama 25 and.27.

• Abdu-l-hamld of LShor is said to have been a pupil of Abu-1-faFl (See Bieu’s Catalogue I. 260, quoting l^ilih)* and .certainly has done his best to imitate A. F.’s turgidities. He himself tells us that he was chosen by ShSh Jahftn to be his Court historian on account of his being a proficient in the style of Abu-l- fa^l. It goes without saying that writing under 8h&h Jah&n, he is a much* straiter MusulmAn than his master. Tbe lengthy account of 8l|ih Jahin’s horoscope which he gives, was drawn up by MullI ‘Al&*n-l-mulk of Tun in Shurisin who afterwards got the titie of Fif il Sh^n. {Bctddfifinama 13). Appa- rently the conjunction of planets which led to Qhih JahBn’s receiving the title of Second Lord of conjunc-

tion (the first being Tlmtlr) took place m 991 (1585), nine years before Shih Jahin’s birth. Great im- portance was attached to Sh^b Jah&n’s having been born in the thousandth year of the Hijra; He was born under Libra the sign under which the Pro- phet was bom.

1 Naql means also ‘zest to wine,’ etc.

t See Shih Jahan’s horoscope for a similar expression. Bddsltdhndma 20 1.5.

• This does not seem quite accur- ate. In the previous account of the Houses, we are told that the Fart of the other world is ir’ fiO’ Scorpio and that of Fortune, according to Ptolemy and ICuhyi’u-d-dIn is 18° 9^ Scorpio.

4 We are told above that Mars is posited in 10° 48^ 23’’ .Capricorn which is his House of exaltation. The Fourth House beg^ at 27° 21’ Scorpio which is Mars* mansion*

CHAPTER 71.

Ill

over this House and it is the term of Jupiter, what is signified is that in the begiuning of his (the Native^s) career territory will come into possession through the exertions of military offioers. And as this House is a Fixed Sign, and its lord (Mars) is in exaltation and has a beneficent^ aspect, territory will continually be coming into the pos- session of the King’s^ servants and whatever so comes will remain there permanently.

As the 8th and 4th ^ of the degrees which belong to the begin- ning of Scorpio are Gemini {Jauza*) whose lord (Mercury) is occulted by the Sun^s rays, this signifies that when the Native shall arrive at years of discretion, the might of his intellect will become displayed,

i Apparently the meaning is that Mars is in the Fifth House, in Cap- ricorn, and so has the beneficent trine aspect to the First Houso, that is, the House of the Native’s life.

^ Auliyd^i-daulat This seems an honorific circumlocution for the king himself, but may mean that Akbar was then a minor, and that conquests were made by his regent, Bair&m Eb&n.

• This is a difficult passage, and I am uncertain of the meaning. Perhaps the text is corrupt, but all the MSS. 1 have examined give the same reading with the apparently unimportant difference that some omit the conjunction u between ha^tum and ccJtarum, The diffi- culty lies in understanding how the constellation Gemini comes in here. Jatisd* means Orion as well as Gemini, but the latter seems intended here, for A.F., goes on to speak of its lord being occulted by the Sun’ and this can only refer to Mercury who is the lord of Gemini. It is possible that the meaning is that Gemini is the Eighth and Fourth House from the beginning of Scorpio,

i.e., is Eight Houses apart on one side of the Third Houso, to which the first degrees of Scorpio belong, and Four Houses apart on the other. It is also possible that A.F. has con- founded Jousd’, Orion, with Jauzd\ Gemini. But 1 rather think that by Jau€d* may be meant the “lesser Twins,’’ vis., the stars /3 and S Seorpionis, See Sayep’s “Higher Criticism and the Monuments," p. fi9n. where Professor Hommel is quoted as stating that there are three sets of Twins, ets.. Castor and Pollux in Gemini, the lesser Twins in Scorpio and the lesser Twins in Aries. Mercury is in 25^ 24’ Libra of the horoscope, and so is occulted or immersed in the rays of the Son which is posited in the first degp^ees of Scorpio. But I do not see why the first degrees of Scorpio are re- ferred to by A.F., in his description of the Fourth House, for that begins near the end of Scorpio. Perhaps avnoal is a mistake for The

Fourfh House is that of the father and so may deal with his death. It is also that of lords and states.

112

AEBATtNlMA.

and tliat his honoured > father wiU at this time, have his face turned towards the hidden and inner world and will depart to the eternal city. As most of this House belongs to Sagittarius and the lord of the term (Jupiter) is in the Second House of the horoscope, the Native will be aflectionate and grateful to his father and will receive an appanage* from his dominions.

Judgments op the Fifth House.

As the lord of most of the Third House which is connected with lovers and sincere friends and helpers, to wit, Mars, is in the Fifth and in exaltation, this signifies the glorious condition of the sons of the Native and their sincerity and affection. And as Saturn is paramount over this House, is in^ exaltation and in his own tripli- city and is a kadhhuda, — and as Jupiter is in his face and triplicity and is associated with the JcadM^udd (Saturn) and is lord of the cusp of this House, — this signifies that the sons of the Native will be for- tunate and be defenders of the State and that they will not reifiove the head of respect from the plane of well-pleasing. Aquila, who is of the constitution of Mars, and Jupiter and Cygnus, who is of the constitution of Jupiter and Venus, are in this House and forcibly indicate an abundant catch {^aid) of pleasure and auspi- ciousness.

JunaMBNTS OV THK SiXTH HoUSB.

As the master (Saturn) of this House (Capricorn) is in his exal- tation, and the Dragon^s Head is in this House, they signify the lasting sovereignty of the Native and the acquisition of aWndaut

i HumSySn was killed by an acci- dent when Akbar was little over thirteen. I suppose the meaning is that when Akbar was bom his in- tellect, represented by Mercury, was subject to his father, but that when he came to the age of puberty, it emerged.

i This refers to the fact that Jalil- abid was assigned by HumSyOn for Akbar*smaintSlianee. Seequotation from the Mirdi Jftabndma of Qh^h

Nawiz Kh&ii lu Kani LSI DSs’ paper J. A. S. B. for 1886, p. 83. See also, what is more to the point, AJchar- ndma I, 315, where we are told that the servants and properties of his deceased uncle Hindil, including Ghazni. were made over to Akbar when he was ten years old. JalSlibSd nsed to be called JSl ShShI and was named after Akbar (JalSlif-d-din). See Akhamaina I. 200 L8 from foot.

OHAPTIR VI.

113

irealth and property^ and permanence of elemental healthy and eqaa- bilify of disposition. Should a little sickness affect the hem of his holy^ constitution^ it will speedily terminate in perfect health. And as Mars is paramount over this House^ in co-partnership with Saturn^ and both are in exaltation^ there will be numerous auspicious servants^ and attendants.

Judgments of the Ssvbhth House.

As the lord of the cusp of the Seventh* House is Saturn* and he is in exaltation^ the Native will iri his first youth, marry* chaste veiled ones from the ruling families of India. And as Saturn is in the Second House,* this may indicate that those chaste, curtained and holy ones will belong to his tributary and wealth-increasing princes. And as the Part of friendship and love is this House, this signifies increasing relish of friendship and love, especially as the Part of affection is in Pisces which is tha House of Jupiter and the exaltation of Yenns.

Judgments of the Eighth House.

As the cusp of this House belongs to Pisces and its lord, Jupiter, is in the Second, in his own term and triplioity and the Part* of excellence is in this House, and as Venus is paramount over this House in co-partnership with Mars who is in exaltation, — this signi- fies the absence of fear^ and danger, and the being rendered safe by the protection and defence of God.

Judgments of the Ninth House.

As the cusp of this House is in the Sign of Aries and its lord. Mars, is in his exaltation and gaudium (faraK) and is dominant over

i The Sixth House is that of ser- vants.

*The Seventh is the House of marriage.

• Saturn rules India.

• In 969 (1562) i.s., when Akbar was in his twentieth year, he married BihSrT MaVs daughter. We do not hear of any other marriages in early youth with Indian ladies, but Badftonl (Lowe 211) tells us that Akbar said he had on coming of

15

age, married many wives, both free- born and slaves, and had hot res- tricted himself to the legal number of four.

*The Second is the House of wealth.

• Perhaps this is the pars nohilitaiU of Guido Bonatus and which appears to be 19^ Aries is., the Sun’s exalt- tion.

1 The Eighth House is a House of misfortunes, death, etc.

U4

AKB4RNAMA

this Housd^ the Native will reap benefit from travel,^ and the jonmies which take place^ will be accompanied by acquisition of territory.

JuOQMINTS OF THS TbNTH HoUSX.

As the cusp of this House belongs to Taurus^ which is the House of Yenus/ and she is dominant over it and is in the Ascendant^ this signifies perfect felicity and general superiority, which is an ex- pression for a great kingship ; also that this sublime dignity will long be in the possession of the Native, especially as this House is the exaltation of the Moon. And the Moon is in an aspect * towards this House and towards the Ascendant which is one of entire friend- ship. And as the Part of Fortune is, by the opinion of the majority, in this House, this signifies perfect fortune and increase of State, and that the Native will spend most of his days in managing and arranging the affairs of Church and State. And as the Part of reason and speech is in this House, it signifies that his reason and speech will be king of reasons and at the head of utterances. Much too of the specialties of Venus, who is lord of pleasure and joy, will be bestowed on him.

JUDOKINTS OF THl ElBVEKTH HoUSX.

As the cusp of this House belongs to Gemini and its regent (Mercury) is in the Second House, which is that of wealth, this signifies that the hopes which he forms with regard to fortune and territory will be realized to his heart’s desire. It also proves that he will have sincere friends and that the masters of wisdom and knowledge will arrive at high rank in his service. And as the Part of the conclusions of actions is in this House, this signifies that his hopes > and desires will have a happy termination.

JuDGMKNT OF THl TwBLFTH HoUSE.

As the cusp of this House belongs to Cancer and its lord, the Moon, is in detriment ^ and gaudium (farah), this proves that the

^ Tbe Ninth is a House of travels. * The Moon is in the Fifth House

• The Moon is in the Fifth House in 19^ 14’’ Capricorn and so is in

ris., 19** 48’ 14" Capricorn and so she detriment as being in the Sign

is in trine to the First and Tenth opposite to her Mansion, vis., Cancer.

Houses. The Twelfth is the House of private

• The Eleventh House is that of enemies and a House of misfortune,

hopes. Had the Moon been in it, this would

CfriJPTBB VI.

116

enemiM of the State will be constantly in advorsity and distress to whaterer extent may be agreeable to the Native. And the fact of the Dragon^e Tail^ {Katabibazon or Zanab) being there in the first degree, is strong evidence of this. And aa the Part of knowledge and clemency is in this House, it signifies that the Native will^ together with his insight (into charactor), be demo at and forgiving to the short-sighted and cross-grained ones. And patience, breadth of view and general benevolence will be among hij neceBRai7 attri- butes.

May Almighty God prolong the life of the Lord of Fortune for generations and cycles, since the attributes of gveatneas, — which are the root and flower of universal sovereignity and world -adornment, and are a cause of capturing the hearts of friends and foes, and attract souls and knit together the thoughts of high and low,~rAre revealed in all their perfection and (as it wore) on an open highway (Praise be to the gracious God for it) in the aggregation of refined qualities of this Doctor of the High School of Unity , and have made him by his idiosyncraoy and fundamental nature, sole owner of sublime dignity and peculiar grace. And of a certainty, all those admirable qualities and dispositions have, without effort or vaunting, become the blissful possebsion of this celestial Being, ’ soi that from this fountain-head of pistioe, they are distributed by the garden- channel of the lords* of liberality.

Ferze.

For ever, and so long as there are stars in the firmament.

For ever, and so long as there are bodies with souls.

May there be no revolution of the spheres without thy pleasure,

No movement of the heavenly bodies except according to thy will.

have been a bad omen. 1 do not understand how the Moon is said to be in/om^ ia, joy ; but apparently the author draws trom thie the in- ference that the enemies will be dis- tressed and the Native will be glad- dened* Foasibly it refers to the Moon’i being in the Fifth House and so in trine to the Asoendant. Per- Hape the word ie a mistake for emptiness or disengagement.

I The Dragcu’a Tail is a cause of misfortune and increases evil influ- ences. Apparently awvxd * first, ^ must be a mistake for dJ^ir, * last,’ for the Dragon’s Tail id in the last degree of the Twelfth House vis., 270 gy 13^’ Leo. fSeesapm.)

yb)! a/rhdb. Blochmann says (568n.) that this word, which is the plural of rahh, is used in Persian as a singular to mean tkheadman or magU^

116

AEBARNiUA.

Thk is a sketch of the judgments of the auspicious horoscopes j but if the gifts of the stars, the blessings of the aspects, and the significations of the Houses, were fully set forth, registers would be compiled and books composed.

Ferse*^

His exquisite exaltations cannot be reckoned up.

Star-gazing mathematicians can but adumbrate them.

Irate. Perhaps then tlic expression arhdh-i’iatifdza refers to Akbar him- self. Otherwise, it refers to his ministers.

i The couplet is Faizi’s and occurs with slight variation in the preface to his Lllavatl. Calcutta 1828 p. 2.1.4.

CIIAPTSB ¥11.

IIV

CHAFPER VII.

Diagram of the holy horoscope, cast by MaulImA AlyAs of ARDAB iL/ IN accordance WITH THE TaBLBS.

At the time of writing these pages which are a record of aus- picionsness, a horoscope came under my view which had been drawn by the very erudite Maul^nS Alyas of Ardabil who held high rank among mathematicians and was one of his Majesty JahanbfinI Jannat- ftskiyfinl^s courtiers.

This horoscope also has been copied in sketch* but without details of the influences of the Houses and the Judgments. It has been copied partly in consideration of the repute of the drawer,* and pattly because, unlike the others, it is based op the IlkhanI Tables.

i A town in Persia, west of the Caspian. It was the capital of the province of Axarb&ijEn. (See Mey- nard’s Tdqut, Paris, 1861, 21 and Jarrett III, 81). MauUnS Alyas would naturally follow the IlJshanl Tables, for he belonged to the country

of Tabriz or MarSgba where Naflru* d-dln fllsl had his observatory.

• hajina apparently means in genera or in gross, t.e., without de- tails.

muetai^rijt lit. ’ex- tractor.’

118

akbirnIua.

FIGUBE IV.

AQFABIUS.

CHAPTKK Till.

119

(JHAPTEE Vin.

Accoukt Of THi Disxair or PfloymiNci (Hikmat) nt ths DirriBiNCt BBTWXm THIS QbIIK PHIL080PHBBS AND THB INDIAN A8TEOLOOBB8 IN THB HATTBB Of HIS MaJBSTT’b AUSFICIOUB H0B08C0PB.

Some scientific men used to think that the disagreement between the Indian and Greek astronomers^ — the former placing the horoscope in Leo and the latter in VirgOi was due to a difference of opinion among philosophers about the movement of the Zodiacal Heaven. A crowd* of ancient philosophers, including Aristotle, were agreed that the Eighth^ Heaven had no motion. The philoso- pher Hipparchus contended that it did move, but he did not ascer- tain the rate of progression. Ptolemy said the motion was one degree in a century and that the revolution was completed in 36,000 years. Most philosophers hold that the rate is one degree in seventy years and that the revolution is completed in 25,200 years. Another school. say that a degree is traversed in sixty-three^ yea^ and that the revolution is completed in 22,680 years. The cause of such

I This passage is substantially re- peated in the Jffn (III, 11 ; Jarrett

m. 20.1

• This is the Heaven of the Fixed Stars. In the Ain (HI, 34; Jarrett III, 38) this is numbered as the Second Heaven,— the Eighth being that of Mercury. Here the author counts them in reverse order, begin- ning with the lowest, tns., that of the Moon,— and by thus counting upwards, the Heaven of the Fixed Stars becomes the Eighth. It will be remembered that the ancients attributed motion to the Fixed Stars or at least to the sphere in which they were supposed to be placed. “The Ptolemaic astronomy attri-

butes motion and a regular course to those stars which we now call Fixed but which the Greeks merely called AwXavtU nndeviating.” (Ash- mand 4n.)

I do not know what school is referred to here. In the Ain (II, 11 1.7 fr. foot) Ibn A’ (Alam) (cir. 985 A.D.) and Na^Tru-d-din 1272 A.D.) are mentioned as holding that the rate is one degree in sixty solar years. Perhaps the sixty-three are lunar but these are equal to more than 60 solar years,— for at the rate of eleven days a year, we get only 660 days or not quite two years.

According to S4dillot (Notes et j^olairoissements. ProSvomefia. 289)

120

AKHARNAMA.

discrepancioB is a difference in the equipment and instruments of the observatories and difference in the profundity and subtlety ^ of the observations.

The fact is, the earliest philosophers did not suspect the motion of the Fixed Stars, on account of its exceeding slowness. For this reason, they did not get sufficient time to observe it.^

At the time when the Signs of the Zodiac were determined, the figure Leo which was regarded as a constellation of several fixed stars, was opposite to and in front of a (certain) part of the Heaven of Heavens, 8 and now, owing to the movement of the Zodiacal

Heaven,* it has moved from that

Na§iru-d-din as well as Ulugh Beg held seventy years to be the time. But he refers to his Maieriauz (481) as showing that Arzachil knew of a movement as correct as that of our modern Tables. Arago, in bis lec- tures, says that the movement is 50’’* 103 a year, and that the revolu- tion is completed in 25, 867 years.

In the Astronomica quaedam ex tradition ShSh Cholgll published by Greaves (Gravius) about the middle of the 17th century, we are told that according to observations made in the time of the Kh alif Al-Mtlmun (813-34 j^.D.) a degree was passed in 66 years and 8 months. Perhaps these were lunar, and if so, they would correspond nearly to the 63 (solar) mentioned in the Text. Mu- hammad Sh&h Quiji wrote a com- mentary on the Tables of Na^lru-d- dln (1461). A. F. per-

haps copied from him, for the passage in the beginning of the Ain (Jar- rett 6) about the explanation of the term *y, etc., is very similar to one on Muhammad Shih Quljl, as given by Greaves and also it appears, by S4dillot. But Oriental writers copy so much from one another that it is

part and is in the .station whore

difficult to know who was the origi- nal source. Shah Quiji also gives seventy years as the rate of pre- cession according to the Maragjha Tables; and says that the annual rate was 51" 26.’"

1 The text reads time, but MS. 564 has which I have adopted.

I suppose the meaning is that the motion being less than a minute a year, it could not become percept- ible unless after a lifetime of obser- vations or unless the observations were continued for generatious.

the Ninth or Crystalline

Heaven.

♦ The Penny Cyclopaedia (Art. Astrology) says : “The astrologers never made any allowance for the precession of the equinoxes. Thus though the constellation Aries is now in Taurus and the influences of its stars ought to have moved with them, we find that the astro- nomical Aries or first 30° of the ecliptic, is used for the constellation. Under the circumstances, this is of little consequence, but such a prac- tice would be fatal to astronomy."

CRAPTIB Tilt.

121

Virgo then was. Similarly Virgo has moved to the station of Libra^ Libra to Scorpio and so on, up to the last Sign. Now the calculation of Indian astrologers^ is in accord with the observa- tions of the ancient philosophers which were based on the notion that the Fixed Stars did not move. The calculation of the new observations* is founded on the movement of the Zodiacal Heaven which has caused the constellation Leo to move to the House

Ashmand (Preface and p. 82) de- fends astrologers against this charge and says, ** We should rather say that the stars have changed places than that the parts of heaven in which

they once were situated have done

»»

so.

1 The author does not mean that the Indian astronomers were ignor- ant of the movement of the stars, t.e., of the precession of the equinoxes. The account in the A.ln (Jarrett HI. 19) shows that tftiey held the move- ment to be 54*’ a year. But they thought that the (westward) move- ment only extended to 27° Aries and that then the stars retrograded to 27° Pisces and afterwards recom- menced. In other words they held that the stars librated between 27° Aries and 27° Pisces.

• By the ** new observations ’ those of Ulugh Beg are commonly meant, and it must be those which are re- ferred to here, for A. F. is dealing with the horoscope of MauUna Cand which, we are told, was found- ed on the Gurgani Tables, ue,, those of Ulugh Beg. According to B&bar (Erskine 51) the tables used by the Indian astronomers were those of Yikramaditya and he says that 1584 years had elapsed from the building of Vikramaditya8 observatory. Ap- parently Bibar was writing this in 16

1527-28, = 1584 Yikramaditya Era (which began B.C. 57.) But his state- ment in no way coincides with A. F.s for Ulugh Begs Tables were drawn up in 1434 and published in 1437 and if we deduct 1190 from 1434, we get 244 A.D. as the date of the Indian Tables.

(S5dillot gives the epoch of Ulugh Beg’s Tables as 841 H. = 1437 A.D.)

Nor can we reconcile the state- ments by supposing that the ** new observations " mean those of Na^Iru- d-dln which were made at

Harigha in the lattea part ‘of the 13ih century. According to the .^In (Jarrett 4) Na^Iru-d-dln’s obser- vatory was built 362 years and Ulugh Beg*s 156 before A. F. wrote his book. Now the Ain was composed in the 40th year of Akbar, i.e., 1596, so that 1234 would be the date of the Mar&gha observations and 1434 those of Samarqand (Ulugh Beg’s). The date 1234 is, however, certainly wrong, as it is nearly a quarter of a century before the dq|i- truction of BaghdSd (1258) and we know that it was after this that HuUgil ghin installed Na^Tru-d- dln at Marigha. According to D’Herbelot, Na^fru-d-dln was estab- lished at MarBgha in 657 (1259 ) and published his Tables in 668 (1270). Perhaps %a«-aA sixty, is a

122

akciarkIma.

of Virgo. Tho difference between tbo two calculations is 1 7V Sign having moved 17® from its place. From this it may be known that 1190 years have elnpsed from the observations of the Indian philosophers to the new ones^ assuming that a degree is traversed every seventy years, and most philosophers are agreed that we should multiply 17 by 70. On the view of Ptolemy that the move- ment is one degree a century,, the interval between the two sets of observations is 1700 years.

Keen-sighted inquirers after truth and subtle perceivers of the secrets of the skies foil into the valley of perturbation on account of these discrepancies. Now that the pattern of the philosophers of the Age, ‘Azda-l-daulah Amir Fathu-Mah of 3]^ir§z, has shewn by the Greek Canon and the Persian rules that his Majesty^s auspi- cious horoscope is in Leo as has been stated above, it clearly appears that the explanation of the disagreement is not, as was commonly supposed, that the Indian philosophers deny the existence of the spheres, as has been set forth in the Second Volume.* Bather it wa’s the Divine wisdom (hikmaUuilahi) and the Divine jealousy which demanded that the description of this cavalier* of the plain of majesty

copyist’s error for *^Hrf hut, twenty which would yield the date 1274. A. P., however, with all his industry, is not to be trusted about dates as Silvestre deSacy has shewn with re fercnce to a statement in the Aydr-i- Ddni^ about the poet Riidagi. Even if wo deduct the 1190 years from 1272, the Hate of the MarAgha obser vat ions, we do not get back to Vik- ramfiditya’s era, though we get very near that of Salivahana, viz., 78 A.D.

The itiost probable explanation is that Babar was mistaken in suppos- ing that the Vikramaditya of the Tables was the Vikramaditya of the Era. The Indian Tables were pro- bably composed in the time of the second Vikramiditya and in that of Yaraha Miliira, though this date is

also inconsistent with A. F.’s calcu- lation.

1 It would seem (Text III. 440 1.5 fr. foot) that the exact difference was a little more than 17^, for we are told that Bftntl Ar^m, Akbar’s daugh- ter, was bom under 19^ Sagittarius or 54/ according to Hindu calcu- lation.

• The Lucknow ed. has ** last volume/* and this is probably correct, the reference apparently being to the concluding volume of the Ain, viz., III. 8. (Jarrett HI. 13.)

• /dris. It also means a lion and so there may be an allusion to the constellation Leo. Akbar is called (Jfn I. 139) {£d/iStttodr-{-*arfa-

iqbal, * the royal rider of the plain of Morions’

CHAPTER Tilt,

123

and confidant of the sublime cabinet, s^hould remain hidden from the gaze of keen-sightedj penetrating, minute inquirers, as well as from the eyes of the evil-disposed and inwardly blind.

It was from this cause, that his Majesty Jahanbfini Jannat- ft^iyfinf, who in astrolabio investigations and studies of astronomical Tables and observations, was at the head of the enthroned > ones of acute knowledge and was a second Alexander, — in spite of his per- fect labours and exertions in the matter of the horoscope of the Lord of the Age, did not attain to the truth (did not reveal the whole truth). And likewise all those others who were versed in the secrets of astrology, remained within the curtain of contra- diction and did not arrive at a perfect knowledge of the mystery. And notwithstanding the identity of the canons of calculation and the inquiries of right-thinkers, — for natural philosophers do not materially disagree in these matters, — owing to the jealousy of God, the truth of the holy nativity remained under the veil of concealment and was hidden behind the curtain of contradiction. But on the whole, if each of the horoscopes be looked at with the eye of judgment — and a sketch of each has been given, — it becomes plain that in the matter of power, dignity and sublimity, external and internal, there is nothing equal to them. ^Though the horoscopes are discrepant, they agree in external and internal •Splendour and pongratulate the Native as supreme over the visible and invisible worlds. And those intimate friends of his Majesty Jahanbftnl Jannat-SsbiySnl, whose outward and inward beings were clothed with truth and righteousness, have been heard to tell that when his Majesty had the auspicious horoscope shewn to him and had considered it, it happened several times that when in his private chamber and with the doors all closed, he fell aManoing, and from excess of exultation, revolved with a circular motion. Why indeed should not sitters in the front ranks of the pavilion of true glory, and tasters of the trays of eternal knowledge — who have partaken of the sweets of ecstacy and the knowledge of God, indulge in transports of joy at the sweets of this revelation, and why should they not ohannt strains of rapture f For these perfections are steps or

1 The author seems to refer to the L been prinoes, e.y., Alexander, Al^

fact of eminent astrologers, having I phonso of Castile and Ulugh Beg.

124

akbarnIna.

stages of exaltation and are the essence of Divine knowledge. And his Majesty Jahftnbftnl Jannat-adliyani was by the perfection of his personality^ enlightened by flashes of forthcoming events and glimp> ses into the future, and his senses were warmed by the auspicious advent of* his Majesty, the King of Kings. And all these lights were seen, before realization in the ranks of actions, in the mirror of the wondrous horoscope. And he many times said to those who were privileged to converse with him, that the horoscope of this Light of Fortune was superior, in several respects and by sundry degrees, to that of his Majesty, the Lord of Conjunction* (Timur) as indeed clearly appears to the scrutinizing students of the prog- nostication^. And when these two auspicious documents are com- pared, and the gifts of the planets and the blessings of the heavens are weighed in the balance of reflection, it will be seen what are the communications of the horoscope of the Lord of Conjunction, and what are those of the holy horoscope. Praise be to Grod ! notwith- standing the remoteness of the horoscopists in time, place and con- dition, and the discrepancy of their canons, every one of the glorious schemes agrees — as has been shewn — in this, that the Native will attain lofty, spiritual and temporal rank, and that his holy personality will be a collection of inwai*d and outward excellencies and will be possessed of various perfections and will have sway over the visible and invisible world. He will have various kinds of sove- reignties and various degrees of rule, and will attain lofty rank in worship of the Trulh and in theology. He will befriend the poor and humUe, and will have long life and soundness of body and an equable disposition and will be praised by high and low and thanked by great and small. He will have perfect kqowledge of the world, and will rale countries and guard the paths of righteousness.

I The horoscope of Tim Sr is given in the Zafwmdma but without much detail. There is also one, as noticed by Gibbon, in Hyde’s Syntagma (Dissert : II. 466) which was cast by Ashmole.

I « alwXydf. Perhaps this

word has a technical meaning here,

via,, the superior planets, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, which were so- called because their orbits were supposed to be higher than that of the Sun. See MafdtXhu-l-*uliifn, 229, top line. Mercury and Yenua and the Moon are called kawdkahu-i- •iflXya, inferior planets.

CHAPTER VUI. 125

and will perforin the duties of government and of the administra* tion of the world.

It is a remarkable circamatance that all those qualities which astrologers have come to know by toil and meditation, are read by simple-minded persons who know nothing of the diagrams of stellar mysteries, by dint of their own insight, on the forehead-page > of his Majesty’s career, though they have humbly to acknowledge the inability of language to expound them.

Verse.

Thy attributes have made tongues incoherent,

Thy glorious personality has changed certainty into conjecture.

NOTE OK THE H0B08C0PBS OP AKBAR.

Abu4-fafl gives four horoscopes. The first and fourth however appear to be substantially the same. Both were made by Muhammadan servants of HumSyUn, — the first by MaulanS C&nd and the fourth by MaulanS AlySs of Ardabll. MaulinS CAnd’s was drawn up according to the ‘* New Tables,’* 1 . 6 ., those of Ulugh Beg MfrzA who was TlmUr’s grandson. These were calculated for 1437. MaulinA IlySs* horoscope was cast according to the llhhlnl or Imperial Tables, i.6., those made by Na|Tru-d-dTn fOsl at Marigha^ about 50 miles S. by W. of Tabriz — in the reign of HulAgQ Khin cir. 1272.

Abu-1- fafl, writing in the 40th year of Akbar, (1596) says (Jarrett II, 4.) that 362 years had elapsed since Naylru-d-dln built his observatory and 156 since Ulugh Beg built his at Samarqand. This gives a date of 1440 for Ulugh Begs Tables and of 1234 for Naflru-d-dlns, but the latter is certainly wrong, and probably there is some clerical error in the text. If HulftgU Khin first established him in Marighl^ it is assuredly wrong, but A. F. evidently thinks he was there earlier. (J[ln II, 11.)

The second horoscope was made by Jotik Rai, Akbar’s astrologer. We do not know its exact date but it was, of course, drawn many years after Akbar’s birth and after the construction, by Hum&y fin’s orders, of the first and fourth horoscopes.

The third was made by Fathu-l-lfih of Shlriz and could not have been drawn earlier than 991 (1583), for this astronomer did not come to Akbar’e Court till that year. Indeed A. F. tells us that it was in the first year of Fathu-l-Uh’s service that he asked him to compare the horoscopes and reconcile their discrepancies.

1 The meaning is, that the actual facts of Akbar’s life exhibit all those wanderful qualities which astrolo-

gers have found by painful investi- gation of his horoscope.

126

AltDAIlNllfA.

Both jliftaUni Ciitd and Maulini Al/ia put the birth under Virgo and there ie no doubt this is correct,-*if correctness can be predicated of such matters. The Indian astrologers probably put the birth in Leo because that Sign is the House of the Sun, between whom and Akbar there was supposed to be a mysterious connection. Possibly however, the earlier date of their Tables warranted them in putting the birth under Leo, as A. F. has ex- plained in his chapter on the discrepancies. But granting that this was so, we are not told why their Tables should be preferred to those of Na^Tru-d-dTn and Ulugh Beg. And indeed Abu-l-fa^l does not prefer them. He tells us that Indian Tables agree with the observations of those philosophers who are not aware that there was a movement of the Fixed Stars. In other words, he admits that they are wrong.

If the precession of the equinoxes account for the difference between the Tables, why stop short at the Hindtl observations? A. F. calculates that these were made 1190 years before ^Ulugh Beg’s, f.s., about 1336 before Fathu-Mih cast Akbar’s horoscope. According t6 BAbar (Erskine 51.) the Hindu Tables were made at Ujjain in the time of Vikrain&ditya, t.c., cir. 57 B.C. According to Tod, (R^‘p&tSni) Hindei astronomers now follow the Tables of Jai Singh which were made in 1728. (See Dr. Hunter’s paper, Asiatic Besearches Y, 177.) Bui why did not he or Fatbu-Miih carry the calculation further back and ascertain the position of the* constellations of the Zodiac at the time, say, of ^he birth of Adam or at least, of Enoch or Idris who, according to Mu^mmadans, is the father of astronomy ? Some astrolo- gers professed to know the position of the stars at the time of the Creation and held that Adam was bom under Capricorn (See infra for A. F.’s account of Adam). And at all events A. F., who seems to have accepted the chronology according to which Adam was born about 7000 before his own time, could have had no difficulty in calculating the position of the constella- tions at that period, allowing one degree for every seventy years.

According to A. F. the difference between the Indian astrologers and Haulftni Cftnd amounts to 17^. But apparently Fat^u-M&h did not adopt the Indian calculations, which indeed he probably could not read. (He was a Persian and we are told in the (Blochmann 104) that he superintended the translation of part of Ulugh Beg’s Tables, though, if as has been snp- poeed, these were originally written in Persian, one does not see what tiecraeeity there was for translating them. There is however a doubt on the pomt and A. F.’s remark implies that Ulugh Beg’s Tables were written in a foreign language, e.y., Arabic or Turkish. According to D’Herbelot, they were first written in Arabic but SMillot has no doubt that Persian was their original language). Fathu-l-Uh, we are told, based his calculations on the Greek and Persian Tables, not on the Indian, and found the cusp of the Ascendant to be 28^ 86’ Lee,

Leo is the Sign immediately preceding Virgo, and if the difference of the Hindu and Persian calculations be 17^, the cusp according to the former, should apparently be 29^ Leo, for Maulini O&nd’s horoscope brought out

cBArrm Tin.

127

the cusp of the Ascendant as 7^ Virgo. We are not told what Tables Fat^ii*Mfth used and are left in the dark as to his modus oforandi. The difference between his calculations and those of ManUnh C&nd was apparently, about vis,, from 28® 3& Leo to 7® Virgo. If, as A. F. does, we take the rate of precession to be one degree in 70 years, Fat^ud-lah must hare used Tables made about dOO yoara before Ulugh Beg’s. This would give a date of about 880 A.D., which approximates to the Baghdad observations of the Khallf MimQii referred to in the AXn (Jarrett IT. 3.)

If we take the more correct rate of precession,* vis., one degree in 72 years, we get a still closer approximation for 84® ss 612 years and this, de» daoted from 1434=822 A.D. '

I regret that I have not been able to translate the four horoscope chapters in a satisfactory manner. They are difficult, for several words of frequent use m them, are not to be found in onr dictionaries, at least not with their astronomical meaning. Dosy’s Supplement is of little or no use for astro* logical terms, and Lane appears to ignore them altogether. Unfortunately with all his amplitude of detail, A. F. fails us at the very pinch of the case. That is, he gives no explanation of Fathn*M&h’s modus opsrandi and does not tell us how he managed to bring the horoscope into Leo.

It is probable that in places, the text js corrupt.

Books on astrology are very nnmerotts. One of the best of the old treatises is Ds Judiciis Jsirorum by A1I Abu-l-besan (Albohaean Haly Aheii Rajal). He, it appears, was born in Spain, for he is styled ABh-Sh^ihinf and Ash-Shablll (Hispaliensis) and his full name is Abud-l^asan ‘All Ibn Abir* raj tlu-8h-alv^ibSnl.

In Hammer-Purgstall’s History of Arabian Literature, (6436) he Is styled All Ibn Bajil and we are told that Europeans called him Aben‘Bagel and that he was bom at Cordova and lived in the beginning of the 5th century of the Hijra.

His work on astrology, " Ofnit magnum ds astrologia, ooto partibus oomprs^ hensum*’ was first translated from Arabic into Spanish by order of Alpbonso, the king of Castile, and afterwards from Spanish into Latin. He appears also to have been a poet, for a poem of his on astrology is mentioned in Casiri’s catalogue of the Escurial Library 1, 128 and 844. The best edition of Haly’s work appears to be that by Anthony Stupa, Basle, 1561. There is a copy of this in the British Museum and bound up with it, is an elaborate treatise on astrology by Guido Bonatus and also a commentary on the Tetrabiblos. *

Guido Bonatus, also called Guido Bonatti and Bonati, was a noted as- trologer of the 13th century. He was a native of Florence, but is commonly called Forolivisnsis or Ds Faro TAvii, the modem Forli, a town on> the eastern side of the Appenines and not far from Bavenna. He is said by his astro- logical skill to have saved Forli from a siege. Sventnally he became a monk and died in 1296.

Lilly quotes Aba-l-)^san under Uie name of Haly and Sir Walter Scott makes Guy Hannering refer both to him and to Guido Bonatus. D41ambre

128

ikbirnImi.

Bigrs, in his History of astronomy in the Middle Ages, that Abu-l-^asan’s book **e8ti’an des plus clairs, des plus m^tbodiques, and des plus completes que nous ajons. C’eat une compilation de tout ce que les sages de diffdreiits pays et de diff^rents si^cles araient ^rit sur ce sujet futile." It appears that Haly was a Christian. There is a MS. copy of his work in the British Museum written in beautifully clear Arabic characters. It is numbered 23,399. See Codices Arabici 6236. It is to be hoped that some day an Arabic scholar will print and edit it.

Lilly’s Christian Astrology and tho works of Zadkiol are useful and so also are Wilson’s Dictionary of Ajitrology (London, 1819), and a work by B. Sibley in two quarto volumes and published in 1817. For Hinda astrology, I can recommend two Bengali books kindly sent me by Dr. Grierson, viz., the Jydiifa Prakdfa (Beni Madhab De A Co., Calcutta, 1882, Sak. 1804) and the Vardha Mikira of Kali Frosanna Chattarji (1891, Fasli 1300). I have also found the notes of Mn^iammad IJidiq *Alf the Lucknow editor of the Akhamama very nsefnl and 1 have Obtained some light from the two elaborate horos- copes of Shih Jahin,— one of bis birth and the other of his accession, — which are given in ‘Abdn-l-i^amTd’s Ifdd§idknama.

Mr. Behatsek’s Catalogue of the Mulli FfrSs Library in Bombay shews that it is very rich in Persian works on astrology.

To the useful books on Astrology may be added the treatise of Julius Firmicus Matemus, a Latin writer of the 4th century A.D. A good and cheap edition of this work is in course of publication at Leipsio under the editorship of Charles Sittl. Firmicus describes the Dodecatemoria, p. 48, the Ihcani, p. 41, and has a chapter, p. 233, on empty and full degrees, the full being degrees where the Decani are found, and the empty where their influence does not operate.

CBAPYEK IX.

129

CHAPTER IX.

StATXXBMT Of THE HONOUBBD NiiMBS Of THB BLISSFUL MURSBS AKD 8P1BITUALLY-MOULDBD CHBR18HBRS* {qawahxUi-Tuhdni-qawdlih)

OF H18 Majesty, the kino of kings.

When the lif<htsome day of his creation arrived, at once was Heaven envious of Earth for his passing,* and Earth exultant o’er Heaven for his august advent. The status of knowledge and in- sight became exalted, and with rites which are the glory of the ministers of outward show, was that holy essence and pure pearl — already washed and cleansed at the fountain-head of Divine Light and in the ocean of infinite knowledge {ma^rifat ) — bathed and com- posed by the hands of shade-loving, radiance-darting, chaste, rose- bodied nymphs. Even-tempered, spiritually-minded nurses swathed the divine form and heavenly body in auspicious swaddling-bands, purer than angelic veils, and laid him with respect and reverence in the sacred arms and bosoms of pnre-dispositioned ones. And then his honied* lips being brought in contact with the benign breasts, his mouth was sweetened by the life-giving fluid.

ftw meauB in Persiaup light of* Bpleii- dour, being etjmologicallj the same word as the Greek and the English fire and so, farr-i*toiladat also means the light or splendour of the birth. Fa/rr is often used by A. F. to mean the sacred light which belongs to a king. Thus at the be- ginning of the Ain. he speaks of king- ship as a light emanating from God, which light modern language calls the /arr-i-%aadl or Diviue light and which in ancient times was called the sublime halo. (Klydn-f^ura.) (Blochmann iii.)

t The word in the Text is not honied but only sweet. However there is perhaps an allusion to the

I cblyi pi. of dbUI. The word seems properly to : mean a midwife, but, as it comes after ddya and as no midwife is mentioned by name— > unless Ddya Bhdwal be one, — 1 have rendered it cherisher. The word djtA means both a midwife and a wet-nurse.

• Fa/rrd^ilddat There is a play here on the two meanings of /arr. Farr in Arabic means flight, and is here used in the sense of departure or passing, being contrasted with tnagdom, . advent or coming. The birth or vital principle of Akbar left Heaven and came upon Earth, there- by making Heaven envious and Earth leap for pride. But farr or

ido

akrarnIua.

Verse,

He drew forth milk by the bounty of his lips.

Milk and sugar were commingled.

It was not milk he drank from the breast of hope,

^Twas water from the Sun’s fountain that he imbibed.

As the.nobly-bom Mubammad of had done

a good service at Kanauj,^ his Majesty Jahfinban! Jannat-fishyfini, shortly before the rising of this light of fortune, (Akbar) in magnifi- cent recompense of his deed, made him hopeful of eternal bliss by promising him the majestic boon, that his high-souled, ohaste-natured consort — who has now the lofty title of Jiji* Anaga — should be clothed with the glorious head-dress {mi*jar) and mantle of distinction, by obtaining the auspicious service of nursing this new fruit of the spring-tide of sovereignty and fortune, and should have the blissful charge^ of the nosegay of the house-garden of greatness and glory.

Accordingly her Majesty, Maryam-makant, Qadasl-arkftni (Pillar of Parity) having sent for that adorner of Heaven’s table (t.s., celes- tial caterer) placed in an auspicious moment, the child-treasure in her hopeful bosom. But as the period of pregnancy ♦of this purely- framed nurse was not yet fulfilled, lier Majesty ordered that recep- tacle of chastity, Dftya Bh&wal — a special servant of bis Majesty Jahftnb&ni, and distinguished for virtue and purity — to suckle the infant. It appears that first of all, he accepted the milk of his royal mother. Then Fakhr-i-nisft,* wife of Nadim Koka was honoured by the charge, then Bhawal Anaga, then the wife of Khwftja Ghazb’^

practice of putting honey into the mouths of the newly ‘born.

1 SfieUed here Qanauj. Shamsu- d-dln helped Ham&yUn up the steep bank of the Ganges, after he had swum across on an elephant when defeated by gtf Sb&h. (Blooh- mann 321.)

• According to Meninskt (1098) Jljl, in Turkish, means a child’s play- thing. It also, in Turkish, means handsome.

I hisanat, the technical

word for the charge of a child. (Baillie’s Mu. Law. 429.)

♦ The child to whom she after- wards gave birth was AzTz Koka, the later Khhn Asam. He was thus only slightly younger than Akbar who used to say that a channel of milk connected them together. (Afct- *d{ir I. 675). Jljl is said to have died in 1008 (1599). See l.o. 685 where she is called BTca JiS.

♦ Gulbadan (26) speaks of Fakhr-i- nisk Anaga as the mother of NadTm Koka 4nd wife of MXrzi Qull.

♦ There is an account of him in Text (I. 222) and he is mentioned in Bftyasid 8al|in*s list of the oficers

CRAPTKa n.

131

then Hakima. After these^ the chaste JijI Aeaga, in accordance with her wiah^ obtained external and internal felicity. After her^ Koki Anaga^ wife of Tdgh Begi* and after her, Bibl Rupi» had their turn of this auspicious service. Then Kbfildftr (Le., the mole- marked) Anaga, mother of Sa^adat Yar Koka,* was selected for this great boon. And at last, that chaste matron, Pija Jan Auaga,* mother of Zain Koka, acquired a stocic of everlasting greatness by obtaining her wish for this great blessing. Many other fortunate cupolas of chastity were exalted by the excellence of this serxice. It was as if there were Diviue wisdom in thus implanting varied temperaments^ by this series of developments (i.e., the wet-nurses) BO that the pure entity,^ advancing by gradations, might become familiar with the divers methods of Diviue inanifestation. Or it

whot:ameto India with Hura&ySn. A. F. calls him Ta-

brlzl and says that he was distin- guished for his knowledge of acconnts and made a ditodn by HnmlySn, and was subsequently, for a long time, excluded from Court’ and only returned at the end of his life to the OonrAOf Akbar and when his intellect was enfeebled by age. BiyasTd calls him Shwftja GhSzT ShlrisI and says HumftyUn made him a dlnodn when he was in the Takht-i-sulaimin country. The fact of his long exclusion from Court and of his not being entered in the Oran- dees of the Ain or of the Jdbaqdl, might explain, supposing him MAham Anaga’s husband, (see note at end of chapter) why no mention is made of him in that relation.

^ Mentioned in Biyasid’s Cata- logue as Toq Begl Siql, iiS., page or cupbearer.

• Apparently a HindQstinl and possibly a HindO.

• Sa’idat Tir Koka is mentioned three timee in the Akhamdma, in

the third volume, vt». : (192) where he is one of those sent on pilgrimage to Mecca ; (579) where we are told, his brother’s daughter was given in marriage by the Emperor to A F.’s son Abdn-r-rabmin (see Bloobinann, Life of A F. XXXV.) and lastly (656) where wo are tojd of 8aSdat YSr’s death in the 39th year (A^ar 1903, Novomber 1595), from exces- ■ivr drinking and of the Emperor’s sorrow for this and of his paying a visit of oonsolation to the house of his sister, QajI Koka.

^ Called by the Ma’d^ir and Blochmanu, Ficah Jin Anaga. She was the wife of Shwija Maq^Ud of Horit.

• Mailkdribt dispositions, but also beverages, and l4»bajdt, dishes or trays as well as stages or degrees, so that apparently one of the intended meanings is ** divers beverages in divert vessels,** signifying the va- ried nature of the nurses’ milk.

• The text has vm^ud, unity, but I presume this is a mistake for iffujSd, which occurs in No. 564.

132

AKBAftNltfA.

might be designed that the acute and discerning should perceive that this nursling of fortune belonged to the limpid streams of Divine bounty and was not such as to make spiritual progress by outward nutriment, for as to the spiritual nature of this company (of nurses),^ it is evident to all of what kind that was, as also are the lofty degrees of the holy stages of this chosen one.

Among other wondrous indications there was this, that contrary to the way of other infants, his Majesty, the king of kings, at his birth and at the first opening of his eyes on tho visible world, re- joiced the hearts of the wise by a sweet smile.* Penetrating phy- siognomists recognized the smile as the herald-augury of the smiles of the spring of dominion and fortune and saw in it, the opening bud of hope and peace.

After that (t.e., the suckling), in a cradle lighter than a phantom (which the carpenters of the throne of sovereignty had framed of sandal-wood and lign-aloes, and where they had, as it were, commingl- ed civet* and rose-leaves, and on whose corners and sides they had hung rubies and pearls of price) was laid with gentlest movement that unique Pearl of nine mothers o^pearl,* and then they softly swayed and rocked him. For cheer and soothing^ they chaunted with musical (mu%lql) rhythm the name — auspicious to begin with and fitting as a close — of the Creator, the Lord of Glory and Bounty. The inmates* of holy hermitages and those who live in the throng of

I This seems rather ungracions, especially after such complimentary expressions about them.

• This ia a trait mstitioned of Zoroaster. (See Dahiatan trans: I. 218). Only he is said to have laugh- ed aloud when he was born. An- quetil du Perron (Life of Zoroaster 13n.) quotes Pliny who, in his Natural History, says, ** Bisisse eodem die quo genitus esset, unum hominem acoepimus Zoroastrum.” The ac- count of Solomon in the Apocrypha is more touching. **When I was **bom, I drew in the common air ** and fell upon the earth which is of

*like nature, and the first voice • which I uttered, iras crying, as all •• others do.”

• The Lucknow ed. says that this means the Nine Heavens, fladaf means the oyster-sheU and also the vault of heaven. It is also a name given apparently to the two cons- tellations of Ursa Major and Minor. See Burhdiui-qati\

^ c^Ibo called wahad,

whence civet. (Bloohmann 79.)

• • akifan^^fowami*. This phrase occurs in one of FaiyI’s odes (iln I.

240. and is translated by Bloohmann (559) > those who constantly Worship

CHAPTER IX.

]33

men who are the stewards of time and the terrene and hold to- gether the spheres of the universe^ attained their desires and thus were benefits bestowed on the world and on mankind. They sang this gratulatory strain to the darling^ of the skies.

Verse.

Hail to thee to whom is committed reason’s exaltation *

The kingly revolution of the universe is for thee.

Like thee^ the earth has no garden ;

Like thee^ heaven^s vault no lamp.

Creative ocean rolled many a wave Till it cast ashore a pearl like thee.

Fate’s pencil drew many a sketch Till she made a portrait like thee.

The world’s book is but an allusion > to thee^

Heaven’s volume but an analysis^ of thee.

in cloisters.’ The next expression $akindn^ufnajdfni**uin$ may mean ** dwellers in mosques " as the note to this passage in No. 564 seems to hold, but I am inclined to think that here it means laymen or those who carry on the affairs of the world, in opposition to the solitaries andascetio. What A. F. intends to say is, I think, that by Akbar’s birth, everybody attained their desires, that is both the lonely ascetic and the worldling, and thus the whole universe was benefited. It may however be that the two classes of holy men are, in- tended v% 9 anchorites and men who live in monasteries or congregations of saints. I admit too, that this inter- pretation seems to agree better with what follows, ets., the description of such persons ** preserving the stars from wrong.’ Bat see Text (87) where We are told that the preparations for the revelation of the unique

Pearl (Akbar) were completed, as now the stages of solitude and society had been traversed.

’ Jigargoiia lit ; liver-lobe.

• an astrblogical term signifying thb exaltation of a planet or star. This first couplet is adapt- ed from FaifT. (Akharndma HI, 678.)

•TaXniiy says Gladwin (Dissertations on Persian Rhetoric 53.) ‘* literally signifies using some- ** thing savoury and is employed ** when the author alludes to some •* popular story or verse, «. y., * O light “ * of my eyes I when the garden of ”‘my condition is deprived ofithe ** * rose of thy countenance, my state ** * becomes like Jacob in the house

’ of mourning.* **

• ^>5 iash^‘lh. This is from l&or^ and seems primarily to mean dissection. (Diet : of T. Ts. 785.)

AKBABNiMA.

i34^

M&HAM ANAGA.

It is singular that this name does not occur in the list of Akbar’s nurses. This may be due to MaJiam Anaga*$ being a title and not a proper name, and it is possible that the lady who was afterwards thus designated, is men- tioned in the list under some other appellation. She may, for instance, bo the nurse described as the wife of SbSzI and whose own name is not given.

But even if the title were not bestowed till a later period, one would have expected A. F. to have added it to his description, just as he mentions Shamsu- d-dln’s wife by her title of Jtjl Anaga. The true explanation of the omission probably is that Maham Anaga means Head or Superintendent of the nurses rather than chief nurse and that the Miham Anaga of the Akhamdma was not a wet-ijurso. She certainly was not the chief nurse in the sense that the child Akbar drew most of his nourishment from her, for we are told that Jljl Anaga was chief in this respect, so much so that the other nurses accused her of practising witchcraft in order to prevent the infant prince from accepting any breast but her own.

Though Anaga sooms primarily to mean a wet-nurse, it has not always this meaning. Pavot do Conrteille says (Turkish Dictionary, 67) “ et nourrice, sago-femme, gouvernante ; on donne aussi k la m^re du Khin le titre de ^ We 6nd also tliat the mother of Cinglz Kh&n had this

title, h ;r name being given in the AJcbamdma (I. 72, top line) as Olun Anaga** though ErdmQjin spells it Eke, Apparently the Turkish pronunciation is Enge, See Redhouse t. v. He states that it means a sister-in-law, the wife of an elder brother or lady-relative of a bridegroom who is sent to fetch the bride home. A. F. sometimes calls Maham Anaga, M&ham Begaand M&ham Agiia, and it is generally by the title of Bega that B&yazid Sul(in speaks of her in the so-called TaHy^-x-humayun, (I. O. Ms. No. 216). He calls her (16) Miham Bega and adds the explanation ke dgha anaga Nawdb^i-l^tfin bud, i.s., who was head of the Prince’s nurses. And then follows the statement that she was accompanied Jljl Anaga, wife of Shamsn-d-dln Mn. Ghaznawl who was the Prince’s nurse (anaga), (Unless indeed the word is atgah and refers to Shamsn* d-dln.)

In the Akbamdma (II. 66) we are told that Miham Anaga had served the prince from his cradle, but it does not follow that she first did so in the oapa- oitj of wet-nurse. It may be remarked too that the fact of our not hearing that she had a husband or a child of about Akbar’s age militates against the notion that she was his wet-nurse. Though her son, Adham was a young man at the time of his death, he was probably several years older than Akbar as otherwise BiyaiTd would hardly have named him in the list of servants in Akbar’s train at the time when Humiytu marched to India.

CRAPTKR I.

135

CHAPTER X.»

Account or tbi arrival or hia Majbstt at thb wobld-tbaversino CAMP* or HiB Majestv JahanbInI Jannat-A^tInI^ pbom tub roRT or Amarkot and or tub auspicious* conjunction.

As the world-seeing eye and auspicious glance of his Majesty Jahftnbftm Jannat-AshyAnl was looking for the glorious vision of the king of kings^ a gracious order was issued that he should be brought to the curtain* of honour and encampment of fortune^ m charge of her Majesty Maryam-makftni. ^wdja Mu^az^am,* Nadfm Kukal-tdsh and Sl^amsu-d-diu Mu. of were sent to be in attendance on the

auspicious litter. Accordingly his Majesty left Amarko^ on the 11th ^ fortunate hour^ under the care and in the arms of her Highness Maryam-makfinI and departed in a travelling litter.^

1 The heading of this chapter is omitted in the text and the account of Akbar’s visit to his father is made part of Chapter IX. But the heading is given in No. 564 and other MSS. and is clearly required. The Persian is as follows ;

• jf

In the Lucknow ed. 5amti-

jibiBt apparently by mistake, sub* stituted for hamaukib.

• According to Ni|Bmu-d-dTn, the meeting-place was in pargana J Un. A. F. also states that it was in JSiu (1.184)

A phrase applied to the conjunction of the two For- tunes, Jupiter and Venus. It is the title of a famous poem by AmTr

Ehusrau on the meeting of KaiqU- bSd and his father Na$lru>d-dln. (Stewart’s Bengal 78).

♦ o)# iurddiq4-*i»9at. Dosy

says (6475) **Dais (au-dessus d’nn tr5ne.) Ce qu’on nomme en persan

(dont ofit peutttre une

alteration) ou c. k. d. Venorme

enceinte de toile que dans les pays musalmans, entoure la vaste tente du souverain.’*

• Apparently he had previously left his sister and joined Hum&yin’s camp.

• 20th November, 1542 0. S., Ac- cording to Jauhar (traus. 45) the day was 10th Bamc^fdn.

l Taj^i»i^wdn, See Ives* voyage to India <278) for a representation of this conveyance. It is usually carried on mules.

akbarnXma.

m

Verse.

Ere the cradle had fulfilled its season^

His exalted fortune (balsht) sat on a throne^ (takht)^

Eye unopened, but with the eye of the mind.

He looked to the ortlering of religion and realm ;

Hand unopened, but his heart desiring

To put the world ^neatli his signet-ring,

Of his thousand roses, not one in bloom,

Yet the world was culling flowers from the garden of his fortune.

When the travelling litter of his Majesty, the king of kings, the ambulatory treasury of Divine knowledge, had nearly arrived and but two stages remained, a world-obeyed order was issued that the chief officers* and pillars of the State and the general public, small and great, should turn towards the altar of fortune and go to meet the ka^ba of hopes. A.vant-couriera of good tidings were arriving every minute and bringing, from time to time, the news of the appro- pinquating of the glorious advent.

Verse.

The cavalcade approaches with the king of both worlds in its

wake,*

The caravan of joy goes forth to meet him.

And on the last day of gl^a’bSn which was the day for the glorious alighting, and when the camp of good fortune was only one stage distant, his Majesty (Humftyun) was pleased to observe Assuredly the child is compact of auspiciousness, of potent horos- cope and has the good fortune of the two worlds enfolded in him, for, as he draws nigh, there is another* assemblage of spectators in the upper world who exhibit a virgin joy.’^ What marvel is it that the pure soul and illumined intellect of his Majesty Jah&nbdni Jannat

1 Meaning the tai^t-i-rawdn (tra- Veiling-litter.)

• LU. : eyes of the Sal(&aat. There is a play on the original mean- ing. The eyes were to be turned towards the fiblot etc.

I datftibal. From A\n lY.

438 (Jarrett IV. 393) we learn that Akbar objected to the use of the word dasnhdl in poetry as being prosaic. It literally means tail.

« Meaning that there was a second assemblage, vis., one in addition to that upon earth.

CRAPTBR X.

137

should bo cognizant of the Divine secrets and be aware of the truths hidden in celestial treasuries f Or how is it strange that there should be an epiphany on the apparition of his Majesty, the king of kings, the shadow of God, the archetype of the strange frontispieces of the universe, and collection of the catalogues of the perfections of the sons of Adam ? And in an hour which held the auspicious influences of the conjunctions of the two Fortunes < and of the two luminaries (the Sun and Moon), his Majesty (Akbar) alighted with felicity and dominion at the majestic and glorious enclosure, and became fortunate by arriving at the station of light and took repose under the shadow of the phoenix {humd) of eternal prosperity. The blessed crown (tdrak, t.d., crown of the head) of his Majesfy, the king of kings, was made fortunate by touching the throne-brushing feet of his Majesty Jahftnbftni and by becoming united to a perfect saint (pir). The latter took him lovingly in his arms and kissed him on the luminous brow, the tablet of the fortunes of the two worlds and title-page of happiness everlasting.

Verse*

Whiles he held him to his lip, whiles to his heart, and whiles to his head.

A

After gazing on this holy light, the inspired tongue engaged in returning thanks to the Lord God, Most High and Most Glorious, and the pole-star-like* head was lowered in supplicating prostration at the portals of the All-sufficient One.

Verse.*

Not only was the head ever bowed.

Each hair of his body also bent in adoration.

The guardians of the Divine bounty and the treasurers of infinite auspicionsness delivered that deposit of eternities — past and

• Jupiter and Venus ; but perhaps this is only a rhetorical way of describing the meeting between Akbar and his father or his arrival in his mother’s company. The time being the end of the month would be that of the conjunction of the Sun and Moom

• farqad, a bright star near the Pole. The word is often written

and applied to two bright stars, P and y, in the Little Bear. (Lane 2387a.)

• These lines are FaifT’s.

136

IKBARMlMA.

future— into the king^s gracious bosom and warbled, sweet and low, this strain of thanksgiving.

Verse.

This is the Divine deposit.

Aak of this treasury whatever thou desirest.

This is he in whose heart they placed Essential substance, verity absolute.

This is he whose threshold’s ka^ha^

Is seized upon by kings as their altar {qihla).

This is he who hath the foot of dominion.

Enlightener of the throne royal.

Headers of the page of the human countenance beheld him with the eye of meditation and reflection and physiognomists perused him with the glance of consideration and contemplation.

Verse.

What did they see f A picture such as never Did they see in Creation’s tables.

From astonishment naught did they say, save Hail, Light of Wisdom, Eye of Insight, hail.

Kingly lights shone from his lustrous brow. The letters Shadow of Ood ” were apparent in the lines of his palm. The witnesses of Reason were visible in the composite of his substance. The notes of Theosophy were manifest in his whole being. Justice was demonstrated in the evenness of his temperament. Proofs of beneficence were revealed in the essence of his nature. The characters of a Lord of Conjunction shone out from the fair schedules of his ephemeris. Knowledge of occult sciences was evidenced in the illumined records of his constitution. Remote mysteries were revealed by his keen sight. Far-reaching thoughts streamed out from 4us lofty glance.

1 The allusion probably is to the threshold of the Caliph’s palace at Baii(hd&d which contained a piece of

the famous black stone of Mecoa. See Richardson’s Diet. t. v. dar and D’Herb^lot art. Bab,

CBirTER XI.

139

CHAPTER XL

Account of somi or the wondebful eteostics on the auspicious

BIBTH OF HIS MaJESTY, THE KINO OP KINGS.

Ingenious men made eteostics in prose and verso on the noble nativity and composed gratulatory odes. They tendered them for acceptance at the Court of his Majesty JahAnbAni which was the assay-room of human jewels, and received glorious gifts.

Among them, this chronogram by Maulana Nuru-d-dln Tarkhan » received the palm of applause and approbation.

Qiuitrain,

When the fateful pen of destiny wrote the record,

It added a comment to the immortal verse

And wrote, From the birth-boon of the world’s king of kings The date is 3hahinsb§h Jahangir.’^* (World-seizing king of kings.)

And this wonderfully apposite chronogram was discovered by one of the learned of the Age.

Verse.

Laus Deo I there has come into being He who is the world’s epitome,

A king greater ^ than the kings of tho Earth,

I For an account of him, soo BlochmannNo. 55, (541)and BadSoul III. 157 and csi>ccially 197. Ho ended his days as guardian of HumayUn’s tomb.

These words make 949 as follows. flh=:300 Bb=300

h=: 6 h=s: 5

ns: 50 jss 3

h= 5 5 = 1 11= 50 g= 20 1 = 10 r=200

Total … 949

• AJcbar, comparatirc of KaMr,

140

irBARXlMA.

Akbar his name^ JalAl (Olorioas) his title. The year, the month, nycthemeron of birth Are Sunday night, five Rajab.’^ ^ (949 H.)

yak-iiambih, panj rajdb. The text has an u and the editors remark that this makes the number of years six too much, via, : 955, but that if the u be excluded as in one of their MSS. the letters gire the correct date, 949. I find that the Lucknow ed. and Ifo. 564 omit the li. The letters give 949 thus ihsSOO Bh = 300

b= 2 n=. 50

1=5 10 b = 2

ks 20 h s 5

ps 2 r5=200

n= 50 j=5 9

jss 3 b= 2

Total … 949

According to Mu. calculation Akbar was bom on Sunday night, for they nount the night first and then the day, beginning at sunset, but accord- ing to ordinary parlance, he was bom on Saturday night, i.s., early on Sunday morning.

CHAPTKIl lit.

141

CHAPTER XII.

Thanksoiying Of thx autboe of this nobli volumb,

FOB HAYING BIHBLD THX TIMX OF THIS 80YXBBIQNTT AND FOB HAYINQ LONG SXBYXD HIS MaJXSTT THX KING OF KINGS.

Althoagh it be a heaYy sorrow that^ at the rising of the Lumi- nary of Fortune^ the author of this noble volume was in the abode of non-existence^^ without being or the adornment of DiYino worship, yet how can he discharge his debt of thanks for the grand mercy of his having witnessed the era of the subjectively and objectively Great One, the ruler of the visible and the invisible ? and of having been one on whom has fallen the glance of his favour and guidance ? And hundreds more of thanks for this, that, ere he had seen the holy horoscope, or its noble secrets and wondrous glories had been revealed to him, he had understood that perfection of sanctity and sovereignty which is beyond the reach of the astrologer^s science, and was a slave of the Divine power.* And praise upon praiSe be to God that I am not, like lmamu-1-kaUm, Qassfinu-l-‘ajam, Lisanu-l-haqTqat, Ijiakim iOflqfim,* sighing for the Lord of the Age who is indispens- able for the control of the visible and invisible worlds. For instance he has written thus -

^Aba’l-fafl was bom 14th Jan., 1551, so that he was 8 years and 3 months jounger than Akbar.

• The author is referring, in part, to the supposed fact that the true horoscope of Akbar was not known until 1583.

• SbaqSnl is a famous Persian poet who died at Tabriz in 580 (1185), according to one account and

in 595 (1199) according to another. The lines quoted by A. F. are to* be found in Khaq^nl’s Quatrains, (St. Petersburg ed. 1875) p. 26, BubS*1 145 and p. 18, RubXT 101. See also J. A. S. B. New Series zxxvi. Oct., 1841, 156. For account of ShAq^uT, see M. Khanykov’s Memoitt Journal Aaiatiquet Sixth Series; 1864, iv, 137 f< aeq. and 1865, v, 298.

U2

AKnARNAMA.

Quatrain,

They say that every thousand years of the world There comes into existence a true man*

He came before this, ere we ^ were born from nothingness.

He will come after this when we have departed in sorrow. Elsewhere he says.

Every now* and then, the world is saturated with wretches, Then a shining soul comes down out of the sky.

Khaqanl I seek not in this Age for such a thing.

Sit not by the way for the caravan will come late

By auspicious good fortune, I obtained the service of this issuer of universal orders and explicator of the ways, and by the favour of his patronage and exalted kindness, comfort was brought to my soul,— perturbed by the deceptions of the day and dumb-founded in a wilder- ness of wants, — and no connexion with the world nor anxiety remained save to acquire his favour which indeed is tantamount to the pleasing of God. And my mind being freed from the bondage of secularity and the restraints of the world, was neither agitated* by regret for the past nor longing for the future. Hereafter ♦ there will be given in its proper place, an account of my obtaining the blessing of his service, of my reaching the shade of favour and kindness, and of my being exalted above the apices of honour and eminence to the Seventh^ Heaven of cognition (ma^rifat).

1 1 adopt the reading of the St. Petersburg MS. and No. 564, of ^ ma instead of the yd of the Text.

• See text, p. 51, 1.5 fr. foot, for the word har-yak-chandl.

• The allusion is to BIhaqAnI’s quatrain. A. F. means that having, like* Raphael in Hypatia, found the true man, he neither sighs for a past appearance nor longs for a future advent. Cf. Wordsworth’s “The past unsighed for and the future sure.”

♦ See Text III. 83ff. A. F. was introduced to Akbar in the 19th year, 981 (1574).

• Qkarfal, paradise. It means first

an upper chamber and hence is used to denote the Seventh Heaven or highest place Paradise. (Lane 2249c.) A. F. means that, by acquir- ing Akbar’s intimacy, he has risen higher than if he had had high office and distinguished outward rank. Blochmann remarks (xxviii) that A. F. “ never accepted a title.” But this is rather a question-begging phrase. He is No. 71 in the list of Maneahddre, being a Commander of Four Thousand and he had the title of * AllSml. BAyazld calls him Naw&b.

CUAFfKR XIIE.

143

CHAPTER XIII.

Arrangement of the lopty-titeed line and list op the noble NAMES OP the eminent ANCESTORS OP HIS MajESTT, the KINO OP KINGS.

The following list gives the excellent appellations of the heaven- descended forefathers of his Majesty, who are linked to celestiaU ancestors by degrees of exaltation and gradations of greatness, and all of whom came as kings, kings of kings, kingdom-bestowers and king-makers, and governed the world by God-given wisdom and true insight, such as justice and equity lequire, so that they have left behind them on this earth the reverberation of a good name, which is a second life, or rather, is life eternal.

List}

1. Adam. Peace be upon him.

2. Seth, (Text, SlliS-)

3. Enosh.

4. Kenan.

5. Mahalalil. (Text, Mahaldll.)

6. Jared. (Text, Yarid.)

7. Enoch. (Ikhnukh, Text.)

8. Methusalah.

9. Lamech.

10. Noah.

11. Japheth. (Text, Yfifig.)

12. Turk.

dhcH *alwl, sublime fathers, t.6., the seven planets.

The original gives the list in an ascending order, beginning with

Akbar. I have taken the names of the patriarchs from the revised ver- sion of the Old Testament.

144

AKBAENiXA.

13. Alinjal ^§n.

14. Dib Baqui.

15. Kayuk Ehfin. (Text, Gay uk.)

16. Alinja ^an.

17. *Mugbal Kbfin.

18. Qarft Khan.

19. Ag^uz Khan. (Text, A^ur.)

20. Kun Kbin.*

21. Al Khan.

22. YaldQz IQ^an.

23. Mangali JS^^n. (Texti Mnnkali.)

24. Tingiz Khan.

25. ll Khan.

26. QTyan,

(Here there is a break.) Of the descendants of Qlyan are ; —

27. Timur Tesb,

28. Mangali Khwaja.^

29. Yaldas.

30. J u’Ina Bah&dur.

31. Alanqu’a, daughter of the preceding.

32. Bdzanjar Qa^an/ son of the preceding.

33. Buqt Qa’an.

34. Zutacnin Khan.^ (Also Dutamin.)

35. Qaydu ^aii.

• Major Raverty (JahaqdUi-nofiH, 87 on) prefers Alminja. Sir H. Howorth has Iltohi. Apparently Alinja is the grandson and not the eon ci Turk, his father’s name haring been Tntak. Probably ** Alinja ” is wrong for we find this name a little lower in the list. Col. Miles (Gene- alogi^l Tree of the Turks) has Obluohi.

• Major Rarerty (880) says that Kun means the Sun, Ai the M oon, and TaldUs a star, and that the three

were brothers. A F. in his aoeount of OghnsQil^n mEkes them brothers and alto mentions Tingli (is., the sea) as one. (Text, 60 1.2 fr. foot)

• It appears from D’Herb^lot that this is the Turkish form of Michael, hence its frequent recurrence, t Qddn, Shlikin, t.s.. Great Shin* •Variously written in the text. In one place it is Dumantn. Howorth has, after Erdmann, Dutim Menen. (1. 39.)

OfiAPTIB XllU

145

36. Bfijflann^ar

37. Tumana Sb5ii«

38. Qftculi Bahadur.!

39. Iradam-cl Barlfts.

40. SQghnj-cT.a

41. Qaracftr Nuyan.*

42. leal Nuyan.

43. Alankir Bahadur. (Var. infra, Ailanyar H3^an.)

44. Amir Barkal.

45. AmTr Tarfl|j^li.

46. ^ahib Qaran Qutba-d-danyft wa-d-din, Amir Timur Gurgnn.

47. Mlran 3bah>

48. Sulj^fln Muhammad Mlrza.

49. Sultan Abu Sa’id Mirzft.

50. ^Uraar 3ha*!kh Mlrza.

51. Zahirn-d-dln Muhammad Babar Padshah.*

52. Na^Iru-d-dln Muhammad Humayun Padshah.

53. Aba’l-Mugaffar^ Jalaln-d-dln Muhammad Akbar Padshah.

! Here, for some time, the list ceases to record the names of kings. Qftcall is also spelled Q&jUlT. Ho was twin-brother of Qabal Kh&n. the ancestor of Gingiz £han. In ac« cordance with his father, Tumana’s interpretation of his dream, he became Commander- in-Chief. (See his biography infra.)

Spelled also SUghu-jijan. It means wise, according to Baverty (898).

• Spelled also Nu-yin. The word is explained as meaning, in Mongolian, king s son or prince and also a chief or general. See Jarrett III. 344fi. where it is transliterated Noyian. See also Farhang^i-Ba^hl^ II* 977. Quatrembre {Rafifidu-d-din, Trans. 76.) says, “Le mot noianc^i^ on noin qui appartient k la langue OiOngole, d^signait le chef d*un 19

toman, e’est k dire d’un corps de dix mille hommes.’* ^

• Blochmann (Genealogical Table) calls him Jalftln-d-dln Mirkn Shih and A. F. does so too. (Text 81.)

• Gulbadan mentions that Babar took the title of Pftdfihkh after the birth of I Hnmftyiln. Pkdah&h was changed to Bidahkh in India because, says Blochmann, Pkd means erepitui ventrii.

• In the preface of the Persian translation of the Mahdbhdrat, (B.M. No. 5638, p.8.) A. F. calls him AbU’l- fath and this is the name given tin the document drawn up by A.F.’s father, Mubkrak, and others and preserved by BadftonT. (Blochmann 185 -and Lowe 279.) There too he is styled fih^sT. AF. also uses the title AbUd-fath in the introductory verses of the TqfsIr-t-Akkarl or Great

146

hcbarkIma.

Let it not be ooncealed that tho auspicious record of these high- born ones is implanted and contained in the breast-pages^ of the transmitters of words, and recorded and expressed by the conserving tongues of the writings of epochs, as far as Yalduz who is the 25th* (i.e., counting upwards) in ascent from his Majesty and that for the period from MangalT to II O^ftn* which may be reckoned

as 2,000* years, nothing has come to light. The cause of this will be explained hereafter.

From II KhSn to Adam there are 24* persons. These have

Commentary which ho presented to Akbar on his second atroduction to him in 982 (1574). (The ahjokd value of the words Tafsir^uAkharX is 983, but the introduction took place in 982 H. See InsJkd, III.) The full name of the Emperor as there given is Aba’l-fatb Jalalu-d-din Muhammad Akbar Sh^h Al-GhazT. and it would seem that tho Commentary which A.F. then presented was on the opening of the Sdratu-l-fatb, in allu- sion to Akbar ’s name and also to his recent victories in Bengal. On the other hand, FaizI (Nal u Daman Calcutta ed. 1831. 24.) calls Akbar, Aba’l-muzaffar Jamalad’daula U Jal&luHl-dIn Muhammad Akbar. Perhaps Muzaffar was the original name and was changed to Fatb* after the victories in Bengal and to assimilate it to the name of Akbar’s favourite residence, FatbpQr SikrI. The words Mu^afihir and Ftftb are nearly synonymous, one meaning a victory or victorious, and the other victory.

This seems a fitting place, for noting that the first letter of the word Akbar is short and the Em- peror’s name should not be pro- nounced Akbar but Akbar. Hence the word used to be written in

English Ukbar or Ukbcr. The word Akbarndma has a double moaning ; it may signify the History of Akbar and also the Great or Supreme Book. It is perhaps rather significant that both A.F. and his brother should omit the title of which was

given to the young Akbar after the defeat of HSmtl.

I Or, pages issuing from.

• That is counting Akbar as No. I. According to the series given by the author, YaldOa (it is Yaldaz, No. 2, and the No. 29 of the English list), is the 24th. jadd or ancestor of Akbar. Either on this account or because he found four in his MS. Chalmers has 24th ancestor.

• Apparently this should be Qlylin

EbUu for he is described as the son and not merely as the descendant of II For a similar reason,

it should be Tlmfir T&sh and not Mangall Skwftja.

• It will be pointed out hereafter that A.F. has greatly overstated the time during which the Mughals were in IrgBnaqfin. Other historians give the time as between 400 and 500 years.

• Chalmers makes this 25, and this is correct, unless one exclude Tl

himself.

CHAPllR XIII.

U7

beun described by historiansi and a brief account of them will be given.

Far-sighted philosophers who with ripe judgment and God-given wisdom^ have investigated the records of the past^ and who have made the recognition of truth a sacred trusty and who exhibit researcli in the weighing of facts, are aware that the hearoay reports and traditions about man’s origin occurring 7,000 years ago is a thing not to be accepted by sages who contemplate the rise ^ and decay of the world and (can appreciate all the tones) of the seven climes.

In these matters, right-thinking and far-seeing Reason, after true and just investigation, sometimes answers in the negative, and some^ times, out of caution — that baiting place of tranquillity and station of wisdom — delays either to admit or to deny.

By help of Reason— -the glory of the world, — and the assistance of trustworthy records and reliable statements about the world, such as the ancient books of India and Cathay ({0]ti(a), etc., which have been preserved from the agitations of accidents and with which agree the principles of astronomy and the oonclnsions of astronomical obser- vations, (andL such things yield trustworthy evidence) and also from the successive series of the biographies of the sages of those coun- tries and the catena of opinions of this disciplined body (philoso- phers), it appears that the beginning of the world and of mortals and the source of the manifestations of the Divine attributes has not been discovered. Either it is eternal, as was the opinion of many ancient philosophers, or of such antiquity as to approximate to eternity.

The sect of SidrhA* (Jains) who are preeminent in all the countries of India for austerity, asceticism and science, divide time —

ILU. observe the spring end autumn of the four-fold garden (is., the world) and know the gamut of the seven assemblages from the highest the loweet notes— anjuiiMfi, which I presumes here moans climes and not the planeta *Colebrooke says (As. Res. IX 291.) ** In Hindustan, the Jains are usually called Syauras but distin-

guish themselves into BrSvacas and Tatis.** The name does not seem to be in use now. I do not know its origin unless it be a corruption of 9^^t&mbara. (See Jarrett IV, 210n.)

The name Syaura was evidently in common use in 6 drat in the middle of the last century for An- quetil du Perron refers to it and

14S

AKftABMlMA.

called kdl in the Indian language— into two parts. One is Avaaarpifjif (descending cycle) > i.e., the period whose beginning is joyfnl and end grievous^ and the other is Utaarpitji (ascending cycle) ^ i,e., the oppo^ site of the first. Each of these periods is divided into six parts^ called dras.^ Each dra has a distinct name in accordance with its speciality.

The first dra of the Avaaarptfji is called Sukhmdn-suhhmdnf the meaning of the reduplication being that this portion brings joy upon joy and happiness upon happiness. The length of this happy time is four kOrdJc^sdgar. The name of the second dra is Sukhradn, i.e., a time of felicity and joy. Its duration is three kfJrdkOr^adgar. The name of the third ara is Sukhdm (Sukhmdn) Dukhmdn, i.e., sorrow and misfortune crop up in the time of joy, Its duration is two kordkfir-sdgar. The fourth dra is called Dukhmdn-eukhmdn, i.e., joy and freedom from care rise up in the time of grief and sorrow. Its duration is less than one klirdkdr by 42^000* years.

The fifth dra is Dukhmdn being the opposite of the second which was Sukhman. The duration of this dra is 21^000 years. The sixth dra is Dukhsf^dnrdukhman being the opposite of the first. Its length is likewise 21,000 years. The names of the drosof the second period {Utearpinl) are the same but the first of them corresponds to the sixth dra of the first periodj the second to tho fifth, the third to the fourth, and the fourth to the third, the fifth to the second, and the sixth to the first of the first period. Their opinion is that at the

Bays, (DiicouTB Preliminaire, 365), mother, Mara Devi, and that they say

that tho two leading classes of these beings were created by God

Hind as at SUrat are the Br&hmans ia Aiodha, t.e., the north of Delhi

and the Sciouras. He calls those, (OudhP). Probably, however, Aio-

Hinda priests, and says that they dha is a misprint for Agroha or

also goby the name of Djetti8(ya<if). Agaroa. (^ee Tieffenthaler I. 135,

They seldom marry, ho says, dress where Sarang is probably a mistake

in white and have tho head un- for Scionra). Perhaps this is why

covered and wear their hair short, they compared (See Teit) the hair of

**like the Ahbii in France.*’ They yugoJa infants with that of Delhi

carry a ballett (brush) to clean children.

tho places whore they sit down, lest t Sanskrit e|K dra, a spoke in

they should crush an insect, in a time’s wheel, note, ho says that the Sciouras call > So also As. Res. IX. 258. Major

the first man Bikaba Deva and his Mackensfie’s account of the Jains.

CRAPXeB XllX.

149

preseBt day, two thousand and odd years of the fifth dra of the first period have elapsed.

Beit known ^ that the arithmeticians of India call 100,000 a lah; ten lake a prayut, ton prayuUt a 7fre>r, one hundred krnra an arb, ten arha a kharha, ten kharha a nikharb, ten nikharha a inahdaaruj or padm, ten padma a aanJcha, and ten aankhaa a eamudr or kiyrdkor.

Bo it known also that thoir opinion is that in a former period, in a particular place, a son and a daughter wore born at each birth, a notion also prevalent amongst ourselves.*

This sect thinks also that the hair of the infants of the district of Delhi is 4096 times coarser than the hair of those beings whom they OBXljugli^ {yayala).

• As to these ntunbers* see Jarrott III. Ill and Faisl’s JAlavaHt OaL 1828, 7 and 8. The statement in the text may be put into tabular form as follows j—

100,000 slob.

1,000,000 ssjmtylW.

10,000,000 = krSr.

100,000,000 = arh.

1,000,000,000 ssbWb.

10,000,000,000 = nikharb, 100,000,000,000 = mahdaaHiJ.

or padnu

1,000, 000,000,0^)0 = aanJcha,

10,000,000,000,000, = fcmiMdf or hMOcar.

In Text it is stated that 100 brSrs, t.6., 1000 millions = an orb but this is probably a mistake for 10 IcrSra, (See the scale in Mn, Jarrett III, 111.) Cf mwCW - MahaaoHii Great Lake*born, i.s., the lotus, Monier Williams (Dictionary 761a)^ says it is equal to ntakdwhaja, i,#., a billion.

*A.F. is apparently referring to the Mu. tradition that Eve produced

twins at every birth, vis., a boy and a girl. He may also be referring to the views of the Gerbanites as given by Abraham Ecohellensia (Principles of Geology, Lyell, Chap. II). In that case, the words son and daughter should be translated male and female.

• (Jarrett IV. 196 and 200.) Banso. yuyala, a pair. I do not know why the number 4096 has been selected ; 4696 is given in the Jflnas the period that had elapsed from the reign of Yudhif^hira to 40th Akbar (Jarrett II. 15) and also as that from the Deluge to the time of writing the ifn, 1,9,, 40th Akbar (1596 A.D.). Forhaps 4096 is a mistake for 4696.

The passage (about the hair) occurs also at Iln 11. 104 (Jarrett III. 200) but there seems an error in the*^ffi (Text) inasmuch as it represents the hair of a yugola child as 4096 times thicker than that of a Delhi child. The point, however, clearly is that the chopped hair {Sea Text infra] used for filling the cavity, be exoes* sively fine, to wit, that of a yiigota

150

▲kbarnAma.

And they say that if the hair of a seven days old jugli infant^ which is excessively fine^ be subdivided to the uttermost and an abyss (lit,, a well) ten miles ^ in depth, breadth and length, be filled with such particles and after a lapse of a hundred* years, one segment be taken out, the time in which, at this rate, the abyss will be emptied is a palupam ( ? w paly a). And when ten aamudr, — an explana- tion of which term has already been given,— of palupam(B) have elapsed, the period is a adgar. The durations of the aforesaid oyoles transcend, in their opinion, the power of calculation or description. Their opinion also is that for the management of the visible and invisible world, twenty-four venerable men (ddam) come forth from the hidden universe into the apparent one, every six draa and then pass* away. The name of the first of these is Adinftth and they call him also Baghun&th. The sway of this chosen one of God lasts fifty JcrOra of laka of adgaraa. The name of the last is MahftvTra.* His sway lasts for 20,000 years, of which 2,000 have elapsed at the present day. And the belief of this sect is that these twenty-four have come into existence many times and will come again many times.

child, which is 4096 times finer than that of a Delhi child and that of a seven days* yugala child being still finer. Colebrooke (As. Bes. 1. c. 318) quotes HSmacandra’p Vocabulary, and says, ** I do no> fitad that he ** anywhere explains the space of time denominated tagara or ocean. ** But I understand it to be an extra- ** vagant estimate of the time which ** yrould elapse before a vast cavity, ** filled with chopped hairs, could be ** emptied at the rate of one piece of hair in a century ; the time required to empty such a cavity measured by " yojanaa every way is a palya and ** this repeated ten cotia of eotia times is a aaga/ra 1,000,009,000,000,000 paUr yaassone adgara or aagaropama.

• Four kd$, but the Indian word is ydjwm.

• The Afn has 100 years, and this seems the correct reading here for B.M. MSS. Nos. 5610 and 1709 have Aar fcuf $dl, every hundred years. In the text is fod hoMdr, a hundred thousand.

*This is, apparently, differently stated in the AXn (Jarrett III, 192), but perhaps the meaning of the AXn (Text) is only that 24 demiurges appear in each dra and live for three or four dfoi.

A The text has MahRd45, but this is clearly a clerical error» (See Ain II. 99, 1.4), where the spelling is given* The error is apparently re- peated at II. 106, 1,3 fr. foot.

dHAPTER XIII.

151

Opinions of thb Brahma.

The Brahma of India whose teachings and practices are observed by the majority of Indians^ are agreed that the revolutions of the world consist of four Ages. The first, the period of which is 1,728,000 years, they call the Sat Yug. In this Age every single action of mankind is right, and high and low, rich and poor, great and small make truth and uprightness their rule, and show a walk and conversation pleasing to God. The natural life of man in this Age is 100,000 years.

The second Age is called Trltd and lasts 1,296,000 years. In it, three-fourths of mankind follow ways well-pleasing to God, and the natural duration of life is 10,000 years.

The third Age is called the Dwdpar and lasts 864,000 years. In it, one-half of mankind speak and act rightly, and the natural life is 1,000 years.

The tourth Age is the Kal Tug. Its period is 432,000 1 years. During it, three-fourths of mortals follow ways of falsehood and unrighteousness, and the natural life is 100 years.

This school firmly believes that every now and then the Life-Giver of mankind and producer of beings, brings an ascetic and sage* from the veil of concealment and non-existence to the palace of manifes- tation and existence and.makes him the instrument for the creation of the world. This mighty one is called Brahma. Their belief is thC.t a Brahma lives 100 years, each consisting of 360 days® and every day®

I Anquetil du Perron remarks (Tieffenthaler II. XXI), that the fourth Ago has served to form the first three by adding successively 432,000.

® Tajarrud-nihdd u danith-nizhad.

• The word day is used here in two senses, first as the nycthemeron or day of 24 hours and then in its ordinary sense, as opposed to night. There seems to be axl error in the Text^jD* hatar u, “a thousand and’* being k mistake for hoMdrwt, a thousandfold. The mean-

ing is ** equal to a thousand of four Ages, i.e., Mahdyug(sy* The “1,000 Mahdyugia) " is apparently a state- ment in round numbers, the more exact figures being 980, for each Manu existed for 70 kalpM (71 according to another account) or Mahdyugia) and as there are 14 successive -li^anus in a day of BrahraS, the length of it is 70 X 14 = 980. Firighta ’ has copied A.F. (he acknowledges this, stating that he is epitomizing A.F.’s transla- tion of the MahdbhdrcU), but he has gone to A.F.’s preface rather than to the Akbamdma. See his Introduction

152

AKBAHNiMA.

and every night is equal to a thousand times four Ages (Mahayug.) In their opinion, the number of Brahmas who have come into existence cannot be known by the human intellect, but they say that according to what has been received from authorities ^ on the subject of Brahmfl, the present Brahmft is the thousand and first, and that fifty years and half* a day of the life of this wondrous being have elapsed at the present time.

The writer of this divine masterpiece has written the account of these two doctrines according to the translation of learned and pious Indians* from their venerated books. Also in the writings of Sha^ikh Ibn ‘Arab!*

(EllIot-Dowson*s trans. VI, 632 E. n. B.) A.F.*s preface to the Persian translation of the Mahdhhdral is to be found in the B.M. Add. No. 5C38. It was written in the 32nd Akbar and contains an account of the four Ages corresponding to that in the Text. (See 1. o. 12a).

r find in the QarUiparvan^ (Twelfth Book of the Mahdbhdr€U)-^ (II, 237, Fratab Chandra Bai’s tran.) that the four Tug$ (Ages) contain 12,000 years of the gods, i.6., 432,000 •t-360 ; and that this period is called a Devayug, ** A thousand snch Tw- ga$ (i.#., Divayuga$ or Mnhdyvtyot) compose a single day of Brahmft. The same is the duration of Brah* mft*s Slight.”

1 csflb ** trnsty friends or con- fidants.*’) Tor nse of this word, see Text 121 i.t2, A.F. probably means here Mann or the Manns. Firishta has copi<^ the expression and Pro- fessor Dowson (Elliot VI. 563) trans- lates, ** I have heard from my Brih- man /nends, etc.”

*It would seem from the Ain (Jarrett II, 15) that the half day has not fnlly expired, for we are told that 14 Manns appear in each of

Brahma’s days. When A.F, was writing, 50 years had elapsed, and consequently 360 X 14=5,040 Manns had appeared. But instead of 7 Manns of the first day of the 51 st year’s having appeared, {.s., the number that appear in half a day, we are told that only 6 Manns had appeared and departed, and that only a portion of the time of the 7th, ots., 27 halpas, 8 yugas and 4,700 years of the 4lh Tug had elapsed. If this be correct, the 7th Mann had then more than half his time to run, ms., 48 kalptu out of his 70.

• See Jarrett III, 210 where A.F. speaks of having g^t his information abont the Jains from learned men of the Qvitdmbofa order, and says that he conld not get exact informa- tion about the tenets of the Digam* ha/ra$ (sky-clad.)

t Apparently the writer referred to is Mubyl’u-d-dfn Ibnu-l-ArabI, author of the Fupi9UUhikam (Hftjl Kha lfa lY. 424). See Bien’s Oat. II. 8316, item lil. and 8826, Item XYII. and Ar. Oat. No. 288. He was also the antlMW of the FuHihdiimak* ktyah (fssBien II, 8746)and of a num- ber of definitions appended to Jor

CHAPTia Xtll.

163

and Sbaikb Sa’da-ddin ^ lifamui wlio were great Baints and maaterB of exposition and ecstacy^ it is stated in the explanation of Divine {Ildhi) days and of Babbdni^ days that each Rahhdni day is made up of 1,000 years and every Divine day of 50,000. And the author of Nafd^isurlr/unUn has related that in the histories of Cathay, it

jSiiI in FIttgeVa ed. The latter gives the name as ** Moh jied-dtn Moham- med b. Ali Hfttimi Tajl vulgo Ibn Arab! dictus/* and bays he died in 638-1240. A.P. refers to Muhyl’a-d- din in the Ain (II. 221 and Jarrett III. 373.) See also BadionI, Lowe, 266.

^ Apparently Sa’du-d-dln Mn. B. al-Mii’ayyad l^mnl ‘who died 650 H. (Rieu 755a and 1095a.) He is referred to in the Ain (JTarrett III. 390), and there is a short notice of him in Prince DSri ghihSh’s Saji- natu-l-auliyd’ where it is stated that he died in B^urasan 650 H. (1252 A.D.)

1 rabhdnl. Lane defines this as meaning one who devotes himself to religious services or exercises, or applies himself to excess of devotion. He does not give the meaning of **a period of time," but states that rahbl, the sing, of rubuh, means thousand, and that some say it means 10,000. Richardson gives ribbl as meaning thousands, a myriad. In the second Epistle of St. Peter ii. 8, we have the expression (as pointed out, I believe by Sale) “ One day is with the Lord as a thousand years and a thousand years as one day." See also Psalm xc. 4. In the preface to the Mdhdbhdrat, A.F. refers to the views of Ibn Arab1 and Im&m Jafar l^adiq.

20

B See Rieu II. 435a for an account of this work. It is an encyclopsedia written by Mu. B. Mnhmfidu-l-imulT. I have not in B. M. MS. No. 16827, been able to find the passage referred to by A. F., but the volume is thick and has no index. See Jarrett II. 19, where we aret old that 8,884 wane fiO.years, have elapsed up to the date, of the Ain. These figures seem in- consistent with those of the Text, and apparently both aro wrong. D’Herb^lot (art. Fan.) states that the Mughals reckon that 874 H… corres- ponds to the 8863rd. ran of 10,000 years each, and then adila that 874 K. corresponds to 1443 A.D. In the end, the figures wiU\ome out nearly as A.F.’s if wo 8iib.stituto a six tor an oight in the Ain figures, makitig them 8864*and insert an eight in onr text so as to read 8863 instead of 863.

Here we are told that 863 wane, 9,800 years, had elapsed from the time c Adamto736H.= 1334A.D. Con- sequently, 1003 H., 1594 A.D. the 40th Akbar and the date of the Ain would correspond with 864 toane, 60 years, for 1594- 1334 = 260 years. - *

874 H. is 88,639,860 years from the Creation. 847 H.= 1443 A.D., so that this calculation agrees pretty nearly with that quoted by A.P. for 1334 A.D., vis., 8863 toana 9800 years, the difference being 109-60 = 49 years. S4dillot refers ta a passage of

154

akbarrIma.

is written that from the time of Adam AbCi-l-bafdiar (Father of mankind) till now the date when the author of the Nafffis was writing) which is 735 (1334 A.D.) 8863 titans ^ (Text, 868) 9^800

years have elapsed.

A wan with them is 10,000 years. Such is the wide expanse of God’s kingdom that it is not improbable that these tales and tradi- tions may be true. There may have been many Adams. Indeed it is stated by Im5m Ja’far Sadiq, (Peace be on him I) that there have been thousands upon thousands of Adams before the Adam who was our father. And Sha^ikb Ibn ^Arab! says it is not improbable that after a Divine (Rahhdnl) week, which is 7,000 years and the period of the cycle* of the sovereignty of the seven planets, one race is termi- nated and another Adam puts on the robe of existence.

And now, giving truce to length of words and littleness of matter, I proceed to sketch in this glorious record, without converting* it into extensive histories, the blissful biography of those fifty-two persons who extend* from Adam down to his Majesty, the king of kings, so that it may be a cause of increase of knowledge, As 1 know that this exposition of grandeur will be a complement to the account of his Majesty, the king of kings, I shall treat it with the concision which is the adornment of an author.

BHerb51ot which, he says, is derived from Greaves. S5dillot considers that the trae figures are 8863 wans, 9860 years ; or 9820 according to one MS. This last figure agrees best with AF., for in the Ain (Jarrett II. 19) he says that according to the Khatal Era, 8884 want 60 years have elapsed up to the date of his writing, M., 40th Akbar:=1596 AD. 1596-1443 ssl58, and this does not differ materially from 9864 wont 60 years ^8863 wont 9820 years s 140.

The Text has ha/r before won which seems a mistake.

• There is probably some mistake here. The cycle of the planets was generally reckoned as much longer

than 7,000 years. See amongst other places, Principles of Geology, Lyell, Cap. 11. Quotation from Abraham Ecchellensis. Perhaps A. F. means that each Eahhdnl day is 7,000 years long and that thus a Bahhdnl week is 49,000 years. If so, the trs. should be ** After a week of RabbdnX days.’*

• Perhaps *’not being satisfied with big books.” The Persian is ikt\fa’ for use of which see Text 10, 1.2 fr. foot. A.F. may mean that cer- tain voluminous histories do not give the facts properly.

• A.F. tells us later that these 52 persons do not fill the gap between Adam and Akbar. There is no re- cord of some 25 generations;

cM4n’tR xir.

155

CHAPTER XIV.

Account of Adam (Peace be upon ^IMl)

It 1*8 well-known that he came into existence about 7^000^ years ago through the perfect power of God^ without the intervention of a father’s loins or a mother’s womb and that he was equably com- pounded of the four elements. His soul emanated from the fountain of bounty in perfection proportionate to his body. He was entitled man (insdn) and received the name of Adam.

At that time the first degree of Capricorn* coincided with the eastern horizon^ and Saturn was in that Sign^ while Jupiter was in Pisces, Mars in Aries, the Moon in Leo, the Sun and Mercury in Virgo, and Venus in Libra. Some have said that at that time, all the planets were in their degrees of exaltation, but clearly this does not accord with astronomy for there is a difficulty about Mercury, — the Sun’s exaltation being in Aries and Mercury’s in Virgo. But Mercury can never be more than 27’’ distant from the Sun, how then can he be in exaltation when the Sun is in exaltation, or how can the Sun be in exaltation when Mercury is so 7 And reflectiing on the astrological principle that Mercury takes the nature of whatever planet he be associated with, it has occurred to me that Mercury may have b^en in the condition of applying^ to some other planet which waB in exaltation.

1 The Era of Adam is described in the Alt*. (Jarrett II, 2.) All the periods given there are under 7,000 years. The “ 7,000 years ” of A.P/s authorities are probably lunar and about 211 have to be deducted to con* vert them into solar. Many dates of the Creation, etc., are given in the {Tcihlttt-f-nyar.

• Capricorn is Saturn’s nocturnal mansion ; Pisces the nocturnal man- sion of Jupiter, and Aries the diurnal

house of Mars. There does not seem to be any special connection between the Moon and Leo but perhaps she is there as Vizier or deputy for the Sun, who is in .Virgo, — the nocturnal house of Mercury, — but whose mansion is Leo. Libra is the diurnal house of Venus.

• IttiadL This is the technical meaning of the term but A.F. may only intend that Mercury was near some other planet.

156

akbarmIma.

Adam was of lofty stature^ of a wheaten colour, had curling hair and a handsome Countenance. There are different accounts of the stature of this patriarch, but most agree that he was sixty cubits high. Almighty Qod produced E^e from his left side and gave her in marriage to him, and by her he begat children. Historians have told many strange and wondrous things about this hero and though there be no difficulty about the extent of God’s power, yet experi- enced and practical men of the world, on looking to the course of nature, rather hesitate about accepting them. It is said that at the time of his death, he had 40,000 descendants, and that his immediate children were 41, viz,, 21 boys and 20* girls, but some say there were 19 girls. Seth was the most eminent of them all.

Some have said that Adam wrote about elixirs > (?) {ta‘ final) and

^ The Muhammadan tradition is that Eve, at every parturition pro- duced twins except at Seth’s birth. He was horn alone,-* hence the numbers 21 males and 20 females. See account of Seth, infra. s The Text and No. 564 have taflndt. Ordinarily this seems to mean evil smells or putri- dities, but SteingasB gives also the meaning tincture — taf%n V. n. 2 of tincture)." If this be taken in the sense of elixirs or efficacious drugs, it may be that tafinat is right and it agrees with the statement in the ffabibu-t-siyar that Adam’s book dealt, among other subjects, with the properties of medicines. Yet A.i*. would hardly class medicine among the occult sciences. In the sense of tincture, possibly tdftndi has refer- ence here to the tradition mentioned in the Prolegomena to the Zofar- ndma, that when Adam was cast out of Paradise, he fell upon the mountains of Ceylon, and spent 100

years there in prayer and penitence. During this time, he wept so much that plants grew up out of the pools of his tears, and all of these were medicinal or aromiftic like cloves, cinnamon, etc.

In B.M. No. MOCCVI. (p. 19) (Rieu, Ar. Cat. (M) 1,602) which is the Ar. Text of Sl^ahramarl’s hukamd, the word is dot taftndt but apparently, cUba^qXndt, which does not seem to hava any meaning. The passage is ^ uAm

5a*?l kutub fi-Uba’‘qlndt. Perhaps the word should *be aJyaqx-

niydt, **certainties" such as articles of religion. In I.O. No. 1579, (Per. trs. of SJiahrasArl by one Haqffld ‘All of TdbrU) we find (16a) that unfortunately the albaqindi or ofyo- qiniydl of S^hrazarl’s Text is re- presented by a word without dia- critical marks. The passage is 6 dXdam man ba^l os kuiuhkd-l-drd dar oUaa^ idfcir {fndm. Taking the illegible word to be fr« <a*f {6,

the appointing a ihan as chief and

ORAPTRR XI?.

167

other oooult sciences. For example the very learned Sh^hrazurU has BO stated in his Lives of Philosophers.’^ It is said Adam died

which with %dhir, may mean the external markB or indications of such a person, this may be rendered,

And I sai^ various books about the marks (or notes) of an Imam” (P ondm, mankind.) Some countenance is given to this view by finding that Seth, a son of Adam, laid down 16 rules or marks of a true believer (mtt’mtn) as if the father had laid down those of an Imam (apostle) and the son, those of a disciple.

Another suggestion which has occurred to me is that the word is aUbayyindi, demonstratiens," and which has also the technical sense of “ cabalistic interpretation3 of the meanings of letters.’* This word occurs in Kh alfa*8 account of the Sifr-uddam (Book of Adam) (Fluegel’s ed. III. 599,600.) Here we are told that Adam’s book was written on 21 olive leaves of Paradise and its gates (P) and dealt with the properties of letters, etc.

One more suggestion remains, ri*., that A.P.’s word is iafiindi, i.e., Heb. tephillimt “ amulets or phylacteries.*’ The variants in the notes to our Text do not seem of value, and MSS. which I have consulted, throw no light on the point. Evidently the word is used in an unusual sense and the copyists have been unable to understand it.

The n of to’/lndt does not, I think, occur in the MSS. 1 have consulted. In the beautiful MS. of Halhed (No. 6610» 31 1.3 fr. foot) the word appears to be h,*fiydi, “ obliter-

ations, amendments.’* In R.A.S. No, 116 it is clearly written oUlW ta*qliydt, and this might yield a good sense for tdqliydi (fr. aql) eeems to mean abstruse points in philosophy. (Lane 2114 a and h.) RA.S. No. 117 has olfciaj iaJiydt,

1 This is the Imam 8h5m8U-d>dTn Mutiammad Shahrazfirl referred to by Amir Sh^^d (Kbondamlr) in hia Khald8atu4-al^hdr, (Persian Muna&l, Gladwin, 1801, Part IT. 265,266.) The Rau!$atu-s-8afd (Re- Katsek II. Part I.) states that he was the author both of the Tdrik^-uhuka- md and the Nazhatu-l-qulub (Hearts* Delight), but if so, the latter is ap- parently not the wprk described by Rieu (I. 418a.) Shamsu-d-dln is also mentioned in B.M. Ar. Cat. 209, 601, 602. The book thefe described is anonymous and entitled Nazhdiu-l* arwdh u Rau^Ul-afrdh^ “Delights of Souls and Gardens of Joy, 05- lectamen Spvrituwm ti Viridarium Oavdiiyrum” but Dr. Rieu observes that it agrees almost entirely with the work of Shamsu-d-dTn aah-Sbah- raatirl described by QXjl Khalfa (Fluegel yi. 321.) It is in two parts, the first, an account of ancient philosophers, the second, of those subsequent to Mufiammad, and it contains 108 Lives (that described by HijI Khalfa had 111.) Apparently TdrXlg^-i’kuhamd is tbe secondary title. It seems to have been written at Bafra in 995 (1587). Its author wrote a commentary on QhsbrawardT, a philosopher who was

158

akbarnIma.

in India and was buried on a mountain in Cejloni (an island) which lies towards the south and which is now known by the name of Qadamgdh’-uddam (Adames footprint^ ue,, Adames Peak.) He was ill 21 days and Eve died^ according to one account^ a year^ according to another^ seven years and according to a thirds three days after him. Seth^ his successor and administrator^ buried her by Adam’s side^ and it is reported that Noah brought their coffin on board the Ark at the time of the Deluge, and afterwards buried them on Abu ,qubai8.* According to another account, they were buried in Jerusalem, and according to a third tradition, in Najf-Kufa.*

Seth — Peace bb upon him

Was the most excellent of Adam’s immediate descendants, and was born after the catastrophe of Abel. It is said that whenever Eve became pregnant, she gave birth to a son and a daughter, but that Seth was born alone. IqllmTya,^ the (twin) sister of Cain was

put to death at Aleppo by Saladin in 587 (1191). (D*Herb51ot $,v. Soheher- verdt.) There is a Per. tra, (T.O. No. 1579) of the TdH^-i-hu1camd by MaqfSd AlT of Tabriz, begun under the orders of Akbar and completed under Jahinglr. The translator calls the author that pattern of writers Shamsu^hmulka wa-d-din MaulSni Shamsu-d-din Muhammad ShahrazSrI. A.F. seems to have made considerable use of theTdrfjfh-i hukamd: his account of the three Hermes in the notice of Enoch agrees closely with the Persian of Maqf Sd *A1T.

BhahrazSr is a town in the hill- country of Persia and apparently near the battle-field of Arbela. (Jarrett III. 80,81.) A.F. gives Shahrazttr as the name of a district also. (Meynard’s 856.) The

name is said to mean thi city of Zfir,— the son of ^o^iq a Persian king and founder of the town.

A.F. includes Ceylon in India (Hindilst&n.) The Arabs call the mountain on which Adam was buried, Rkhfin.

• Bichardson spells Abil Kais, after D’Herb51ot, and says it is 8 m. from Mecca. (D’H. s.v. Abu Cais Mecca.) Abfi qubais is a mountain n. of Mecca. Abraham is said to have proclaimed from it, the insti- tution of pilgp’image.

t Nedjif about 1| m. (2 hil,) of Kfifa. (B5clus IX. 458) (Kfifafa. Jarret III. 64.) Najf means high land and tumulus. A.F.’s account of Adam’s burial-place is perhaps taken from the Nafd*i9u4-ftMun, (B.M. No. 16,259n 827.)

« Much of A.F.’s account of the Patriarchs seems taken from the of Mir Ebwind (Mlr- khond) and the flaWnt-B^tiya/r of his grandson, Amir (Sbonda-

mir) or from their sonroes. The has been translated

CBAFTKB xrr.

159 *

giVdn in marriage to him (Seth*) When Adam reached the age of a thonsand^ he made Seth hie encoesaori and enjoined all to submit to him* In sncoession to Adam, ha carried on, by his weighty intellect the administration of the temporal and spiritual worlds. He always conducted himself with outward composure and inward efficiency, and his were the only descendants who survived NoaVs Flood. He is called the first (7na,‘ a word which in Syriac means teacher. He occupied himself with the medical,* mathematical and theological sciencesjt and spent most of his life in Syria. Many of his descend- ants abandoned secular affairs and practised asceticism in hermitages. He left the world when he was 912 years old. Some say that he was Adam’s grandson and that his father was Sulha,* but this tale is without foundation.

in part by Mr. Behatsek, and his translation published by the Or. Trs. Fund. This work may advantage- ously be consulted in connection with A.F. See also Persian Xebarl, Zotenberg’s trs.

The story of IqlTmlyS is given in Xabarl, (Cap. XXX.) and in the According to one tradition, Cain murdered Abel on her account, as he was not willing that she should marry Abel. Her name is variously written Iqlimlyt, IqllmS (Biwkdn-t-^djti* s. o.) and by Bayl^ Galmana. IqllmlyS means litharge, foam of silver. After Abel’s death, Iqllmlyi was married to Seth.

^ Muhammadans spell this name like that of Bathsheba’s husband, but there is no conneotion between the two persons. Uriah means “Light of Heaven.” (Ox. “Helps to the Bible.‘0 D’Herbelot, Art Uriai says: " Lea Arabes se servent de oe mot qui est tird du Chaldsiiqiie

et du Syriaque Oumta et Oiiroto, pour signifier un Maitre ou Docteur de la premiere classe, tela qu’ont ^td, Edris, Kh^her, Hermes, qui portent les titres de premier, sdcond et troi* sihme Mattres on pocteurs de I’Univers.” Chwolsohn in his work on the Sabwans, gives the variants, Asdnl and and comes to the conclusion that the word is not Syriao bub merely a corruption of Orphsus. See 1, 782 and 800 where he says, " sammt und Bonders cor- ruptionen aus Orpheus.” But may it not be connected with Ur, i*a., the Or of the Chaldees or with the ur which means light P The form Ardni is given by Mas’ildl (Book qf Indication and Counsel, deSacy IX. 842 n.)

• This is the Mu^mmadan division of the sciences. (Blochmann 279 n.) It is derived from Aristotle.

» The B o afsfu r fo/d (Trs.) has fluphot but is unlikely that Mr. Behateek spelt an Ar. word with a p.

160

AtBABNllfA.

Enosh.

Enosil was born when Seth was 600 years old, A number of writers say that his mother was an immaonlately-born ^ one who^ like Adam> was clothed with the garment of life without the instru- mentality of father or mother. He succeeded his father in accord- ance with a testamenti and was the first who in this cycle> laid the foundations of sovereignty.* They say he reigned 600 years. According to Jewish and Christian* traditions, ho lived 965 years, — according to Ibn Jauzi,* 950,— and according to Qflf! BaisSwi,* 600. He had many children.

Kinan.*

Kenan was the most enlightened, fortunate and sagacious of the sons of Enosh. After his father^s death, this hero, in accordance with a testamentary disposition, swayed the affairs of mankind and walked in the ways of his illustrious ancestors. He erected the buildings’ of Babylon and founded the city of Sus.*^ They ascribe to him the first establishment of houses and gardens.

The numbers of mankind greatly increased during his time. By his wisdom, he distributed them (over the earth), and himself

i The Ba,u%aUk^-%afa says his mother was a houri. (Behatsek 1.67.)

t he was the first monarch. He is also said to have first planted palms.

• According to Genesis, Enosh. lived 905 years.

A The Abfi’WarEj of the Ai». (Jarrett 33.) His full name is Abfi’l-faraj ‘Abdud-ra^mEn b. ‘All Ibna*l-jaazl’l-bakrl. He died 597 (1200). His work is called the Ifim- iosafii. (Eieu, Ar. Cat. No. 460.) Quatrem^re speaks of Ibn Jausl as author of the ATird^tt-s-sctmm, but it appears that this was written by Ibn Jauzi‘s grandson, Abfi’l-mnsaffar

Tfisuf b. Kisughll who died 654 (1256). (Eieu 1. c. No. 465.)

• QEfl Naylru-d-dln ‘Abdu-l-lEh b. *TJmara-l-baifSwT. (Jarrett II. 36n. and Eieu II. 823(i) His work is called the Niftamu^Utowarij^t and is a general history from Adam to 674 (1275). He is best known as a commentator on the Koran.

• Text, Qaindn.

A town in Khilai^tEn, anciently the capital of Persia the 8nsa of Herodotus and Shusan of Scripture. According to the Persians, it was founded by Hfifihang, grandson of KaiilmarQ (Gayomars). MlrEhwEnd ascribes the building of it to Kenan’s son, Mahalalil and says that before the latter’s time, men lived in oaves.

CHAPTBE XIV.

161

settled with the descendants of Seth in Babyloiiia. He lived ^26 years, bnt some say he drank the water of life, (i.6., lived) 640 years, and one school says that he consoled the sorrows of the world, (f.e., reigned) for about a century.

Mahalalil.

Mahalalil was the best of Kenan’s sons. Kenan placed him on the throne when he himself had attained the age of 900. He ruled for 800 years. He lived either 928 or 840 or 895 years.

Jabsi) (Tixt, /rod.)

Jared was the most right-minded of the sons of Mahalalil and by his honoured father’s orders, he administered the affairs of the world. He made canals and conduits, and attained the age of 962 or, according to some, of 907 years.

All these magnates of the household of fortune came into existence during Adam’s lifetime.

Enoch (Tsxt, IJehnsjA.)

Enoch is generally known as Idris, and was the distinguished son of Jared and bom after Adah’s death. Though the last-born of Jared’s sons, he was, in wisdom and intelligence, older than all of them, and was before them all in felicity and understanding. He is the first lawgiver since the time of Seth. Some say that Idiis was 100 years old at the time of Adam’s death and some that he was 860 years. He was unrivalled in his knowledge of the science of government and the refinements of contrivance. Though some assign all sciences and arts to Adam, yet, according to most, astronomy, writing,^ spinning, weaving and sewing were introduced by Enoch. He learned wisdom from Agathodasmon* of Egypt whom they call Uria the Second.

Among his lofty titles is that of Harmasn-l-harimasa* (Hermes of Hermeses or Trismegistns) and he is also called the third Uria. He’

^ Bloohmann (99) mentions Idris SB the inventor of the Hebrew al- phabet

• Text, Aghd»lfnun. See Al-bir- 21

anl’s India and Chwolsohn on the Sabnans. Seth is the first Vria,

, • Ala II. 49 1.4 fr. ft. Jarrett III. 109^n.

162

AKBARMlMA.

attained liigh rank in thf ology and summoned i mankind to worship in seventy •two languages. He founded 100* cities, of which Madlna-i- roha* was the least. It was a city of Mesopotamia (Jazft^ir) though somo place it in the J[^ijaz (Petroea Arabia>. It was inhabited up to the time o:^ Hulflkti Khiln who, it is said, destroyed it for the sake of the honour of the country and the well-being of the people.*

He (Idris) instructed every tribe and every rank of mankind by a special procedure in accordance with their capacities. They Fay that he guided men to the reverence of the Great Light (the Sun) for most of them, before his time, were without his abounding wisdom and did not give thanks for that light of lights. He re- garded it as the stock of visible and invisible fortune, and prescribed a great festival at the time of its passing^ from one Sign to another which is a special time of glory, and above all when it enters Aries.

1 The phrase for ** summoned " is davMtfauniM The rdK|j^i-Au)h»«tid (Per. trs. 176, loot) has fi rab*-m(ukun hahqftad U dU zahdn daW(U wumtid U Him u adah dntlSfibl Behatsek remarks that 72 is a common number in Huham* madan theology, etc., and that David is spoken of as having 72 notes in his voice. Mas’fldl says (Meynard, 78) that after the Deluge,^ the .72 lan- guages were divided as follows Shem 19, Ham 17, Japhet86; total 72.

• The Tdnii^hukama has 106. (176 foot.) Abft’l-iarij (Fooocke) ed. 1663, p. 6 has 180.

Text, Zoha, but there is a var. ‘Roha which 1 adopt, for the City meant is probably Bdessa, the Aoha of the Arabs and the modem Orfa. It is in Asiatic Turkey, east of the Euphrates. (R6cliis IX. 445 and Lectures on the Jewish Church, Stanley, 6.) If, however, A.P. means Edessa, there must be some mistake on his part, for Edessa was not, I

believe, taken by Hul&kU Khin and it certainly was not destroyed, for it still exists. See Q^atrem^re’a Bafihldu-d’dfil (334^ for a note (128) on a Boha mentioned by Baghldu-d- din as having been taken by Hul&ka Ehku* lu the Persian it is spelt and Quatremere translates “Houlagou en personne se dirigea vers Bouhah dont il so rendit maltre." The note says^J’ ignore quelle est la ville quo notre historieii a voulu indiquer, et si le nom est oorrectement 6crit." Possibly the town is Biha or Biah S.W. of Aleppo. (B6clus IX. 765 and 772 n.)

♦ A.P. here refers to the destruc- tion of the Ismailians by Hul&kQ, the grandson of Cingiz in the

middle- of the 13th century. Of. Gibbon’s remark that the extirpa- tion of the Assassins or Ismailians of Persia by Hulftka may con- sidered a service to mankind.

^ Lit. alighting of glory and reno- vation of felicity, — nuzul-i‘ijldl i iahwlUuiQhdl.

CHAPT8K XIV.

163

And whenever the planets, who are fed from tho bounteous table of its rays, entered their own Houses or attained their exaltation, he regarded them as of special dignity, and gave thanks for tho wonders of creation. Such sea&ons he looked upon as stations and mani- festationa of the favour of God, and he spent all his days in the service of holy spirits and pure forms.

He also built the pyramids of Egypt which are known as the Domes of Haramkn {Guwha^-i-haramdn) » And in those lofty build- ings, all the arts and their tools have been depicted, so that if the knowledge of them be lost, it may be recovered. It is recorded that he deputed one of his nobles to lay the foundations of these pyr- amids whilst he himself traversed tho entire world, eventually re- turning to Egypt.

Abu Ma’^ar^ of Balkh relates that there have been many Hermes hut that throe were preeminent; — (1). Harma^si-haramasa (Hermes of Herraeses) or Tdrie whom tho Persians call the grandson of Kayumarg,® (2). Hermes of Babylon who built Babylon after the Deluge. Pythagoras was one of his disciples. By the exertions of this Hermes of Babylon, the sciences which had been lost in hlotth’s Flood were resuscitated. His home was in the city of the Chaldeans (Kaldftnln)^ wbi^h is called the city of the philosophers (wise men) ot the East (Madma-i-fiUsafa-i-mashriq). (3) The Hermes of Egypt who was tho teacher of Esculapiua (AsqliQUB}.* He too excelled in all sciences, especially in medicine and chemist^ and spent much time in travel 4

The birth-place of Harmasu-l-hararnasa (Idris) was Manif (Memphis) now known by the name of Manuf,^ in the land of Egypt. Before the founding of Alexandria, it was called the city of pliilo-

• (Jarrett II, 10. No. 43.) Ho was known in the Middle Ages as Al- bumaser. This passage closely re- sembles the Tdril^^i-fMkamd (166-

ft. n.)

• This is HUshang. (Xabarl. Zoten- bupg, 1. 100.)

• Mas’HdT* de Sa^y. Paris 187?, K/324 n. Their city was KalwS- dha.

♦ The author of the Tarlkh-bh^ka- ma distinguishes between Escnla- pius, who he says is tho son of Amur, and Asqllnus.

h ManUf, but the U seems

wrong i the Am gives Manf or Minf, (Jarrett HI. 75.) It is the Noph of the Bible. The Text here agrees closely with the Tariff -i-hukamd.

]64

▲kbabnIma

sophers, but when Alexander buUt that city,’ he brought the philo- sophers of Memphis and other places to Alexandria.

Among the sayings of Enoch is this^ ^^The three* most excellent things are truth when angrj^ bounty when poor and mercy when strong/’ Wonderful stories are told in histories about his departure from this worlds which wise men hesitate about accepting. One tradition is that he was then 865, another that he was 405 and a third that he was 365.

Mbthusalah.

Methusalah was the son of Enoch. He had many children, so that it is difficult to enumerate them« After his father, he was the head of his tribe and called men to Divine worship. When he was 900, he had a son whom he called Lamech. After that he lived 290 years.

LaMBCiX.

Lamech was the unique of his time for lofty character and exalted virtue. After his father, he became firmly seated on the throne. The period of his life was 780 years. And some call him Lamk4n, Lamak, and Lftmal^.

Noah (N 09 ).

Noah, the son of Lamech, was bom under the Sign of Leo, 126 years after Adam’s death. He was strong in the ways of reli- gfiou and firmly based on the foundation of justice. The story of his calling* mankind to the worship of God, the disobedience of his people and the event of the Flood, etc., are well-known.

Historians have mentioned three floods. First, a flood which

^ The Ain gives this name to Athens. (Jarrett III. 78.)

• This passage occurs in the TM^-i-hukamd» (Hir Behatsek I. 72.) The first of these three things receives explanation from another remark of Enoch (MTr Shwftnd, Rehatsek, II. Part I.) to the effeot that a man should beware of uttering in the time of anger, words

which will be a cause of disgrace to him. It may be noted here that MTr B^hwftnd’s account of some of the patriarchs is to be found in two places,— at the beginning of his work and ‘again among the biogra- phies of the philosophers.

• Koran, Sura 71: Noah is said to have invented the naq^iU s: wooden gong.

CHAPTER XIV.

165

occurred before our Adam came into existence. Thus * the very learned gi^ahrazuri says, Adam belongs to the first cycle which commenced after the world had been devastated by the first flood. The second flood was in the time of Noah and began at Kufa, in the oven* of NoaVs hodse. It lasted six months, and there were eighty persons in the Ark On this account the place where they disembarked and settled was called the Eighty-Market* {Suqt^s-samdmn). The thirds flood was in the time of Moses and was confined to the Egyptians. Although romancing historians/ in treating of the floods, make the last two also extend over the whole world, it is evident that this was not so, for in India,* where they have books many thousand years old, there is not even a trace of those two floods. To be brief, in a short space of time, all the eighty occupants of the Ark died except seven, viz., Noah, his three sons, Japheth, Shem and Ham, and their wives* Noah assigned Syria, Mesopotamia, Hraq and Khurasan to Shem ; the western countries, and Abyssinia, Indian, Scinde and the Sudani

1 This passage occurs in the Tan^i-hukamd (Maq^Ud All).

t This is the Muhammadan tradi* tion. (yabarl, Zotenberg, I, 108 and Koran, Sal^, Cap. XI). “And “the oven poured forth water, or, “as the original literally signifies, " boiled over, which is consonant to “what the Babbins say, that the “ water was boiling hot.” (iJow^satu- 9-fafa, Behatsek 1, 90).

• Ar. 8uqu^i-§cmdnin. It was at the foot of the mountain Al Jfidi, t.6., Moimt Ararat. (D’Herbelot art. Thamanin). D*H. states that it is called also JazTra Banl ^Umar (in Mesopoti^ia). Mas’Sdl says (Meynard, 74) that Al- Jfidi is in the country of Ba^ra and in Jaziraibn ‘Umar, that the eighty persons were 40 men and 40 women and that gaminln existed in his day, 832 H.

• Referring apparently to the hailstorm— the seventh plague of

Egypt, or perhaps to the overflowing of the Red Sea.

® Shahrazurl describes Noah’s Deluge as universal (175).

• It is curious tliat A.F. should assert there was no trace of Noah’s Flood in the Indian annals for Satya- vrata and his Flood have often been identified with Noah and the Deluge. Probably A.F. identified Satyavrata’s Flood with that which occurred be- fore the birth of Adam, for Satya- vrata belongs to the beginning of the Satya Yuga and apparently A. F. assigned Noah’s Flood to the com- mencement of the KcUt Yuga and the beginning of the reign of Yudhi^^ira, for he gives 4696 years as the inter- val between these events and the 40th Akbar. (Jarrett 11-15 and 22).

1 Or, “country of the blacks.” (Jarrett III, 108 and 109. Apparent- ly A. F. includes the Arabs among the descendants of Ham.

J66

AKBAEMlMA.

to Ham ; and Chtna^ Sclavonia* and TurkisUn to Japheth. And* in tho opinion of historianSi the aboriginal inhabitants of those countries at the present day, are descended from these three, and the lineage of mankind from the days of the Flood is denVed from them. Noah died when he was either 1600 or 1800 years old. There are other stories too about his age, such as that he lived for 250 or 350 years after the Flood and that he was born either 126 years after Adam’s death or in Adam’s last days, and that he sat upon the throne of guidance, (i.e., became a prophet) when he was 50, or 150, or 250, or 350 years old, and that he was a guide to mortals for 950 years.

Ham* had nine sons, ih«.. Hind, Sind, Zanj (Zanzibar), Nuba, Canaan, Kush, Qabt (copt),* Berber, l^absh (Abyssinia), and some have written that Ham had six sons. They omit Sind and Canaan and make Nuba the son of Qabsh-

Shem also had nine sons, viz., (1) Arfakhshad,* (2) Kayumarg who is the progenitor of the kings of Persia, (3) Asud® who founded Mada’in* (the twin-cities of Seleucia and Ctesiphon), etc., Ahwaz^ and Pahlu (? Peleg) are his sons and Ffirs is the son of Pahlfi, (4) tghan * tho father of SJham (Syria) and Rum (Asia Minor), (5) Buraj,* of whom historians tell nothing except the name, (6) Laibs (? Lud) from whom tho Pharoahs of Egypt are descended, (7) Elam who built the cities of Khuzistan ; Ourfisftn and Tambal are his sons.

1 Jlfaqldb, — the original

Sclayonia, between the Ozus and the Dnieper, (Jarrett III, 104.) In the Axn (Text) Saql&b is described as a city of Bum which most be a mis- take for RQs. It seems that Saqlib and Chalybes are the saTac word.

• Jarrett III, 327. There A.P. i^parently repudiates the idea that the Hindus are descended from Ham.

^ Corresponds to Mizraim of the Bible.

• Arpachsbad of Genesis 10, 22.

» Ashnr.

• itn, Mad&’in of Chosroes. iJarrett HI, 65 and 96. Also 111, 326.)

f Ahw&z, a town in KhuzistEn (Persia) on the Karun, (Jarrett TIT, 65) famous for its weir. (R4clu8 IX, 287 and Curzon Pro. G. S. 1890.)

• Var. Ifan and Iqln and (fiahlbu- §»tiyar) Iqan. Probably the last is correct for the name seems con- nected with Iconium (Koniah) and to be that of the eponymous hero of the city.

• So too ftablbu-B-siyar but it calls him NUraj.

W Tubal. Miles calls him Hakyal. Perhaps the same as T Umbel. (Jarrett II, 245 and 256.) Tambol appears as a person’s name in tbe and B&bar’s Me-

OH AFTER XfV.

167

and ^Irflq is the son of Khuras&n^ and Kirmftn (Carmania) and Makrfin^ are sons of Tambal^ (8) Aranoi from whom the tribe of ‘Ad is descended^ (9) Buzar whose sons are AzarbaijSn^ Arfin, Arman and Far|^dn.

Some say that Shem too had only six sons and omit Kayumar^^ Buraj and Lfiiiz. In shorty there is much discrepancy about the descendants of those two ( Shem and Ham).

JlFHETH. (YaFIB.)

Japheth was the most just of Noah^s sons. The lofty line of his Majesty, the king of kings, is linked with him, and the Khans of the eastern cities and of Turkistin all derive from him. He is civllcd the Father of Turk (Ahu-Uturh), and some historians call him Alunja KhSn. When Japheth left Suqu-s-samfinm with his wife and family, to go to the eastern and northern countries which had been assigned to him, ho begged his father to teach him a prayer by which ho might have vein whenever he wanted it. Noah gave him a stono which had the property of bringing rain, and indicated that ho had pronounced over it the Ineffable Name* (lit\ Great Name) with the design that the foolish should not comprehend the matter and transgress his precepts, or perhaps ho really recited the Ineffabio Name over it. And at present there are many of these skmej among the Turks which they call yedaidsh. The Persians call them aang-.i^ yada^ and the Arabs i^jarurl-matar, (rain-stone). And Japheth, on

moirs. TemhaUl^dwi was also a name for Farghftna> B&bar, 196.

DHerbelot art. Macran. MokrSn here appears to bo the well-known maritime province of Baluchistan.

s The passage is obscure and per- haps there is an error in the Text. Maolavl *Abda-l-haqq *AbId, to whom 1 referred the passage, writes : “ ITie meaning is not clear. There may be some misprint in the Text. As the passage stands, it may be translated,

• I have uttered over it the Great Name, in order that the simple, not getting clue to it, may not depart

from his (your) command (or counsel), or he actually uttered the Great Name oveif it.’* The usual account is that Noah engraved the Great Name on the stone, and possijbly we should read ^ “engraved,” for “uttered,” in the last clause. A friend has referred me to the passage in Revelations II, 17, " 1 will givo him a white stone, and upon the stone a new name written, which no one knoweth saving he that receiveth it.”

S BEbar, Erskine xlvii. Rashldu* d-dln, Quatremhre’s elaborate note, 428, and Yullers I^, 834a.

168

AKBARMlllA.

going to those regions, became a dweller in deserts, and whenever tie wished, the cloud of God^g bounty, came down in rain through the virtue of that stone. In course of time, children were bom to Japheth and he established excellent laws among them, which were at once comforting to the short-thoughted and ]oyincreasing to lofty minds. He left eleven sons, viz., 1, Turk, 2, Cin, 3, ^aqlab, 4, Mansaj,^ also called Mansak, 5, Kamftri, also called Kaimftl, 0, ^alaj, 7, IQiazan, 8, Hus, 9, Sadsan, 10, Ghaz,* 11, Yiraj.* Some books mention only eight sons, omitting ^alaj, SadsSn and Ghaz.

Toek.

Turk was the eldest son of Japheth, and the Turks call him Yafis O gh lfin.* He excelled all his brothers in wisdom, management and care for his subjects. On his father^s death, he sat upon the throne of sovereignty and dispensed gentleness, manliness and relief of the oppressed. He settled in a place which the Turks call Sil-Ck^ or Salik§! and which had hot and cold springs and delightful meadows. Ho made dwellings of grass and wood and constructed tents, and made clothes by sewing together the skins (and furs) of beasts of burden and of prey. Salt^ was discovered in his time. One of his laws was that the son should inherit naught but a sword and that whatever was wanted should go to the daughter. They say he was contemporary with Kayumars, and that as the latter was the first king of Persia, so Turk was the first sultan of Turkistfin. He lived to the age of 240.

i The reputed father of Gog and Magog and, apparently, the Scrip- tnral

^ Gomer of Genesis. Probably the Text k is the MS g.

• Guz in Vullers II, 609a. Gozz in Mas*QdI I, 212. The supposed ancestor of the Turkom&ns.

A DHerbelot calls him Taraga and the ninth son, lean.

• A note to Text states that Oghl&n means son in Turkish.

• P Issigh-kul. Text. 8ilul Per- haps the river Selenga, but the des- cription better applies to the lake of Issik-kul (Hot Water) which is said to be ten times the size of Lake Geneva. Eeclus YI, 350. It lies N. of Yarkand. Its waters do not freeze. The Skaiaratu^Uatrdk calls it Jaeelgan. (Miles 25).

The discovery is said to have been made accidentally by his son Tdnag or TQtak.

CRAPTBR XIY.

169

Alinja

Alinja B^bftn was the best of Tark’s sons. When the measure of Tark’s years was fulfilled, Alinja l^Sn was placed on the throne by the will of the chiefs. He made far-sighted wisdom his rule, and spent his days in the administration of justice. When he became old, he went into retirement (i.e., became a hermit).

DIb BiQfil.*

Dlb B&qui became king on his father’s retirement and in accord- ance with his appointment.

KlTfix SstiH.

Elyfik was the worthy son of Dib Bftqui. When the father bade adieu to the world, he made over the throne of the KbSlnate to Kiyuk who, knowing the duties of sove eignty, acted up to them.

Alin/a KsIk.

Alinja Ehin was the son of Eiyuik and became heir-apparent in the end of his father’s days. He was extravagant in his libesalities, and in his reign the Turks became intoxicated* by the world and strayed from the path o£ wisdom. After a long time, twin-sons were born to him. One was named Muf^ul and the other Tfttdr . When they came to years of discretion, he divided his kingdom into two portions and gave one half to Mughul and one half to Tfttftr. When their illus- trious father died, 6ach of the two sons reigned in his own territory, in harmony with one other.

As this lofty line (Akbar’s) has no connection with Tfttfir and his eightfold* branches (».6., generations) I pass them over and proceed to relate the history of Mu^ul and his noble descendants.

Mu^ul Sgix.

Mu|^ul ^an was a wise prince. He so conducted himself that the hearts of his subjects were attached and obedient to him. and

^ S^^jratu^l-atrdk, Abluohi Sh^n. Miles 99). Accord*

• D’Herb^lot, ** Great Dignity.” ing to D’Herbaiot (Art. Tatar) Alinja

• This refers to their becoming Shin, the Islher, is required to make

idolaters. (Shaft Shin I, 3). np the eight.

• J.6., eight in all, TAtir being one.

22

170

AKHAItKiMA.

all tried to sovvo him properly. The generations of the Mu^nls aro nine in number, beginning with Maghul Khan and ending with lU Khan. The Mnghula have taken the usage of (nine) from

this, and they consider this number most excellent in all matters. The Creator bestowed on Mughul giian four sons, Qar5 Khan, izar Khan, Kar Khan ar’d Uz Khan.

Qara £&AN.fi

Qara Khan was both tho eldest son and preeminent in justice and the art of government. He sate upon tho throne in euccession to his illustrious father and made his summer (aiinq) and winter {qisAldq) quarters in Qaraqum* near two mountains called Irtaq*^ and Kirtfiq.

^ Vullers 4SIh, The generations are said to end with II Khan because, in bis time, the ]M ugl;ul race was all but extirpated. If the statement of the Turks, a entionod below, that this catastrophe occurred 1000 years after Aghuz*s death, be correct, it is evident that far more than nine generations must have intervened between Mughul and II Khan.

• Stciiigass 8.V. ** Nine, hence pre- sent, gift, such being offered to kings, eio., by nines, as a sacred number^*

® I.e., the Black Prince. A. P. omits to mention that he was put to death by his own son, Aghuz. (KhafI Kh an I, 5.)

^ I.6., black sand or dust. The Text wrongly has ^ Qardqaram. Tho A\n mentions the place as belonging to the Sixth Climate. (Jarrett HI, 102). The Iin (Text II, 46), des- cribes it as a mountain in Turkistan (not KohistSn as Jarrett has it) and the editor says (l.c.n.) that many MSS. read Qarnqum,

This is the correct rending. (Vul-

Icrs e.r. II, 717l>, and DHerbiflot art: Caraciim.) Xn Gladwiirs Ain the lat. and long, of QaraqOm and of Shanbaligh which immediately follows, arc given; the long, for QaraqQin being n»5® and for Khan*

ballgh 124 °

KhanbalXgh is described in Text as the capital of Cathay, not of China.

^Erdmann, j Urtaq

and (jaztaq. D’Herbdlot calls them Artak and Ghertak, and says they are part of Mount Imaus (Paradise Lost HI, 431), and that the city of Oarncum lies between them, Artak being N. and Ghertak S. Ho gives the long, as 116° which agrees very well with Gladwin. Of course both longs, are calculated from tho For- tunate Isles. Greenwich long, is between 72° and 80.° The lat. of the Karakoram Pass (Imperial Gaxeteer, Hunter), is 35° 33’’ or about 11° less than that given in the A\n, (46 N.). This would imply that Qar&qdm and Qaraqaram are totally different names and places,

CHAPTIilE XIT.

171

Ag«Cz^ SffiN.

Ktftu was the worthy son of Qarft Khfin, and was born of his chief wife during the time of his rule. Romancing story- tellers relate things about his naming himself and about his progress in the path of piety, which a just-judging intellect is not disposed to credit. He was admittedly an enlightened, pious and just ruler and framed excellent institutions* and laws whereby the varied world was composed and the coutrarioties of the Ago conciliated. Among Turki kings, he was like JamshTd among the kings of Persia. By his ripe wisdom, lofty genius, felicity and native courage, be brought under his sway the countries of Irftn (Persia) Til ran,* Rum* (Asia Minor), Egypt, Syria, Europe (Afranj),* and other lands. Many nations came within the shadow of his benevolence, and ho estab- lished titles among tho Turks suitable to thoir ranks and which

but on tho other hand, D’Herb61ot gives tho lat. of Caro^cum as 36® 86’% There is an account of the city of Karacuni (Caracomra) in Gibbon who (Cap. 64) makes it about 600 m. N.W. Pekin. It was also called Holin.

1 Text, Agb6r. For account of him see BIhkn I, 4 and 5,

D’Herb^lot a.v. Ogouz Khan, ^aj- raiu4-atrdk (Miles) 80. The story is that Agh6z refused immediately after birth to take the breast, and that his mother had a dream in which be told her that he would not permit her to suckle him until she became a believer in IsUm. A ccord- ingly she secretly embraced that faith. Also, when he was a twelve- month old, he told the conclave assembled to decide upon bis name, that it was Aghuz (Kk&fl KhSii l.c.). These things occurred long before the birth of Muhammad, but the latter was only tho Seal (last) of the Pro-

phets, and tho religion of Islam is considered to have existed from all time. Houce tho Mu. formula of ** Peace be upon him is applied to Adam and others of the patriarchs.

• yded. Text, Aayiatai’iai which is an error. The best known ydad are those of Cingiz Khan. (Milos L c. 90* and Gibbon and D’Herb^lot art. Jassa).

• Turkistan or Transox iana. It is said to have been named after Ttir, tho son of Farid un (D*H. art. Mogal), but if 60 , A.F.*8 use of it hero is an anachronism, for he describes Tdr as nearly exterminating tho Mughuls about a thousand years after Aghds Khan’s death.

• This may jnean the whole Greek Empire or only Asia Minor (Roumelia).

• Afranj is properly the name of a people, vis., the Franks. Rau^t*- f-sc^d, V, gives a similar list.

172

iKBAHNlMA.

are on men’s tongues to the present such as Ai^ur^i QanighlTf QibcSq^ (Kipcfik)^ Kbalaj^ etc. He had six sonsj viz., Kun

(sun)^ ii (moon), Yulduz (star), Kok (or Qok) (Bk 7 ), T§^ (mountain), and Tanglz (sea). The three elders were called Buzmaq* and the three others Ujiih. His sons and sons’ sons became 24 branches, and all the Turks are descended from these magnates. The term Turkoman did not exist in old times, but when their posterity came to Persia (Iran) and propagated there, their features came to resem- ble the Tajiks. But as they were not Tajiks, the latter called them Turkomans, i.e., Turk-like. But some say that the Turkomans are a distinct tribe and not related to the Turks. It is said that after Aghuz Kban had conquered the world, he returned to his own settle- ment (yurat), and seating himself on the throne of dominion, held a IChusru-like feast and conferred royal gifts on each of his fortunate sons, faithful officers and other servants, and promulgated lofty ordi- nances and excellent canons as guides for the perpetuation of prospe- rity. He laid it down that the right wing, which Turkomfins call Burdn^dr^ and the succession should appertain to the eldest son and his descendants, and the left wing, ie., the Jardngb4r and the exe* cutive (wakdlat) to the younger sons. And he decreed that this law should always be observed, generation after generation; — hence at the present day, one half of the twenty-four branches is associated with the right wing and one half with the left. He ruled for 72 or 73 years and then bade adieu to the world.

Kun

Kun Khftn took his father’s place, in accordance with his testa- ment and acted in administration and government by his own acute

t The meanings of this and follow- ing terms are given by Mir KhwSnd and Miles. Erdmann, the authority often quoted by Howorth, writes JljtjlS qdrluk, and says it means snow-lord. QipcSk is said to mean a hollow tree.

s Said to mean ** Broken” and “Three arrows.” The legend of origin is ^ven by Miles. Text,

Bijnq for UjSq. Uq is an arrow, and VC means three. The etymo- logies are . also given in AbS-l- Dos Maison 24. The name Bucmaq or " Broken " was given to the three elder sons because they brought in three pieces of a golden bow. The three younger brought in three golden arrows.

CHAPTER XIY.

173

understandings and^ the sage counsels of Qabal* Owftja who had been Vizier to Aghuz Khftn. He so arranged about his brothers, his children and his nephews — who were 24 in number, for each of the six brothers had four sons — that each recognized his position and assisted in the management of the State. Having reigned for 70 years, he appointed Al Khftn his successor and departed.

SslH.

Al Khan observed the laws of his illustrious father, adorned justice with amicability, and combined wisdom with good actions.

TuLDtz Ssan.

Yulduz IQiiftn was the eldest^ son and successor of Ai Kbftn. He attained high rank in world-sway and in the dispensing justice.

ManoaiI KbIn (Michael). ‘

Mangall Khan was the beloved son of Yulduz ^Sn and sate upon the throne in succession to him. He was distinguished for devo- tion to God, and for praising the pious.

TamoIz SslN.

Tangiz Khan conducted the affairs, of sovereignty after his honoured father’s death and wore the crown of dominion in Mug^u- listan for 110 years.

Il KsIn.

tl KhSn was his noble son. When the* father became old and weak, he gave ll Khan the management of affairs, and alleging the number of his years as an excuse, went into solitary retirement.

QlYiN.*

Qiy&n was the son of II Khan and, by the mysterious ordinances of Divine wisdom, he became a resting-place {maurid) of adversities.

1 The conjunction u has dropped out of the Text, but occurs in the Lucknow ed. and in No. 564.

Text, Irqlh but admittedly this is against all the MSS.

• Apparently he is Kun’s brother, and the ** illustrious father” must be Aghiiz*

^ According to another aoeount, he was At Khan’s brother.

^ Mangala may also mean sun, or the forehead, (Tar. Bash 7n.)

s Though this name is the head- ing of the Text, the narrative is in part that of II Sh&n’s reign.

174

AKBARNlMA.

When the God of wisdom desires to bring a jewel of humanity to perfection. He first manifests sundry ‘ favours under the cover of dis- favours of misfortune, and grants him the robe of existence after having made some great and pure-hearted ones his ransom and sacrifice [Jldd), There is an instance of this in the story of II ^ftn who, after t^e turn of sovereignty came to him, was passing his life according to a code which provided for the control of the outer world and the colitemplation of the world of reality, and was binding up the hearts of the distressed, until that Tur, the son of Farldun, obtained sway over Turkist&n, and Transoxiana [Md-wdrdu n-nahr) and in con- junction with Sunij ^&n, the king of the Tatars and Aig^urs, made a great war upon II Kb&n. The Mu gf ul army, under the excellent dis- positions of ll Khan, made a desperate struggle, and many of the Turks, Tatars and Ain^ura were slain. In the combat, Tur and the Tatars were unable to resist and fled. They took refuge in stratagems and vulpine tricks and dispersed. After going a little way, they hid in a dofile, and then at the end of the night, suddenly made an on- slaught on ll i^^n^s army. Such a massacre took place that of ll Khftn’s men not one escaped except his son Qiyan, his cousin Takuz* and their two wives ^ who had hidden themselves among the slain. At night, these four withdrew to the mountains and with many troubles and difficulties, traversed the valleys and ravines, and came to a meadow which had salubrious springs and fruits in abun- dance. In their helpless state, they regarded this pleasant spot as a godsend and settled in it. The Turks call it Irganaqun and say that the terrible calamity happened 1000 ^ears after the death of Aghuz Khan.

The sago knows that in this wondrous destiny there lay the plan for the production of that all- jewel, his Majesty, the king of kings, so that the status of sacrifice might be attained and also that the ascents of banishment, seclusion, and hardship might, in this strange fashion, be brought together to the end that the unique pearl,

I There is perhaps a play on the t Probably NaqSz is more correct,

words mirdd andwMtrdd; the first i The Text does not distinctly say

meaning a precious stone possessed tiiat the women were wives, the word of wondrous qualities, the second used being One account says

success. sisters.

CHAPTER XIY.

176

liifl Majesty^ the king of kings^— who k the final cause of the crea* tion of the glorious series {iahaqa) and also the material for this record of Divine praise^ — might become the aggregate of all the stages of existence and be acquainted with the grades of humanity^ which might thus arise^— and should achieve spiritual and temporal successi and that in this way there be no defective round (girdi) on the periphery of his holiness.

. In fine^ after Qiyfin and his companions had settled in that placei they begat children and grew into tribes. Those who sprang from Qiyan were called Qiyat and those who descended from Takuz were called •Darlgin. No account is forthcoming of the descendants, of Qiyan while they were in Irganaqiin — a period of about 2,000 years. Presumably in that place and age reading and writing were not practised. After the lapse of about 2000 years and in the last period of Nushirwftn’s^ reign, the Qiyfit and Darlgin desired to leave the place, as it was not large enough for them. A mountain which was a mine of iron barred their way at the beginning. Able minds devised deer-skin bellows (gawazn, perhaps elk) and with these thev melted that iron mountain and made a way. Then they rescued their country from the hands of the Tfitars and others, by the sword, and contriving vigour, and became firmly seated on thf throne of success and world-rule. From the circumstance that in four* thousand years previous to this event, (i.s., the emigration from Irganaqun) there

1 NSshlrwan, a king of Persia, celebrated for his justice, reigned 531-579 A.D. Muhammad congratu- lated himself on having been born (578 A.D.) in his reign.

• I donot understand the principle of this calculation. YuldUz under whom the Mugfuls emigrated from IrganaqSn, is the 29th ancestor, reckoning from Adam, and the total of 28 must be made up of 25 who lived previous to the flight to IrganaqSn plu$ three, ots., Qiyftn, Timflr TSfih and MangalT, who are the only three denizens of that settlement whose names have been

preserved. The period after the exodus (cir. 579 A.D.) up to the date of A.P.’s writing, was about 1,000 years, and in it there were 25 rulers including Akbar. But how do cal- culators reckon, upon these data, that the number of ancestors who lived in Irganaqun for 2,000 years, was 25 P One would rather expect the figure 50. But perhaps the cal- culation is based on lives twice as long as later ones. (Gibbon Cap. 42n.) Apparently it is roughly based on a progressive diminution of the period of human life. A.F. reckons that 7,000 years more or less.

176

AKBlRNlirA.

were twenty-height lofty ancestors and twenty-five in the millenium after it, sagacious calculators conjecture that during these two thousand years (spent in Irganaqiin) there were twenty-five ancestors.

Be ^ it remembered that Mughnlistfln is to the eastward and far from civilization. Its circuit is seven or eight months* journey. On the east, its boundary extends to Cathay ^nd on the west^ to

the country of the ATghurs ; on the norths it touches Qargaz and Salika (F Kirghiz and Selenga) and on the souths it adjoins Tibet. The food of its people is the produce of hunting abd fishing and their clothing the skins and fur of wild and tame animals.

Timor Tlgg.

‘Rmur is of the auspicious stock of Qiyftn. He was exalted by Bovereigniy and command.

elapsed from the birth of Adam to 40th Akbar (1596). From Adam to the death of II 4^000 years

are counted, and in this period, were 25 generations. (A.F. speaks of 28, but this is inclusive of 11 Shin’s son, Qiyin and TimSr Tiflh and Mangall Khwija. vis., the grand- father and father of the TnldiLs who came out from IrginaqUn). In the thousand years between the emi- gration and 40th Akbar, there were also 25 generations, and so, appa- rently, it was calculated that for the intervening 2,000 years (required to make up the 7,000) there must haye been 25 generations. In other words, there were 4^000 years in which the length of a generation was 160 years, 2,000 in which it was 80 and 1,000 in which it was 40. 1 do not, however, know what au- tnority A.F. had for his 2,000 years. **The tradition of the Mnghi^ls," says Gibbon (Cap. 42n.^ ** of

“ the 450 years which they passed in **the mountains, agrees with the

** Chinese periods of the History of ** the Huns and Turks. ** (De Guigpies “Tom. I, Par. II, 876), and of the 20 “generations from their restora- “tion to Gingis." (Cinglz IHilnV Howorth (I, 85) puts the period at 400 years. Baskldu-d-dln mentions a period of 2,000 years, but this is the interval from the destruction of ll Sliin and the Mughuls by the TStSrs up to the date of Raghldu- d-din’s writing, consequently the former event occurred about 700 B.C. D’Ohsson says (I, Cap. II, 21) that according to Moghul traditions, their defeat by the TAtirs occurred 2,000 years before the birth of Cinglz EhSn. (Jan. 1155 A.D.) D’HerbAlot (art. Genghis Khln) says that the Mughuls remained in Irganaqun for several generations, and that the period was over 1,000 years. None of these statements supports A.F.’s chronology. Possibly he wrote one and not two thousand.

^ This description is taken from Zafamama, Prolegomena.

CUAPIER XP*.

177

Manqal! S^waja.

Mang^Ii Kbwflja is the worthy son of Timur Tftsh. He exalted the crown of dominion and auspiciousnesa and possessed the divan of power and justice.

YutnCfs SficiN.

Tuldu^s i^an was the high-thoughted successor of Mangali lO^wfija who at the coming out of the Qiyfit and Darlgin was the cliief and leader. From the time of Qiyan, his (QiySn’s) descendants had reigned generation after generation in Irganaqun. Yulduz Kh^n, by the help of the fortunate star of his ‘dominion, gradually emerged from the horizon and civilized the tribes of the Mughuls. He was powerful and magnanimous and among the Mughal families, he is counted of good blood and fashion who can trace his origin up to Yulduz Kbftn.

JOlNA^ BahAdur.

Juina Bahadur was the worthy son of Yulduz Kh§n and when the cup of his father’s years was full, sate on the throne of world- government.

^ Also spelled Jublna and Cdblna. For further information regarding the Muhammadan accounts of the descendants of Japheth, 1 beg to

refer the reader to the full and inter- esting note of Major Raverty which begins at p. 869 of his trani^lation of the J^abaqdt-i’ndfirJ.

178

AKBARNilNil.

CHAPTER XV.

Her Majesty AlanqdwI^ the cofola of chastity and veil

OF PURITY.

Whatever, God, the wondrous Creator, brings forth from the hidden places of secrecy to the light of manifestation, is attended by extraordinary circumstances. But the sons of men fail to perceive these, from the heedletoness which has its props and foundation in fulness of life and the wrappage of worldliness. Were it not so, man would be ever standing at gaze and not applying himself to action. Hence the world-adorning Initiator hides most of the wonders of His power from the sight of mortals, but lest they should be entirely shut out from the extraordinary spectacle of the Divine decrees. He raises this veil from before a few of the holy hiding places of His secrets. And again, after much seeing, a heedlessness which fate has made a constituent of their natures, causes this very sight to become a screen against perception. And again > after that, the universal benevolence of the Deity, for a thousand diverse pur- poses — one being the instruction of the minds of negligent mortals, — brings forth a new creation, and raising the veils and curtains some- what, displays a wondrous picture.

The extraordinary story of her Majesty is a case in point. She was the happy-ttarred daughter (du&Uar-{-jtMbf-a&&far) of jQIna Bahftdur of the Qiyftt tribe and Barlfts* family. Her physical and

. 1 The passage is obscure, but I think the sense is that men get ac- customed to the wonderful and so their very seeing becomes blindness. The B.M. No. 5610 (Halhed’s) omits the os after hUyar, thus making ghafiail (heedlessness) the nomina- tive. I have adopted this reading as 1 think it makes the better sense.

t EhiflE]l5nBib.Ind.I,7n. Ac- cording to one copy of the Zo^omd- fiM — Prolegomena, JSbfna was a woman and a daughter of TuldBz iQlSn.

• Erdmann ■ says sher belonged to the tribe of Qfirulas See also

Tdrljj^-ura^ldi, Ney Elias and Ross 5^, whore the author states that she

CRAPTIE Xr.

179

mental beanty went on increasing from her earliest years, until by loftiness of thought and sublimity of genius, sha became the Unique of the Age, and by aoknowledgment of friends and foes, rela- tives and strangers, was magnanimous, pious, and a lover of wisdom. The lights of theosophy shone from her countenance, the Divine secrets were manifested on her forehead. She sat secluded behind the screen of chastity and abode in the privy chamber of meditation on the Unity, was a theatre of holy epiphanies and an alighting- stage of Divine emanations. When she arrived at maturity, she was, according to the custom of princes*and the practice of great ones of Church and State, given in marriage to Zubun BiySn, king of Mughulistftn and her own cousin and (thus) they . joined that unique pearl of purity with a temporal ruler. As he was not her match,w he hastened to annihilation and her Majesty Xlanquwft who was the repose (dadyiii) of the spiritual world, became likewise the ornament {drdyi^) of the temporal world and, applying herself of necessity to outward acte, she became the sovereign of her tribe (alua).

One night this divinriy radiant one was reposing on her bed, when suddenly a glorious ^ light cast a ray into the tent and entered the mouth and throat of tnat fount of spiritual knowledge and glory. The cupola of chastity became pregnant by that light in the same way as did her Majesty (Ha^frat) Miryam* (Mary) t^e daughter of ‘Imr&n (Amram).

Praised be the God who maintained holy human souls from Adam down to this child of light, in prosperity and adversity, abun- dance and want, victory and defeat, pleasure and pain, and other contrasted conditions, one after another, and made them partakers of emanations of the holy light. Before this holy light made its fortunate alighting from high heaven, QiySn was withdrawn from the associations of climates and cities and supported in a solitary wilderness, and many ancestors were given to her (Alanquwa), generation after

was a.Kurkluk (P). In B.M. No. 7628 of Rafih^du-d-dln’s great work, 4^566, the name of the tribe is writ- ten QUrSlas. Barlfts then must be a copyist’s error.

^ Cf. ghl fl Khln 1, 8. He says the light was like the sun’s disk, and

that it entered AlanquwS’s mouth which was open (from astonishment apparently, at the spectacle).

• The Virgin Mary whom Mu|^am- mad calls the daughter of *AmrSn, apparently because he confounded her with the sister of Moses.

180

akbarnAiia.

generation, for two thousand years in these Highlands (kdhiatdn), thereby purifying her and familiarizing her with the land of holiness and converting the human element into a collection of all degrees, Divine and earthly. Wnen the spiritual preparation was complete, Tulduz ]^an was brought — for the ends of Divine wisdom — from the mountains to the city, and seated on a throne, till the turn of the holy series rea^^hed her Majesty JLlanquwg and that divine light, after passing without human instrumentality, through many eminent saints and sovereigns, displayed itself gloriously in the external world. That day^ (viz,, of Alanquwi^s conception) was the beginning of the mani- festation of his Majesty, the king of kings, who after passing through divers stages was revealed to the world from the holy womb of her Majesty Miryam-makin! for the accomplishment of things visible and invisible.

It needs a Plato of abstract thought to comprehend the saying ** The Lord* of Time (zamdn) remains behind the veil whilst Time’s products (zamdniydn), t.e., mortals, rend it with outward sorrow and inward anguish."

I I should have been inclined to read nur, light here, instead of roM, day, but all the MSS. seem to have ro*.

• I do not fully understand this passage. It seems to bo a quota- tion, a sort of Sybilline utter- ance, and is naturally dark, since we are told that it needs the utmost meditation of a Plato to understand it. The Lucknow editor says the meaning is that a master of wisdom should study with might and main how the veil may be rent for suffer- ing humanity, but I do not see that this sense can be got out of the words. The translation which 1 have given is the result of a good deal of reflection and of a consult- ation with my friend Mr. Beames. Mr. Beames has given me the follow- ing note. Though the construction

of t.io sentence is somewhat harsh ** and irregular, yet the general mean- ‘ ing of the passage seems clear from ** the context.* ‘* A.F. starts (Luclo- **now ed. 52 1, 2) by the amazing ** assertion that the beginning pf ** the manifestation of Akbar, dated **from the day of AlanquwA’s

miraculous conception by the Sun ** and continued through many gene- ** rations till he ultimately saw the ‘Might from the womb of Miryain- “makint.**

" Then it evidently occurs to him " that this is rather a hard saying “and that some one might object. " ‘How could Akbar be conceived in “’the womb of Alanquwi, seeing " ’that she lived so many centuries “‘before himP* To this he replies " that only a sago whp devotes him- " self to profound thought and medi-

CHAPtIR XV.

181

But now returning to the beginning of the story, I repeat that the holy abode of that cupola of chastity was continually at auspi- cious times and seasons, made resplendent by the brilliance of that

** tatioB can understand this mystical saying, vis., that while ordinary ** mortals rend the veil (ixirda-dar),

• i.a., are born, in due course, Akbar ** was miraculously held back from ** being bom, he remained behind “ the veil or, in courtier-like phrase, ** adorning the veil (parda-drdl)— for ’ many ages till his full time arrived. ** The passage may therefore be translated as follows ** It requires a Plato of deep medi- tation to accept this statement with the ear of his^ understanding, ‘ that the Prince of the Age is in ** the condition of adorning the veil, ** while (ordinary) mortals rend the ** veil with visible pain and inward ** groaning.**

** The grammatical awkwardness *Mie8 iir A.F.’s putting cut after ** parda^da/r instead of and (they are) which would agree better with the “ plural subject Mmdniyan ; and in ** leaving out oat after drol. But **tbi8 kind of construction is not ** unusual. The substitution of the ** uncouth phrase dor parda-drdi * in “veil adorning-ness ’ for the simpler “ parda-dra, * veil adorning * is per- “ haps due to a desire to play upon “the two meanings of dtur (1), in “and (2) tearing; contrasting the **lot of Akbar who remained for “ some generations miraculously re- “ served behind the veil, in the “ womb of successive females, with “the lot of ordinary mortals who “ when they are conceived and de- “ veloped, rend the veil, i.e., are born;

“a contrast which, as ho justly “observes, it takes a Plato, at least; “ to grasp.**

I have adopted Mr. Beames* note with r^ome modiheations. My idea is that A.P. means to say it is so extra- ordinary that the Lord of Time or Prince of the Age should remain behind the veil (i.e., continue unborn), while wretched mortals come into existence to their own loss as well as to the detriment of the epoch, that only a Plato can comprehend the mystery or final cause thereof. Perhfc-ps A.P.b thought is illustrated by the words of Hi. Paul, “ For know the whole Creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now.’ See also Cap. XI where A.P. speaks of a poet of a for-

mer age, vainly longing for the appearance of a ^dhih-i-waqU a Lord of the Age or Time.

I think too that he, as usual, has a doable meaning, and that ho plays upon the double sense of parda-dar which means both to rend a veil and to be dissolute, thus corresponding to the double moaning of the Latin ptcfwvM, I have consulted a num- ber of MSS. for variants but without success. Several e.^., I, 0. 564 and Add. B.M. No. 4944 have *parda- dost, veil-loving ( ? loving blindness). But this scem.s no improvement. Parda-daria probably right as ena- bling A.P. to take advantage of the two words dar fr. dartdan, to tear, and *dar, within, and to contrast dar ■ parda-ardl with parda-dar.

182

AKBARNiMA.

li^ht and from time to time, her moral ^.nd material nature bright- ened by its effulgence. Those who by a soaring flight on the wings of genius, have passed beyond the worship of materiality and cfin behold the Causer, do not think occurronces like this strange or wonderful in the wide domain of Divine power, and the incredulity of worshippers of routine and superficiality is of no weight in their esteem. As for those who have remained among secondary causes and have not advanced their foot further and cannot, by auspicious guidance, forego superflcial computations, thoy too do not abide by their first principles, (t.e., are not consistent). For instance they admit there was a child without father or mother, viz,, the first man or Adam, and they accept a child without a mother, whom they call Eve. Why then not admit a child without a father f Especially when they are fully assured of such an occurrence in the case of Jesus and Mary.

Verse,

If you listen to the tale of Mary,

Believe the same of Xlanquwa.

But the world-fashioning Creator who from their inception brings all his works to their final accomplishment, effects His purposes by means of the contradictions and oppositions of His beautiful and His terrible Attributes {asmd, lit. names). Accordingly there is a section of mankind of lofty intelligence, right judgment, exalted thought, suchme power and correct thinking, whom He hath placed apart and whose condition He advances day by day. So also there is a multitude of human shapes, purblind, feeble of apprehension, crooked in thought and of evil imaginations, void of usefulness, whom He hath marked out and whom He keeps in a state of per- turbation. And although the cup of His designs may be filled in either of these ways, yet there are many contrivances involved in the coimbination. Accordingly darkness is united with light, bad fortune with good, adversity with prosperity and the wicked and black- hearted are always putting forward stones of stumbling. But soon they are disgraced spiritually and temporarily and depart to the street of annihilation.

This brilliant event is an illustration of the above, for when such a wondrous thing occurred, evil thoughts arose in the hearts of the

CHAPTER Xr.

183

short-siprhted dullards and worshippers of externals who had no share in real merit and were alien from the grace of Divine know- ledge. That enthroned vestal (ilanquwu), out of her perfect benevolence^ did not desire that these blind wretches should remain caught in the slough of this thought and so apprized her nobles of the matter. She intimated that if any dullard or simpleton^ un- aware of the wondrous power of God and the forms of Divine decrees, fall into the misfortune of evil thoughts and sully his mind^s mirror with the rust of wicked imagination, he will for ever and ever abide in distress and loss. It is better then that I clear the courts of their intellect of such confusion. For this purpose, it is necessary that awakened -hearted truth-knowors and trusty persons of sincerity watch by night around the tent, so that the darkness of suspicion and doubt caused by the blackness of their hearts may by the light of Divine events and thebeholding of hiddein radiances, be changed into illumination and that evil thoughts may pass from their turbid minds.^’

Accordingly several wakeful and prudent, keen-sighted watchers were placed around the teht and like night-burning stars, they closed not their eyes. Suddenly in the middle of the night, — which is tho time for the descent of Divine mercies, — a shining light, like bright moonlight, — just as the lady, the curtain of chastity, had said, — came down from on high and entered the tent. A cry was raised by the watchers. For a little while, people were stunned and then their vain thoughts and evil imaginations were exorcised.

When the period of pregnancy was fulfilled, Alanquwfi bore three noble sons. The first was Buqun QanqT from whom the Qanqln tribe is descended; the second was Yusuql Sftljl from whom the Saljiuts are sprung. The third was Buzanjar QftSn. The descendants of these nobly-born ones are called Nairun, i.e., light-produced and are considered to be the noblest class among the Mughuls.

BOzanjar QAIn.

Buzanjar Qftftn is the ninth’ ancestor of CingTz Khan and Qarficar Nuyftn, the fourteenth of his Majesty, the Lord of Conjunction, and the twenty-second ‘ of his Majesty, the king of kings. When he came to years of discretion, he adorned the sovereignty of Turin,

I n .

^ So Text, but apparently it should^be twenty-first.

184

AKBAHNlUA.

aud the chiefs of the Tfttftr and Turk tribes^ etc., who were like Batraps MulMk-i-tawd’if, i.e., the Arsacidse) bound the girdle of eervice on their waista. Ho composed the distractions of the time by the vigour of his administration, distributed justice and bene- volence and, for a prolonged period, soothed and adorned the world by his nobility and wisdom. He was contemporary with Aba Muslim Marwazi.i When his existence closed, there remained two sons, Buqi and TQqabA (f Tuqtfi).

BOql SsiM.

Buqa ^5n was the eldest sou of Buzanjar Qian and the eighth ancestor of Cingiz KhSn and Qartclr Nttyftn. He ascended the throne in accordance with his father’s testament and adorned the royal div#n by justice and equity. He devised new regulations for world-ruling and world-subduing and framed the code of the ^aqftns of the world. He so carried himself towards his subjects that one and all were rendered happy by him.

DOtamIn SffAN.

Zatamm* Khan was the upright son of BOqa Khan. When the father perceived his own life passing away, he appointed him his heir and successor. Zatamin exerted himself in ccntrclling the administration and in increasing the prosperity of the kingdom. Ho had nine sons, and on his death, their mother Manulun who was unique in wisdom and management, went into retirement and devoted herself to their upbringing. One day, the Jalairs who belong to the Darlgln tribe, laid an ambush* and killed ManulQn and eight of her sons.” Qaida KhSn, the ninth son, had gone off to China (Micln) in order tb become his cousin’s* son-in-law and so escaped. With the

1 Abd Muslim *Abdu-r-rabm&Q, son of Muhammad and called the missionary of the ^Abbaaides, i.e., ffaMh-i’^*w(U or author of the call of the ‘Abbasides, (Gibbon cap. 52.) aud also called Jary&n. He

was a general of the ‘Abbas ides and the origin of their power but waa put to death 136 H. 753 by Khali f Maufhr. (Mas’&df, Meynard. VI, 58, 176, ale.) Merv was one of the four chief cities of Khursa&u and

its inhabitants werelcalled MarwasT. (D’fierb^lot art. Merou.)

• The Text follows the MSS. which spoil the name in two ways.

• The Sh^ijraM-airdk has a long story as to the cause of these murders.

♦ The Skf^jrai makes Micin his grand-uncle’s son, t;ts., son of TilqtS or Tilquba the brother of ]^Qi(a who was QAidn’s grandfather.

CHAPTER XV.

185

help of MacTii, the Jaliirs were brought to rue their folly and induced to put to death seventy men who had been engaged in the murder of Manulun and her children. They also bound their wives and children and sent them to Qaidu who marked their foreheads with the token of servitude. Their descendants remained for a lengthened period in the prison of slavery.

QAmO Sfitlv.

Qdidu Khan after many adventures^ sat upon the thone of sovereignty and supervised the world’s civilization.^ He founded cities and had a following of many clans. He warred with the Jaldlrs and firmly established his power. When he passed away, he left three sons.

BItasan^ar Kgi g.

Bayasann^ar was the eldest son and the unique of his Age

for administrative capacity and for the management of subjects and soldiers. He sat upon the throne agreeably to his father’s testa- ment.

TCmabta

Tumana was the worthy son of Bftyasang^ar ]|^ftn. When his father was departing from this world, ha made over the kingdom to him. The divSn of sovereignty and world-rule gained lustre during his reign. He graced it by his courage and wisdom, and augmented the glory of the Ago by his magnanimity and bearing of burdens. By strength of arm and vigour of mind, he increased his hereditary kingdom by adding to it, much of Mongolia (MughulistAn) and Turkistftn. There was not his like for might and prestige in all TurkistSn, He had two wives by one of whom he had seven sons and by the other twins. One of the twins was named Qabal and was the g^eat-grandfather* of Cingiz Sbfiu and the other was named QeLcuI!.

1 The says he dug a

canal.

< Though he was only the third in ascent from Cingfs Khin. the latter was fourth in succession for QSbila, the son of Qabal was succeeded by

his brother BartRn BahSdur and he by his son YasSkA the father of Cingiz. This accounts for Cingiz being the fourth star which emerged from QabaVs bosom. (See infra).

186

akbarnI&ia.

QacClI Bahadur.

Qacull Bahidur is the eighth ancestor of his Majesty the Lord of Conjunction (Timur). He was a theatre of the lights of dominion and a station of the impressions of anspiciousness. The refulgence of greatness radiated from his countenance and the glory of fortune shone from his brow. One night ho behold in a dream ^ a shining star emerging from Qabal Jean’s breast. It rose to the zenith and then was extinguished. This happened thrice. The fourth timo^ a wondroiis bright star arose from his (Qabal’s) breast and took the horizons with its light. The rays thereof reached and enkindled other stars^ and each of them lighted up a region, so that when the globe of light disappeared, the world still remained illuminated. He awoke from his vision, and loosed the bird of thought that he might interpret the strange augury. Suddenly sleep again* overcame him and he saw seven stars rise in succession from his own breast and disappear. The eighth time, a mighty star appeared and lighted up the whole world. Then some small stars branched oS from it so that every corner of the universe was illuminated. When the great star became invisible, these other stars shone forth and the universe remained bright as before. At daybreak, QficQlI Bahfidur reported the occurrence to bis honoured father Tumana IQi&n. The latter gave the interpretation that from Qabal there would come

three princes who should sit on the throne of the be

lords of lands. But the fourth time, a king would come after these, who should bring most of the earth under his sway and should have children, each of whom would govern a region. From QficQli would come seven dominant descendants, bearing on their brows the dia-

1 Kh&fl Khan (I, 9) makes each brother have a dream but says that the stars seen by QScall were less bright than those beheld by the elder brother Qabal. Apparently he either rejects the application to Timur or holds that he was descend- ed from the elder brother (through CingTz Khlnb D’Herb^lot has a full account of the dream. (Art. Touma- nah KhSn). See also Sharafa-d-dln*8

Zafamama, (Prolegomena), and Bibar and HumSyUn, Erskine 1, 70 and SbojrcUu-hatrdk (Miles). There is a good deal about the dream and the covenant between the brothers in the so-called Memoirs of Timur.

• There is a play on the word hoe, the other meaning being " the hawk ‘* (hoe) of his sleep snatched at ** the bird of thought.

CHAPTER TV.

-^7

dem of primacy and the crown of rule. The eighth time a descen- dant. would arise who should exhibit world-wide sovereignty and exercise sway and chief ship over ail mankind. From him would come descendants who should each rule a division of the earth.

When Tumana i^ftn had made an end of his interpretation^ the two brothers, in accordance with his orders, made a mutual league and covenant to the effect that the throne of the lOiSn should be committed to Qabal !^&n and that Qicull should be Commander-in- Chief and Prime Minister. And it was established that the descen- dants of each should, generation after generation, observe this arrangement. They drew up a solemn compact {‘akd-ndma) to this effect in XJighur (Turkish) characters and each brother put his seal to it and it was styled the Altamgba of Tumana The

illustrious ancestors of his Majesty, the king of kings, — who is the final cause of the series having been set in motion — were, from Adam to Tumana Khan, distinguished by absolute sovereignty and by independent sway, and so established the throne of justice. Some members of the glorious company also attained to the spiritual world and so were, both outwardly and inwardly, plenipotent, as hath been set forth in ancient chronicles.

Thu Divine strategy — in providing for the apparition of the consummation of all degrees, spiritual and temporal, by the inter- vention of so many rulers of the visible and invisible worlds,— was awaiting the ’birth-time of his Majesty, the king of kings, — for, as being the tjuintessence of humanity, his robe must be gorgeously embroidered,— and so was day by day, accomplishing the prepara- tions. Hence in order to completeness and to cause appreciation of the glory of service and the sweets of management, “Qioull Bahadur was arrayed in the disguise of vicegerency (wahdlat) so that the grades of this status too might come within the purview of this glorious company and a provision of every stage of development be accumulated for his Majesty, the king of kings. Thus, notwith- standing the guiding power, dexterity, greatness and high-minded- ness of QScali Bahftdur, Qabal JShan became the heir. Though in the external point of age, — which is not regarded by the wise, — he was greater, yet in reality, the controlling power of the Divine wisdom was engaged in completing the work (of preparation for Akbar). When Tumana ^iftn^s star sot in the west, Qabal Kbftn

188

AKnARNAMA.

became cstablisLed on tbe throne of rule and Qdcull Bah&dur^ m accordance with that fidelity to his promise which is the material of eternal bliss, undertook with concord and singleness of aim, the ii.;:nagement of the State in conformity with the rules of loving- mindedness and king-making.

And when Qabal lOi&n went from this world of troubled exis- tence to the peaceful home of nothingness, Qfibila ‘ Sh^n who out of six sons was the one worthy of the throne and crown, obtained the sovereignty, and QflculT BahSdur remained engaged in the same high oflSce of Commander-in-Ghief, observed his compact and, by help of wisdom and courage, carried on the affairs of the State. Qubiia Ehfin with the support of such a grandee, who was possessed both of God-given wisdom and a world-conquering sword, took vengeance for his brother from Alt&n ^Sn (f.e., the Golden Shfin) the ruler of Cathay and having made great wars which were masterpieces of men of might, inflicted a heavy defeat on the army of Cathay.

The abstract of this affair is as follows :-*-The rulers of Cathay always were in dread of this noble race and always kept on friendly terms with it. When Altftn ^ftn was confirmed on the throne of Cathay, he became much alarmed at hearing of the bravery and ability of Qabal ^ftn. By means of skilful embassies, he established concord between them to such an extent that he invited Qabal ^ftn to Cathay. The with the sincerity and honesty which are tbe

characteristics of this family, made over the care of the kingdom to Qficull Bahftdur and went to Cathay. His reception was very friendly and after indulging in pleasure and enjoymeut^^ he set his face homewards. Some of Altftn Khan’s grandees of base and ignoble nature, disturbed his mind with improper words so that he repented having said adieu, to Qabal Khdn and sent a message to recall him. Qabal Khftn saw through the plot and replied that as he had left in an auspicious hour, it would not be proper to return.^ This enraged Altfin KhSn who sent- troops with orders to bring him back by hook or by crook. Qabal Shan caused the officer in command to slight

1 Text, QQIla, but a note says that say that Qabal got drunk

the Zafa/rndma (ProUgtmena) has and insulted Altin.

QSbila and this appears the correct > Prolegomena Lo. has fia

reading. mldanam ** I do not regard it as of

• The Prolegemna Lo. and the good omen (to return).”

CHAPTER XT.

189

at the house of a friend of his named Sftijuqi who had his dwelling by the way-side, and agreed to turn back. Sftijuqi secretly told him that to return was not Advisable and that he had a swift and enduring horse which no one could come up with and that the proper ^ thing for Qabal I^ftn was to mount this horse and get away ae quickly as possible from this dangerous neighbourhood.

Qabal l^ftn acted on this advice and getting on the horse, proceeded to his own camp (yurt). When the Cathay messengers heard this, they pursued him with all rapidity but did not come up with him till he was in his own camp. Qabal Khan seized these wicked people and put them to death. Meanwhile his eldest child OqTn» Barqftq who was matchless for beauty, was keeping company with the gazelles on the borders of the wilderness when a party of Tatars surprised him and took him to 5itan ^ftn. The Khftn put this delicate fawnS to death* in satisfaction for those dog-soUled wolves.

When Qubila Khan who was the second son, came to the throne, ho collected an array and marched against iltan IChan to revenge his brother’s* death. A great battle ensued and the Cathaians suffered a sore defeat and were plundered of their property.

When the onset of the army of death fell upon ^Qubila O^ftn, his honoured brother Bartftn Bahadur, was established on the throne, agreeably to the counsels of the nobles. He preserved the institu- tions (ydsdq, t. e. ydsd) of his father and brother and as in his time, he

1 The meaning apparently is that when Qabal was on his way back with Altan’s officer he got the latter to halt at the house of a friend by the wayside. The Prolegomena G-c.), tells the story somewhat differently, stating that Qabal evaded his pur* suers by entering the house of a friend but was inclined to give him- self up and return with them, etc.

• The of the Text after

kaldn is wrong. See D*Herbftlot art. ‘Kil Khan and Prolegomena l.e.

• Ghggd t- 1 -i&Imt shod. “ a milk- born gazelle.” Of. Dryden’s milk-

white hind.

• It is itaid that Altan nailed or sewed him to a wooden, ass in revenge for the death of his messengers. One account says he was’ hunting but A.F.’s words seem to imply that he waa too young for this, that hq was, as it were, a fawn himself and so, sporting with the gazelles. The Prolegomena seems to say that the child had strayed into the plain.

^ The word hwada/r is loosely used and for the sake of assonance with hahadur. Q&cftll was really uncle of Bartin.

190

AKBAIXlMA.

had no rival who could contend with him in war^ the title ^Sn was marked in people^s mouths by that of BahSdur and they stamped the coin of his courage with this awe-augmenting appellative. At this period, QacMl Bah&dur who was at once a life-sacrificing brother and a Commander-in-Chief Bah&dur, departed to the eternal world.

Iradam-c! BablIs.

Iradam-ci Barlfts was the upright son of Q&cul! Bah&dur and was distinguished for his wisdom and military talent. On his fatheris death, the patent (tughrd) of the Commander-in-Chiefship was exalted by the entry of his name and he managed affairs according to the rules which his father had made illustrious. He was the first who bore the title of Barl&s, the meaning of which fine word is brave and of noble lineage. The whole Barl&s clan traces its origin ^ from him*

When Bart&n Bah&dur died, Yesugai* Bah&dur, the third of his four sons, and father of Gingiz ^&n, and who was adorned with the cuirass of wisdom and the helmet of courage, placed the crown of the O^an&te on his head and graced the throne of world-sway* At this time Iradam-cl Barlas died, leaving twenty-nine sons.

eScAN (Thi Wise).

SughQ Clean was distinguished among the noble sons of Iradam-cl Barl&s for courage, wisdom and administrative ability. He was also the eldest son* He took the place of his honoured father ; osten- sibly he was Commander-in-Chief, in reality he was sovereign. Yesugai Bah&dur, by the world-adorning advice of Suij^u Clean marched against the T&t&rs and trod under-foot their glory and their grandeur. When he had, by God^s help and the might of good

I If so, it seems an anachronism clerical error for mugiall and trans-

to speak of AlanquwB as belonging lates *‘im homme brave et d’une

Ebthe Barl&s family in the way A.F., naissance illnstre ; " and adds ** le

(according to the MSS.,) has done in mot harlci$ dans la langue des Mon-

his account of that lady. And in- goles d^signait un homme brave et

deed there seems no doubt that d’une naissance illnstre.”

BarlSs is a clerical error for Qllrtllis » Text, BlsUk*, but a note states

which is the word in Ba^ldu-d-din. that many MSS. have Yas&kli. It

The Text has 2q/s-i-fiiu‘aUd “lofty is YasUki in the Prolegomena l.o.,

word,’* but Quatrem^re (BoA^dn^ Yesugai or Jesugai seems to be the

din 250n.) thinks that mWaUd is a correct form.

CHAPTEB XV.

191

fortune^ overcome the Tatars^ he set out for Dilun^ Buldaq. When he arrived there^ his chief wife (Khdtun) Olun Anaga* whom he had left pregnant^ gave birth to a noble son on 20th zi-Uqa^da 549^ (26th Jan., 1155), in the cycle-year of the Hog {Tankuz), Yesugai Bahadur called him Temucin.* Sughu Clean, who possessed lofty intelligence and exalted understanding, told Yesugai Bah^nr that by the secrets of calculation and the favourable aspects of the heavens, it was clear that this was the very star which bad emerged the fourth time from Qabal ^&n^8 breast.

GinqIz^ Efilif.

Though in the noble line of his Majesty^ the king of kings, which in this book of Divine praise is the starting-point^ of utter- ance, it is unnecessary to mention TemucTn who is a branch of the holy tree, yet as he was a ray of the divine light of ^ilanquwa, a brief account of him is indispensable. The horoscope of Temucin was in Libra and the seven planets 7 were in it. The Dragon^s

1 Text, Dll&n Yuldaq. Howorth (I, 47) saya the place is called Deli- gun Buldaghai near the Onon by Saanang Saetzen and that it is still known by the same name, vis., DelUn Boldaq. It is in northern Mongolia, near the Russian frontier and on the right bank of the Onon. D’Herb41ot art. Oenghiz £t&&n calls it Diloun Joloun.

• Called by Hammer Plan Ike and by Erdmann Ulun Egeb. Apparently the Turkish pronunciation of anaga is enegeh. The a is not long.

• Chinese historians put his birth seven years later, vis., 1162 A.D. for they say he died in 1227 At the age of 66 and not of 72, as Muhammad- ans state. D*Hcrb41ot, Supplement, (Yisdelou) art. Canghiz KhXn. Ham- mer-Purgstall (56) prefers the date

• Howorth, Temudjin and Temu- jin. The word is said to mean

“ finest iron.*’ It may be noted hero that the best biography of Cingiz appears to be Prof. Franz von Erdmann’s Temudsebin der IJners- ohiitterliche. (Leipsic, 1862.) There is a Chinese Life of Cingiz trs. by Prof. R. R. Douglas, Lond., 1877.

• Gibbon, Zihgis ; Howorth, Jingis.

« Meaning, I suppose, that the book is called the Akhamdma,

7 i.s., tile five known to the an- cients plm the Sun and Moon. Their conjunction is supposed to indicate a cataclysm. (D’Herb41ot art. Reran). According to the {fahlhu-s-ai^ar, the seven planets were in conjunction in Cancer — the horoscope of the world— at the time of the Deluge. See History of the Golden Horde, Hammer-Purgstall, 75 n., for state- ment of position of five of the planets on 6th Jan., 1155, i. 0 ., shortly before TemQcIn’s birth.

192

AKBARNiMA.

Hoad^ was in the Third Houbo and the Dr&gon’s Tail* in the Ninth. Bat some say that in 581* (1185), when he became head of the Nairun tribe and family, the seven planets were in conjunction in Libra.

QabIcar NCyan.

QarScfir Ndy&n was the noble sou of Sughu Cijan and was of kingly mind and princely* bearing. In the year of the Hog 562 (1167), Yesugai Bahadur died and in the same year, TemucTn became thirteen and Sughu Cijan, the centre of the sovereignty and adminis- tration and leader of the armies, marched nearly contemporaneously with this, to the camp of annihilation. Qaracar* Nuyan was then of tender age. The Nainin tribe left TemucTn and joined the TfiTjluts ‘ BO that TemucTn was in diffiiculties«and entangled in misfortunes. At length, by hearen’s aid, he was rescued from these whirlpools and terrible dangers and waged war with the J&muqa, Taijut, Qanqarat, JalaTr and other tribes. When he was over thirty, he became head of his own clan and family (the Nairun). On account of the opposi- tion of variona rulers of Turkistftn, ho went in his fortieth year, by the advice of QarScar Nuyan to ivang* Khan, the chief of the Kerayat tribe and who had an old friendship with Yesugai Bahadur. Temucin did good service for him and displayed pre-eminent excellence. His favour and intimacy with him and the loftiness of his rank came

^ Anabibazon and Katabibazon. They are evil influences. The Third House is that of brethren and short journeys. . D’Herb^lot says that Libra which is regarded by us as the 6igu of Justice, is considered by Orientals to he that of winds and tempests.

i I do not And this date in any of the lives of Cinglz Klian. He as- sumed the name of CingTz, which apparently means the Powerful or Unshakeahle, in 599 (1202). The period 581 seems again referred to a little lower where wo are told that Ginglz became head of his tribe when over thirty. A.F.’s date does not differ greatly from the 1187 given by Harco Polo ns that of

Oinglz’, recognition nor from the 1189 given by Ssaiian Ssetzen.

• ShoJirydr-ni§hdn. Qu. kingma- ker.

• If A.P.’s other dates are right, Qaracar must have been an infant at this time for,— if he died in 652 at the age of 98, — he must have been some 12 years younger than CingTz.

• Text, Taijut and another form ig Tan j at. It seems a different word from Tang at.

• Or Wang, — the Prester John of mediaeval writers and travellers D’Herh^lot art. Kerit and Supple- ment (Visdelou) 279. Hammer-Purg- stall says Toghril was the proper name of Avang or Owang..

NOTE

on page 180, line 4, from bottom of text.

The Society’s MS. No. D. 29, in Maulavi Asbraf Catalogue, omits the wdw between zamdn tca-zamdnJyan of the printed editions, and this appears to me preferable. The passage accordingly runs thus : —

the translation would be : The Lord of Time, for the advancement of timely beings, is in the habit of rending the curtain (f.e., he is bom again and again) with pain of the eyes and dolour of the heart.*^

The Lord of Time is Akbar, or rather the Divine Light conceived by Alanquwfi, which had to go through a successive course of births, before it appeared in its dual perfection in the person of His Majesty, King Akbar. This was done by him for the benefit of men, for the purpose of improving their condition (parda-drd9). To the act of child-bearing the word ta^r lit. ** pains^’ directly refers. The pun hardly can be translated. It lies in the fact that Akbar reads the curtain for the purpose of mending it,” both expressions being used in a metaphorical sense.

T. BLOCH,

Hon. Philol. Bee., A. 8. B.

CVAPTBR XT.

193

to aach a point that the sweot saTonr of liia sincerity was made fra- gprant by the pastile of friendship^ so that the great officers and relatiTes (of ivang lO^ftn) became jealous.

J&muqa> chief of the Jftjarftt tribe^ joined with Sanka^* the son of Xvang to speak eyil of him and they devised falsehoods

against him whereby the heart of ivang Khan was drawn away from the right path and he began to entertain evil thoughts. Temucin became alarmed and escaped from that danger by the counsels and assistance of Qarftcftr Nuy&n. Twice were great battles fought be- tween them in which Temucin was victorious.

When in his 49th, or as some say, his 50th year, he, in Ramazan 599 (May-Jnne 1203), attained the rank of * a sovereign and ruler of the world. When three years of his reign and rule had passed But Tengri,^ a seer of the invisible world and herald of the Divine Court, was inspired to give Temtlcin the title of Cingiz Sbfin or king of kings. Day by day, the star of his fortune rose higher and higher and year by year, the lightning of his majesty became more vivid. He acquired sway over all Cathay, Ehotan, Northern and Southern China {pin « ifdcfa), the desert of Qibcaq, Saqsin,*

1 According one acconnt, noticed, by D’Herb^lot, Gingls mar- ried a daughter of Avang.

• Also Shanks and Shakfln.

• Text, Tab Tengri; but I adopt the variant of But Tengri, given also in No. 554. .Hammer-Purgstall (65) calls him Buttanri, the son of Itschke and says he was step-brother of Cingiz, being son of Cingiz’s mother by her second husband.

^ Text, Safin, but the notes give variants, Saqin andSabaqInand the Ain (Jarrett III. 100, where see note) SaqsIn. It is the Sacassin men- tioned in D’Ohsson. (1. 846 n.) **Sacas-

In,ditleg4ographedeBaca, 4taitane grande ville dn pays des KhAcares. Sacassin est h present submerg^e.’* As D’Ohsson remarks it seems con- nected with the Sakae or Scythians. 25

Apparently it was a place or country near the Caspian and is used by A.F. to indicate the extent of Cingiz’ conquests in the West. The Zafar- ndtaa Prolegomena says, in reference to Cingiz’ conquests, that they ex- tended os ibtida^i Bulghdr u Saqin id intihd*i Cln d 8aq%ln{?)uMdc\n where apparently Saqsin denotes an eastern country. Yullers s.v. Saqsin, says regionie ignotae** and

refers to the Bwrkam-i-qdii* and the Fonrhang-s^Batikldd. The latter saya it is a country of Turkistin and quotes a line of NifimI which con- tains the expression “froln Saqsin to Samarkand.”

In 1652 Greaves published two Geographical Tables one by Na^Iru- d-dln T6>1 Aod the other by Ulugh Big. These are in great measure

194

AKBAItHllfA.

Bulgafia^i Russia^ llftn,* etc. He had four sons^ JajT^ Gag^atftf^ 5kadfi!, Tali. He placed with JOj! the management of feasts and hunting. Judiciary matters {ydrgbu) and the carrying dnt of punish- ment^ iu which administrative government is involved^ were commit- ted to the wisdom of Ca^i^aUi. Government and political matters were assigned to Okadftl. The management of military affairs and the protection of the camp were made over to TQli.

In the months of 615 (1218), he marched to Transoxiana against Saltin Muhammad, king of Shwftrizm* and the people of that country received the chastisement of capital punishment.’

WTien he had finished the affairs of Transoxiana, he crossed the Amu (Oxus) and turned his woridropening reins towards Bftlhb- He despatched Tull with a large army to ^urftssn and after

conquering Iriin and Tfirin, he came from to Xl^Uqftn.^ From

thence he went off to put an end to JaUlu-d-din MangbamI* and in

identical and perhaps the repetitions in ATn (Jarrctt III. 47 et 9eq), are due to indiscriminate copjing from both. In Greaves* Tables, Saqsln is given in Long. 86° 36’ and Lat. 43° and .ad belonging to the 5th climate ; Bolgar. Long. 90° and Lat. 49° and as belonging to the 7th climate.

Quatrem^re (Hist, des Mongoles) states that Klaproth has treated at great length of the subject of Saqsin.

1 Bular, t.e. Bulghir, (Ain. Jarrett, etc.) III. 103) a town on the Caspian. This is therefore not the European Bulgaria to the west of the Blaok Sea but Great Bulgaria on the Volga.

s Vullers (34a) gives As as a town in Qibcik from which the Osseti took their name. But the As of the Text appears to be the Crimea or its neighbourhood. See Jarrett III. 102 where it is spelled A| a form not given by Vullers. Quatremhre (Hist, des Mongoles, Pref. 70n. 87), says «*Xje mot As on designs les

Alains qui portent encore aujour d’hui le nom de Oms^s."

4 See Vullers and D’Kerb. Alin is said to be a town in Turkistin but apparently the Alin of the Text is the Allan of D’Herbilot which was in the Caucasus and the home of the tribe known as the Al^nT, and which occupied country between the Cas- pian and Black Seas.

^ The modern Khiva. The oitisens were all massacred.

i XMiqin, a town in Shnrisin, E. of BiliKh. (Jarrett III, 87). The Shurisin and BadeJihshin X^liqins seem to be identicaL See Howorth’s map.

i Text, Mankiml, but Ain (II. 204 and Jarrett III. 848) has Mangbamf or Mankbardi, Jarrett observes that ^mmbr-Furgstall says it should be written Mankbaml but that on Jalilu- d-dln’s ooins it is Mankbarln. If as Hammer states, (74) the term means short or flat-noSed itikmgf-

CBAFTER XY.

195

Bama^dn^ 624. (Aug. 1227)^ defeated him up to the banks of the Indus. From thence he went to Trausoxi^na towards his permanent encampment (Karakoram). He died in the year of the Hog which was also that of his birth and accession, on 4th ^afar* 624, in the borders of the country of Tangut.®

Before his death, he directed that ‘when the inevitable event occurred, they should keep it secret until the affair of the people of Tangat was completed and that there might be no commotion in dis- tant countries. His sous and officers carried out his instructions and took steps to conceal the event till the people of Tangut bad come out* and been made the forage of the sword. Then they marched off bearing the body (of Cinglz) in a cheat, putting to death every-

ndaig) we should hardly expect to find such a nfckname on coins. Vamb^ry (Hist, of Bukhara, 1342) says the word is Mengberdi, (heaven- sent); Raverty (J’abcLqaUunoBlrl, 285) that it means having a mole on the side of the nose. (See also 299n.> Mang is given as meaning a mote in Shaw’s Vocabulary of Eastern Tur- kish. The epithet would thus be equivalent to Khaidar, and, — a mole being regarded as a beauty,— the sobriquet is honorific.

For an account of the gallant JalXlu-d-dln see Gibbon Cap. 64 and D’Herb41ot art. Jelaleddin and Ain l.c.

1 This date is wrong as perhaps the copyists might have inferred from the fact that just below Cingiz is described as dying in J^fafar, the 2nd month of 624, whereas Eama^n is the ninth. Jalalu-d-dln’s defeat really occurred in Rajab 618 (Aug.- Sep. 1221). It was therefore the time of the rains which enhances the splendour of Jalilu-d-dln’s feat in swimming his horse over the Indus.

• D’Herb41ot, 4th Ramaidn. This

agrees with Howorth and Hammer^ Purgstall who also give the corres- ponding European date as 18th Aug. Apparently A.F. had inadvertently written the date of death as that of the defeat of Jal5lu-d-dln. 4th i^afar is 24th Jan. (1227). Safar is given in one place hy Raghldu-d-dln whom A.F. copies. (See Haroiner- Purgstall, G. Ho^e 92 n. 4.) But see Erdmann l.c., p. 573.

’ Text, TankaqUt. I t seems to be the Tunkah of the Ain (Jarrett III. 98) in 5th climate and belonging to Tafihl^and. See DHerb^Iot art. Tan- gat where it is stated that the Arabs call the town Tanghikunt a form which approaches that in Text. The country is also called Hia. (Seo Howorth I. 4 on Hia or Tangut). It lies north-west of China and west of the Yellow River. On some modern maps the country is marked as that of the TangiHs. See Supplement (Vlsdelou, 302), for temarks on Scheidfercou and Tamghoul.

• They came out under their king S h ldaqU (called by Minhaj, Tingfi Khan) to treat with Cingiz wh^had

196

akbabhIma.

body whom they met^ so that the news might not be quickly con- veyed to the different countries. On 14th Ramazan of the same year, they brought the body to the great camp and proclaimed the death. They buried Gingiz at the foot of a tree which he had, one day when hunting, approved as a site for his grave. In a short space of time, the branches became so thick that the tomb was hidden by them and no one could ascertain the spot. There is a strange mystery in this which cannot be understood, except by the wisdom of the wise and far-seeing, to wit, that as in life he was nnder Ood^s protection, so also in death did he come under God’s supervision, in order that the short-sighted might not put forth hands of disrespect against the place. Though to take much thought about a tomb is to make one self ridiculous to mankind, yet as rulers have to deal chiefly with the superflcial-minded, this providential guarding (of Gingiz’ tomb) is a great blessing. And why should not the Oivine protection watch over one who was so great that an universe abode in the shade of his guardianship ?

Though this great man be in the eyes of the vulgar and even to the at first glance, a leading exponent of Divine wrath, yet to the far-reading view of the wise, (lite of the ilite, he is an emanation of Divine blessings. For in the kingdom of Divine justice of which human government is a ray, there can be no injustice or oppression, and everything which comes into existence in the world of evil is based on certain spiritual principles, the real nature of which the superficial cannot perceive and which cannot be comprehended save by the intellects of the far-seeing and awakened- hearted.

His years were seventy-two complete and most of the seventy* third had also elapsed. Of them, twenty-five wore spent in reigning and conquering. If we look to the dates* of his birth and his death,

promised them safety, but as he was ^ Minhij always calls CingU the

dead, his heirs, I suppose, did not accursed.

think themselves bound by his pro- > reckoning the death as in

mise and put them all to death. i^afar. If Ramadan be taken, the

Apparently it was to give a loophole age would be 74, there being 10 solar

for this that Cingfz bade the fact of months in a lunar year, his death to be concealed. {Jahagdi-u twslrl, Raverty 1087n.)

CBAPTIB IT.

197

B8 stated in histories, his age comes to seventy-fonr years and three months. Apparently the discrepancy is due to the difference between lunar and solar months and years, or it may be owing to some cause Other than the ostensible one. During this period, the high matters of government and administration were made illustrious by the world-adorning counsels of Qarftcfir Nfiyan. Why should not a potentate who hath such a kinsman {hirddar) in blood and in spirit by his side as his director to dominion and fortune, brush with the head of majesty the highest zenith of conquest and rule f

Ver$e.

Qar&cftr and Gingiz are cousins (ibn-i~‘am and).

In conquest too, they are allied {qarin-uham and).

When the drum of death was beat, the S^^anship was made over to Okadal. The gist of this distressful occurrence is that when on the China expedition, he (Cingfz) had one night an intimation by a vision, that the time of leaving this mirage-like world was at hand. He called his sons, Qardcdr Nuyfin, the Commander-in*Chief, and the other nobles and pillars of his empire and after imparting to them counsels which might dominate mankind, he appointed Okad&I as ^ftn. He sent to the treasury for the covenant Jwhich had been executed by Q§cull and Qabal ]^&n and which was the Altamghe ‘^^f Tumana Khdn and which his high-souled predecessors had succes** sively signed, and had it read before thb noble assembly. He observed, I swore to this deed together with QarScSr Nuyfin, do you also fulfil its conditions.^’ He also had another deed drawn up between Okadfil and his other sons and bis kinsmen and made it over to Okadal.

Transoxiana, Turkistan, the borders of I^wfirizm, the cities of the Uigurs, Kfishgharp Badakhshan, Bfilkh and Qhaznih as far as the Indus, he assigned to Caghatfil KhSn. He also made over the cove- nant of Qabal Khan and Qficul! Bahfidur to Caghatfil and said to him. Depart not from the counsels of Qaracar Nuyfin and regard him as your partner in rule and realm." He also established between them the bond of fatherhood ^ and sonship. In this way the noble line

^ According to a MS. of Tlmfir’a ing Qaricfir to a daughter of Cagha-

Memoirs Cingiz did this by marry- Ul. If eo, Qarfioftr moat surely

19S

AKBARNlHA.

(Akbar b) came to be called Cayhatfli ; ^ otherwise the relationship of Caghatai and his ancestors with his Majesty^ the king of kings, is one of glory and superiorit}’ not of propinquity and similarity^

The Princes and Nuyfins acted according to the testament. Good God ! could there be such a breach • of covenant by an emi- nently wise man like CingTz l^an I The covenant which had been adorned by the seal-royal (Altami^a) of Tumana Kh§n should have been given to Okaddf Qd^an and he should have been made over to be educated and succoured by the weighty counsels of QardcSrNuyan so that the provisions of the compact might be carried into effect ; or did they not produce* that covenant till he (CingTz) was carried

have been many years younger than CingTz and hardly fitted to be his counsellor. The passage in the Memoirs is dul^tar i- CaqhatdiKhdnrd bd Qcufdcdr Nuydn *aqd hard u har do Ourkdn ndm nihdd. But A.F.’s view and that commonly accepted is that QaricSi acted as a father to Caghatftl. (^ajrcUu^Uatrdk, Miles SU.)

1 This does not seem quite correct. Babar’s mother was a CaghatM be- ing a daughter of YQnus Kh&n. a descendant of CingTz, — a fact which A.F. notices later on in his account of Bibar.

» A.F. holds that CingTz broke the compact by not attaching Qaricir to the (Great Khan). But

Cagbatil was the elder son though passed over in favour of the younger, Okadil and thus ; in one sense, the KSsigning of Qaricir to him was right*

The Prolegomena I.e. states that CingTz made the arrangement be- cause Transoziana had been assign- ed to CaghatiT and as Jalilu-d-dln Mangbarnl was still alive, it was jpecessary to have CaghatiT support- ed by an experienced general like Qaricir.

Tlmfir does not seem to have thought there was a breach of agree- ment for he tells us that when Taghliq Tlmir shewed him the agree- ment-— which had been written on a steel plate and signed by Qibal and QictllT, — he acquiesced and ac- cepted the Commander-fn-Chiefship. (Timar’s Memoirs, Stewart 12.) See too page 22 (Stewart) where TTmir’s father tells him that he had been Sipdh^edldr, Apparently if there were a broach of compact, it occurred when Tlmir’s grandfather, Amir Barkal gave up his duties as Sipdh- edldr and retired into private life.

• I am not sure of the meaning of this passage. My friend Mr. Beames thinks it is that the courtiers should not have produced the deed before CingTz so that posterity might have ascribed his conduct to igpiorance and not to a deliberate design of breaking the compact. But Ciogiz had asked for the deed, so that they eould not well have evaded its pro- duction, and it is difficult to see how an intentional omission to consult the deed could make CingTz’s conduct or that of his courtiers any better. Apparoiitly the words hd^ir ncml*

CHAPTIR XT.

199

away by the inbred forgetfulness ^ of human nature, and thus the mark of censure in the book of his knowledge was obliterated by the line of obliTionsness. It is strange too that old ‘writers while treat- ing of this subject with verbiage, cavilling and equivocation have not come to a right determination about it. It appears as if the world- adorning Deity desired to remove’ from the frame of this lofty lineage, the disguise of the Gommander-in-Chiefship which TClmana Shftn had imposed but which had really been fashioned by the Divine artificers while completing the evolution of his Majesty, the king of kings, (and that so) a forgetfulness ensued which surpassed in excollenco thousands of good designs. Inasmuch as the Divine protection was ever guarding this lofty line, no failure in the compact and agree- ment occurred on the part of Qftciill Bah&dur’s descendants so that when, the turn of sovereignty, which was due to their innate and acquired power of direction, arrived and they attained the divan- adorning Caliphate, there could be no reproach brought against them by the wise. Likewise this was the beginning • of the rise of that

must refer to the officers and not to Gingb for they are com- monly used of^ilM act cf inferiors in bringing something before their saperior. 1 am inclined then to think that A.F. means to suggest as an excuse for CingUt that he wee at death’s door and incapable of recol- lecting the contents of the deed. Or it may be that the important word is dll (that) and that A.F. means to suggest that possibly the courtiers did not produce that deed, i.s., the real deed, but some other.

The S^ajrat (8i4) remarks that Cingls exceeded in recommending Qiraoir to CeghatSl. Probably this remark is based on A.F. and indi- cates that the was written

after the jMa/ m Sma.

^ Alluding to the Arabic proverb (Abttl-ghAsT, D^maisons, Arefboe) MSieaiw’ w-iidif awwahi: thnSM, **the

first forgetter was the first man.” This again, I believe, t^efers the tradition that Adam surren- dered 40 years of life in favour of his descendant. King David but re^ pudiated or forgot having done so when the Angel of Death came to him at the close of his 960th year. In consequence of this forgetfulness by Adam, it was laid down in the book which Seth received from heaven, that all promises or agree- . ments should be ratified by the pre- sence of two witnesses.

• Timer is regarded as a lineal descendant of Qariioir Ifllyin, though according to VambAry, the claim is without foundation. It leems that Bathldn-d-dln says no- thing about Qaricir’s being Cagha- tRI’s generalissimo. (O’Ohsson II. 109 n.) But he is mentioned in the JaRogdi-t-iMiflrl by Minhij who was

200

AKBAUNlMA.

light of fortune, his Majesty, the Lord of Conjunction (TTmiir) whose holy existence was the forerunner of the perpetual dominion of his ^jesty, the king of kings.

After his father^s decease, Ca^atM Khan made PeshbfilT(;^ ^ his capital and having made over the control of the army and of the subjects to AinTr QarScSr Nuyfin, he spent most of his time in the service of Okadai Qa’fin. Though Okadii was younger than himself, he shewed no slackness in performing his duties and in the minuiim of obedience and heartily observed the conditions of the will.

When Cag^atfti Khan arrived at his life’s term, he appointed Amir Qaracan Nuyan administrator of the kingdo’n and made over his children to him. He died seven months before Okadai Kh§n,* in the year of the Ox, Zi-Uqa^da 638 (May-June 1241). Qaracflr Nuyfin, in accordance with his promise, took charge of the manage- ment of the kingdom and after some time, made over to Qara Hulfigu Khan, son of Mawfitkfm,® son of Caghatal^ the government of his grandfather’s dominions.

After some years, when Giyuk Ehfin, son of Okadai became Khfin Khaqan) Qarficar Nuyfin deposed* Qarfi Hulfigu Khan, and appointed Isu Mangu, son of Caghatal in his room. Let it not be concealed that Okadfii Qa’an had, during his sovereignty, nominated his eldest* son, Kilcu as his heir, but Kucu died during his father’s lifetime* He then mado lus (Kucu’s) son Shlramun who was his favourite, his heir. When the Qfi’fin (Okadai) died, Giyuk Khan was in Russia, Circassia and Bulgaria (i.e.. Great Bulgaria) and came to the great camp® (i.tj., the capital) three or four years afterwards

born 60 years, before Baehldu-d-dln. (Bib. Ind. ed. 365, 1.3 and Raverty, 1063.) In these the name is written K uyfin Qarficar but there can be no doubt that QarficSr is meant. There is also a gpreat deal about him in the Prolegomena which was written in 822 (1419).

^ D’Herbfilot, BiahbalTgh (Fenta- polia) and this is no doubt right. It is described in Ney Eliaa’ introduc- tion to the (62) but

it ii stated (l.o. 32 aud 364) hat

Caghatfil’s capital was at AlmfilTgh.

» OkadSI died 11th Dec,, 1241.

• Blochmann 429.

(Howorth 1. 158. D’Ohsson, II. 87.)

• The Sk<^jratU‘l-atrdk (Miles 355) states that Qarfi Hulfikn was deposed at the instance of GiySk who re- presented that a grandson could not succeed before his uncle (Isfl Mangtt).

» Third, Howorth, I, 160. Kiyfik or GlySk was the eldest.

® Karakoram, the Cembalu of Chaucer and Milton.

CHAPTER XT.

201

He established justice and the cherishing of subjects. When led Mangu Was covered with the veil of annihilation^ Qarftcftr Nuyan again appointed Qarft HuUgu to the government of the country and died during his reigpx in 652 (1254),^ full of honours and success, at the age of 89.

Atjal NOtAh.

Aijal NilySn was the most distinguished for wisdom and godliness of Qarftcftr Nuyftn’s ten* children. During the reign of Qarft Hulftgft he took, on account of his wisdom and vigour, the place of his father (Qarftcftr). In 662 (1264) he was confirmed on the divan of dominion. The Caghatal tribe (alua) was prosperous in his time, but as there was much opposition and strife among the descendants of Cag^atftl Ehftn, he got disgusted with affairs and settled in his ancestral city of Kesh until the time when Mangu Qfi^ftn, son of Tuli Khftn, son of Cinglz S3}iftn, sent his brother Hulftgu to Persia (Irftn) and attached to him officers and men from each of the four tribes (alua) of Jfiji, CaghataT, Ckatft! (Okadfti) and Tull. By universal request, Aijal Nuyftn was selected from the Caghatai tribe and appointed as companion^ to Hulftgil BS^ftn- That ^ftn treated him with great respect and as- signed Marflgha-Tabriz* to him. ^

^ D’Ohsson (II. 109 n.) quotes Mir Ehw&nd as sajing that Qarftcftr died at the age of 79 but the litho- graphed ed. of the Eau^tu-a-fafa (Part y. 69) gives 89 as the age and ^Tr Shwftnd’s source, the Zc^cumd* mo, FroUgomena, gives also 89. He died in the year of the Hare in the Turkish cycle.

s Five, Ptolegomana l.e. gives their names.

• Text, 6i»fasfis-i-sd2^ri SalhUr does not occur in the dictionary and is perhaps aSlar^i-hdrt (princej^a amUaa rsgioe)— for which, see Vnllers f.o. sdldr. Possibly the true reading is sdwori, a present. For anac* 26

count of this word, see Quatremere, NoHcea, etc., XIY. 27n. The meaning would then be “ He was sent as a naar or present to Hul&kQ." I ob- serve, however, that adlhurl occurs as a title in the Zafiamama, (See extract therefrom, TdriHi-i^rathldi, 26, where we have Ehwftja Sftlibarl.) A MS. however of the Za/cmidma gives the word as Salbafl. So too. Bib. Ind. ed. I. 88 and 11. 28 1.5 fr. ft.). Sdlbar occurs in the Burlidn^i- qdli* but only with the meaning of a . tree which bears every second year.

ft Jarrett III. 81ft.

202

▲rBARFiMA.

Axir Ailakoar 8^An.

Amir Ailangar was the most distinguished son of Aijal

NOyftn. When Aijal departed from Turtn with HalftgCi Q^ftn to Ir&n, Ailang^r was made his father’s representatiTe in the CaghatftI tribe and ^hen Aijal left this deceitful world in Iran^ Davi Eban^ son of BarAq ^An^ son of BlsOtavA^ son of MawAtkan^ son of CaghatAI ]^An^ son of Cingiz ^An who bad become Sal^An ^ made him Amirt^ Uumard ’ and gave him his father^a rank and assigned to him powers of binding and loosing. And being full of wisdom and insight, he undertook the management of the affairs of the kingdom. He em- braced the glorious Muhammadan religion.

Aii!r Babkal.*

Amir Barkal was very high-minded and when his noble father, Amir Ailangar Nfiyan left this comfortless world, in the time of Tarmasblrln Khan, son of Oava Hb&Qj he was the only surviving son. As ho was always occupied with the care of his own soul, he had no leisure for other things and so, abstaining from the companionship of ^Ans, he transferred the paternal avocations to his cousins and remained independent in Kesh. He was assiduous in seeking Qod’s favour and in acquiring virtues. He spent his life in that neighbour- hood and provided for his daily sustenance from the various estates and villages which belonged to his old possessions and was content therewith till he wQnt to the holy kingdom and the eternal country.

Ax!b

Amir TarAi^Al was the distinguished son of Amir Barkal and is the father of the Lord of Conjunction (Tim&r). From early years and the flower of youth, the lights of dominion and fortune shone from the court of his nature and the notes of greatness and glory illuminated the antechamber of his ways. That noble-minded man had a younger brother, Haibat^ by name, who was a perfect paragon

I B. A. S. MS. Mo. 114 has M $alia- nat before 6a d ratiida bud and they seem needed.

• This is regarded as the third renewal of the compact between Qabal and QicAll. (Miles 381).

• Ahmad b. *Arab Shlh gives Abghai as the name of Timer’s grandfather.

« In the Pfolepomsna U. the name seems to be Salbith or Malbita, and in the JOuldfotu-t^iawdrit^ to be Bita

CBAPTEK IV.

203

of truth and truth-seeking. But the lot of spiritual and temporal eminence had fallen on the elder brother. Like his honoured father (Barkal) he always kept his face on the threshold of the lords of holi- ness and was favoured by the associates of the portals of eternity. Especially that pattern of the masters of ecstacy, Shaikh Shamsu-d- dm KalSl^i greatly honoured and respected the Amir and by his spiritual insight apprized him of the advent of the star of the Lord of Conjunction.

I do not find his name in Tlmftr’s Memoirs. An uncle, HSjl BarlSs and another, Aidku, are spoken of, but they were probably hia maternal uncles. They were unfriendly to him (Stewart’s Tlmfir, 55).

^ The Prolegomena he. and Kkuld- eat call him Shamsu-d-din Kal&r, and the former describes him as a suc- cessor of Shaikh 8hihibu-d-dtn Shahrawardl (perhaps the famous Shahrawardt of BaghdSd). The ProZe- gomena states also that in 775 (1374), Timfir removed his father’s body to near ShamBU-d-dln’s shrine beside the chief mosque. Probably Kalir is right for the Amir Kalll whom Tfmiir often mentions seems a dif- ferent person. (Price and Davey (Tlmfir’s Institutes) call him Gulil, a word which signifies red powder, i.e., ab%r).

An Amir Kalil is described in the 8aflnaia^l*auliyd also. D’Herb4iot mentions a Shamsu-d-dIn al-Fakh- aur-who lived in Kesh and was con-

sulted by Timfir, but Timfir’s special Fir seems to have been Qatbii-l- aqtib Shaikh Zainu-d-dtii Abfi Bakr. (Davey and White’s Timfir 4a.) Apparently Ahmad b. ‘Arab Sh&h is the authority for- this, who in the beginning of bis Life of Timfir, speaks of a called Shamsu-

d-din A1 Fajj^uri whom Timfir con- sulted.

A.F.‘b reference to Shamsu-d-dIn a foretelling the greatness of Timfir to his father is interesting because it seems to be an alldsion to Timfir’s Memoirs where the story is told. If this is BO, it goes to support the* genuineness of the Memoirs by showing that they were in existence before, at least the reign of Shifa Jahftn. The story, however, about ShamgU‘d-dIn’s prophecy also apo pears in the flallbu^e-eiyar.

The Ain (Jarrett III, 356) men«- tions an Amir Kalil who was a saint of the Naqfihbandl order.

204

AKBlRNilfA.

CHAPTER XVI.

The Lord op Great Conjunctions, Third Pole » op the Universe, Pole of Realm and Religion, AmIr Timor GCroan.*

The eternal decree and unchanging will of God hath adorned the world hy assigning thousands of designs to everything. Thus the Almighty, by implanting in the fifty- two persons who forn; the lofty line of the king of kings and who are the instruction of the wise, — command, wisdom, sovereignty, guidance, favour, bounty and other glorious graces and illustridhs qualities, fashioned and finished the unique pearl of the Imperial Vicegerency (Khildfat), And from and after Qdcull Bahadur, He caused seven heroes of the sacred lino to descend from the position of visible sovereignty and awarded them the status of Commander-in-Chief and king-making (ikdhin- §idhi) so that by experiencing the stage of subjection in the garb of obedience, they might in an admirable manner, set forth to the apparatus of the universal laboratory. And as for the exalted an- cestors who spent their days in Iiiganaqun, albeit we have no record

t 8dlif^-l-quthin, Probably this means that he is a Pole supplemen- tal to the two Poles, making with them a Trinity. But it may mean umpire or arbitrator between the two Poles, or that ho was three kinds of Pole, vis., qutbu4-7nillat (religion), quthu-d-dunyd (the world) Qulhu-d-din (faith), as Timur is styled in the Prolegomena (Zafar^ ndma). Buy Gonzales de Clavigo (Clements B. Markham trs. 124) says, “ The arms of Timur Beg were three circles like ** o “s drawn in this manner and this U to signify that he is lord of three parts of the world.” He adds that TimfLr ordered this device to be stamped on his

coins and on everything that he had and ^ .lat he ordered his tributaries to use it on their coins. Possibly the epithet in the Text alludes to this device.

• Tlmilr, we are told, never took any title higher than that of Amir (officer) which is an allusion to the Commander-in-Chiefship held by his branch and was accordingly a title hereditary in his family. The title Ourgdn (son-in-law) refers ap- parently to his ancestor QaracSr K Ryan’s marriage with a daughter of Cagbat&l, son of Cingiz. But it may also refer to his own marriage with princesses.

CHAPTBR IVI.

205

of them, yet they too, generation after generation, were seized of greatness. Though the name of sovereignty was not, they possessed the reality and shewed it forth by preserving their honour while shut out from the haunts of men. And now that the stages of solitude and society had been fulfilled and a complete preparation had been made for the coming forth of the unique pearl of his Majesty, the king of kings, God, the Creator of the world, stripped off the dis- guise of dependency which had seemingly been imported into the line by the counsels of Tumana ftnd displayed a hero fit for

and capable of a great sovereignty. Such was the appearance of his Majesty, the Lord of Conjunction, Adorner of the Seven Climes, Exalter of Throne and Diadem, Amir Timur Ourgftn. This great one came forth and planted bis foot in existence in the environs of Kesh,^ commonly known as the Siahr^-aahz (Green City) and one of the towns of Iran,* on the night of Tuesday, 25th 8ha‘hdn, 736 * (9th April, 1336) in the Mouse Year (First of the Turkish cycle) nnder the Sign of Capricorn, from the fair womb and pure veil of her Majesty, the perfection of modesty and blessedness, glqry of choice- ness and purity, guardian of realm and religion, Taglna ^ !0&tun. This axis of the sphere of the great vicegerency and ocean-centre of sublime sovereignty is the star of fortune which arose eighth from out the bosom, of Q&cul! Bahadur.

According to the view of one historian,^ the true vision of Qftcull Bahadur was fulfilled thereby but, as has already been indicated, this

i About 40 miles S. by B. of Samar- qand. It was called the Green City on account of the verdure of its gardens. {Zafamdma 1. 301.) It has been described by BSbar (Era- kine, 54) P. de Courteille (1. 106) and B. Schuyler. It is also mentioned in the Jin (Jarrett, III. 97) as in the 5th climate and in Badakhshiiia ( J ). It is generally reckoned a day’s journey from Samarqand.

• One MS. has TUrSn and so has Abdu-l-bamld (Badihdhndma, Bib. Ind. 1. 43) Irin is perhaps right, for the word is vaguely used. (D’Her-

belot f. 04 ). Kesh is in what is usually called Transoziana and a variant gives Mdwa^u»n-nahr (Transoz- iana) instead of Irin.

• Gibbon quoting Hyde says 1336, 9th April, 11-57 p.m., lat. 36.

• Sometimes Nagfna, e. g.^ in KhifI Khin.

• 8harafu-d-dln *All YasdT (^o- fa/mdma). The Pahlhu^$-§iyar says the same thing. A.F. baa already censured 8harafu-d-dln (Cap. I. near the end) for identifying the seven stars which emerged from Qicllll’s bosom, with the seven descendants

206

ai^barnIma.

daj was^ according to the profound investigations of the wise and far-seeing, I only the beginning of the ascent of the constellation and the flashing of the first star.

In the fortunate Age in which the Lord of Conjunction was born, Tarina^Irlni son of Dava O&n, son of Barfiq ShSn, son of

who intervened between QScRlI and TlmAr. A.F. says it is wrong to take for stars, men who did not rule, and holds that TimSr was the first of the eight stars and not the last. But his interpretation is liable to the same objection. It (a true that Akbar was the eighth in descent from Timfir, but this was throngh a younger son of the latter, vts., the third, Mlrln Bhih, and neither Mlrin nor his son, Huhammad Mlrsi (who also was not an eldest son) were ever kings. Certainly they were never what A.F. calls world-adorners and cannot for in- stance, be compared for kingly qua- lities, extent of dominion and dura- tion of reign with Sh^hrukh Mirzi (Timfir’s fouith son) or for intel- lectual eminence with ShRhmkhV illustrious son Ulugh Bfig. Indeed of the six who intervened between Ttmflr and Akbar, only three were kings, vis., Abil Ba*ld, Bibar and Hiimiyfin.

I This is singular and perhaps re- fers to Amir Fathu-l-lih of Shlrls.

• This seems a mistake. Tarma- ahlrln was killed in ISSO according to D’Ohsson (lY. Table II.), and Mr. Oliver (B. A. 8. J. XX. New 8er.) thinks he died in 1834. It would seem that he was flving in 1388, for Ibn Batfit* apparently visited him in that year and Mr. Oliver 0. A 8. B. 1881, 11. eleven)

gives one of his coins dated 733 (1333). Both D’Herb^lot and Milas speak of Amir KazgSn as ruling in Transoxiaua at the time of Tfmilr s birth but Amfr Kazgin was only a rebellious subject. According to Sharafu-d>d!n — who ought to be a good authority and whom Ma8*fid1 servilely copies, — Sultln QazAn was the nominal ruler when Timfir was bom and his reign lasted from 733- 747 (1382-1346) but the real autho- rity was possessed by AmTr Qazin.

(Bib. Ind. ed. has Qarin Sultio Khin and Prolegomena (A. 8. B. MS. Oa, 26, p. 69a) Qar& Sultan Xhin. P4tis de la Croix has Cazan. See also Miles 374. 8harafu-d-dTn dilates in the Prolegomena, on the birth of Timfir in this reign).

Later on, (I. 43) 8harafu-d-dln states that Tnghlaq Timfir, a grand- son of DavS and nephew of Tarma- shlrlu, came to Transoxiana in Ba- hVu^-idnl 761 (February 1360) and that in the 33 years previous, dating from the death of Tarmafihlrln, there had reigned eight kings of the Caghutfil line. This would fix Tar- maBhlrln’s death in 728 (1328). This is also the date expressly stated in the Prolegomena (A. 8. B. MS. Oo, 26, p. 686) ar that when Tarmashl- rln was put to death by his cousin Purin.

The evidence of Ibn Baffi^ against this it perhaps not of overwhelming

CHAPTER Xri.

207

BTaatawi^ son of Blsakan, son of Cag^aUi was ruling in Trana- oxiana. In Irftn four months had passed since the death of Sultan Abu Sa’id * and there was on that account universal confusion in that country.

Amir S&hib Qarftn from his earliest years np to the flower of his youth, was occupied in practising the art of hunting* and the methods of war and battles. In the Mouse Year 762 * (1361) Amir Tarfij^ii departed from this world. He had four sons and two daughters, viz,, 9ibib Qar^nl, ^ Alam Shaikh, Siyur|]h^^™§bi Juki, Qutlagh* Tarkftn and Shlnii Begl

weight for he is always confused and vag^e about dates and he seem- ingly never clearly states when he saw Tarmafihtrin. But the evidence of the coin is more difficult to get over. It is not however quite con- clusive for apart from the fact that posthumous coins are not unknown, we have the fact that there was an apparently fictitious claimant to the title of Tarmaehlrln and the coin of 733 might have been struck by him.

Mr. Oliver’s opinion is that Jink- Shl or Jinikishai was reigning in 736 and he doubts that Buz fin ever reigned. This is the statement in the B. A 8. J., but in the subse- quent list in J. A. S. B., Buzfin is put down as having reigned from 742-44. On the other hand, Mr. Stanley I^ne Poole, as quoted by Mr. Ney Elias, gives Buzfin as reign- ing in Transoxiana at Timfir’s birth Intr. 49.)

^ The Abfi SaTd **b. Algiaptou (i.s., son of Oljaitn)" of D’Herb4lot who gives a long account of him and states that he was the last prince of the bouse of Gingtz whom the Mnghals recognised. He was descended from Hulfigfi Shin. The

(Miles 309) says he died at the age of 32, childless, on 13 RahVu-Udf^ar 735 (D’Ohsson and Beale, 30 Nov., 1335; Gladwin 1 Dec.). It was Abfi SaId who put to death the famous his- torian and minister Rashldu-d- din. DHerb41ob mentions that as the year 736 was full of calamities, it was designated iji lau^. This word both gives by abjad the figure 736 (vi»,, Z=30, w=6, and s=r700), and also indicates by its meaning of “taking refuge," the necessity for a protector of the Age, vis., Timfir.

• This is from the Zafarndma (15) which states that Timfir practised hunting and the art of war from 10 years of age.

• Apparently he died in 761 or very early in 762, otherwise the cor- responding cycle-year must have been that of the Ox. The gafa^mdfiia too, although not explicit, seems to say that Timfir’s father died in 761, — ^the year in which Tughlaq Timfir invaded Transoxiana and Timfir’s uncle, ^ajl Barlis fied to EhurfisEn. However the TaHl^-i-JahdngXr (the Prole- gomena, of the ^afamdma) gives (near the end) the date of T<^P^8bEI’s death, 762.

She died 785 (^qfomdma I. 355).

208

AKBARNiMA.

When I^Shib Qar§nl arrived at the age of 34 « solar years, ho with auspicious horoscope and lofty fortune and by the counselling of his 6od-given wisdom which is a station of Divine inspiration, placed on his head on Wednesday, 12 Ramazan, 771 (9, April,* 1370), corres- ponding to the year of the Dog (It) the diadem of rule and the crown of world-conquest and made lofty the throne of sovereignty and world- government. And for 36^ years which was the time of his supre- macy and world-adornment, he brought under his control and into his permanent possession, the countries of Transoxiana, Khwarizin, Tur- kistftn, KhurasSn, the two ‘Iraqs,* Azarbftijan, Persia, Mazindarfin, Kirman, Dlyarbakr, Khuzistan, Egypt, Syria, Asia Minor (Rum), etc,, by means of his world-conquering courage and his capacious intellect, and uplifted the banners of authority and sovereignty in the four quarters of the world and in the seven climes.

Whosoever was befriended^ of Salvation, came forward to meet him with the foot of obedience and for such an one, the rose of auspi- ciousness bloomed on Fortune’s pinnacle. Whoever had misfortune and eventual destruction enfolded in his skirt, and disengaged his head from the collar of submission, arrived with tearing of hair* at the Judgment-seat of the Dispenser {Qahramdn) of Justice and beheld in his own bosom the thorn-brake offspring of his acts.

On Monday of Zi-l-qa^da^ 789, he massacred the inhabitants of

1 AbU-l-^amld {Bddfidhndma, 43), gives TimUr’s age then as 35 yrs. 17 dys.

• Apparently on his birthday.

• AbU-l-hauild says for 35 yrs. y ms. 5 dys.

, > This might mean either Media and Babylonia or the cities of Kufa and Basra bat bere it is the former for AbQ-l-h&mld who copies A.F. says (43) the *Ir2qs ef Arabia and Persia.

• Lit, to whomsoever Salvation was the friend of his fortune’s day. Four MSS. have daulataih instead of daulat as in Text.

• MuX^ka^dn lit, hair-dragging but here perhaps ** dragged by the hair."

It was 6 2T-]-qa’da (6th Noveqi- ber, 1387), according to Price (Re- trospect III. 72.) The inhabitants rose against TlmUr while negocia- tions for the surrender of the city were going on and killed many of his soldiers. TlmUr thus alludes to the affair (Institutes, White and Davy, 119) “And I conquered the city of Ispah&n. And 1 trusted the people of Ispahan and I delivered the castle into their hands. And they rebelled and the Darogha whom I had placed over them, they slew with 300 of the soldiers. And I also commanded that a general slaughter should be made of the people of Ispahan.”

CUAPTKR XVI.

209

Ispahan on account of tlieii Bedition and rebellion. Thence he turned the reins of resolution towards the capital of Persia (Fare)

whore the Muzaffar ‘ family (Xl-i-muzaffar) became his servants. When news came of the opposition of Tuqtaraisb* Khfin the ruler of Da^t Qipcik® (the desert of Qipcik, t.e., the Khirgiz Steppe) and one of those who had been supported* by his Majesty (Timur), he twice led his army against him and having exalted the banners of victory, he returned. He traversed Da^t QipcAk which is a thousand leagues (fataanrjs) long and six hundred wide and cleared it of the rubbish of strife.^ A second time he marched against Irftn in 795 (1393) and brought death to §J[iiih Mansur* who had cocked^ the bonnet of frowardness, and he extirpated the Muzaffar race.

And in that country, he performed feats which obliterated those of Rustam * and ^ frasiab^ and for the sake of the repose of the ministers^® of his victorious dominion, converted the country of Persia into a thornless garden (gulzdr^i~hihhdr\ After** that he conquered Baghdad by the strength of his dominion and fortune. He went several times into Georgia and brought there as his companions, victory and conquest* In 12 MuJ^rram, 801 (23rd September, 1398),

• I)’Herb41ot art. Madhaffar, and Rieu*8 Cat. I. 82 and 16da. The dynasty was known by the name of Al-i-mugaffar. It began in 718 (1318) and was overthrown by Tlmdr in 795 (1393). It ruled over Kirmftn.

■ D’Herb<$lot art. Toctamish.

® Jarrett III. 102.

• TUqtamiRh at one time owed his kingdom to Timur. Ho was a des- cendant of Cingiz through his son Juji.

• Khaa u f^da^dk “weeds and briars.”

• D’Herb61ot art. Mansor; ^a- farnama Bib. Ind. I. 608, and Gib- bon Cap. 65. Man^Ur was killed by Shahrukh and Gibbon says Tim Sr declared his esteem of the valour of

hia foe by extirpating all the males of BO intrepid a race.

Y Cf. Macaulay’s account of Sir John Fenwick cocking his hat in (^iieen Mary’s face.

• Alluding apparently to the taking of the famous White Fort {QiVa-u iofid) 45 miles N.W. of ShIrSz and which was taken by Rustam also. (Hist, of Persia, Malcolm I. 27 and 46.)

® Afr&sTSb, i.e., conqueror of Persia. He was afterwards killed by Zll and his son Rustam.

Auliyd~i-dciula,U but this phrase is often only a respectful way of mentioning the king himself.

** This was the first taking of Bagh- dad, in Sep. 1393. It was taken again 20th June, 1401.

27

210

a^barnIma.

he made a noble ^ bridge over the Indus and by dominion and fortnne conquered Hindustftn.* In 803 (October 1400) he made an expedi- tion against Syria/ and then raised the moming-breeae of fortune. The lights of celestial victories illumined that world-conqueror. On that occasion Aleppo was taken and then the army went to Damascus and shed the blood of the rulers of Syria who were confined in the wretchedness* of prison.

Next year he raised his standards for the purpose of subduing Rum and on Friday, 19* Zi-l-hijja, 804 (20th July, 1402), having arrayed his army and adorned the flag of contest with the crescent of victory,

1 The bridge was of boats and rafts and made in two days and hardly entitled to be styled a ja9r-i-*dtl Tim Or crossed where Jalilu-d-dTn Mangbam! swam the river.

S A.F. has a short notice of this expedition in the Ain, under the head- in/L; ** Comers into India." See Jarrett 349, where instead of ** the booty obtained was not considerable" we should read “they did not value it " (the conquest of India). Sir A. Cunningham (Indian Eras) gives the date of the capture of Delhi as Wed. 18th Dec., 1398.

• The reference appears to be to the slaughter of prisonerafrom Alep- po, etc., after the first battle before Damascus {Zafamdmu II. 314). Among them were ShadUn. governor of Damascus and apparently many other rulers of Syrian cities. These had all assembled at Aleppo under the orders of the king of Egypt (l.c. II. 287.) A^mad *Arabak&b tells how a number of the chief men of Damascus surrendered themselves to Timar after the Sult&nof Egypt had deserted the city and that many of these were afterwards put to death (Manger, II. Cap. YI and XIII).

TfmUr killed them and also the prisoners taken in the battle, appar- ently because the king of Egypt had tried to have him assassinated and because he (the king) had put one of his ambassadors to death and im- prisoned Altamfih Qujin (l.c. II. 275). But the Text may also refer toTlmAr’s severities against the principal men of. Damascus after he had taken the city. He was incensed against them because they were Sunnis and belonged to the house of Yazid, the slayer of Q^sain, and because they had neglected the tomb of the Pro- phet’s widows.

• I am not sure of the meaning of %‘ill-i-qaid. Several MSS. write it without the i^at and as if it were the name of a place. There is a town and fortress of Zillah in Asia Minor (near to which Caesar gained his Venit Vidi^ Ftei victory) but I cannot find that the Syrian Amirs were con- fined there or that TtmQr was ever there. Possibly fotZ is a variant for %ill, shadow.

• A^mad ‘Arab gfiSfa, Thursday, 27 Ztd-^ijja (Tkamun), (Manger, II. 255.)

CHAPTER IVI.

211

he fought near Angora (Ancyra), a glorious battle with Ilderim (Thunderbolt), the Gwsar of Bum/ and by tho secret aids which rode^ always beside this royal cavalier of the plain of supremacy, the assembled armies of victory and conquest became his stirrup-holders, and the proclamation* of auccesa was issued in the name of that world-subduing lord. Ilderim BAyaald (Bajazet) was made prisoner and when they produced him at the foot of the lofty throne, he was, out of perfect kindness and chivalry, given a seat above the princes.* From thence^ Timur went to l^arbaijun and spent there eighteen mouths in the administration of justice. Kings and kings’ sons from

1 JIafn-*inSni lit equal -reined.

• Referring to announcements of victory sent to Persia, Tartary, etc. (ZafamifM II. 4i7).

• Text, u\r-i-da$t^^Aah%dda but most MSS. have thdhzddahd and no doubt this is the true reading. I am also convinced that sir is a mistake for tabar which I have found in one A.S.B.MS. See Yullers b.v. Babardast where .the meaning prior locui in eonseBBu is given and also the * Mrase BobardoBi nif&osian, lo€um altioremt i.e,, magtB honoratum oecupare, to- gether with a very apposite Persian couplet.

I do. not know whether A,P. was justified by his authorities for the statement in the Text. The ^afar- ndma merely says Tlmfir gave BSyazSd a seat near himself and the 12au9atu-f-fc(/d that BAyazId was given an honourable seat (f&onqf-i- juluB),

A.F. knowa nothing or says no- thing about Biyazld’s subsequent confinement in an iron cage CGibbon). The story is, however, now regarded as disproved. The JRaufot states that according to the testi- Biony of an eye-witness, TlmOr at

first spoke roughly to Bayazid and reproached him for his obstinacy and folly. The Za/amdma admits this but represents the reproaches as given after the removal of his chains.

B&yazYd was restored to his king- dom and allowed the place of a subject or vassal prince {Zafamdnug II. >t61). According to Hammer, the *cago’ was a woman’s litter. But a recent writer inijhe Z. D. M. G. has refuted Hammer and has, apparently unconsciously, vindicated the acumew of Gibbeo.

• This statement is misplaced. Tim fir went to Azarbalj&n before the battle of Angora and the ** IB months " referred to seems the interval between the taking of Damascus in January r 1401 and the battle of Angora in July, 1402. A.F. says nothing of the capture of 8myma from the Knights «of Rt. John which ocrowrred after the battle of Angora in 805 (Decemberr 1402> and was one of Timfir’s greatest achievements. The whole of AJ’.’s account of Tlmfir is very poor and bears marks of haste.

212

AIvOAKNIMA.

various countries came and did homage. The ruler of Egypt coined much red and white money in his name and sent it to the world- protecting Court. Other rulers of the surrounding countries raised the flag of well-wishing on the plain of obedience. And from the pulpits of Mecca^ Medina and other holy places, the hbutba was road in his name. In Zi-l-qa’da, 806 (May, 1404), he marched against Firuza-kuh* and having won victory there that very day, he, without delay, turned towards Khurfisfin. In the beginning of Muharram 807 (9th- 10th July, 1404) ho went by Nigh^pur to Trans- oxiana and there in his native country inaugurated a great feast ^ stich as astonished the lords of greatness and splondour.

After gratifying mankind with largesses and favours, ho set forth to subdue the territories of China (Khitd),

On the night of Wednesday, 17 Sl^a’bfin, 807 (18th February, 1405) in the village {mauza*) of Utrfir* which is 76 leagues {farsakb) from Samarqand, he, by the irresistible oi^der of God turned his face towards the eternal city and rode the steed of life into the spacious abode of the everlasting world. They brought his sublime corse to Samarqand with the respect duo to so great a man. The following lines record the years of the events of this world -adorner.

Quatrain,

Sult,^n Timur is he to whom no king was like;

In 736, he came into existence;

In 771, he ascended the throne.

In 807, he bade the world adieu.

I A town in MSzindaran, on the Caspian. It takes its name from a neighbouring mountain which yields turquoise or according to another derivation, is Hill of Victory.** (D’Herb^lot art. FvrouMeouh and B4clus 242.) It was seen by Clavigo who calls it Berescote, when on his way to visit llmdr (Markham, 101 ).

• The Diet and entertainment des- cribed by Clavigo and Gibbon and

at which six marriages of Tlm&r’s grandchildren were celebrated. It took place September, 1404, at Sa- marqand.

• Lat. 44 N. Long. 67 £. and about 800 miles N. by £. of Samarqand on right bank of the Slhiln (Jaxartes). BSbar (Erskine I. lln.) says it was called also Yenghi* Hence it is the Yenghi-kent (New Town) of Turkit- tin mentioned in the Ain (Jarrett III. 101).

CHAPXIE XVf.

213

This auspicious Lord of Conjunction had four sons. (1) d-din Jahftngir Mirza, He died in Samarqand in 776 ^ (1375) in the early part of his father^s reign. He left two eons^ Muhammad SultSo whom l^imur made his heir but who died after the conquest of Asia Minor (Rum) on 17 ghu’bfin^ 805^ at Surf* a fort of Bilm; and Fir Muhammad who was made his heir after his brother’s death and in whose favour his Majesty Sihib Qarftni made a will at the end of his life. At that time he (Fir Muhammad) was ruler of Ghaznin and the borders of India. But he was martyred on 14 Rama^n, 809 (22nd February, 1407), by Pir ^AH Taz,® one of his officers and thus the stain of an eternal curse was affixed to the brow of that disloyal one.

The second son of his Majesty Qarfin! is Mirzft ‘Umar

Sh&‘ikh who ruled over Persia. He too died in his father’s life>time in Rabru-hawwal, 796 (January^ 1394), below the fortress of l^ar« matu.^

I Tlimiir’a Memoirs and Zafojr* nama^ 777. See Zajamama I. 271 where it is said that 777 corresponds with the Crocodile Tear. The death was in the beginning of 777 and so about June 1375.

■ I do not know the authority for this statement. SSrT Ijli^Sr is men- tioned in the Zafamdma (11. 448) and P^tis de la Croix says it is a fortress between Angora and Kutaya (Cotyaeum). See also Retrospect, Price, III. 397. In Kudus’ map it is Sivri Hissar.

But the Zafwmdma docs not say Muhammad Sultiln died there. What it says is (II. 492) that he died three stages from Qara ^isSr (Black Fort) while his father was having him conveyed in a travelling-litter,— ap- parently from Qar& Hi§1ir for change of air. (See for account of his ill- ness and death, Zafamdma II. 490. Also Price l.c. III. 424.) The Za- famd^rui gives date of death 18 Sha’ban, (11th March, 1403), and thus

about a fortnight after BSyasTd’s; according to ELammer, fonr days only — he putting Biyazfd’s death 14 Sha*bSn, 803 (8th March, 1403). Ac- cording to A^mad Arab Sb^h (Manger, I. 147) Muhammad SultSu died in Aq Shahr whore died also Bayazld.

One Ma (B.M. Add. 27, 247) has dar $awnrl for dar surf and possibly this is the true reading, for apparent- ly Mubaramad SultSn died in his travelling-litter.

• P’Herb41ot and several MSS., Ydr, Tax appears right. For account of the murder (which was commit- ted near Shibargban, W. of BalJcb) see Hist, of BukharZ. Vambdry 215 and *Abdu-r-razz&k, Quatrem^re, Notices et Eziraite XIV. 101. PTr ‘All was afterwards put to death by

^ahrukb.

• Also Kharm&nu. It is a petty fort in KurdistZn. The prince had been sent for by his father from Persia and was on his way to join

214

akbarnIma.

The third son wa49 JaUIu^d-din Miran gl^^h Mlrz§ of whom a short account will be given as he belongs to this noblj series.

The fourth son was MlrzH SbAhrukh who governed Khurdsau and who attended his father’s stirrup in many battles. Shortly after his father’s deaths he became confirmed in sovereignty ; and Iran, TurSn and such other countries as had been under his father’s control, were under his successful sway for 43 years. He was born on Thursday 14th Rabi’u-l-ftkhar, 779*{2l8t August, 1377), and died on New Year’s Day (Pers. Era) Sunday morning, 25th ?T-l-hijja, 850 (13th March, 1447).

jALiLU-D‘DiN MliiAN QlliH.

Jalalu-d-dm MMn §bah is the sixth ancestor of the king of kings. His noble birth was in 769 and in his father’s lifetime he governed the Arabian » and Persian HrSqs, Azarbfiijan, Diyfirbakr (Mesopotamia) and Syria.

When his Majesty ^ahib Qarani marched against India, all these countries^ we.re placed under his (Jalftlu-d-din’s) management so that not for a moment, was there intermission of justice and sovereignty.

One day while hunting roebuck,^ his horse shied (or perhaps took fright) in galloping and he was thrown from the point of the

him in DiySrbakr. He was killed by an arrow from the fort while re- conneitering it. (i2au?atu-f-«a/d B.M. Add. 27, 236, 1Q76, and lith. ed. VI. 69 ; also Retrospect, Price, HI. 372).

1 Text too, after Triq, is wrong, s Syria can hardly have been among these for it was not conquered until after the Indian expedition.

® Text Bor-i-que, but Zafar-

nama, que which Vullers translates aries hellicoBus. But aar-i-que also means roe-deer and P^tis de la Croix tianslates it ehevreuil (Book Y. Cap.

1. 189). The fiahihu-i-iiyar calls the animal a que-kuhi, qu. ibex. Sar4-

qw does not occur in the Dictionaries and is perhaps a mistake for sal-quc, a desert-antelope. Shaw’s voc. gives Sdi^kuk, for an antelope.

For an account of the accident which occurred in the autumn of 798 (1396) and thus some two yre. before the Indian expedition, see Zafamama II. 200; Retrospect, Price, III. 292 and Eau^tu-B-Bafd Book VI. 98 lith. ed. where further details aro given such as that Miran Sh&h took up the deer on his saddle bow and that it fell off and so startled the horse. The accident was near Tab- riz where there were not likely to have been; wild sheep.

CHAPTER XYI.

215

saddle to the ground and sustained grave injuries to his head and face.’ Able physicians and surgeons applied remedies and restored him to physical health but his mind remained clouded {lit. a mist encircled the centre of his mind’s equability) from the accident. After Timur’s death, Mir&n Sl^fih’s eldest son Ab&bakr Mlrzft read the Ubutha and struck coins in his father’s name. His Highness the Prince (Mlran Sbsh) lived principally in Tabriz * and all affairs of sovereignty were carried on by Mirzft Abftbakr. On 24th ZM-qa’da, 810 (2l8t April, 1408); he was killed > in a battle with Qard Yusuf Turkmftn in the environs of Tabriz. He had eight sons,^ Abfibakr, Alankar Mlrz§, ‘U§mfin Calb! Mirzft, ‘Umar O^alll, Sultftn Muhammad Mirzft, Ijil Mirzft, Siyurgh tarnish.

SulxAn Mohammad MIrzA.

Sultftn Muhammad Mirzft is the dominion ^-holding son of Mirftn SbAh. His noble mother was Mihr Nush^ and of the tribe of Fulad

^ Zafamdma, head and face.

I Glayigo (Markham 95) saw Mirin gbfth at Sultania and descrihes him ai 40 yrs. of age and a large, corpu* lexi^ and gouty man. He describes his fnisconduct and why he had been deployed of power by his father.

NoHeei et Extraiti, Quatremire XIV, 185 and lith.

ed. VI. 168 and Price l.c. IV. 504. The last Wo giye date 26 Zl>l-qa*da 810.

♦ See Blochmann’s din, Genealo- gical Table.

^ This is said merely for the jingle /arsand-t-danlai^twand. In fact 8ul|ftn Mubsniniad neyer reigned. It seems {goffamdma II. 735) that he died before his father and grand- father, {.a., before 807, for he is not named in the Ztrfamdma, among Tlmftr*s suryiying 36 sons and graiidsons. This may account for Clayigo’s not mentioning him and

it also shows how confused and unreliable A.F.’s account is. A.F. would lead us to suppose Sultftn Muhammad living when Khalil was sent by his undo (Price 1. c.

IV. 521) in 812 (March, 1410), to Rhey or* Rey (Rhages) where he died in Rajab 814 (2nd November, 1411). If as is most probable, Sultftn Muhammad Mirzft died so early-— before even his father had acceded to power — A.P.*8 representing him as a JoAdn-drdl wdld-qadr (powerful world-adorner) and as typified by one of the seyen stars of QacQlI’s dream, becomes doubly ridiculous.

• Perhaps the lady called Khftn- sftda by Sharafu-d-dln (205), Clavigo, etc., who went off to Samarqand and reported her husband’s insanity to Timftr. Clayigo says she was the mother of Khalil Rud it seems pro- bable from their living together that Ekf^lll and Sultftn Muhammad were

216

AKBARKiUA.

Qiya. The MlrzS always lived with his brotlier Mirsft I^alil in Samar* qand and when the latter proceeded to ’ Irfiq, MTrzfl SJbfthrul^ told Mirzd Ulugh Beg (his son) what he knew of Muhammad Mlrzi’s good qualities and praised his noble character; and the Prince (U lugh Beg) always shewed him brotherly (ue*, cousinly) kindness. Muhammad Mfrza bad two sons, SultSn Abu Sa’Id Mirza and Manucihr Mlrza. When he was ill and about to die, Mirzu Ulug^ Beg came to inquire after him and the latter strongly recommended bis son Abu Sa’id to Mirza Uluj^ Beg. Accordingly Abu Sa^id was brought up with all enjoyment under the care of Ulugh Beg and daily moved upwards on the steps of dominion and fortune under his guidance. One day/ one of Ulu^ Beg’s intimates observed to him Your cousin (Abu Sa^id) is serving you very zealously,” to which the Mirza replied, ’’ He is not serving ua but is learning the arts of conquest and victory from our companionship.” And in this the Mirza was speaking from his perfect insight and per- ception.

SoigpAN AbO Sa^Id MiB2A.

SultAn Abu Sa’id MirzA’s auspicious birth was in 830 (1427) and hQ became Suljtin when he was 25. For 18 years he ruled Turkistan^ Transoxiana, BadakhihUQi Kftbul, Ghaznln, Qandahftr and the borders of Hindustftn and in the end of his reign, ^Iraq too came into his possession. And with this prosperity and extent of territory which might become a thousand-fold source of intoxication, he was discreet and open-minded and sought for enlightenment from dervishes and ascetics. In 872 (1468) MirzA Jahan Sh&h, son of Qarft Ydsuf, the ruler of 2zarbaijftfi, had marched to put down Xzdn Qasan iq- quyanlu * but owing to his great carelessness and complete want of

full brothers. Clavigo (147) calls her Hai<6ada. He says ** She was of the lineage of the old emperors and for this reason, Timur Beg treats her with great respect.’* This points to her identity with Mihr Nflsh to whose lofty lineage A.F. refers. Qlyi seems the same as Qiy At mentioned by A.F. in the account of IrganaqQn but 1 do not know the tribe Fttlld (steel).

I Bibar, Erskine, Introduction LIV.

• White sheep. (Price l.c. III. 668). The proper spelling appears to be Aq-qujftfn-lu, The Black sheep are the Qariqnyanlft Agdn Qasan, t. 9asan the Long, was maternal grand- ^ther of Sh^h Ismill §afavT, king of Persim

CHAPTBB XYI.

217

management^ was killed by him.^ The Sult&n (Abu Sa^Id) led an army against him (Ajun ^asan). Though Aj^CLn ^asan proferre peace, it was not accepted^ and being driFen to extremity, he out off the supplies of com. Consequently a great famine arose in the camp (of AbQ Sa’Id) so that for 14 days the royal horses had no barley and as a result of the famine, the soldiers dispersed. Aadn J^asan gained the victory and on 22 Rajab, 878 (4th February, 1469), the Sultftn fell by fate into the hands of Asun ^asan’s men. Three days afterwards he was made over to Yfldgftr Muhammad MIrzS, son of SuUftn Mu^am* mad Mlrz&, son of Bftysanghar Mfrea, son of Sjt^fthrukh Mirzft who was an ally of Azun Ijjasan. This worthless inauspicious one slew that power- ful king on the pretext* of the mnrder of Gauhar Sil^d Begum who was the wife of gbahrukb Mirzfl. The words MaqtaUi- Sultan Ahu Sa*id (the slaughter-spot of Sultsn Abu Sa’id) give the date (873 = 1460).

^Umab MIrzA.

‘Umar Sbai]^ Mirza was the fourth * eon of Abu Sa’Id Mirza, being

^ This is the occurrence referred to by Herb^lot in his notice of Aba Sa’Id. He says that in ‘861 (1457), Aba 8aTd was in a bad humour owing to having failed to capture the citadel of Herat and that at this time, some evibdisposed persons told him that Sultan IbrE- hTm Mtrza (a grandson of Baysan- ghar and great-grandson of Shah- rukh) had sent messengers to Sul- tana Gauhar Shad and that he had a secret understanding with her. In consequence. Aba Sa’Id hastily or- dered her to be put to death. She was the widow of Shihrukh. the great-grandfather of YadgSr and had been living in Herat which had been her husband’s capital and where he had died in 850 (1447). AbS SaId had taken the town but had failed to get possession of the citadel.

• Gauhar Shid (Jewel of Delight) seems to have been Shahmkh’s

28

favourite wife, andVamb^ry states (Hist, of Bukhara, 286) that soma of his verses about her are still re- membered by tho^ people of Herat. Babar speaks of visiting her tomb. She must have been an elderly woman when put to death, and the vengeance taken by her descendant was not excessive and was in accord- ance with the Muhammadan law of retaliation. She was put to death on 10 Ramadan, 861 (31st July, 1457. Price l.c. IV, 598.) See inscription on her tomb in Cap. Yates ** Notes on the City of Herit." (JAl. 8.B. 1887. Yol. 56, p. 98.) She is there called Gauhar Shad Aghaandthe dat6 of her death is given only as the middle of Bamafan,861. Yidgar wasonly aboy at the time, for Babar (88) speaks of him as an inexperienced lad of 17 or 18 when he was killed at Herat in the following year, 1470. a A. F/s list of Aba Sald'4. sons

218

IKBAEVlMA.

joanger than Salt§n Ahmad Mfnft, Snltftn Mohammad and Salfin Ma^mQd MTrzft and older than Saltftn Mnrid Snltftn Walad

Mirzft, Ulu^ Bftg Mirzft, Abil Bakr Mirzft, Snltftn OeIH Mirzft and MV’zft. He was born in Samarqand in 800 (1455). Snltftn Aba Sa’id Mirzft at drst gave Eftbnl to the Prince and cent him off under the guardiaiiBhip of B&bft Kftbnll^ bat he recalled him from Dara-gaz ’ for the purpose of a festival.*

After it was over, he gave him the country of Andijftn and the Tal^tl-Ozjand* and after providing him with officers, sent him to that country under the guardianship « of Timur Tftdl^ Bftg. The reason for giving this country to the best of his sons was an exceeding desire to preserve his ancestral territory and as bis Majesty Sfihib Qarftnl gave it to his son ‘Umar Shaikh Mirzft who was of singular ability, so did Abu Sa’id on account of the sameness of name, gave it to his son ‘Umar Shaikh* Sfihib Qarftni is reported to have repeatedly remarked. We conquered the world by the might of ‘Umar SbEikb Mirzft’s " sword, by his staying in Andijftn and being a strong barrier between " our territory and the desert of Qipcftk and by his guarding the " passes, the people of Qipcftk were not able to rebel or be turbulent " and we could in security brace ourselves up for the conquest of the " world.^^

And this wise ruler (‘Umar ghaikb Second) also took extreme precautions that no hostile army should be able to cross this territory

does, not agree with gbwftndamlr and is incorrect. S. Mabmftd was the second, and S. Muhammad the third son. Abft Sa*Id left eleven sons, and it wonld appear in spite of Bftbar’s own statements, that his father was the 6th and not the fourth fon, the 5th being Ulugh Bftg. The 11th son was apparently a 8al^ *Umar, who was distinct from ‘Umar ’ Shaikh.

1 *<Tlm valley of Gez or Manna which lies on the Dihas or Balkhab, south of Balkh." (Erskine 1. o. 7n.) According to Sir B. Bawlinson, (R. G. S. Pro. 1876, 17<&.) Daragaz means

valley of the tamarisk. As AbU Sa*Idhad sene *Umar Shaikh from Samarqand, the latter wonld pass Dara-gas on his way to Afghftnistftn.

• Abft Sa*fd’s famous six months’ festival which he celebrated at Merv, in 1465 and in honour of th^ cir- cumcision of his sons.

• Apparently Ozkand in Eastern Farghftnn.

t ‘Umar Shaikh was then only ten years old. Much of this is from Bibar’s Memoirs.

• His full name is Eh^dibandl Thnftr Tftsh* (Bibar, Erskine 8 and

cHAPrcft xyi.

219

wliich was the boundary of Mongolia. And though Yunus ^ (Jonas) Khfin tried^ he could not get possession of it a’.d not the slightest injury happened to its tranquillity. That fortunate and lofty-starred Prince was one who weighed his words and was eloquent ; he had a great liking for poets and could recite poetry. He had a poetical temperament but was not solicitous of writing verses and spent most of his time in reading books, historical and poetical. The Sidhndma was often recited before him and he was an excellent companion ; of open brow and good disposition and fond of quoting good poetry. A lofty gemus warmed his soul and the beauty of fortune was manifest on his brow. He had no equal among his contemporaries for adminis<^ trative ability, care of his subjects and dispensing of justice. His courage and generosity were on an equal footing and his genius was companioned by his energy. He adorned the throne of sovereignty.*

For example, once a caravan from China (^ita) had come to the hill-country east of Andijan. There was a heavy snow-storm and the caravan was overwhelmed so that only two persons escaped. When this just man heard of the catastrophe, in spite of his necessities at the time, he did not touch any of the goods but appointed trust- worthy l)er6on8 and attached the property until the heirs were collect* ed from their native country to receive the goods, the rights of each being ascertained.*

This king was always of a dervish mind and inclined to the society of religious persons and asked for wisdom at the doors of the hearts of the Qod-knowing. Especially the holy NSyiru-d-dTu* Kbwaja ^AbMu-l-lftb, known by the name of Khwftja A^r&r.

1 This is hardly a fair descrip- tion of YUnus KKSn*s proceedings. *Umar Shaikh made over his capital Ahhsl to Y unua and then repented and made war on him. Ho was de- feated and taken prisoner and owed his life to Yflnus’ genei’osity. (Tar, itof&Idl, 9d.)

• AU this is from Bibar. (Erskine 8 and also Favdt de Conrteille.) But the Turkish seems more concise than the Persian. A.F. probably used the latter for his account is in

closer accord with Erskine than with Do Courteille.

• This story is told in Babar8 Memoirs (8). The stress laid on this simple act of honesty by Bibar and A.F. is rather significant of. the morals of the time. Probably ‘‘Umar Shaikhs self-denial on this occasion inspired his son Bibar to similar ac- tion towards the Hindustini mer- chants at Kilit-i-ghilzlil- (Memoirs 225.)

• For references to this saint, see

220

AKBABNlKA.

In succession to his father, he ruled in AndijAn, the capital of Far gh ftna and also Tdshkand, gh^hru^iya and Siram wore in his possession. He several times led an army against Samarqaud and ho several times brought to his help Yunus I^an who possessed the dominions of 0aghatfil l^un and was Kh&n of the Murals and was nearly related to him. Whenever he brought him, he assigned some province to him and then as occasion served, Yunus Klian would go back to Mu^^alistan. On the last occasion ^Umar MirzS gave him Tashkand and up to 908 (1502-3) this and §hfthrukhTya were in the possession of the Caghatfil rulers. At this last date the Khtinship of the Mughal tribes belonged to Mahmud Khftn, eldest sou of Yunus KhSn. This Mahmud Khan and SuljSn Alimad Mirza brother of ^Umar Shaikh ruler of Samarqand, having concluded an alliance, marched their forces against the MlrzS {^Umar Shaikh). Sultan Ahmad Mirzfi proceeded from the south of the Khajand river and SulUn Mahmud KhSn from the north of it. Just at this crisis an extraordinary thing happened to the Mlrza. The brief account of it is ns* follows.

Akhsikat which is known as Akhsi, is one of the seven towns of Farghana. MfrzS ‘Umar Shaikh had made it his capital. The town was on a precipitous ravine and all the buildings were on its odgo.^ As fate would have it, on Monday 4th Ramazgn, 899 (9th Juno, 1494), he was sitting near his pigeon house which was one of these buildings, watching the motions of his birds, when an attendant reported that the precipice was breaking away. The MirzS at once got up and had put one foot into its slipper but had not had time to put in the other, when the whole precipice gave way and the te xe fell down. The MircA^s outward form fell to the bottom but in reality, he ascended to the zenith. He was then 89 years old, having been born in 860, at Samarqand. (This last fact has been mentioned already.)

Be it known that Farghfina belongs to the fifth climate and is on

Tar, Bof&fdl 97, etc., and Nafahaiu^ l-un$, Lees, 465. He lived in Samar- qand. Dr. Bien gives the date of his death as 29th BabI* 1 895 (2nd March, 1490), (Pers. Cat. Ill, 1066a). See also Blochmann 423.

^ Apparently only the fort was on

the edge of the ravine and the town some distance off. The fort looked down on the Sihun and ‘Umar Shaikh had increased the steepness of the precipice by scarping the rock of the ravine. Perhaps this partly caused the accident.

CHAFTKB xrr.

221

the borders of the civilized world. East of it ia Easbii^ar aud weat^ Samarqand ; souths the mountains on the borders of Badal^fhan. To the north, although forme rly^ there were cities such as Almftlii^, Almatu, Yangl, known as Utrnr, but at present no traces or ruins even of them remain. In the west where are Samarqand and Kbajand, there are no mountains. Except in this direction, there is no entry for foreigners. The river Sihun, known as the ib-i-khajand, Cuming from the north-east flows west. It then runs on the north of ivhajand and south of Fiiiakat which is known as §hahrukhiya. Then inclining to the north, it flows towards Turkistan and meeting no other river in its course, it disappears beyond Turkistan in the sands. In this country there are seven towns, (qa^ha) five to the south of the Sihun and two to the north. The southern towns are Andijan, tT sh, Marghinfln,! Asfara (var. Isfaraj) and Khajand. The northern are AkhsT and Kaean.

This unique pearl of sovereignty had three sons and five daughters, the eldest son being his Majesty Firdus-makani Zahiru-d- din Muhammad Bnbar Padsh&h. Jah§ngir Mirza was the next and younger by two years and was the son of Fatima Suit fin who belonged to the Tomfin officers (i.c., chiefs of 10,000 men) of the Mug^als. The third was Na^ir Mirzfi younger than Jahfingir by two years. His chaste mother was from’Andijfin and was a concubine named Ummed. The eldest daughter was iChfinzfida Begum, full sister of his Majesty Giti* sitani Firdus-makfini and older than he by five years. When Sh^h Isma’il $afawi defeated the Uzbegs (gh&‘ibfin!) at Merv, that chaste one was in Merv and Sh^h Isma’il sent her with all respect to his Majesty Giti-sitani Firdus-makfini at Qunduz.*

After a lapse of ten years, an interview took place between them, and his Majesty Giti-sitfini Firdus-makfin! says, " When they came I and Mahmudi Kokultfish (foster-brother) went to meet them but the Begum and her attendants did not recognize us, although “we made ourselves known. After a while they recognized us.*’"^

^ The modern name ia Marghllfin (Erakine l.c. Sn.) It ia weat of Andijfin.

• A town north, of Kfibul and eaat of Balkh. Sometimes spelled Shan- duz. 239.)

Perhaps the meaning is that she could not diatingpiish Babar from hia foster-brother. (See Erakine, 10 and P. de Courteille, 17). The non-re- cognition of her brother ia enrioua ronsidering that she was about 24

222

AKBARHiMA,

The next daughter was Mihr B^nu Bogum^ full sister of Mirza and eight years younger than Firdus-maksnI. The next was Yadgftr Sultan Begum. Her mother was a concubine named Aghft Sultin. The next was Raziya Suljan Begum. Her mother was Makhduma Sultftn Begum known as the Qara-guz (Black-eyed) Begum. Then two daughters were born after ^Umar ghB<ikh’s death. There was also a daughter bom of Anu^ daughter of !^wftja ^usain

who died young. ‘

when separated from him and also that Qaidar Mfrza says (Nej Elias 239) that ShaibEnI divorced heron account of his suspecting her attach- ment to her brother. When Babar left her she became the wife of Shal- bEnl and had a son by him. The gikO>ihdnX-ndma says her marriage with ahaibSnt was a love-match and it seems probable that Babar has not mentioned the whole of the circum- stances and that her being left be- hind was a part of Babar’s agree- ment with ShaibEnI. Haidar MlrzE, BEbar’s cousin, distinctly states (TdrikJiri^mi, Ney ElUs, 175, 196 and 239) that BEbar gave bis sister to ShaibEnI. BEbar’a own daughter Gulbadan mentions the arrangement in her Memoirs, so that there can be.no doubt as to the fact. When ShaibEnI divorced QiEnzEda, he gave her in marriage to a Sayyid, but he as well asiSh^IkEnl, was killed in the battle of Merv.

L A.F.‘8 account of ^Umar Shaikh’s family as well as of Fargb&na fghSkandl is taken almost verba- tim from BEbar, Memoirs. He omits the name of BEbar’s third daughter, ShahrbEnfl BCgum, from the list, nor can she be the nameless daughter mentioned at t ae end of his account by A.F. for her mother

was AnBsh AghE whereas ShahrbSnU was full sister of NEsir Mfrzi son of a concubine named UmmSd. In fact A.F. has confused MihrbEiiU and ShabrbEnU. The former was two years older than BEbar and it was ShahrbSnS. misnamed Mihrbfind by A.F., who was eight years younger than BEbar. BEbar gives the youngest daughter’s name as Ru- qlya and not Raziya as in A.F.

The Turkish version of BEbar’s Memoirs gives, apparently wrongly, QarE-gQz as a sobriquet of Babar’s sister instead of his step-mother. The nameless daughter mentioned by A.F. is referred to later by BEbar (Erskine 14 and P. de Courteille 25) so that in fact ‘Umar Sh<^>kh bad six daughters. The wife wjhom the text -calls AnUfib Agh5 is called by BEbar, O’las AghE and a note to the text states that this name appears in many MSS. She was removed from the harem a few months after she had given birth to a daughter.

With reference to A.F.’s omission of the name of the third daughter Shahrbinfl. it is curious to note that a similar omission occurs in two MSS. of the Persian translation of BEbar’s Memoirs, B. M. Add. 24, 416 and 26,200, though No. 26,200 has a marginal correction giving her name.

CHAPTER XVII.

223

CHAPTER XVTI.

His Majestt GM-sitAn! FiRDOsrMAKiNi ZAHiRu-D-DiN Mohammad BaBAB PADSiTAH Qilizi.l

King of the four quarters,* and of the seven heavens ; celestial Bovex’eign ; diadem of the sublime throne ; great of genius and great- ness-conferring ; fortune-increaser ; of excellent horoscope ; heaven in comprehensiveness; earth in stability; lion-hearted ; clime-capturer; lofty in splendour ; of active brain ; searcher after knowledge ; rank- breaking lion rampant; exalter of dominion; ocean-hearted; of illustrious origin; a saintly sovereign; enthroned in the kingdom of reality and spirituality, Zahlru-d-dln Muhammad Bdbar Padshah GhSzi. His pearl-like nature was a station for the marks of great- ness and sublimity ; freedom and detachment together with lofty restraint and majestic power flashed forth in his nature ; in asceticism and absorption {faqr u fand^) a Junid* and BSyazId ; while themagni-

^ World-gripper, Paradise- inhabit- ing, Defender of the Faith, Muham- mad Babar (Lion), the holy warrior- king. B&bar is commonly said to mean lion or tiger, but this Becms to mo a little doubtful, for the word for lion is hobhr, not hdbar. Besides why should the Turks use a Persian word ? May it not be connected with the Caghatai word hdbari or hayari old or primitive. See P. de Courteille. Turc Diet. 156.

• (Jar bdliah^i-haft manfor, lit. four cushions or elements, seven scenes or theatres. Tho four cush- ions mean four thrones and so four . quarters of the world.

• Another favour ite expression is favd u h^iqd for which see Noiicee et JJxtraih, JS. de Sacy, XIL, 327n.

Fand is used by mystics for the Snfl’s relation to externals, viz. his dying ta them and haqd for his re- lation to God.

• Usually Junaid but here Junld, unless B&yazid be written Bayazaid. Junaid was a famous ascetic known as Al-Baghd^l ftud is said to have performed the pilgrimage to Mecca thirty times, on foot and alone. (Beale art. Junaid). He died about 909 A.D. See Nafahdtu4-un8, Lees, 89, No. 81 and Jarrott III. 352, where however A. F.’s account is only an abridgement o! Jlnl. S. de Sacy has translated Jaml’s life of Junaid. (Noiicee et Extraite XII, 366 et eeq.)

Bayazid is BAyazld Bistaml, also known as X^^yfur b. lsA. He, as well as Junaid, belonged to the Naqsh

224

AKBARNAMA.

ficence and genius of an Alexander and of a Farid un shone from his brow. The holy birth of this majestic one was on 6 Muharram 888 (14th February 1483) from the holy womb and pure veil of the gloriously chaste and nobly-born, Qutlaq Nigar Khanum. That jewel of fortune’s ocean and sparkling star [dwrrl) of the heaven of glory arose from a happy quarter. She, the coiffure of purity and scarf of chastity, was the second daughter of Yunus (Jonah) Khan and elder sister of Sultan Mahmud Khan. Her lineage is as follows : — daughter of Yunus Khan b. Vais Khan, b. Shir ’All Oglilan, b, Muhammad Khan, b. Khizr Khwaja Khan, b. Tughlaq Timur Khan, b. Isan Bugha I^an, b. Dava Khan, b. Baraq Khan, b. Isun Tava,* b. Mutakan, b. Caghatai Khan, b. CingTz Khan. Maulana Ijlisaml* Qarakull recorded the date of the noble birth as follows.

Verse.

Since on 6 Muharram was born that bounteous kipg,

His birth’s chronogram is also 6 Muharram [i^ash-i-Mu^Tram,^)

Though the chronogram be of marvellous coincidence and un- fathomable in its significance, there is something stranger yet, viz., the chronogram is in six letters which are reckoned by the masters of

baiidl order and he was Junaid’s his predecessor and teacher. According to the KhoMlnatu-Uauliud (I, 519) Junaid said, ** BayazTd among us is like Gabriel among the angels.” Bayazid was descended from a family of fire-worshippers and was a native of BistAm in Persia. (S.S.E. of the Caspian and 3 m. N.E. of Sh&hrfid.) He died 261 A.H. (874 A.D.) and is buried in BistAm. See Heynard*s T&qfit 104» Jarrett III., 852 and 359 and Curzon’s Persia I., 283 who spells the name of the town Bostam and notices the saint’s tomb.

4 Text, Bisnn Tava.

t T. R. 173, calls the author of the chronogram Munir Marghin&nl and

describes him as having been one of the *ulamd of Ulugh B5g. The Luck, ed. calls him J&ml QarAkfilT. 1 have consulted the B. M. MSS. of T. R., the name is not cledr, it may be Munir or Mushlr. Erskine (MS. trs. Add. No. 26, 612) calls him merely MauUnA Mar^InAnl. Mu- nir means illustrious in Arabic and may here be descriptive, so that the difference between the two names may be only as to thai of origin, ms., MarghInAn or QarAkfil.

(^rAkfil (Black Iiake) is about 28 miles S. W. of BukhArA. (BAW, Ers. 54.) ^

• BAbar, Ers. Intro. LXI.

CHAPTBtt XVII.

225

computation as a lucky number ^ and also. the phrase (laf^) sha$h harf and the pips (naqsA) ^adad-i-hhair both indicate the date. Another wonderful thing is that the units^ tenc and hundreds of the date are all the same (8-8-8), thus pointing to equability of dispositions. His life corresponded to these mysteries of birth. That exemplar of high saints, Khwaja AIjrar himself with his own bounty-shedding tongue gave him — the auspicious one— the names of Zahlru-d-dln Muhammad, but as this weighty appellation with its majesty and sublimity, was not readily pronounceable or current on the tongues of the Turks, the name of Bibar was also given to him.

His Majesty was the eldest and straightest of the sons of ‘Umar gj^aikh Mirzi. In his twelfth year, on Tuesday, 5 Ramazin, 899 (10th June, 1494), he sate upon the throne in Andij&n. Few kings have encountered such difficulties as he, and the courage, self-reliance and endurance which ho displayed in the battle-field and in danger were superhum ’n. When the inevitable accident of ‘Umar Shaikh Mirza occur ’ed in AkhsT, his Majesty Glti-sitini Firdus-makani was in the Carbagh (Palace) of Andijin. Next day, viz,, Tuesday, 5 Ramazan, the news was brought to Andijin. In a moment ho mount- ed his horse and proceeded to the fort of Andijan. As he was alight- ing at the gate,^ Shlram* Taghal seized his bridle apd carried him towards the nam^zgah (place of prayer) in order to take him to Ozkand and the foot of the hills. His idea was that, as Sultan Ahmad Mirza was coming with great power,, the treacherous officers might make over the country to him; if out of disloyalty, they did so, his Majesty’s sacred person might be saved from this danger and be conveyed to his maternal uncles Ilanja* Khan or Sultan Mahmud

’ Referring to throws at dice, I suppose. Sha 9 h-harf and * (idcul’i- khair both yield 888, viz., 224=(»00, A=8, r=200 and /=80, total 888. Again, a=70, 2d=8, ^=609, i=10, r=200, total 888. The great standard was called tughfi- (T. R. 1. c. 93.) The chronogram is in six letters, fiht ah. m, r, m.

• Babur, Ers., Mlrzi’a Gate.

® Apparently the ShTrun Taghal

29

mentioned in T. R. 1. c. 228, as ma- ternal uncle of Babar and as a pillar of the State. See too Bibar, Ers. 59 and 94. Apparently h^ was Babar ’s grand-uncle, being his mother’s uncle. (Erskine, B.’ and 11. T, 334) XaShal or loq&T means mater- nal uncle in Caghata! and Firishta calls him the tagh&lof *l)mar Sh aikii Mirzi.

• P. dc C. (1. 32), Alaju and Briber.

22(5

AICBARNlHA.

Khan. The officers, on becoming aware of this intention, sent Khwaja Muhammad Darzl to dispel’anxieties that had ansen in his mind. The cortege had reached the namdzgdh when Khwaja Muham- mad camo up with it. He calmed his Majesty and induced him to return. When ho (Babar) alighted at the citadel of Andijan, till the officers camo to wait upon him and received marks of favour from him. It has alreaily been mentioned that Sultftn Ahmad Mirzft and Sultan Mahmud Khan had united and como against ^Umar Shaikh Mirza. Now that by the decree of fate, an inevitable accident had occurred, all the officers, small and great, united to defend the fort. Suit an Ahmad MirzS had taken possession of Uratippa, IQ>ajand and Marghman which are districts of Farghana, and had encamped within four koa of Andijan. Though they sent ambassadors and knocked at the door of peace, he did not listen but continued to advance. But as secret aids woro always in attendance on this family, on account of the strength of the fort and the unanimity of the officers and of a pestilence which broke out in the camp and of the deaths of the horses,- SultSn Abmad got into difficulties and came to despair of his former designs. He therefore came to terms and returned without effecting anything. Coming from the north side of the river of lOiajand, Saljin Mahmud Khan invested Al^sl. Jahangir Mirza, brother of his Majesty, and a large number of loyal officers were there. The Khan made several assaults, the officers made a spirited resistance, and so the l£hdn also did not effect his purpose, and being attacked by a sickness, had to give up his vain enterprise and turn hjs reins towards his own country. For eleven years, his Majesty waged great wars in Transoxiana against the Ca^atftl princes and the Uzbegs. Thrice he conquered Samarqand, viz,, once in 903 (end of November 1497) when coming* from Andijan, ho took it from

(Ers. 18) Ilclich. His real name was Sultan Atimad Khan and llcheh is a Bobriqiiefc meaning slayer. ^Ers.

1. c, 13). He was a son of Yunus Khan and half-brother of Babar’s mother.

^ Many horses were drowned in crossing the Kaba and many died of disease.

• Apparently a clerical error tor 18, for the period from 899 to 917. Some MSS. seem to have 15 (which is easily confounded with 1 1) and Price has 15. (Ret. IV, 666.)

® The Text reads if it were Bayasanghar who came from Audi- jin but Babar ’s Mem. show wbat is meant.

CHAPTRR XVII.

227

Bnyasaiighar MirzS, son of SultSn Mahinucl Mirza ; secondly, from g^aibak (§Jjaib5nT) K^a in 906 (autumn of 1500) ; and thirdly, after Sbaibak Khin had been killed in 917 (October 1511). As God’s plan was the revealing of that unique pearl, his Majesty the king of kings, and designed that the country of iliiulustan should be acquired and that his Majesty should proceed to a strange land and there arrive at greatness and felicity,— ho caused the gates of trouble to bo opened in his own native land which is the meeting place of faithful servants, so that in no way could that be fit for him He was com- pelled to proceed with a small force towards Badakhahnn and Kabul. When he reached Badakh^ian, all the people of Khusrfi ^ali who was ruler there, accepted his service. And the ruler himself was compelled to do so, though this wretch was ring-leader of the unjust ones and had martyred ‘ B&yasanghar and blinded Sultan Mas^ud MirzS, which two princes were his Majesty^s cousins. He (Khusrii) also showed signs of pitilessness and inhumanity when at a time of calamity,® his Majesty’s army was passing into Badakhohftn.

Now when he beheld the face of his deeds in the mirror of recom- pense, and fortune had turned away her countenance from his worthless self, his Majesty from perfect humanity and excessive generosity, did not exercise retaliation,^ but gave orders that he should carry awa) as much of his property as lie desired and go off to Khurflsan. So he took five or six strings* of mules and camels, laden

1 (Babar, Ers. 73.) Biyasanghar, ^ho was a poet, was second son of Sultan Muh&mmad Mfrzl of Herat, the second son of Abn Sa*Id. He was put to death on 17th August, 1409. (Babar, Era. 72.) Mas’Qd was his brother. See account of his being blinded 1. c. 63. It was in 1497 that Babar drove Bayasanghar oat of Samarqand.

® Text fdhihqarani which does not make sense. Luck. ed. and several MSS., qardnt, calamity or crisis, qairdn seems to be Tur- kish for breaking. This passage must refer to Shah’s treat*

ment of Babar when he came to Hi9»ar (Hisar-i-absdman) on his flight from Samarqand in .007. Babar says, (Ers. 126), “ Twice did my course “Ho through the country of this “ KhusrS Shah, so famed for his “ liberal conduct and generosity, “and that humanity which he dis- “ played to the meanest of men, he “never showed to me.” See also T. R. 175. See Ers.’s remarks on Babar’s behaviour to Shusrfl Shah (125).

® Babar, Ers. 131 and 132. T» F, 176.

Leyden states that seven mules

228

AKHAKNAHA.

with jewelry and gold ornaments and went off to KhiirHsfin. And his Majesty Gltl-sit^ni Firdua^roak&ni having put Badakhsbftn into order^ wont to Kabul.

At that time Muhammad MuqTm^ son of Zu-n-nun Arghiln had taken Kabul from ^Abdu-razzaq MirzS^ son of Ulng^ Beg MirzS, son of Sultan Abu Sa^Id MlrzS^ who was his Majesty’s cousin. On hear- ing the noise of the coming of the victorious standards^ he fortified himselfj but after some days he sought for peace and obtained^pennis- sion to go to his brother ShSh Beg in Qandahftr with his property. Kabul fell into the hands of his Majesty’s servants in the end of Rab^ud-awwal 910 (beginning of October 1504). After that his Majesty proceeded in 911 to capture QandahSr^ and Qilat (Khelat) which is a dependency of Qandahar was conquered. After that, for reasons of state policy, he abandoned the taking of Qandahdr and went south and having attacked the Af^^an tribes of Sawasang and Alfltfigh;^ returned to K&bul.

In the beginning > of this year there was a great earthquake in Kabul and its environs. The ramparts of the fort and many build- ings in the citadel and city fell down. All the houses in the village of Pemghan ^ fell down and there were three-and-thirty shocks in one day and for a month the earth shook two or three times day and night. Many persons lost their lives, and between Pemghftn and Baktub a piece of ground a stone’s throw ^ in breadth separated itself and

go to a string (jijafdr), (Babar 132) but A. F. (Blochmann 162) gives five rvs the number.

I Babar, Ers. 171n,

• Tl^o year 905 began 4th June but the earthquake must have been in July. From BAbar’s Memoirs, it appears that it occurred about 40 days after his mother’s death which was in the beginning of the year.

B Also Pemgh^n. B&bar, Ers. 146. It is S. or S. W. of KSbul.

A Text, yak kata bd^i anddz which is unintelligible. 1 have examined the two B. M. Persian MSS. of fiabar’s Memoirs. In both, the pas- sage is the same but in the margin

of Add. No. 26, 200 — the copy used by Erskine— we have hit kata tdii anddz. No doubt tdsi^ (Turk, stone) is correct. Kata is Turkish for large but its use here in that sense is not apparent unless we take tdiianddz as one word and say **a great " or long stone-throw." Neither Erskine nor P. do Courteille translates kata by great. I should bp inclined to regard it as the Hin- diistAul kitia and as pleonastic; yak kitta tdfh might then mean merely a stone. The passages in the B. M. MSS. are p. 1356 of No. 24,416 and p.Ula of No. 26,200.

CaAPTBR xvir.

229

descended the lenj^th of a bowshot and springs burst out from tho breach. Prom Istir^ac * to Maidln,* a distance of six farsanga, (cir. 24 m.) the ground was so contorted that part of it rose as high as an elephant. In the beginning of the earthquake, clouds of dust rose from the tops of the mountains. In the same year there was a great earthquake in India.*

One of the occurrences of this time was that S^aibak (Sj^aib&ni) Khdn collected an army and proceeded towards I^urSsan. Sultan Qusain MTrzft assembled all his sons and marched to oppose him. He also sent Sayyid Afzal, the son of Mir Sultftn ‘AH Khwab-bm (vision-seer) to urge on the advance of his Majesty Firdus-makanl. Accordingly he proceeded towards ^urasln in Muharram 912 (end of May 1506). On the way he received at Kahmard ^ the news of Sultan Qusain^s death. His Majesty Firdus-makanl, thinking it still more necessary * to advance, went on towards Khurasan contrary to the calculations of politicians. Before his army reached ^urasan, short-sighted* and inexperienced men had placed jointly on the throne the Mirza’s sons, Badi’u-z-zaman and Muj&affar ^usain MTrzas.

On Monday, 8th Jhmada-l-akhar his Majesty met the Mirzas at the Murghab and at their request came on to Herat. But as

1 Now Sirgbac. Bihar, Era. 146n.

» Era. (Blbar, 170) has ‘‘to the plain” (maiddn) but P, de C. (I, 349) seems correct in taking it as the name of a place, Maidan. His trs. completes the description by saying there were holes large enough for a man to hide in.

^ Ers. (B. and H. I, 229) notos that there was an earthquake at Agp*a on 6th July, 1505. Elliot (V, 99) gives Sunday, 3rd (6th July).

♦ P. de 0., Kahmard. Wood (Jour- ney to Source of the Ozus, 132), Kam- rSd. It is in Afghanist&n, N.-W. of K&bul and according to Bibar (ISrs. 199) in a valley not far from the Band&n-fibikan (tooth-breaking) Pass.

X

• BSbar (Ers. 200) says that ho went on “ from a regard to the repu- “tation of our family though I aho “ had other motives,” apparently to try conclusions once more with 8haibanY.

• The folly consisted in tho dual appointment for A.F. and his school held that kingship, being the shadow of Godhead, must bo single. B&bar, referring to the joint appointment, says, (199) “This wfis a strange “arrangement. A joint kingship “wos never before heard of. The " well-known words of Shaikh Sa‘dl “ in the Guftstdn (1, 3) are very appli- " cable to it. Ten dervishes sleep “in one coverlet [galim) but two “kings have not. room in one olime " (igftwi).” See also T, R. 196.

2W

AKRAHNAMA.

he ditl not perceive in them signs of guidance and dominion, he set out on his return to Kabul on 8th Sha’ban (24th Dec., 1506). While in tiio Hazira Hills, news arrived that Muhammad Husain Mirza Daghlat ^ and Sul tan Sanjar Barlas had drawn over to their side all the Mughala left in Kabul and had raised up Khan Mirza* and were besieging Kabul. They also spread among the commonalty a report that the sons of Sultan ljusain Mirzfi were meditating* treachery against his Majesty Firdus-makani. Mullft Babfii* Bashag^ari, Amir* Muhibb ^Ali Kha- lifa, Amir Muhammad Qdsim Kohbar* Ahmad Yfisuf and Ahmad Qasim to whom the protection of Kabul had been entrusted, were looking after the defence of the fort. As 7 soon as he heard this news, he made over the baggage to Jahfingir MTrzft who was some- what ill,* and accompanied by a few meji crossed the passes of the Hindi! Koh which were full of snow, under great difficulty, and des- cended one morning early upon Kabul. The rebels all crept into concealment at the news of his Majesty’s approach. He first went to his step-grandmother (mother’s step-mother) Shah* Begum, who

I Tcitt, wrongly, ica/ai kard dghl<(^t (BAbar, Ers. 214). This Muhammad Husain was the father of B&bar’s- cousin Haidar, author of the T, R,

• Babar’s cousin; being son of Sultan Mu^iammad Mirza, third son of Sultan Abu Sa‘ld and Sultan Nigar Khanum. daughter of Yunus Khan and Shah Begum. Ho was thus doubly Babar’s cousin, being son of Babar’s father’s elder brother and of his mother’s half-sister. Mirza Kh an’s proper name was Sultan Vais Mirza. KhusrS Shah killed his brother Ba 3 a 8 anghar and blinded his brother Mas ad. He afterwards t)ccame king of Badakhshan.

• The report was that they had imprisoned BAbar in the Eagle Cas- tle, near Her&t. (Mem. 214).

• T. R 1. c. 356. Both Babal and Muhammad A^tnad Kohbar after- wards rebelled against B&bar.

• Bibar, Ers. 214, Khalifa Mvi|?lbb *A1I Qurca.

• Price (Ket. IV, 67) renders this, mountain-piercer, but it probably comes from the town Kohbar, in Sind, mentioned by Jarrett, (II, 387). K5hbar appears also to be the name of a CaghatAl tribe (Bloch- mann 613n.) Mr. Blochmanii quotes the name of Mu(^ammad QAsim K5h- bar as that of a poet; perhaps this is the Kohbar of the Text.

7 Taken from T. R 1. c, 200.

8 Apparently from excessive drink- ing.

^ Daughter of the king of Ba- dakhshan and widow of Yunu.s, Babar’s maternal grandfather. Bi- har’s own grandmother was A is or Isin Dnulat Bignni. (Memoirs. Ers. 12 .)

CHAPTEK XVII,

231

had been the cause of the putting forward of IQian Alirza, and ad- dressed her after kneeling down before her. Knowing well what her state of mind was, he spoke to her with modesty and magnanimity, and with soothing words observed to her, If a mother have special ^‘aifection for one child, why should another child be aggrieved ?, ** there is no limit to her authority/^ Then he said, ’’ I have been ** up long and have come a long way,’’ and laying his head on her lap, he w’ent to sleep. Thus in order to reassure the Begum who was very uneasy, he behaved in a very kind manner ^ to her. Ere he had fully fallen asleep, his aunt, Mihr* Nigiir Khanum, came in and his

I Era. B. and H. I. 2.*>:3 and T. B. 200. The Text is not quite clear.

• Eldest daughter of Yiinua Khan. She was first married to Sulpn Ahmad MTrza, uncle of Babar, and on hi.s death, to ShaiiiauT. (7’. R. 96 and 196). Babar, in order that he might escape from Samarqand, gave his sister Kh^uz&da in marriage to Shaib&nT and as she was niece of Mihr NigSr, 8haib&nl diverged the latter “ as it was unlawful for both to be married to the same man.** Mihr NigUr died childless. .(T. R. 156).

A.F, has apparently taken his account from the Tarikh-i-rashldl but has altered its language. Erskine who, 1 believe, hod not read the T. R. when editing Leyden’s Babar, makes some mistakes here. (Babar, 217 and 218). It is clear that the Khllnum was Mihr Nigar, BAbar’s maternal aunt. She was probably called Kh&num because she was the eldest daughter and indec 1 eldest child of Ydnus Khan, by his chief wife, IsSn Daulat BSgum. {T. R. 86). She was also the only surviv- ing daughter of that marriage, for her younger sister, Babar’s mother.

had lately died. The Khanum was certainly not KhQb Nigar for sho had died some years earlier. (Babar, Ers. 99 and T. R. 157 where we are told that Khub Nigar died a year and a half before 967=1500 or 1501). Nor is it correct to say that A.I . speaks of Mfrza Kh an’s being brought by his mother Sultar. NigAr. His mother was the daughter of Yauus Khan by ^ah Begum but. as Erskiire correctly state.”, she does not appear to have been at Kabul at the time. (It should, however, here be .said that Culbadan, in her Me- moirs, de.scribes KhAn Mlrza as having been brought betoro Babar by his mother, Sultan Nigar. This must be a mistake, 1 think). She was first married to Sultan Mah- mud, son of Sultan Abu Sa‘id, and bad by him one son, tiz., the Mirza Khan or Sultan Vais of the Text and afterwards king of Bada kliah an. Sultan Mahmud died in . January, 1496, and some years later (Babar 13) sho was married to *Adil Sultan (Era., Uzbak Sult&n) and when * Adil died, to his brother, Qasim Khan (the famous ruler of the Kirghiscs who defeated ^aibaiil’s troops, T. R»

232

AKBARNAMA.

Majesty hastily arose and saluted her (iikdn-rd daryaftand). They arrested Muhammad Ilusain Mirzft and brought him in. His Majesty being a mine of kindness, gave him his life and gave him permission to go to Khurasan. After that the Khanum (Mihr NigAr) brought in Khan Mirzn and said, “0 life of your mother! I have brought

373). Haidar Mirza’s account, from which A.F. has copied, may be seen in Ney Elias and Roas* trs. (200) but the word grandson is there a mistake for nephew. The MS. of Haidar’s Text has apparently not ncd)lra but yugan or “ yezneh,** nephew, as Erskino has written in the margin of his MS. trs. of T. R.

B. M. Add. No. 26,162. Erskine has apparently written yezneh but the right word seems to bo yugan wnich like the Latin nepoa, means both a nephew and a grandchild. Perhaps nahlra has a similar double meaning. the yezneh of Erskine is given by P. de Courteille as brother-in-law or son-iii-law. A.F. calls Mihr Nigfir theKhalazada. i.e., cousin of Babar and the same word appears in the T. R. Erskine in a marginal note (B. M. Add. No. 26, 612, 192) observes that this word which signifies cousin, seems an error. I am not *nre that the origi- nal word is not ^dlazdid which perhaps might be held to mean a birth-aunt or full-aunt. Or per- haps it is ^dnazdda, homo-born in | allusion to her being his mother’s full sister.

The discrepancies in the three accounts, viz., BAbar’s (Ers. 217, etc.) Qaidar’a and A.F.’s, are curious. BAbar is presumably most correct, for Qaidar was but a child at the time, but Qaidar’s account, derived

presumably from his father, is the most graphic. He says that just after Babar had laid his head in his grandmother’s lap, the aunt Mihr Nigar KhAnum came in. He saluted her and then she bade him go to tho castle and see his family and that she would come there after him. He went and she followed, bringing with her, her nephew (MirzA Khan) and Haidar’s father, Muhammad Qusain. Babar advanced to meet her and she said, ‘0 life of your “ (dead) mother, I have brought your guilty nephew and your unfor- “tunate cousin.” (Ai jdn-i-mddar yezneh (or yugan) -i-gundhgdr u bU rddar-i’ndsdzkdr bar dwurdam.) “What do you say to them ?” A. F. has altered the words which Babar used to his grandmother. ShAl BAgum and Mihr Sultan afterward.^ went towards Bada]shAh&u with Khan MirzA but the ladies were caught on the road by Abfi Bakr and taken to KAflhghar where they were im- prisoned and eventually perished miserably. Evidently Mihr NigAr was strongly attached to her step- mother and her nephew and perhaps she was displeased with Babar for having contributed to her divorce. BAbar expresses himself as vexed at her leaving him for BadaJ(bfibAn. “It would have been better and more becoming for her to have ro- mainod with mo.” (Era. 232).

CHAPTER XVII.

233

‘^your guilty cousin {birddar) , vfhB,i is your pleasure ? ** His Majesty took him in his arms and spoke kindly to him. After that he left it to his option to go or stay. The Kh&n Mirza was so ashamed that he could not make up his mind to remain. He took leave and went to Qandahftr.^ This happened in the same year.

Next year he (Babar) proceeded to Qandahar* and fought a great battle with^Ah Beg, son of Zu-n-nun Arghan and Muhammad MuqTm his younger brother. The Khfin did good service here. His Majesty presented Qandahar to Nfisir MlrzS, the younger brother^ of Jahangir MirzA and returned to K&bul. He permitted Shah Begum and KhAn Mirzfi to proceed to Badakhshfin. After many adventures Khan Mirza put Zablr RaghI ^ to death and became confirmed in the dominion of Badakhshan. He always retained his loyalty (to Bsbar).

In 916 (early in December 1510) an express^ brought the news that ShQ’ibani Khan was killed and that it was proper for Babar to move in that direction. Accordingly in Sh^wwal, he proceeded ® there and fought great battles with the Uzbegs. He was ever victorious and took Samarqand for the third time, in 917 (Oct. 1511). He ruled there for eight months but in S^fc^r.QlS (April 1512) he had a great battle at Kul Malik with ‘Ubaidu-l-lah Khan. Though he had won the victory, suddenly by the jugglery of the heavens,^ he sustained a defeat and proceeded to l^^i^ftr.

1 This is in accordh>nce with T, B, 201, but Babar says he got leave to go to KhurSsAn. It would seem from T. R. that both MTrzS Khin and Mahmud ^asan got leave to go to Qandahar hut that the lat- ter went as far then, while Mirza Khan stayed. Qaidar says his father went on because he wished to go to Mecca. He, however, accepted an invitation from Shaibtol and was killed by him.

• T. R. 357, Bftbar besieged Qan- dahar for 5 years and 5 months.

^ Half-brother only of Jahingir and B&bar, his mother being a con- cubine. (BAbar, Era. 10).

• Probably Righ a hill-district in

30

N.-W.* Badakh&han and not the Rag which is the Rhages of Tobit and lies sontb of Teheran. See T. R, 203n.

^ The express was sent by Mirza KhAn from Badakh&hAn. The courier had traversed the Hinds Kuak in the snow and got frost-bitten. He arrived early in Rama^n which in that year began 3rd December. Era. B. and H. I, 306 and T. B. 237).

^ Lit. turned the reins of his world-traversing steed. Era. B. and H. I, 322 and T. H. 260 for account of battle. *Ubaidu-MAh, called also Sultan, married Mirza Haidar’s sis- ter and became king of BukbArA. He was ShaibAnTs nephew.

284

AROARNiVA.

On another occasion, * he along with Najm Beg, had a great battle below Fort Ghajdiwftn with the Uzbegs. Najm Beg was killed and his Majesty went towards KfibuL* Moreover by secret inspira- tion, he was led to lay aside marching to Transoxiana and to press forwajc^ to the conquest of Hindustftn. Pour times did he turn towards this enterprise and as often did he, from stress of circum- stances, retrace his steps. The first* time was in 3h&b§n 910 (Jan. 1505) when he went by Bfidftm Cashma (Almond Spring) and Jagdalik, passed through the Khaibar and halted at Jam (Jamrud). In the WdqVdt-i-hdhari, a Turk! book written by his Majesty himself, it is stated that when in six marches, he went from Ksbul to Jdinapur,* he had never before seen the Garmsir’^ (warm regions) nor the country of Hindustftn. “ Immediately on reaching them, I beheld a new world. The grass was different, the trees different, the wild animals of a different sort, the birds of a different plumage, the manners and customs of the people Jjt * ail u dlu8) of a different kind. I was struck with astonishment, and indeed there was room for wonder/’* Nft^ir Mfrzft came to this stage from to pay his respects. He (Bftbar) halted at Jam-

1 Ers. B. and H. I, 325 and T. R. 261. Ghajdiwftn is north of Bu- khftrft* The battle was apparently fought on 3 Rama^n 918 (12th No- vember, 1512). means star and

the ^al name of the general was Y&r Muhammad. He is said to have been Finance Minister. .He seems to have been put to death in cold blood and in revenge for the mas- sacre of Karshf •

• He did not go direct to Kftbul but first to ^isftr and was there nearly murdered by the mutinous Muglials. Thence to Kunduz and *at last, despairing altogether of ** recovering QifSr, he returned to ** Kftbul.’ The date of his return does not seem known but probably it was in 920, (1514). Brs. B. and H. I, 329ii.

S Bftbar, Ers. 156. Bftbar (309) seems to reckon the expedition of 925 as the first of the five, and Firiahta and Khftff Khftn take the same view. Ers. B. and H. 1, 417n.

ft Jarrett II, 399 and Bftbar, Ers. 141n. Bftdftm Caakuia is a pass S. of the Kftbul River and between Little Kftbul and Barlk-ftl.

• From Jamrftd, Bftbar rode out to Bikram (Peshawar).

ft Now Jalftlftb&d. Ers. (B. and H. I, 233. Jarrett II, 405). But Adftnla- pftr lay about a mile South of the modern Jalftlftbftd.

’’ Ain V. Jarrett II, 394.

ft The change here described oc- curs at Gknidamak. Bftbar’s Mem. 157 and Erskine’s note.

CHAPTER XVII.

235

rud and consul tod about crossing the river Indus known as the Nilftb. Owing to the avarice of B§qi * Caghana^Tani the crossing of the Indus was postponed and he proceeded against Kohat. After taking Kohat, tliey attacked Bangas]^ and Nagbz.^ Then they went to the country of the ^ Isa Khail and halted in the environs of Tarbila* which is a village on the Indus and in the country of Multan. Then he made several marches down the river. From thence he came to the bor- ders of Duki* and after* some days to Ghaznln. In the month Zi- hajja (May 1505) he returned to Kabul.

The second ^ time, the illustrious army proceeded in the month of Jum&da-l-awwal 913 (Sep. 1507) by way of Little Kftbul (Khurd Kabul) to the conquest of Hindustan. They went first from Man- draur® by ^Atar and Sbiweh and then returned owing to differences of opinion among the ofiicers. They crossed by Kiiner® and NurgiP and from Kuuer he (Babar) came on a raft (jdla) * to the camp and then by way of Badlj® to Kabul. By order of his Majesty, the date

1 Text, “some Gaghatlla.” The Luck. ed. is right. (Babar Ers. 156 and 256). The “ avarice refers to Baqf’s love of plunder. He was younger brother of Khuaril Sh&b, Babar’s Memoirs, 128, Cagh&nlan was in Transoxiana. T. It, 177n.

• Text, Newar. Jarrett II, 389, 399 n. 6.

The Belah of Ers. p. 163. Appa- rently the Darbflah of the Atn Jarrett 1 1, 334. GaghAntan is a name given to Ui^Ar. Babar. Ers. Intro. XXXV.

♦ Jarrett, II, 397. Duki means a hill or hill-country. Text, Kl. Luck, ed. yfo. See BAbar 164a. and 149 where the expedition is described.

• BAbar, Era., 232.

• Jarrett II, 406.

• BAbar, Ers., 143; The two places are on opposite sides of the river of CaghinserM or Kameh, Jarrett II. 392n.

■ Also l4dh*. (Fiirhang-i-m-

a, V.), The Bur1idn4-qdtV des- cribes a raft as a thing made of wood and grass on (? under) which infiated maaaaka are^laid and which is used for crossing deep streams. Probably BAbar used one only for crossing the river. Raverty (Notes, 34) quotes a description of a raft from JahAngIr’s Memoirs. This kind pf raft is still in use. From JalAlAbAd we embarked on rafts of inflated skins and dropped down with the stream to Peghn-wur.” (Journey to the source of the Oxtis. Wood, 280). See too At the Court of the Amir,” Gray, 12:

• This name does not seem known now. Ers. (BAbar, 142n.) suggests BidpAsh. Pr ioe remarks ( 1 73n.) that he has not been able to find in thn maps any of the places mentioned in this expedition. I have altered the names of the Text so as to accord with Erskine.

236

akbarnAma.

of his crossing was engraved on a stone above Bfidij. This won- drous ’ writing still exists. Till this time^ the noble descendants of the Lord of Conjunction were called Mirzfis. His Majesty ordered that in this inscription,* he should be styled PadB]i§h.

On Tuesday, 4 Zl-l-qa’da of this auspicious year (6th March, 1508), occurred, in the citadel of Kabul, the fortunate birth of his Majesty Jah&nbani Jannat-ft^Iydnl (Hamdyun). Of this an account will be given hereafter.

The third time, on Monday,* 1 Muharram 925 (3rd Jan., 1519), while the army was marching against Bajaur, there was a great earthquake which lasted for half a sidereal hour. Sultan ‘Ala*u-d-din Siwftdl (of Swat) arrived as an envoy on the part of SulUn Vais Siwadi. In a short time, the fort of Bajaur was captured and was presented to KhwSja^ KilSn Beg, son of MaulfinS Muhammad ^adr, who had been one of the great officers under MlrzS ^Umar Shaikh. This Khwfija was related to his Majesty in a singular manner fdr his six brothers had given their lives in his service. He himself was a special protege of his Majesty on account of his wisdom and sagacity. When his Majesty was contemplating the Siwad (Swat) expedition and the conquest of the Yusufzais, Taus I^ftn, the younger brother

Biver and about 16 or 18 miles west of Targarl where the streams of Alingir and Alishang join.” (1. c. 142n.)

• BAbar merely says that the change took place at this period but, by the word tariff, A.P. seems to mean that the title was adopted in the inscription. It would be iater< esting to know if it still exists. Babar complains that it was not well cut.

• Text, Saturday but Monday, MSS. and Babar’.> Memoirs ? de Courteille II. 36 note.

• T. JR., 468. According to Bibar’s Mem. Bajaur was taken before Sultin Ali’u-d-dTn8 arrival and not after, as A. F.’s account implies.

i One MS. has ** This writing has not yet disappeared.”

The pass was east of Kibul and near the Lamghan (Laghman) dis- trict. (Bibar, Ers., 142). Accord- ing to Baverty, (Notes, 100) the proper spelling is Badpaj

had meaning wind and paj or fajj Ar. for pass. **Thus Badpaj means the Windy Pass, the name being given on account of the strong wind • generally blowing there and which at times, renders its passage im- practicable.” Probably then this is the pass described by a friend (P Alex- ander Burnes, ErskineHist I, 517) of Mr. Erskine as Bidpish. (Bihar, Ers., 142fi.) “Bidpish is a steep hotal (pass) half a day’s journey to the north of AndrAr on the K&bul

CHAPTER XVII.

237

of Shah Man^ur^ who was chieftain of the Yusuf zai tribe, brought the latter^s daughter * and uttered words of humility and submission. There ^as also a difficulty about supplies of corn in that country of wild beasts. His (Babar’s^ fixed determination too was to undertake the expedition to Hindustan. He turned his rein from Siwfid. Al- though the preparations for the march to India had not been made and the officers were not in favour of it, he lighted the torch of courage and set forth for the tenebrous regions* of Hindustan. On the morning of Thursday, 16 Muharram, he crossed the river (Indus) with horses, camels and baggage,* while the camp (urdu) bazftr was floated across on rafts. They encamped at Kacakot.

Seven kos from Bhira,* towards the north, there is a raotmtain, called in the Zafarndma and other books, the hill of Jud and there they encamped. His Majesty writes in his Memoirs (Erskine, 254b At first I was ignorant of the origin of its name, but afterwards discovered that in this hill there were two races of men descended ‘^of the same father. One tribe is called Jud, the other Jenjuheh.’^ He sent * Abdu-r-rahim ^aghawal to Bhira in order to reassure the people and prevent anyone from committing violence. At the end of the day, he halted east of Bhira, on the bank of the river Bihat

I BAbar married her. (Era., 250n.) Her name was Bibl Mubarak ac- cording to Raverty. (Notes, 234). Erskine, BAbar’a Memoirai, 251n. calls’ her BIM .Macherikah.

• Siw&d means also blackness.

• Text, partdl but the word is Hindustani and spelt |>arla{.

• Perhaps there are two Bhiraa. (B&bar, Era., 253)t.) B&bar speaks (263) of Jud as 7 koa from Bhira and (265) of the middle of Jtld’s being 10 ko$ from Bhira. Jlld evidently belonged to the Salt Range. Erskine remarks that Bibar’s account of it i« not very exact and that he con- sidered all the rough and mountain- ous country between the Kh^^ibar •ad Salt Ranges to be one hill.

A

Erskine or rather Leyden (for the latter’s translation comes down to this point) says (254) “This hill got the name of Jfld from a sup- posed fesemblance to the celebrated hill of Jud (Ararat).” This makes Babar and A.P. more intelligible but the passage is not in the Tur- kish (P. de C. IT, 64) and has the air of being a marginal note which has slipped into the text. Moreover Ararat is Judl or Juda and not JQd. Nor does it seem likely that there is any resemblance between the lofty isolated Ararat and a spur of tlie, Salt Range. Jud is probably Sans- crit yuddha * war.* The reference to the Kdh-i-JRd in the Zafarndma is at II, 48, 1. 1.

238

akbarnAma.

(Jhelam^ the ancient Hydaspes). He levied 400,000 sAuhmkbls^ from Bhira as the price of protection, and presented the country to Hindu Beg, assigning the revenues of it to him as a maintenance. KhushAb he made over to St^h Hasan* and arranged that he should assist Hindii Beg. He sent Mulla Murshid* on an embassy to Sul^in IbrA- hlm, son of Sultan Sikandar Lodi, who had succeeded his father fivo or six months previously* in the kingdom of Hindustan, in order to convey to him salutary counsels. Daulat KhSn, the governor of Labor, detained the ambassador and with utter folly, sent him back without haying fulfilled his mission. On Friday, 2 Rabru-l-awwal (4th March, 1519), the neyrs came of the birth of an auspicious son. As the ex- pedition against Hindustan was then in progress, he was by secret inspiration and augury, named Hindal.* On Monday,^ 5 Rabi’u-l- awwal the administration of Bhira was given to Hindu Beg and he

1 About ten or eleven pence each, (B&bar, Era., 254n. and 335) so that the sum levied was some £20,000. The Text might read that this money was given to Hindu BSg and has been so understood by Price (Ret> IV, .674), but if so, A F. seems to have mistaken his authority (Babar, 256, 258 and 809) where B&bar says he divided the money among his troops. P. de C. (II, 64) does not mention the sum 400,000 §ii. but represents Bibar as stating that he assembled the headmen of Bhira and fixed their ransom at a thousand ihdhruJjiU apiece. A.F.’8 Text has eaJidr nod ^dhni^% mdl and which is unintelligible. The MSS. give the correct fndf-.uamdn, price of peace.

• Incorrect. Babar says (Ers., 260) that he bestowed Khuahib on Lenger Khin who was the prime cause and adviser of the expedition and that he left him behind to sup- port Hind a Big. Khushib is on the right bank of the Jhelam while Bhira is on the loft.

• P. de C. II, 62 gives Thursday 1 Rabl’u-l-awwal (3rd March, 1519). Apparently the ambassador was sent partly to claim some portions of the Pan jib which had been held by the Turks from the days of TlmQr.

• Erskine considers the date of Sikandar *8 death uncertain but would put it in 1518 (B. and H. 1, 407n.) but there does not seem sufficient reason for doubting Firighta’s state- ment that he died in November 1517. B&bar’s statement (Ers., 257) is too loosely expressed to be relied on.

• The affix dl is Turkish and means ‘ to take,’ BO that HindAl would mean “ taken of India.” According to B&bar, P. de Courteille II, 46 (the pas- sage is not in Erskine) the name was given by M&him the wife of B&bar and adopting mother of Hind&l.

• Text, Sunday, 1 5th, but rids B&bar,

259. One MS. has 11 (eleventh)

which is the right day of the month for Sunday.

CHAPTER XVII.

239

(Bfibar) for state reasons, proceeded to ieturn to Kabul. On Thurs- day, the, last day of Rabiu-l-awwal (Slat March) he arrived at Kabul. On 25 Rabi’u-l-akhar (April 25th) Hindu Beg who, out of careless- ness,^ had left BhTra, came to Kabul.

The date of the setting out of the fourth* expedition has not come to light but it appears that he (B§bar) returned after the taking of Labor and from the chronogram* of the taking of Dip§lpur, which will be stated hereafter, it appears that the expedition was in 930 (1524). As every event has its special time, this splendid project (of conquering India) was postponed. The ostensible cause of this was the sluggishness of the officers and the non-co-operation of his bro- thers. At last, on the fifth time, by the guidance of God and the leadership of Fortune, .on Friday, 1st Safar 932 (17th Nov., 1525), when the Sun was in Sagittarius, the standards of light were unfurled, such as might disperse the darkness of an universe, and placing the foot of resolve in the stirrup of reliance on God and of bstention from sin,* he proceeded towards the conquest of India. Mirza Kftmrfin was left in Qandahftr and the care of Kabul was also entrusted to him. When this expedition was made, victory followed on victory and fortune upon fortune. L&hor and some other large cities of India were taken and on 17 Safar (3’rd Dec.) his Majesty Jah&nbftnli Jannat-ft^fySnT, Na 9 lru-d-d!n Muhammad Humfiyuh arrived from Ba- da^shan with his army, at the camp which was in the Bagh-i-walfft*

I Babar does not blame him but says he was left without sufficient means. (267).

• This is explained by Babar (Ers.,

368. where Wdtit f&a^r BahVu^U awujal is g^ven as the chronogram of the taking of Dipalpar. These words yield “ Middle of Rabru-l-awwal 930 ” and BO the conquest occurred about 22nd Jan., 1524. See Akbamdma 1, 110 where the reading is Wasat. This seems the more correct as Want wopld yield 931. B&barthus alludes fo this expedition (Ers., 141). “ In the year in which I defeated Bahar Khtn and conquered Lahdr and DibElpIir,

I brought plantains and planted them here,” (in the B/igh-i-wafS, near Jalft- labad). Dipalpur is in the Montgo- mery District, Pan jab, and formerly on the Beas. It is now in a state of decay owing to its distance from the river. Text,’ Dlbalpdr and according to Raverty, this is correct. (J.A.S.B. 1892, Part I. 375n. 380) KhE^ KhEn (1,47) has a good deal to say about this expedition.

• For BEbar’s vows of penitence, see Memoirs, Ers., 292.

• BEbar made this garden in 914, (1508). It was opposite AdfnapEr which was south of the KEbul River

240

AKBARNAMA.

(Garden of Fidelity). Khwftja Kilgn Beg also came at tliis time from Gi^aznln.

On 1st Rabi’u-I-awwal (16th Dec.) he crossed the Indus near Kacakot^ and held a master* of the army. Tvirelve thousand* cavalry^ Turks^ T&jiks^ merchants/ etc,, were reckoned up. Then they crossed the Bihfbt (Jhelam) above* Jllum (Jhelam). Near Biihlulpur they crossed the Cin&b and encamped.

On Friday, 14 Rabi’u-l-awwal (29th Dec.) they encamped at Slalkot and his Majesty formed the plan of transferring its popula- tion to Buhlulpur. At this time news came that the enemy was assembling and when his Majesty reached KaUnur, Muhammad Sultan Mirza, ^idil Sultan and the other officers who had been appointed to defend Labor, arrived and paid their respects.

On Saturday, 22 (Text 24) Rabi^u-l-awwal, the fort of Milwat * was taken. Booty was obtained and the books of GhazT which

were in the fort wore got possession of. Some of them were given to his Majesty Jah§nbftnl and some were sent as a present to Kamran in Qandahftr. As it was reported that ^amld Khun, governor 7 of Uifftr-firuza* had advanced two or three stages, on Sunday, 13 Ju- m§da-l-awwal the army marched from Ambala and halted on the bank of a tank {hul) and Humayun was sent against him (Qamid Khan). Amir J^waja Kilan Beg, Amir SulUn Muhammad Duldai, Amir Wall lO^azin, Amir ‘Abdu-l-^azTz, Amir Muhibb ^All, ^waja Khalifa and some of the officers who had stayed in Hindustan such as Hindu Beg, 7 ^Abdu-l-‘azIz, Muhammad ‘All Jang-jang were appointed to accompany

and about a mile south of Jalalabad. (Bibar, Era., 141 and278andRaverty, Notes, 49).— Eleven years later, he made the Bigh-i-^fa at the lake of Keldeb-Kehir, in the Salt Range. (Ers., 255).

^ Bibar (293) says they crossed the river of Kacikd^, i-e., the Haroh (Jarrett, II. 324).

• Text i&dn but I prefer the vari- ant tdn, vis., a review or counting of an army. It would seem from P. de C.’s version (II, 36) and from Erskine (Bibar, 29.3) that advantage was

taken of the crossing to count the troops while they were embarking or disembarking.

• “Great and small, good and bad, servants and no servants, they amount-| ed to 12,000 persons.’* (Bibar, 293).

• Sauddgar. So too, Bibar (Ers.,

310. but the meaning here seems doubtful, perhaps mercenaries.

• Bibar, below.

• The Malot of the Imp. Gaz.

Text, hakim, Bibar, tJ^ikdar.

« (^Isir, Jarrett 11,105, 293).

CHAPTIR XTIl.

241

]iim. Baban, who wm one of the nobles of HindusiSn. jatne in on this da 7 and did homage. His Majesty Jahftnbam gaii: I an easy victory.

On Monday^ the 21 st of the same months he returned to the camp. His Majesty bestowed on him, Hi^fir-flruza with its depend- encies and subordinate districts (lawdfjkiq) which were worth a hror and also a kror in money as a guerdon for this victory which was the first of countless ones. The army continued its march. News re- peatedly came that SultSn Ibrahim was advancing with 100,000 caval- ry and 1,000 elephants. The army encamped near Sirsawah (Sirsa). Here Haidar Quli (Text, ‘AH) a servant of !^wfija Kilftn Beg who had been sent to procure information brought the news that Dftud Klian and Haitim Khan (Text, Hatim) had advanced in front of SuUfin Ibrahim’s camp with five or six thousand horse. Accordingly on Sunday, 18 Jumada-l-akhar (Ist April) Cin Timur Sultan, Muham- mad Sultan MirzS, Mahdi Khwaja, ‘idil Sultan, with the whole left wing commanded by Sulpn Junaid, Shah Mir Husain and Qiitlaq Qadam, as well as part of the centre under Yunus ‘Ali, ‘Abdu-l-lfth Ahmadi, Kita Beg and others, were appointed to operate against this body. And these heroes proceeding swiftly to the field of battle, were victorious over the enemy and slew a great nuiqber of them with the lightning of the sword and the rain of the arrow. Haiti m KhSn with 70 others were made prisoners and sent alive to the exalted camp where they suffered capital punishment. Orders * were issued that wheeled carriages should be collected and Ustid ‘Ali Quli was direct- ed to yoke them together in the Ottoman* (Rum) manner with chains* and cow-hides of which they made ropes. Between every two car-

^ The corresponding passage about collection of carta, is not in Erskine (Babar, 304, 1.1) but in P. de Cour- teille, (II, 161) we read, “ I ordered all ** the soldiers to bring carriages, each “ according to his means. They col- “ lected in this manner 700.’*

• Elliot (VI, 468) observes that the reference is doubtless to the victory obtained by Sultin Salim the Grim {Ydwdt) over 8hfth Isma’il in 1514,

31

in which this method had been found very effective. The battle was fought on 23rd Aug. at Caldiran near Ta- briz. (His. of Persia, Malcolm I, 504 and Hist, of Ottoman Empire, Hammer-Purgslall 11,412). Probab- ly Ustid *Ali had been present in it.

• A.F.’s rendering does not seem quite correct. The twisted cow- hides wore in lieu of chains.

242

IKBASfrlMl.

riages there were placed six or seven gabions ^ so that the matchlock men might fire their pieces from behind them in security. In a few days those arrangements were completed.

At length on Thursday^ the last day of Jumftda>l-ftlAar (12th April) the phoenix (humS) of victory made a shade with his wings at the city of Panlpat. The ranks of the army were arranged in an excellent manner. The right wing rested on the city and environs, and the carriages and gabions were placed in front of the centre. The left wing was defended by trees and ditches. Sultftn Ibrfthim, with a large army was drawn up six from the city and for a week the young men and the veterans daily engaged numerous bodies of the enemy on the borders of the hostile camp and were always victo- rious. At length on Friday, 8 Bajab (20th April) Sultan Ibrfthlm marched against the camp with a mighty army and an array of ele- phants. His Majesty Oltl-sitAm also drew up his foroes and adorned the battle-field in the following manner. *

Battlx between his Majesty GM-sitIn! FiBDfis-XAxiNt AND SuL’KiN IbrIhIX AHJ> ACCOUNT Of THE ABBAT.

As the Protector and Doer desired to repair old defeats and to convert past afflictions into felicities. He arranged the preliminaries for this, and set things in order. Among such arrangements were the advancing of Sultftn IbrB him for the purpose of gpving battle and the drawing up of the army of his Majesty Gitl-sitftnI. As the Divine aid was accompanying the latter, and ever-inoreasing fortune was in his van, he, in spite of a plenitude of difficulties and a pau- city of favouring circumstances, had recourse with a tranquil mind and firm soul to the inalteiable Arbiter and addressed himself to the marshalling of his troops.

The centre was adorned by the presence of his Majesty in person. In the right centre which the Turks call unk-gbil,^ Timfir Snltfin, Sulaimin Mirzd, Amir Muhammadl KfikulUsb, Amir Skfth Man|fir Barlfls, Amir Yunus ^All, Amir Darwesk Muhammad Sftrbftn, Amir

^ Turd, (Vullers s. ▼. ind Quatre- m^re, Hist, of the Mongols, dd7n. 130). The latter quotes the passage from the Ahbamdma,

• Text, which may be in-

tended for onirasses but the true word seems dfieundn, as follows.

• Text, un, Erskine ^ung. Sea Bibar, Era., 227 where this and other terms are explained.

HAPTER XYII.

243

‘Abdu-l-lali Kitdbddr were stationed. Oii the left centre which the Turks call auU^ul, Amir Khalifa, KUwaja Mir MlrSn Sadr, Amir A^imadl ParwancI, Amir TardI Beg, brother of Kuc Beg, Miihibb ‘All Kballfa, MirzS Beg Tarkhan were stationed. The right wing was in charge of his Majesty Jahftnbftnl Jannat-ft^IyauI ; Amir KhwSja Kalan Beg, Sultan Muhammad Daldai, Amir Hindu Beg, Wall Ktazin, PirQulI Slstani were in attendance on him. On the left wing were stationed Muhammad Sultan Mirza, Sayyid Mahdl Kbwaja, ^dil Sultan, Sultan Junaid Barlas, Khwaja ghah, Mir I^lusain, Amir Qiitlaq Qadam, Amir Jan (text, I^an) Beg, Amir Muhammad BakhshI and other heroes. In the vanguard were Khusru Kokulta^ and Muhammad ‘All Jang- jang ; i Amir ‘Abdu-l-‘aziz had charge of the reserve. At the flank of the right wing. Wall Kazil,* Malik Qasim, Baba Qashqa with their Mun^als, were appointed as a flanking-party (tulgbdma). At the extremity of the left wing, were stationed QaraqQzI, Abu-I-Muham- mad Nlzabftz (lance-player), gh^^ikb ‘All, Sba*ikh Jamal, Tengri Qull Mughal f as a flanking-party. Accordingly the brave swordsmen stood with firm foot on the battle-field and with life-taking arrows {sahdm) and blood-drinking scimitars {^am^dm) displayed bravery and daring.

Verse, ^

The brave stood with firm foot.

Trees learned from them how to stand.

At length after great contest, the heavenly aids accompanied the centre and wings of the army and by the Divine aid, there ensued victory and the defeat of the enemy. A great victory for the servants always taking refuge in God became manifest. Sultnn Ibrdhlm was slain unrecognised and in a corner, and numerous Af^ans were the harvest of the royal sword, and the caravans of the city of destruction were conducted to the rest-house of annihi- lation by the escort of victorious soldiers and the flambeaux of world-opening swords. Near the body of Sultan Ibrahim, there lay

^ (Era. 905) states that this officer was wounded on the day before and unable to take his place in the battle. But in S. Zain’s recension we are

told that though wounded he con* trived to take part in the great battle.

• Text, gharmat

244

akbarnAma.

on ohe spot five or six thousand dead. The sun had mounted spear- high when the onset of battle began and at noon there blew the breeze of victory^, and the north wind of vernal conquest.

How can this great victory^ which was the masterpiece of fortune, be explained ? And how can language describe what is beyond the bounds of comprehension ? When Sultftn Mahmud ^ Ghaznavi came to Hindustdn^ he was in possession of l^urAs&n ; the kings of Samar- qand and Daru-l-Marz* and of Khwirizm were subject to him and he had an army of over 100^000 men. Nor was Hindustan subject to one monarch. Rais and Rftjas were stationed here and there and were not on terms with one another. Sult&n gl^ihabu-d-dln^ (ihdri came to the conquest of India with 120^000 cuirassiers^ mounted on mail-clad^ horses. Then’ too, there was no ruler in all that vast territory. And though his brother Ohiy^SU-d-dm held ^ur&- s&n, yet he was not outside his influence. His Majesty/ the Lord of Conjunction (Tlmur)^ at the time of his conquest of Hindustan, gave orders for a muster of his troops in the plain of SamAnah/ and Maulaua S^araf u-d-dln ^Ali Yazdi states (Zafamdma, II, 83) that the line of t1if^ .army (iul-i-yeadl) occupied a space of six faraahha in length, and persons experienced in military matters have calculated that a farsalih represents 12,000 horse, consequently, exclusive of the servants of servants {nauJcar-unaukar there were 72,000 horsemen. The servants of servants occupied two koa,^ His opponent, Mallu

Jarrett. Ill, 340. A. F. bewails there 8ult3n MahniUd’s bigotry but was it worse than BAbar’a F . s Lit., Land of the marches. Red- honse, Turkish Diet, explains that it means the whole country under the chain of the Persian Caucasus, bordering on the Caspian Sea.

t Called also Mui’zzu-i-dln. Jarrett, HI, 342 and B&bar, Era., 148.

4 “Cataphract horse “(Babar, Ers., 31 0). MinhAju-d-din is the authority referred to by B&bar. See his foto^df-i-ndsirt. Raverty, 465.

• It is singular that BAbar (Ers.,

309. takes no account of the conquest

of India or at least, of Delhi, by his ancestor TlmQr. He mentions the expeditions of Ma^mBd of Ghaznih. 3hibAbu-d-dIn and then says his own was the third. Evidently he did not count Timor’s because it was not fol- lowed by any permanent settlement in the country. He has a reference to TlmAr’s expedition at p. 255.

• W. of Thaneswar and cir. lat. 2955 and lat. 766. (BAbar, Ers., 3Qln. See also Jarrett, II, 296).

■* The Text is incorrect here.

• 3karafu-d-dln says 2 miles (mil). A.F.‘8 description is not clear neither is Skarafu-d-d1n’s account (Zq/^

CHAPTltt XV 11.

245

bad 10^000 ^ horse and 120 elephants. Yet with all this, many of those in the Lord of Conjunction’s camp were frightened and his Majesty observed the alarm of his soldiers and heard improper remarks from them. And in order to reassure them^ he com- manded that a palisade should be made of branches of trees^ in front of his troops, and that in front of this, a ditch should be dug and that behind that bullocks and buffaloes should be placed opposite each other, and fastened by their necks and feet with leathern thongs. Also many triangular (caltrops) iron prongs* were made and it was arranged that foot soldiers should take these and throw them in the way at the time of the onset and when the ele- phants came on. His Majesty Giti-sit&ni Firdus-makftni who was the fourth world-soother (gitunawdz) of India, in that groat victory, which was one of the glorious gifts of God, had not with him more that 12,000 men, both soldiers and others. More astonishing still, his territories consisted of Badakhs^ftn, Qandahar and Kdbul. Nor did he get assistance from these countries for his armies ; on the contrary, the expenditure, in oMer to protect some of the borders from the enemy and for other state purposes, was such as to exceed the receipts. And the contest was with Sultan Ibr&hTm who had nearly l()0,000 cavalry and 1,000 war-elephants ax^ who ruled from BhTra to Bihflr without an opponent. It was solely by the Divine aid and the assistance of heaven that that glorious work was

ndma II, 83) from which A.F.’a ia taken, easy,, to understand. Appar- ently the length of the line of the army was 20 ko8 or 6 fana^B (about 40 miles) {Sic 8harafa-d-dTn but ac- cording to A.F. (Jarrett II, 416), 6 farBoMB would be 18 koB.) Perhaps, however, A.F. is juatified in regarding a m\l which he says was the third of a fatBaJj^t aa equal to one koB. (Jarrett II, 416 and 417). The breadth according to Sharafu-d-dTn was two miles (dii mil) and not two ko§ as A.F. puts it.

The oavalry are oalled namha/r and their servants fUBukar-i-fwukar. The

latter would probably be on foot. See tra. of these passages in Retr., Price, III, 250 and IV, 681. Major Price considers that the horse were arranged two deep.

Gibbon, quoting the Institutes, says TimQr had 92 squadrons of each 1,000, corresponding to the ,92 names of Mu^mmad.

I Text, two, but MSS. and Retr., Price, show this a mistake. 10,000 also is named in Zafamdma (II, 1(X)). Mall a Shau was Prime Minister of Ma^mnd Tnghlaq, the young king of India.

• ZafamSma 11 102.

IKBARNAMA.

24<5

accomplished. Men of judgment and experience feel powerless to panegyrize properly this masterpiece of the Ages. Hail, Holy One, carrier of the world illuminating light of his Majesty, the king of kings, what marvel if such feats were wrought by Thee ! In short, his Majesty Glti-siUm Firdus-makani, on the rising of the, lights of victory glorified his forehead-mirror with the dust of thanksgiving prostration. He proclaimed presents to all mankind and sent his servants to all countries and regions.

But a deed fit to surpass the lofty designs of those world-opening princes who conquered Hindustan, was the victory of his Majesty JahfinbanI Jannat-ashlyftnl which by the blessing of the existence of his Majesty, the king of kings (Akbar) took place in the plain of Sihrind.^ Accordingly an account will hereafter be given of how with

3.000 men, he delivered India from Sikandar Sur who had more than

80.000 men. Still stranger is the masterpiece of fortune of the Shadow of God (Akbar) who by the Divine aid so rescued India with a few men from the hands of many rebellious^ chiefs that the tongue of the Age becomes dumb before it. An abridged account will be given in its proper place.

Verse.

Should Fortune grant me hope.

Heaven, leisure and opportunity.

By the kindling society of the truthful,

I shall embroider tale upon tale.^

On this tablet of immortals.

I’ll draw a picture for posterity’s behoof.

On the very day of the victory, his Majesty Jahftnbfin! Jannat- n8h.iyanl, Amir Khw§ja Kalin Big, Amir Muhammad Kokultish, Amir Yunus *Ali, Amir gh&b Mansur Barlas, Amir ^Abdul-l-lah Kitabdfir, Amir ‘Ali Khizin were by orders of the king sent with a force to Agra, the capital, the seat of Sultin Ibrihim’s government, to take possession of the treasure. They gave confidence to the inhabitants —

^ 22nd June, 1555. (B. and H.

Era. II, 518).

• Eeferring apparently to the re- bellion of ‘All QulT and others against Akbar which is known as

the Rebellion of Jaunpilr. (Emperor Akbar, Von Noer, A. S. Beveridge, 1, 106 et Beq).

• Text ddiidn ddBtdn. One MS. has ddiidn d<iraBidn,

CHIPTBB XTII.

247

who are trusts from Ood — ^by diffusing the lights of justice. Sajyid Ma^d! Mull^ammad SultSn Mirza, ‘Xdil SuUftn^ Amir Junaid

Barl&s, Amir Qatlaq Qadam were sent to Delhi, to preserve the trea- sures and secret stores of that place and to acquaint the subjects and inhabitants with the royal gp:«ciousness. On the same day proclama- tions of victory were written and sent by couriers to Kftbul, Bodakh- ^fln and Qandahftr. And he himself, on Wednesday, 12 Rajab, (25th April, 1526), alighted at Delhi. On Friday, 21 1 (4th May) he unfolded the umbrella of fortune in Agpra and dispelled the darkness of the land.

Everyone,* small and great, in Hindilstftn experienced the royal kindness and balminess. Out of his comprehensive kindness, the mother, children and dependants of Snl(ftn IbrlL^m were made par- takers of his bounty and special stipends were assigned to them. An idlowanoe of a property worth seven lakhs of ianKOB was made to Ibrfthlm’s mother. Similarly pensions were bestowed on his other relatives. The distracted world was soothed. His Majesty Jahftn- bsni Jannat-SfSlIyftnl who had previously arrived at Agra, presented a diamond eight fnigqdla^ in weight and which was valued by jewel- lers at one-hfdt of the daily expenditure of the inhabited world. They said that this diamond had belonged to the tripasury of Sult&n ‘Al&‘u-d-din (Shiljl) He* (Humftyiln) got it from the family of

1 BSbar, 22, but if Wed., 12 Rajab, be right, Friday was the 2l8t.

• MTrzS ^aidar remarks that all the world, from Turkey to Chiim, benefited by the expedition, for the treasures obtained by the army, enabled them to buy the goods of these countries. An interesting allusion to the effects of commerce !

• 320 rcU{f=279^ carats. (BSbar, Ers., 308) Erskine (B. and H. I, 438} inclines to identify this diamond with the one shewn by AnrangsSb to Tavernier and valued by him at £888,000. By some it is regarded as identical with the K5h*i-nttr. For full discussion of the question, see

Tavernier’s Travels trs. Valentine Ball, ll, 431e/feq.

I have treated of this subject in the Oalcutia Review, &o., and my conclusion is that the B&bar diamond is the Kfih-i-nllr. HumSvUn car* ried the diamond away with him and gave it to Sb*h XB’hmIisp who sent it to the king of Abmadnagar.

• The text seems to say tlutt d-dln got it from Yikram&ditya’s heirs and has been so understood by Pripe. But both Ers. and P. de C. make it Bibar’s statement that Humiy fin got it from Vikramiditya’s heirs. How Ali’u-d>dfn got it is not explained. B3lu says ’Ali’u*

d-din got it in the Dccoan.

248

akbarkAua.

Bikraradjiti the R§ja of Gwallar. His Majesty, from Ihe nobility of his nature, first accepted it and then returned it to him (Hurnayun) as a present.

On Saturday/ 29th Rajab, ho began. to examine and distribute the treasures and hoards, the collections of many kings, lie gave his Majesty Jahanbani, 70 lakKs of Sikandarl tankas and a treasure- house of which no account or inventory had been taken. To tiio Amirs, he gave in accordance with their rank from five to tem lakhs of tankas and to every soldier and servant he gave presents superior to their position. All the man of learning, small and great, were made happy by gifts. No one, either in the camp or the caiitfm- raent (urdu-bazdr) went without a share in the good fortune. The scions* of the royal family in Badakhshan, Kabul and Qandahar also received presents, viz., Kamran Mirza, 17 lakhs of tankas ; Muhammad Zaman* according to their rank 15 lakhs and similarly ‘Askari Mirz5, Hindftl Mirza and all the ladies of the harem and shining stars* of the Khildfat and all the officers and servants who were absent from the dais received in accordance with their degree, jewels and rich varieties and also gold and silver money. Also to all the relatives and dependants, of his Majesty in Samarqand, ]^ur§san, Kashghar and ^Irftq, there were sent valuable gifts. Presents too were despatched to the holy sepulchres (maiidhid) and blessed shrines in Khurasan, Samarqand, etc. And an order was issued that to every inhabitant of Kabul, Saddara/ Warask, Khust, and BadaJ^shan, male and female.

1 Saturday, Erskine (Babar, 334) gays the date is wrong, for 29th Rajab waaa Friday and sugge.sts that the distribution of treasure on a Friday might have interfered with Babar’s religious duties. P. do C., Monday, 29th Rajah. Price, “ 30th of the month.”

• Lit. trees of the garden of suc- cess. The reference is to the pre- sents sent to K&mr&n and others. (B&bar, Ers. 335).

• Son of Badl’u-z-zamAn MlrzA, son of SultAn Qusain Mlrzi of Her&t, but the gift was probably made to

him as being the emperor’s son-in- law. He served under Babar and HumayQn and was drowned in the Ganges at Causa in 1539. (Elliot, V. 203).

♦ Darrdn, pi. of Ar. durrl, a sparkling star or gem.

• There are some unintelligible words here. P. de C. (II, 233) has ** Dans toute la circonscription de ** vorsek et la principaut4 de K&bul, “il n’y ent pas une ame vivante, ** maitre on dame, esclave ou homme ** fibre, adulte ou nou adulte qui ne **re 9 Ut un hdberi de gratification,”

CHAFTIB XTII.

249

nmall and greats a iidhrulAi should be sent. Thus all and sundry, the ^ite as well as the oommonaltyj were fed from the table of his Majedty^s bounty.

and adds in a note to ** ciroonscrip> ** tion,” ** Le mot quo je tradais ainsi ** par conjecture est Boda que la ** version persame se oontente de ‘* rAproduire sans TintreprAter.** To ** bAberi,** he has the note, ** IJn **eKdKrohki suivant la version per- **sane et la tradnction anglaise/’ Erskine (Bihar, 835) seems to have considered that fadaunuak should he read ha mkdur raiblct (for produc- ing emulation), for he translates, ‘To the country of K&bul, as an ** incentive . to emulation, to every ** soul, man and woman, slave or freei ** of age or not, I sent one i&ahru^f ** as a gift I ‘ I have examined the passage in the two B.M. MSS. Add. Per. of Bihar’s Memoirs, nis.. No. 24,416, p. 2696,, and No. 26,200, p. 285a. The latter was used by Ers- kine and the passage is as follows

43 J •4AI jl cj)j ^3*

• Om ^Ui| Jib b j

There is nothing in either MS. about Badajshahiu or Ehist.

The explanation of their mention in the A.N. however seems to be that A.F. used Shaikh Zain’s trs. of Bihar’s Memoirs. This was made much earlier than ‘Ahdu-r-rahlm’s for Shaikh Zain was one of Bihar’s courtiers and wrote for him the pompous firmam given by Bihar. (Brs., 855 and 858). fie is also men- tioned in the AkhamSma (1, 119) as Shaikh Zain, the 9adr and grand* son of S^ikh Zainu-d-dln Kh^Afl

32

(Blochmann, 592n). There are two fragments of this translation in the B.M., eis.. Add. No. 26,202 (Bieu, I, 246) and Or. No. 1999 (1. o. m, 926) 3h>^ikh Zain’s version is written in an ornate and rhetorical style and in the third person. Both fragments contain the transactions of 932 and both speak of Sh^Bt or Khwiat Ba- dakhfihin in describing the sending of the thdiruhtfi. The passage in Add. No. 26,202 occurs at 70a, and in Or. No. 1999 at 706. It runs thus,

j

31 y j

j uiT AiT

4;* Jl 1> 4>* y * (W 3’^ ^1,

i — wjj

Andan order was passed that all " the inhabitants of the capital (P KAbul) and the dwellers in §ada Darask (or Warask) and Shost Ba- dakh&hAn, Who were distinguished for religion and piety, should each get a tkdhruJgfl Apparently then, 9*^ Darask is some hamlet of fihlist iu BadakhfihAn. All the other -B.M. MSS. of Abdu-r-rahIm’s trs. agree with the two already named in omit- ting any mention of ^^ikblh*

The Baddara of the Text might mean the hundred valleys and ac- cording to Bteingass JDom is a di#- trict in Badakhihln. 8ada is given by VuUers, on the authority of Noifoss si fialrtiils, (XIY, 771) as mmuiiig a company of 100 sasn and possibly it may be the title of a divi-

250

AnARNAMA.

Verse,

From t^o showeriDg of the je^el-shedding hand, Joj burst out afresh in the world.

Pleasant is the gift that cometh from afar^

As the Moon sheds light on earth from her sphere.

eiou of a country- 6 . 9 ., the English hundred. I can find no such district as Warsak or Yersak but possibly Wakhah or VakliHh is meant. (T. B. F. E. B. 263, and Babar, Ers. Introw XXX).

*Eh^t or Khost is a district on the northern slope of the Hindu Kush, between south and south-east of Kun- duz and lies very near the hill tracts known on our time as K&firist&n.’ T. B., trs. 103n.). is given in

Baverty’s Pughth Dictionary, as a province in Afghanistan. (See Babar, Ers. 151, 268 and 270.) It lay in the west of BadakhahSn. Mr. Ney Elias’ map marks it as north of CArlkar and west- north-west of Citral.

On the whole it appears that Ers- kine’s rendering ** to excite emula- tion " cannot bo correct though he adheres to it in his B&bar and Hu* m&yUn (1, 440) adding that perhaps Babar’s object was to assist in re- cruiting his army, but Mr. Erskine ‘<iad not then probably examined Shaikh Zain’s translation. It ap- pears to mo that Babar’s motive was rather to enable the people of Af- ghanistan to defend themselves against the UzbSgs and to strengthen their loyalty. It is probably to these presents that he alludes when he says (Ers. 310) that BadakhshAn, Konduz, Elabul and QAndahir were dependent on him, but that inst^ of being a help, he had to send ex- tensive supplies to some of them, on

account of their being near the enemy. This enemy can only mean the IJzb5gs. I should note that the last iZof the Text, viz. that between KhUst. and Bada khflh an does not occur in all the MSS. Price (Betr. IV, 684) has “at KAbul and the neighbour- hood.** Firighta too has nothing about Badakhah&n and merely speaks of the inhabitants of the city of K&bul, adding that Babar received, on account of his improvidence, the title of Qalandar. Nor does Kb&fl Xhan (Bib. Ind. I, 53) speak of Bada khsK An. BAbar sought afterwards to recoup his extravagance by adding 30 per cent, to the taxes (Memoirs, 387).

There is still another trs. of Bi- bsr*B Memoirs, that by Mfrza PAy- anda Qasan Ghaznavl and Mu^d. QulT Mnghal ^i^arl. Bieu, II, 7996.

Since writing the above note I have seen Woods Journey to the Source of the OxuB (Lond. 1872) and am now inclined to think that Sada is a mistake for the Arabic eadda, a gate or pass. Sad or Sadda seems a common name of places in Badakk obAn and in one of Wood*s maps (p. XC) there is a pass marked .Sad-Igk- tragb or Ifibt^rAkk which inay be the Sada or ^addara rasak of the Text. It is north of CitrAl and perhaps recent expeditions to that neighbour- hood, have thrown or will throw light on the locality mentioned in the Text.

seems to be used in Badakhsib^^ as equivalent to dam.

CBAPTVR XVII.

251

Tt is a fixed law that when the world-adorning Creator designs to reveal a unique jewel from its casings, he brings strange things to pass so that a man being tried in such ways by word and deed may become glorious in the minds of all for firmness and foreseeing. Among these, there was this strange circumstance that with all this victory and largesse, there was a defect of similitude (qillat-u fnujdncmai) which worked a want of intimacy {^illat-i’^^adam-umnwd- nosaf) with the people of India.

The soldiery and the peasantry (of India) abstained from inter- course (with the invaders). Although Delhi and Agra had come into possession, opponents held the country. Many of the neighbouring forts were hold by rebels. Q^aim San ball held Sanbal (Rohilkhand) and in the fort of Biftna (Bhartpur) Nisfim I^fin was beating the drum of opposition. Hasan !^ftn Mewati had established himself in Mewftt (south of Delhi) and raised the standard of revolt. Mul^am- mad Zaitun had established himself in Dholpur (Rajputanft) and was breathing opposition. Tfttftr !^&n Sftrangkhani (Firis^ta, son of Sprang Khan) was holding Gwftllftr ; Qusain IQiftn L5han!, Rapri (on the Jumna); Qutb ^an, Etftwa, ‘Alam Khftn, Kftipi. Marg^ub, a slave of Sultfin Ibrahim, held Mahftwan (Mathurfl) which is near Agra. Qanauj and the other cities beyond the Gan^s, were in the hands of the Afghftnsy under the headship of Na^ir Khftn Ldhan! and Ma^ruf Farmuli who had contended also with Sultftn Ibrahim. After his death, they had acquired many other countries and having ad- vanced some stages, had made Bahftr Khftn, son of Daryft l^ftn, king and styled him SuUftn Muhammad.^

During this year, while his Majesty had his head-quarters in Agra, the hot winds were very oppressive. An impure sami’m and sickness were added to the pusillanimity of the camp. A large num- ber absconded out of senseless imaginations. Owing to the rebels, the inclement weather, the impassableness of the roads, the delay of coming by merchants, there was distress for food and a want of necessary articles. The condition of the people became bad. Many officers resolved to leave Hindustftn for Kabul and its neighbourhood, and many soldiers deserted. Though many old officers and veteran soldiers used improper language in the Presence, and also secretly

1 B. and H., Era. I, 412.

252

AKBABHlHA.

need language disagreeable to hia Majesty, yet his Majesty OltT- sitini who was unique for far-seeing and endurance, did not heed this but set about the admiuistration of the oouutry. At length on the part of the Slite and those who had been trained by his Majesty and from whom different things were to be looked for, there were stale morements of old times.^ Especially was this the case with Ahmadi Parw§nci and Wall Q^Szin. Still more astonish- ing, Sbw§ja Kalftn Beg, — ^who in all the battle fields and occasions, especially in the expedition to HindfisUin, had always spoken gallantly and given such opinions as befitted a brave man — now changed his views and was the foremost in advocating the abandonment of the country, both openly and by covert hints. At length his Majesty summoned his officers and spoke wise words of counsel to them, unveiling their secret imaginings ) and forbidden [fnahjk^rdt)

ideas. He announced his firm determination, saying, ** We have ^^.wou this fine country by labour and hardship, to give it up for a ** little fatigue and contrariety, is neither the way of world-conquerors nor method of wise men. Joy and sorrow, comfort and distress are ** linked together. Now that all those labours and troubles have ^ been brought to their end, assuredly rest aud smoothness will ap- ** pear in like degree. Yon must lay firm hold on the strong cable of reliance on God and not utter any more vain and factious words. ** Whoever has a mind to depart to Kabul {Wildyat) and to exhibit his own worthlessness, it matters not, let him go. But we, relying on the lofty courage which rests on the Divine help, have fixed ** India in our heart.^^ At last all the officers, after consideration and meditation, agreed and confessed that what his Majesty said was true and that ^Hhe king’s word was the word-king.” With heart and soul they placed the head of submission on the ground of command and bound themselves to remain. Kb^ftje KaUn who was keener than the others about leaving for Kftbnl {Wildyat) received permission to depart and the presents for the princes and others were sent with him.* Gbrdez,* and the Sultan Mas^fidi

i The meaninjg is not clear, but I think A.F. is sneering at the pre- snmptaous ways of old servants, Cf. text 1S8, seven lines from foot.

• He received money also for re- pairing a reservoir at flhAsnln. (149).

• Oir. 65 SI. septh-east of KSbuL Jarrett 11, 407. Bihar, Xrs., 150).

CHAPTCIt X7II.

258

Haz^rcai were g^ven to him in fief. In Hindustftn too the par^ana of Ghurftm! was given to him. Mir MirSn also got leave to go to K&bul.

The Sbwfija got leave to depart (to Kftbul) on Thursday,* 20 ZH-hi^a (28th August). It is manifest that every right-minded, fortunate one who conducts business with subtle prudence, is more and more successful in proportion as he arrives at high positions. A mirror of this is the grand story of his Majesty Giti-sitftn! Firdus* makani who in such a commotion of the soldiery and in presence of much opposition, had recourse to world-conquering courage, and who, relying on the Divine protection, set bis face to accomplish his work and achieve his desires and made the city of Agra, which is the centre of Hindustftn, his fixed residence and with strength of counsel and courage and abundant liberality and justice, composed the dis- tractions of the country. Accordingly many of the ofiScers of Hin- dustan and rulers of the country gradually entered his service. Among them was Sl^aikb Ghuran* who brought with him as many bm 8,000 men of mark.^ Everyone of them received favours above his condition.

There were also Firilz Bftyazfd, Mahmud SS^ftn

Ldl^ftpi, Qftzl Jift, who were amongst the famous airddrs, and who entered the service and obtained their desires. Firuz Sh&n received a jdgir from Jaunpur of one hror odd* of tanhaa* Bftyazid one

hror^ from Ondh ; Mahmud Khftn 90* lahha from (ibftzipur. Qftzi Jia had an assignment of 20 lahha from Jaunpur. lb a short time, there wtks peace and comfort and joy and pleasure and such prosperity as belongs to a permanent government. Some* days

1 Bftbar, £rs., 151 and 156. Jar- rett, 401n.

• GuhrSm, Jarrett II, 296. As my friend Mr. Beames has pointed out to me, this is Ghurftm in Sihrind. It is now in the native State of Patiala and on the Qhaghar (the old and famous Saraswatl), about 25 miles south-west of Ambftla and 24milep due west of ah&hftbftd.

• Bftbar, Brs., 341.

• Brs. and P deO., Kllren. BadftonI

I, 337, Khftran. BadftonI speaks of him as unrivalled in his knowledge of music.

• Bftbar calls them bowmen (tor- hathhand) from the Dftftb.

• 1 kr., 46 Ukhs, 5,000, P. de G.

1 I kr., 48 lakhs, 50,000, P. de 0.

• 90 lakhs, 35,000 P. de 0. See also Brs. B. and H. I, 446n., correcting trs. of Mem.

• About 11th July, 1526.

254

akbabnAmi«

after the *Id of gl^awwAl, there was a great feast at Agra, in the palace of Sultan Ibrahim when a treasury of gifts was showered into the lap of the public. Sambal was assigned to JahAnbAnI, in addition to Sarkftr ^i^ftr-firuza which formerly had been given him as the reward of valour. Amir Hindu Beg was appointed as his deputy to preside over that district. As Biban had besieged the fort of Sambal, the aforesaid Amir, Elita Beg, Malik Q&sim, Babfi Qasbqa with his brothers and Mallft ipaq, 3h&ikh Ghuran and his soldiers from the middle Ddftb were rapidly sent there. Biban eng^ed them and was defeated and as that seditious and disloyal one (i^ardm-nimak) after having experienced the sweets of service, had out of evil nature turned his back, never again did he behold fortune’s face.

CHAFTBB XYIII.

255

CHAPTER XVIII.i

Dblibirations or hib Majbbty OItI-sitImI (BIbab) and undxbtakimo

BT HumItON or THl IXPBDITION TO THB BA8TWABD.

As his Majesty Qiti-Bitftnf Firdds-makftm was now yictoriouBly establifllied in Agpra^ the capital of the kingdom^ and as the rainy season^— which is the spring of India and the period of freshness and Yerdnrej of enjoyment with one’s friends, and of garden de- lights,— had passed away and the time for expeditions had arrived, be oonsnlted with his ministers as to whether he should proceed to the east to quell the Ldbtnis who had advanced with nearly 50,000 cavalry beyond Qananj and were meditating hostilities, or should march westward against Binft Sftngft* and subdue him, as he was very strong and had recently got possession of the fort of Khand4r^ and was cocking the cap of disobedience* After consultation, it was decided that as Rftnft Singft bad repeatedly sent representations to Kabul and had made protestations of loyalty, the facts of his not having done so since and of his having taken the fort of Khandsr from l^jiasan, the son of Makan, who had not yet done homage,-^were not sufficient evidence of disloyalty, and that it was not advisable to proceed against him at present* The proper course was to send capable men to asoertain his dispositions and that until the truth about him was known, the first thing was to march eastwards and put down the Ldt^ftnls. The Emperor intimated that he would attend to this matter in person, but meantime his Highness JahftnbftuT, — the plant of whose greatness had grown tall in the garden of hope,— - represented that if this weighty affair were committed to hiiq, he would by the help of the royal fortune, bring it to a successful ter-

^ Chalmers resumes his trsnslation here after missing out from p* 112, p. 102 of the text.

• According to Tod, SingS is a contraction of Sangria Singh, ** the lion of Ipittla**

I E^andir is a strong hill-fort a few miles east of Bantanbhnr. Bi- bar, Krs., 382. Text and Jarrett II, 275, Khandir*

256

akbabnAma.

miuBtioD. The Emperor greatly approved of this request and gladly accepted the offer^ and his Highness Jahftnbftnl girded himself for the task with energy and good fortune. Orders were issued that there should join themselves to Humftyun^ ^Xdil Sultan, Muhammad Kokul- Amir Mansur Barlfls, Amir Qatlaq Qadam, Amir ^Abdu-1* lAh, Amir Wali, Amir. Jin Beg, Pir Quli, Amir Shfib ^usain,— who had been deputed to take Dholpur and its neighbourhood from Holl^ammad Zaitun and to make it over to SultAn J unaid Barl&s and then to march against Biftnfi. For this purpose Kftbuli A^mad Qftsim was despatched in all haste to direct these officers to meet Humaydn at Candwfir. Sayyid Mahdi ^wftja, the jd^irdar (fief -holder) of Etftwa, Mohammad Sultftn Mirzft, Sultdn Mubammad Duldi, Muhammad ‘Ali Jang Jang and ^Abdu-l-^aziz,‘ Master of the Horse, with the rest of the army which had been sent to subdue Qutb ^an Afgh&n who had raised the standard of revolt in Etftwa, — were also appointed to serve his Highness (Humftyun). On Thursday, 13 Zilq’^a (2l8t August, 1526) he came out from Agra at an auspicious moment and encamped at a distance of three kos from the city. He marched on from there, accompanied by the breeze of victory. Na^ir who had collected an army in Jajamu^, fled while Humftyun was 15 ios distant, and crossing the Ganges went to the territory of Q^arid.* Sumflyan also went in that direction, and having brought that region into order, partly by severity and partly by gentle measures, turned the reins of enterprise towards Jaunpur. Having reduced Jaunpur to order by justice and equity, he administered the country with the wisdom of age and the energy of youth. When near Dalmau, Fath ^ftn Sarwftnl, who was one of the great nobles of India and whose father had received from Sul^ftn Ibrfthim the title of A’zam Humftyuni, came and did homage to his Highness Jahftnbftnl. He (Jahftnbftni) sent him to the imperial Court under the charge of Sayyid Mahdi Khwaja and Muhammad Sultftn Mirzft. There ho was royally^ treated and received a robe of honour. He received the allowances of his fatlier. and also a kror and six lakhs in addition. Though out of sim-

1 Text, *AII, but this is wrong as Bftbar’s Mem. and A.S B. MS. 0. 27 and Text 107 and 108 show.

• Mentioned also in Bftbar’s firman. Ers^ 860. It is a large pargana in

the district of Balia, N.-W. P. Jarrett II, .163.

• Cf. Bftbar, Ers., 344. The total amount of the allowances is there stated as one kror and 60 lakh$.

CHAPTIB XYIII.

257

plicity he wished for the title which his father had possessed^ he re- ceived that of Jahftn and was dismissed to his estates, ffis son Ha^mi&d was exalted by obtaining permanent service. His

Hajesty Giti-sitfinf was both in appearancb and in reality successful and munificent in the capital.

In Mul^arram 933 (Oct. 1526) the joyful news came from Kftbul that Mftham Begam^ the mother of his Highness Jahftnbflol, had given birth to a son. His Majesty Qltl-sitfini named him Muf^ammad FfirQq. His birth oocnrred on 23 Shawwftl^ 932 (2nd Ang., 1526), and he died in 934 before his father had ever seen him.

DlSCBlPTlOM 01 VARIOUS AUSPICIOUS IVINTS IN THIS TIAB (933)^ OF THX N1W8 or THS RIBILLION OF BXnI SINOI AND OF TH8 MEKT- INO or HIS HiQBKISS jAHlKBlNt WITH HIS MaIXSTT GXt!-S1TAnI.

On Wednesday^ 24 Safari (30th Nov.^ 1526), orders were issued to his Highness Jahfinbftni that he should make over Jaunpfir to some officers and himself return with all speed, as R&nfi Sftngft was advanc- ing with a large army of Hindus and Muhammadans. The convey- ance of this message was given to Muhammad ‘All, son of Mihtar Qaidar RikftbdBr.

• In this year Nij&flm the governor of Blftea, did homage

through the instrumentality of that fountain of blessings BaB^n-d-dln SafavT,* and made over the fortress of Biana to the imperinl officers. Tfltftr KHdn also tendered Gwftllftr and kissed the threshold ; and Muhammad ZaitOn made over Dholput and submitted himself. Every- one received royal favours corresponding to his sincerity and loyalty and was secured against calamities.

On 16 Rabru-l-awwal (21st Dec.) of this year, the mother of Suit An Ibrfthim formed a plot* by the means of the cooks which had a happy « issue, — the crude imaginings of evil-disposed persons coming to nothing and they themselves meeting with punishment.

^ 24 Mubarram, Era. and P. de Q. This is peobably correct. A.F. has probably written Safer because’ that month appears in a preceding entiy BSbar’s Mem. 24 Maharramss 31st October.

• A natire of Ij near the Persian. 33

Gnlf. He was a teacher of A.F.*s father and was buried opposite Agra. Bloohmann, Preface ii and 523 and Jarrett II. 180 and III, 423.

• She attempted to have BSbar poi- soned./ B&bar, Ers., 347.

« Saj^air Sfugaiit, qu. turned out

258

AKBABMlHA.

When the orders were received by his Highness JahdnbSnT, he appointed gb^h Mir Hasain and Amir Snltsn Junaid Barlfts to the command of Jannpur, and leaving Qftu Jifl who was one of those ^bi^ined up by his Majesty Oiti-sitftnl^ to assist these two officers, he set out for the capital. He also appointed Shaikh Bdyazid to Oudh and as ‘Alam Khftn held Eftlpi and it was necessary to dispose of him, either peaceably or by force, he led his victorious army thither. By working on bis hopes and fears, he brought him into the path of obedience, and taking him in his train, presented him at the world- protecting Court. On Sunday, 8rd Babru-f-fftni, he arrived at the Cftrbfii^i known later as the Haiht Bihi^t (Eight Paradises) and which was by its verdure the spring of power and fortune, and pre- sented himself before his Majesty Oiti-sitftnf. On the same day Ebwfija Dost ]^fiwand arrived from E[ftbul, and was received with honour.

At this time representations were oontinually arriving from Mahd! Khwsja who was in Biftna, about the rebellion of B§nft SIngi and his warlike preparations.

well. Price (IV. 601) seems to have read went into dark*

ness, is., was killed. But it would seem from the Memoirs that she was only put intp< confinement. See Uk> Firifihta.

1 New called BimbBgh; A. F.*s birthplace and opposite Agra. Blophmann, ii and Jarrett 11» 185 andm

CHAmR XIX.

259

CHAPTER XIX.

Of his Majesty GM-sitInI PiEDCs-MAKANi’s drawing up

HIS rOBCIS AGAINST RAnA SaNQI, AND UPBEARING THE STANDARDS OF VICTORY.

YHiene’er a design takes root in tlie bosom of an auspicious one> on whose honoured head God^ the world-arranger, hath placed the diadem of true sovereignty, and whose lofty intellect is set on obey- ing the behests of the Lord of Lords, his action rises above the petty views of the vulgar, and he achieves success in realm and religion (dm n dunifd). The wondrous deeds of his Majesty Giti-sitSni PirdUs-makinI are an instance of this, for as his felicity increased so also did his wisdom, and in proportion as the causes of disziness augmented, so also did his prudence become enhanced. Be ever took refuge in the Divine Unity, and in the administration of justice and the management of State affairs, never deviated a hair’s breadth’ from the highway of reason. And at this time when Rftnft S5ng§, in the pride of his numbers and courage and with his brains full of boastful madness, began to act presumptuouily, and to remove his foot from the circle of equanimity, and was drawing nigh with the stride of boldness, he (B&bar) made the favour of God his strong- hold, and gave no admission to the attacks of dismay but proceeded to quell that ill-fated disturber of the Age.

On Monday, 9 Jumtda-l-awwal (11th February, T527), he marohed out from Agra to extirpate this sedition, and pitched his camp in the neighbourhood of the city. Reports were continually, arriving that the ill-fated one (Bftna Sftnga) liad attacked BTftna with a large army, and .that the troops who had come out of that town, had not been able to withstand him and had turned back. Sankar Shin Janjiha was killed on that occasion, and Amir Eata Beg wounded. Having halted four days, he (Btbar) marohed on the fifth and encamped in the plain of MandhikaV which lies between Agra

^ 2*.B. 813ff. He was brother of < Perhaps the MandSwer of the Mir Abmiid QSsim Kohhar. Alii. Jarrent II, 183.

IKBARNAVA.

and Sikn. It occurred to him that there was no water-supply for the troops except in SikrI — (which after returning thanks for his victory, his Majesty GitT-siUni, by gfiving diacritical points, named ghukii (thanksgiving) and which is now by the auspicious felicity of the king of kings, known as Fathpur, from its giving victory to hearts) — and it might happen that the hostile army by using des- patch, would get possession of this. In consequence of this just thought, he proceeded next day towards Fathpur and sent Amir Darvesh Muhammad SArbfin in advance in order that he might find a proper ground for encampment. The said Amir fixed on an eligible spot in the neighbourhood of Fathpfir Lake (KHl) which is a broad sheet of water and an ocean-like reservoir, and that was made the pleasant ground of encampment. From thence messengers went to summon MahdT £]|^wfija and the other officers who were in Biftna. Beg Mfrak ^ who was a servant of Jahfinbani and a number of the Emperor^s special attendants were sent to collect information. In the morning intelligence was brought that the opposing army had advanced one koa beyond BisAwar and were eighteen koa distant. On the same day Mahdi I^wfija,* Muhammad* Sultftn Mirzft and the other officers who had been in Biftna, arrived and did homage. During this time, daily skirUiisbes took place between the outposts in which gallant soldiers distinguished themselves and received the royal ap- probation.

At length on Saturday, 13 Jumftda-l-Akhar 933 (16th March, 1527), RanA SangA advanced with a large army to a hill near the village of !^Anwa^ in the SarkAr of BlAna and about two koa from the imperial camp:

His Majesty grates in his Memoirs that according to the Indian calculation by which territory yielding one lakh of revenue furnishes 100 horse, and one of a kror of revenue, 10,000 horse, the dominions

1 Possibly the grandfather of Kifimu-d’dtn Ahmad, the author of the Jabaqdi.

• BAbar’s brother-in-law. The statement that he was a son-in-law is a mistake of Erskine. B^bwAnda- mTr tells ns near the end of the 9abIbn-8-sijar ’that MahdX KhwAja

was married to Bihar’s sister Khingida.

s A grandson of SultAn Qnsain of Herif. Bibar made him governor of Kananj, Mem. 181.

i 87 miles west of Agra, in the Bhartpnr State. -

CHAPTER XIX.

261

of Rftnl SftngE^ as yielding ten krora of revenue, furnished 100,000 horse. Many chiefs also, who had never served undef him before, gave in their allegiance and increased his army. Thus Silahu-d-din,^ the ruler of Rfilsln and Sarangpur, etc., supplied 30,000 horse ; Hfiwal Cdl Singh of Nagaur, 12,000; IjbRan S3^ftn Mewfttl, ruler of Mewdt, 12,000; Bihfiri* Mai Idari,* 4,000; Nirpat Hfidfl, 7,000; SitarvI KacI (of Cutch), 6,000; Dharan* Deo, ruler of Mirtha, 4,000 ; Narsin^^ Deo Cuhftn,^ 4,000 ; Ma]|;imud Khftn, son of Sikandar SultXn, though he had no territory, yet^ in hope of regaining his ancestral throne, brought with him 10,000 horse; so that the whole force amounted to two lakha and 1,000 horse.

When his Majesty heard of the arrival of tka 0iiem7» he set abont arranging his forces. The royal station was in the centre. Cln Timur 7 Sult&n, Mirzft^ Sulaimdn, EhwAja Ddst KihawaUd, Tflnus ‘All, Sh^h Mansur Barlfts, Darvesh Muhammad SftrbAn,* .bda-l-lAh Kitftb- dar, D5st Isbak Xefi and others of the great officers were stationed in the right. On the left were ^Ala^u-d-din, son of Sultan Bnhliil Lodi ; Shaikh Zain ^wAfi, Amir Mu^ibb ^Ali, son of Ni^amu-d-din ‘Ali Khalifa ; TardI Beg, brother of Quo Bag; Shl^Afgan, son of Qiic Bag ; Araiah OftQi Kh^ftja Blusain and many other servants of the Sultan- ate and pillars of the State. ^

The right wing was adorned by the fortunate presence of his

^ Text, Silhadl. See Erskine’s B. A H. I, 471n.

s Erakine, Barmal (860).

A Idar or Edar in KithiXwar, GujrXt.

A Text, Farm and also in fragment of Bibar’a Mem. tra. bj P. de G. II, 445.

A This paaaage oconra in the re- port of the victory drawn up by Shaikh Zainu-d-dTn(BSbar, Era., 860). There ia some diacrepanoy about the oroper namea and I have corrected tome of those in the Text.

A Copied from Bibar (Era., 860), but the meaning there is that 10,000 horsemen followed him because they

hoped that he would recover his ancestral possessions.

7 The eighth son of SuUEn A^mad KhAn and grandson of YUnus Khin. so he was BAbar’s cousin, ie., hia mother’s nephew. He died of dysen- tery at Agra. (T.R. N. A R., 161).

A Son of Mfrzi Khin and after- wards ruler of Badakhfihin.

• A disciple of Khwija A^rir.

Brother of Sultin Sikandar and uncle of Ibrihim Sultin who was killed at PXnlpat. Era. ‘B. H. I^ 428 and 421n. According to an- other account, ‘AlE’u-d-dln was Ibrihfm’s brother. He was gener- ally known as Alam KhSn

262

AKBARKllfA.

Highness Jahanbani and on his rights were Qftsim Husain SnUftn, Ahmad Yusuf Og^Uqu, Hindu Heg QucTn^ Oiusru KokultSih^ Qawfira Beg, Urdu-sbtn, Wall Khazin, QartiquaT, Pir Qiili STstftnl, ^w§ja Pahlwan BadakhshI, ^Abdu-l-shakur and many other gallant men. On the victorious left of his Highness Jahftnbftnl, were Mir Hama, Muhammadi Kokultash, and f^wajagi Asad Jftmdftr.

And on the right wing there were nobles of India such as the Khfin-khanAn, Dilawar Khin, Mulkdid Karftrani and Shaikh Ohuran.

On the left wing were Sayyid Mahdl Khwftja, Muhammad Sul);ftn MirzA, ‘Adil Siiljtan, son of Mahdi SuljtAn, ‘Abdu-l-^aziz Mir AkhClr, Muhammad ‘AH Jang Jang, Qatlaq Qadam QarAwal, Shah Husain Bftr- begi, Jan Beg Atka. And of the nobles of India there were Jalftl Khan and Kamal Khan, sons of Sultan ^Alft’u-d-dln, ‘Ali Khftn Shaikh- zada FarmuH, Nizam Khan of Biana and many other brave warriors who girt the waist of service with perfect loyalty. And as a flanking party, there were Tardi Ikka, Mulk Qasim, brother of BabA Qushqa and many Mughals on the right wing. Mtiroan Atka and Rustam Turkaman with many of the Emperor’s special dependants were stationed on the left wing.

For the sake of protection, the practise of the holy warriors of Rum was followed and a line of carts was arranged and connected by chains so that there might be cover for the matchlock-men and canno- niers, who were in front of the soldiers, — and Nizamu-d-dln ‘AU Khalifa was appointed to command this line. Sul1;An Muhammad Bakh- shl, after arranging the commanders and officers in their posts, stood near the Emperor to hear his commands which were allied to Divine inspiration, — and despatched adjutants (fawdcian) and couriers to all sides who conveyed the orders to the officers* When the pillars of the army had been arranged in this excellent manner, a command was issued that no one should stir without orders from his position, .nor without permission advance his foot into the battle. A watch of the day had passed * when the fire of >var was kindled.

Verse.

The soldiers bestirred themselves on each side.

Day and night were commingled.

I Aboati9 A. M.

CHArfER X!X.

263

On each side arose a war-cry,

Two seas of hate foamed at the lips,

The steel-shod hoofs of the cliar^ers Reddened the ground with the blood of the brave.

The world-holder mid his glorious camp Moved exultant on his prancing steed.

Such a battle raged on the right and left wings that the earth quaked and the universe resounded with the clangour. The left wing of the enemy moved against the imperial right and fell upon Khusru Kokultash, Mulk Qasim and BabA Qushqa. Gin Timur Sultan was ordered to go to their assistance and by his intrepid aid he drove the enemy nearly to the rear ^ of their centre. A noble reward was , as- signed to him for this. Mustafa Rfimi brought forward tlio carts from the centre of his Highness JahanbanI’s division and by his match- locks and culverins (zarbzan) so broke up the ranks of the enemy that the rust was scoured off from the mirror-hearts of the bravo combat- ants, and many oi the enemy were laid level with the earth and were annihilated. And, as from time to time, the hostile troops advanced, so did his Majesty Giti-sitani send on picked men to succour his vic- torious soldiers. ^

At one time orders were given to Qasim Husain Sultfm, Ahmad Yusuf and Qaw§m Beg ; at another to Hindu Beg Quein ; at another to Muhammad Kokultash and KhwajagI Asad. After that Yunus ‘All, §hah Mansur BarlSs and ^Abdul-l-lah Kitabdar received orders. Then Dost Ishnk Aqfl, Muhammad Khalil Akhta Begi were sent to assist. The enemy^s right wing repeatedly attacked the left wing of the victorious army but every time the loyal soulod Ohazis affixed some of them to the ground by a rain of calamitous arrows, and slew many of them with the lightning of daggers and scimitars. Murnan Atka and Rustam Turkaman acting according to orders, attacked the benighted bands from the rear, and Mulla Mahmud and ‘Alt Atka Bftahllq who were servants of KhwSja Khalifa wont to their assistance. Mul^ammad Sultan Mirza, ‘Adil Sultan, ‘Abdu-l-‘aziz Mir Akhur, Qatlaq Qadam Qarawal, Muhammad ‘Ali Jang Jang, ghah ^usain Barbeg! and Mughal Ghanji engaged in action and maintained a firm position. Khw&ja Qusain went with a body of the household troops

^ Bftbar, nearly to their centre.

264

akbabnIma.

{dlwdnidn) to their assistance and all the victorious warriors,^ who with jeopardy of their lives devoted themselves to service, — made lofty the standards of toil by taking vengeance on the enemy, and choked the springs of the enemy’s hope with the dust of failure.

Verse.

The hands i of the javelin-throwers were knot upon knot (girih hat girth).

The backs of the brazen-bodied ones were cuirass upon cuirass (zirih bar zirih).

On each side, the rock-piercing spears Closed with thorns the path of safety.

The shining of caerulean scimitars Deprived eyes of sight by their gleaming.

The dust of the earth put a cap on the Moon And stopped the breath in the throat.

As the engagement was long, owing to the numbers of the enemy, orders were issued to the household troops, who were behind the carts like chained tigers, — to emerge from the right and left centre and after leaving a space in the middle for the musketeers, to charge from both sides. In accordance with the noble call the gallant youths and valiant warriors, like tigers breaking from their chains and gaining their liberty, dashed forward. The clashing (cakdcdk) of swords and the whizzing {iiipdgidp) of arrows reached the heavens, and that rare one of the Age, ^All Quli,* stood with his fol- lowing in front of the centre and performed wonders in discharging stones s and in firing of culverins and muskets. Just then orders were issued for moving forward the carriages of the centre and his Majesty himself moved against the foe. When this was perceived by the glorious army, they became agitated like a billowy sea and all at once made an assault on the hostile ranks. At the end of the day the flame of conflict so blazed up that the right and left of the vic- torious army forced and drove the enfeebled left and right of the

‘ The meaning soems to be that diyir, a Persian hero killed by the opposing soldiers were locked Rustam.

•together in flight. The phrase bra* • Ustid ‘All Qflll the oannonier.

senbodied was an epithet of i Sang. It may abo mean cannon

baUs.

GHAPTBR ZIX.

265

enemy into one mass with their centre, and so beat upon that wretched body that all those ill-fated ones washed their hands of life and rushed upon the right and left centre of the imperialists.* They approached very near but the high-minded GhSzTs stood firm and quitted thom- ^selves like men. By heaven’s help, the opponents were unable to abide the contest and those ill-fated, wretched ones were compelled to loose the rein of firmness from the palm of cpntrivance and to take flight and to regard as meritorious their escaping half-dead from such a courage-testing contest. The breezes of victory and success blew on the grove of fortunate standards, and the buds of strength and help blossomed on the branches of faith and exertion. Many of the liostile troops became the food of the blood-drinking sword and of the hawking arrow. And many wounded, the remains of the sword, turned the dust-stained cheek of courage, and the besom of dis- may swept away the rubbish of their presence from the field of battle, quivering like moving sands, they became a Sahara of wretchedness, h^san KhSn M^wfiti was killed by a bullet and Rfiwal Uday Singh, i Maiiik Cand Cuban, Hdl Candrabhan Dilpat RftI, Gangu, Kram Singh, llao Nagar8T*(?) aud many of their great chiefs were slain. Many thousand wounded were destroyed by the hands and ’neath tho swift feet of tho victorious army. Muhammad! -Kokultdab^ ‘Abdu-l-^azTz Mir Akhur, ^Ali KhSn and some others were sent to pursue Rfina Sanga.

His Majesty Gitl-sitim Firdus-makan! having become victorious returned thanks for this great victory and sublime blessing to Al- mighty God, Glory be to His Name, (who arranges the series of fates by re-setting the openings and shuttings of things visible and invisible), and pursued the enemy for one Jeos from the field of battle, till at length night fell ; that day was black for foes and that night joyful for friends. Then he recalled his lofty spirit from the enemy and beating high the drum of success, turned and reached his camp some hours after night-fall. As it was not ordained of God that that abandoned one (Run^ Sftngft) should be taken^ the men who were sent in pursuit of him, did not manage well. His Majesty observes thereon^ The time was critical, I should have gone myself and not have trust-

1 Tod, “of DangarpAr." j Bikersl with the variant Nagai-sl.

• Text, psngarsl. Srskine, Rao | P. de C., Bao Niguei‘sl.

34

266

AKBkUJKlMA.

ed to others/’ Shaikh Zain the Sadr who was possessed of distm^^ guished qualities^ found the date of this great victory in the words Fath-UBddshdh-i^Ialdm ^ and Mir Qesu sent the same chronogram from Kabul. His Majesty wntes in his Memoirs that there was a similar coincidence in the chronograms of the farmer victory of Dipalpur when two persons found the date Waaat-i-shahr-i^RaWu-Ua’WVJah^

When so great a victory had been gained, the pursuit of Rdnft Sanga and the attack on his country were postponed and preference was given to the conquest of Mewat. Muhammad ‘Alt Jang Jang, Shaikh Ghuran and ‘Abdu-l-Muluk Qurcl were sent with a large force against Ilyas Khan who had raised the head of sedition in Koil® in the Duab and had imprisoned Kacak ‘All the governor of that place. When the victorious army approached, he was unable to resist them and retired. After the victorious army had reached Agra, that rebel was produced before the royal Court and met with capital ^ punish* ment.

As tlm conquest of M^at had been determined .upon by the world-adorning soul (of Babar), be proceeded to that province. On Wednesday, 6 Rajab (7th April, 1527), he arrived at Alwar which }8 the capital of MewSt. The treasures of Alwar were bestowed on his Highness Jahdnbftnl. And when this territory had been annexed, be returned to the capital in order to undertake the reduction of the eastern territories.

Departure of his Highness JahAnbAni fob Kabul and BADASB3fli^N,

AND THE MARCH OF THE ROYAL ARMY TO AGBA.

As it was necessary to arrange for the administration of Kftbul and Badakhshan, and as the time was exigent, and as BadakhshAn had been committed to Humftyun since 917® (1511) when Mirzft KhSn

1 The letters make 933. ® As pointed out by Era. (B. A

• The letters make 930. See H., I. 341) and Blochmann (311n«)

supra. B&bar (Er8.,368) says that it and Mr. Ney Elias (T. K STSn.), this

was the same persons, Shaikh Zain date which is also given by ^aidar

and MTr QSsfl, who found out the MlrzE, must be wrong and is per-

Dlp&lpRr chronogram. haps a mistake for 927 (1621). In

. * Jarrect II. 188. Text, E51. It is 917, HumSySn was only three or four

in * Aligarh. years old, and in the T. B. (363) we

• He was flayed alive. Krs., Bibar, have an account of MirzS ShAn

308 and P. de Gourtcille II. 310. as reigning in Bada khsh an in 924.

CHAPTER Xll.

267

Imd (lied, and as many servants v/ere ein])loyed there, his Ili^diness Jahanbanl, ornament of world-subduing, jewel of the sword of fortune, forehead of glory, frontispiece of splendour and glory, preamble of an incomparable model, pupil of the eyes of sovereignty and the Khildfat. the . father of victory (ah«-7i-na$r), Naeiru-d-din Muf^ammad Humayun was, on 9tk Rajab of this auspicious (humdyun-fdl) year (11th April, 1527), at 3 kos from Alwar despatched to that country. At the same time, the Emperor swiftly applied himself to the reduc- tion of Biban Afghan who during the liana’s disturbance had besieged Lakhnaw and taken possession of it.. Qasim Husain Sultftn, Malik Qasim Baba Qashqa, Abu’l-Muhamraad Ni:fcabaz, Husain Khan, and —from among the Amirs of India, — ‘All Khan Farmuli, Mulkdtid Karararil, TfitSr Khan and Khan Jahfin were sent along with Muham- mad Sultftn MTrz& against him. That luckless one, on hearing of the approach of the glorious army, left all his goods behind him, and fled with naught but the coin of life in his palm. His Majesty at tho end of this year, visited Eathpur (Sikri) and Bari i and then proceed- ed to Agra. In 934 he visited Koil and went from thence to Sambal* to hunt, and after viewing these delightful Highlands, returned to the capital. On 28th Safar (23rd Nov.) FaJ^rjahan Begam » and

According to P. de C.’s fragment of Babar’s Mems. (II. 452) Mirzi Khan did not die till 934. This must be wrong, for Bibar speaks of Badahhah^n as belonging to himself at the time (932) of his conquest of India, and it is plain that MTrza Khan was not alive after 927. (Babar, Ers. 286 and note.) Most probably he died in 926, as Firighta says and as is in accordance with Haidar MIrzi’s statement (Elias A Ross 387) that HumSy tin’s reign in Bada]|i^gh&n began in 926 . The event A of this year, with the excep- tion of those of the first month, are not recorded in Bihar’s Memoirs which are blank for the six years from l^afar 926 to 932 . Gulbadan does not give any precise date for

— 51

the death but says that ambassadors from BadaJthghin brought the news about the time of the Ba^aur cam- paign. Apparently they brought Sulaiman, Mirza Khin’s ypung son, with them. Gulbadan says that thereupon, Babar sent Humayun to Badakhshan and she adds the inter- esting circumstance that Babar and Maham (Humay fin’s mother) fol- lowed him there and stayed a few days. «

I In Dhilptir, Rijpfitini and 44 miles south-west of Agra.

Or Sambhal. See Jarrett 11, 281, where A. F. states that the rhi- noceros is found in Sambhal.

i Bibars paternal aunts; they seem to have made a shoi’t stay only with him and then to have returned

269

AKOARKAMA.

Khadija Sultan Begam arrived from Kftbul, and liia Majesty embark- ed on a boat and went to meet them and behaved with liberality towards them.

As news was frequently brought that Medini Rai, the ruler of Canderi^ was collecting troops and that the RSna also was preparing war and putting together the materials of his own destruction, the Emperor marched in a fortunate hour against Canderi and also sent 6,000 or 7,000 gallant men from Kalpi under Cin Timur Sultan to Cauderl. On the morning of Wednesday, 7th Jumada’l-awwal (29th Jan., 1528), a splendid victory was gamed at Canderi. Fath-i-ddru-l- harh (Conquest of the hostile country, i.e., of the country of the infi- dels = 934) is the chronogram of this Divine aid. After this Canderi was made over to Ahmad Sbah, grandson of Sultan Naslru-d-dln and then the Emperor returned on Sunday, 11th Jumada’l-awwal (2nd Feb.).

It has been stated by trustworthy annalists that the RSna (Sanga) had meditated revolt and been collecting an army before the Emperor marched against Canderi, and that when the former came to Irij,* Afaq, ® a servant of his Majest Glti-sitSni Firdus-makanl, had put it into a condition of defence. That black-fated one came and besieged the place, but one night he beheld in a dream an ancestor of his under a dreadful appearance. He awoke in terror and horror and began to tremble in all his limbs. After this he immediately set about his return and on the way, the forces of death attacked him and he died. The victorious army crossed the river of Burhanpur and it came to the ears of the EmperOr that Ma’ruf, Biban and BSyazId had gathered their forces and that the imperial servants had abandoned Kanauj and come to llaberl and that the enemy had taken the fort of Shains- ibfid from Abu’l-muhammad Nizabaz. Accordingly the reins of resolution were turned to that quarter and a number of heroes were sent on in advance. Merely on seeing the soldiers, the son of Ma^ruf became dumbfounded and fled from Kanauj ; and Biban, Bayazid and Ma^ruf having heard of the royal array, crossed the Granges and re-

to Kabul. (Bibar, Era. 382 and 387.) l Jarrett II. 196. It is in Gwalyir.

Gulbadan says there were seven of t Jarrett II, 187.

them, all daughters of Aba Sa*Td • Bibar, Era. 387, MullA Afiq.

and she gives some of their names.

CHAPTfiB ZIX.

269

mained on the east side^ opposite Kanauj, with a view to dispute the passage. The royal army continued to ’ advance and on Friday, 3rd Muharram, 935 (18th Sept., 1528), Mlrza ^Askarl who had been sent for from Kdbul before the Canderi disturbance, to advise (with the Emperor) on the affairs of Multfin, arrived and entered upon auspi- cious service. On Friday next, the *Jiiurd^ (10th Muharram) his Ma- jesty halted at Gwfilyar and next morning surveyed the palaces of Bikramftjlt^ and Man Singh and then proceeded towards the capital. He arrived there on Thursday, 25th Muharram.

On Monday, 10th Rabi’u-l-awwal, couriers arrived from his High- ness Jahftnbdnl in Badakhshfin and brought several pieces of good news. It was written that a son had been born to his Highness JahftnbinI by the chaste daughter of Yidgfir Tag^§I and that he had received the name of Al-amfin.^ As this name was equivocal and had an improper meaning among the generality, it was not approved of. It was not acceptable also because it had not received the assent of his (Bftbar*s) holy heart. The pleasing of the father, especially such a father and such a king, is fruitful of blessings, visible and invisible, And the displeasing of him is the cause of a hundred evils, external and internal. What marvel then if men of experience regard the rapid disappearance of this first fruits of sovereignty as a mark of this displeasure.

When his Majesty had been settled in the capital, he convened the Turk! and Indian nobles and had a splendid feast and held a consultation about the settlement of the Eastern districts and the extinguishing of the flame of rebellion. After much discussion it was agreed, that before his Majesty took the field, Mlrza ^Askarl should be sent to the east with a large force and that when the trans-Gange- tio Amirs had joined him with their forces, some great expedition might be undertaken. In accordance with this determination, Mirz&

feel.’* (P. de G. II, 363n. See also Diets. «. V.) Bibar’s objections to the name are given in his letter to Hu* miyon (Ers., 391). Besides the am- biguity mentioned above, he objected because it was unusual to place the article ol thus *bef ore a name.

^ Al^cmdn, in Arabic, means peace or protection; also the protected one, the trusty. But Bihar did not like the name because people in gen- eral pronounce it alaman or iUma/n, and these words in Turk! have bad meanings, ets., alaman is a plunderer or runner, and ikman, *‘I do not

270

akbarnAha.

• Askari departed on Monday, 7th Rabl^u-l-Skhar, while the Emperor himself went for a visit and for hunting towards Dholpur.

On drd JumAda’l-awwal news came that Mahmud/ the son of Iskandar, Had taken Bih&r and was raising the head of rebellion. His Majesty returned from hunting to Agra and it was settled that he should proceed in person to the eastern districts.

At this time, couriers came from Badakhsh&n with the intelli*^ gence that his Highness Jah&nbSnl had collected the troops of those provinces and accompanied by Suit An Wais/ had set out with 40 or 50 thousand men on an expedition against Samarkand. It was also re- ported that there was talk of a peace. In an auspicious moment a message was sent that, if the time for negociations had not passed, he should make peace until the affairs of India had been cleared off. The letter also summoned HindAl Mirza and mentioned that Kabul was to be a royal domain. He (Bftbar) also wrote ** God willing, when the affairs of Hindustftu which are near settlement, shall be finished, we shall leave these faithful servants and ourselves visit ’’ our hereditary kingdoms. It is proper > that all the servants of these countries should make preparations for the expedition and await the arrival of the imperial army.’^ (Bftbar’s^

On Thursday, the 17th of the said month, he crossed the Jumna and, went towards the eastern districts.

In these days the ambassadors of Nu^rat ShAh,* the ruler of Bengal, brought valuable presents and did homage.

1 Brother o! the IbrAhlm slain at Pinlpat.

s Era., B. A H., I. 609. He was an Amir of Shatlin (T.B. 21n.) and is often called Sal|An Awais or Uwais. He was SulaimAn*s father-in-law. (Blochmann, 811.) BAbar refers to him in a letter to HumAyUn (392). Apparently he was at one time king of SwAt. (BAbar» Ers., 249).

• In this and other passages of this chapter, describing the events of 935, A.F.’s abstract agrees with P. de C.*s trs. (Vol. II.) rather than with Era. The meaning is not clear

in the text, but seems to be that the army to be awaited is BAbar’s. The corresponding passage occurs in a letter to HumAyAn (P. de C. TI, 468) and refers to BAbar’s desire that all his subjects should assist HumAyun in his projected expedition against the UsbAgs. P. de C. has, ** En attendant, il est n6cessaire quo tons nos sujets se joignent A Humaiun dans cette Expedition et le servent avec fidElitE.”

• Son of *AlA’u-d-dln Qusain Shah. BAbar has a short notice of him (Ers., 311). He was also called Na^Tb and apparently reigned 1518-1632.

CHAPTER XIX.

271

On Monday^ 19th J umfidaM-akharj Mirza ^Askari arrived cm the banks of the Ganges and tendered his duty. lie was ordered to march with his army down the opposite bank of the river. Near Karra^ news came of the defeat of Mabmud Khan, the son of SuljtSn gikandar. Having advanced near the borders of Ghizipur, he stop- ped at BhSjpur* and Bihfya.* In that place Bihfir was bestowed on Mirzft Mubammad Zamdn.^ On Monday, 5th RamazSn,^ being set at ease with regard to Bengal and BihSr, he proceeded to Sirwir & to put down Biban and BSyazid. The enemy engaged with the victorious army and was defeated. After visiting Kharld ^ and SikandarpQr and being satisfied with the state of things there, he rode post^ towards Agra which he reached in a short space of time.

His Highness JahSnban! Jannat-ftshiySnl had spent one year pleasurably in Badakhshftn. Suddenly a desire for the society of his Majesty Gitl-sit^nl, — who was a world of internal and external perfections, — took possession of him and being unable to restrain himself, he made over Badakh^Sn to SultSn Wais, the father-in-law of Mirz& SnlaimSn, and proceeded towards the Qihla of fortune and Ka^ha of hopes. Thus in one day he arrived at Kftbul. Mirzft Kam- ran had come there from Qandah&r. They met in the * Idgah^ and

• 42 miles north-west of AllShSbSd and in All&h&bSd district. Jarrett II, 167.

• Towns in Sh &hSbSd.

A The Mems. say (418), that the government of JaunpSr was con- ferred on Mubammad ZamSn but he also held Bihir (409 and 410).

« Should be 15th (24th May). (Ers., 419).

• So in Text, but in Mems. (Era.,

419. instead of Sirwftr, we have the river Sarja or Gogra mentioned and Are told that Babar marched from his station on its banks to put down the rebels. But A.F. is nearly in accord with P. de 0. II, 456, where B&bar says that on Thursday, 7th Bamaf&n, he marched towards Sirwir

to repulse Biban and BSyazTd. Sir- wftr is also mentioned in Mem. (Ers. 420) and appears in the list of Babar’s provinces. (Ers., B. A H., I. 541). See Blochmann, 381n. where it is stated that Sirwftr got its name from the river Sarwa.

• In Jaunpftr. Jarrett II, 163 and

Probably because his family had just arrived from Kftbul. He*met Mftham, his favourite wife and HumftyQn’s mother at midnight on Sunday, 27th June, 1529.

• P. de 0. (II, 457) has ‘Mors dos ceremonies du Bairftm." Probably Kftmrftn came there for this festival. There are two Bair&ms (VuHcrs t. V,), one on Ist SbaWwftl and one on

272

AKDARNAMA.

Kfimr§n being surprised to see him, asked him the cause of his jour- ney. Humayun replied it was a desire to see his sovereign, and that though he was always seeing him with his mind’s eye, yet this was not equal to a personal interview. Ho ordered Mirza Hindal to proceed from Kabul for the protection of Badakhshan and putting the foot of purpose in the stirrup of courage, and urging along the charger of joy on the highway of determination, he in a short time readied Agra and was rewarded by tendering his service.

A wonderful thing was that his Majesty Giti-sitftni was sitting at table and talking with his (JahanbanI’s) mother about him when suddenly ^ the shining star emerged from the ascension-point of Badakhshan. Their hearts were rejoiced and their eyes brightened. Each day of princes is a feast but that day, by the advent of his Highness Jahanb§nl, was made a feast such as cannot be described.

Mirza Ilaidar writes * in his Tirikh-i-rashldl that his Highness Jahanb&nl came to Hindust&n in 935 (1 528-29) at the summons of his Majesty Giti-sitanI and that he left Faqr ‘All in Badal^^an.

At this time the darling (lit. eye-pupil) of the Sultanate, Mirz&

10th 2l-l-bljj&* Probably the latter is meant. On the other hand BSbar (Ers., 428) seems to imply that Hu- mayQn was at Agra on 8th July, 1629. If BO the Bair&m referred to must have been that of let Shawwal (June 8th) and Humayun must have reached Agra at about the same time as his mother. This too would harmonize with A.F.’s story that he appeared all of a sudden when his father and mother were talking of him. It agrees better too with Gaidar’s statement that SaTd Khan left Kaahghar for Badakhahftu in the beginning of Muljiarrnm 936 (Sept. 1 629). If Humay dn only left Badakh* fihsn in the middle of August, there was hardly time for the Badakbfihls to send to Sa’Id KhSn for help and for him to get his army together, by tiie beginning of September. Ac-

cording to P. de C. (II, 457)1.) and Ers., (Babar, 426) Humay an did not leave Badakhshin till 936 (1530).

1 We are not told the date of his arrival but as he was at Kabul during the Bairam and reached Agra in a few days (BAbar, P. de C. II, 467) he probably arrived at end of August, 1629. His mother had come about two months before, for Babar met her on Sunday night, 27th J une. She had been six months on the journey.

• T.R., E. & R., 387. Era. (B. & H., I. 608) has given good reason for doubting the statement. Very probably Hum&yungavo out that his father had se^t for him and Qaidar, who was in BadakhshSn shortly afterwards, may have recorded what he heard then.

CHAPTVE XIX.

273

Anwar ^ had just died and his Majesty was deeply grieved on that account. The coming of his Highness JahSnbfini was therefore a great comfort to his heart. His Highness JahSnbftnl remained for a while in attendance on him and the Emperor many times declared that Humftyun was an incomparable companion. In fact the name of Inadn^-kdmtl (Perfection of Humanity) might well be applied to that majestic one. When he left Badakhshan for India^ SulUn Sa^Id who was the l^fin of Kashghar and was related * to his

Majesty and whoj moreover^ had been in his service and had received favours and instmotion from him,— being stimulated to crude imagin- ations by messages from Sultan Vais and other Amirs of Badakhshftn, left Badlld l^hftn (his son) in Tftrkand and marched against Badakh- dian. Before he arrived there Mirza Hindal had reached Badakhshdn and established himself in QiPa Zafar.^ Sa’Td ]^ftn besieged the

i Gulbadan calls him Aldr or Alwar Mlrs& and he appears in her list as the youngest child of her own mother, Dildir BSgam. He must hare been quite a child whe;i he died in 1529, for his cider sister Oulbadan was only eight when B&bar died in December 1530. She de- scribes AlSr’s illness and death. He was born at KSbul. Bibar says (Erg. 250) that several children were bom to him in 925 (1519) but none of them lived. See in P. de C. (II. 45) a paragraph on this subject which is not in Era. Its lang^ge causes confusion about the birth, of Hin- d&l for it would appear from Bibar (Ers. 250 and P. de C. II. 45) that he was bom in 925. But if so, how could Bibar make over the infant to his mother (P. de 0., II. 46) who had died in 911. The explanation is that there is a mistake InP.deO.’s trs., and that the child was made over to Mi- ham, Bibar’s wife, and not to bis mo- ther and thus became at once a son to Bibar and a brother to HumiyUn. 35

^ Bibar’s cousin, being the son of Sul|in Ahmad, the brother of Bibar ‘S mother. He was indebted to Bibar for hospitality at Kabul and for the government of Farghina(MemB., Ers. 217). It was Bibar who suggested to Sa*Id Khin that he should call his son Abdu-r-ra8hld. (T. B., B. & B., 140). The account of Sald’s raid in^o Badakhshin is given in the T. B., 387. It began at the com- mencement of 936 (about 5th Sep- tember 1529 ; 1. c. 388).

B The old capital of Bad akhsh in. It was on the Kakca and was built by one Mubirak gkih about the beginning of the 16th century. He called it Qil’a-gafar on account of a victory which he gained there*over the Usbfgs and because he belonged to the Mu{;a£far tribe (qu. the Ahl- i-mufaffar of Timor’s dayP) The ruins of the fort still exist but the modern capital is Fai^ibid. (T. B. 220 and n.) The old name of QiPa- vafar was Sh^f-tiwir, (Bibar, Ers. 167).

274

AKBABSlMA.

fort for three months and then returned^ re infecid to Kftsh^^r. His Majesty Oiti-sitftn! hoard that the Ea^^arls had taken posses- sion of Badakb^Sn and he directed Sb’v^ftja Khalifa to go and pnt the affairs of that country in order. But the IQbtwaja in his folly delayed to obey. Then his Majesty asked JahanbftnT who by his fortune had come to reside with his Majesty, — ^what he thought about going there himself. He represented in reply, that he had suffered affliction by being debarred from the blessing of his Majesty’s pre- sence, and had rowed that he would never again voluntarily exile himself but that there was no help for it, if he were ordered to go.

Accordingly Mlrzft Snlaimftn was despatched to Badakh^fin and a letter written to SuUSn Sa^d saying, Considering * my numerous claims on your consideration, this affair seems strange ; I have recalled Hindfll Mirzft and have sent Sulaimftn. If yon have any regard for hereditary rights, you will be kind to Sulaiman and leave him in possession of Badakhdlfin, for he is as a son to us ‘^both. Thiir would be well. Otherwise I, having given up my responsibility, will place the inheritance in the hands of the heir. ‘^The rest you know.”*

1 Bftbar says (Ers. 217) SultSn MirsS’s statement, that HnroSySn ** Sa‘ld the Sh&u of KSgh- left BaHa khwh An in obedience to his

** ghar *’ (he was not so then which father’s commands. Perhaps he is

shows that Babar did not write his confounding 935 with 982, when

Memoirs year by year) ** came to me B&bar summoned Hum&ySln to help

with five or six naked followers on him in the conquest of India. It is

** foot. I received them like my own clear that Hum&y fin’s abrupt depar-

brothers and gave him the Tumdn ture in 935, deranged Babar’s pro- **of Mandraur." ject of reconquering his ancestral

• I have substituted Mr. Boss’ kingdom and also that it led to dis-

trs. (T.B., 389) for A.F.’s abstract. asters in Badakhfih^u. But Babar

The meaning of the last sentence in was probably too near bis end and

the letter, is more clearly brought too fond of Hum&yfin to quarrel

out by Ers.’ paraphrase (B. & H. I. with him for leaving his post and

512. ** If not,” (i.c., if Sulj^ Sa*ld coming to Agra. As Ers. remarks,

didnot yield), ** the Emperon having the visit was probably arranged

** resigned to.him(Sulaimln) his own between Humiy fin and his mother

‘•claims, would know how to sup- See P. de 0. II. 457, for the passage

“port him against the pretensions of which A.F. most have had before

‘‘others.” It seems evident that Ers. kirn, is right (508) in rejecting Hqidar

CUAt^TBB XlX.

275

Before MirzS Sulaiinftn had reached K6bul/ Badakhsh&a had been freed from the oppression of evil-thoughted men and been made an abode of peace^ as has been already state 1. When he arrived at Badakhshdn^ Hinddl in accordance with orders (from Bftbar) made over the country to him and proceeded to India.

After some time spent in attendance^ his Majesty seht his Highness Jahftnbani to Sambal * which was his fief (jdgir]. He remained happily there for six months and then was suddenly attacked by fever. The malady gradually increased and his Majesty Oltl-sitani Firdus-makani, growing disturbed at the alarming news^ ordered, in his affection for him, that he be brought to Delhi and thence by water to Agra, in order that he might be treated by skilful physicians under the Emperor^s own eyes. A large number of learned doctors who were always in attendance at the royal Court, were directed to employ their talents in effecting a cure. In a short space of time, he was conveyed by boat. Though physicians used their skill and erhibited Messiah- like science, he did not get better. As the sickness was prolonged, the Emperor one day was seated with the wise men of the Age by the Jumna and considering about remedies. Mir Abu BaqS* who was one of* the most distinguished saints of the Ago, represented that it had been received from the ancient sages, that in a case like this, when physicians were at a loss, the remedy was to give in alms the most valuable thing one had and to seek cure from Ood. His Majesty Glti-sitftnl said, I am the most valuable thing that ‘^Humgyun possesses; than me he has no better thing; I shall make “myself a. sacrifice for him. May God the Creator accept it,^^

]^wdja I^alifa and the other courtiers represented that Humay un would, by the grace of God, recover and attain to the limit of his

^ Meaning that Sald £hin had already retreated. Mr. Ney Elias (389n) supposes that Kibul is a mis- take in the T.R. for Badakhshgu but no correction seems n^ded, for Sulaimin would go by Kabul from India to BadaUiBhin. (Price IV. 715) Sulaimin was then 16, having been born in 920 (1514). In the passage already referred to, (P. do 0. II. 457) « Sulaimin” must be a mistake

for Sultin Wais and the meaning be that the latter was Sulaimin’n father-in-law. ^

• In the Muradibid district; north of, Agra and east of Delhi. It was given to HumiyUn in fief in 1526 (Bibar, Ers., 838).

i T.B. (E. & B.) 478. He was ap- parently related to Khwija Bliwaiid Mabmfld also called Ehwija Hfira.

AKBARNA UA.

2f6

natural life under the shadow of his Majesty’s fortune. Why had such an expression come from his tongue ? The meaning* of the say- ing of thd great men of old was that the most valuable article of property should be given - in charity, consequently the priceless diamond which had in a mysterious way been obtained in the war with IbrShlm and had been presented to Humayun, should be sacri- ficed. He replied, What value has worldly wealth ? and how can ‘‘ it be a redemption for Humdyun ? I myself shall be his sacrifice. " He is in extremity and I have lost the power (faqat) to behold hia powerlessness but I can endnre all his pain.” There-

after he retired to his oratory and haVing performed such special rites as befitted the occasion, he thrice walked round his Highness Jahanbanl Jannat-SshiyfinT. When his prayer had been /heard by God, — Glory bo to His name ! — he felt a strange effect on himself and cried out, We have borne it away. We have borne it away.” Immediately a strange heat of fever surged upon his Majesty and there was a sudden diminution of it in the person of his Highness Jahftnbani. Thus in a short time he entirely recovered, while Giti- sitanl Firdus-makftni gradually grew worse and the marks of dissolu- tion and death became apparent.

Then out of his nctive mind and truth-seeking soul, he summoned his officers and nobles and making them place the hands of homage ^ to the empire (Khildfat) in the hands of Humiyun, appointed him his heir and successor, placing him on the throne of sovereignty, while he himself remained bed-ridden (fdAi&-«-/ard^) at the foot of the throne. KhwSja IGiallfa, Qambar ‘AH Beg, * Tardi Beg, Hindu Beg, and all the others were in attendance. Lofty counsels and weighty mandates, such as might form a stock of lasting fortune and eternal . auspicious- ness, — were imparted. Advice was given about munificence and justice, about acquiring the favour of God, cherishing subjects, pro-

1 OAj^This Arabic word is de- rived from a contract X>r sale. In swearing allegiance it was usual, says Lane, for the person making the covenant to place his hand in that of the prince in confirmation of the covenant, as is done by the seller and buyer.

• T. IeC (E. a R.) 307, 367, 422. He belonged to a family of BarkI and was a son of Mir Kftka also called, apparently, Amir Qasim Kuoln. Perhaps he is the Qambar ‘AH Mughal of Babar’s Mem. (Era., 17).

CHAPTER XIX.

277

iecting mankind^ tho accepting of apologies of those who had failed in duty and tho pardoning of transgressors; about the honouring of those who did good service and tho casting down of the rebellious and the oppressors. And he exclaimed The cream of our testament- ^^ary directions is this, ^Do naught against your brothers even “^though they may deserve In truth it was owing to his

observing the mandates of the Emperor that his Majesty JahSnbani Jannat-Sshiyin! suffered so many injuries from his brothers without avenging himself^ as will clearly appear from this history.

When his Majesty Giti-sitani Firdiis-makani was at the height of his disorder^ Mir !^alifa took a short-sighted view — as is the nature of mankind — and from a suspicion that ho entertained about his Highness Jahfinbani wished to place Mahdi Khwaja on the throne.* Tho Khwaja too, from his evil disposition and wickedness and folly, gave way to vain thoughts and coming every day to the Darhdr, made a disturbance. At last by the intervention of right- speaking, far-sighted men, Mir j^allfa was brought to the true path and passing from such thoughts, forbade the ^wfija to appear at the Darhdr, and also prohibited anyone from visiting him. Thus, by the Divine aid, things came t6\ their own place, and Right was fixed in its own centre. i

He (Babar) left this world on 6th ifnm§da^l-awwal/ 987, in the Caharba^, on the banks of the Jumna in Agrar. The eloquent of the Age composed chronograms and elegies about his Majesty, Among them was this chronogram by Maulana Sbihab Mu’amma’I (the Enigmatist).

Verse.

Humayun becomes his kingdom’s heir.’

It would be impossible even if volumes were employed to detail tlie perfections of this Holy One. Among them he possessed

^ For an account of this intrigue see Ers. (B. A H., 1. 515 and Elliot, V. 187). Hahdl Ehwija was Babar’s brother-indaw. Perhaps Mir Shellfa was afraid of HumiyUn’s addiction to opium (T. R. E, A B. 469). Hu- mi^rSn’s sudden leaving his post in

Badakhshau must have given the old man a bad opinion of him.*

I Firishta, Monday, 5th JumKda*l< awwal (2l8t December, 1590). Ers kine B. A H., I. 517.

• Humdjfin 5uiead wdWf-t-muUt-v

tMIt.

278

▲UAEtrllffA*

the eight essentials of empire^ viz. (1) high fortune ; (2) great designs ; (3) conquering power. ; (4) administrative capacity ; (5) civi- lizing faculty; (6) devotion to the welfare of God^s servants; (7) the cherishing of the army ; (8) the restraining it from evil.

And in acquired accomplishments^ he was at the head of his Age. He held high rank as a poet and a prose-writer^ and especially in Turk! poetry. The Turk! diwdn ^ (dtiodn-uturhi) of his Majesty is of great eloquence and purity, and its contents are charming. His book of Magnawi which has the name of Muhin^ (clear) is a famous composition and is mentioned with great applause by critics. He versified the Riadla-i-vodlidiya^ of ^wfija Ahrar which is a pearl from the ocean of knowledge, and very excellent it was. He also wrote his Acts (Wdqi^dt) from the beginning of his reign to the time of departure with fidelity and in a lucid and eloquent style. It is an Institute for all earthly sovereigns and a manual for teaching right thoughts and proper ideas. This Institute of dominion and fortune was, by the world-obeyed commands of the king of kings, translated into Persian by MirzA Khfin IChfin-khfinSn, son of Bairam Khftn, in the 34th year of the Divine Era, at the time of the return of the standards of glory from the roseate vernal abode of Kashmir and Kftbul, so that its exquisite bounties might moisten the lips of all the

i Probably A. F. could not read * Bibar, Era., 888 and P. do 0., II.

Turkl and has copied ^aidar MlrzS’s 358. The Wdlidlya or Walidiya was

panegyric (T. B. £. & B. 173) for a treatise in honour of Khwija

ha seems only to use the Persian trs. A^rir’s parents. Bibar put it into

of the Memoirs. verse about two years before his

s Perhaps, Muhayyan, It was in death, in hopes that the Khwija

Persian and Erskine says he has (then dead) would cure him of his

nbver met with it. According to fever, in the same way as the author

Badionl (I. 343) it was a versified of a Q/okfida had been cured of his

treatise on Muhammadan law or paralysis. The trss. differ here.

Theology according to the QanafX P. de C. says it was ^haraftt»d-dln

school and Shaikh Zain wrote a com- al-BfisTrl, the author of the Borda,

mentary on it which he called Miibdn. who was cured< He wrote an Arabic

See also Dr. Banking’s translation, poem in praise of Muhammad and

450. There are two excellent ar- died in’ 694 (1294-5). But if the cure

tides on BEbar and Abfi*l-fafl by was effected by the KhwEja, it must

Dr. Tempel in the Z. D. M. G. In one have been for another Sharafu-d*

he mentions that a poem by Bibar din, possibly of Bukh&ri.

has been published by llminsky.

CHAPTRR XIX.

279

thirsty and that its hidden treasnros might be behold by those whoso hands were empty o{ learning.

His Majesty was also eminently skilled in music and composed charming verses in Persian. Among them the following quatrain is a product of his bounteous muse.

Verae,^

Though I be not related to dorvishbs.

Yet am I their follower in heart and soul.

Say not a king is far from a dervish ;

I am a king but yet the slave of dervishes.

The following two MaiW are also sparkles from his enlightened mind.

MalW L

Parting from thee were perdition,

Else could I depart from this world.

Matla* IL

Whilst my heart is bound with her cypress locks,

I am free from the griefs of the world, ^

His Majesty was also famous for treatises on prosod}’^, and among them is a book called Mufa^^al which is a commentary on the science.

His Majesty left four sons and three daughters : — (1) His Majesty Jahftnbinl Na^Tru-d-dTn Mul^ammad Humayun Pftdsh&h, (2) K&mr&n Mirza, (3) ^Askarl Mlrzft, (4) Hindftl MTrzi.

The daughters were : — Gulrang B^am ; Gulcihra Begam ; Oul- badan Begam, all three by one mother.*

1 I have in part copied Era.’ tra. (B&bar, 431).

s Dildir B$gam who waa also Hind&l’a mother. A. F.‘a list of Babar’a children ia very imper- fect. According to Gulbadan, her father had eighteen children, all of whom were born at KSbuI except two daughters, born at Sh^st. Ap- parently she does not reckon the

Fakhru-n-niaa, who was born at Bamarqand and lived only jiome 40 days. Her liat is as follow ;

I. Mftham BSgam’a children:— Humay an, B&rbal, Mihr JahSn, lah&n Daulat, FarOq.

II. Qiilruhh’s children: Kamr&n, AakarT, Sul(Sn A^mad, Gul^t^l^r.

III. DildSr’a children : Gulrang, Gulcihra» Hind&], Gulbadan, Alir.

280

akbahnAma.

Among tlie illustrious men, courtiers and companions who attained to felicity in the field of honour of his Majesty Pirdus-makani, there were : —

(1) . Mir Abu-l-baqfti who was of lofty rank in learning and wisdom.

(2) . Shail^ Zain Sadr, grandson of Shaikh Zainu-d-dln Khwafi. • He had acquired practical science^ {^ulum-i-viuta^drifa^) and had distinguished abilities. He was skillled in prose and the art of letter- writing. He was distinguished by his long association with his Ma- jesty. He* was. also noted in the time of his Majesty Jahanbani Jannat-ashiyanl.

(3) . Shaikh Abu-1- wajd Fari^i,* paternal uncle of Shaikh Zain. He was a pleasant companion and of good disposition. He wrote poetry.

(4) . Sultan Muhammad Kusa (beardless.) A pleasant man and a critic of poetry. Ho was a companion of Mir ‘Ali ShTr ® and lived in the glorious society of hia Majesty.

(5) . Maulanfi §hihab Mu^ammaH (the Enigmaiist) whose poetical name was Haqiri.* He had an abundant share of learning, eloquence and poetry.

(fi). Maulaua Yusufi the physician. Ho was sent for from Khu-

IV. Ma’suma’s child, Ma‘8uma.

These do not bring up the number to eighteen for Mihr Jan and Gul- rang were the daughters bom at KhSst ; perhaps 18 is a mistake for 16.- Gulbadan says the taking of K&bnl was clearly a good omen, for Babar, then 23 and without a sou, had many children born thereafter and she gives it as a reason for his liking Kabul that it was their birth- place. His attachment to it is also proved by bis choosing it as his place of burial.

I T. B. £. & B. 478 and A. N. 1. 128. The learning (Sim) meant is probably religious learning. Ho was a brother of ShwBja Ddst.

■ Blochmann, 592n.

B Perhaps, the science of exposi- tion and arrangement. Diet, of T. T., 1066.

• Ho was the first to translate or rather to paraphrase Babar ’s Memoirs into Persian. Badaoni, I. 341, 471, and Elliot, IV. 288.

• Wahxdf in corresponding pas- sage of P. do C. (II. 463). He made chronogrnms (BAbar, Ers. 889).

• B&bar, Ers. 184 and Elliot, IV. App. 527.

7 Ho came from Herit with Khw&nd Amir i)i 1528. Bftbar, Ers. 382.

® P. do C., Faqirl.

CHAPTBB XIX.

281

HLsIn. He wad distinguished for good qualities, for dexterity as an operator ^ and for assiduity.

(7) . Snrkb Widft’I. An old and inartificial poet. He wrote in Persian and Turkl.

(8) . Mullft Baqfti. He had a correct taste {saliqa-i-darast) in poetry. He composed ma§natoi in the metre of the makbzan,^ in the name of his Majesty.

(9) , !|^wfija Nij^amu-d-dm ^Ali Khalifa.* On account of his long service, trustworthiness, soundness of understanding and stead- fastness of counsel, he held high rank under his Majesty. He pos- sessed various qualities and excellences and in particular was a suc- cessful physician.

(10) . Mir Darwlsh Muhammad SSrb&n,* a favourite pupil of Na^iru-d-din Khw&ja Ahrar. He was distinguished for learning and social qualities and was much relied upon at Court.

(11) . Khwand Mir,* the historian. He was learned and an agreeable companion. His writings are well known, e,g., the Hahihu* e^aiyar, Khuldzaty^UaWhhdr^ ^ Daatiiru^l-wuzard^’^ etc,

(12) . Khwaja Kilan Beg, one of the great officers and w^ho was allowed the honour of a seat,® Distinguished for gravity of manners and discretion. His brother Kicak Khwaja ® was kedper of the seals and was especially trusted and was allowed a seat.®

t “ Tr^s habile dans Tart de t&ter ** le pouls et de faire le diagnostic “ des maladies.” (P. de C. 1. c. 4ti3.) He is Y asuf bin Muhammad Haratl and the author of several medical works. Bieu, Pers. Cat. II. 4756. and Browne, Cat. Pers. MSS. Carab. 278.

s The Md^zanu-l-asrdr of Ni|$a- mu-d-d!n.

• Commonly known as Mir Ska* Ufa.

• Babar, Era. 273. Honourably distinguished for temperance.

• Joined B&bar only two years before the death of the latter. See account of meeting, Elliot, IV. 143,

® Text, a^ydr.

1 Contains the biographies of fa- mous ministers. Elliot, IV. 148.

® Ahl’i^nisl^ckat. This epithet is generally applied to hermits, but I think it means here that Khwaja Kilan and his brother were allowed to sit in Babar’s presence. Khw&ja Kilan was a poet and composed an elegy upon Babar’s death. BadaonI, 1.341.

® A Kucak Big, an elder brother of Khwaja Kilan, is mentioned in theMoms- (Ers., 171) but he was killed in 911. Apparently there were seven brothers and all were killed in Babaf’s service except Khwija

86

282

akbabnAma*

(18). Sul tftn Muhammad DQldftT, one of the great officers and of excellent morals.

I refrain from mentioning others as the design of this glorious work is. to describe the lofty lineage of his Majesty^ the king of kings, and I proceed to the holy traits of his Majesty Jahftnb&ni Jannat- ad^iy An!. And in completing the accounts of those nlcestors (Atcsur^dn) I prepare myself for the description of the great one of realm and religion and lord of the visible and invisible.

KilAn (248n.) There ie a KScak Kh^Sja mentioned in Bibar, Era., 420. Possibly A.F.. means Khw&- ja Mull&y also an elder brother of Khwija Kil&n. He was a ^odr

(Chief Judge), and B&bar’s father made him keeper of the seals. He was killed by an arrow in 902. (B&bar, Brs. 43.)

CHAPTBB ZK.

283

CHAPTER XX.

His Mubbtt JahInbAk! Jannat-Asbitan! NasIru-d-dIh Muhammad HumAtUn PAdsbAh-i-QhAz!.

Theatre of great gfifts ; source of lofty inspirations ; exalter of the throne of the KhilAfat of greatness ; planter of the standard of sublime rule; kingdom-bestowing conqueror of countries; auspicious sitter upon the throne ; founder of the canons of justice and equity ; arranger of the demonstrations of greatness and sorereignty ; spring of the fonntains of glory and beneficence ; water-gate for the rivers of learning ; brimming rain-cloud of choiceness and purity ; billowy sea of liberality and loyalty ; choosing the rights recognizing the truth ; sole foundation ^ of many laws ; both a king of dervisli-race * and a dervish with a king’s title ; parterre-adorning arranger of rea^m and religion ; garland-twiner of spiritual and temporal blos- soms; throne of the sphere of eternal mysteries; alidad^ of the

• Perhaps codifier or reducer into unity.

Alluding to the circumstance that HumaySn, as well as his wife, was said to be descended from the famous saint Abmad-i-jSm.

t iaIAa The alidad or

alhidada of English dictionaries is a corruption of this word with the prefix of the Arabic article. It meant the index or fiduciary of an astrolabe. In Murray’s English Dic- tionary, we are told that the alidad is the revolvuig radius of a gradu- sted circle and that in the astrolabe, it revolved at the back and was called by Chancer, the Rule. The statement, however, that it revolved St the back, seems not quite correct. In the astrolabes that I have seen, the index— it has two limbs— is on

the> face of the instrument. Per- haps the explanation is that the astrolabe had two limbs or indices attached to it, one called the Rule and attached to the back of the instrument and another in front and called the Label. (See Prof. Skeat’s Chaucer, III and the plates there given.) According to Moxon’a Diet, it is the Label which is the alidad. Whitney (Century Diet.) quotes in part an interesting passage from the Ency. Brit. (X. 181, col. 2). The*whole of it is as follows : ** The astrolabe (used by Vasco de Cama) was a metal circle graduated round the edge with a limb called the alhidada, fixed to a pin in the centre and working round the graduated circle. The instrument had two sights fitted upon it, one at each end and was

284

astrolabe of theory and practice ; in ansterities of asceticism and spiritual transports^ a Grecian Plato ^ fAJldiun^i-Yundnl) ; in execu* tive energy and the paths of enterprise, a second Alexander fiskan- dar-u§dnij ; pearl of the seven oceans and glory of the four elements ; ascension -point of Suns and dawn of Jupiter ; phoenix {Httmd) tower- ing to the heights of heaven, — Naylru-d-dm Muhammad Humftyun Padshah-i-Ghftzi, — May God sanctify his soul !•

Great God I ^twas as if the veil of humanity and the elemental screen had been cast over a holy spirit and a sacred light. The open plain of language narrows in the quest of his praises, and the parade- ground of indication remains league upon league distant from the city of his virtues. God be praised that the time is nigh when I may withdraw my hand from lofty genealogy and plunge it in the skirt of my real intent. I now ** essay an abridged account of the astonishing actions of his Majesty JahAnbfinI Jannat-^^iyfini for this is at once a preliminary nigh to my far-seen goal and a commentary forming part of the history of ray saint and sovereign (Fir u Pddiidh). By unveiling the reflected godhead^ of the divine lord, I shall satisfy the thirsty-lipped ♦ with the sweet waters of knowledge and bring my own parched heart near the shore of the sea of the corn-

suspended by a ring so as to hang vertically on one hand, while the atJiidada was worked up and down until the Sun could be seen through both sights. It then gave the Zenith distance/* (See Littr4, s.v. Alidada, bano, 8.V, and Diet, of T. Ts., I. 291 and II. 952.) According to the last named book, the alidad was at the back of the instrument as stated in Murray’s Diet. A.F. applies the term to Humsyun on account of his attainments, real or alleged, in mathe- matics.

^ Orientals seem to have regarded Plato as a great ascetic. See account of him in Gladwin’s Persian ICun^T (37) where we are told that he iQ)ent much time in the mountains and deserts.

• Andradldhu hurhdnahu, lit, “May God illuminate his proof " or “ God taught him his proof.” Lane, 2865a.

9 A. F. means apparently that HumSyUn is the reflected or derivative glory of his son but the exact force of his blasphemous language is hard to discover. Certainly he carried his adulation higher than any other Mu^mmadan writer. Had A. F. been a good Musalman, he would have been a better man, for then he never would have confounded the Creator and the oreatnre as he so often does*

A Several MSS. have dilan, hearts, and this is probably the oorreot read- ihg as being in antithesis to ii^na* jiga^r, lit. thirsty-liver in the next clause.

CHAPriR xt.

265

prehension of the holy virtnes of the exquisitely perfect one. Avaunt I Avaunt I- How may the praise of the perfections of this unique pearl come from one like me? It behoves his panegyrist to be like himself but alas/alas*^ where is anyone like that unique pearl of the ocean of knowledge f I confer a lustre on my own words and 1 compass an achievement for myself inasmuch as I make my heart familiar with sacred knowledge and give unto my tongue the glory of spirituality.

O searcher > after the knowledge of events, arouse thyself, and receive the announcement^ ihat the auspicious birth of his Majesty Jahanbin! Jannat-ft^iyanl occurred on the night of Tuesday, 4th ZI- qa’da, 918 (6th March, 1508) in the citadel of Kftbul and from the holy womb of her chaste Majesty M&ham Begam.*

That pure one was of a noble family of Khurftsftn and related to Sultftn Husain Mfrza. And I have heard from some reliable persons that just as the honoured mother of bis Majesty, the king of kings, was descended from his Holiness Sheikh (Ahmad) Jftm, so also was Mftham Begam connected with him. His Majesty Git!sitftni Firdds-makinl married her when he was residing in Herftt to condole with the sons of Sultan Husain Mirz§. Mauldna Masnad! found the date of his Majesty^s birth to be Bultdn Humdyuu Khan : and SSidh^u/if^»-^adr (Victorious Prince) and Pddiidh^i-§af-iiikan (Bank- breaking king) and also the saying ** had* (May he be

happy) give the date of this fortunate epoch, as discovered By the learned of the Age.* Sihwftja Kilan Samani* has said:— -

Fsrse.

It is the year of his fortunate birth,

May Gk>d increase his glory.

IVe taken one alif from his date.

That I may blind two evil eyes.

^ Here AF. addresses his readers.

• Mlham is evidentlj not her foil name. Xrskine asks if Miham be not a term of endearment used by Bihar and signlQring Hy Moon.**

• The first, second and fourth shronograms jield 91S, the true date,

but the third, 853 only. If we read j>ddf&di»i-f(i/-ia<ib 0 Mi-fa (In « he) the chronogram will bo correct.

t Ab^hurently meaning that he was of the race of the Siminidm, ancient princes of Transoxiana. His chronogram is enigmatic. The

286

AKBABNlMA.

The accession of his Majesty took place in Agra on 9th Janiftda’l* awwal, 937 (29th Docembop, 1530)| and Khairur-Umulii k (Beat of kings) ^ is the chronogram. A few days later, he made an ezonrsion upon the river and placing the barka of pleasure in the stream of ]oy, gave away on that day, a boat full • of gold, and by the largesse lai^ a golden foundation of dominion. Bravo! the first grace bestowed on him upon whom is conferred ’the sovereignty of the world, is munificence and liberality.

Verse,

Not every man is exalted.

He becomes head who is kind to men.

The lion became king of all beasts

Because he was hospitable in the chaso.

And one of the learned found the date of this wave of giving in the words kis/itUi-zar (boat or tray of gold = 937).

From the commencement of his career till his accession when he had arrived at the age of 24,® the notes of success and fortune were conspicuous on his destiny’s forehead and the lights of glory and empire streamed forth from the tablets of his greatness and glory. How should not his lustrous temples radiate greatness and magnanimity when he was carrying the light of the king of kings and was the custodian of the granary of Divine knowledge f It was the same light which was shewn forth in the victories of his Majesty Qitl- sitani Firdus-mak§nl and that gloriously appeared in the dawnings

words of the second line, Zddaka^ lldhu tkk^dld qadran yield 914 which is one too much. So the composer eays, he takes away an alif which represent^ jbhe figure one and also, from its shape, resembles a bodkin or the fine pencil (mlO used for blinding. Or it may perhaps be bet- ter ‘,v take burd-a am to mean ‘* I have added,” e.y., that he has added the al\f at the end of qadran but in that case, the preposition as con- stitutes a difficulty. I should state

that the word Allah in the chrono- gram is reckoned as 66, being con- sidered to contain three 28, only two of which however are counted.

1 BadAonI (I. 344) gives the couplet ending in the chronogram. See Dr. Banking’s trs. 451.

® KiiJkii means both a boat and a tray but here A.F. seems to mean the former. But see Elliot V. 138 and BadaonT, Ranking, 451.

® Gregorian Calendar, 22 years, 10 m. only.

CHAPTBR XX.

287

of the world-conquering rays of his Majesty Sihib Qarftnl. And it was this same light which from the time of the ocean pearl-shell AlanqCifti displayed itself from the royal shells and pearls under the Teils of women in travail. It was the same light by whose splendour lJgh&2 made glorious^ and it was the same light which was

preparing and increasing from Adam till Noah. The secrets of the revelation of this lights and the strange notes of its manifestation are beyond the circle of restraint and limitation, nor is^‘everyono capable of recognizing this secret substance or of understanding its subtleties. To sum up ; His Majesty Jah&nbiOl was illuminating tEo world with the power of this Divine light, which through so many cycles and epochs had been concealed under vanous garbs, and the time of its apparition was now at hand. Accordingly the glory of spiritual and temporal greatness was radiating from the arch of his Majesty’s shining forehead. Perfect modesty and exceeding courage were conjoined in his holy nature, and all his lofty energy was de- voted totulfilling the desires of His great father; and the excellence of intrepidity being united with consummate majesty and dignity, out of his magnanimity and higb-thoughtedness, he paid no regard to self and held himself of no account. Consequently he was glorious for right-mindedness and lofty courage in every enterprise that he en- gaged in and every service that he undertook. In the whole of his auspicious life, he adorned the world by joining knowledge with power, and power with compassion and clemency. In many sciences and especially in ‘mathematics, he had . no rival or colleague. His noble nature was marked by the combination of the energy of Alexander and the learning of Aristotle. He displayed great justice in carrying out the provisions of the will for the distribution of ter- ritories and exhibited thorough equity or rather exceeding kindness and beneficence therein. But superiority in spiritual perfections (which is real sovereignty), that was his own by God’s grace ; none of his brothers shared in the dainties of that table of inheritance.

Everyone connected with the Court received offices and pensions. Mirzft KSmran obtained Kabul and QandahSr ae his fief : Mirzft ^Askari, Sambal; MirzS Hind&l, SarkSr Alwar. Badakhih&n was uiade over and confirmed to Mirzft Sulaimftn ; and the nobles and great officers and the whole of the victorious army were brought into obedience by proper measuresi Everyone who breathed disaCeciion,

^,88

akbibkAma.

e.g.f Mohammad Zamftn Mirzft, bon of Badl’a-z-zamftn Mlrzi^ son of Sulj^Q Husain MirzA (who had been in the service oi his Majesty GltT^sitAnl Firdus-makAni and been distingnished by being made his 8onrinlaw/ bot who had from short-sightedness and deficiency of jndgnjent opened the sleeve of contnmacy), bound the cinctare of service on the waist of obedience. His Majesty^ after five or six months^ turned his attention to the conquest of Kalinjar> and besieged that fort for about a month. When the people within became distressed^ the governor submitted and sent twelve mans ^ of gold with other presents. His Majesty had regard to his suppli- cations and entreaties and forgave him. From thence he proceeded towards Cunftr and besieged it.

Let it not be concealed that this sky-based fortress was in the possession of SultAn Ibrfthfm and was held for him by Jamfil Sh&n Khail Sftrangkhiiu.* After the catastrophe of Sult&n Ibrfthfm^ Jamftl i^ftn’s life came to an end from the evil design * of a worth- less son, and gb^r !^&n sought the widow (who was called L&d Mulk, and was adorned with beauty and charm) for his wife and. by this contrivance got possession of the fortress. When gher Shan heard of the approach of the conquering army, he left his son, Jal&l Shdn* with a number of trusty persons, in the fort, and came out himself. He sent clever ambassadors and wove crafty speeches. His Majesty, recognizing the circumstaxices of the time, accepted his proposals and Sber Sb&n sent his son, ‘Abdu-r-rad^IdY to serve his Majesty Jahftnbftni so ,that he might’himself remain guarded from the blows of the imperial armies and might arrange the materials of pride and presumption. This son was for a long time in the service, but when \ his Majesty came to Mftlwa, to subdue SultAn Bahfidur, that worth-

^ He married Bibar’s daughter HasUma whose mother (also called Maf Uma) died in childbed. Ers. B.

1.525 and 526 n. t In Bundelkhand.

. i Akbar’s mwn was apparently 34( lbs. (Wilson’s Glossary) but Price (Retrospect, lY. 713) estimates it at 28 lbs.

« Tirlkb-i-Shir Sbihl, Tij Shin*

Elliot, ly. 343. See also Bibar’s Mem., 406. Bihar visited Gunir.

• See the story in Elliot, 1. c. an* Ers. B. A H. II. 132.

• Also called Islim Shin and hi) father’s successor on the throne o> India.

Also called <2u(b Shin. Ere l.c. IL 12 n.

CHmBft XX.

289

leai one fled from the imperial army. In 989, when Biban and Bftyaald the Afghans rose in rebellion, his Majesty proceeded to the eastward. Bfiyasld was killed in battle against the warlike heroes and this rubbish was cleared away, and JaunpQr and the neighbour- ing territories, having been gpiven to Sult&n Junaid Barlfts, his Majesty returned to the capital.

As the echo of his Majesty^s viotories and conquests was high- sounding in various kingdoms, Sultftn Bahadur, the ruler of. Gujrat, sent, in 940, experienoed ambassadors bearing valuable presents to him and set in motion the processes of friendship. His Majesty received his overtures with imperial kindness and set his heart at rest by sending him diplomas of amity. In the same year, a city was founded on the banks of the Jumna, near Delhi, which received the name of D!npanah.i One of the learned of the Age found the ohronogpram SS^ahr^i-^diiaKi^dinpandh (City of the King, Defender of the Faiths940}. After that, Muhammad Zarndn MirsA and Muhammad Sultftn MlrsA with his son, Ulni^ Mirzl, took the path of hostility and rebellion. His Majesty turned the reins of resolu- tion against them and encamped on the Ganges near BhQjpCir. Ytdgftr Nlfir Mirait was sent across the river with a large force against the rebels, and by Divine help, he gained a victory. Mu^m* mad S&am&n Mfrzi, Mu^^ammad SuUin Mfrzft and Wall Kbhb Mirsft were made prisoners. Muhammad !6am&n was sent to BiSna and the other two wero blinded and thereby oast down from the pillar of respect. Mu^mmad Zamin MlrsA did not recognise the kindness with which he had been treated, but got out of prison by presenting a forged order.* He then ttbd to Gujrftt to Snlt&n Bahftdur.

Many of the delightful countries of India which had not been conqueiwd in the time of his Majesty Oitl-sittnl FirdQs-makftn! On account of want of leisure and shortness of time were subdued by his (HumftyQn’s) arm of dominion and strength of fortune.

^ See Khwftnd lfTrs account of the founding of this city. Elliot, V. 124. It was ShlhAhod*dln who discovered the chronogram.

• According to Ers. (II. 13 and

42. he won over bis custodian YIdgSr TaghU who was governor of Bitea Fort and, I presume, HuraSySn’s father>in-law. (Fid# fwpm).

37

290

iKBAKNifll.

CHACTER XXL*

Account of MIbzI EIxbIn’s oomiko to thb PanjIb.

When MlrsA Eftmrftn heard of the demise of his Majesty 6it!-Bi|Ani Firdila-makftn!^ he, out of an inordinate spirit, made over Qandahftr to Mfrzft ^Askarl and proceeded to India in hope that some advantage might accrue to himself. But whenever felicity’s diadem hath exalted the head of a fortunate one and the Divine protection is watching over him, what save evil {tabdhi) can happen to the evil-disposed {tatfdh) f It is stated that at that time Mir YOnus * Ali was, in acoor^nce with the orders of Oiti-siUu! FirdOs-makftnl, Governor of Lfthdr. Having laid his plans, Mfrzi Kimrftn one night pretended to be enraged with Qarica Bdg< and used violent language towards him. Next night QarSca Beg fled with his soldiers from the Mirz&’s camp to Lfthor. Mfr Ydnus ^Ali regarded his coming as of much importance and received him with great kindness and frequently invited him to his own quarters. They were on friendly terms but Qarftca was watching his opportunity, till at length on one night when there was a convivial party, and Yilnus ‘All’s best soldiers were away at their quarters, he seised him and, putting him in prifKin, placed bis own men in charge of the Fort gates. He then hurried off a message to Mfrsft Kftmrin. The Mirzft (who was in expectation of this), came post to Lfthor and took possession of the city. He released Mir Tftnus ‘Ali, apologized to him and said that if he would remain, he

C.I This chapter is a parenthesis and should apparentlj have been inserted by A. F. before the latter part of the preceding one. It relates to the yearB.93a>9d9 (1532-33).

• Mentioned several times in Bft« bar’s Meip., 335, near top and 382 where he is said to be a friend of Ehw&nd Amir, the historian. He died in 952 (1545-3). A N. I. 245.

• Killed by a musket ball near Kftbul in 958 (1551-2) when leading a charge of cavalry against HumByftn. (Jauhar, Btewart 101 and A. N. I. 804).

• Jdlyf r, perhaps should be JaUgdhi B. M.. No. 4944 has /didfyar else^ where. I do not think it can mean estates. Ers«II. 7 transUtes it as quarters.

CnAPTRR XAl.

291

migiit continue to be Governor of Lfthor. Mir Yiinufl ^AlT did not consent to serve him and talcing leave, went off to his Majesty Jah&n- b&n! Jannat-tshiydnI. MTrz& Kftiiirftn appointed his own creatures to the parganda of the Sirkftr ^ of the Panjftb and took possession up to the Satlaj (which is known as the Water of Ludhiyftna). Then he craftily sent skilful ambassadors with protestations of loyalty and sincerity and begged that he might be confirmed in the province. His Majesty Jahftnbftni, partly because the sea of his liberality had been set in motion, and partly from a desire to observe the precepts of his Majesty Gitl-sitftnl Firdfis-makinI, made over the province to him and issued a decree appointing him to the charge of Kftbul, Qandahftr and the Panjftb. The Mirza returned thanks for this un- expected favour and sent presents to the Court. He followed this up by opening the gates of correspondence and by sending eulogiums of his Majesty Jahanbftni. Among them was the follow- ing ode : —

Ode.

May thy beauty increase each moment ;

May thy star be splendid and fortunate ;

May every mist which rises on thy way, ^ *

Be the dimming of the light of my own eyes.

Should dust arise * on Laila’s path.

May its place * be Majnun’s eyes.

Whoe’er moves not round thee like the limb of a compass, May he be ejected from this sphere.

Be victorious * while this world endures,

May Humftyun be the Cyrus (^usru) of epochs.

And in truth his prayer was heard, for by reason of his dis- loyalty, he was ejected from the sphere of respect or rather from the sphere of existence, as will be stated in its own place. In short,

^ More generally, ^uba LKhSr.

• Price (IV. 717) seems to have read the words gird kdn^ i.a. should dust, as ga/r cMnus, if moss (or touchwood) ; for he translates, ** Does the moss and the thistle overgrow the path of Laila."

® No. 4044 seems to have jafl^ injurious.

A Kdmran. There is a play on the author’s name and the words may also be rendered, O KSmrin.”

2&2

AYBARNlllA.

his Majesty out of his magnanimity^ looked to his outward loyalty and made him the recipient of princely favours and from exceeding kindnessj rewarded him for the ode by bestowing upon him Hi^ftr Firflza (Hissar). The Mirzft always kept up appearances and con- tinued in obedience and became the receptacle of many favours. In 939, > (1532-33), MlrsA Kftmran made over the government of Qandah&r to Owftja Eilftn B5g. The cause of this was that when Mfrzft ^Askar! was coming to Kftbul he encountered the Hasflras on the way and was defeated by them. Mirzd Kkmrftn was displeased by this and took away Qandahftr from him.

1 The Text and several MSS. have 933 which mhst be wrong. Ko. 4944 B. M. has 939 which is

no doubt correct and which Price must have found in his MS. (Fufs IV. 718).

CHAfTP.R XXII.

293

CHAPTER XXII.

March ov Tn abmt or His Majrbtt JabAnbAmI Jannat-AqhitAn!

rOR. THB SUBJCQATIOK OF BrMQAL^ ABARDONMBMT OF THB DKSiaM^ AND RITUBN TO THB CAPITAL.

When the mind of his Majesfcy Jahftnbftnl was at leisure from the affairs of his dominions, he, in 941 (1534), turned the rein of intent towards the eastern quarter and the conquest of Bengal. The standards of felicity had reached the town of Kftnftr,^ within the limits of Eftlpi, when it came to the royal hearing that SuUfln Bahft- dur, under the pretext of besieging Citor, had gathered a large body of men under Tfttir Ehtflu, son of Sult&.n ’ Alft’n-d-dTn^ and that he was entertaining wild projects. His Majesty after an enlightened consul* tation, despatched, in Jumftda’l awwal 941 (Noyember-December, 1584,) a force to quell the enemy, and himself beat high the drum of return. ^

It is not unknown to the oircumspect that Sultftn Bahftdur was erer engaged in high-flying imaginings, and was always holding in his palate the bruised thorn* of evil wishes. But as, before he be- came the ruler of Gujr&t and was but a priyate individual, he had seen with the eye of warning a specimen of his Majesty Oiti-sitftnl FirdOs- makftnVs way of fighting in the campaigpi against Sultfin Ibrfthim ; he could not bring himself for any consideration to resolve on encoun- tering the victorious soldiers of that illustrious family. And this view he repeatedly expressed to his confidants. When Tfitftr

I Kinir of Erskine, II. 16. See Jarrett, II. 184 and Bibar’e Memoirs, Era. 374 375 and 379. It is mention- ed there as a ford on the Jumna, two or three miles below the junction of the Cambal. It is described in Atkinson’s Casetteer, N.-W. P., L 217 as an old pargana in Jalaun. The town, on the west bank of the Jumna»

is now in ruins. Elliot, Supp. Glos- sary, 315.

• Of. Spenser’s description of envy :

** And still did chaw Between his cankered teeth a venomous toad

That all the poison ran about his jaw.^’

294

AKBARNAMA.

came and waited upon him, he was continnally filling his mind with vain propositions and was representing that it was easy for him to advance beyond the sacred ground of respect. For a time Suljtftn Bahftdur was not caught, but at length he one day laid bare the truth, and said to Tstfir KbUn •* I have been a witness ^ o9 the superiority of those splendid soldiers ; the Gujrftt army is no match for them, so I shall by craft and contrivance win over his (Hu- mayun’s) army to myself.” Accordingly he opened the doors of his treasuries and lavished gold and thereby gained over as many as 10,000 men, who had the skill* to appear as soldiers without being in reality such. Daring this time Muhammad Zamftn Mlrza escaped from confinement by the connivance of his custodians,* the servants of Yadgar Beg Taghil,* and came to Oujrftt. The lord of that country, on account of the crude plans that he was concocting, regarded the arrival of the Mlrza as a gain and treated him with great consideration. His Majesty Jahftnbini wrote to Sul^ftn Bahadur that treaties and engagements required that all who had turned obligations {^uqnq) of service into disobligations Huqiq) and had fled to his (Bahftdur’s) dominions, should be sent back or at least be driven out from his pre- sence, so that their unanimity (his own and Bahadur’s) might be evi- denced to the world. Sultfin Bahadur, either from inexperience or the intoxication of the world, wrote in reply ** Should a Jiigh-born man take refuge with us and be treated with consideration, there could not be in this any breach of good feeling or of sincerity, nor any detriment to treaties. For instance, in the days of Sikandar Lodi, there was perfect friendship betwixt him and Sul^ftn Muf^affat (Bah&dur’s father], yet his brother Sul^An ‘Al&’u-d-din and many SnltAns’ sons came upon occasions from Agra and Dehli to Oojrit and

t Bibnr’fi Memn, Krs. 343. Bahidur had quarrelled with his father and taken refuge with Ibrihlm, and was with him at about the time of the battle of PinTpat, though apparent- ly he left before the battle. Bibar calk him a bloodthirsty and un- governable young roan.

• This, I presume^ is the meaning of the phrase ki ialrm-t-nurniid-i-ii-

hud dd^t, i.e., had they been real sol- diers they would not have deserted.

• Erskine. II. 42, speaks of his es- caping along with his keeper Tidgir Taghil- According to the Sikandar^ ndma, Bayley’s Qujrit, 374^ Mu^m- mad Zamin wae under the charge of BayUld Khiii Afghln.

• Humiyln’e father-in-law f bar’s Memoirs, 388.

CHAPTER XXII.

295

wero received with kindness. Never did this cause a breach of friendship ! His Majesty JahftnbanI sent a suitable missive in reply, to this purport, The note of steadfastness in the path of obser* vance of treaties is simply this, that any act which can shake the pillars of loyalty be utterly eschewed so that the cheek of concord be not scratched by the nail of enmity/^ He also enclosed these two couplets in the rescript.

VetBe I.

0 Thon who vauntest a loving heart

Hurrah a million times, if heart and tongue accord.

Verse IL^

Plant the tree of friendship that the heart’s desire may bear fruit.

Uproot the sapling of enmity that yields countless ills.

Beware, a hundred thousand times beware; listen to my advice with the ear of understanding and send that abandoned one {rn^W^nl) to the foot of the throne, or withdraw the hand of favour from him and let him not abide in thy dominions. Else how can reliance be put on thy f ijendship ? Strange it is that you liken thi| matter to those of ^ A.lft’u-d-din and others like him. What analogy is there between the cases? That affair was one thing, and this is another. Mayhap you have learnt from books of history that iti spite of. the refractori- ness of Hdarim Bayftzid, his Majesty Sft]|;Lib Qarani (Timur) was constitutionally indisposed to invade Rum, inasmuch as Bayftzid was engaged dn a war with the Franks. But as Qarft Yilsuf Turk- man and Snlj^ AJ|^mad Jalftir bad fled to him, his Majesty by sundry good counsels forbade him to entertain them. When Bayftzid refused to accede to this, his Majesty showed what his might was.” *

^ According to Firishta (see his account of Bftbar’s reign) this couplet was sent by Shfth Istnft*ll to Shaibftnl to warn him against attacking Persia.

• Two of the letters which passed between HumSySn and Bahidur are given at greater length in the MWdi •iSikandarh B.M. Add. 26.277, 1330.

See also Bay ley’s Gujrftt ; the letters are also given, as Sir £. 0. Bayley has pointed out in the collection of letters B.M. Add. 7688 ; Rien I. 3906. TlmUr’s letter to BayftaXd is given in the gc/amama, II. 256, and the reasons why he mado war on him are stated at 389 1. o.. Bib. Ind. ed. But, as Bayley has pointed out, Timftr only

296

lirBARNAMA.

Su4an Bahadur out of a weak head aud fooliahuess did not write a sensible reply. Meanwhile TatAr Khftn kept saying vain things ^ to SultAn Bahfldur calculated to deceive narrow intellects, and kept urging that he himself might be sent towards the imperial dominions, representing that the royal army had grown pampered and comfort- loving, and was no longer such as the Sul^An had seen. In consequence of the misrepresentations of strife-mongers, Sultan BahAdur made preparations for despatching TAtftr KhAn and sent to the fort of Ranthanbhur twenty kro^a of the old coinage of Oujrftt>^ — equal to forty krara of the current Dehli coinage — to be used under TAtAr KbAii’s instructions for the hiring of new soldiers. He also sent SultAu ‘AlA’u-d-din, father of TAtAr KhAn, with a large force towards Kalin jar, to stir up a disturbance in that quarter. Likewise he deputed BurhAuu-l-mulk BanyAni* and a body of OujrAtls to proceed to NAgor and make an attempt on the PanjAb, dividing his forces with the idea that the imperial army would thereby be thrown into confusion. Though able aud experienced men told him that his forces

•peaks of Qari YAauf Turkman Ahmad KhAn Jalalr was the Sultan of Baghdad and was driven out by TTmur. He was a friend of QarS YQHuf. but afterwards behaved treacherousl}’ to him and was defeat- ed^ and put to death by QarA YAsuf in 1410. Apparently SultAn Ahmad took refuge with the king Sgypt, slid not with BayAzId. Tbafe is a loiig account of him in D Herbelot, under the head, Avis Ahmad Ben Avis or Virs. According to the Mirdl-i-Sikandarl BahAdur did not know how to read and write, and so depended on a Muushl who had de- serted from Hum Ay All and took the opportunity of revenging himself by writing disrespectfully to his old master.

t Tang^ltarablt easily becoming “drunk.

• Ziir, gold ; but apparently silvei

coinage is meant. Erskiue in his MS. translation of the Akbamama (in the British Museum,) seems to regard the moneyas silver, but in his History, II. 44, speaks of it as gold, and says A.F. estimates the (iujrAt gold coins as double that of his own time. But surely A. F. would never admit that the GujrAt gold coins were as fine as or finer than Akbar’s! See .^In Blochmann, 18 and 81. In Pirifihta’s account of BahAdui ShAh. (His- tory of Gujrat.) the amount is spoken of as thirty krors of /arltf, though Briggs seems to have had three and not thirty in his MS. H igAmu-d-dIn, from whom Firifthta probably borrowed his figures, has thirty in his aocount of Gujrit. * i Multdnl Text, but it is clear from the Mirai-i-Sikandarl that BanjAnT, given in the Bib. Ind. as a variant, is the true reading.

CHAFTIB ZXII.

297

shoald march in one direction, they were not snccessful, and though both by hints and plain speech they delineated on the board of mani- festation the inauspiciousness of treaty breaking, it was of no avail. He gave way to the vain thought that as the Ludiyftn party claimed the sovereignty of Hindustan, the supporting of them {taldiA-v- iiidn) did not interfere with his promises, and that the consequences of a violation of engagements would not recoil upon himself. He sent Tatar ^an on a bootless quest towards Dihl! and, keeping both aloof from and in touch with him, addressed himself to the siege of Citori BO that he might both capture the fortress and be an inter- mediary for helping the Ludiyans when occasion offered. Be it known that Sultan Ala’u-d-dTn bore the name of ‘Xlam Kban. He was brother of Sikandar Lodi and paternal uncle of Sultan Ibrahitn. After Sultan Sikandar^s death he contended with SuUan Ibrahim, and in the territory of Sihrind set up a claim to the sovereignty and giving himself the title of Sultan ‘Ala’u-d-din, marched towards Agra with a foroe of double-faced Afghans. Sultan Ibrahim came out to. fight, and the two factions met near Hodal. SultAn ‘Ala^u-d- dln not finding himself strong enough to engage in a pitched battle made a night attack, but was unsuccessful and had to return with loss. Fraudulently and with evil intent he went tp Kabul,® and in the war with Ibrahim he was with the victorious army. After the conquest of India his Majesty Gitl-sitanl Firdaus-makaiil became cognisant of his hidden motives and sent him to Badakhsbaii.^ With

^ This must be the second siege of Citor by Bahadur. On the first occasion the REna bought off the attack. It is to Bah&dur’s wars with the Hindus and Portuguese that Humlyun refers when speaking of Timfir’s abstention from invasion whilst BaySzld was making war on Constantinople.

• In Sarkir SahEr/I^Qbahof Agra, J arrett II, 96 and 195. In the Persian text of the 1, 357 and 455, it is spelt Hdral Jj^» and Tiefenthaler 1, 169 and 207, spells it Horel and says it has many brick houses, and lies on

38

the road from MathurS to DihlT. It is about 80 miles south of DihiT. Hunter, I. O., has HodSl and des- cribes it as in the Gurgaon district, Punjab.

• This is a mistake. * Ali’u-d*dTn went to K&bul before his defeat and after it he met BEbar in India near Pelhur. BEbar’s Mem., 297.

• Qil‘a ^afar eeems to have been used by BEbar as a state^prison. He sent Sh^h BEg, the son of 2^-u-nQn, there before the final capture of QandahEr, but SbEh B5g managed to escape by the help of n slave, Sumbul

298

AKBARKiMA.

the help of Af|j^fin traders he escaped from Qil’a Zafar and came to Af(j^ftnistfln^ and from thence to Balucistan^ and finally reached Giijrfit.

In short, when the armies set out Tfttftr Sbfin laid hold of the treasure and set about recruiting soldiers. Nearly 40,000 cavalry, Afghans and others, gathered round him, and he came to BlAna and took it. When this news was brought to his Majesty JahAnbfini, who had marched to subdue the eastern countries, he turned the reins of attention, and with the greatest rapidity arrived at Agra, the capital. He despatched MlrzA ^Askarl, Mirzft Hindftl, Yftdgftr Naeir MirzS/ Qasim Husain Sultan, Mir Faqlr ‘Ali,* Zfihid Beg and Dost Beg with 18,000 horse to put down this disturbance. His Majesty remarked tha^. the putting down of this large army, which was approaching Dihli with evil designs, would be in. reality the extirpating of the other armies; it was therefore best tp address one*s efforts to the subduing of it. When the victorious army drew near the opposing force, fear fell on the latter and there were daily desertions, so that it gradually decreased and in brief space dwindled down to 8,000 horse. As TAtftr hadL obtained his army by

Mihtar. The story is told in the IbrShlm (his nephew). Erskine, Hist.

Tarlkh’i’Sind. BSbar does not men- I, 422n. remarks bn the great age

tion it, but with an evident reference of *AlaS’d-dln as shown by the state-

to Sumbul’s subsequent achieve- ment in Fir iah ta. He is apparently

ment he speaks with regret (p. 230), the man whom the Portuguese saw

ofSumbul effecting his escape after at Diu in 1535. See Behatsek,^

Qaiidah&r was taken. Calcutta Beview, 1882, No. 147, p. 73,

As pointed out by Erskine II, 58, where it is said that one of those pre-

apd 44»., there were two AlamEh5i^ sent was a brother of the Emperor of

(Bayley 276n., says there were Dihll and apparently seventy years

three), and there is considerable con- U 0 probably the *Alam

fusion between them. The one who of the same article, pp. 960 and

called himself *A15’u-d-dIn, and was 99 ^ The other *Alam appears to the brother of Sikandar, had a com- have been a nephew of IbrAhlni, and

mand at the battle of Eh&uwi in consequently a grand-nephew of the

1*527 (BAbar 363), and his son or sons who was AlRu-d-dIn.

were there also, 1. c. 364. He was put l Hum&yQn’s cousin,

to death* in GujrAt in 950 (1543). . t Later on, the name is spelt Faqr.

Bird, 260, 261. See Dorn’s Hist, of Possibly it should be Fakhr, and it the Afghans and Babar’s Memoirs, ig go spelt in BadASni I, 352.

295, for accounts of his defeat by

CHAPTER XXII.

299

great importunity anil had spent vast sums of money on it, ho neither could make up his mind {rat) to retire, nor could ho make head {riii) in war. At last ho washed his hands of life, and canio to an engagement at Mandrail.i After having for a while struggled hand and foot, ho bocarno handloss and footless and was made the target of fatal arrows, and the harvest of blood-shedding heroes. On the dispersal of this army what the inspired mind had foreseen came to pass, for the two other forces broko up of themselves on the report of tho victory and felicity of the conquering army.

1 Apparently this is tho Mandlaer of tho Am, Jarrett 1 1, 190, and tho Mandala3 iin or Madracl of Tiefen- thalcr I, 174. It is.in Sarkar Mand- laer, and is, according toTiefenthaler, two miles west of tho Cambal. Ho describes it as 12 miles S.S.E. of Karauli in which Rajpotana State it seems to be situated. It lies south of

Agra and apparently not far from Blan^.. According to Nijsanrni-d-diii and Firighta, Tatar Khan*s force was reduced to 2,000 men, and ho perished with 300 of his officers after a very gallant fight. Tho author of tho Mirdt-i-Sikandarl gives an ac- count of his struggle.

3Q0

akbaRnAiia.

CHAPTER XXIIL

Account of the expedition of His Majesty JahAnbAnI Jannat- Is^itAnI for the subjugation of Gujrat, of the defeat of SultAn BahAdub, and the conquest of that country.

Though the world-conquering heart (of HumAyfin) was void of the thought of the conquest of GujrAt so long as its ruler trod the path of harmony and sincerity, yet when the Creator wills to adorn a country with the splendour (far) of a lawgiver’s advent, He in- evitably prepareth the means therefor. The actions of the juler of Gujrat are a proof of this, for he, out of native arrogance, the assaults of flatterers, abundance of intoxication and intoxicated men, poverty of prudence and of the prudent, broke without object, treaties and visible ties, and became author of many improper acts. Thus it grew imperative for the lofty spirit (of Humayun) to march his army towards Gujr&t. Accordingly in the beginning of Jumada- l-awwal, 941, (8th November, 1534), the foot of determination was placed, in a happy hour, in the stirrup of felicity, and the reins of prowess were directed to the subjugation of GujrAt. When the army approached the fortress of RAIsTn,* the garrison submitted entreaties together with rich presents, representing that the fort was his Majesty^s, and themselves his Majesty’s slaves, and that as soon as the affair of SuUan BahAdur was settled, of what use would the fort be ? In fact, %8 the object in view was the. conquest of Oujrftt, the army did not delay here, but marched on towards Mfilwi. When the army had encamped at SftrangpQr* the news of its arrival reached Sul^An BahAdur who was then besieging Citor. He awoke from the sleep of carelessness and sought the advice of his followers.

of the Central Indian Agency, 80 miles from Indore, I. O., Jarrett II, 203, and Tiefenthaler I, 351, who describes it as rained.

1 Fort in BhSpAl, I. G. and Jarrett n, 109. It was taken by SbAh in 1545.

I On the Kali Sind, Dewis State

CHAPTER XXlll.

301

Most were ot opinion that as the matter of Citur could be settled at any time and the garrison was not giving any. annoyanco at present, the proper course was to put off the reduction of the fort and to march against the royal army. But Sadr Khiin, who was prominent for knowledge and eloquence, aiid who ranked high in the congress (jirga) of soldiers and was renowned for wisdom and counsel, said that the proper thing was to finish the matter of the fortress, already nearly accomplished, and that as they had come out against infidels, the King of Islam would not come against them. Should he do so, they would then be excused if they aban- doned a holy war (ghazd) and attacked him. This view commended itself to Sultan Bahadur, so ho went on with the siege, and on 3rd Ramazan, 941 , (8th March, 1535), subdued the fort of Cit5r. Thereupon ho marched against the illustrious army which was then encamped at Ujjain.^ When the news of Sultan Bahadur^s audacity reached the royal hearing, his Majesty also accelerated his movements, and the two armies encamped in the territory of Mandasor,* belonging to Miilwa, on the opposite banks of a lake which fdr greatness and breadth was a sea. An engagement took place between the van of his Majesty Jahaubani^s army commanded by Bacaka Bahadur, and Sultan Bahadur’s van under Sayyid ^Ali Khan and Mirza Muqim, who had the title of KhurasSn Khgn, in which the latter was worsted. Sulj^an Bahadur too was worsted {iAikasta) in bis heart. Taj Klian and Sadr Khftn said to him Our army is flushed with the victory of Citor and has not yet greatly felt the force of the royal army; it will address itself to battle with a stout heart. We

^ In text without tasladtd, but see Ain Bib. Ind. I, 457.

Now in Gwallar. In Jarrett II, 208, spelt Manosor. It is about 80 miles north-we^ of Uj jam and on the north bank of the Sed, a tributary of the Gambal. There is a plan of the Bri- tish encampment near MandasRr in Blacker’s Mahratta War, London 1821, but no lake or tank is shown there. Possibly the lake has dried up since A.F.’stimo as had happened with the

KSnkaria reservoir near Ahmad abad, Tiefenthaler I, 378 ; or perhaps A.F. means Lake Dcbir which is not very far off and lies between Citor and Ujjain. See the RSjpRtSna Gazetteer III, 12. It is true this lake is said to have been only made in the end of the 17th century, but it may have existed before this. Neither Firiahta, Ni^Smu-d-dln nor the kandarl refers to any lake.

302

akbarnAma.

should without delay go forth to fight/’ Hum! Khan* who commanded the artillery, and all the others, said to the SuljtSn ‘‘ We have a grand park of artillery ; when we have such a force of firearms, what sense is there in swordplay ? The proper course is to make a bulwark of gun carriages (ardha lit. carts) and then having put a moat round this, let us first use those arms of long range so that the enemy may be diminished day by day, and be dispersed. Fighting with arrows and swords has its own proper place.”

In the end this plan was adopted. There wore constant encount- ers and the Gujratis were always defeated.*

The following was one of the fortunate occurrences. One day a number of heroes and choice spirits were banqueting and became heated with wine. Everyone was exhilarated and talked of his exploits. One of them, who was further gone than the others, fell to saying, " How long shall we boast of the past I To-day the enemy is before us. Let us up and at them and so give a specimen of our valour." Ere the reflecting portion of the army could know their design, those wine-flown revellers, about 200 in number, accoutred them- selves and set out for the hostile camp. When they approached, a Gujrati noble, with about 4,0.00 men who were on guard outside the camp, advanced, and then ensued such an engagement as beg- gars description. The Gujrfitis gave way and retired to the camp discomfited, whilst the battle-lovers returned in triumph. The report of this daring robbed Sultan Bahadur’s army of repose and after it they seldom came outside their fortification of gun-carriages. The

1 This is Baml Eh&n Khudawand KhAn and not the Kami Shan Bafar who built the fort of Surat. Erskine II, 82n. Yet though there were certainly two distinct Rdml ^h Ans. Ni^Ama-d-dtn gives the name of KhudAwand KhAn to the builder of the fort. Elliot V, 347.

• The Mir*dl-i-8ikandafl ascribes this advice to treachery but proba- bly only because Ha ml Shan after- wards deserted BahAdur, being dis- gusted, it is said, because the Suit An did not fulfil his promise of making

him governor of Citor. BahAdur seems to have been misled by his experience in the war between BAbar and Ibrahim. He imitated BAbar’s plan of entrenching himself, but HumAyiln (perhaps because he had read his father’s Memoirs) was more cautious than IbrAhIm, and instead of dashing himself to pieces against the entrenched camp, des- troyed Bah Adur’s army by cutting oft the supplies. Had IbrAhIm acted with like prudence, the Mugh’als might never have reigned in India.

CHAPTER XXHT.

803

victorious soldiers went everywhere, hindering the transport of corn, so that there arose great scarcity in the Gujratl canip.

On the ‘Id of Ramaz&n, (4th April, 1535), Muhammad Zamdn Mirzd advanced with 500 or 600 men, and the other side also came forward to fight. After making two or three discharges of arrows the Gujratis dispersed, and by this stratagem brought the victorious army within the range of tlie guns. All at once they opened fire, and on that day some of the king’s men were destroyed. After 17 days, when the auspicious hour had arrived, his Majesty Jahdnbdni resolved that an attack should be made on the camp of SuU§n Bah&dur. Meanwhile the fear and distress of the Gujratis increased daily, and the conditions of misfortune became more marked. At length by the Divine favour, on the night of Sunday,* 21st Shaw w§I, (25th April), Sultan Bahadur grew distracted, and ordered that his cannon and great mortars > should bo crammed full of powder and set fire to so that they should burst. When evening came, Sultan Bahadur got out by a slit in the enclosure {sard-parda), accompanied by Mlrdn Muhammad gh^h ^ and a few others of his intimates and set off for Mandu, taking first the .road to Agra in order to throw out pursuers.* Sadr {Qiaa and ‘Imadu«l-mulk Kha^akhail took, with 20,000 horse, the direct road to Mandu.^ Muhammad Zaman Mirza went off towards Labor with a body of men in order to stir up a commotion there. That day there was a strange uproar and confusion in the Gujratl army, nor was the real state of matters known in the royal camp. His Majesty Jahanbani remained under arms with 30,000 men from evening till morning and awaited the good news of a mysterious victory. At length after one watch (i.e., three hours) of the day it became known that Sultan Bahadur had fled ’to Mandu. The heroes

l Probably Saturday night is meant.

The Mir*dt‘i-SiJcandarl speaks ol two large mortars known as Laila and Majndn, Bayley’s Oujrit, 386. See also Jauhar, Stewart, p. 4.

• Prince of KhandSah, sister’s son and short-lived successor of Baha- dur. Ers. II, 63 and 97.

• Badasnl I, 346 and Niiamu-d-

din, Elliot V, 192, gfive an apt chro- nogram for Bahadur’s . shameful flight, tns., ‘2<^]l-iBahSdur," ** Baha- dur’s disgrace,” but it seems to be out by one year, yielding 942 instead of 941. It may however be taken as referring to the flight from Mandfi.

• It is Mandfi in text, (.but MandCI: is the more correct spelling.

304

AfBARNlKA.

of the victorious army came to the camp of SulUn Bahidur and set about plundering it. A quantity of spoil, including many elephants, and horses fell into their hands. Khudawand * who had been both preceptor (ustdd) and finance-minister (wazir) of Sul^An Muzaffar was made prisoner and was treated by his Majesty with great favour and made one of his servants. Yadgar Nisir Mlrz§, QSsim Sultan, and Mir Hindu Beg were despatched with a large force to pursue the routed army.

Verily, whoever consorts with men of darkened understanding, become darkened. Especially shall an evil day come upon the man who violates treaties and engagements, and comes forward as a juggler, and plays the game of deception against such a world-lord who is the cynosure of sincerity and rectitude. In fine, after Sadr Khan and ‘Imadu-Umulk had departed, his Majesty^s army went straight to the fort of Mandu. His Majesty followed in the wake of his troops, and halted at Na’lca,* and^rew his camp round the fort. Ruml Khan* deserted the hostile army and entered his Majesty ^8 service and received a robe of honour. On the 14th day * SuHan Bahadur after passing by circuitous routes entered the fort of Mfindu by the Cull Mahesar * Gate. A talk of an agreement took place, according to which Gujrat and the recently acquired Citor should remain with the Sultan, while Mandu and its territory should belong to his Majesty Jah^nbtnl. Mr uldna Muhammad Par^^all * on his

.) This was an old mani and quite different from the two Rami Khans* His proper name was apparently 9SjI Muhammad ; Bayley, 312.

» The text has Ghalca, but this is corrected in the Errata, It is men- tioned, (Jarrett II, 112 and 207) as a ma^l in SarkSr Mandu and is des- cribed in Dr. Campbeirs account of MBnda, Journal Bomb. R. A. S. XIX, 164 for 1896. He spells it Nailoha and describes it as three miles north of the Dihll Gate of MSndU.

i It will be seen from this that fChudiwand Kh»n, tb© leosir, and Rftml Khto are different persons.

According to iihe Mir’at-i-Silcandarx (Bayley’s GujrEt, 386), Runil deserted at Mandasor. The author tells an amusing story, on the authority of his father, about RUml Khin^s being abused by Bah&dur*s parrot.

• The month is not given, but it must be 2l‘l-qa*da, so the date corresponds to 19th May, 1 636. Fos • sibiy however what is meant is the 14th day after Hum&yan invested the fort.

• Mentioned as a meixdl of MOndfl, Jarrett II, 206.

• Text Fir ‘All.

CHAPTER XXIII.

305

Majesty’s side and Sadr Khan on behalf of Sultan Bahadur sat down together in the Nili Sabll * to make arrangements. At the end of the night the sentinels of the fort left off pacing to and fro, and about 200 soldiers of the victorious army entered at the back, some by placing ladders and some by ropes. Then throwing themselves down from the wall, they opened the fort gate there and brought in their horses and mounted them. Other soldiers entered by the gate. The news was brought to the officer in charge of the works, • Mallu Khan of Mandu, who had the title of Qadir Sh^h. He got on horse- back and galloped to the Sultan who was still asleep. Ho (Bahadur) was awakened by Qadir ^uh’a cries and, between sleeping and waking, took to flight, and rushed out with three or four others. On the way Bhupat Rai,® son of SilhadT, who was one of his companions, came up from behind and joined him with about twenty horsemen. When they got to the gate opening on the esplanade, about 200 horsemen of the victorious army came forward to intercept them. The Sultan was the first to attack them and he was seconded by some others. At last he and Mallu Khan and one other follower cut their way through and reached the fort of Sungad.* Bahadur lowered down horses from there by ropes, and then letting himself down ho after a thousand troubles took the road to Gujrat. Qdsim Husain Khan was standing near the Fort. An Uzbak named Burl who had deserted from the Sulj^ftn’s service and becon^e the servant of Qasim

1 Blue road. Perhaps this is the Kllkanth celebrated by JahSnglr and which was visited by Akbar. See Dr. Campbell’s article already cited. I do not however find the name Nllkanth in the Tfisak. See p. 181 of Sayyid Ahmad’s ed.

• murcal, battery or earthwork. NixAmu-d-dln in his history of Guj- rit calls it the battery of 700 steps.

• According to the

darl, lithog. ed. 279 and Bayley, 388, Bhfipat betrayed M&ndtl to the enemy in revenge for his father who had been killed in 988 (1532), when fighting against Bah&dur. Silhadi

39

or l^alhU’d>dTn, his father, was a Hindfi and prince of MalwA. He fought against B&bar at the battle of KhSnwS. Bah&dur attacked him and deprived him of R&lsiii, Ac., be- cause he kept Musalmftn women in his harem. He was induced to turn Muhammadan and his name was altered to I^u1hu*d-dfn. But he recanted and died a Rajput’s death, a circumstance which may remind us of Cranmer’s end. See Bayley, 364.

^ It ia the inner part or citadel of Mindll. See Dr. GampbeH’s article. In text it is written Sfinkar.

arbarnAma.

HOG

Husain Khan, recognised the Silvan and informed the Khan. But the latter, owing, to his length of service,* treated what he heard as unheard and so Bahadur carried off half-a-1ife into safety, and was joined by 1,500 men by the time he had reached Cftrapanlr. When he got there, he sent as much of his treasures and valuables as he could to the port of Diu.*

Now that the narrative has come so far, we cannot avoid giving some account of the beginning of this auspicious victory. As the victorious heroes were so rapid in getting into the fort of Mandii and in performing prodigies of valour there, no authentic news of their success emerged in the early morning. WTien two hours of day had elapsed his Majesty Jahanbnni heard of the entry, Ac., and mounting his horse proceeded towards the fort and entered by the Dihli gate.*

Sadr Kh§n and his men were meanwhile- fighting at the entrance to his house, and though he was wounded ho continued firm. At last, the nobles seized his rein and conducted him to Sungad. Many people went with him and took refuge there, and among them was Sul.Un ‘ilam. The victorious soldiers plundered the houses of the enemy for three days, and then an order was issued for restraining the spoilers. Reliable persons were sent to Sadr Khan and Sultan ‘Jlam, who inspired them with confidence. After long parleys of little moment, they gave the besieged quarter and brought them out, but as Sultan Alam had several times committed sedition and rebel- lion, he was hamstrung * and let go. To Sadr Kh§n royal favours were shown. Three days after this victory, his Majesty came down from the fort and proceeded by forced marches to Gujrftt, accompanied

^ Fts., kuhna^*amalagJ. This is a sneer at old servants whom A. F., being himself a new man, did not like. See a similar use of kukna-*amala at 157 1. 9, and also see 139,1. 3.

• Text, Dip din but spelt DIB in Mir*dt-i-Sikandan.

The northern gate.

• Pai karda. See Afir^dt-i-Sikan- dari, 258, for account of this man, and Mso Bajley, 366n. Apparently hs was

TYtviRTm’ff nAnhew and con-

sequently grand-nephew of the ‘Alam Khtn who called himself SultSn *Ala’u-d-dIn. He was the son of Jalal Khan, and at one time was governor of KalpT. Perhaps Hum&yan was incensed against him because he had proved ungrateful for HumRySn’s kindness in introducing him to Babar. Bibar’s Mem. 349, 375. According to Bayley, 388, he was put to death at Mindd.

CHAPTER XXIII.

307

by 30,000 chosen horsemen, while the camp was ordered to follow stage by stage.

When the victorious troops came near Campinir they halted, and drew up by the side of the Pipli Gate near the tank of ^Imadu-l- mulk which is three kiis in circumference. When Sultan Bahadur heard of this, he strengthened the fort and went cut by another gate, on the side of the Sbukr tank, and fled to Cambay. By his instruc- tions the town (CdmpSnTr) was set on fire, but when his Majesty JahanbanI arrived, he directed the flames to be extinguished. Leaving Mir Hindu Beg and the rest in Canip§nir he took about a thousand horse and set off rapidly in pursuit of Sultan Bahadur. As soon as the Sultan came to Cambay ha hastened to Diu, after setting fire to a hundred warships {Qhardh), which he liad prepared against the Portu- guese, lest the soldiers of the sublime army should embark on them and pursue him. On the same day that he left for Diu, his Majesty JahanbanT reached Cambay and encamped by the seaside. From thence he despatched a force in pursuit of Sultan Bahadur. When the Sultan reached Diu, the victorious soldiers returned from its neigh- bourhood with abundance of booty. By the favours of heaven were MSndu and Gujrfit conquered in 942 (1535). Whoever is stayed upon God and whose standard is a good intention, will assuredly have his desire placed within his bosom. >

In the beginning of gh’abftn of this year, (25th January, 1536)^ Mirz& Ktoran marched from Lfthor to Kflbul, and after a great battle won a victory over Sftm Mirzft,* the brother of Shah Tahmasp Safavl. The short account of this is as follows. S§m Mirza came to Qandahir with a large body of Qizilbftsbis {Peraiatis), Khwija Kilan Beg had strengthened Qandahftr and defended it for eight months. Meanwhile Mlrzft K&mr§n marched from Labor with a full equipment. A great battle took place between him and Sam Mirza. Ayhzlwflr iQ^an, one of the great officers of the Qizilbashls and Sam Mlrza^s tutor, was taken prisoner and put to death, and many of the Qizilbasbis perished.* Mirzft Kimran returned victorious to Labor,

^ Of. the line in preface of Anwir- i-Suhaill* **No seeker leaves that door without obtaining his desire."

• Then about 20 years of age. He afterwards wrote biographies of

Persian poets. Rieu’s Cat. I, 2676,

• There is an account of this victory in the Tar, Ea§k- Boss & Elias, 468. ^aidar attributes the victory to Qtwftja Kiliu.

308

akbarnAma.

and the disturbance caused by ‘MfrzA Muhammad ZamAn was put down. ^J’ho explanation of this is briefly this. It has been already mentioned that after the defeat of Sul^An BahAdnr, M. Muhammad Zamfin marched against Labor wjth the idea of stirring up strife there. When he came to the borders of Sind^ Sh^h Husain^ the son of gh^h Beg Ar^^un and the ruler of Sind^ did not give him a place in his own territory, but pointed out Labor to him as M. Kftmrftnhad gone towards QaodahAr, and suggested that as such a rich country was unprotected he should go there. The ill-fated Mirzft came to LAh5r, thinking he had got an open field, and besieged it. Meanwhile M. KamrAn arrived near Lfihor and beat the drum of superiority. M. Muhammad ZamAn was dis- concerted, and saw no resource except to return to Gujrut. Driven out and abandoned, he went there. In this year Mirza Haidkr GurgAn came from Kashghar ^ via BadakhshAn and joined M. K Am ran in LAhor. Next spring gh^k TahmAsp came in person to the district of QandahAr, and l^wAja KilAn Beg put all the wardrobes, pantries and other offices in order and sent the keys of the store-houses and of the fort to the gh^h, saying that he had no means of holding the fort and was unable to give battle, and that it was inconsistent with loyalty and his duties as a servant to bis master that he should come and do homage to the gh&h. Hence he thouglit it proper to set his houses in order and to make them over to his guest and for himself to withdraw. He then went by way of Tatta and Ucc > to LAhor. M. KAmrAn for a month would not allow him to pay his respects, saying Why could you not have waited till I arrived ? After various transactions M. KAmrAn made his prepara- tions and marched against QandahAr for the second time, leaving M. Haidar in charge of LAhor. Before this ghAh X^^^ixiAsp had put BidAgh Kh&u QajAr,^ one of the great officers, in charge of QandahAr

1 Tar. Ra^.t 467. He came from Tibet and Bada]chahAn.

s In BahAwalpAr, FanjAb, 10 miles S. S. W. MultAn. Spelt Ach in text but corrected in errata,

Qacar in text, but with variant Qajir. It is the present royal family of Persia. It is curious that Tahmisp should have, apparently, employed

the same BidAgh Khln again and sent him with his infant son to ac- company HumKySn. Qaidar Mirsa, (Tar, Baii; 405), remarks on the curious readiness with which BidAgh gyi n surrendered to KAmrin, and he does not seem to have been more efficient when attacked by HumAydn.

CHAFTKIt XXIIf.

309

and had departed. M. KamrSn arrived and laid siege to Qandahar, and Bidagh Khan capitulated and retreated. The Miiza got posses- sion of Qandahar, and after patting it into a condition of defence returned to Labor.

Whither have my words strayed ? It is certainly better that I withdraw my hand from these affairs and attach myself to the thread of my design.

When his Majesty Jahanban! was encamped at Cambay with a small force Malik Ahmad Ln<J and Rukn Daud who were officers of Sultan Bahadur, and leading men in KoUwara, arranged with the KoHs and Gawars ^ of that country that as there were few men with his Majesty Jah&nbanl there was a suitable opportunity for making a night attack. They accordingly made preparations. By good for- tune an old woman who had heard of this came to the royal enclosure and told one of the attendants that she had urgent business and wished to have a personal interview. As she was very impor- tunate and appeared to be honest she was admitted to the presence, and communicated the plot of the night attack. His Majesty said ‘‘Whence comes this well-wishing of yours.^’ She replied “ My son has been confined by one of your servants and I want him released as a reward for this well-wishing. If I have spoken falsely, |)unish both me and my son.’^ In accordance with orders, her son was produced, and a guard placed over them both. As a measure of precaution the troops were got into readiness and drawn off. Near dawn 5 or 6,000 Bhils and Gawars fell upon the royal enclosures, his Majesty Jah§nbanT and the troops having retired to a rising ground. The Gawins came and proceeded to plunder, and many rare books, which were real companions and were always kept in his Majesty’s personal possession, were lost. Among these was the Timur-n&ma,* trans-

‘ Text Kawdrdn, but corrected in emUa,

’ Ers. II. 62n. supposes that this was the Zafamama of 8harafu-d-dTn. This may be so but Tlmur*ndma is properly the title of a poem by H&tifr, i.s., *Abdn-M&h, the sister’s son of Jiml. See Bieu II, 652 and B&bar’s Memoirs, 196. Era.

takes A.F. to mean that the very copy that was lost was recovered, but A.F. does not clearly say so, and the words “ having been recovered " quoted by Ers. do not occur in the text. Probably all that A.F. means is that there is now a Timur- nama in the imperial library. It is rather grotesque that A.F. shoald

310

ARIiAKNAMA.

cribed by MulU Sij)j|;aii ‘Ali liDdiHustrated by Ustad Bihz^d, and which ia now in the Sbahinshnh’a library. To sum up in a short space of time the breeze of salvation’s morn breathed from fortune’s ascension, and the brave warriors turned upon that mob and discomfited and scattered those liapless wretches by discharges • of arrows. That old woman’s face was brightened, and she gained her desire. The majesty of the royal wrath, and the onslaught of o’ermastering rage boiled over and an order was issued for plundering and burning Cambay.* After that the pursuit of Sultan Bahadur was abandoned, and the army returned to Camptnli^ The fortress * was besieged for four months. Ikhtiyar Khan, who was sprung from a family of Qazis in Nariad^ which is a town in that country, and who was, for his justice and ability one of the Sultan’s, confidants brought great exer- tions to bear on the defence of the fort.^ In addition to all these

call books Humajun’s companions just at the time when he left them be- hind to be plundered. In Blochmann, 108, mention is made of an illus- trated Zafcirnama, but this was one executed in Akbar’s reign, and from the remark on the preceding page that Akbar had pictures worthy of Bihzftd, it would appear that he had not any by Bihz&d himself. Bihzid was a famous painter of SultEn ^usain Heritl’s Court. See Babar, 197, who criticises his style of , pourtraying youthful beauty. Blochmann, 1072, says that Bihz&d lived at the Court of Shah Ismail Safi, and ho may have done so subsequently. Sultan AH MashhadI was, according to Babar, 197, the best writer of the nast&lTq char- acter. See also Blochmann, 101. It seems probable that HUraiyiln inherited this book from his father, for he had not yet been to Persia himself. The Timilrn&ma of Hit if 1, it may be remarked, is a poem in imitation of one of Nif&ml’s and

more likely to be illustrated that the somewhat ponderous and pro- saic Zafamdma,

• Sh^ba, unnecessarily corrected in Errata to shopa, t.e., whizzing. See Eichardson l.c. 559a and V ullers 490a.

• See Elliot V, 193 and Erskine II. 62n. Sadr Kh&n was killed in the attack by the GawSrs.

• See description of fort by Col. Miles, Bom. L. S. Transactions I. 150 (reprint of 1877). He spells the name Champaneer.

• NirbSd in text, but corrected in Errata. It was a district in A^madabad Sarkar, Jarrett II, 253, and is now a station on the Ahmadab&d railway. Also a place on the sea-shore in the Surat Sirkir, Jarrett, 1. c., 257.

Erskine understands A.F. as meaning that this arrangement about drawing up provisions was made by Ijthtiy&r Eh&D* But I doubt if this is correct. A.F. seems to mean that in addition to all

cr? AFTER XX nr.

tm

protections and precautions it happeiit-d that from tirnu to time sundry mountaineering (kuh-nawanl) woodcutters entered by ravines, whieli from the density of trees and jungle were difficult for foot passengers to traverse, and of course impracticable foi traffic, and for tiio sake of gain brought corn and ghee to the foot of the fort in order to sell them at a high price, while men in the fort let down money by ropes and drew up the goods.

As the siege was long drawn out his Majesty Jahanbani would sometimes visit the different sides of the fort and searcli for a pos- sible entrance for his army. On one occasion he wont forward from the side of Halul, wliich is a garden, and fell in with the /(‘ople who were corning oUt of the jungle after selling their corn and buttm’. An order was given to find out what their business was. I’liey said they were woodcutters, but as they had no axes or hatchets with tlumi, their story w«as not accepted. They were told that they would not escape punishment unless they told the truth. Being helpless they confe.ssod the truth. Upon this they were bidden to go forward and to point out the place. When his Majesty saw it he recognised that it was 60 or 70 yards ^ high and very smooth,* so that it would be very difficult to climb. By his Majesty’s orders 70 or 80 iron nails were brought, and driven into the precipice right and left at distances of one yard. The young heroes were bid climb these degrees of daring {mi‘rdj-uvi’irddna(jl). Tliirty-nino had ascended when his Majesty himself wished to climb. Bairam Khan begged him to delay till the men aliead had got higher up. Sjxying this hn himself stepped up, his Maj(*sty Jahaubaui followed liim and was the 41 st. Standing »

Ikhtiyar’s plans there was this fa- vourable circumstance that the gar- rison were supplied by the Kolls. Both Firi^ta and the Mir‘at-i-Sikan- din I, Bay ley, 391, represent that there was plenty of food in the fort, and the former evidently takes the view that the fort was captured owing to the greed of the Kolis in selling provisions to the garrison and which led to Humayun’s exploit, A.F. is favourable to I^tiyar Khan, per- h>i,)s on account of his literary

abilities, but Bahadur is said to have lind a very low opinion of him, Bay ley, 391.

t Oaz. The exact length does not seem known, but probably was about 33 inches, Jarrett 11, 58, and Wilson’s Glossary.

• Hamvjdri. The Brit. Mus. MSB. havr the opposite of this, viz.^ndham- vjdri, buo hamwdri is probably right.

• t.e., about 300 in all, not 341, sec what follows.

312

AKDARNAMA.

them he had about 300 men drawn up by this iron ladder. An order was given that the victorious army, which was stationed at the batteries^ should attack the fort. The garrison were thrown off their guard, and addressed themselves to repel the men from without and were looking down from the battlements when suddenly the 300 braves came from behind, and overwhelmed the garrison with showers of arrows. And when they realised the fact that his Majesty Jahanbani in person had ascended the stairs of victory, the bewildered foe crept into hiding-places. The drum of victory beat high, and lUitiyar !^an went off to a higher point called Mullya > and there took refuge. Next day they gave him quarter and sent for him. Together with his practical knowledge (ddnish) and his manage- ment of state affairs he was fully possessed of sciences, especially mathematics and astronomy. He was also skilled as a poet and composer of enigmas. He was honoured by being allowed to sit in the assembly of the learned, and was distinguished by princely favours, and was admitted among the intimates of the threshold of sovereignty. One of the eloquent found the date of this victory

Awwal hafta-i’Mdh’i^^afar,*** first week of Safar (943) = 19th- 26th July, 1536.

As the country of Gujrat was in the possession of the servants of the empire up to the Mahindn,* and as no one was appointed to administer the territory on the othe. side (the West), the peasantry wrote to Sultan Bahftdur and announced that the collections were ready and that a collector of these was necessary ; if one were ap- pointed, they would discharge their obligations. All the officers to whom the Sulj^n spoke on the subject remained silent. ^Imadu-l-Mulk however had the courage to come forward, and he agreed to accept the office on condition hat there should be no questioning afterwards

• In Jarrett II, 266, the upper fort 1, 347, has another chronogram "

is called P&wah, but according to Shahr-yJ^afar btid** according to

Miles Bom. L. S. T. I. 152 (reprint) which the fort was taken on 9 l^afar,

the proper spelling is Pavanaga<}a, 942, or 9th August, 1585. But ^afar

wind>fort. is only the second month Of the Mn«

• The text has mah, but unless b^mmadan year, and the operations

we read mlh the abjad seems to be at Cambay, and the length of the

incorrect, being 942 instead of 943. siege seem to require 948.

^.rskine VI, 64. BadionT, Brit. Ind- » Also called the Mahl I. G. T. V.

CRAPTIB Zllll.

318

as to any land or authority that be should giro to any one in order to execute the work of the collection. He proceeded with 200 horse towards Ahmaddbfld. On the way he gave written grants/ of land to those whom he knew. When he arrived at AhmadftbSd he had col- lected 10,000 cavalry. He gave everyone who possessed two horses a lak of gujrdtia. In a short time he had gathered 30,000 cavalry. Mujahid IQ^^n, Governor of jQnagadh joined him with 10,000 horse.

At this time his Majesty Jali&nbftni on account of the conquest of the fort of O&mpanlr and of the falling of abundant treasure into hia hands was holding magnificent banquets and was constantly arranging royal entertainments on the banks of the Du Ruya tank. One of the paramount conditions of authority is that special servants and those in near attendance should have certain fixed rules to abide by, and that in every section of them there should be some discreet and prudent person appointed who may continually look after their rising and sitting, their going and coming, and take precautions against evil companionship, which is the father and mother of wrong ideas. Especially is this required at a time when details are veiled from a Lord of the Age by the multiplicity of business. It is fitting that in such circumstances he should appoint right-speaking, right- acting intelligencers who may always bring him correct informa- tion of the real state and of the gist of the doings of this body of men. Otherwise many of the narrow-minded become from length of service less susceptible of the prestige of royalty, and the Wine of familiarity carries them out of their senses, and leads them into the stumbling of eternal ruin. And great seditions emerge from this intoxication. Accordingly they became apparent on this occa- sion. The sto^ ef this is that on the night of the rejoicing and banquetings on account of the marvellouB victories, some feeble souls who were fated to be admitted to the verge of the sublime assem- blage, viz,, book-bearers, armour-bearers, ink-horn-bearers and the like, happened to have gone to the gardens of Hfilul,* the scent of whose flowers might cure the melancholy, and whose heart-expanding breeze might give motion to congealed ^ bloody and to have started a

• Mawdjih fiefs. For this use of the word see text 154 1. 16.

• Four m. from the modern city. Miles.

• Produce a ferment in sleeping blood or perhaps, blood of a mur- dered and unregarded man. See Vullers 1. 769.

40

814

akbarnAma.

winefeaet. In this state of exultation which had put to flight sense and reason^ they t^K)k up the Zafarnftma and read of the beginnings of the victorious career of his Majesty Sfthib Qirftn! (Timur) — how that prince bad with him, in the vernal prime of his glory, forty chosen companions,, and how one day he took from each a couple of arrows and after tying them all together, g^ve them to each companion to break. Though each put the bundle across his knee and exerted all his strength, it was of no use. But when he opened the bundle, and gave each two arrows every one broke them. His Majesty had then observed ** we are forty persons, if we are united like this bundle of arrows victory will attend us wherever we go.^^ In accordance with this right thought and lofty idea they girt up their loins of courage and went forth to conquer.^ Those ignorant fools when they hoard this story did not reflect that each one of the forty was a heaven-aided host. They thouglit merely of the external circumstances and so fell into ruinous imaginings. When they teckoned themselves up they found they were four hundred, and in their madness and folly they conceived that unanimity among 400 persons must be exceeding wrong, and formed the notion of conquering the Deccan. Under this hallucination they proceeded to tread the broad and downward path to destruction. Next day though search was made for those near yet so far {nazdi- kdn-i-diir), no trace of them could be found. At last an intimation of their wild idea was obtained, and a thousand men were sent to ^ seize them. They sQon brought to Court those fortune-buffeted and doomed men, bound neck and hand. It was Tuesday,* a day when his Majesty wore the red vesture of Mars and sate on the throne of wrath and vengeance. The crowd of criminals were brought forward, section by section, and each of them received sentences fitting

^ I have not found this story in Sharafu-d-dln though at I. 75, Bibl. Ind. ed. there is an allusion to TlmUr’s having forty followers. The same story is told of Cangiz KhAn who when on his deathbed used the illustration of weapons tied together and separate, to teach the necessity of union to his sons. See

Petit de la Croiw’s life, quoted by Srdmann 639, and 442.

• HumiyUn assigned partioular days of the week to certain duties. Thus Monday being Mars-day, was one of that assigned to the admin- istration of Criminal Justice. See extract from Sb^And Amir in Elliot y. 121 and A. F.’s text 1. 358 and 361

CHAPT8B XXIII.

315

their destiny, and the requirements of complete justice. Some they bound and made trodden under the feet of mouutain-liko elephants. Many who had carried their heads beyond the line of respect received distinction by the removal of the burden of their heads from their bodies. A number who, not distinguishing between their feet and their hands, had clapped their hands at seditious thoughts wore made bandless and footless. A set of them who from artogance {khud-bini lit. self^contemplation) had not kept their ears for the royal commands found ears and nose gone from their places, others who had laid the fingertip .of intent on the edge of misfoasanco saw no more the figure of a finger in their hand.^

After executing these judgments and orders the time of evening prayer arrived. The Imam, who was not void of obtuseness, at the first genuflection recited the Sura * A-lam iara Icaifa * " Hast thou not seen how.’’ After the conclusion of the service the order of vengeance • was issued that the Imam be thrown under the foot of an elephant because he had designedly and allusively recited the chapter of the elephant, and had degraded justice to tyranny, and had uttered an evil presage.® Maulana Muhammad Parghnli * represented thiat the Imam did not know the meaning of the Quran. But as the fire of wrath was darting tongues of flame he got no reply ^ except abusive

^ Erskine justly remarks that those details are very disgusting, and exhibit the wretched punning propensity of our James I., but on an occasion when it is not ridicu- lous but revolting. The sentences pronounced depend on idiomatic Persian phrases, hardly translatable. A. V,S poor wit may be paral- lelled by a too-famous passage in Paradise Lost, B. VI, but at least it may be said that Milton puts his jests into the months of devils.

® Jffukm-i-gardun~intiqdmf lit, the Older of the sphere of vengeance. Vullers #. V. quotes the BahJr-i-*Ajam as giving gardUn the meaning of executioners.

® Apparently the fdl i-bad was that HuTnajQn would be destroyed like the irtipioiis king of Yaman. Is it possible that Humayun thought the Imam was playing on the word kai/a, which in Persian means intox- ication, and was suggesting that he was drunk? As Erskine remarks, the Sara does not seem to contain mnoh matter of offence. PrCbably however the reference to the ele- phant was enough.

• It is pleasant to find this maUi of whom ^aidar MtrzS speaks so ill, Tar. Rash. 398, acting properly and courageously. lie was after- wards drowned at Causa.

316

AKBABNAlfA.

epithets. After a time when the light of the simplicity shone

on the marge of his holy heart and the conflagration of the flames of wrath was stayed^ he expressed much regret and spent the whole night in sorrow and weeping.^

After the completion of this affair Tardi Beg l^ftn was left in Gftmpfinir^ and the royal standards proceeded towards Ahmadftbftd, and encamped on the bank of the Mahindri.* ^ Imadu4-Mulk had the courage to advance^ and to make a march for eacb one that the royal army made. Between Narlad and Mahmudftbad ’ he encoun- tered Mirza ‘Askarl who was in the van and several stages ahead (of the main body). A great battle ensued, and the Mirzfi was worsted until Yftdgdr Nasir Mirzd, Qftsim Husain ^&n and Hindu Beg arrived with a large body of men and unfurling the flag of fortune proclaim- ed to the enemy the approach of the imperial ensigns with a " Lo, the sublime army has arrived.’^ The utterance of this word, and its sound reaching the ears of the enemy were simultaneous with Yadgftr Nfi^ir Mirza’s victory and the defeat of the foe. As Yadgfir Nafir Mirza was ahead of all, the brunt of the battle fell upon him. On the side of the enemy ‘ilam Khan Lodi * and some others offered opposition till ‘Imadu-l-mulk retired half dead. Darwesh Muhammad QarSahir, father of Shujfi^at Kt^n,* obtained martyrdom in this en- gagement. Meanwhile the flashing of the royal standards appeared and victory upon victory disclosed itself. After the arrival of the sublime army 3 to 4,000 of the enemy were slain. His Mijijesty

^ A.P. does not clearly say that the order to trample the Imam to death was carried oat, but Erskiue Says it was, and A. F.’s silence im- plies this. Had HumAyUn repent- ed in time» we should have had a flourish of trumpets about the im- perial clemency.

I Or Mahl. Clmpanlr is up- wards of 60 miles E. S. E. A^madA- bad, but is visible from the minaret of the Jama* Mas j id, Miles.

A Jarrett II. 241, now a station on the Bomb. Baroda and Central 1. By. It lies south-east of A^madAbAd and

is, as A.F. states, nearly half-way between NarlAd (spelt Nadiad in time-tables) being 11 miles from Karl Ad and 10 from AhmadAbAd.

A It does not appear who this *Alam KhAn is. He can hardly be the man who was mutilated at GAm- pAnlr and yet possibly he is. If he was the No. HI of Bayley then his real name was Safdar Khin and he was perhaps not a L5dl at alt See p. 329.

A Also called MuqIm-i-*Arab, Blochmann, 371.

CHAPTRR Xiril.

817

Bsked KhudSwand Kb9n ^ if there was likelihood of another battle, and he replied that if that leproas slave, meaning ‘Imftdu-l-mulk, had been personally in the fight, it was over, and if he had not been there was likelihood of another bloody boat. Men were appointed to inquire into this matter, and from two wounded men, who were lying half dead among the dead, it was ascertained that ‘Imftdu-l- mulk had commanded in person. Next day the grand army marched on and then halted, M. ^Askari going on as before in front. When the army had encapiped on this side of the KaokflrTya * tank M. ‘Askarl represented that if the whole camp entered the city, the inhabitants would be harassed. An order was given that provost- marshals (ynsdwaldn) bo stationed at every gate of the city and that they should admit no one except M. ‘AskarT and his men.

The army encamped on the delightful spot of Sarksj, and on the third day his Majesty, attended by many of his courtiers, came to the city. After that he gave his attention to the affairs of Gujrftt and settled them in a proper manner. Hindu Beg was stationed there with a large force in order that he might go wherever he was required. Vattan was given to Mirzft Yftdgar Nft^ir ; Broach, Nansftri and the port of Surat to Q^sim Husain Sultftn ; * Cambay, and Baroda to Dost Beg I^ak Aqd ; and MahmudSbad to Mir Bficaka.

When the affairs of Gujrftt had been settled his Majesty pro- ceeded towards the port of Diu. When the army was leaving Danduqa,. which is 30 fcOs (W. S. W.) from Ahmadftbftd, representa- tions came from Agra, the capital, to the effect that as his Majesty was far from the seat of Government rebellious men had raised the head of disaffection, and extended the arm of strife. Couriers too

^ This is probably the Wazlr and not RSmT KhSn. The expression used by him about Tmidu-l-mulk may refer to his being a Circasisan (according to Firifihta) and to his grandfather’s having been a slave. Bayley 233, 235. Firiahta says he was the son of a Cangiz Sh&n.

• See Tiefenthaler I. 878, who states that in his time the tank was nearly dried up. It was cleared

out by Mr. Borrodaile in 1872. Bom. Gaz. IV. 17 and Hope’s Ahma- dftbad. It lies north of AbmadibRd. In text the name is wrongly spelt Kangareyi. It means the limestone or pebble tank. It is also called the 9^ua-i-Qil( and was made in 1451. It covers 72 acres.

s A grandson of SuItSn ^usain of Hefit. Bibar’s Mem. 353.

818

AKBARNiMA.

arrived from MfllvirA and reported that Sikandar Stin > and Mallu had sallied forth and fallen upon Mihtar Zambur the Jagirdar of Hindift^ and that he had taken his property with him and came to Ujjain^ and that all the soldiers who were stationed here and there in that province had collected there, that the authors of strife had assembled in great numbers and were besieging the city, and that Darwesh ‘AH Kitabd&r (librarian) had received a gunshot wound and had died, and that the rest of the besieged had asked for quarter and had submitted. His Majesty thereupon determined to return and to make Mandu his capital for a time, so that M&lwft might be cleared of rebels, and also that the newly conquered Gujrftt might be brought into order, and also that the dames of disaffection which had blazed forth in the settled portion of the empire might be extinguished. Accordingly having made over Gujrat to M ^Askarl and a number of ofBcers he turned his rein and halted at Cambay. From thence he went to Baroda and Broach and from thence to Surat, and from thence to Aslr^ and BurhAnpdr. He stopped seven days in Burhftnpur and then marched on and passing under the fort of Aslr established him- self at Mtndu. As soon as the disaffected heard the sound of the return of the royal standards, they were troubled and crept into cor- ners. His Majesty found the climate of MSlwa agreeable to his consti- tution and made many of his servants jagirdars thereof. And the gates of success and satisfaction of desires were thrown open to the world.

• Apparently the Governor of Siw&s who was afterwards killed with Bah&dur at Diu, Bayley 349, Ac.

s In HoshangAb&d, Central Prov.

I. G., 8. V. Handia and Jarrett II. 207 where it is spelt HindTah.

® Aslrgarh in Nimar, Central Pro- vinces.

CHAFTIB XXIT.

819

CHAPTER XXIV.

MlBZl ‘Askar! liayis OdjrAt with rkbkllious designs.

Of a surety, a graudee who does not recognise the force of kind- ness and prestige, and takes the road of ingratitude, smites his own foot with a hatchet,’ and of his own act falls into the hell of ruin. The story of the doings of Mirzfi ‘AskarT and the officers of Gujrfit is a proof of this, for owing to the smallness of their capacities a little success made theui give way to rebellious thoughts. From im- moderate living there arose the beginnings of mutual strife and their actions were darkened by the mist of dissimulation. Accordingly after about three inonths the enemy stirred up commotion. Khan Jahan of Sblrftz and BumI Khan, who had the name of Safar and who is the builder of the fort of Surat, united and took possession of Naus&ri which was held by ‘Abdullfth Kban, a relative of Qasim Husain Khun tJzbeg. ‘Abdullfth Kb&i^ l0lt that quarter and came to Broach. About this time they also took the port of Surat. Khfin Jahftn marched by land to Broach, while Bumi Kbnn came there by sea with warships carrying guns and muskets. QAsim Husain Khfin lost his head (lit. lost hands and feet), and hurried to Cfimpunir, and then from there went on to Ahmad abSd to Mirzfi ‘Askari and Hindu Beg in search of help. Sayyid tshfiq who had received from Sultfin Bahfidur the title of Sk’tab Khfin (the swift I^an) took possession of Cambay, and YadgSr Na§ir Mirza went off from Pattan to Ahmadfibad at the summons of ‘Askari Mirza. Darya Khan and Muhfifig Kh ftn sat out from Rfilsin and were going towards the Sultfin at Diu, when finding Pattan empty (t.e., undefended)* they took possession of it. From want of union and want of counsel things came to such a pass that one Gha^anfar* (the lion), a

1 A proverbial expression. See Roebuck’s Oriental Proverbs, Part I. No. 103.

• Bloobmann, 348 and Elliot, V

197. He was brother of Mahdl Qisim and foster-brother of

*Askarl.

320

AKfiABWllfA.

servant of Ytdgfir Nifir Mlrzft deserted with 800 horse and joined Sultan Bahadur. He invited the Sultan to oome (to Ahmadubad) and letters of loyalists followed in succession, so that Sultfin Bahfidur inarched towards Ahmadabdd, and soon halted near Sarkej. ‘Askarl Mirza, Y§dg8r Na^ir Mirzft, Hindu Beg, and Qftsim Husain Khan pro- ceeded with nearly 20,000 horse and confronted the Sultftn in the rear of Asawal. They faced him for three days and nights, and then, as they were neither loyal to his Majesty Jahftnbftn! nor clear-headed they, out of a darkened understanding and evil thoughts, went off without fighting to CdmpfinTr. Much mischief ensued.

’Tis evident how far they carried the eating of the salt and the breaking the salt-cellar on the table-top ’ and how in the domain of thanksgiving they trod the arena of crime and the field of little service. Good God, I understand their lack of fidelity, which is a priceless jewel and of rare occurrence in this wicked world, but why should they drop from their hands the coin of common sense which is negotiable every where f In fine, SuUdn BahSdur who had been in a thousand anxieties, grew bold and pursued them. Sayyid Mubdrak of Bukharfi was at tho head of the vanguard and came near the imperial army. Yadgar NSsir MTrzA who commanded in the rear turned and fought bravely with the result that many of the Suitings vanguard ‘were killed, while the Mirz8 was wounded in the arm. The enemy halted at Mahmudfibftd, and the Mirzfl joined the main army. As M. ‘Askarl had lost heart he incontinently crossed the MahindrT which wan in front of him, and many of the soldiers lost their lives in its floods. The Sult;8a arrived at the edge of the river and the Mirzft went on to C8mpanTr. TardT Beg Khan made arrangements for their entertainment, and then went back to his post.

Next day the Mlrz8s sent a treacherous message to TardI Beg Khan to the effect that they were in distress, and their army in evil case, and begged that he would send them by way of assistance a portion of the fort treasures in order that they might give it to their soldiers. When they had refreshed themselves, they would use diligence to attack the enemy. They were reporting to M§ndu, where the imperial camp was, but it would take a courier six days to

’ A proverbial eipression. Cf. Roebuck, 1. c. p. 377, No. 2023 and

p. 392, No. 2129 and Yullers, s. v> namak 1351a.

CHAPTEB XXIV.

321

get there. Tardi Beg Khftn did not consent to this, and tho Mirzds plotted to seize him so that they might get hold of the whole of. the treasure, and establish the sovereignty in th’e name of M. ‘^skari. If they defeated Sul^dn Bahfidur so much the better, but if not^ as his Majesty Jahanbnni liked the Mfilwft climate, and tho territory of Agra, the capital, was undefended, they would go there. Tardi Beg Kh§n came down from the fort and was going to wait upon the Mlrzas when he got wind of this plot. He hastened back to the fort and sent word to the Mirzfts that it was not fitting for them to remain there. They sent back a message that they were leaving, but asked hint to come that they might discuss sundry matters with him and bid him farewell. He knew their design and returned a suitable answer, and next morning opened fire on them. -The Mirzfts went off with evil intentions and proceeded by ^ftt Karji ^ towards Agra. So long as the victorious (?) army was in the neighbourhood of CarnpftnTr the Sult&n did not cross the Mahindri which is 15 k^s from Catnpfinir. But when news caine that the Mlrz&s had retreated and gone off towards Agra with evil designs, the Sultan crossed the river and came to attack Cftmpftnlr. Tardi Beg Khftn, in spite of the strength of the fort, and the store of preparations there abandoned the fort and took the road of safety. He reached Mandu and bad the honour of paying his respects. He made known to his Majesty tho Mlrzas’ evil intentions and his Majesty on being apprized thereof hastened by way of Cltor so that the Mirz^s might not get to Agra before him. By good fortune he came up with them on the way, near Citor. The helpless Mirzis submitted to his Majesty and he out of innate kindness and clemency did not regard their offences and made universal forgiveness, the intercessor for their faults. He made liberality to supplement forgiveness and distinguished them by princely gifts.

One of the evils of the time which were the cause ** 0 ? his Majesty’s returning from this country to Agra was that Muhamiiuid SultSn Mirza and his son Ulugh Mirza, who had deviated from tlic

^ I have not found this place.

• Sh&fl Khin. Bib. Ind. I, 80, and Ferigjj^ta give the real reason of -the disastrous change in Humiytln’s 41

affairs, i; is., that he had been living at Mijidil or Sh^Tabad (abode of joy) as it was called, and had been enslaved by opium.

822

akbabnIma.

highway of obedience and become rebellious^ as has been aWeady mentioned, emerged at this time, owing to their constitutional worth- lessness, from the corner of contempt and raised the head of molesta- tion. Thus did those who had been appointed to blind him receive a lesson.^ They now attacked pargana Bilgr^m* and then proceeded to Qanauj. The sons of ^usrau Kokaltftsh,* who were there asked quarter and yielded up Qanauj to them. M. Hindfil who was in Agra, went forth to quell this disturbance, and the two armies met after he had crossed the Ganges at Bilgrflm. A battle ensued, and as the vogue of rebels and strife mongers is like a grass-fire the flames were extinguished in a moment by the blowing of Fortune’s gale. The north ♦ wind of victory blow and the victorious army pursued and came to Oudh.^ There Ulu^ Beg M. and his sons had gathered an army and again offered battle. Meanwhile the news came of the arrival of the victorious army from GajrAt to Agra. The wretched enemy again fought and were again defeated. MlrzS Hindftl return- ed victorious and kissed the sublime threshold. When the grand army of hia Majesty Jahfinb&ni arrived at Agra BhQpftl Rfti, governor of BfjAgada (in Nimftr), finding the fort of MftndQ undefended boldly entered it, and Q&dir Sll&b returned to Mnnduj^ and also Mirftn Muhammad Faruqi came there from Burhftnpur. Sult&n Bahftdur after staying about two weeks in Campftnlr returned to Diu. When his Majesty Jahanbanl and the invincible fortune of his family had turned away from BahAduv with glories of power and majesty, an event ^ which he thought to be to his advantage became the cause of his ruin. For after being routed by the victorious army, and after

i At p. 124 of text A.F. says that M. Sultan was blinded, but here he seems to imply that the operation was not effectual. See Erskinell, 14. M. Sultan is a different person from M. Zam&n though both were grandsons of Sultftn Basan of HerSt. M. Siilt&n was - a daughter’s son, Blochmann, 462.

i In Hardoi, a district of Oudh* Jarrett 173, 178 and 145 and I. G. II.- 455.

• BAbar’s Mem. 363 and 364.

^ It appears from Jauhar, Stewart 8. that A.F. is here referring to the fact that a North-Wester blowing in the face of the rebels was the cause of their discomfiture. See also Erskine II. 90.

^ Qr. the town of AySdhyi.

• Apparently the meaning is that Ha m&y fin’s departure which Bah Adur might think an advantage eventu- ally turned out to bo his destruction by leading to his death at the hands of the Portuguese.

CHAPTKR XXIV.

323

beholding the impact of the majestic troops he sent persons with presents to the FeringliT Viceroy * who was the Warden of the Ports, and invited him to come to him. At the time when M. ‘Askarl went off from Gujrat and the Sultan had come to Diu^ the Viceroy arrived there by sea with ships and soldiers. When he learned the state of affairs he grew apprehensive^ lest now that the Sultan was independent of his help he would act perfidiously after an interview. He therefore feigned illness and sent messengers to the Sultan to say that he hud come in compliance with his request and would wait upon him as soon as he was better. The SultSn left the highway of caution and on 3 Ramadan 943 (13th February^ 1537)^ at the close of the day, went by boat to inquire after the Viceroy’s health. As soon as he arrived he saw tlnvt the illness was feigned, and reporting that he had come he immediately proceeded to return. The Feringhis thought that when such a prey has come into our grasp it will be well if we get some harbours out of him." The Viceroy intercepted him and requested him to slay till some presents should be brought before him. The Sultan said ** send them afterwards," and saying this he hastily went towards hiS own vessel. The Feringhi Qfi^i • stopped him and bade him wait and the Sultiin impatiently drew his sword and clove him to the waist. He then jumped from their vessel on to^ his own. The Portuguese boats ’ which were round about closed in upon her and a fight began. The Sultftn and Rural SiSn ® flung themselves into the sea. A Feringhi acquaintance of Rum! Kh&u drew him out, but the Sultan was drowned,^ and his attendants also perished. The chrono-

• representing the Portuguese Viserei. His name was Nuno da Cuiiha.

• Apparently Manuel de Sousa, Governor of Diu. Qazi seems used here for Magistrate or Governor.

• This Kami Kh&n was himself an European, which may account for his being saved by a Portuguese. Barroa says he was the son of an Albanian father and an Italian mother and was born at Brindisi, and first came to the east on the

fleet of the corsair Sulaimin in 1516 (Conti says his birthplace was Otranto). He built the fort of Surat, apparently in 947 and not in 930, as stated by Anquctil du Perron. See Blochmann, 854. The Portuguese called hith Khwija l^afar and Safar Agb&* He was killed at the siege of Diu in 1546.

a The accounts of Bah&dur’s death are very conflicting, and it is difficult to decide how he came by his death. My friend Mr. Whiteway has refer-

324

IKBARllAMil.

gram is Faringiydn-uBahddur-kuiA * (943 =s 1531). Aod some used to say that he (Bahftdur) came to the surface and reached the shore in safety. And subsequently there were reports in Oujrftt and the Deccan of his having been seen by people. For instance, on one occasion a person appeared in the Deccan whom the Nis§mu-1-Mulk acknowledg- ed, and played Caugdn (polo) with. A crowd gathered round him, and the Nizam perceiving this resolved to put him to death. On that same night he disappeared from his tent, and people concluded that the Nizlm had destroyed him. One day Mir Abu TurAb* who is one of the Gujrat grandees, related that Mulla Qutbu-d-dln of §hiraz, who was Sultan Bah&dur’s preceptor, was at that time in the Deccan and that he took an oath that the man was certainly Sult&n Bahftdur, and that he had spoken to him of certain matters only known to themselves, and had received intelligent replies. It cannot be said that in the wide kingdom of God^s power such things are impossible.

In fine, when Sultan Bahftdur had thus disappeared in the sea, and his officers were sitting in the dust (i.e., were in mourning),

red me to a long and interesting account by Correa. Naturally this man puts the blame on Bahftdur. It would be more satisfactory if we could get the official report on the occurrence which must sorely be somewhere in the Portuguese archives. No doubt the responsibi- lity of explaining Bnhftdur’s death rests on the Portuguese for he was their guest or at least visitor, and was killed among their ships. There is a long account of the affair in the Mirftt-i-Sikandar1, p. 28 et $eq. See also Bay ley’s GujrSt. There is this to be said for the Muhammadan chroniclers that they do not represent Bahftdur as guilt- less in the matter. They represent him as trying to outwit the Portu- guese and anxious to get the viceroy into his power. They are therefore more honest than the Portuguese

who try to make out that Bahftdur went on board to kill the viceroy and that the Portuguese were alto- gether blameless. Probably the truth is that Bahftdur went on board in order to induce the viceroy to return with him, that the viceroy on the other hand wanted to detain him, and that then a scuffle arose in which Bahftdnr was slain. It is curious that the Mirftt-i-Sikandari does not mention §afar Aghft in his list of Bahftdur ’s companions, and tbat he says they all likewise perished.

• ‘Feringis, slayers of Bahftdnr’ (or " of heroes “). A more poetical chronogram was devised by Ikhtiyftr ‘Khftn, vts., 8ultdnu-hhar–^Slk<’dildu- Uhahr: ** Monarch ashore. Martyr asea ** This also makes 943.

• Biochmann, 508.

CBAPTVB ZZIT.

825

Muhammad Zamftn MTrzft put on blue clothes as mourning for the Sultan, and by hypocritical means got a portion of the treasures of Gujrat into his possession, while another portion fell into the hands of the Feringhis, and some was plundered. He also called himself the son * of Sultan Bahidur’s mother, and sometimes demanded from the Feringhis satisfaction for the murder, and sometimes secretly sent them large sums of money in order that they might use their in- fluence in having him acknowledged as sovereign (lit. recite the ^iitha in his name). So that for some days they read the Khutba in his name in the §afa* Mosque. And he for some time went about as an adventurer till at last ‘Imadu-l-mulk brought an array against him and defeated him. From thence ho being helpless and ashamed cast a glance of hope towards kissing the threshold of his Majesty JahiinbanT, as will be hereafter related in its proper place. But leaving such matters, to speak of which is to indulge in amplifications ami rhetoric, I proceed to my proper subject.

When his Majesty JahftnbanT Jannat-ashiyanl arrived at the capital the audacious spirits of that neighbourhood who had raised the head of refractoriness, and extended the neck of dispute camo into subjection and obedience, and made tribute the material of their own peace and safety. The dominions became adbrned with repose and steadfastness.

1 See Mir&t-i-Sikandarl 293.

• I do not know where this is. The Mirat-i-*Sikaiid«r! lith. ed., p. 293. says that M. Zaman was near Onah which is 3 kos from Diu, and that he there set himself up j-.h Sultan. C^nah is referred to in Jarrett IT, 244 and 247 and 258. See also I. G. art.

Ur.a. The Mirat says *Imadu-l- mulk defeated M. ZamAn-at-Zamar in Surat (Kdthidtvdr) near Onah. Probably the mosque in (juestion is in Diu for Mr. Whitoway tells me that the Portiigiiese authorities say that the J^xilha wns read for a time in M. ZamAn’s name in Diu.

326

akbarwAma.

CHAPTER XXV.

March of His Majesit d’AniNBlN! jANNAT-laBiTAN! to bubbub

BbMOAL; his COHQUKST Of THAT GOUHTHT AND RBTUBM

TO THE Capital^ and what happened in

THE MEANWHILE.

When the world-adorning mind had finished the affairs of those regions, (i.e., Agra and the territories referred to at end of last chap- ter) his princely genius addressed itself to the arrangements for an expedition to Gujrat, so that he might again tarn the reins of his intent towards that province and might, contrary to former dis- positions, make oyer its management to men whose behaviour should show steadiness in administration, and whose proceedings should not be characterised by mutability and confusion. He purposed that when his mind was at ease with regard to the settlement of the province, he would return to the capital. Meanwhile news came of the emergence of Sh^r &nd of his commotions in the

eastern provinces. Hence the design of subduing Bengal, which had entered his Majesty’s heart before the affairs of ‘Gujrftt and had been put off on account of the latter now revived, and orders were issued to make preparations for an expedition to Bengal. It was decided that gh^r ShSn should be put down and the territories of Bengal subdued.

Account op Qff&B ELbAn.^

This Sher Kban belonged to the Af|^An tribe of Sur. His old name was Farid, and ho was the son of Hasan, the son of Ibrfthim ghur^khidl. Ibrfthim was a horse-dealer, nor had he any distinction among the crowd of tradesmen. His native country was the village

l A. F*b. account is inferior to Nisamu-d-dTn’s (copied by Firishta) and to Khft^ KhAn’s. See also Dorn’s

History of the AfghAns, p. 80 tt and Qar^in de Tassy’s translation of the Chronicle of 3hAh.

OUAFriCR XXV.

827

of Sli^amla * in the territory of Nfirntil.* His son Hasan developed some nobleness^ and from trading took to soldiering. For a long time he was in the service of Rftlmal, the grandfather of RaisAl Darbftrt/ who is at present hononred by being in the service of his Majesty the Shfthinshflh. From there he went to Caund ^ in the territory of Sahasr&m and became a servant of Na^Ir Khftn Lubftnl who was an ojSicer of Sikandar Lodi. By service and ability he sur- passed his follows^ and when Na^Ir Kh&n died^ he entered the service of his brother Daulat Kh&n. After that he was enrolled among the followers of Baban who was one of the grandees of Sultan Sikandar Lodl^ and achieved a certain amonut of distinction. Many things were accomplished by his management. His son Farid pained his own father by his arrogance and evil disposition, and separated from him. For a time he was in the service of Tflj Khiln Lodi and for a while he was in Oadh in the service of Q^lsim Husain Uzbak. For a long tinfe he was servant of Sultfln Jnnaid Barlns.^ One day Snltnn Junaid Barlfts had taken occasion to introduce him and two other Afghans who were in his service to his Majesty Giti-sitfiiu Firdans-makftnl. As soon as the farseeing glance of his Majesty fell upon him he Remarked SulUn Barits, the eyes of this Afgjian, (pointing to Farid) indicate turbulence and strife-mongering, he ought to be confined.^’ He received the other two favourably. Farid got apprehensive on seeing his Majesty Giti-sitAni’s look, and fled before Snlt&n (Jnnaid) could make him over to his men. Meanwhile his father died and his property fell into his hands. In the territory of SahasrAro, and in the jungles of Caund, which is a pargana of Rohtfts, he began to give trouble by practising theft,^

1 Or Simla, according to some. A ^ncil note to Chuhnera* MS. transla- tion has Shamily 55 miles N. of Dihli.

• In the district of Agra. Jarrett, If, 198.

• lia qadr rai^di paidd karda,

^ Blochmann, 419.

• The’ text has JAna. Caund or Cind is correct. See Beames J . AS.B. for 1895, p. 81. It was in Sarkir Rohtie.

• He was governor of Kara Mftnik- p&r (in Allfth&bSd) under Babar and was younger brother of Bibar‘8*'izior Nisimu-d-dTn. Dom l.c. 92. Ho died m 94.^, (1586 87). Sco Viri^tn.

1 These charges may bo exaggera- ted » but they aro corroborated by 8hSr Shah’s alleged confession to Maim KhAn, Elliot IV, 898n.

328

AKBAKMillA.

robbery and murder. In a shorf space of time he by craft and unrighteousness surpassed the rebels of the age. Accordingly Sultan Bahndur of Oujrat sent him a subsidy by the hands of merchants and summoned him to his side. Farid made the money into capital for sedition^ and sent excuses for not going. He occupied himself in usurpations, attacks nnd in plundering towns and villages In a short time many ntscals and vagabonds gathered round him. Mean- while the governor > of Bihar who was one of the Luhanl nobles’ departed this life, and there was no one left to take up the thread of his duties. Khftu and his Vagabonds made a raid and got

hold of much property. Then he returned to his own place, and suddenly attacked Ulugh MTrzft, who was near Sirwa (Siru). By craft he got the better of him. From there he turned and attacked Benares, and when he had acquired troops and property he v^ent to Patua and took possession of that country. He fought a battle at SUrajgarh* which is the boundary of the territories of the ruler of Bengal, and won a victory. That country also came into his hands. For a year he carried on war against Nufrat ghih,^ the ruler of Bengal, and for a long while he besieged Gaur.*

One remarlcable circumstance was that gher Khan came to hear of an eminent astrologer in the service of the R&jA of Orissa. As he had vain and rebellious thoughts he sent for this astrologer to get information about his success. The Rftjft would not let him go, but the astrologer wrote to Sitnr ^an that he would not prevail over Bqngal till the lapse of a year, and that he would prevail on a par- ticular day, <Hi which the Ganges would be fordable for an hour.. By fate, what was written came to pass.^

1 This is SultRn Muhammad, son of DarjA LQhftnl. Stewart’s Bengal 131. KhafT Khin calls him Bah&dur SL&n L&h&ult Bib. Ird. ed. 1, 89. In Dorn’s History and in Stewart he is called Plrkh&n.

• In Monghyr and at the oast end of that district. Bat apparently this is a slip of the author for I’Slf Agarhl in the South al Pargunas. See ^Jarrett II, 113 and note.

• Text, na$th but this is wrong. See Jarrett II, 147n. and Riyauu-$^ mUdlln, Bib. Ind. text 139.

♦ The text has Gdrakhpilr, but a note says that many MSS. have Gaur. The context a^d history show that Ganr is right. See Stewart’s Bengal, 120. Gaur capitulated in 1337 to Shir Shih’s son.

^ See Erskiuo’s note oii this pro- dicion II, 135n. Appnreiitly the pre-

OBAPTRS XXY.

829

Verse.

I beard from a sage that wisdom is plentifali But that it is scattered about among mankind.

During the time that the royal standards were engaged in con- quering Mtilwa and Gujrftt^ seized his opportunity and

made great progress. The above is a sketch of the beginning of his career. The remainder of his story, the last of his actions, and his wretched end will be narrated in a parenthesis of the account of his Majesty JahanbAui, so that the authors of strife and contention may take warning therefrom.^

In fine, as the idea of an expedition to the eastern provinces had become fixed in the mind of his Majesty Jahiinbftni, Mir Faqr ‘All, who had been one of the great officers of his Majesty Firdaus- makanl Gltl-sitani was appointed to the charge of Dihli while Agra was entrusted to Mir Muhammad Bal^sbi, who was one of the trusted servants of the State. Yftdgar Nftfir Mirzft’, his Majesty’s cousin, was sent to Kftlpi which was his jdiglr in order to manage that quarter. Nuru-d-dln Muhammad MTrza* ’who was married to his Majesty’s sister Gulrang Begam and was the progenitor of Salima Sultan Begam, was appointed to the charge iof Qanauj. Uis Majesty having in this manner arranged the officers of his kingdom went off to the eastward by boat, along with his chaste and veiled

diction must refer to soniethiag that occurred at the siege of Gaur, which was situated on an old chaunel of the Ganges, for we do not hear that the real Ganges became fordable on the days of CansA and Qanauj.

1 A.F*s moraliHing ia rather mis- placed. Was Eh^u’s death

when engaged in a holy war and in the hour of victory, as pitiable as the slip on a stair which ended HumlyUn’s days f

• The ifa’dfir-i-raAlial (MS. A.S.B. 194a) says that Bdm-d-dfn was the son of MlrsS *Ali’n-d-danla who was related to Khwija Qasan *A||ir who again was sqn of *AU’u-d-

48

dill who was the first Khalifa of the Naqflhbandl order. The Gulrang Bigam whom Naru-d-dfn married was Humftjilii’s half-sister, being a daughter of Dildir BSgam and full*’ sister of Hindil and Gulbadan BSgam. Her daughter Salima was first married to Bair&m and after- wards to Akbar. Bairim received Salima in marriage as a reward for his helping Hum&yfin to conquer India, and also perhaps because they were related. Salima’s great-grand- mother, Pishft BSgam being a daughter of Bairtai’o ancestor ‘All Sh^kr who belonged to the Turko* mins of the Blaek Sheep.

330

AKfiABNiXl.

consorts. Mirzft ‘Askarl and Mlrzft Hindftl accompanied him, while among the officers were Ibrfthfm Beg Cabuq,| Jahfingir Quli Beg, Khusrau Beg Kokaltfisb, Tardi Beg Quc Beg,* Tardl Beg of

Etawn, Bairdm Khftn, Qftsim ^usain Khftn Uzbak, Bucakfi Beg, Zfthid Beg, Dost Beg, Beg Mirak, Hfiji Muhammad (son of) Baba Quffhq&j* Ya’qub Beg, Nihal Beg, Roshan Beg, Mu^ul Beg and a large number of other distinguished men. The army proceeded by land and by water whilst his Majesty, sometimes sitting in a boat and some- times riding on horse-back, deliberated on the affairs of state and proceeded towards the fort of Cunar where was gh^r When

the army drew nigh to Cundr, M. Muhammad Zamdu came from Gujrat with the dust of confusion on his forehead and the drops of shame on his cheek, and had the happiness to be permitted to kiss the lofty threshold. The brief account of this occurrence is as fol- lows. His Majesty’s dear sister Ma’ 9 uma Sult&n Begam,^ the Mlrza’s wife, had in Agra petitioned about the Mirza’s guilt and had re- ceived an order of reconoiliation. His Majesty from his innate goodnesf, drew the line of forgiveness over his offences and directed that he should be sent for. When the Mfrzi arrived near the grand army, a number of high officers were sent to meet him, and when he was a day’s journey off, M. ^Askarl and M. Hindftl went out in accordance with the lofty commands and embraced him. M. ^Askari saluting him by raising his hand np to his breast, while M. Hindftl saluted * by patting his hand on his head. They brought the M!i*zft with respect to the camp and that day the Mirzft, in accordance with the king’s command, was conveyed to his own tent. Next day he was brought to the lofty pavilion and having done homage, was treated with royal favours. Twice was he exalted in one assemblage by a special hbiVat, a belt, a sword and a horse. Bravo 1 At the

I Blochmann 832, who writes Jftbllq Probably eahuk *oeler/ is the correct reading. Perhaps he is the Ibrfthlm Bftgcik of the Tew.

Elias and Ross, 470, and desoribod there as father of JahftngTr Qnll.

• Blochmann 435, Bftbar 05 and 363.

• QuBhqA is a Turkish word fneaning the star on a horse’s forehead. BAba

Qnflhqa was a servant of Babar, 364

• Half-sister of HumftySn, being the daughter of ’ Ma’^dma, the daughter of Sultan At^mad and who married her cousin Babar. Bftl>ar 208.

• See Blofthrnann 58 for A.F.’s account of the foslim. *Askarl being the elder brother did not salute so humbly as BLindAL

CHAPTRB XXV.

331

gate of God’s elect, sins are requited {lit. bought) by benefits, and wickednesses are reckoned as virtues. There is such plenty in the store-house of divine grace that His peculiar mercies are co-ordinate with offenders ; in proportion as they increase their crimes and sins do they obtain increase of grace and forgiveness. This attribute is the more appropriate to princes in that they are the shadows of God, so that by passing over offences no harm is done to the breadth of their mercy and the amplitude of their power ) and the wretch who is ashamed of his evil deeds, obtains an order of release from the pit of torture. In short his Majesty JahAnbsuI Jannat AshySnf, in spite of rebellion so great that (even) to pardon it were improper, became an expounder of the Divine ethics and returned good for evil. God be praised) His Majesty, the gl^ahinsbdh of the Age,

( Akbar) hath these noble qualities and weighty ethics ; they are part of his nature and of the essence of his holy soul, and in the meting out of punishment he practises a consideration and hesitation such as no other king has been adorned with from the cycle of Adam until now. In this book a few instances will be given out of many. May God Almighty increase daily this family and may He, in reward of this generous nature bestow plenteous blessings on his Majesty’s life and dominion I

In short when Qier Khan was apprized of the uprearing of the victorious standards, he left his son Qu^b Kjb^in and many otihers in Cunftr, and after strengthening the fort, departed to Bengal. He conquered that .country in war and obtained much booty. When the world-conquering army of his Majesty Jahftnbftn! Jannat-ftghi* ySn! encamped near Cunar, he applied himself to the taking of the fortress. Rumi ^an who was the paragon of the age for over- coming grand forts and sky-high castles, and who had left Sultan Bahadur after the victory of Mandasor, and been enrolled as one of his Majesty’s servants, and exalted by the office of Mir Ata^ (Director of Ordnance) constructed a covered way {aahat) upon boats and arranged such a roof («a|^a) with strong partitions (?) on the top of a platform of planks that the ingenious and skilful bit the finger of astonishment in admiration of the workmanship.* And

• See Nisi^mu-d-dln’s account, SlliotY, 200. It is more detailed and more mtelligible than A.F.’s. Ap-

parently. RUmT Kh&n built a wooden tower so lofty that when placed on boats and conveyed across the river

332

ARRAKNAMA.

he carried such mines under the walls that when they were urea, Time and the Terrene {zamin u zamdn) were shaken. Qutb Khan fled, and the remainder of the garrison asked for quarter and came out. The fort fell into the possession of the king’s servants. As for those admitted to quarter, they were about 2,000 in number, though his Majesty Jahanbani had ratified KumI KhAn’s promise and had pardoned ( ? ) them, yet Mu*ayyid Beg DQldai,i who was one of the confidential officers, added to the order that their hands should be cut off, and represented that this was the king’s command ; such was the usurpation > of authority that he displayed 1 His Majesty JahfinbfinI censured him for this. Ruml KhAn received royal favours, and his influence and renown were increased. In return for his services the fort was made over to him, but in a few days he became by destiny an object of envy to the world and passed away, poisoned.

When his mind was free of this affair, the expedition to Bengal presented itself before him. Nafib Shfth,> the ruler of Bengal, came

to the foot of the hill, it enabled the usaailants to get to the wall under cover. See also Jauhar, Stewart 10, and Tiefenthalcr’s plate I, 450, No. XXIX which shows a wall coming down to the water’s edge.

I Dorn’s History of the Afghans, p. 112, calls him the son of Sul- tan Ma^lmad, and the Chronicle of 8h8r Shah says the same thing but adds the epithet Duldai. Garcin de .Tassy, p. 84. Duldai is a division of the BarlSs tribe. Blochmann 888n. Nisamii-d-dTn says that only the artillerymen had their hands cut off, and that this was done by HumAydn’s orders. It is impossible that 2,000 men could have their hands cut off without HumSyQn’s becoming ac- quainted with the fact while the brutality was going on. Jauhar, (Stewart 10), who is perhaps the most to be trusted, as he was with Hum&ylln at the time, says that

KSml Khan caused the hands of the artillerymen to be cut off, and that HumAyun was very angry with him on this account. The same authority says that RilmT floating

battery, did little execution.

Bayazfd 216. tells ns that Mu’ayyid died in Kabul shortly after the first taking of it, to the universal joy of the army, who regarded him as a Satan and as the cause of the loss of India, Ac.

• 1 am not sure of the meaning but think that tahakkum is used in the sense of fancied or slf-assumcd authority. B. M. MS. has a ki at the end of the words which perhaps is an improvement, the meaning then being that ‘M. Beg so far usurped authority that HumAydn bad to rebuke him.

A Naflb is apparently intended for Nufrat, but both names appear to be wrong. Nu^rat died in 943

CHAPTER XXP.

S33

woanded to the world-protecting Court, and implored help against SLbor Sift*!* This was an additional reason for conquering Bengal, and another call to him to proceed there. His Majesty comforted him by his princely sympathy, and distinguished him by royal favours. As tho expedition had now been determined upon, Jaun- pur and its territory was made over to Mir Hindu Beg who was one of the great officers, while Cun§r was given to Mirak Beg. Pre- parations having been made, the army proceeded by land and water. When Patna became the camping ground, the loyal servants of the Court represented that the rainy season had arrived, and that if his Majesty delayed the Bengal expedition until this season had passed over, this would be consonant with the rules of conquest, since the passage of cavalry into Bengal at this season was very difficult, and would be productive of destruction to the soldiers. The ruler of Bengal looked to his own interests and represented that 3h©P KbftQ had not yet confirmed himself in Bengal, and that to march speedily against him would be a means of extirpating him with ease. His Majesty out of consideration for this’ oppressed one, and from the plausibility of his statements, gave orders for the advance. In Bhdgalpur he divided the army, sending M. Hindftl across the river with 5000 or’ 6000 men to march along its banks on that side. When the army had encamped at Monghyr, news came that Jalal ^on, the son of mjtftn, who after his father’s death took the name of Ballm with j^awtlff^ Khan, Barmazid,*

Sarmast ^§n,> Haibat ^ftn NiyAzT,* and Bahftr ^an ^ with about 15,000 men had come to Gafhl which is, as it were, the gate of Bengal, and that having strengthened it they were meditating strife and sedition.

A.H., or earlier, and the King of Bengal who fled, wounded, to Hu- m&jSn, was Mahmfld or Sultan Mahmud 8hib. another of the 18 sons of the famous 9^sain Shih. Ko Naflb appears in the list of kings of Bengal, but probably there was such a name for there is a <)uarter of the town of Murshidi- h&d called Naflbpflr.

I Elsewhere A. F. calls him IslSm Kh&n. *

• BarmazTd Qoor, Dom, 128.

• An Afghin tribe, Jarrett II. 403.

• This according to Dorn, 93, was a title given by Qhf r Eh&n to ^ablb 23iin B^akar.

• Or Pabftr.

834

akbarkIma.

The account of this affair is as follows : When 8her Khnn heard of the approach of the imperial army he could not bring himself to fight but went off by way of Jharkhand,^ so that when the grand army came into Bengal, he might go to Bihar and stir up commotion in that province, and also that he might place the spoils of Bengal in safety. He left Jalal Khan and a large body of men near Garb! and arranged that when the conquering army approached and he himself had got to Sherpur,* they should make haste to join him, and should avoid fighting. His Majesty deputed from Bhagalpur Ibrfihim Beg Cabuq, Jahangir Qiill Beg, Bairftm Beg, Nahal Beg, Hoshan Beg, Gurg ^All Beg, Bacaka Bahadur, and a large force consisting of about 5000 or 6000 men. When the imperial army arrived in the neighbourhood of GarhT, Jaldl Khftn departed from his father^s instructions, got together his army and attacked the camp. The men of it had not put themselves in order for fighting so as to combat properly. They were not properly drawn up, and the enemy was numerous. Nor were the former ready for battle. Bairam Kh&n turned several times and attacked the enemy, and dispersed them. He made gallant efforts but from want of management he was not properly supported, and things did not go satisfactorily. ‘All Khan Mahftwani,* Haidar Bal^sbi and several other officers attained the glory of martyrdom. When this news came to the hearing of his Majesty, he rapidly proceeded to the spot. On the way the sea-adornitig boat which was his special barge, was sunk at Colgong. When the royal army came near the black-fated Afghans, the wretches fled. MirzS Hiudil, who had been appointed to Tirhut and PurnTyft was, at his own request, permitted to depart to his new

I Jh&rkhand is sometimeu identi- fied with Chutia N&gpfir. It also represents the jungle mahaU of Midnap ur. It seems to me not im- probable that the name here is a mistake for Bharkfinda in Blrbhfim. See Beames’s Notes on Akbar’s Sar^ kdr$ J., R. A. S«, January, 1896, p. 97 and Jarrett II, 139. Bharkfinda was in sarkdr SharlfabSd. Dorn p. 107, speaks of Kh &n*B retreat-

ing to the mountains of Bercund,

and Garcin de Tassy’s Chronicle of 8h5r ^ah (76) is to the same effect. If the ShSrpfir mentioned later be Sfcirpfir Atal, Bharkunda is more likoly to be right than Jhar- khand.

• There ere several ShSrpfirs. but ShSrpfir Atil is probably the one meant. Blochmann 341, Jarrett Hi 140, and text Ain I, 407.

t Possibly the ziame is Mah&watl-

CHAPTeK XXV.

335

fief, 80 that be should come from thence witk a proper equipment to Bengal. His Majesty Jahftnbflul proceeded from there^ march by march, to Bengal, and by the Divine aid conquered it in 945J l^er the other Afghftns having taken the choicest treasures

of Bengal* went off by Jharkhand towards Rohtas, and got possession of it by means of stratagem.

KhAn^s vakimq of Fobt Rohtas.

The short account of this is as follows : When Sher Khan arrived in the neighbourhood of Rohtns^ which is a very strong fort; he sent messengers to Knjft Cintaman,* a bralwian, the owner of the fort, reminding him of past favours, and after making a foundation of friendship, he represented to him that he was in a difficulty, and begged him to treat him with humanity and to receive his family’and dependants into the fort, and thus make him Kh5n) pledged

to be his benefactor. By a hundred flatteries and deceptions the simple-minded Rajft was persuaded by the tricks of that juggler. He, a stranger to friendship’s realm, prepared six hundred litters, and placed in each two armed youths, while maidservants were placed on every side of the litters. By this stratagem * he introduced his soldiers and took the fort. Having placed his fjtmily and soldiers there, he extended the arm of sedition and blocked the road to Bengal.

History of HumIyOn (resum kd).

His Majesty Jahfinbani found the climate of Bengal agreeable and sat down to enjoy himself. The array finding a plentiful country gathered the materials of insouciance. At this time too M. Hindal was led by evil companions and authors of strife to entertain wicked designs, and went off in the height of the rains and with- out permission, towards Agra. Though admonitory mandates were

» 30th May. 1538, to 18th May, 1 539. Apparently Gaur was taken durinp; the rains and probably in June, 1538.

• Ban^Ala. Probably here and else- where Gaur, and not the province, is meant.

• Nisimu-d-dTn and Kh&fl Kh&u call him Har Kishan. Dorn, 93,

speaks of the RajA of Rohtas’ having a bralnnan named Chura- man who had much influence with him and who was won over by Sher

Khin.

♦ According to Dorn, 110, the story of the Utters is false.

336

AKBARNlMA.

Bent to him they were without effect. After some days he arrived at the capital and arranged Ilia seditious plans. In the inner- chamber 01 his brain, which was void of the divine halo, he concocted the desire of sovereignty. Sb^r KhaUf seeing the pro- pitiousness of the time, extended his strife and sedition. He came and besieged Benares ; he soon took it and put to death Mir FazlI the governor. From there he went to Jaunpur which was held by Baba Beg JaUir, the iather of Shaham Kb^n, he having been appoint- ed after the death of Hindu Beg. B&bft Beg brought Jaunpur under discipline and sedulously strengthened it. yusuf Beg, son of Ibrahim Beg Cabuq, was marching from Oudh to Bengal. He joined Bftba Beg, but was always scouring the country with an advanced guard and was ever in quest of an engagement. Jalftl Kb&n got news of this, and made a rapid march with 2,000 or 3,000 men. Yusuf Beg saw the dust of the army and was eager to fight. Though his comrades pointed out to him the largeness of the enemy and the smallness of his own force, it was of no avail, and ho bravely drank the last draught in the neighbourhood of Jaunpur. Next day the enemy invested Jaunpur. Baba Kh§n Jalair gave proof of courage and skill in defending it, and sent off reports to the Mirzfts and officers. He also made repeated representations to the Court (at GaurJ. Mir Faqr ‘Ali came from Dihll to Agra, and proffered sound advice to M. Hindal. After much discussion he brought away the Mlrz§ from Agra to the other side of the river. He also appointed Muhammad Bakhsbi to give what help the time allowed of, in des- patching MirzS Hindal quickly to Jaunpur. Mir Faqr ^Ali then went off from there to Kfilpi to get Yadgftr Na^ir Mlrzft equipped for the army, and to arrange for a meeting of the Mirzfis in the territory of Karra, ^ and for a march onwards from there. At this time Khusrau Beg Kokaltash, Haj! Muhammad (son of) Bnba Qushqa, Ztshid Beg, ‘Mirza Nazar and many others, out of crookedness and strife-mongering absconded from Bengal and came to M. Nuru-d-din Muhammad who had been left in Kanauj. The Mirzi reported their arrival to M. Hindal, and requested that they should be personally

1 Agra in text, but Lucknow ed. ly right. Tiefenthaler I, 236 has •

and Price have Karra (4 miles plan of Karra.

W.N.W.All&habSd)andthisiB clear-

OHAPTBR rXV.

337

received. M. Hitidal sent friendly letters to them by Mut^ammad Ghazl TughbalJ who was one of the Mirzft’a confidants. He also wrote ex- planations of their arrival to Yftdgftr Noijir MlrzS and Mir Faqr ^Ali. The officers who were with M. Nuru-d-din Muhammad, did not wait for an answer but came on to Kul (^Aligarh) which was in Zfthid Beg’s fief. Hind&rs messenger beard of this on his way and hastened to join them. These short-sighted disloyalists opened their raving mouths and plainly said, Henceforth we do not serve the king; if you, as you have already purposed, will have the hbutba read in your own name, we will enter into your service and render you faithful allegiance ; otherwise we shall go to Mirzft Eamran where happiness and a wel- come are waiting for us (lit, are in our bosom).” Muhammad Ghazl Tughbal returned and secretly delivered the officers’ message and said, that one of two things was inevitable. Either Hindal must have the khutba read itt his own name and send for and caress the officers, or they must be laid hold of by stratagem and be confined. M. Hindab whose head was always itching after folly, looked upon this opinion as a valuable find, and with promises of kind treatment sent for those irrefiecting traitors and spoke soothingly to thorn, and confirmed them in their evil imaginings. i

‘When the alienation of Benares and Jaunpur was reported to his Majesty Jah§nb§nl and the deceitful designs of M. HindM became known to him, he despatched Shaikh Buhliil who was one of the great Shfl’ikhs of India and the recipient of royal favours, from Bengal that he might proceed quickly to the capital, ami by sage advice restrain the Mirza from evil thoughts and induce him to act with one accord in extirpating the Afghans. The Shaikh arrived post-haste, just when the officers were propounding their wicked schemes and were near drawing M. Hindfil away from the straight path. M. Hindal went out to welcome him and brought him with honour and respect to his own house. The ^aikh’s weighty words strengthened M. Hindal in the intention of serving with which he had gone forth. Next day Muhammad Bakhshl was brought in order that all the preparations for the army — gold, camels, horses, accoutrements — might be made. Muhammad Bakhshl represented that there was no money for the soldiers, but that there

^ Or TUqbil. It ii the name of an Afghan tribe. Jarrett II» 403.

43

338

akdirmAha.

was abuiidance of materials and stores, and that he would carry out everything as was desired. Pour or five days had not passed since this conversation when M. Nuru-d-dlu came in haste from Qanauj. And apparently all hhat the officers had plotted together was strengthened by his coming. Muhammad QhfizT Tughbal was sent a second time to the officers and they reiterated what they had said before, and made this condition, that, as an indication that their proposals had been accepted, gj^aikh Buhlul, who was the king’s envoy and was confounding their schemes, should be publicly put to death, so that everyone might be assured that M. HindAl had separ- seed himself from the king, and that they (the officers) might serve him with minds at ease. The Sl^aikh was engaged in arranging for the march of the army, and was looking after the ordering of the accoutrements, when the messenger > returned. In accord with M. Nuru-d-dTn Muj^ammad the unbecoming proposal was ratified, and M. Nuru-d-dln Muhammad seized the Shail^, by M. HindSl’s orders, in his house and taking him across the river, ordered him to be beheaded* in a sandy spot near the Royal Garden. The aban- doned officers came and did homage tp the MirzS, and in an inaus- picious hour and in a time of confusion the kbutha was read in M. Hindftl’s name. The troops then marched* on. Though the chaste Dildftr A^ftca Begam, M. Hindftl’s venerable mother, and the other Begams counselled him, it was absolutely of no avail. The tongue of his actions uttered this verse.

Advice of man is wind in mine ear. But ’tis a wind that fans my fire.’’

^ i.e., TUghbaf. He had gone to ‘Aligarh where tiio officers still were, being afraid to como on until Hin- dal had proved his adhesion to their schemes.

• Badaoiii describes this occur- rence and gives the chronogram “ Assuredly he died a martyr," faqad mala i^ahidans=9i6 (1538). Shaihh BuhlQl or Pul was one of the great saints of India and elder

brother of Muhammad Ghaus of Gwalyar. BacUioni I. 4. M. Haidar speaks disparagingly of him as merely ar sorcerer, (p. 398,) but apparently never saw him, and was prejudiced against him because Hum&yiin’s attachment to BuhlQl had made him neglect Ehwaja N Qra, l^aidar’s patron saint.

• Presumably towards DihlT.

CHAPTER XXV

839

When M. Hindftl had the hbufha read in his name and oame before his mother^ that cupola of chastity had a blue ^ cloth over her breast. The MTrz§ said, What kind of dress is that you have donned at such a time of rejoicing ? That cupola of chastity replied, out of her foresight, “Why do you regard me? I am wearing mourning for you ; you are young (he was only 19) and have, from the instigation of irreflecting sedition-mongers, lost the true way ; you have girded your loins for your own destruction.” Muljamraad Bakhahi » came and said, " You have killed the ShaijA ; why do you delay about me ? ” The Mirzft treated him kindly and took him with him. When YSdgir Na^ir MTrzfi and Mir Faqr ^A1i heard of this bad business they made a rapid march from K§lpi vid 6w§lynr, and coming to DihlT took measures to strengthen the city and to provide for the fort. The Mirzft had reached Hamidpur, near Firozabfid when the news came that Yfldgar Na^ir Mirza and Mir Faqr ^All had arrived at DihlT. The MTrzft and the officers consulted together and proceeded to invest DihlT. Many of the petty jagirddfs round about came and did homage to the MTrza, and he made march after march and besieged DihlT. Yadgir Na^ir MTrzS and MTr Faqr ^AlT exerted themselves in holding the fort, and sent an account ^ of affairs to M. Kftmrftn and begged him to come and quell the sedition. He set out from Lfthor and when he came near Sdnpat,* M. Hinddl hurried off to the province of Agra without having accomplished his purpose. When M. Eamrftn approached DihlT MTr Faqr ‘All came and had an interview with him, while Y&dgftr Nftsir MTrzfi continued to hold the fort as before. MTr Faqr ‘AIT induced M. Eamrftn to proceed to Agra, and M. HindM not having the resolution to remain there went pff to Alwar. M. Kamran, after he came to Agra, desired that cupola of chastity, Dildar Agk&ca Begam to soothe M. Hindftl and to

1 kahU the sign of mourning.

• Also called SultSn Muhammad, (A.K., I. 259,) and perhaps the Bakbfihl called Sal|in Muhammad of BadaUifihan. Blochmann 528. He was a servant of Babar. (348 and 364.)

• 24 miles east of Agra. A pencil note toChalmer’s MS. suggests either UmidpQr 8 mUes W. by N. Flr5z5-

bad, or MuhamroadlpUr, 8 miles S. E. FTrdzSb&d. Y. NS^ir MfrzE and Faqr ‘All went by the West of Dibit and Hindal by the Bast, but he must have been very remiss to let them get from Kalpt to Dibit before him.

t I. a. 28 miles N. N. W. Dibit. Jarrett II, 287, where it is spelt Sonfpat.

840

ACBARKlVA.

recall him to obedience. That matron (kadhdnu), the pavilion of chastity^ brought M. Hindal from Alwar and introduced him to M. Kamrftn with his shroud (fdta ) round his neck. The Mirza (Kftmrin) behaved with propriety, and next day he forgave the seditious officers and held a leVee for them. The Mirzfis and officers joined together and crossed the Jumna in-order to put down the rebellion of Khftn. But as auspiciousness did not guide those highborn

ones they did not obtain the blessing of such a glorious service.

In fact when by celestial aid the country of Bengal had come into possession of the imperial servants, and its capital had become the headquarters of the army, and the great officers had obtained large territories in fief, they gathered the materials of enjoyment and pleasure and opened the gates of negligence in the front of their lives. The pillars of sovereignty paid lees attention to administration, and strife-mongers, of which wretches this wide world is never free, raised the head of discord and sedition. The time was at hand when slumbering strife should lift up her downcast eyelashes. Fissures found their way into the foundation of circumspection. Information such as could be depended upon did not come to head- quarters, or if one thing out of many became known to any of the confidants, he had not the courage to communicate it, for the arrangement then was that no particle of unpleasantness should be bruited in the august assemblage. When by degrees the truth about the rebellion in Hindfistin was conveyed by real well-wishers, who, in disregard of their own advantage, represented the true facts, his Majesty Jahftnbani called together the pillars of the state and determined the return of the Grand Army. Though from excessive rain the country was under water, and the rivers were tempestuous, and it was not the season for campaigning, yet on account of the emergency it was considered that a return was necessary for the preservation of the empire. The charge of Bengal was ordered to be entrusted to Zahid Beg,^ but that worthless one took up the presumptuous ways of an old servant, and having given

1 He was married to a sister of Some years afterwards he waB

HumSyflu’s favourite wife BSgha governor of flhasnin and was put

Bigam otherwise 9&jl Bigam and to death by Himrin. presumed thereupon. Jauhar, 18«

CHAPTIR IIT.

341

way to evil desires^ absconded and joined Mlrzft Hindftl. His Majesty made over Bengal to Jahftngfr Qul! Beg and left a large force to support him. He then in the height ’ of the rains turned his bridle and set out for the capital (Agra) .

When Sher Shftn heard of the returning of the royal army^ and of the departure of the Mirzfts from Agra he withdrew from Jaun- pur and proceeded towards Bohtfls. His plan was that if the sub« lime standards should come against him^ he should avoid a battle and return by the Jhlirkhand route^ by which he had come, and aim at Bengal, (qr. Gaur the capital). And if this should not happen (that Humftyun^a army should follow him) and if the imperial army should proceed towards Agra and an opportunity offered itself, he would follow in its wake and attempt a night attack. When the sublime army of his Majesty Jahinbftni arrived at Tirhut,* Sher ^ftn came to know the smallness of the force and the disorganiza- tion of the royal camp, and waxed audacious^ {iiirak) * and advanced with a large and fully equipped army.

He got under his control all the country round about the army, and no one was able to procure information about the enemy’s manoeuvres. Ibn ‘All Qarawalbeg! (chief scout) went and brought authentic news which were communicated to his Majesty through

This is not very intelligible. The rains of 946, (1539,) cannot be meant, for the battle of Causa did not take place till 27th June, 1539, and after HumSydn had been encamped in the neighbourhood for 2 or 3 months. 1 suppose Hnmiydn must have left Gkur in the end of the rains of 1538, i.e., in September or October, and before the country was sufficiently dried up. But if 40, he must have marched very slowly indeed not to get to Causa till March or April. The Hindfistinl chronicler of Shfir BhSh, Garcin de Tassy, saysHumiy On left Bengal when the sun was entering the sign of the Bull (i.«., in April). The same phrase *ain4-bdrdn,

height of thp rains, has been already used at p. 151, with reference to Hind&rs departure, though that must have taken place a considerable time before HumSyfin left Oaur.

There is the variant Narhan, but neither form seems correct, both being too far east. Price has Purtuh which he conceives may be Patna, and a pencil note tc^ Chalmer’s suggests Pfirntys. This last seems most likely. Humiyfin does not seem to have advanced on the N. bank of the Ganges beyond over against Monghir.

• A pun, i&imk meaning a little l&Jr tiger.

342

akbarnAva.

M. Muhammad Zaraftn. Though tho grand army had crossed the Ganges^ and was marching to the capital^ yet when news was brought of Kh§n*s arrival and of his being close by, the flames of the . royal wrath were kindled, and out of his perfect majesty and dominion he turned his reins towards him. Though it was represented to him that at such a time, when the army was in the highest degree without equipment — it having travelled such a distance through mud — it was improper to march against the foe and to hasten to the field of battle and that what was proper was to halt somewhere and recruit the army and then to undertake the crushing of the enemy, — such views were not acceptable to his Majesty and so ho crossed tho Ganges and marched against the foe.

It behoves us to know that it is an ancient canon and fixed principle that, when the stewards of the kingdom of Divine destiny assign to an individual an article of price, they open beforehand the gates of failure and cast him into a tumult of anguish, so that felicity may not remove the unique pearl from its place, and that by this experience sorrow may be fulfilled and things brought to an equili- brium. Accordingly, — as the apparition of the light-increasing star of mortals, which by showing itself in dreamland from out of Q^cul! Bahftdur’s bosom had exalted the vigilant by the blessing of ex- pectation, was drawing nigh, — the countenances of the thoughts of the meditative and farseeing are not scarred if before this there appeared some misfortunes. Thus did such things happen at the hands of sundry black-hearted, unwashed Affi^ftns, to a force which might have conquered the universe. Thus was it that, con- trary to the advice of ministers, the army marched against the Afi^Ans, and came face to face with gher Sbftn at the village of Bihlya ^ which is a dependency of Bhdjpur.* There a black * river called the Karmnftsa (Text, Kanbis) flowed between the two armies. The royal army made a bridge over it and crossed. Though the royal army was small and many were without equipments, it was victorious in every skirmish, and the Af^ftns were slaughtered on every side. But the period of encountering and slaying was pro-

iFathp^ Bihia. Beames J. A. 8. B., 1885,6. JarreUll. 157.

In ahihibid.

• An allusion to the evil reputation

of the KarmnABi, or Destroyer of merit, among the Hindils. See Bihar,

406 .

CKAPT1SR XXV

longed, and the great brethren, (Hnmflyun’s brothers), each of whom could have conquered a clime, placed, out of shortsightedness, a stumbling block in the way of their own fortune, and did not act harmoniously. The blessedness of learning what service was at such a crisis did not help their destiny. Though admonitory res- cripts were sent to them, the impressions on those inspired tablets took no form in the minds of those iron-hearts. Sb^r Khdn, out of craft, sometimes sent influential persons to the sublime porte to knock at the door of peace, and sometimes cherished wicked thoughts of war. At length he deceitfully and fraudulently left a body of infantry and inefficient men, together with bis artillery, in face while he himself marched two stages to the rear and then encamped. The royal army, which had all along been victorious, did not understand the craft of that trickster, so they followed and encamped. When an event is going to happen in accordance with destiny, carelessness on the part of fhe sagacious comes in to help. In this way great remissness ensued in keeping watch. At length Muhammad Zaman Mirzft showed utter negligence on a night when it was his watch. That fox Ober KhCn) who was waiting for an opportunity, made a night march and in the morning presented himself at the rear of the camp. His army was divided into three bands one led by

himself, one by Jalftl Kb&n, and one by Khawdff Khftn. The royal troops had not time to buckle their saddles or to close their cuirasses. His Majesty Jahftnbftnl when he became apprized of the army^s negligence, was confounded by this specimen of fate’s workshop, and the thread of resource dropped from his hand. As he was mounting, Bftbft Jalflir and QUc Beg ^ arrived, and he bade them go quickly and bring away the noble lady Begam.* Those two faithful and zealous servants drank the wholesome sherbet of martyrdom at the door of honour’s enclosure. Mir Pahlwftn Badakhgbi also and many others obtained the blessing of offering up their lives around the eqclosure of chastity. The time was very brief ; her Highness could not come out, but as the Divine protection and defence was her surety and safe-

1 See Errata, but according to some MSS. Tardi Big QSc Big is one man’s name.

• Daughter of Yidgir Taghil» uncle

of Humiy tin’s mother. She was, in her youthi his chief wife, and was greatly revered by Akbar.

344

AKBARNiXA.

guards the boisterona blasts of the evil-minded could not impinge on the sanctuary of the harem of ohastity^ nor the mists of black-heart- ed men touch the hem of the curtain of the illustrious recluses. Divine ’ spirits from the glorious sanctuary of sublimity defended the veiled ones of the chamber of chastity with the wands of the door-keepers of * jealousy ; wicked thoughts did not find their way into the hearts of those wretches^ and Khan sent ^ off with all

honour that cupola of chastity in perfect security and observance of seclusion.

In fine^ when his Majesty came to the bridge^ he found it broken. There being no other resource he plunged vrith his steed into the water like a river-traversing crocodile. By fate he got separated from his horse. Just then, as Providence was watching over his Majesty, a water-carrier became the Elijah* of his course, and by the help of his (the water-carrier’s) swimming, he emerged from that whirlpool to the shore of safety. On the way his Majesty asked him his name. He answered, ‘^Nifi&m.” His Majesty replied, very Nij^ftm Auliyftv” ^ He shewed him kindness and favour and promised that when he safely sate upon the throne, he would give him royalty for half a day. This anguish-fraught affair {q^§a-i-pur-gbu^^a) occurred on 9th Safar, 946, (7th June, 1539), on the bank of the Ganges at the Causa* ferry. M. Muhammad Zamftn, Maulftnft Muhammad Parghall. ^ Maulftnft Qasim ‘All Sadr, Maulftna JaUl of Tatta and many officers and (learned) learned men sank in the waters of annihilation. His Majesty in company with M. ‘Askar! and a few others rapidly pro- ceeded to Agra. M. Kftmrftn was exalted by kissing the threshold, and after some days, M. Hindftl was brought from Alwar by the intervention of M. Kftmrftn and his (Hindftl’s) motherland did homage

t This recals the expression iktAno- i^ghdirdtt p. 2 of text.

s ghe r Eh&u eventually sent her to HumiyUn in Afgh^istSn, when the latter returned from Persia.

• Shif^ Elijah is said to have disoovered the water of life. A. F. however distmgnishes between Khifi* and SUas. Jarreti 111, 375 and 377.

It is mentioned in Boebaoh’s Oriental Proverbs, Part II, Sec. 1, 91, that Shlfi* is considered in India to be the guide of those who have lost their way.

• A famous Dihll saint.

S InShihibAd. Beames, J. A. S.B. Lo.

7 See Tor. Ratik- 398 and 469 for some severe remarks on this man.

CHimt XXT

345

witli shame and downcast looks. His Afajestj from his innate clemency forgave his offences and made many inquiries about hie welfare. When from caoses beyond contri^ a destined event suddenly made its appearance, he at (mce sought to remedy it. He engaged himself in collecting arms and in retrieving the position. Officers and soldiers came from the provinces and had the honour of per* forming their obeisances. At this time the honest water-carrier pre** seated himself at the foot of the throne in reliance on the great promise. His Majesty JahftnbanT, who was the crown-giver and throne-conferrer of the land of generosity and urbanity, when he saw the friendless water-carrier afar oS, immediately gave his Cyrua

-covenant a place on the throne of fulfihnent, aad having vacated the seat of sovereignty in favour of the Elijah of the path^ he set the water-carrier, in accordance with his promise, upon the throne for half a day, ’ thereby eqnalling him to the monarch of midday. Having excepted sundry kingly powers and fnnctiona which his capacity could not have comprehended, he exalted him by conferring on him the dignity of command, and wiped away, with the swelling sea of munificence, the dust of want from the countenance of his condition and of that of his tribe. Every order which during that incumbency on the kingly throne, issued from the water-carrier, was executed forthwith. M. Kfimran on be- holding such loftiness soul displayed the rinkle of cavil on the forehead of criticism, and a pretext (for displeasure) was furnished to his trouble-seeking heart.

After this affair of deceit (that of Causa) IQ^n made an attack on Bengal. He came to the extremity of Bihar, and then halted there and sent Jalal K^ftn with a force of troublers against Bengal. In a short time there wae a battle with Jahftngir Q)ull Eb&n who bravely maintained the contest. Inasmuch however, as the design of Providence was, other wise, the Bengal officers did not act hannonioualy in patting down the rebellion, but sought their own comfort and did not combine in this war. After struggles and trials Jahftngir Quli waa tinable to keep the field, and had to retreat and take refuge with the landholders {zanMnddrun)^ He came forth thence on a false

’ The PeraiaiM call the sim Pdd§ltdk-i^Nimru», and A. F. seems to pun npon this and also oa the

44

circumstanoe that NlrnrSz is a name for Sfstin and Mekrftn.

846

akbabmIma.

treaty and engagement and was despatched, along with many others, to the plains of annihilation. S^er Shfin being at ease about Bengal went towards Jaunpur. This he subdued and made long the arm of strife. He^ sent his younger son, Qutb l^&n, with a large body of yagabonds against Kfilpi and EtSwa. When news of this reached the august ears, Yftdgar N&^ir, M. Qasim Husain l£han Uzbak> who held these parts in fief, and Iskandar ‘ SuUftn, who had charge for M. Kfimrftn of some estates in KAlpI, were sent against Qntb Khtn. These lions of bravery’s field encountered the foxy tricksters aud fought a great battle. By the Divine aid, they gained the victory and Qutb Khan was slain.

His Majesty Jahanbanl stayed, for a while in Agra, the capital, arranging his troops, and conciliating his brothers and relatives and amending their secret dispositions. Though he washed the dust- stained cheek of K&mrAn with the limpid waters of counsel, he could in no wise cleanse it, and however much he scoured the rust of con- trariety with the burnisher of advice, the brightness of concord could by no means be developed in the mirror of his fortune. And in such a crisis, when, even if there were internal dissension, outward concord wae necessary to safeguard his own fortunes, and at such a time, when together with other resources he had 20,000 tried soldiers with him, and when by the abounding and beneficent favours and prestige of his Majesty Jahftnb&nl, territoi^ from Kftbul to Ddwar Zamin* in the north, and to Samaba * in the south was in his possession, he, being contentious and wanting in his duty to so eminent a king, elder brother and benefactor, alleged illness and with abundance of care- lessness and absence of circumspection, held himself aloof from such important service. Almighty God returned to him in Ihis workshop of recompenses (this world), the fruit of his deeds and in the fore- front of life he beheld by his own* eyes the punishment of his actions. Some of these results will be briefly described with the pen of mani- festation in their proper place.

Probably the son of Sa*ld referred to in the Tar. 340, 467, 4c.

• Diwar Zamlu, or ZamTn Diwar is in AfghinUtiu, N.-W. .Qaudabar.

^ In Sihrind, Panj&b. Jarrett II- 296.

• Alluding to Kamrin’s being blinded by Humljy’&n.

CHAPTER XXV.

847

Bemistieh.

When his fortune was departed, the omen came true.

He had some chronic diseases, and instead of being aroused by those secret monitions, he out of perversity, grew stubborn * in the path of discontent against his benefactor, and in the displeasing of his superior. First he sent KhwSja Kalan Beg with a large force to Labor, and. then turning away from the qihla of fortune, himself followed him. He became an author and architect of destruction and detriment, drawing* evil on friends and attracting good to foes. Though liis Majesty Jahanbani ‘said, Prince, if you may not give the blessing of companionship and must throw away such an opportunity, make your men join me,’’ the Mirza in direct oppo- sition to his Majesty’s desire perverted even the king’a men and took them with him. Mirza Haidar, son of M. Husain Ourgan,* who was the cousin* of his Majesty Gitl-sitanI Firdaus-makanl,^ had come with M. Kamrah to Agra, and had enjoyed the privilege of serv- ing his Majesty Jahanbani, and had been treated with abundant favours. Mirza Kamrdn made his own ailment an excuse and laboured to induce him (Haidar) to accompany him. The Mirza showed himself favourably inclined towards M. Kamran and proceeded to ex- cuse himself (to Humayun), and out of want of cdnsideration brought forward the matter of leave. His Majesty observed, If kindred be the point for consideration, you are equally related to us both ; if loyalty and truth be regarded, the tie to mo is closer. If glory and manliness be sought, you should accompany me for 1 am marching aj^inst the foe. As to what M. Kamran is representing about his illness, you are not a physician nor a druggist, that you should go with hinf. What the Mirzft imagines about L&hor’s being a place of safety, is idle for, if anything is clear as the result of his holding back from this expedition, it is that he will not find a corner of safety in India. Tour action cannot be divested of two difficulties. Should I succeed, what face can you put on the matter or what

K&mrin persuaded himself -that Hum&yQn had tried to poison him.

• Cf. Tar, Radk‘, 474; “giving strength to the enemy, and prepar- ing defeat for his friends.”

• Or KUrkSn, %.e, son-in-law. See Tar. Eadk * and Mr. Elias’s note.

• KhaloMada, maternal aunt’s son. His mother was younger sister of Bibar’s mother.

348

1KBAIH2VA.

tjespeot will you have ? Tou will not from shame be able to lift your head from the ground, so that death will be preferable to life. If, which Ood forbid, the result be otherwise, it will be impossible for you to remain in Lfthor. Whoever has suggested such a thing to M. Kftmrftn is either wrong in his brain, or he is treacherous and has concealed the truth ard entered on the path of flattering.^^ ^ In fine, M. Haidar happily found the path of good counsel and gloriously associated himself with the army of honour. M. K§mrfln out of his abundant forces contributed 8,000 men under the command (hdiiltqi) of M. ^Abdu-l-Uh Muj^ul, and did not himself obtain the blessing of service.

t This account is abridged from ths Tar. Ra^. See EJias A Boss,

472 9i ssg.

CnAFTtR XXVI.

349

cmvrm xxvi.

March or his MaJCSTT jAHiHBANl jANNAT-A^IVANf’s AKMV ruOH Aoba, thr capital, to thr kastbrn Pbovincbs for sup-

PBKSSINO SjBfiB E^AN^S RBBKLLIOH; THB RETrURN ArfBlA CONTI8TS, AND THB ADMONITORT BVRNTS WHICH fOLLOWBD.

As tV »0 wondrous artists of fate’s picture pfallery pursue divers methods of painting and decoration, it is matter for thanksgiving and hot for complaint if their workmanship on this occasion be not in accordance with desires. Hence (Jod the world-artificer removed concord from the illustrions brotherhood and converted combination into separation. His Majesty went with few forces against many enemies, and out of a stout heart and native cqjirage heeded not the paucity of friends and the plurality of foes.

When the sublime army reached Bhdjphr,i I^fin came

with a numerous force to the other side of the Ganges and encamped. His Majesty determined to cress the river with his small army, and in a short time a bridge was put together at the BhojpQr ferry. About 150 heroes made themselves ready for >the fray and plunged into the river like sea-lions, heedless of the waves and whirlpools. Like river-traversing crocodiles they rushed into the treacherous deep and crossing over, routed the numerous enemy. After giving proof of their courage and accomplishing their object, they were re- turning to the camp, and when they came near the bridge the A}|^fins brought forward the elephant Oirdbftz,* which had remained with the enemy at the battle of. Causa, to break down the bridge. That enormous elephant approached the bead of the bridge and broke

1 This is the BhSjpUr m Sarkir Qananj. Jarrettll, 184. It is in the

east of Farukhibid and 31 miles I north-west (upstream’) of (^anauv \ A Ik^.Visys

860

akbarnAva.

its Bopports. Just then a cannon ball from the royal camp amputat- ed ^ the legs of the elephant Grirdbaz, and the enemy which was pressing on^ was put to flight. The gallant men who had signifled their devotion returned in safety.® The plan of campaign was that the army should march along the river bank to Qanauj. They pro- ceeded warily and slowly, march by march. On the way the enemy’s l^oats came in sight. A gun was flred from the royal artillery, and a large boat of the foe was broken to pieces, and was shivered by the dashing of the waves of vengeance. For more thsn a month the armies confronted one another near Qanauj. At length Muhammad Su1t;2in Mirzi and his sons^ Ulugh MirzA and Shfth MTrza — who traced their geneialogy up to Sahib Qiranl,and were daughter’s® grandsons of Sult&n Husain MirzA and had beefl exalted by serving OitT-sitanT Firdaus- makani, and who, after his death, had set themselves in opposition to his Majesty Jahanb&nl Jannat-ashiyanI, (as has already been alluded to) — finding neither glory nor profit in vain strife, and that strife- mongering against their benefactor was unsuccessful, returned to the threshold of his Ma jesty Jahanbftnl and proffered the prostration of obedience. His Majesty from his perfect kindness and liberality regarded their committed offences as uncommitted, forgave them and treated them with royal favours. But as they were radically bad and ungrateful, they again out of worthlessness and inaptitude took to flight at such a crisis and withdrew their feet from the sphere of constancy and patience. They also pointed the way of desertion to other wretches, so that many took the path of disloyalty and with- drew themselves. To his Majesty Jah5nbanl it appeared the proper course to cross the river and to engage at any cost, so that any form which was to emerge from the screen of secrecy might show its full face. If they delayed, things might take another (t. e, adverse] turn and a large number might desert. With the view then of putting an obstacle in the way of desertion, a bridge was made and a crossing

1 Chalmers ‘is probably right in translating this ** deprived the ele- phant of one of its legs.’*

• If would seem however that HumiyUn did not succeted in cross- ing the river with his main army, though presumably that was the

reason for making this bridge.

• See Errata to text.

® Suit Ana Begaro, the eldest daughter of Sult&n Qusain of Herit. Sult&n Muhammad MfrzK was her grandson, Babar 181 and Tar. Ratb* 474.

CHAPTER XXVI.

851

ordered. A trench was dug in front of the army^ and the artillery carriages were put into position and redoubts [murcalhd) constructed. Opposite to this^ gh^r I^ftn drew up a crowd of rebels and encamped after digging a trench. Every day the young men on each side came out and engaged. Meanwhile the sun entered Cancer^ i and the rainy season began. The clouds gathered with tumult^ like rutting* elephants^ and distilled moisture. The encampment became fioodedi and they were compelled to seek for high ground which should be free from water and mud^ and where the tents, the artillery-park, Ac. might be placed. It was arranged that the army should be drawn out on the morning of the ‘ishar day, (10th Muharram) and that if the enemy should come out of his trenches and advance, they would fight, and if he remained stationary, they would encamp in the selected spot. With this view they mounted their horses on 10th Muharram 947 {17th May, 1540), and drew up their lines. Muham- mad Kh2n Rumi and the sons * of Ustad ‘All Quli and Ustftd Ahmad RumI, and ](^asan Khalfftt, who were the directors of the artillery, arranged the gun-carriages and mortars, and stretched chains accord- ing to rule. The centre was dignified by the presence of his Majesty ; M. Hind&l had the fore-centre ; M. ^Askari the right wing, and Yftdgir Nfifir Mirza the left. ^

M. l;Jaidar writes* in his TanW^i-rashldl ^^His Majesty on that day stationed me on his left so that my right was close to his left, and from me up to the end of the left centre there were twenty-seven bannerets.* gh^r Khftn arranged his forces in five divisions, two, which were the largest, stood in front of the trench, and then advanc- ed. Jalfil Khan, Sarmath Khan, and all the Niyazis faced in front of M. Hindal. Miibaraz Khan, Bahadur Khan, Ral Husain Jalwani and

^ This is a mistake. The sun does not enter Cancer till after the mid- dle of June, and the battle was fought on 17th May. It is true this is old style, but even then the ordinary beginning of the rains had not arrived. Perhaps it was only a May storm.

• A. F. here alludes apparently to the moisture which exudes from ele-

phant’s foreheads when they are in heat. Blochmann, 120.

• Apparently it should be M. K. Kami, son of Ustad *A1I QulI. Ustad ‘All Quli was Bibar’s artilleryman.

• The quotation is not exact. See Tar, Baii, 475 et aeq, and Erskine’s Hist. II, 187.

• Lit, TUgh-hesring Amirs.

852

AKBABNlMA.

all the Kararini faced Y&dgftr Na^ir Mirz§ and Qasim Husain Khan. Khawa^? Kh&n^ Barmazid and many others came opposite M. ^Askari. The first encounter was between *M. Hinddl and Jalal Khan. A wondrous hand to hand fight occurred and Jalal Khfln fell from his horse. Tb^ royal left wing ^ drove back the enemy to their centre. When Sher saw this^ he made an onset in person with a large

force^ while Khawaf^ Kh&n and his companions fell upon M. ‘Askarl. As soon as the Afghans attacked^ many officers did not stand their ground but gave way. His Majesty twice attacked the foe and threw them into confusion. Though it is not reckoned that the king himself should share in a fray, yet at that time of testing manhood, how could rules be adhered to? Hence two lances were broken in his Majesty’s hands on that occasion and the claims of endeavour and courage were satisfied. But the brothers did not show brother- hood, and the captains did not keep the foot of fortitude in the circle of steadfastness, but from superfluity of naughtiness were negligent, and brought disaster on their lord. It would seem as though when this externally and internally great man, who saw with the eyes of truth and was capable of contemplating mysteries, went on this ex- pedition with such a small army, full of hypocrisy, empty of sincerity, it had crossed his lofty mind that it was many degrees better to hasten to the city of ani;iihilation on the steed of valour and to urge on the horse of his life to the goal of nothingness, than to be courteous to friendship-affecting enemies, to league oneself in hypocrisy with them, and to play the game (nard) of altercation (radd u hadl) with unfair gamesters. Better a mirage (jsardh) than a river (dbi) which must be drunk * in company with those wretches (dbruydn) ! Such to men of the world clearly appeared to be the case from his method of personal onset. Some of the loyal and single-hearted smote the hand of intercession and solicitude on the stirrup of dominion and forcibly withdrew him. This I say looking to the processes of the world of secondary causes. But in the world of reality, it was God, the world adorner, wiio withdrew him ! Inasmuch as the ascension of the

1 Text, Jardnghdr probably for JwiMnghdr. Apparently however the word should be vardngho^ for it was the right wing under HihdSl

which was successful. Jaubar 21.

• Khurda in text, but see Errata, Cf. with this about the mirage, text, p. 182, top line.

CHAPTIB XXVI

birth-star and the glorious celebration of the apparition of his Majesty, the king of kings (Akbar), wore drawing nigh, the wondrous Creator manifested such strango marvels ! One school of sages con- siders that such events are intended to quicken the attention and to arouse the noble-minded, and are not of the nature of recompense for actions. Accordingly it was held by ancient philosophers that world- ly calamities were a process of polishing for the elect, and of rusting for the crowd. A number of the enlightened and pure-hearted are of opinion that such occurrences are a process of education. When the stewards of fate’s workshop are advancing a chosen vessel to a lofty rank, they first make him compact of all worldly states, of joy and sorrow, health and sickness, ease and labour, expansion and contrac- tion, so that ho may be fitted for the lofty rank of sovereignty. And many of the swift traversers of the fields of contemplation are agreed that the reason of such trials is because it is God’s will that whenever the boon of greatness is to be bestowed on an auspicious one and the time of attaining that blessing be close at hand, there should be in that period’s antechamber a station of labours, and a- vent of trials; and that the dust of blemish should mark the skirts of liis grandeur and gloi;y so that when he hath ascended to the perfect stage and the most distant height, this molc^-stain may prove his charm i against the fatal * eye. To speak more clearly ; as the times of the appearances of the Holy Light in mortal man if esters and human ascension-points — such as was the holy office of her Majesty Alanqua — were made resplendent in mysterious withdrawals and apparitions of divers individuals; and so planted themselves in the visible* world, and were acquiring, under God’s special super- vision, the acm^ of development, so, — now that the period of the showing forth of the final cause of that Light, to wit, the holy incar- nation of his Majesty, the king of kings, Was at hand, — untoward occurrences were made the prophylactic charm of this great blessing.

^ Sipand, wild rue. Blochmann 139n. and 577n and Cf. Jarrett III,

“125 and note. Herklots in his Glossary says Ispand is the seeds of the Mehndi or Lawsonia inermis, generally thrown into the 6re along with benzoin and mustard seed.

16

• *Aimi‘l-kamdlt the perfect eye, or an eye capable of killing by its glance. Lane 2211a and 2423a.

® The text has

hddat but 3 B. M. M. S. have mulk u iAahddat.

354

AKBABMiMA.

Such was the beauteous fashioning of Creation’s workshop I And now I return from the unveiling of mjsteries to the thread of my narrative.

In fine, when defeat (iAikasti), which was to lay the foundation of the righting [duruaii) of the world, made its appearance, the oflScers fled without fighting to the bank of the Ganges, which was about four miles (a farsahb) distant, and as the requital of their disloyalty and ingratitude, sank in the whirlpool of disappointment, giving the vessels of their lives to the boisterous waters of annihila- tion in recompense of their unrighteousness. His Majesty JahSnbini mounted with firm foot on an elephant and proceeded across the river. He descended from the elephant at the water’s edge and was looking around for an exit. As the bank was high, no way out presented itself. One of the soldiers who had been saved out of the whirlpool Game there and seizing his Majesty’s sacred hand drew him up. In truth he then, by help of heaven’s favouring hand, drew to himself fortune and power. His Majesty asked him his name and birthplace. He made answer ^^My name is gh&msu-d-din Muhammad, my birthplace is Ghazni, and I am a servant of M. Kftmr&n.” His Majesty made him hopeful of princely favours. Just then Muq- addam Beg,^ one of M. Kftmrfin’s officers, recognised his Majesty and enrolled ^ himself among those who had received the gospel of good fortune. Acting upon this, he brought forward his horse, and obtained the news of distinction from royal promises. His Majesty proceeded from there towards Agra, and was joined on the way by the Mirzas. When they came to the environs of Bbangfipur • the villagers closed the market against the king’s men, and behaved in an unruly manner, attacking every one who fell into their hands. When the august mind wair informed of this, M. ^Askari, Yadgftr Nfisir M. and M. Hind^l were ordered to attack the villains and to chastise them. Nearly 3,000 horse and foot of the insolent knaves had gathered together. When the royal order arrived, M. ‘Askar! delayed

I Apparently all that is meant is that he entered HiimayUn’s service.

• Probably the man mentioned in Babar’s Mem. 400 and 401 as a ser- vant of Khw&ja Kalan.

• See Erskinc, Hist. II, 192n. The

place meant is BhangSon in the MainpUrl district, and on the Grand Trunk Road. Jarrett II, 184, where it is spelt BhQgaon (note by Mr. Irvine.)

ciftAmft xtvi.

355

tt) proceed and Yfidgfir Nft^ir M!rz& gave him jsome strokes with his whip, saying that it was from his discord that things had come to such a pass. Still he did not take warning, and Yftdgftr Nfifir Mirzft and M. Hind&l obeyed and went against the crowd. A great fight ensued, and a large number of the ilhfated villagers (guwdrdn) were killed. The MTrzas after giving them a lesson returned, and M. ‘Askar! who had come to complain, was reprehended. His Majesty Jah§nbftni hastened on to Agra. The provinces were in confusion and sedition raised its head on every side. Next morning his Majesty proceeded to the dwelling of that great exemplar, Mir RafI’,* who was sprung from the Safav! Sayyids, and was incom- parable for knowledge and wisdom, and was the choice favourite of princes. He took counsel with him, and the final conclusion of his Majesty was that he should go towards the Panjftb. If M. Kftmran were helped by the sovereignty of reason and auspiciousness, and should bind on himself the girdle of good service and come actively forward to help, the rift of sti^‘fe might still be closed. With this right intention he proceeded to Lfthor. M. ‘Askar! went to Sam* bal and M. Hindil to Alwar. On 18th Mubairam (26th May^ 1540) QSsim I^jiusain SultSn joined the king near Dihl! through the influence of Beg M!rak, and a large body of men col|[ected for the king’s service. On the 20th he again set out, and on the 22nd M. Hindftl and M. Haidar joined him in Rohtak.* On the 23rd his Majesty halt- ed there. The garrison shut the gate of the city in his face, thereby opening the doors of disgrace for themselves. His Majesty addressed himself to the attack and in a short space of time chastised the garrison. On 17th Safar the army arrived at Sihrind and on the 20th Mir Faqr ‘Ali closed life’s litter while on the march^ When the army approached Labor and were near Daulat Khan’s sardi, M. Kamran came forward to meet him and did homage. His Majesty alighted in the garden of I^waja Dost Munsh! which is the most charming spot

^ A. F.’a mother belonged to this family. Cf. Jarrett III. 423, where Mir Rafi‘ is called Mir RafVu-d-dIn Safavi of Ij (Shiraz), See also Babar’s Mem. 345, 349. A. F. speaks in the Ain of his being one of the Hasan and HusainI Sayyids. He

died in 954. Jarrett l.c. Rafi‘ was one of the doctors who encouraged Sher Shah to break his word to Puran Mall and the garrison of Raisin.

s In the Panj&b, 42 miles north- west of Dihll.

356

AfCBARKlltfA.

in Luhor^ wliile M. Hinddl took up his quarters in the garden of Khwaja OhfizT^ who was then M. Kfimran’s dtwdn. After that M. ‘Askari came from Sambal and settled himself in the house of Amir Wall Beg. At this time the fortunate gh&msu-d-din Muhammad who had given his hand at the river-bank, arrived and was exalted by princely favours. On the 1st ^ Rabl’u-l-awwal, 947, all the noble brothers and Amirs and other servants collected but in spite of so many lessons and celestial warnings, these fine fellows(Wzdn) were not taught and did not bind the girdle of sincerity on the waist of resolve. Several times they gathered together on his Majesty’s service, and deliberated and made vows and promises of unity and concord, and took the great and godly as their witnesses. S^wfija i^fiwand * Mahmud, brother of il^waja ^Abdu-l-haqq and Mir Abu-l-baqft frequently took part in the deliberations. At length one day all the MirzAs, nobles and grandees having been assembled, wrote out a deed (tazkira) of concord and unanimity, and to this auspicious minute all the officers gave their signatures.

When this record of confidence had been executed, the deliber- ations began. His Majesty gave lofty counsels and uttered excellent words. With his pearling tongue he said,^ The miserable end of those who deviate from the straight highway of concord is known to all. Especially since not long ago when SultAn Husain Mirzft beat the drum of death in ^uras&n, he left eighteen ^ capable and fortune-favoured sons and yet, in spite of all their array of wealth, in consequence of fraternal discord, the kingdom of Sihurfisan (which for so many years had been a centre of peace), became in a short space a centre of calamities and was transferred to gh^hl Beg. No trace remained of any of the sons except of Badru-z-zamftn who went ^ to Turkey, and all the sons of the MlrzA had been reviled and reprobated by

& Three days after this HumiySn Or. 157, 3485) SI. Qnsain had four-

had a vision in which the coming teen sons and of these, seven (ac-

birth of Akbar was announced. A. N. cording to Khwind Amir) died be-

13. Gf. Gulbadan’s account, f. 395. fore their father.

• See Tar, Eaih., 395, where he * A. F. gives HumiyUn the credit

is called ^azrat Makhdhml NSra. of this speech, but the Tar, Ea§b’»

Abdu-l-haqq was his younger brother. from which he no doubt copied it,

^ An ezaggeraticjn, which occurs ascribes it to Qaidar. See p. 478.

also in the Tar, Rafk. (B. M. Ms* * He too, it seems, went there at

CHAPTIB XZTI.

357

high and low. With what difficulty had his Majesty Gltl-sitSni- Firdaus-makani conquered a Hindustfin — so vast a country I If through your disunion it pass from our possession into the hands of ijobodies {ndkasdn) wh^t will the wise say of you ? Now is the time to sink the head into the bosom of good counsel and to exsert it from jealousy^B collar, so that you may attain headship among mankind, and be a means of gaining the favour of Ood.^’

Every one of the authors of compact and of the lords of con- federacy forgot the recent agreements, and each declaimed accord- ing to his own good pleasure. M. Kamr&n said, What occurs to me is that the king and all the Mlrzfts should spend some days unencum- bered in the mountains while I take their families to KAbul. When I have put them into safety, I shall return and join you.^^ M. Hindal and Yadgar Na 9 ir Mirzft said, ’’ At present we cannot fight the Af^dns The thing to do now is to go to Bhakkar and to subdue that country. By its means we shall conquer Oujr&t, and when these two kingdoms have fallen into our hands and we have brought the business to an end, the deliverance of this country (India) will be effected in an admirable manner.^’ M. Gaidar said, It is proper that all the MlrzAs should settle down after securing the slopes from the mountains of Sihrind to those of S&rang.‘ 1 engage that with a small force I will in two months get possession of Kashmir. When that news comes, let every man send his belongings to Kashmir, for there is no safer place. It will take Sher Kh&n four months to arrive and he will not be able to bring into the hill country the gun-carriages and

a prisoner, having been taken by Sultan SalTm. He died many years before this speech was made, of plague, in 926. Possibly the reference was to his son Muhammad. ZamXn, who served Bibar and survived till the battle of Causa in 1539.

1 See Tar. 12a|&., 479n. Mr. Elias is no doubt right in considering that Sirang is not a place-name. There is an Afghiu tribe in the Salt Range called the SirangsiT, (Temple, J. A. S- B., 1880, pp. 101 and 106), and

perhaps Gaidar M. referred to them rather than to an individual. His idea was that the Mughnls should occupy the lower ranges between the Indus and Kashmir, i. e., from Sih- rind in the S. E. to Rawalpindi on the N. W. For Sultin Sirang, see Blochmann 456 ; and Delmerick, J. A S. B. 1871, p. 87. He was Sul- tin Adam’s brother and must have died in Shir Shah’s time, for it was Sultin Adam who delivered up Eimrin to Humiyin.

358

AKBARKillA.

cannon which are the support ‘ of his warfare. In a short time the Afghan arm;^ will be ruined.”

As their words and their hearts were not in nnison^ the meeting ended without any conclusive speech. Whatever proposals were brought forward^ and whatever sound advice his Majesty communi- cated in the hope that perchance the lamp of wisdom might be light- ed for M. Kfimrdn and that he would turn away from his dark ideas and come to the abode of candour^ the Mlrzft did not alter what he had said. All his endeavour was that every one should be ruined, and he counted it a gain that he himself might go to Kabul and secure a corner for his own enjoyment. He was perpetually occupied with evil thoughts, and fortune-conferring words did not arouse him. Ostensibly he breathed unanimity and would say, shall come forth in some fortunate hour and shall gird on the belt of courage and fight’ the foe with singleness of heart.” But secretly he was strength- ening the foundations of opposition, and this to such an extent that out of wickedness and blindness, he privately sent QfizT ‘Abdu-l-lflh his fair to that he might establish friendly

relations with him, and made a contract of affection with him. Ho sought the fulfilment of his desires from the help o| enemies, and ho wrote a letter to the effect that if the Panj&b were secured to him as formerly, he would soon bring affairs to a successful issue !

After these occurrences Sh.er came to Dihll, but did not

advance further. He saw tliat what had happened was due to his good fortune, and was apprehensive lest if he went on further, his affairs would retrograde. He was extremely frightened about the combination which he heard was making progress in Labor. Mean* while the seditious fadr {fadr-i-pur-ghadar) who added vile malice to natural baseness, arrived. Qher ^an whose centre was pivoted in craft, warmly embraced him, and was a thousand times emboldened > by the good news of disunion. He gave him an answer in accordance with the Mirza’s requests. That wretch (the fadr) instigated him to make a hostile advance, and held out prospects of desertion,

Khgn sent a crafty follow along with him to ascertain the real state of affairs and then return. M. Kftmran received ilO^an’s am-

I Babir’s Mem, 416, mentions that the Bengalis, i.e., the Afgh&us, are

famous for their skill in artillery, t lAt. one heart became a thousand.

CHAPTER XXVr.

859

bassador in the garden at Lfthor^ and held a feast on that day. He also by entreaties induced his Majesty Jahanbau! to come there. That crudej short-sighted Mirzft again sent the same i^rotch (his ^adr) to S^er KbSn. On this occasion the betrayer of his salt came to the bank of the Sultftnpur river, and brought forward disloyal proposals and encouraged Qib©** Sifin to cross the river. Thereupon MuzafEar Turkman, who was stationed on outpost duty near tho Sul- t§npur river, came and reported to his Majesty that the enemy had crossed the river (the Bias) and killed his brother’s son Junaid Beg, who from his qualities of mind and body was a persona grata at Court.

In the end of Jumfida-l-ft^ir his Majesty JahanbanI and the MirzSs crossed the Labor river (the Ravi), which was fordable, and marched stage by stage to the Cinfib. As his Majesty JahSnbfinI was resolved to attempt Kashmir, he sent a body of troops in advance with M. Haidar to that province. For, when M. Kftmran made a rapid march to Qandahftr to contend with Sfim Mirz&, he left M. Haidar in charge of Lfihor. l^wSja H^jb ‘Abdu-l-makri,’ Zangi Cak, and many of the nobles were opposed to the ruler of Ka^mir and came to Lihor in order that by their intimacy with M. Haidar they might obtain air army from M. Kftmran and so get possession of Kashmir. Though M. Haidar exerted himself, i their wish was not fulfilled. When M. Hindal raised a disturbance by having the ha read in his own name, and M. Kflnirftn marked from Labor to Agra, M. Haidar by great exertions contrived to raise an army and to despatch it from the capital* under the charge of Biba Jujak^ who was one of Kamr§n^s superior officers. His design was that this force should proceed to Kashmir under the guidance of the Kashmiri nobles aforesaid, and take possession thereof. Babft Jujak was neg- ligent in setting out and meanwhile the disaster of Causa ferry, which was a blow to eternal dominion, came to be known. He gave

^ Text, Bikri, but the variant MakrI is right. Zangi is BumkI in text.

• Agra. See Tar. 482.

• Tar. Edfi,, GUcak Haidar does not say he was an officer of KSmrin shd apparently he was a Kashmiri. It appears from Niiimu-d-din and

a

from Jarrett II, 390, that there was an expedition before this from tho Fanjib and that K&mran sent one, Muhamjnad Big into Kashmir but that after plundering he had to re- turn. Apparently this was not long after HumiySn’s accession.

360

akbarnaha.

up the expedition, and the Kashmiri nobles tarried in Nanshahr,’ Rajauri and the hollows of the hills in the expectation of some event. But they were continually writinpf letters to M. Haidar full of the advantages of conquering Kashmir, and the Mirzfi used to bring these to his Majesty Jahanbanl^s notice. His holy heart grew daily more and more eager to visit the charming country of Kashmir, and mean- while he gave permission to the Mirza to proceed in the first place to Nau^ahr with a body of troops. If the Kashmiri nobles, who were always urging the expedition, should come forward, Sikandar Tupci, who was a fief-holder in that neighbourhood, was to join him with his troops. When ho got to the passes, Amir Khwaja Kalan, who was one of the high officers of his Majesty Giti-sitani Firdaus-ma- kani, and of whom some account has already been given, was to come and help. As soon as the news of Khwaja Kalan Beg’s arrival should reach his Majesty Jahanb^ni he would proceed in person towards that province. His Majesty was on the bank (the right or ^est bank) of the Cinab when M. Kftmran and ‘Askari Mirzfi went off to Kabul with Khwaja ‘Abdu-l-toqq and Kbwaja Khfiwand Mahmud. Muhamtnad Sultfin Mirza, Ulug^ Beg Mirzfi and §bfth Mirzfi on hear- ing, in the territory of Multan, about the separation, joined M. Kfimran on the bank of the Indus. In the beginning of Rajab, 947, M. Hindfil, Yadgar Nasir Mirza and Qfisim Husain Sultfin succeeded by importunity in taking his Majesty JahfinbfinI off to Sind, though his intention had been to march to Kashmir. Khwfija Kalan Beg, who had promised to accompany his Majesty Jahanbani Jannat-fishiyani, went off from Siyfilkut and joined M. Kfimrfin. Sikandar Tupci withdrew to the Sfirang hills. In the same Rajab, after his Majesty Jahanbfini had gone towards Sind at the Mirzfi’s instigation they, after going some stages^ left him out of thoughtlessness and the suggestions of Beg Mirak, who had abandoned his service and joined them. Meanwhile Qazi ‘Abdu-l-lah arrived with some Afghans. M. HindaFs scouts seized them and brought them before him. The ill-fated Afghans were put to death, but the wretch ‘Abdu-l-lfih having still some breaths of his life remaining, escaped punishment at the intercession of Mir Baba •

I In the Peshawar district, t I believe this to bo the father of Hamlda, Akbar’s mother. See Gul- badan who calls Hamida’s father

Mir Bab& D6st. As he was a teacher in Hindars service he might natur- ally intercede for a learned man.

CHAPTER irvi.

361

Dost. For twenty days the Mirzas wandered in the desert of asionish- ment. They had no idea what to do or where to go. I’hey were severed from fortune and auspiciousness, and having left dominion’s fellowship, they had lost their object. As they had not followed the path of purpose, they were astonished and confounded. His Majesty Jahanb&ni had gone by way of the desert towards Hhakkar, and was wending his way according to guess and conjecture. They found no water, and there was no graiji, but went on under the guidance of endurance and with the rations (zdd) of reliance upon (lod. At length one day they heard the sound of a kettle-drum. On inquiry, it was found that M. Hindftl and Yddgar Nasir Mlrza were three kGs away and were pacing the valley of search. His Majesty JahSnbSnl sent Mir Abu’l-baqa, who had left the society of M. Kfimran, and become a companion of the sublime army, to the Mirzas to give them information about the camping ground, and to speak wise words and advise them to come and kiss the sublime threshold. The Mir in accordance with these instructions counselled the Mirzas and acted as their guide to the blessing of service. They proceeded in harmony towards Bhakkar. Khawa^s Khan and a large army of Afghans was coming up in the rear, but though the imperial army was very small, the former had not the courage to give battle. In the end of Sha^ban (last days of 1540) when the camp reached Uc ‘ the Amir Sayyid Muhammad Baqir Husaini, who was the frontispiece of Sayyids and of the ‘UlamS of the ago, expired and was buried there. His Majesty grieved much for his death, but as this evil earth is a scene of departure and dismissal {guzashtani u guzdiAtani), he displayed that resignation to the Divine command which is the ornament of those whose regard is fixed on the station of submission (maqdm-utaslim) . When they had encamped near the residence of Bakhshul Langa one of the landholders and grandees of that part, an order of grace and a xnsindate of favour was sent together with a glorious W^iVat by Beg Muhammad Bakdwal, and Kacak Beg, and hopes were held out that he should receive the title of Jah§n, a flag and a kettle-drum, and he was invited to do loyal service and to send corn to the camp. He came forth to meet the envoys, saluted them, and behaved with

^ That is, arrived opposite Oo for | tide of the CliiCb and between it and th^ were’ travelling down tbs west { the Indus.

46

362

AKBARNllTA.

respect. Tliough he had not the good fortune to come and kiss the threshold, yet with regard to what was ordered, he showed obedience and alacrity, and also sent a proper present. Likewise he arranged for traders to bring articles for sale at the royal camp, and he provided manyljoats for crossing the river on the way to Bhakkar. YfidgSr Nasir MirzA wont on with the advance guard, and on 28th Rama:^an (26th January, 1541), the army reached the neighbourhood of Bhakkar. Two days before this QftzT ^iyftgu-d-dfn of Jfim, who was connected with the illustrious family,* and was adorned with gifts and graces, was raised to the office of fadr.

When by God^s help they had passed through so many perils on the way and had reached the territory of Bhakkar, they pitched their tents at Luhrl (Ruhr!) which is on the river bank* and opposite Bhakkar. His Majesty took up his quarters in a garden on the environs which was unequalled for pleasantness and delight. Charm- ing houses had been erected there and were made illustrious by his presence. The other gardens and houses wore divided among his followers. M. Hind§l went four or lavokfia and encamped, and some days afterwards made his station on the other side of the river. Yftdgar Nft?ir MirzA also settled afterwards on that side. Sultan Mahmud of Bhakkar, who was a servant of Mirz§ Sh&b Husain Beg Arghun, laid waste the Bhakkar territory and strengthened the fort. He also took away the boats from this (the east) side of the river, and anchored them under the fort. This SJ^^h Husain Beg was the son of the Mfrzft ^ah Beg Arghun who, when his Majesty GTtl-sitdni Firdaas-makftnl took Qandahar from him came to Tatta and Bhakkar and brought all that country into his subjection.

When the majestic army established the light (far) of its rendez- vous at LdhrT, a lofty mandate was sent to SulUn Mahmild calling upon him to pay his respects and to deliver up the fort to the royal servants. He represented in reply that he was the servant of Mirzft g]iab Husain, and that so long as the latter did not come, it would not be consistent with loyalty for him to present himself, nor could

^ Huini^fln*s mother was con- nsoted with Ahmad Jim, and so was his wife, the mother of Akhar. flhlyiiu-a-dln wrote a Mofdddndma, or account of Akbar’s birth. Bloch-

mann 382, and HaSsir III. 231 in account of Hir ‘AH Akbar. Ohirisa- d-din afterwards deserted HnmlyDn.

• On the east bank.

CHAPTEB ZXVI.

363

he make over the fort without Sbfth IfJusain^B permission. Such and such like were the expressions of inability that he used. His Majesty accepted his excuses^ and sent Amir Tfthir ^adr and MTr Samandar, two of his confidential servants^ to M. 31lBh Husain at Tatta^ and dignified him by promises of favour. M. ghah Husain received the envoys with respect^ and sent ghaikh Mirak, the flower of the des- cendants of ghail^ Puran whom all the Arghuns reverence and rely upon from old times, as a messenger, and with a suitable present, to accompany the royal ambassadors to the Court. lie represented that the district of Bhakkar yielded little, while that of ITdjkdn^ was rich and populous and possessed much corn; that it was fitting that his Majesty should turn his reins towards it and take it into his possession, and that in that way the army would be comfortable, and also he (gb^h Husain) would be at hand with his service. It was a fortunate and auspicious circumstance for him that his Majesty should now come to those parts, and that in course of time his fears and apprehensions would disappear and he would do himself the honour of paying his respects. He also represented that after ho had had the gratification of paying his respects, his Majesty would, with a little exertion, be able to bring Gujrftt into hia possession, when the other territories of Hindustan would fall into his hamds. That sordid one converted duties (J^uquq) into disobediences i^uquq) and coming forth by the door of deceit and dissimulation, made a display of false though fair-seeming expressions. His Majesty, appointed M. Hlnd&l to Patar* and its territory, and himself spent five or six months in the

• Jarrett II. 340.

• In Sarkar Sivrastaii (Sehwan) and lower down the Indus then Bhakkar. Jarrett II. 340. where it is spelt B&tar, but with the variant P&tar. Ni^imu-d-dln says it is 50 koa from Lahrl. Jauhar, 30, says it U 20 miles west of the Indus. It is perhaps the Pir Patta of Barnes’s jonmey to Kabul, p. 10. The best account of it is in Major-General Haig’s Indus Delta (1894), p. 91, note. He says **The ruins of the town of Pit, where in August, 1541,

Humayun married Hamlda, and where some time later (since 1545) his brother Kamran married the daughter of Shah Iluseyn lic.s a littio to the cast of the present village of that name in the Kakar ^Pargana, and bears the name of P&t’kubnafold Pit). On the west side of the old site, and separating it from the new village, is an old channel, now con- taining standing water. In this channel, says a local chronicle re- lating to that part of the country, the river ran at the time of

864

AKBARNlUA.

pleasant spot of Luhrl in the hope that the ruler of Tatta would enter on the right path. Daring this interval he honoured M. HindAl bj visiting him in his camp at Pfitar.

As the period of the appearance of the light of fortune and the rise of the star of glory and grandeur, — which should give grace to spiritual an^ physical, beauty and be the perfect beautifier of this world and the next, — were approaching, so did the apparatus for the attainment of this - grand blessing and the notes of the existence of this supreme gift become more and more prepared. The waiting eyes of the heavenly saints of many thousands of years were bright- ened by the bounteous advent of that nursling of light, and the dim evening of earthly hopes assumed the beauty of the morning from the glory of the coming light of that great pearl of the Caliphate^s diadem. For it was on this expedition and in a most excellent season and point of time, that in the year 94d ^ he brought Her Highness Maryam-mak§n!, the sacred and noble lady, the glory of whose chastity and purity and the light of whose sovereignty and sainthood, show forth from her lustrous brow, into the bond of matiimony, with lordly ceremonies and royal rites. A festival of fortune was arranged, and coins from the treasury of gifts were showered on the head of the world, and hearts were rejoiced by blissful favours. Khwaja Hijri * of Jftm rendered good service in this auspicious affair. Thereafter the yoke-fellows of blessing and fortune proceeded towards the camp. For a time the territory of Bhakkar was their place of residence. Gra- dually, owing to the disloyalty of the landholders, orn became dear

HuroAyUn’s visit, so that coming from Babarlo (a little to the south of R5hrl) by BhStAnI in KandhT&Vi^ and Darbelo, he had no water to cross. The river now runs (or did a few years ago) 5 or 6 miles east, and also 3 miles squth of PAf* The place gave its name to an extensive and very fertile tract of country in former times.”

^ A. F. does not give the month and day. Gulbadan says, p. 436, that the marriage took place at midday on a Monday in the begin-

ning of Jumada’l-awwal, 948, and that HumayUn himself took the astrolabe and calculated the auspicious mo- ment.

• See Bad&onI III. 386. Hajrl was a religious poet, and apparently the meaning is that he celebrated the marriage in verse. He was a des- cendant of Ahmad JAm. He called himself Qasan HijrT, the last being an assumed name and signifying apparently that he was one who lived apart.

chapter xzvi.

365

and the country was made desolate. Imbecile apprehensions and improper schemes passed into the minds of the Mirzfis who were his Majesty^s companions^ — such thoughts as might be entertained and impressed on the minds of the insincere — till at length M. HindSl, at the instigation of Tfldgftr Nd^ir Mirzfl who was always secretly in opposition, and by the stirring up of Qarflca KhAn who held the government of Qandahar on M. Kamrftn^s behalf, set off and went to Qandahar. He also sent a man to Zfldgir Nftsir Mirza to tell him of his own departure, and to call upon hinpi to do likewise.

When his Majesty heard of this he went on Tuesday, 1 8th Jumft- da’l-awwal, 948 (September, ‘ 1541), to the quarters of Mir Abu’l-baqi and held a conference with him- He then sent him, under the most respectful circumstances, as an envoy to Yfidgfir Nfifir Mirza, that he might bring him from the danger-spot of error to the straight path of rectitude. The Mir wet\t and by judicious counsels brought the MirzA back from the path of opposition to the highway of concord, and by his faithful and truthful utterances withheld him from im- proper schemes. He settled that the Mirzft should cross the river and acknowledge service, and should henceforth remain steadily in the fore-court of submission and devotion. The conditions were that when Hindustfin should be conquered, the Mlr^ should get one- third, and that when they arrived at KSbnl, he should have QhaznT, Carkh and Lohghar.* which his Majesty Gitl-sitAnI, Firdaus-makfinI had given to the Mlrzft’s mother.* On Wednesday the Mir proceeded to return after fulfilling his mission. The men of the fort of Bhakkar got news of his departure and sent a force against his boat, and discharged a shower of arrows on the Mir. He received several dangerous wounds, and died next day. His Majesty Jahfinbftni was exceedingly grieved at this, and said with his truth-speaking tongue, that the oppositions and contumacies of brothers, the in- gratitude of those whom his salt had nourished, and the helplessness of comrades and friends whereby the kingdom of India had been lost and many troubles had appeared, were all but one side to (t .s..

^ 18th Jumida’l-awwal would ap- parently be 11th September, 1541, but then the 18th was a Saturday, not a Tuesday. Perhaps A. F. wrote 13th.

i B&bar’s Mems. 148, Jarrett 11. 406.

• BSbar’s sister-in-law, widow of his youngest brother N<fir Mirai.

366

AKBARNlMA.

were all equalled or balanced by) the loss of the Mir; nay^ those calamities did not equal this one. And in truth the Mir^s eminence was such as he in his appreciation declared it to be.^ But inasmuch as passing wisdom and right-thinking were rooted in his Majesty Jahanbfinl^s sacred person and were supreme there^ an event like this^ which might have been a place of stumbling to the saints of faith and might, made him draw nigh to perfect wisdom and swayed him to submission and resignation. Even in such a wisdom-robb- ing catastrophe, which might have displaced many a man^s foot of patience, this wise and God-fearing one took counsel with God- given reason and submitted to the Divine will. Or if by reason of the onsets of circumstance, and the constraining power of his tem- perament, he could not attain to this blissful retreat, he put aside sighing and crying, as is the manner of those whose hearts are tied and bound to outer things, and was contented with the narrow pass (iangndl) of long-suffeiing patience. Praise be to God that though his Majesty was at Erst, owing to his humanity, somewhat overcome by cares and affliotionSi yet onder the guidance of right reason he became cheerful under worldly troubles and recognised good in the Divine decrees, according to the fashion of the pious and steady of eye who bind nosegays and gather fruit in the rose-garden of sub- mission and resignation, and who come to contemplate with truth- discerning eyes the flowers of such gardens. Five or six days after this presaging dise^ter, Yadgfir Ni 9 ir MTraft crossed the river and had the good fortune to do homage to his Majesty Jahftnbftnl, who gave him a gracious reception. Meantime Shaikh Mirak, the ambassador from Tatta, received his conge and a rescript was sent to the ruler of Tatta, tor the effect that his representations were accepted on condition that he faithfully came and did homage. The ruler of Tatta for a time gave out that he wa8tx>mmg» As his words | were unillumined by sincerity’s lamp, they did not attain the glory of performance. At length his Majesty Jahsnb&nl granted Bhakkar and its territory to T&dgar Natfir Mirza and in the beginning of Jumada’I-fikhii^#

^ It was the Mir who made the remark which led to BAbar’s devot- ing himself for Humayan’s recovery from sickness, so HumiyQn may have thought he was indebted to him for

bis life. The Mir ia mentioned in the Tar. Ra^. 478. It was he also who arranged about the marriage of HumAydn and Ipamlda. See Gul- badhn’s Mems. p. 43b.

867

CHAP|riR XXVT.

(latter half lof September^ 1541)| inarched against Tatta. Having given to the Mirza that bad country which by the benediction of kingly justice had turned its face towards civilization and became rich in corn and vegetables^ he moved forward. Near the castle of Sehwan, Fazll Beg the brother of Mun’im Kh^in, Tarash Beg, elder brother of Khftn, and others, to the number of about twenty

were proceeding by boat when a party came out from the castle and attacked them. They disembarked and assaulted the foe who fled into the castle. Some of these tigers of valour’s forest went up to the fort, but as they were not supported, they withdrew and joined the camp. On 17th Rajab his Majesty Jahanbfini reached Sehwan and invested the castle. Previous to this, the garrison had laid waste the buildings and gardens in the environs. During th^ siege the ruler of Tatta advanced, and blocking the way, prevented com from reaching the camp. Owing to the protracted siege and the scanty supplies of com, the base and dishonest began to desert and even the feet of great men, whose notions of rectitude had departed, came to slide from their places. For instance, Mir Tfthir fodr, j^wftja Ghiy§§u-d-dm of Jftm, and Mauldnft ^Abdu4«baqi went off to the ruler of Tatta’s camp, while Mir Barka, Mirzfl Hasan, Zafar ‘Ali^ son of Faqr ^Ali Beg, and JO^wftja Muhibb ^Ali Bakbiii hastened off to Yadgfir Na^ir Mirzft. At this time it came to his Majesty’s ears t^at Mun’im Fazll Beg and many others had joined together and

were intending to withdraw. His Majesty as a precautionary measure imprisoned Mun’im O^an, their ringleader. I shall now stop this part of the narrative, and give some account of YadgSr Nasir Mima.

Account of Yddgdr Nd^ir Mirza,

He madeLuhri his residence when hisMajesty left him atBhakkar. Twice did the garrison attack him by surprise, and, willing or unwill- ing, the Mirza showed courage in those engagements. Muhammad ^Ali Qdhucd (t.6., door-keeper) and Sh^r-dil, both of them related to Mnn’im Khan, bravely drained the wholesome cup of martyrdom. On a third occasion, they (the enemy) had the daring to leave their boats and draw up their forces on the sands. On this occasion the Mirzi’s men showed such superiority that nearly 300 or 400 of the enemy were killed, and the hot sand was saturated with the evil blood of those victims. Such fear fell upon the enemy that they did not again venture to come

akbabnIma.

oat. MTrzft glifth ^usain increased his craft and led the Mlrzft oat of the straight path. He sent his seal-bearer, Bfibar Qulf, to him, represent- ing that he was old and had no sympathiser,^ that he would give him his daughter in marriage and make over his treasures to him, that he did not wish to spend uselessly the few remaining days of his borrowed life, and that they two together might conquer Gujrfit. In fine he deceived that simpleton by lying promises,* and the latter being void of understanding and crooked in thought, stained his forehead with disloyalty. If- he had had a particle of magnanimity or a glim- mering of discernment, he would never even for valid promises have planted his foot in the circle of disloyalty, nor have hearkened to the interested representations of the perfidious, but would have practised honesty and kept his head erect I

When his Majesty Jahanbftn! saw the straits to which the army was reduced, he sent a messenger to Yfidgftr Nfi^ir Mirzft requesting him to fall quickly upon the ruler of Tatta, who was blocking up the way, so that the army might emerge from the strait of difficulty into ample space. Though the Mirzft had in his heart became alienated, yet he preserved appearances a little by sending out an advance- camp. But with the same crndity of thought, he delayed and loiter- ed in marching out. Thereupon his Majesty Jahanbftn! sent ShaiUll ^Abdu-l-ghafur^ who was sprung from the ShBiUs of Turkistftn, and whom his Majesty had made one of his intimates,* to contrive that

• 8hfth Q^sain never had more than two wives, and from the first he soon passed. He never had a son.

■ “ The lying promises of ‘Urqftb.” See Lane, 20d2fi.

• ToAi os muqtmrahan^i’ht^ sd^- ia hudcmd. There are three variants, tfcm muqamiban : Mulawiman, Mir ifdldn’and Mir Pdldn, Apparently Mir Mllftn is right for Ersldne has it in hisiMS. trs. B.M. Add. 26,607, and Kifftmn-d-dln describes Abdn- l-ghafBr as Hamftyftn’s Mlr*i-mal, i. 6 ., (a 4 MK>rding to Blodimann YI), keeper of the privy purse. See also D’Herbelot •. v. Mirimdl, ‘Abdu-1-

ghafftr is perhaps the man men- tioned in Bloohmann 538, and whom Kifftmu-d-dln also names in the list of learned men and of whom he says that he for a long time taught in por^ona ‘Aslmpftr. See also Badftoni III. 42. Evidently his language was unbecoming because he frightened Yftdgftr by giving him a bad account of HumftytUi*B position. Kifimu-d- dln says that ‘Abdu-l-ghafftr gave such a description of the Emperor’s difficulties hat Tftdgftr and his men thought it best to await the takin of Bhakkar.

CHAPTBB XXVr.

869

the Ml reft should France quickly. But that worthless fellow walked crookedly and as the saying is, —

VerseJ

This very road on which you are going leads (also) to Turkistftn.

He perverted bis mission and by his improper language so affected the short-sighted Mirzft that he even neglected appearances and recalled his advance-camp. When his Majesty Jahanbfini perceived that the times were so unpropiiious, and that the army’s difficulties were beyond conception, he saw that it was useless to remain longer near the fort (SehwAn), and proceeded on 1 7th Zi’l-qa^da (23rd February, 1542), towards Bhakkar and Lahrl. At this juncture one of Yadgar Naeir Mlrzft’s censurable acts was, that at the instigation of the ruler of Tatta, he seized and sent to him Gandam * and H&la, who were loyal zamindars, and had shown their loyalty by collecting boats, Ac. That * unrighteous one put them to death in punishment for the meritorious act of this service. His Majesty passed over this vile act and a hundred like it and was always for conciliation, thinking that per- chance he (the Mirzft) would write words of regret on the page of his actions and come into the house of amendment. When the sublime standards reached the borders of Luhri, Yftdgftr Nftsir Mirzft came out with a body of men to attack the camp. His Majesty on hearing

I Oulistdn Book II, Story 6. The whole verse is—

“ O Arab, I fear you’ll never reach the Ka*ba,

The road you’re on leads (also P) to Turkistan.”

The meaning is not very clear, but I think it is, that all depends on how the face is set. The road leads to the Ka*ba, but also to Turkistftn, i. e., in the opposite direction. I do not

t now if A. F. means to charge ‘ Abdu- ghaf ur with treachery, or only with awkwardness. Probably the latter is meant, the envoy having by his bad driving, made the Mirza go back instead of forward. Perhaps there 47

is a point in the envoy’s belonging to Turkistftn.

• This story is told at greater length by Nisimu-d-dTn. Elliot V.

210. Hftla is the name of a division in Sind (^ughes* Gazetteer, 185) and perhaps Gandara is a place name also. The Zamindftrs’ offence was that they enabled Humftyftn to cross the river from Bhakkar by raising some sunken boats. Gandam means wheat and Price so renders it, but here it seems to be a person’s name.

ft The clause begins with td and perhaps what is meant is that they were sent in order to be put to death and not that this actually occurred.

370

AKBARNilfA.

this immediately got on horseback. Hasbim Beg, who was one of the Mirza’s right-thinking confidants, on hearing ot this shameful proceeding, went quickly to him and violently seizing his rein, turned him back. He chided and reproved him, and speaking bitterly and harshly, said Apparently gentlemanly feeling, shame, respect and reverence have left the world. In what religion and by what canons of reason and sense, is it allowable to exhibit such levity and to set oneself up against one^s benefactor V*

Verse.

Good was that commander^s saying,

Watch the measure of thy work.

Plant thy foot on the pedestal of thy ability.

So that thou make thyself a place on the sky-top.

Whoever does not quit his own affairs,

Eats the fruit of whatever he sows in this world.

By such wise counsels he brought the MlrzS back to Bandar ^ Lahari.* Meanwhile many, such as Qflsim IjEusain Sul^Sn, followed the path of error, and separated from his Majesty, and came over to Yftdgar NS^ir Mirz&^s side.

Return to the main narrative.

When by the requirements of the mysteries of Divine wisdom and by the subtleties of eternal counsel, which arrange within the cover of every failure (namuradt) many materials of success {asbdb-i-murdd) , there was no form of success in Sind and when the decisive test for man’s unmanliness had been applied, and the disloyalty of the army, the unhelpfulnesB of brothers, the folly of kindred and the unfavonr- ableness of fortune had been revealed, his Majesty desired to don the dress of the recluse and the ascetic and to strike with the foot of longing into the desert path of the travellera on God^s way, and to take up the circumambulation * {hal^a) of the Ica^ba of purpose and

1 This is either a mistake, or an • ^alqa-i-lca’ha-i-murdd. flalqa

unusual expression. Bandar Laharl means a ring and also a doorknocker

is not liUhrl or RUhrJ on the Indus. but I suppose the meaning here is

hut a- seaport at the mouth of the that Hum&yan thought of going to

fiver and in $arJcdr Tatta. Jarrett Mecca and making a devotional cir-

II. 3Sd. Bhakkar is placed by A. F. cuit round the ka*ba,

in MultKn. Jarrett. S27.

CHAPTRlt XXYU

871

the thread of the ekirt of resolution^ or to retire into a hermitage, preferring the cell of ease to the beholding of his contemporaries, and wishing to be far removed from this world full of care (daib) and worldlings full of craft {farib). All his right-thinking comrades who in weal and woe had waited on his stirrup and kept close to the reins of his society, besought him to abandon this idea and repre- sented that the thing to be done now was to cast the shadow of fortune’s Humd ^ on the country of Maided and there to recruit his spirits, for Maided had repeatedly sent representations of devotion and made protestations of loyalty ; that he had an army and an arsenal ; that evidently he regarded this as a favourable opportunity and that when he was at the stirrup of good fortune, he would become a spring of good service, and that by degrees, the secret hopes and wishes of his Majesty^s well-wishers would be fulfilled. His Majesty from a regard to the ideas of these faithful ones ordered a march towards that country. He sent a gracious rescript, together with salutary counsels, by Ibrahim Beg l§h&h Aqa to Yfidgar Na^ir Mirzft, for per- diance he might become conscious of his base acts and come to tread the path of repentance, and might depart from villany and display the grace of propriety. The following verse was endorsed on the letter :

Verse. ^

0 thou moon-cheeked one, others* eye and lamp,

1 bum I How long wilt thou plaster otliers’ scars ?

As the slumbrous-witted MfrzS did not possess an awakening spirit, the expostulation made no impression on him. With the same old vain hopes he took the road of disloyalty and stayed behind in Luhri. His Majesty Jahftnb&nl proceeded to tTc on 21st Mubarram 949, and from thence went towards Molded on 18th* Rabl’u-l-awwal, and on the 14th idem halted at the foot of Dilftwftr.* On the 20th

^ G£. Tor. Hofi, 399, where NSr bids HumSjftn not to throw his shadow in a country where the parrot was rarer than the kite. Probably by this the saint meant Qanr where Hn- miyUn was wasting his time. The saying is a common one, and is to be found in the Amodr^i-suhaUi.

• A note to text suggests that 18

is a mistake for 13. Possibly the dates 18 and 14 have bden trans- posed.

• In Bah&walpur, Panj&b. I. G. Text, Dlwar&wal. See Jarrett II. 331, where it is spelt Dlwir-i-awwal. See Raverty J.A.S.B. 1892, p. 184, note 74, and id. Extra No. 1897, 428. and note 463.

872

AKBAMiXA.

he encamped at HaiBalprir,^ and on 17th Rabrn-l-ft^ir he encamped twelve kda from Bikftnir. On the way the far-seeing members of his retinue became apprehensive of the deceit and perfidy of Mftlded and represented this to his Majesty. They continually suggested that cautious action which is the illuminated border of fortune’s rescript. At length Mir Samandar, who was at the head of men of sense^ was sent on rapidly to Maldeo. He returned when he had penetrated the secrets of his hearty and represented that though M&ldeo was making protestations of sincerity^ it was evident that he did not possess the true light. When the standards of fortune approached his territory^ Sankal (or SangSI) of Nagor, who was one of Mftldeo’s confidants^ came to the camp under pretext of trade and sought to purchase a valuable * diamond. As his demeanour did not savour of rectitude, his Majesty Jahftnbftnl bade them impress on this (would-be) buyer that such jewels were not to be obtained by purchase. They either fell by the shimmer of the flashing sword into the hands of him for whom Providence destined them, or were obtained by the favour of great raonarchs. In fine, his Majesty was rendered even more cautious by the arrival of this cheat, and applauded the acuteness of Samandar. Again acting on vigilance and prudence which are the net with which princes work, especially in times of trouble and difficulty, he sent Eft! Mai Sfim with instructions to go quickly to where Mftlded was and to report what he discovered* If unable to write, he was to communicate by means of a pre-arranged signal. That is, th^ signal of Mftlded’s faithfulness was to be the messenger’s claspinl^ all his five fingers, and that of opposition and hypocrisy was to be the clasping of his little finger. The camp moved on two or three stages from PhaludI * which is thirty

^ Text, Wafilpur, but see Errata. It is however Wa^ilpftr in three B. M. MSS.

s This seems to be an allusion to the* stone known as Bibar’s Dia- mond bnt which should be rather known as Humiyftn’s. HumSyiln carried it with him in his wander- ings, and presented it to Shih Tahmisp. In HumiyOn’s remarks there is a play on the word jauhar

which means both a jewel and the wave-markings or lustre of a sword. Jauhar Jftuhcl, p. 88, mentions that two of Humiyftn’s attendants told Mildsi that Humiyiln had valuable jewels, and instigated him to demand them.

ft <Jarrett II. 276. Phalodi, a salt marsh in the north-west corner of the State, near the Jesalmlr frontier,’* Bijpfttini Gasetteer II. 224, also

CHAPTER XXPI.

873

from JodhpQr, the abode of Mftld^^ and stopped at the Kul-i-j5gl (the recIuse^B pond). RftI Mai Sum’s conrier arrived there, and clasped his little finger. This signal explained the state of matters, tod afterwards it clearly appeared that the thoughts of this black- fated scoundrel were deceit and perfidy, and that he had an evil intention in sending a large body of men under pretence of setting oft the welcome. His Majesty turned his reins towards PhaludT. Yet many people are of opinion that Mftldeo was in the first instance well-intentioned, and desirous of doing service, and that afterwards he was diverted from the right path either by learning the distressed condition of the troops and their small numbers, or by the false promises of Sher I^fin and by perceiving his ascen- dency. Or he was withheld from help and service by his (Sher Kh^n^s) threats. In any case he abandoned the path of counsel and auspiciousness and turned the page of loyalty. The general opinion, however, is that from beginning to end his protestations of service and his sending petitions of obedience were all based upon hypocrisy and hostility. ‘

In short, as at that time the adorners of the pinakothek of fate were engaged in decoration of another sort, nothing that his Majesty undertook came to any result, and trouble and wickedness appeared in every place when there was a prospect of good and of welfare. When the gilding of those counterfeit troops * was sub- jected to the test, and the perfidy of Mald^o’s unrighteous thoughts had been revealed in the ante-chamber of his Majesty’s sacred heart, he ordered TardI Beg Khan, Mun^im Khftn and a number of his other servants to go out and stop the advance of the evil-minded ones and prevent them from putting foot in the sublime camp. After thus keeping them in check, they were to return but if an oppor- tunity offered, they should defeat them. His Majesty marched on with a few devoted followers and with his veiled ladies. Among the soldiers were ‘All Beg Jalfiir, Tarsun Beg, son of Blbft

** Phalodi is a large town to the north- west of Mirwir near the borders of Bekanirand Jesalmir," f. c.,p. 263.

^ A. F. probably expatiates on the snbjoct of MAldiS, b^nse he had

heard a good deal about ibfrom his father whp was then at NigSr.

• Probably the troops who were ostensibly sent to welcome him.

374

akbarnIma.

Jalftir^ Pail and others, the total.number being about twenty. There were also some domestic slaves and some faithful menials. Of learned ^ men there were present Mulla Taju-d-din and MauUnft Cftnd the astrologer.

When the camp had left Phalud! and arrived at SfitalmTr,® MSld^^s army appeared in sight, whilst the officers who had been despatched to check them, had lost their way and gone ofF in another direction, so that there was a passage for the enemy to the royal standards. His Majesty, who was a rock of power and a world of courage, placed the foot of steadfastness on the skirt of resolu- tion and dignity, and turned against them with God-given reason and innate understanding. Many, of the ladies were dismounted and their horses given to fighting men, and the troops having been distributed into three * bands, were sent against the foe. Shaikh ^Ali Beg with three or four trusty brethren advanced and attacked the enemy, who were huddled together in a defile. To attack them and to put them to flight was one and the same thing. A large number of them were killed, and by the Divine aid the king^s servants obtained the victory. His Majesty Jahfinbfini after returning thanks to God proceeded towards Jesalmir, where ho encamped in the beginning of Jumftda^l-awwal. At this stage the officers who had lost their way and whose minds had been distressed by agitations ® experienced the blessing of service, and made the dust of the royal camp the collyrium of fortune’s eye. The Ral of Jesalmir, who was

t AKUuta^adai, good or auspicious men. See Hum^yan’s classification of the people, Elliot V. 3120 and text, infra I. 357. At p. 9 of text the phrase 6,rbah’i^9a*ddat has a similar meaning and should have been so translated by me. A. F. there repre- sents himself as the last or hum- blest of the learned men who adorned Akbar’s Court.

• He afterwards cast Akbar’s horos- cope. Mulls TSju-d-dTn is perhaps the TSju-d’dTn of Dilhf mentioned by BadSfinT, Blochmann 181. But more probably he is the Shaikh

Taju-d-din Lahrl whose death at JUn is recorded soon afterwards. Text, p. 185.

• Jarrett II. 276. *’ SStalmTr was built by Satal, the eldest son of Bao Jodha (after whom Jodhpur is nam- ed) on the top of a low ridge of hills, there is nothing left but the ruins of an old Jain temple.”

^ The three seems doubtful. In two B. M. MSS. the word is more like sar and the correct reading i" perhaps $ar-i-fauj.

• Afu^, perhaps false reports of disaster.

CHAPTER XXVI.

376

called Rfti Loiikaran,^ took up^ out of wickedness^ the position of hostility and set guards over the water-pond, so that the royal array which had experienced the toils of the desert and had come from a wilderness of mirages to this evil halting-plaqe, was put to trouble from want of water. The tigers of fidelity’s forest advanced and showing their superiority, defeated that vile crew. From thence they proceeded on towards the bounty-encompassed fort {hi^dr-i-faiz- inhi^dr) of Amarkof on 10th Jum&da’l-awwal (23rd August, 1542). After difficulties from hunger and thirst, the glory of arriving at that guarded fort {fuL^n-i-ha^in) , which is the ascension-point of glory and storehouse of fortune’s jewel, was conferred upon them. The ruler of the fort, who was called RanE Parsftd, regarded the sublime advent as a glorious adornment and tendered acceptable service.

One of the marvels (harakdt) resulting from the sacred existence of his Majesty, the king of kings, which moved the wonder of the acute of the time, was that in that propitious period when her Majesty Maryam-makanI was pregnant with that Unique of creation’s workshop, she one day when she had been rapidly traversing the desert, had a longing for a pomegranate. In that waterless and grainless Sahara where it was difficult to find any trace of com, the caterers for the holy court were in despair, when suddenly a man brought a bag {anhdn) full of millet {jawdr) for sale. When they took him into the tent and were emptying his bag, suddenly a large, juicy pomegranate emerged. ‘Twas a cause of joy and gladness, and an astonished world ascribed it to a miracle.

Some * days were spent in that delightful spot, and it was there that Tardi Beg Khan and many others who had accumulated goods and wealth — all of it acquired by the abiding good fortune (of the royal house) — grudged giving it in such a time of distress and difficulty, oven when his Majesty asked for it f By the help of the Rfil of Amarkot his Majesty got possession * of the goodsj and out of his perfect kindness, liberality and justice, distributed a portion among his followers for their expenses, but returned the bulk of it to

^ The Noonkarn of Todd. A Raja Lonkaran is mentioned in Nisimu-d- dln as one of Akbar’s nobles. Bloch-

roann. 531.

E About six weeks.

• Cf. Jatihar, 43.

376

AKBABNAUA.

those low-mindedi narrow-souled ones. God be praised ! How have the necks of contemporaries — from the blessing of his Majesty the king of kings and shadow of God’s holy essence-* come into the noose of zeal and loyalty, so that whilst in that past age great officers and those holding high trusts did not ascend to even a low stage of loyalty, and were at suoh a crisis niggardly of wealth which they had gathered by the blessing of their master’s favour, at the present day the despised and they who stand a great way off from devotion’s court, have with respect to self-sacrifice, a delight in climbing to the loftiest stages of perfect loyalty, even though they be in the position of being abused and reproached ! How much more then they who are the Hite of the court and bystanders of the pedestal of the sublime throne ! May Almighty God hold aloft, for epochs and cycles, this chosen one from eternity on the maanad of bounty, and on the throne of the hhildfat, that he may conduct the affairs of the world and of mankind.

As ^ his Majesty Jahftnban! had in his mind the firm intention of marching forwards and as the time of the appearance of the Lord of Time and the Terrene was at hand, he, having ascertained the propitious hour, committed, on 1st Rajab, 949 (11th October, 1542), the litter of her Majesty Maryam-makahi and some faithful followers to the world-upholding Creator, and with fortune and prestige set out on his expedition.

1 According to the text this sen- tence closes the chapter, bat I think it would have been better to end with the preceding paragraph. The

headings are probably not by the authors and are often arbitrary. The Lucknow edition has not a new chapter here.

CBAPTBE XXTir.

377

CHAPTER XXVII.

Bbcbipt ov thb mews of the auspicioits bibte of his Ma/estt THE KINO OF KINOS^ BT HIS MaJESTT JabINBANI JaNNAT- IshtIn!^ and otheb details.^

At this time^ when the hoping eyes of the watchers of the night of expectation were opened and the door of hopelessness was closed for the worlds the exaltationpoint (iiara/) of the birth of his Majesty^ the king of kings and shadow of God, displayed its countenance. As has already been stated, that nursling of Divine light emerged from the womb of concealment into the world of nianifestation on the night of Sunday, 5th Rajab, 949 (15th October, 1542), in order that ail the sorrows of mortals might end in everlasting joy; that the sorrow-pelted heart of his Majesty Jahdnbftn! might receive the balm of assuagement ; that the perturbed outer world might assume koamoB and the redt-spiritnal world be composed ; that the spectators of Divine, power (t.e., the angels) might rejoice over the spectacle of the accomplished fact and the expectants of the spiritual and temporal world have their desire satisfied ; that to Wisdom there should come a master, to Justice a gracious father, to Perception a wise friend, to Law a righteous king, to Love an acute appreciator ; that universal peace might have a wise daysman ; that an adorner of the outward and a shewer-forth of the inward might appear. God be praised that in adequate correspon- dence with hope, there shone a dawn of union after a dark night of distraction, and that a morning of joy succeeded an evening of gloom. The desire of celestials was accomplished, the glory of terrestrials revealed. When this darkness-destroying refulgence and universe- lighting flash came from holy heaven and unveiled itself in that land

^ A better sub-heading would be, * Saturday, according to our

Some account of Bairtm Bih^*" reckoning, the birth being early on

Sunday morning.

48

378

AKBiBMlMA.

of roBOS^i swift’ messongers hastened to convey the good news. While they were yet on the way^ the heart of his Majesty Jabfinbftnl^* — for his far-seeing eye^was on the watch on account of the secret inti- mation^— »became a thousand hearts from the life-giving good news. He prostrated himself in thanksgiving to Providence who had made fortnne^B rose bloom in the thom-brake of misfortune^ and had in the emptiness of failure^ cast thousands of fruitions into his bosom. Within and without, there was a feast of joy, and all addressed themselves to enjoyment. The noble and the uumblo, the rich and poor, the small and great, opened the hand of rejoicing, and beat the feet of delight in that feast of fortune, and secured endless favours. An account of this sublime feast, which was the celestial *ld and the world^s New Tear, and of the arrival of the honoured cradle of his Majesty, the king of kings, at his Majesty JabAnb&nl’s sublime camp, and of other occurrences which are the adorning frontispiece of this auspicious rescript and the illuminated border of this mandate of fortune, has been incorporated in the begfinning of this lofty-titled volume ; for this real Pinacothek,’ wherein are depicted the wondrous events, noble deeds and glorious victories of his Majesty, the king of kings, is fashioned in accord with the initiative of the exaltation-point (iiaraf) of the holy nativity, and whatever else has been traced by the pen of supplica- tion is but ancillary to this and but a diluent * or vehicle of the

I Oul’tamln. Perhaps Maryam- mak&ni’s bosom is meant.

9 Artang or Ar^ng, the house of the painter MSnl and also bis album. D’Herbelot f. v. Ertenk A Jarrett 111. 336, 337. M&nl is the supposed founder of Manicheism.

• 8lrdhl-i-9u1i^CM, lit. irrigation of words. A. F. here explains why be began his work with the horos- copes of Akbar and the details of his birth although this causes some repetition in his account of HnmAyhn’s reign. It may be worth while noting that A. F. divided his history according to qa/rana or periods

of thirty years, of his hero’s life. Thus his first volume embraced the first thirty years of Akbar’s life, via., from his birth to the end of the seventeenth year of his reign, for Akbar ascended the throne when he was 13. The next book was to contain the history of the reign up to the end of the 47th year, but was not completed because A. F. was killed in that year. Apparently he had carried on the history till the end of the 46th year. His hope, as he tells us in the Afn, Jarrett HI- 416, was that ho might write four volumes, i.o., the history of four

CHAPTIR XIYII.

379

discourse, and has a real oonneotion with that subject. Ood be praised I The imposing record of this eyer-during progression has been accomplished even from Adam, down to this period (Akbar’a birth), generation after generation. That it may go on, the veil is being withdrawn from the countenance of narration.

In short, as his Majesty Jahfinban! Jannat-ashyftn! was a world of urbanity and generosity, he had stayed his desire of retirement for the sake of his loyal companions, and with his far- seeing eyes had set about the ordering of the world of interdepen- dencies, as is the special purpose of the existence of princes, and had proceeded towards Mflldeo^s country. Mftldeo that ravening demon {div-madUi-dad^Hrat) did not comprehend the magnitude of the blessing — such as he could not see even in a dream, and behaved in an unworthy manner. Of necessity and at the request of his devoted followers, his Majesty proceeded back to Sind on the chance that the rulers of that country might awake from the slumber of negligence, and amend the past. Though the world-adorning mind did not approve of this, still in accordance with fate he agreed to return. When the sublime army came near the boundary, it became known that the Arg^unlftns were assembled in Jfin and were pre- pared to fight. His Majesty Jahanbftni sent forward 3baikh ^Ali Beg JalaTr, whose ancestors were of hereditary devotion and loyalty from the time of the uprearing of the standards of glory of his Majesty ^dhih-qirdnl (Timur), together with a body of brave men. He himself followed. As Sb^‘ikb ^Ali had at his back the victorious

qarans (120 years). The third volume which he refers to in the passage mentioned above is the Ain, which was finished, in a manner, in the 42nd year, t. e., 1597-98. No doubt, however, he intended to add to it from time to time according aa new regulations were issued by Akbar, and new territories added to liis kingdom. The Ain is gener- ally called the third book of the Akhamdmat but it should bo re- membered that it is not a continua- tion of the first two, and that it

was completed (in a manner) before the historical part of his work was finished. It is in reality an eae- cursuM or side-piece to his history. A. F.’s division of his ^ work has not been preserved in the Bib. Jnd. edition which is in three volumes, the first ending with Akbar’s ac- cession and not with his 17th year as A. F. designed. The expression $%rdh-i-fuJ^kan above referred to is used again by A. P. at p. 195 of text when ho digresses into accounts of Sher Khan. Haidar MTrzS and others.

380

AKBARNlMA.

army^ he went forward bravely with a few men and soon scattered the foe. The breeze of victory’s morn blew from the orient of the sword and the horizon of the bow, and the sun of fortune burnt up the darkness of that field of nemesis* The army encamped near Jun.^ To that town of lofty threshold {qa^ha-^-rajV-ataha) there came from Amarkot, the birth-place, the honourable litter of her Ma- jesty Maryam-makaul and the sublime cradle of his Majesty, the king of kings, attended by fortune and happy augury. Accord- ingly a detail of the circumstance has been made an adornment to the Introduction. As this spot was on the banks of the Indus and was eminent among the cities of Sind for its many gardens^ streams, pleasant fruits and onienities, the army stayed there for some time. Tliere were continual fights with the Arghum§n8 who were always defeated. Shaikh Taju-d-din Lari,* who was one of his Majesty Jaliaiibani’s favourites, became a martyr here.* One day Sha.ikh ‘All Beg Jalair, Tardi Beg Jiban, and a body of men were despatched to attack the neighbouring district. Sul^ftn Mabmud of Bhakkar and a large number of people fell upon them. Tardi Beg was re- miss in fighting, but ‘All Beg stood firm and in that battle-

field {razm) which is the banquet-table (hiddt»i-hazm) of the brave, quaffed with unaltered mien the sherbet of martyrdom. The heart of his Majesty Jahanbftni was grievously wounded by the fate of so faithful a follower, and some other untoward circumstances having occurred, his heart cooled towards the country of Bhakkar and he determined to go to Qandahftr. Just then, on 7th Muharram 950 (13th April, 1543) Bairam arrived alone from GujrSt and laid a balm on the wounded spirit of his Majesty, and was a cause of cheerfulness and joy. One of the wonderful things was that as

1 As Stewart remarks, J an is not marked on the maps. A. F. puts it in H&jk&n. Jarrett II. 340. Appar- ently it was on the east bank, be- tween Tattah and SehwSn. General Jlaig. (1. c., p. 92) says ** JUn, the chief town of a fertile and populous dis- trict, was situated on the left bank of the pen. It is 75 miles south- west of Umarkote and 50 miles

north-east of Tattah.’* A note adds that the ruins of J Sn are to be seen two miles south-east of the present Tando Ghulam j^aidar.

• L5r or L&ristan is a maritime province of Persia. D’lierbelot s. v. LSr.

• Perhaps all that is meant is that he died a natural death.

CHAPTER XXVII.

381

ho was coming to the camp, he had first to pass over a battle-field. Before he could make his obeisance or reveal himself, he had to prepare for war and to fight bravely. The victorious soldiers were amazed, and thought he comes from the secret army (of God).” When it transpired that he was Bairam ]^dn, a shout was raised by those standing in battle-array, and the heart of his Majesty JahanbanT rejoiced. On account of this arrival, they continued for some ^ days to halt in that land of roses {gulzamln) .

Account of Bairdm Khdn,

The brief ac,count of Bairam Khan is as follows. After expos- ing his life in the unfortunate affair of Qanauj, he went to Sambal. There he took refuge with Raja Mitter Sen, one of the great land- holders of that country, in the town of Lakhnur * and for a while remained there under protection. When Sb^ftn heard of this, he sent a messenger for him, and the Raja being helpless, sent the Khan. They met on the road ^ to Malwa. At the beginning Q.f the interview, Khun rose up to receive him and in order to attract him, spoke crafty words to him. Among his remarks was this, Who- ever keeps his loyalty, stumbleth not.” ** Yea,” replied Bairim Khan, whoever keeps his loyalty, shall not stumble,” He contrived, after a thousand difficulties, to escape from near Burhanpur in company with Abu^l-qS^im, the governor of Gwftliyar, and set out for Gujrat. While they were on their way, Kh§n^s ambassador who was

coming from Gujrat, got information about them and sent people who arrested Abu^l-qasim, — who was remarkable for the beauty of his person. Bairam !^an out of nobleness and generosity stoutly asseverated that he was Bairam Khan, while AbuM-qasim heroically said, This is my servant ; he would sacrifice himself for me, beware and withdraw your hand from him.” Thus it was the case of

^ Three months accoraing to A. F.’s own chronology, for they did not leave Jun till 11th July. It is more probable thac it was BairSm’s arrival and energy which made Hum&yRn take such a decided step as that of leaving Sind.

• Jarrett II. 298. There is a fuller account of BairRm’s vi.sit to Sam- bbal in * Abbas ’ chronicle.

^ At TJjjain, according to the chro- nicle of Sh^r ShRh.

382

iKBARNlMA.

Verse J

** Leave me, seize the hand of my friend.^*

In this way Bairam ^an escaped and went to Suljtfin Ma](im&d in Gujrit. Abu’l-qasim was taken before ^er i^ftn, and from failure * to appreciate him, that mine of magnanimity was martyred. 8ber Khfin used frequently to remark that ‘^as soon as Bairim Kh§n said in the assembly ^ Whoever keeps his loyalty shall not * stumble,’ we gathered that he would not come to terms with us.” SultAn Mahmud of Onjrfit too, though he tried to induce him to stay with him, could not succeed. He (Bairftml got leave to go on pilgrimage and came to Surat. Thence he hurried off to the country of Hardwftr*

I GulisUln V. 20.

s An na-i&iiidal ; this cannot mean, owing to his not being recognised, for Sher had seen the real

Bairim.

A 1 adopt the variant na Hwahad,

^ Corrected ip the Errata to MSrw Ir, but apparently on the authority of one MS. only and I suspect that Mirw&r is merely a guess devised to get rid of the im- probability of BairSm’s having gene to such a distant place as HardwSr. The ifa’dflr-i-ifiitardhas Hardwir and so has the ifa’d|fr-t-mAlml. It does not agree very well with A. F.’s state- ment that BairSm joined HumiyQn from GujrSt, but then neither does Mirwir. Though HardwSr be very far it is not impossible that BairSm who was trying to hide, went the distance in order to escape Sher KhSn and 8ul|ftn MahmUd. Ho may have done so in disguise and in company with Hindu pilgrims. Possibly too he went there because it was not far from bis old refuge of Sambhal. At first I was inclined to accept Mirwir and to suppose that

A. F. wrote it in the form MarfiwSr or Marfiwar ( or jjj^) which according to Tod, is the original word and which might easily enough be read by a copyist as Hardwir. It might also have been supposed that Bairim went to Mirwir, is., Jodh- pfir, in pursuit of Humiyfin of whose expedition into Mildid’s country he may have heard. A pencil note in Chalmers’ Ms. suggests Dwirki (in Gujrit) which would do very well if we had any evidence that Dwirki was ever called Hardwir. On the whole I think that we must hold that A. F. wrote Hardwir. The Ma’dffr-i-railuil has a biography of Bairim taken apparently from a work called the TarlJi-i-ok6arI by Mu^tfunmad *Arif Qandahirl who had been Bairim’s steward. It uses the word Hardwir twice apparently without any suspicion of mistake. It describes Bairim’s parentage, his birth in Qil’a ^afar in Ba()akblh>°’ the death of his father, Saif *All at Qhaanin. his entering HumiyOn’s service, and becoming his muhrddr (chancellor), and finally, with refer-

CHiPTEB XX?X1. 383

and from there he came to the feet of his own master (fd^h) and the benefactor of mankind in the village of Jfln.

cnee perhaps to A. F/s remarks on the thousand difficulties which Bairftm experienced in making hit escape to Gujrit, — it tells ns how he in the coarse of his wanderingSt

fell in with a party of Ottwiris who were drinking and dancing, and how they constrained him to take part in their merry-making.

384

AKBARMAMA.

CHAPTER XXVIII.

Singular maniprstatiom by his Majesty^ the Kino of Kinqs^ in tb

EIGHTH MONTH FROM H18 NATIVITY’S EXALTATION-POINT {skaraf), BEING THE ILLUMINATED BORDER OF MIRACLES {kardmdt) , AND PKESAGB OF HIS CABEAB {maqdmdt, lit. stages or stations).

In the pages of Divine knowledge^ which are the guarded tablets ” * from and for eternity, it is laid down that when the diadem of distinction is set on the marvellous head of a world-adorning creature in the temporal and spiritual enthroning-room, there are emitted, from the auspicious birth-hour of that glorious one, flash- ings and wonders {hawdriq-ui^dldt-u-hbawdriq-i-dddt) from the folded pages of his record, each of them a mysterious herald loudly pro- claiming in the reason’s ear of mankind the glorious progression of his power, and by such revelations augmenting the felicity of mortals. One of the marvellous proofs of this is that when seven months complete had elapsed from his Majesty, the king of kings’, auspicious birth, and when he had in his fortune and felicity entered on the eighth, a strange circumstance occurred. On an evening which was seized of the light of fortune’s morn, Jiji Anaga — that cupola of chastity — was nursing the first fruit of the garden of holiness, and grieving over the opposition to her by that veil of chastity— Maham Anaga, and by many others. She was very sad because they had repre- sented to his Majesty Jahftnb&nl Jannat-ftshyftnl that Mir Ghaznavi’s wife (t. s., herself) was practising incantations so that his Majesty, the prince of mankind, should not accept anyone’s milk but her own. At this time, when none else was present, his Majesty, seeing that there was privacy, became vocal, and Messiah-like’

1 Lau^i-maffui, Book 6f Destiny. ’ Muhammadans believe that

D’Herbelot s. v, 0mm Alkitab, A Lane, J esus Christ spoke in the cradle.

CHAPTBB XZYlll.

385

opened bis wondrous mouth to comfort Jljl Anaga’s afflicted heart. ’’ Be of good cheer,” he said, " for the celestial light of the hb/ildfai shall abide in thy bosom and shall bestow on the night of thy sorrow the effulgence of joy. But see that thou reveal this our secret to no one, and that thou dost not proclaim untimely this mystery of God^s power, for hidden designs and great previsions are infolded therein.” Jiji Anaga declared, ’’ This life-fraught intimation brought me into rapture, and sorrow’s knot was at once loosed from off my heart. This portent which gave me from the eternal throne the sole and undisputed charge of a child of light, expanded my heart, one becoming a hundred and a hundred a thousand.’ Day by day the doors of joy and gladness opened wider and wider before me, and having established myself on thanksgiving for this great bless- ing, 1 addressed’ myself to my duties, heart and soul. Tho glory and dominion of two worlds were revealed to me. But I kept this mystery sealed up till that nursling of dominion became the throne- adorner of the regions of world-conquest. One day he had gone forth from Dihli to hunt in the district of Pfilam,* and there an enormous and terrific serpent, such as might move the heart of the daring,* appeared on the line of road. On this occasion his Majesty exhibited the miracle of Moses, and without the hesitation which comes even to generous hearts, put forth his white * hand and approaching the serpent, courageously and in the strength of a sacred intimation, seized its tail with his holy hand and quelled it. Yusuf Muhammad l^an, * brother of Mlrzft *AzTz KokaltS^ beheld this token of power and in his astonishment came and told me. On that occasion I told my dear son that sealed and hidden- awpy mystery which I myself had seen and heard, and said^ * His Majesty did that wonderful thing in his tender years, ’tis not strange

’ Text, hut it should be

£2a(ir yaki,

• Jarrett II. 286. In the Dihll district, and so apparently, different from Palam in Kangra.

• Arhdh-i^ia^wvour. Ta^vmur means, according to Lane, a state in which one enters on rash enter- prises, such as fighting with un- believers more than double the

49

number of the Muslim. Diet. 2906e.

s An allusion to the Muhammadan story of the white hand of Moses cf. Exodus iv. 6. The miracle of Moses above referred to seems to be the conversion of Moses* rod into a serpent.

k Bloch mann 823. Son of Jljl Anaga. He was the elder brother.

386

akbabmIkia.

if ia hit mataritj he hat performed this miracle, for erery act hath its tima and every speech its teaton. The reason of my not mentioning this marvel till this point it that no one to whom I told it, wonld have believed it, bnt on the contrary wonld have taxed me with weakness of intellect. The taste of snch a story would have been bitter to their wishes’ palate. Moreover I was not at liberty to reveal it. Now, my son, that I have heard from yon the story of the serpent, I have opened my lips to tell of the mystery which marked his tender years, while the other is a sample of his riper age. My honoured son I in that exhibitor of miracles snch indications and stages of development {*aldmai % maqdmdt) are not surprising.” Though Abd’l-fafl, the composer of this noble record had heard these two anecdotes from a person of veracity, yet he also received them direct from that receptacle of chastity ( Jijl Anaga). Bnt what the writer has seen with his own eyes and has understood by his own contemplation, concerning the perfections and miracles of this nursling of Divine light, exceeds mortal conjecture and human comprehension. In truth what was recounted by the venerable mother of M. ‘Axis Kdka is aidonishing to the exoteric (af^b-i-idhiV), but what this humble one hath witnessed is awe-augmenting to the esoteric {arhdh^uhdtin).

GHAPTIll XZIZ.

387

CHAPTER XXIX.

DiPABTURI Of HIS MaJISTT JahInbIn! jANNAT-iaSTlN! FOR QaKDAHIBi with THI DI8ION Of OOIMO THBNGZ TO THR Quiz AND Of HIS RIBOLUTION TO INTER PlRSIA.

It is the Eternal will and the Divine design that when the glorious robe of a king’s fortune is being embroidered with the fringe of perpetuity and the props of his throne of greatness and sovereignty made strong and glorious by the pillars of fixity and permanence, sundry accidents which have the appearance of retro- gressions and withdrawals are brought in front of his path. In truth these are apparent and not real^ and the impediments are in the end subjects of thanksgiving. The short-sighted regard such as de- fects and become astonished. But they of uplifted eyes recognise them as the mole on Fortune’s cheek, and regard them as a note of the subjugation of the evil eye. The fortunate man jegards every evil which comes in his way, as the complement of perfection, wl^ile the unfortunate man regards them as his destruction, spiritual and tem- poral, and collapses into the collar of lamentation. The retrograda- tions of the planets — the regents of the seven ^ celestial climes — are an illustration of this and typify the design. Though the world- illuminating sun be hid from sight by cloud and vapour, yet in truth ’tis no mighty screen which has been lowered over mortal eyes, nor has any defect reached those glorious halls (the sun’s). When it seemeth to be a cause of concealment, the strong blast of Diviue power casts the vapour headlong and relegates it to the black earth. The phenomena of sunrise and sunset too are torch-bearing Indicators of this. For the status and condition of the Treasury of Light when in the Bast are identical with his status and condition when under the veil of the West. And the condition which he hath when

at planets, thus making teren in all.

i The sun and moon were recognised

388

aibabnAmi.

in the zenith and when in declination from the meridian, is abso- lutely the same as his condition when in the nadir of mid-night.’ The difference is in the earth-born beholders and in the imagina- tions of the dwellers in a handful of clay. Assuredly the pinacles of his glory is all the holier because the thoughts of detrimental have touched its fringe. In accordance with these propositions, whoever cherisheth evil thoughts against tiara’cd lords of bliss, and diademed lords of fortune, is caught at last by the exemplary punishment of his deeds, and becomes a primefactor of his own destruction. These truths are mirrored in the presage-full history of his Majesty Jahdnbani Jannat-ft^yfinl for in brief space was the skirt of his Majesty’s fortune, which had been sullied by misfortune, washed and cleansed at the fountain-head of fruition, while all the ingrates received the punishment of their designs and deeds. The stack • of their lives and fortunes was consumed by the lightning of Divine wrath, and the note of the existence of those wretches was erased from the Book of Time. Accordingly the difficulties (maqdHb) and fatigues {matdHb), of adversity (ttsr) and the stations (mawdrid) and ascensions (mafali) of prosperity {yuar} are being set-forth in the order of their time aud place.

In fine, as his Majesty JahSnb&n! Jannat-ashyatl’s holiness-ex- pressing soul had grown aweary of this nvorld’s vain show, and had turned away her lofty contemplation from the territory of Sind, it occurred to his sanctified mind to offer peace to the ruler of Tatta and to march to Qandahftr. When the sublime cavalcade should arrive there, he would commit his Majesty, the king of kings, and the elect ones of his Court to God’s protection, would plant his own foot on the highway of asceticism and retreat and ascend the steps of ecstacy and rapture and phoenix-like (humdwdr), pet the pinnacle of love ’neath the wings of genius. As he had gained spiritual abundance by circumambulating the altar of the heart, he would* by conveying the sacred litter {maf^mil) * to the ka^ba of clay at one semblance and substance. As the spiritual pinacothek had been constructed, be would also adorn the visible temple. Thus would

1 Watad-i-rtU^^-uni^fu^l-lail.

A ‘Shirman, It also means parhe- lion or halo, and probably A. F*

wished to take advantage of this double meaning.

• See Lane’s Diet. 650a,

CHAPTER XXIX.

389

hearts be conciliated and a method of truthful guidance be fu^ftrished to the simple-minded followers of forms.

He was occupied with these thoughts when the ruler of Tatta on understanding his intention, recognised his own gain therein and despatched a petition for peace. As the soaring falcon of his Majesty’s genius had spread her wings for the chase of the phoenix (anqd) and had withdrawn her far-seeing gaze from lower game and let it fall on lofty eyries, his petition reached the place of accepta- tion. The Arj^unTftns whose affairs were in distress, tossed the cap of joy to the skies on hearing the glad tidings of peace, and regarding the project as the goal of desire and as an nnlooked for boon^ forwarded a large present and made various apologies.

His Majesty auspiciously and prosperously left Jun for Qandahftr vid Siwi (Sibi) on 7th Rabi^ul-akhir, 950 (11th July, 1543). M. ‘Askar on hearing of the approach of the royal cavalcade, and acting by M. K&mrdn’s orders and from his own wickedness, strengthened the fort (Qandahar) and proceeded with evil intentions with a large body of troops towards the sublime camp in order that he might by help of villainy take his Majesty prisoner. Meanwhile Amir Allah Dost, one of the learned of the age and who had on several occasions acted as M. KamrSn’s Agent* (va/pFZ) jnd Shaikh ^Abdu-1 wahhab * a descendant of Puran * were coming to solicit, in mar- riage on Mirza Kararan’s .behalf, the daughter of Shah llusain Bog Arghun. On hearing of the approach qi the sublime army, they took refuge in the castle of Siwf. His Majesty JahanbfinI sent an exalted mandate to Mir All&h Dost, summoning him to his pre- sence, but he out of worthlessness, chose exclusion from the honour

^ Sh^h ^usain on the principle of making a golden bridge for a flying enemy, sent Humayfln 30 boats and 300 camels. Badadnl I. 442. See also Gulbadan 526 ff.

• This may be compared with Tor. Sind, Baba Cucak is also mentioned there as one of Kimr&n’a ambassa- dors.

• The Tar. Sind has a good deal to say about this man. He was descended from Abd Sft‘id PdrKnl,

and was of an Arabian familj^ set- tled in Sind. He was a distin- guished lawyer and perhaps A. F.’s remark about the eminence of AlUh Ddst was intended for* Abdu-1- Wahhib.

4 Possibly Jal&lu-d-dln PQiranl is meant. But more probably the reference is to a descendant of his, Shaikh Mlrak Pdr&nl who was Shaikhu-l-iaUm of Tatta. See Tar. Sind.

390

AKBARNAlfA.

of service and made the excuse that the garrison would not let him leave.

When the army came to the territory of S^al, which is about 30* farsubb (150 miles) from Qandahar, JaUlu-d-dla Beg, an officer of M. Kamran and who had a fief in the territory, had left people to capture any scouts and by them two of the royal servants who had gone on in advance to Sar-casbma* were arrested and brought in. One of them managed to escape from their clutches and came and reported what he had learnt of their evil designs by observing their ways and language. His Majesty Jahftnbani, on perceiving the ingratitude of this crew, gave up the idea of proceeding to Qandahftr, and turned off towards Mashtang ; ® Pftyanda * Muhammad WaisI took leave and went to Qan- dahftr. With him was sent an autograph letter to M. ^Askarl, strong* in expressions such as might appeal to a little-loving, disloyal brother, and containing warnings and instructions. But where was the reason-harkening ear, and where the heart of right understand- ing ? Treating these remonstrances as unheard, he continued to go on in his villainy. Qftsim ^usain SuHftn,* Mahdi Qftsim Khftn and many others of ‘Askar! Mfrz&’s servants remonstrated against his going lest his Majesty should grow desperate, and out of dire necessity proceed to Persia, and less great calamities should occur. Abu’l-khair and a number of wicked men uttered flattering, house- subverting words, outwardly specious but inwardly productive of evil and ruin, and confirmed him in his faulty resolves. On that day’s

^ Sih in text, but the variant $i is right. 3h&l i" Quettah which is by compass about 130 miles south-east of QandahAr.

s I presume this is the place marked on the survey map as about 60 milea N. by W. of Quettah.

• See Errata of Text. Maghtang or Mastang lies about 80 miles,

8. 8. W. of Quettah and is between it and Both Ma«tang and

Shil are referred to in the Afn, Jar- rett II. 396, where they are described as east of Qandahir.

♦ Apparently Piyamda Mu* ghul, nephew of HijI Mul^mmad K9ka, and perhaps the part-author of one of the translations of Bibar s Memoirs, (Blochmann 387 and Ma’Iiir 894.)

• Text, muioddar, but most

of if not all the MSS. I have con- sulted write without tashdld

and as if the word was mofdar, theme or source.

t Blochmann 846.

CRAFTIB XXIX.

391

morning which was his downfall’s evenings* the Mirzft proceeded with evil intent towards Maihtang. When he had advanced one or two koa, he asked his servants^ if any of them had been that way. Jai Bahadur CTzbak, who was QSsim Husain Sultan’s servant and had on this expedition taken service with the Mirzft^ said, I know this road thoroughly, and have repeatedly gone and come by it ! " The MJrzft replied that he was speaking the truth for he had been a jdgirddr * there, and he bade him go on ahead and lead the way. He objected that his pony was knocked up, and the Mlrzft signed to Tarsun Barlfts, one of his servants, to give him his horse. He objected about his own necessities but had to surrender the animal. Jai Bahftdur, who had served the king in India, advanced a little by auspicious guidance and then putting his horse to the gallop, went off to Bair&m ^&n’s tent, and unfolded ^ the facts of the case. Bairftm KhflQ went with him to his Majesty Jahftnb&nT, whom he in- formed of the evil intentions of that ingrate (‘AskariJ. His Majesty sent to Tardi Beg and some others for horses. Those base, narrow- eyed men turned away from the perception of their good fortune (in thus having an opportunity of serving Humftyun) and refused to give them. His Majesty wished to mount his horse (perhaps Jai Bahffdur’s) and go and give them a lesson. Bairftm deprecated doing

this, as the moment waSs critical and there was no time for dallying. ** Let the ingrates be left to God’s vengeance, and let his Majesty follow his own course." On hearing this representation his Majesty, attended by a few devoted followers, took the road of the desert. He gave up the idea of Qandahftr and K&bul and proceeded towards Persia (‘Iraq) with the intention of going to the Hijdz (Mecca, Ac.), and as a desert-traverser, entered on the path of separation (firdq), Shwaja Mu^az^am, Nadim Kokaltftlb» Mir Ohaznavi, and i^wftja ‘Ambar Nftsir were directed that his Majesty, the king of kings, was in the cradle of guardianship and under the protection of the

1 A. F. plays on the double mean- ing of fidta, evening and nn- lucky. ‘Askarl advanced in the morn- ing, but this was in reality the retro- gression (idhar) of his fortune.

• Probably what is meant is that his master had been jdgirddr.

t Pardayiifjidy-ir/ki^Igaf-i-Adl. A.F. seeks to convey the double meaning that Jai BahSdur opened the fold of the tent (as he is said by other authorities to have done) and also disclosed the truth.

392

AKBARNAMA.

Diviue love, and that aflfliction^s dust could not reach his fortune’s skirt, but that they should by every possible means bring her Majesty Maryam-makani to the king. Those rigjit-minded ones made haste and performed acceptable service. After going a little way, night came on darker than the hearts of unacknowledging ingrates. Bairam Khan represented that his Majesty was aware of Mirza ‘Askari^s lust for gold and property ; that at this time the Mirza would be secure aud at ease, and be sitting in a tent with two or three clerks, and looking at the list of the goods and chattels in his Majesty’s camp. The proper thing for them was to rely upon the Divine favour, and to come suddenly on that tent, and settle his business. That though the Mirz& had become alienated, all his servants had been brought up on his Majesty’s salt, aud that they would inevitably come forward and serve him. His Majesty approved of this proposal from the practical point of view, but out of his pure nature and well-meaningness he declined to adopt it, and said they had now set out for a foreign land and had entered on a long journey, and that he would not give up his plans.^ Once more he committed his Majesty, the king of kings, to the protection of the God of Glory, the repeller (ddji*) of evils, and supporter (rdJV) in dangers, and taking the eternal counsels as his guide and the everlasting favour as his helper in place and out of place, he fixed the saddle of dominion on the steed of enter- prise, and the foot of forward-faring in the stirrup of trust and proceeded on his way.

When Mirza ‘Askan with his evil intentions approached Ma^tang he sent on bis f acfr Mir Abu’l-hasan that he might go to his Majesty Jahftnbam, and that if the latter was meditating departure, he might by trick and stratagem detain him. The Mir arrived just when his Majesty Jah&nbanI was mounting his horse, and sought to turn him by alleging sundry messages from the Mirzft. His Majesty, by God’s guidance, did not listen to his vain words, but rapidly went off. M. ^Askarl came up afterwards and sent gj^fth Walad, Abu’l- and many others of his men to guard the camp aud not let any one go out of it. He heard from the Sadr Mir Abu’l-husaiii

1 The meaning is that HumijRn and so would not turn back, had begun his pilgrimage to Mecca

CVAFTIB XXir.

m

Ihe- story ef Jai Fall §d err’d warning and of his Majesty Jahanbfinrs departure. TardT Beg Khan and the other faithless serTBnts came* and paid their respects to the Mrrza who made them all over to trusty men of his own,

A short-sighted man, who’does net reflect on the* evil day or on a bad end and who’ enters em the path of wicked designs and of shame- lessness, in reality strikes an axe inte tlvj foot ol his own well-being, and prepares for himself inisfortunos and hearven-sent adversities. These tbiiigs* are not hidden from the readers of the pages of the world^s history! When Mrr Gbaznavi came and paid his respects to M. ‘Askari, the latter said,. We came te de homage to the king,, where- fore has his KxcelTencj’’ gone off by thedtesert Then he inquired where the Prince was, meaning his Majesty, the king of kings. Mir Ghftgaavi said lie was in his c]piavters. The Mirzs said Good, let a camel-load of fruit be taken to bini from the commissariat [rikdh^ MiAna ) ; 1 am coming too.’^ At night he and one or two clerks

examined * in his tent some of the things which: had been brought from the royal stores (ftarhdr) ; they wrote them down and the state of afEairs was exactly as Bairim IChan had conjectured and had represented. Next dmy at bt’eakfast time (about 9 a. m.) he bad his drums beuiteu and moved from* his quarters to* the* royal encampmeiit. He aligiited at tlie door of. his Majesty Jahi^nbdnl’s residence {(fattlaikboina) and had all the men, one by one, snSall and great, arrested. He made over Tardi Biag^ Khan, to Sh&h Walad, and he put all the unfaithf iil servants in diarge of his own men and took tlnein off to QandahSh*. Ma:iy of them he destroyed by hardships aud torments, and fronr Tardi Feg @au he* took all his hoard so tliat ho soon got the retribution o^diia deeds.. But no, BO 1 how could this be retributiofi for such crimes ? if we called this typhoon of evils- oiiie revolution (girdi)^ in the descending o£ retribution, it would still not be appropriate.*

^ Jauhar, who remained in the camia describes how disappointed ^AskarT was to find that a heavy chest contained only stones.

• Of, text JL 63, L5 where the ■ame word gtrdi is used. Bat several MSS. have naai instead of nusiul Jjfy as if the plirasc was 50

an atom (girdl) out of the abun- dance. Typhoon, tvfan^ means etymo- logically a turning or rovolving (c/L whirlwind) and hence is appropriately used here.

•. TardT Beg was eventually put to death by Ba i S n Sh&n.

304

▲kbabhAma.

Versed

If a wicked and ill-fated man Become good by a teacber’s instrnction. In the end the mystery is explained For then his true nature is repealed.

It is clear to those who can discern the mysteries of fate, that when the fortunate hand of an eternally elected one be decked with sovereignty’s signet, and the dominion-head be exalted by the kbildfat8 diadem, the niys of glory are ever shining on the forehead of his career. One of the wondrous indications and celestial por- tents which occurred at this time iu relation to his Majesty, the king of kings, was as follows. When MirzB ‘Askar! came to the royal camp and began bis improprieties, Mir Qhaznavi and M&ham Agha * brought his Majesty the king of kings before him on the shoulder of honour and in the bosom of security. Though the Mirzft directed his countenance towards him and had a jubilant > air and wore a forced smile, his Majesty, even then an aggregate of the perfections of a mature man of the world, spite of his tender years, was in no way elated (iiigufta). Uestraint of spirit was mani- fested on his brow. The Mirzft changed his tone ^ and said, “We

I The text has in the first line kuntkd instead of Jeuni$lt and con- sequentlj is unintelligible. Most of the I. O. MSS. bax-e ’ and I think this is unquestionably the right reading. The meaning is that the coltish nature will break through some day, or as Bibar dX- expresses it, that everything returns to its original. It corresponds to the Horatian maxim about nature’s returning even if expelled by a pitch- fork.

• So in text instead of the Amiga sometimed used. Probably Aghi is right for it is also a term applied to a woman.

• Dar niaqdm-i*ihig.avfta^l ti zahr^ IHafid dmod. Zahrg^nd is said by the Bahdr-i^*ajam to be the op-

posite of iiukrUiand. It means smiling or laughter out of anger or recklessness, lit a poison-smile. A sardonic smile perhaps expresses the meaning.

♦ Qabs(-i-l^dtir, repression or de- pression of spirit ; and says Lane 24826, are terms applied by the investigators of truth among the Sufis, to two contrary states of the heart, from both of which it is seldom or never free; tho former being an affection of the heart with- holding it from dilatation and joys. Sec also Diet. T. T. II. 1198. There A.P. uses it in opposition to 2 fti< 7 Hf(- o^i which literally means expan- sion.

• T^fJq iftuda. This term is ex- plained by the Bnhftr-i-*ajam to mean

CHAPTER XZTX.

895

can see whose this child is. Why should he be elated at seeing us ? The Mlrza’s ring was hanging from his neck by a red ribbon and after a little while the child in accordance with iiifantive ways — no ! no I by Fortone’s guiding hand, put his hand to the ribbon and sought to take it. The Mirza immediately took tho ribbon from his neck and gave it to his Majesty, tho king of kings. Tho acuto in tho assembly saw in this an auspicious prognostic that byo-and-byo tho seal of dominion and tha ring of sovereignty would boar his Majesty’s name, and that water flowing from tho fount of Divine bounties would become a river. From thence his Majesty the gh&han.- shah went, protected by the Divine aid, in company with M. ‘Askari towards QandahSr. Standing and sitting, sleeping and waking, rays of greatness and command streamed from his M.ajesty’s forehead, and tho lights of God’s knowledge wore manifested. On tho road Koki Bahadur, one of M. ‘Askarl’s confidants, came near his Majesty’s (Akbar) camel litter and said to Mir Ghaznavi that if ho made the prince over to him he would take him to tho king. Tho Mir replied that as the king himself had not taken him, ’twas evident there was a reason for leaving him ; nor could he venture without high authority to take action. Bahadur said, I’ve formed the desire to serve his Majesty and hence I come at such a \ime of desolation to do so. I wanted to perform this service and now that you don’t exalt me by this blessing, give me a token from his Majesty, tho king of kings (Akbar), that I may give it to his Majesty.” Mir Gbaznavi gave to Bahiidur his Majesty’s cap,* the diadem of the moon of auspiciousness, and thereby exalted him.

M. VAskarT brought his Majesty, tho king ‘of kings, to Qandahar on 18th Ramaznn, 950 (16th December, 1543), and assigned him a residence in the citadel near himself. Maham Sghii, Jljl Anaga and Atka Khan were made eternally fortunate by serving him, and longed for the diffusion of tho light of holiness. The Mirza m%do over this nursling of fortune who was growing up in the shadow of tho

hanging down the head, or the reversal of a former condition. He quotes p. 2166 A.F. for such use of it.

Tho idqiya is properly the skull- rap worn under the turban, but per

hnps this was all the Child was earing. It is very ridiculous that A. F. makes Bahadur apeak of the infant m his Majesty Shlihanshali. a title not invented for him till long afterwards.

.196

akbarhAva.

Divine protection^ to bis own wife Sultdn i Begam^ and tliat cnpola of chastity out of her abundant wisdom, lovingly and devotedly tended him. To appearance she watched over him, but in reality she was keeping herself alongside of light absolute, and so receiving illumination, and day by day she was beholding more and more the glory (/arr) of greatness proceeding from the light-increasing brows of that world-blessing.

Evil thoughts respecting one who is God-supported and in whose person God-nourished light exists, cau only terminate in good, and out of contrariety nothing can come except service and benefit. Accordingly Eternal Providence was tending him at that time when paternal affection and maternal love should have been responsible for his needments (takafful-i-muhimmdt) and he was in the hands of deadly enemies, so that the foot of loyalty of the far-sighted of wisdom’s kingdom might be the more established, and that a guiding lamp might come into the hands of the short-sighted and simple, and that the facts of the Divine watchfulness and of heavenly guardianship might be manifest to friend and foe. I have heard from the sacred lips of his Majesty, the king of kings, as follows : ** I perfectly remember what happened when I was one year old, and especially the time when his Majesty Jahanban! proceeded towards IrAq and 1 was brought to Qandahdr. I was then one year ^ and three months old. One day MAham Anaga, the mother of Adham Khan, (who was always in charge of that nursling of fortune), represented to M. ^Askarf, ** It is a TurkI ^ custom that when a child begins to walk, the father or grandfather or whoever represents them, takes off his turban and lybrikes the child with it, as he is going along, so that the nursling of hope may come to the ground (i, e., may fall down). At present his Majesty Jahanbftnl is not here ; you are in his room, and it is fitting you should pei*form this spell which is

• This lady went, after her hus- band’s death, to Mecca in company with Gulbadan Begam and others in

• Fourteen months, vts., from 15th October, 1542, to 16th December, 1548, or 14) Muf^ammadan months.

^ Text, rai9n-i-hu»urgan, ancestral

custom, but I. V. MS. A. 664, and S308 and 8330 have TurkSn, and this is most likely to be correct. M&ham Anaga being a Turk or Uzbak might speak of T&rkl customs to Askarl, but would hardly refer to ancestr customs.

CHAPTKB mx.

897

like ai2)and » against the evil eye. The Mirz^l immediately took off his turban and flung it at me, and I fell down.’^ This striking and falling,’’ his Majesty deigned to observe, are visibly before me. Also at the same time they took me for good luck to have my head shaved • at the shrine of Baba® Qasan Abdal. That journey and the taking off my hair are present before me as in a mirror.”

What is there extraordinary about this or a hundred things like it, to any one in the blissful chambers of whose heart there is an enkindled lamp ?

As the thread of the narrative has extended so far, it is unavoid- able that for the moistening of discourse {atrdbi-usukban) , I say something about the remaining events of Sher Khan, about Mirza Gaidar’s going to Kashmir, about the condition of M. Kamrftn who went to Kabul, and M. Hindil who hurried off to Qandahar, and Yadgar Naair Mirza who made opposition and remained in Bhakkar, 0 that the searcher after instruction may take warning, and by the strength of a happy fortune, spend his days prudently and right- eously.

^ Apparently iipand is not wild rue> but mehndit i. e., Lawionia inermis, which j ields henna.

• Probably what was cut off was a cunii, or tuft. See Herbelot, pp. 21 and 180.

^ There is a famous shrine of ^asan Abdal in the Attock of the Rawal Pindi district. See Murray’s Hand-book for the Pan jib 268, the Tuzak-i-jakdngiri 48 and Blochmann 575. Jahangir says that Sh^msu-d-dln Atka made a reser- voir at Qasan Abdal, and as he was Akbar’s guardian and foster- father, it is possible that it was to this Qasan Abdal that the child

was taken. But the shrine is a long way off frtm Qaudahir and it is doubtful if Askarl would have allowed Akbar to be removed so far. There is a shrine called Baba Walt, and also Hasan Abdal, in the outskirts of Qandahar (to the westward). It is mentioned infra text I. 238, eight lines from foot, and it is probably to this place that Akbar was taken.

I may note that there is a long account of the saint Hasan Abdal in the Tar. Sind. Ma’sQD} was a descendant of his, the saint’s original home being Sabzwar in Persia.

398

AEBARNllfi.

^ CHAPTER XXX.

Briri ACCOONT< OJ THR KVIL-INDINO CAUBRR OV SfifiR

lir is known that ^^n after crossing the Bifth (Boas) ad-

vanced slowly, and in spite of all his warlike equipment acted with great circumspection. Ho was greatly afraid lest the heroes of tho royal army should coalesce and advancing into the field jf warfare should exact vengeance from him and bring to nothing all his treach- erous machinations. He had sent a large force ahead, but was very cautious about engaging. After some days, when the defection of M. Kftmran, and the oppositioii of the other brothers became known far and wide, ho came to Lfthdr. From thence he advanced as far as Khush&b * and was for some days in Bhera^ and its neigh- bourhood. He sent a summons to Sultan Sfirang* Ghakkar and Sultan Sdam who were leading landholders in that neighbourhood, but as they had been clients of his Majesty Qltl-sitftni Firdus- makfinT, and had prospered by the favour of that exalted family they did not listen to his overtures. He advanced to Hathiapur^ in the Ghakkar territory and sent a large force against them. The Ohak- kars fought bravely and defeated the Afghans so that many of them were captured and sold. 3her !l^ftn wished to march against them in person. He consulted his followers and they advised that as this tribe bad strong mountains and remote {zaminhd-i-qalb, heart, i.e,, internal) territories, they should be dealt with by degrees and by

I This and the two following head- ings do not occur in sereral MSS.

• Jarrett II, 323. In ShKhpUr, Fan jab v. bank Jehlam, W. N. W, LihSr.

• Also in 3hihpar, North-West Khushib.

• See Delmerick, 1. c. and Bloch- mann, 486.

• Perhaps Hatijiir Lang, Jarretfc II, 325. Named after Hit! Ghakkar ; Bfibar, 259, and ^Tuzak-i-Jahingfrl, 8. Ahmad ed. 47, where the place in called HatTja. It is between Boht»’< and Bawal Pindi, and near a river called tho Kiel. Delmerick apod Bloohmann, 487n.

CEAPTIB XXZ.

899

poliby. The proper coarse was to leave a large army ia that neighbourhood which could both watch the royal army and also devastate the country of the Ghakkars. It was also desirable that a strong fort should be built for the carrying out of these two objects. Thus by a counter move these men would be impeded by their own impediments (az tangandi^i-M^ud hatang dmada,) and their stubborn heads be brought low. For himself^ the proper course was to turn back and apply himself to the administration of tho vast country of India. In consequence of this advice ho laid the foundations of the Fort of Boht^^ and having left a large force there he marched back and came to i^gra. From thence he came to Gwalior where Mir Abu-l-Qflsim was sheltering himself> but was obliged by want of provisions to surrender, SJ^an became supreme^ and divided

all India^ except Bengal, into 47 divisions. He introduced the branding > of soldiers^ horses and carried into effect some of the many plans of Sultftn ‘Alft^u-d-dln which are set forth in the Tfirlkh-i-Firdz- ihahi,^ and which he had hehrd of. After that he proceeded against Puran^ Mai the Raja of Raisin and Candirf. He got the Raja out of the fort by a dishonest treaty and promises and by the efforU of sundry misguided lawyers > and wretched ignoramuses he destroyed the very men to whom he had giyen quarter. Thence he came to

Abb&s Hoemy to ckult in it.

Elliot IV, 402. But A. F. draws a voil over the fact, mentioned by tho other historians, that the leading instigacor or ratifier of 3hSr Shahs shameless breach of faith was a lawyer or rather theologian named RafTa-d-dTn Safavl of whoso wisdom and learning A. F. speaks so highly in Chapter XXVI and in Jarrett, III. 423. Probably the reason for this reticence was that A. F.’s mother was the daughter or other near descendant of Baff-ud-din. See Jarrett 1. o. The reason the lav.’ycrH g^ve for the breach of the safe-comUict was that PUran Mai liad Mul^ammadan women in his harem and had even made some cd

1 1. G. 8. V. BotSs. Named after BohtSs in Bihar ; on the Kahan and in tho Salt Bango. For description see Murray’s Hand-book, Pan jab, 237. See al8oTuzak-i-JahaDgIrI,pp. 46,47.

^ According to the Chronicle, Shir Skah claimed this as his own inven- tion.

Elliot HI, 197 and also 179.

^ According to one account de- scended from the Salhadt of Bibar’s Mem. But *Abbis calls him BhalA PQran Mai and says he was only an officer under Salhadl’s faihily.

^ A. F.’s indignation is very cre- ditable to him and he is apparently the only writer who expresses it. Nifamu-d-dln, Bad&onl and Fcri&hl^t^ tell the story without ccrisure, and

400

urBABHlm.

2gra and aftei the manner of the governors > (iuk^dm) of Bengal established serais on the roads at the distance of every Jeos,

After a dangerous illness in Xgra ^ he marched against Maldeo the lord of Ajmir, Nagor and many other cities. When he had by frand and guile ^ disposed of that territory he hastened to Ciiur and Rantlianbur. There too he practised his juggleries so that the custodians of the forts sent him the keys. Having got rid of every- thing there he entered the territory of Dhundira.* From there he went to the fort of K&linjar and laying siege to it, he made covered approaches (sdbdthd) and drove mines against it. On 1 0th Muharram,<^

them into dancing girls. In a foot- note to the text there la a passage which is too interesting to be omit- ted, supported as it is by two MSS. It is to the effect that on account of the breach of faith Qutb Khan loft 8h8r Shsh’s service and became a hermit. It is not clear who this Qutb Khin was, but be could not have been 8hah*8 son for he

bad been shortly before killed in battle. Abbas Khan, Elliott, 1. c. calls him Qutb Khan Nabit and says, 08 also does Badiont, that he was one of the negotiators of the treaty. The word which 1 have translated ignoramuses is saflhdn. Could A. F. possibly mean to pun on Baflu-d-din’s title of SafavlP For definition of safa, see Lane’s Diet. 13776 and Diet. T. T. I. 724.

< Referring to Qnsain Shah of Qour, S.tewarfs Bengal 109.

8 According to Abbas the illness occurred on his way to Bihar and Bengal.

^ Alluding to the stratagem of the forged letters by #hich he is said to have deceived MftldSo. See Elphinstone’s History. This is pro- bably the H&disa-i-Mild8o, Maldeo’s

catastrophe, to which A. F. refers in the ilin, Jarrett HI. 421 and note. It was this affair that drove A. F.’s father from Nagor.

♦ This is Jaipur in Ambar, the old name of which was Dhilndar. See Tod’s Rajasthan.

^ This month and day are wrong. The date given by Feriabta and Shhfl SIiAn is 12 Rabru-l-awwal. A. F. says ShOr IHh&n reigned 5 years, 2 months, 13 days, which does not agree with the date 10th Mu- barram. 8her 8h&h is said to have assumed the title and to have struck coins after the battle of Qanauj. This occurred in the beginning of 947, 10th Muharram, whence perhaps A. F.’s date 10th Mubarram 952, in order to make it an anniversary and point a moral. If we reckon that he ruled five years, rif., 947-61 and died 12 Rabl-al-awwal we get the figures 5 2 12 or almost exactly A. F.’s. Indeed if he did net die till after sunset the 18 is right. A. F. refers to flhir gbl^b’s death in the Iln, Jarrett II, 159, IfiO. As pointed out by Erskine, A. F. later on, p. 886 of text gives another date for the death, vis., 11 Rabl-*ul-awwal-

VUAPTBB XXX.

401

952^ or 5th March^ 1545^ he was consumed by flames of fire which had spontaneously arisen out of the smoke-sighil * of the oppressed. The chronogram of his combustion was found in the words {a)z dliii murd :** Died from fire (»952).^^ Though in taking this splendid citadel his life came out of its elemental quadrilateral^* yet the fort came into possession. He governed Hindustan by fraud and craft 5 years^ 2 months^ 18 days. Eight * days afterwards iiis younger son Jalal took his place^ and calling himself Islam Khan took the

title of 9i^ah. He surpassed even his father in wickedness. As the sway of those two seditious iaipo.stors was alongside of the crescent- moon* world-lighting splendours of the standards of the everlasting dominion like the light of fireflies^* semblance without substance^ the mysterious design of Qod for the sake of some purposes) which were infolded in His wisdom^s ambushes, let it prank for a few days and then levelled it with the dust of ruin, and so the world escaped from the grip of the existence of those tyrannous mischief-makers.*

a ball representing a moon which was carried on the standards.

t Kirmakcm^i-iiflhtab, tiny, night- gleaming worms* but apparently fire- flies are meant. I do not remember to have seen glowworms in India^ and the reference to the falling to the ground shows that fireflies are intended* and Chalmers so translates the passage*

• Muarbiddni~$<U%»ak3r, Muarhid is properly one who does not carry his liquor well and so annoys hia boon-companions. Lane 1995c

1 The allusion seems to be to the Gulistin I* 27. Dud means smoke* but is used metaph(Mrioany for the sighs or exhalations of the heart.

• A. F. plays upon the supposition that the human body is made up ol four elements, and compares this quadrilateral to the four walls of Kalin jar.

• According to Nifamu-d-dfn and Ferifllita Islam Kh*u succeeded on 15 Rabl-*ul-awwal, or the third day after the death.

• Mahoa, a crescent* or perhaps

51

402

▲KBAfiltllU.

CHAPTER XIXI.

BbIIF AOCOUNT of M. ]Ej[AIDAB.

The stofy of M. Haidar is as follows :~Wh6ii he had got assistance from his Majesty Jahftnbfin!^ he proceeded towards Kashmir^ as already related. When he got to NauQb&hr/ the officers whose names have already been giren^ loyally came forward and did hom- age^ and again showed him how he could enter Ka^mTr and take possession of it. The Mlrzfl adranoed by the passes in reliance on the Diyine aid and the royal fortune. Meanwhile a schism occurred in the Emperor’s army. As has been already stated^ Sbwftja Kilan Beg either from his own inolination or at the instance of M. Kfimran^ aban- doned the enterprise and joined M. KSmrftn^ while Mnjgaffar Tape!* went off to the Sprang * hills* None remained with M. ISaidar sare a few old servants and the troops whom hie Majesty JahftnbanI had deputed to his assistance. But as there was much strife and dissension and confu- sion and anarchy in Kashmir, he was warmly supported by the eager- ness of the Kashmiris, and on 22nd Bajab, 947 (22nd November, 1540), he entered by the pass of Puno* and conquered Kashmir without a battle or a struggle. For at that time it had been long without an estab- lished ruler, and the ministers tyraunously held the country in their own possession, and while giving to one of the claimants the. name of monarch, themselves exercised the authority. At that period a per- son called Nftxuk 3hfth — having a name that was no name ^ was the

PSno and NifSmu-d-dTn so writes it.

t A. F. puns on the word Nazuk which means slight or slender, and calls it an iim-i-hi-tnusaimmal (like the oatia of Ulysses). There is the variant BSrak (qn. Narak), and tlio coins give NSdir. See Mr. Rodgers* paper, J. A. S. B. 1885, p. 114.

1 Tar. RaiJt. 483. Kauthahr is in Kaoknilr a*id W. N. W. of JammQ. It is not given in the Ind. Gas. It was the old capital.

Tar. Hatk, 483, Iskandar. And B. M. Add. 27, 247, Iskandar.

• The Ghakkar country S. W. of KaskYnli** PauUc.

t Text, but there is a variant

CUAPTKE XXXI.

403

reputed sovereign. Under such circumstanoes in whatever direction there might not be nnion^ or plan^ or counsel^ or judgment^ to that quarter did the affnirs of the country drift. It was the winter-^ quadragesima * and there was heavy snow. When Kftc! Cak saw* that M. Uaidar was disposed to make himself independent, he, using the craft and perfidy which are indispensable to Kashmiris, left Kash- mir and went before Sh^r Khan* For his object in bringing in M. Haidar was his own aggrandisement and when that was not achieved, bnt when on the contrary things assumed a different shape, he withdrew his hand and entered on another scheme. Ho now tried another coarse and gave 3hor JQ^Sn the sister of Isma’Il, the son of Muham- mad Shah.* When he had made himself acceptable by this means he took ‘AUwal Khan,* Uasan KhSn Sarwfinl and others to the number of 2,000 men and came to Kashmir. Meanwhile Abdfll Mftkri, wiio was his backer, died of dropsy, and M. Haidar having left his family in Andarkot,* which is a very strong place, was in a protected posi- tion. The people of Kashmir all deserted him and but few persons remained with him. He spent three months in the mountain defiles, and then on Monday, 20 Babrn-s-aftni, 948 (16th August, 1541), a battle took place, and by Qbd’s help he gained the^ victory. Though the ememy, consisting partly of Afghan auxiliaries and partly of faith- less Kashmiris was more than 5,000 horse, yet as their action was based on faithlessness and disloyalty, it did not succeed and they were defeated. Many of the enemy were slain, and a party of them were made prisoner. ^Ka^mlr came absolutely into the possession of the Mirz§, and the Kashmiri preacher {hbatih) Maulanft Jamftlu-d-din Mulimmmad Yfisuf found the chronogram fath-i-mukarrar (victory repeated =s948). Though the use of the word repeated (takrar)

^ Gilla-i-dai, the forty days of JDai, a Persian month corresponding to December. Here Dai must be taken to mean winter as the mouth has 30 days only. The text has hdrdn^ rain, but Tar. Rati. 485 shows that snow is meant. •

• Lit read on the brow of M. Gaidar’s conduct the writing of inde- pendence (or absolute sovereignty).

A former ruler of Kashmir. Apparently he reigned fonr times and Nizuk three. Jarrett If. 879,

• Variant ‘Adil KhSn and so in Firight’i, but is&mu-d-dlii has ‘Alftwal.

• See Tar. Uati. 485 n. and Jurrett II. 370, but perhaps Indrakoc is the true reading.

404

AKIBARKllfA.

might be applicable to the present expedition of the MirzA, yet as he himself has pointed ^ out in his history, the reference is to the fact that he once earned to Kasbmlr by the pass of Lar, as the agent of Sa^Id ShAn, the ruler of KAshgfaar. and got possession of it on 4th ghn’bAn,* 939 (1st March, 1533). But towards the end of IghawwAl of that year, (May 1533), he made peace with the Kashmir ministers, and with Muharninad gh&h who was then the nominal ruler. The Sjhfth^s daughter was given in marriage for Iskandar Suit An, the MirzA’s son/ and the MlnsA returned by the way he had entered.

When on this (last) occasion a providential victory was gained, and Kai^mlr was conquered, he for ten years zealously applied himself to its administration and clothed that charming bind, but of desolated • appearance, with cities • and civilization. He sent for artists and craftsmen from all quarters and laboured for its renown and prosperity. Especially was music 7 in brisk demand and varieties of instruments were introduced. In short, the outward condition of that country, that is, its worldly state, acquired solidity. But owing to the Mirza’s frigid ^ and insipid bigotries, the result of imperfect

I Tar. Ratik’ 423.

t Tar. Baib. 423 and Jarrett II. 863. Qaidar on that occasion entered Kashmir from Baltietin, i. Sm from the N. E.

• Apparently this is not the date of the Tictory, bat of occasion on which the Kashmiris rallied after their, defeat, {Tar. Ratk. 437-39.) but Gaidar is not very explicit. In the ^in A. F. wrongly gives the date as

930. Jarrett II, 390.

« Iskandar was not B^idar’s sen, bat Sa‘Id KhAn’s, (T. R.) 341, though ipaidar at Sa*Id Khan’s request regarded him as his own. In the A%n A. F. correctly calls Sikandar (or Iskandar) the son of Said Kh8n. See also Ahha^rndma III. 552, 1. 8. Probably is » copyiat’s

error for pisar^i’ij^wdnda, adop- ted son.

• ^ukm-u}jkaraba datht. fluhn seems to be used here in the sense of appearance, ef. p. 127, 1. 4 and 196,

1. 5 from foot.

^ Apparently an adaptation of the phrase used by Qaidar about his predecessor Zainu-I-*abidIn.

1 Lit. for music there was a bazaar (hat).

S Ta*aMtd)1id4^l^unuk’i-hlnamdk. Ta’aeruh has etymologically nearly the meaning religion. Of. p. 334.

1. 9. Qunuk ; A. F. in the Aw. uses the word with reference to SuHAn SikAndar, another ruler of Kathmlr. He seems to contrast his bigotry and that of QaidAr with the liberal spirit of his son Zainu-l-‘AbidIn.

CHiPTRB XXXI.

405

devolopment, the essentials for Ka^mlr^ viz., nnanimitj and fidelity, found a bad market. And to this day there is an odour of bigotry about the Ka^mlrJs, for there is a powerful influence in association, and especially is a strong impression produced by the ways of princes who are vigorous. It is to be hoped that by the blessing of his Majesty, the king of king’s truth and chastity (haqlqat u itaqqdmyat) Kashmir, spiritual and temporal, may attain unity, and that the articles of worship and religion may become current, unadulterated by hypocrisy and bigotry.

One of the capital and most inauspicious mistakes of the Mlrta was that in spite of such victory he read the kbut^a and struck the coin in the name of Nfizuk Shah after the fashion of the Kashmiri ministers. He should have fulfilled his duty of loyalty towards his Majesty JahanbanI and have impressed the dardhim and dandntr and the pulpit rostra with his Majesty Jahanbanl’s sacred name. Appa- rently he was temporising and was not giving currency to disloyalty, for when KabuU was taken he honoured himself by having the hbuiba read in his Majesty Jahanbanl’s sacred name.

In 958 (apparently October, 1551) he became, in a night attack by the Kashmiris, a traveller to the region of non-existence. The short account of this is as follows : — ^

The MirzS transgressed the law of justice, — dominion’s watchman, — and took to living for his own lusts and pleasures. He let fall from his hands prudence and the bearing of burdens, those two arms of felicity. The fraud and seditiousness of the Kashmiris which had been subverted by the Mirz&’s skill and sagacity, again stood up and the hypocritical and wicked faction took the road of deceit and in

See Jarrett II. 387, 388, It is clear from the Tar. EasJi. that Haidar was a rigid Muhammadan of the Sunni school and a persecutor of Sufis, Ac. See Elias A Ross, p. 436. He there takes exactly the opposite view to that of A. F. with regard to Sik- andar and Zainu-l-*&bidln.

I There are Kashmir coins bear- ing HumBySn’s name and dated either 952 or 953. Tar, Hofi- 24.

Mr, Rodgers gives representations of three, of which one, No. 33, bears the date 950. Kabul was^twice taken by HumSyilQ, once in Rama^Sn 952, (November, 1545), and again in Rajab 955, (August, 1548). A. P. appar- ently refers to this second capture for he mentions tluit after this event an embassy arrived from Haidar. (A. N. II. 284).

406

AKBARNAMA.

friendly garb did the work of enemies.- Their best stroke was the separating his army from him by stratagem^ and the scattering of his capable seryants. Some were sent towards Tibet^ some to Paktb nnd some to Rajauri. ^Idi Rina and Husain M§krl^ son of Abdal M&krb gained oyer I^wgja ^ Hajl, the Kashmiri pedlar {haqqdl), who was the manager of the Mirzi’s affairs. They drew a great many to their side and marched against the MlrzS. (^azl O^&n and Malik Daulat Cak also joined them. Near Khanpiir, between Hlrapiir and Srinagar^ which last is the chief city of Kashmir and the seat of government, they made a night-attack on the MlrzS. He had approached the quarters of Khwaja IJiajI to release QarS • Bahadur, who was a prisoner. Suddenly he lost his life at the hands of Kamal Dubl,^ though some say one of his own servants unknowingly hit him with an arrow.^

1 Tar. i2af&. 460 and 482.

• Qaidar’s second cousin. See his biography in the Ma^diir III. 48 and in Bloclimann 460.

» Text, Dull, bat the variant T>uh% is right, for Nisimu-d-dln speaks of Kamal Dubf as one of the persons who is supposed to have killed Haidar.

• See Tar, Ua^. App. A. 487 and Calcutta Review No.

A. F.’s account of Qaidar should be compared with Nizamu-d-dlu’s and Firiflhta’s and also with the Tar, BaUk, and A. F.’s own statements in

the Ain. In the latter ho is more favourable to Haidar than in the Akhamdma, The translation, (Jar- rett II. 340,) does not seem quite correct. What A. F., text 584, 585, says, I think, is that the KaghmlrTs read the ^ut;ha in NAzuk’s name and that Haidar at one and the same time recognised Humayan. The introduction of arts into ’ Kashmir which A. F. ascribes, in part, to Haidar, is modestly attributed by the MlrzS himself to Zainu-l-‘abidTn. Tar, 434.

CRknME XZXII.

407

CHAPTER XXXII.

Bfiiir SKETCH OF MiBzl KamhIm^s carkbr.

As a short account of Mirza Haidar has been given, I shall now record the actions of M. Kamran. On that ill-omened occasion when M. K&mrfin chose separation from his Majesty Jahanbani and proceeded towards K&bul, he on arriving at Khu^ab treated chief ship and pre-eminence {sari u aarwa/rl) as an affliction^ and time/ the gamester^ as his ally and had the hhutha read in his own name. Improprieties of this kind will ever be manifested by him who maketh not far-seeing wisdom and instruction his counsellor and beloved associate. He knoweth not the duties of love nor tho paths of generosity. He reg^rdeth others^ bane as his good^ and scattereth evil seed in good men’s fields. It is manifest what sort of crop will spring from such a sowing and tilling. And ho^ shall the tree of his hopes yield the wished-for fruit ? There is no permanency for him who takes no thought of the issue of things^ nor any bond in fortune fastened to oneself by yiolenpe. What stability is there in a lofty palace wanting foundation ; it soon falls to pieces like a minaret of ice I What fixity has a first night’s moon which like a blinding flash of lightning vanishes in the twinkling of an eye ? M. K&mrftn’s sovereignty was quickly gone, like the freshness of a rose, and his fortune departed like the soon-dying breeze of spring f

To be brief ; he camo by way of Dhankot * to the ban]|: of the Indus. Muhammad Sultfin and Ulugh Mirz& who had gone into the Multan territory but had been unable to maintain themselves there.

^ That is, ho regarded tho whirl- igig of time whereby HumSySn had been dethroned &c. as an advantage for himself.

• Jarrett II. 401 and note, and Babar’s Memoirs 140 where it is called DfnkSt.

408

AKBARKlMA.

camo and sainted M. KftmrSn on the river-bank. The MirzA tarried there for a’ while, and when the rebels fell into difficulties about com, he made a bridge and crossed the river. Thence he came to Kabul and there he opened the gates of enjoyment in front of his own existence and spent his days in the indulgence of his pleasures and lusts. And Jamshid ^ of Merv’s saying, Until the tiger leave the jungle, the pasturage is not open for the deer ; nor till the falcon seek her nest, has the partridge freedom to fly,’^ was verified in this instance. M. Kamran gave Ghazni n and its territory to ‘Askari M. and sent Khwaja KhAwand Muhammad on an embassy to Sulaiman M. in Badakhshan with the request that he would sub- mit and make M. Kamran’s style and coinage current in BadakhshAn also. M. Sulaiman sent back the ambassador re infectd and M. KAmran got enraged at this and led an army into Badakh^An. Near the village of BArl ^ an engagement took place and when M. SulalmAn saw his own weakness and M. KAmrAn^s strength he sent an envoy to knock at reconciliation’s door. He caused the khuiha to be read and coinage to be issued in M. KamrAn’s name ; and the latter also took some BadakhshAn territory from M. SuIaimAn and gave it to his own men and then returned full of suc- cess. Meanwhile news came that M. HihdAl had taken possession of QandahAr. M. KamrAn collected an army and marched against the city and besieged the fort for six months. M. Hindal’s supplies falling short, he asked for quarter and delivered up the fort. M. KAmran gave Qandahar to M. ^Askari and returned to Kabul, bring- ing M. HindAl along with him. For some days he treated M. Hindal with severity but afterwards out of brotherhood and from hypocrisy in the guise of concord, gave him the fertile tract of Jul ghAhl, which now bears the name of his Majesty the kmg of kings, and is called JalAlabAd. The ruler of Sind also submitted ^ and now fortune was ministering the materials of negligence till M. SulaimAn broko his compact and seized of the territories which M. KAmrAn had

^ Apparently the riddle-maker mentioned at text, 221 and Blocb- mann, 102.

8 Chalmers, Mari and Narl in variant. Porliapb it is Paryan or it may be Barah which is marked

on the map half way between Paryan and Chitral.

Probably this refers to Shfib ^usain’.? giving his daughter in mar- riage to Kamran after rehising her to Humay un.

CHAPTXB XXXII.

409

detckclied from Badak^^ftn. M. Kilmrftn a second time led his army thither and a battle was fought near Andarab.* M. Sulaimftii was defeated and took refuge in Port Zafar. M. Kftmrau followed him and besieged the fort. He stopped the coming of supplies and many of the inhabitants of Badakhshan came and did homage to him. As M. Sulaitnan despaired of his soldiera, who were only eye-servers (caiim-t-toa/i ddiit) and also as the fort was in difficulties from want of supplies^ he was obliged to submit. M. Kftmran left Q.nsim Birlfts^ MTrz§ ^Abdu-l-lali and many others of his partisans under the charge of the said Birlas in Badskhshiln^ and himself went back (to Kftbul). I^waja Husain* of Merv found the date of this occurrence in tlie words Jum^a hafdahwn-umdh-U Jumdda^§-§dni.** (Friday, Jum&d a II, 17th, 048= October 8th, 1546). He kept M. Sulaiman and his son M, Ibrahim in confinement. When he returned, he put the city into f6te for a month, and spent his days in iusouciauce. He remembered not bis God, nor did he ieoX justice to the oppressed. Till at length the fortune- star of his Majesty Jah&nbftni’s gracious heaven ascended, and coming with doininioii and auspicious ness, lodged his punishment in his bosom, as will be related hereafter.

(M. HindIl.) ^

Whoever behaves improperly to his benefactor and advances along the path of insincerity, receives the punishment of his actions in this world {lit, in the same couditioo)* Tlie account of M. Hindal is of this tenor. He, at such a crisis and tin^e of strife and sedition, left tho service of liis Majesty Jahniibam, add taking the road of faithlessness proceeded towards Qandaliftr. When Qarfica Khnn, who was governing Q;iiidahar for M. KHinrau, heard of tho Mfrza’s arrival, he came out of the fort and respectfully embraced him. He made ove^* the territory to the Mirza. Many days had not* elapsed when M. Kauiran came and took possession ihei*eof. He imprisoned

1 Jarrect, III. 88. N. of Hindu Kush, South West Badakh^&n.

• Blochmaiiu, 674. A. F.’s some- what disparaging remark about him there, may perhaps ho due in* part to his having celebrated a victory

52

of KAmrun. His odes on the births of Jah&ngfr and Muriid will be found at pp. 126 and 136 of Lowe’s

• K&inran took QaiidahHi* after a Wege of six months.

410

ikbabnAxi.

the Mfrzft and treated him with severityi as has already been briefly stated.

(YlDGla N1 $ir MifizA.)

It is certain that the end of the unfaithful, like the commence- ment of their deeds, is rejection by every heart (mardud-i-dilhd)* The wise do not place reliance (iHibdr) on unstable reliability {iHibdr). They wait in expectation of these ingrktes receiving their portion so that they may be thadkful and rejoice at their getting the punishment which is due for tronsgressrons of rectitude, inasmuch as this will be a warning to mankind,, and also an adminicle of the repentance of the wicked. Accordingly when Yadgar Na^ir M. had been led from the right path by the deceit and perfidy of the ruler of Tatta and had remained in Lohrl (Kohri), he stayed nearly two months there after the departure df his Majesty JahanbSni. At last it became clear to him that the proposals of the rulor of Tatta were all pretence, and his representations based on lies. Being helpless he abandoned Ills projects and proceeded towards QandahSr, though Hfishim Beg who was one of his truth-speaking well-wishers and well-pleasing (riza-jili) followers, told him that his joining M. KAmrSn and his leaving the service of his Majesty Jahanbani were not approved of, and that the world was a place of retribution, and that he should reflect upon this. And it is a thing certain that the mind of him whose day of calamity is at hand, becomes darkened, that he displays audacity in injuring his benefactor, and that he reckons the advice of the right-thinking as wind and does not admit it into the ears of his understanding, and that he regards the weighty words of the wise as fables and fictions.^ Accordingly Yadgar Nasir M. being un- blessed, went toward Qandahftr. He arrived at the time when M. KdmrAn had brought the fort of Qandahftr to extremity, and did homage to him ; and accompanied him to Kftbul. M. Kftmrftn sent a person to the ruler of TaVta and requested him to send with all res- pect her Highness Bilqis-makSnl S.hahrbrinfi * and her son M. Satijar, for they had separated from Yftdgar Nfi^ir M. and had remained in the Bhakkar territory. The ruler of Ta^u sent them in a suitable

^ This is Hingularly like . the dewc vuU perdero, Ac.

• Of the household of Bilqis, i- c » Queen of Sheba.

CHAPTER XXXll.

411

maimer^ together with a large number of peruous who had separated from liis Majesty Jahftnbdul Jannat-ft^yanl and were in that territory. By mistake or design it occurred that these people were sent by the route of the waterless and forageless desert. Many of them perished and when the remainder came to fever broke out among them. Her Highness BilqTs^makuni ‘ died. Out of 2000 or 3000 men who were wandering in that caravan^ only a few escaped with their lives and reached QandahSr.

1 Younger half-sister of Bubar nncl 8*110 married Junaicl Birlfis, and bore

full-sister of Yadgar’s father Na^ir. him Sanjar.

412

AKBAftKiMA.

CHAWER XXXllI.

Marcit op thk Sacrrd Band op his Majksty Jau&ndanI Jannat- A^yAn! to SaeubAsAn and Media (‘IbAq), and account OF WHAT happened ON THE WAY.

8ince the swift coursor of the events-traversing pen has made some strides afield and has borne the words to their goal, let it now return to the track and resume its long journey. A brief account shall now be given of the finally victorious progress to Khurnsfin and ^[rgq which came to pass to his Majesty JahAnbunb and of his passing, with Providence for guide, through waterless deserts (faydft), saharas, and wastes.

When his Majesty, in accordance with the ordinance of the Eternal, planted his foot in the valley of resignation and took the path of the perilous wilderness {cul), he honoured the attendants on his auspicious stirrup by the title of CuliJ By the infinite goodness of God, Malik HAtl Baluc, captain of the banditti, did homage in this howling wilderness (cul-i’pur-haul), and conducting his Majesty to his abode, exerted himself in his service. He also became his guide out of that dread valley and brohght him to the territory of Garmsir (<. e., the warm region). Though Mir ‘Abdu-l-l>ai, the magistrate {kaldntar) of that territory, owing to unbefitting cautions, did not himself come forward and obtain the grace of service, yet he was assiduous in the performance of the rites of hospitality.

Khwaja Jal&lu-d-dln Mal^mud* had come to that quarter to make

J Man of tho desert; it corres- ponds to Badawl or Bedouin.

t Blochmann 384 and 027. At 527 he is mentioned ns one of the viziers or hiiancc-niinisters. But perhaps this really wns his younger brother MasTid. Th<*re is a long biography of the fChwaja in the

Ma’agir I. 615. He was put to death by MuiCim apparently in con-

secjuence of liis unbridled tongue. The Maa^ir makes Bairam Khan primarily responsible for his murder, cf. A. N. II. 70, 71. It was Jalalu- d-dfii who conducted M. ‘Askarl to BfidalUifillMn when he was sent off

CHAPTER XXXIII.

418

collections of I’evenue on behalf of M. ^AskarT, His Majesty sent Bftbft Dost Hakbdli to him to guide him anglit and to bring him into his service. The Khwilja recognised this as a great opportunity and hastened to accept service. He poured out every thing he had in his store^ in cash and in kind, among the troops. His Majesty Jahftnbftn! received him with favour and committed to his prudent judgment the duties of the mlr~8dmdni-i-sarkdr-i-ldia^a} His Majesty spent several days in this region giving charming counsels and instructions to his faithful followers, and showing by heart-touching argument the world’s faithlessness and the instability of external circumstances. He turned back their secular spirits from the pursuit of such things and directed them to the true goal and to the real point which it behoves the student of the masters pf mind to pay attention to. His Majesty’s lofty soul was engrossed by the thought that ns the things belonging to detachment and seclusion increase day by day, ho should seek some lonely corner, and withdrawing himself, outwardly and inwardly, from other matters should give himself up to ‘God alone.

But his nobleness and humanity did not allow of his saddening the hearts of the followers of his fortunes by such mortification of desires. Nor did this faithful band withdraw their hand from ser- vice on account of these occurrences nor permit such a perfect per- sonality, worthy of the true hhildfat, and whose like as a superin- tendent of things exter’^^al and internal it would be hard to find in the course of revolving cycles, should restrain his arm from the world and amputate the series of everlasting sovereignty. All the aspira- tions of this family [tahaqa) are, inwardly for truth, and outwardly for humanity, and so it works for the production of universal concord. God be praised ! the Unique Pearl of that abounding ocean, his Majesty the

to Mecca in disgrace — merely a cruel aggravation to Askaii’s mis- fortunes. JalAlu-d-dln is called AubabI, {. e., from Aubah, a town near Herat, by B&yftzld who men- tions to his credit — that by a timely remark he reclaimed HumftyAn from drunken habits. Bayazld mentions slso that Jalilu-d-dln was in the castle of Baba ^&jl when Hu-

mftjUn sent for him. The epithet bujuq, or half -nose, referred to by Blochinann, must have been given to Jalalu-d-dfii because ‘AskarT had his nose cut or slit for improper language. See the story in Bftyazid 55a.

t Stewardship of the Privy Purse. The expression Sarkdr-uf^a^ is used in TahmXsp’s letter p. 209, K 17.

414

▲kbaenAma.

king of kings, to wit, hath attained such sway in full measure. In spite of the cares of conquering and upholding the visible world, ho hath attained complete immersion in the billowy ocean of the empy- real and dfvine universe. And the step of his genius on the towenng ascents of sublimity is firm and assured.

In fine, his Majesty determined, in accordance with the Divine will and his native nobleness to write a loving letter to the ruler of Persia and to turn the reins of intent towards that country. Should the ruler of Persia recognise hereditary right and show love and liberal- ity, he would again give his attention to mundane matters and secure the hearts of his faithful band. Should it turn out otherwise he would in the liberty {iWitiydr) of a hermitage, devote himself with- out liberty {hi-ikbtiydr) to his generous nature. Accordingly on Thursday, Ist ^ gjhawwAl, 959 (28th December, 1943), he sent a letter by Cull BahAdur ^ to the effect that by order of the superintendents of destiny, who have attached so much deliberation and knowledge to every act, an urgent cause had arisen for procuring a speedy interview. After a brief sketch of his adventures this line was written under the cover.

Verse,

What has passed over our head, has passed.

Whether by stream, or hill, or wilderness.

His Majesty desired to spend some days in the Oarmsir but Mir ^Abdu-l-(^ai of Garmsir sent to represent to him that it was rumoured that M. ‘Askari had despatched a large force, and that possi- bly — which God forbid — they might come there, and things thus be- come irretrievable. If he went to the country of Sistftn, which belonged

1 The letter is given in full in the ambassador Khur Sh&h’s history B. M. MS., No. 153, 58a, and the date of despatch stands there ja 7th Shawwil, 950 (3rd January, 1544). Perhaps A.F. did not quote the whole because, some phrases might be regarded as too abject. After the lines above-quoted Hum&yQn went on to say that now the bird of desire

was spreading his wings in order that he might be rewarded by beholding the sun of greatness and glory, vi*-, TahmBsp.

s Perhaps the Jai Bahidur for- merly mentioned. As we have seen, Humiyfln gave the name of Cul^ to all who accompanied him across BalEoistin.

CHAFTBB XXZllI.

415

to the King of Persia^ lie would be protected from that reckless crew. His Majesty reflected on the paucity of the sincere, and the plurality of the lords of opposition and discord, and recognised the fact that to stay in that country was to act carelessly, and so be proceeded towards Slatfta. He crossed the Hirmaud (Halmand) and halted at a lake * into which its waters flow. Ahmad Suljtan ghtolu, the governor of STstSn, recognised the advent as an unex- pected blessing and tendered acceptable service and showed alacrity in offering hospitality. His Majesty spent some days in that pleasant country, the arena of the cavaliers* of fortune’s plabi, in the sport of catching waterfowl.* And in order to comfort kfs faithful comrades he busied himself \i^ith worldly matters and a spectator of the wonders of destiny. Thence he proceeded tt) (the city of ?) Slstan.^ Ahmad Siiljun sent his mother and his wives to wait on her Majesty Maryam-makftm, and tendered all the revenues {amwdl) of his district as a present. His Majesty accepted a little of these in order to do him pleasure, and returned the remainder. In this halt- ing place Husain Quit M. the brother of Ahmad Sultftn, who had come from Mashhad to pay his respects to his mother and brother, in order that he might bid adieu to them before he went on pilgrimage, was honoured by an audience.* His Majesty questioned him about

• Lake HimUn. See Reclus 47 and 48. It is also called the Sea of Diirra, or Zeroug. ElpUinstono’s Caubul II. 219.

• Alluding to the fact that SistAn was Rustam’s country. See Elphin- stono’s Caubul II. 219.

• Sk ikdr-i-qqBhqalddnh^ , This ap- pears to be the coot (fnlxca atra),

Scully’s App. to Shaw’s Turk. I^icb. p. 213 s.v. qdaliqdlddq. Sec also P. de Courtoillo’s Diet. s. v. qiMqdlddgli where it is translated plongeon noir’* and is said to be equi- valent to Persian itidgh* In BAya- zid’s Moms. 2 6. the word is spelt q’^«Iiqtil(uldqh, and we are told that the ^ikdr or sport Wiis carried on ha^tarkdz. Erskiiic in his MS.

translation queries if this be stubble. Perhaps we should read tlrgtui or har- poon, the gas being a double-beaded arrow, and suppose that the sport was carried oh in the manner described by Babar, (pp, 153) 154) by means of a harpoon.

• I presume that this must be a city of that name for he was already in the district. Pix>bably it is the place mentioned by Elphinstone under tbername of Jal5l5b&d. BSya- zid has Qa^ba-i-SlsUn, the town of SlstAn. Raverty (J^abaqdt-i’nd$irl 1122ii.) speaks of Zaranj as being called the city of STstftn.

• By the distinction of kissing the carpet.

416

AKBABMlHA.

religion and faith. He submitted tluvt he had long studied the creeds of the and Sunnis^ and hod perused the books of both

sects. The maintained that the reviling and cursing of the

Companions was meritorious and a means of religious progress, where- as the Sunnis hold that to blaspheme the Companions was an act of impiety. After consideration and meditation he had satisfied himself that no one can become impious by thinking he is doing right.’ His Majesty much approved this remark, and with great kindness and con- descension offered him the honour of service. As ho was about to go on pilgrimage and had made his arrangements accordingly, be was de- barred from this boon. Here also Muhammad (son of} BabaQasbqn> and l^asan Ko!ca left M. ^Askarl and joined the noble army. They recommended that his Majesty should proceed towards Zainln Dnwfir because Amir Beg, the govemoV, thereof was coming to serve, and Calma^ Beg, governor of the fort of Bast, was also solicitous of the honour of employment ; (and said iilso) that soon many men of M.

’ Askari would separate from him and enter his Majesty^s service ; and tlnit QandahAr and its territory would come into the possession of the royal seiwants. When Al^imad Sultan heard that they were giving this advice and were deterring his Majesty from going to Persia, be came to his Majesty and submitted, out of well-wishing and affection, that the expedition to Persia was worthy of his genius and that the faction which was dissuading him fiom going, was only actuated by fraud and treachery. As Ahmad Saltan had by his devotion and sincerity established himself in his Majesty Jubanbftnrs heart, bis representations were accepted and acted upon. The Emperor deter- mined to proceed to ^Irftq. On account of this affair b[§jl Muh. Koka was for some days excluded from the presence. Ahmad SulUn attended on the stirrnp, and wished to be a guide for the road, by way of Tabas ® Kilalci. As his Majesty had set his heart on visiting Herftt, he took the road by the fort of Ok.

I This story and much of the narrative of events in STstSn are taken from Bftyazfd. Sec I. O. MS. No. 216. p. 3a.

• Afterwards a very distinguished officer. See Blochmann, 368.

< A town in KhurXsin. Jarrett III. 67. 1 insert the name Tabas in

accordance with’ a variant and with Nif&mu-d-din. For Tabas or Tuf»bas see Haegregpr’s Khurasan 1. 125. It lay on the road from SisUn to Qaswln (then the capital) and was a long way west of Herftt.

♦ See Raverty trans. nasirl, 31 and 1122n. He says Ok lies

CHAPTRK XXXffl.

417

When the loving letter of his Majesty Jahftnbftui Jannat-i^y4ni reached Shl^h Tahmftsp^ he regarded his Majesty’s auspicious advent as an unlooked for blessing and felt delighted. He wished that the glorious shadow of the auspicious humd {humd^u$addat-uhumdyuni) might fall on the crest of his own fortune, and that the experience of this grace might form the inframing border for the record of the splendour o2 his family.^ In acknowledgment of the blessing he bade the drums of rejoicing beat for three days in Qazwin. And he wrote a reply full of respect and veneration and of wishes for his Majesty’s speedy arrival, with thousands of lands and encortiia, and sent it along with various gifts and rarities by his special courtiers. This verse was written on the border {^amivdn) of the letter.

Verse.

** A humd of auspicious soaring falls into our net,

If fdr thee there chance a passage to our abode.^

He sent back the messenger after doing him special honour, and expressed all manner of thankfulness and gratitude, and recalled old friendship. He also wrote to the governors of the cities and towns that at every city and halting-place where the august progress should rest, the leading men and the inhabitants, high apd low, should keep the occasion as the fete, day of the royal family, and should go out to welcome his Majesty and should engage in royal feastings ; also that they should provide at each stage proper materials and furnishings^ food and drink, and fresh fruits, such as might be worthy of his Majesty’s regard. An exact copy of the ordinance which was addressed to Muhammad Kb^n, the governor of Hei*ilt, is here set forth that it may be a code of regfulations for the intolligent and that those alive to the ways of humanity may, by looking at this frontispiece of urbanity, act with philanthropy, honouring and reverencing the unfortunate who

between Farah and Zaranj and has been in mins for many years. N&firl describes Ok as N. B. of fihab- ristin, which is apparently the same as Zaranj.

^ T&hmisp was only the second of his line.

■ D’Herbelot s. v. Caswin. Jar- rett HI. 83. It is 90 miles west- north-west of XnhrXn. Milton refers 63

to it in Paradise I^ost X. 435 — orBactrian SophiifrOm the horns Of Turkish crescent, leaves all waste beyond

The realm of Aladule, in his re- treat

To Tauris or Casbeen. t This couplet is the beginning of an Ode of No. 217, VoL 11,

p. 138 Bd. Brockhaas.

418

akbarnIma.

have expAriouccd fate iu its heights and depths^ and may not abate one jot of kindness towards them.

Order (fanndn) of Qsiti ‘i*o the Govkrmob

OF KitOBAsiN.

This august order has been issued so that the asylum of dominion, workshop of Majesty and sun of power and prestige, Muhaniiuad Khan * $harafu»d-dTn Ughli Taklii, tutor* of our precious and upright 8011,8 governor of Herat, — the seat of sovereignty, — and mlr diwdn,^ who hath been exalted by divers royal bounties and benefits, might know that the contents of his report, lately despatched to the court, the asylum of glory, — through Kamalu-d-din §b&h Quli Bog, the asylum of nobility and brother of QarA Sultfin SliAmlu,* arrived on 12th 2i’l-hijja* (8th March, 1544), and that its distinguished purport has become known and understood from beginning to end.

i Blochmann, 426, and Madfiiru-l^ umard I. 607, under title of J’afar KhRn. his grandson who came to India and served under Akbar.

s Ldla. Blochmann, 426, remarks that the word does not occur in our dictionaries. Apparently it is a form of Idld, a major-domo, tutor, Ac. Wollaston gives both laid and lallah, a. V., tutor, but marks the last as vulgar.

• SuUftn Muh. M. eldest son of XahmRsp, and often called Muh- Kha» dabanda. He became king in 1678, but was a weak and unworthy ruler and soon disappeared. See Oliver. J. A. 8. B. 1877, Vol. r.6, p. 43.

^ Appareutlj a translation of the Turkish title leglar-hegl which occurs in the letter as given in B. M. MS., Or. 4678.

• According to Malcolm, Shimlil means a son of Syiia and refers to the fact that the tribe was brought from Syria by-TlmRr.

• Price pointr» out that there is a

difficulty about this date, for A. F. describes HumSySii as reaching Herat on Ist 2l’hqa*da, or about H months before Muh’ Khan’s letter was received by T^^hmSsp. He sug- gests that the names of the months should be transposed. Probably the date in A. F.’s copy of the letter is altogether wrong, and tho true date is that given in B. M. MS. Or. 4678, vis., Tuesday, 5th Shuwwai, 950 (1st January, 1544). In the copy there given Tshm&sp describes him- self as answering the letter on the same day. It was brought to him by ^asan Beg TaklQ. HamiyOn wrote to Tab mAsp, according to A. F., on Thnrsday, let Shawwil, 950, and probably Mii^. Khan, the governor pt Herat, would write about the same time to his master. If Thursday was 1st Shawwil, however, the following Sunday would be the 6th, not the 5th, unless we count, as the Mulpim- madans do from snnset to sunset.

1 have however found in the Ma*d-

CHAPTER XXXIll.

419

As to what has been written concerning the approach of the fortunate vicegerent {nawwdh-ukdmyih, i. e., HumSyun), sphere-rider, sun-cupola, pearl of success and sovereignty’s ocean, goodly tree orna- menting the garden of government and world-sway, world-illuminating light of the portico of sovereignty and glory, soaring cypress of the stream of auspiciousness and fortune, aromatic tree of glory and ma- jesty’s rose-garden, fruit of the tree of the hbildfat and of justice, king of land and sea {barrain u bahrain), world-warming sun of felicity’s heaven, exalted full-moon of the zenith of the hbildfat and world-rule, altar and exemplar of just princes, greatest and best of the hbdqdns, the lord of majesty, high-born sovereign of supremacy’s throne, exalted king of the kingdom of the dispensation of justice, kh&q&n of Alexander-type, glorious potentate, an enthroned Solomon, lord of guidance and assurance, world-guardian, lord of diadem and ^ hr one (tdj u tahbt), ^dbib-qirdn (lord of conjunction) of the world of fortune and prestige, crowning diadem of famous hbdqdns, the aided by God, defender of the Faith (Na§ir-ad-dm) Muhammsid Hurnayiln Pftdshfth. May the Almighty grant him greatness in accordance with desire until the last day I How may it be told what joy and delight have been cau^d by this.

Fcrss.

Good news, 0 courier of the morn,’ thou bringest of the friend’s advent.

May thy tidings be true, 0 thou ever the friend’s intimate.

May that day come when, in the feast of meeting,

I shall sit, having my heart’s desire, breathing in unison with the friend 1

fir-irfahMt (A. S. B. MS. p. 1706), a reading which secmB to me to remove some difficulties and to bo perhaps the right one. This is, that in- stead of wo have

jitio,— not but

The date thus would bo the 12th of the Persian month Dai, which corres- ponds to December. But if this is so the governor of HerSt must have written to his aovereigu before

HumayRn actually entered Persie. BaynzTd 1ms ^^‘l-hijja 914^) ! 1 must admit liere that though the is plain enough in the Maasii yet the ddl of Dai is dotted ( ) as if

the copyist, at any rate, meant it for Zal.

^ flahd, rising; also esHt wind. Perhaps used here because HumSynu was then in eastern Persia, and Xahmispwas in the west, in QszwTn.

420

AKBASHlMi.

Recognising that tho untroubled progress and- approach of this king, the angel of honour, are a great boon, be it known that, in guerdon of the glad tidings, we have bestowed the territory of Sabzwflr 1 on that a^Ium of dominion (t. e., Mn]|^ammad Sh&n the addressee) from the beginning of Aries * of the year of the Hare. Let him send his darQ^&aand visier there, that the regular revenue and the extraordinary civil receipts thereof may be perceived from the begin- ning of the current year, and be expended for the requirements of the victorious troops and his own necessities. Having acted, paragraph by paragraph, and day by day, in accordance with the procedura set forth in this edict (ni^idn), let there be no remissness concerning the paramount instructions.

Let him appoint five hundred prudent and experienced men, each of whom shall have a led* horse, a riding mule, and the necessary accoutrements, that they may go forth to meet the king, the lord of fortune,— with one * hundred swift horses which have been sent from the sublime court for the use of his Majesty, together with golden saddles ; and let the asylum of dominion select from his own stable six swift horses, quiet, of good colour and strong, and such as may be fit for the riding of that royal cavalier of the field of glory

I A town in ShurMn, west of KTflhSp^r and between Maflhliad and the Caspian. Blochmann, 55n. and Jarrett III. 85. But there is also a BabzwSr, south of Herftt, and probab- ly this is the place meant. This Sabz- wir is properly ilspo-sdr or horse- meadow, and is so written in the copy of the Shiah’s letter in the Ma*a%ir-

t Text, but the Lucknow

edition and three B. M. MSS. have ^»mal, and this seems correct. The Turkish, or Aigbnrian, cycle seems to have been used in official docu- ments, and began in Aries, as also did the Persian year. Tu§iqan, or the year of the Hare wae the fourth of the cycle. Jarrett II. (I) 21.

• Kukd, or Mtol is

used to mean a second or substituted article. (Blochmann 109, 115.) The Bahdr-y‘*ajam explains it, when applied to horses, as meaning an animal strong enough to form part of the procession before a king’s carriage, a processional hcrse in short. Such horses formed part of the idtiqhdl which met the Per- t lan-Afgb&n Mission on its approach to Mashhad. (Eastern Persia. Gold- amid and othcra. Macmillan, 1876. p. 857.)

« Biyasid has time only and this is probably correct. X^hraftsp would hardly send 100 horsos with golden saddles, nor if he did, would he be likely to tell SlP^ntfu-d-dln to add six. The six were probably added to the three to make the myetio nine.

CHAPTCK XXXIIl.

421

and succesB; and let him place on them aznre and embroidered Baddies, with housings of gold brocade and gold thread, such as may beBt the riding-horses of that majestic king; and let him make over each horse to two of his own servants, and despatch them. A splen- did, special side-dagger ornamented with exquisite jewels which came to ns from the fortunate vicegerent, the pardoned prince of sublime seat, the king our father — May Ood make his proof clear ! — together with a golden scimitar and a jewelled girdle,

have been sent to the Alexander-principled king, for victory and conquest and good augury. Four hundred pieces of velvet and satin from Europe and Yezd have been sent, so that one hundred ^ and twenty coats may be made for the king’s special use, and that the remainder may be for the servants attached to the victorious stirrup of that fortunate prince ; also two-pile gold-brocaded velvet carpets and coverlets (nataod takya ) of goat’s hair with satin lining, and three pairs of large carpets twelve cubits (square ?), four Qfish hdnt * of fine silk,* and twelve tents, crimson, green and white, have been sent. May they arrive safely I

Let arrangements be made day by day for sweet and pleasant drinks, with white loaves kneaded with milk and butter and seasoned with fennel seeds and poppy seeds. Let them Ife well made and be sent to his Majesty. Let them also be sent for each member of his staff and for his other servants. Be it ilso arranged that at the places where his Majesty will halt, there be arranged and pitched, on the previous day, cleansed, pleasant, white, embroidered tents and awnings of silk and velvet, and also pantries and kitchens and all their necessary ont-offices, so that every requisite apparatus be in readiness. When he, in his glory and fortune, shall direct a halt, let rose-water-sherb.et and wholesome lemon-juice be prepared and pour- ed ont, after having been cooled with snow and ice. After the sherbet

^ 120 were perhaps intended as a supply for a twelvemonth. Gf. Bloohmann, 90, where it is stated that Akbar had 120 suiU in his wardrobe, made up into twelve bundles.

• Bloohmann, 55 and 96, iakyoh* nomad.

• GSihkln, or JOshaq&n, a town half-way between Kashin and Ispa- han, famous for carpets. (Bloch- mann, 55n).

a Kurgl, Jcurk, or kurg, is the fine short wool of the goat, nearest the skin. It also means fur. (Bloch- mann, 616).

422

AKBABNlMl.

let consenres of maakdn ‘ apples of Mashhad^ water-melons, grapes, &o., with white loaves made as already directed, be tendered ; and let care be taken that all the beverages be examined by the protect tor of . sovereignty,* and that rose-water and grey ambergris be added to them. Each day let five hundred dishes of varied food be present- ed, together with the beverages. Let the asylum of dominion, Qaz- zftq* Sultftn^ and the acme of nobility, J^afar Saljtfin, together with your (other ?) descendants and your clan to the number of one thousand persons, go forth to offer welcome three days after the five hundred shall have set out. And during those three days let the said officers and the various troops bo inspected. Be careful to give your servants tipucdq and Arab horses, for there is no finer decora- tion for a soldier than a good horse , and let the uniforms of the one thousand be coloured and smart. And be it arranged that, when the officers come to wait upon his Majesty, they kiss the ground of service and honour with the lip of respect and render their service one by one. Be it seen to that, on the occasion of riding, &c., there be no altercation between the officers^ servants and his Majesty’s,* and that no annoyance of any kind happen to the king’s servants. During the time of riding and of marching, let the officers remain with their own* troops and serve the king from a distance, but at the time of being on guard,* let each officer display his alacrity in the vicinity of the quarters which shall have been fixed (for the Emperor) ; and let them, having taken in their hands the staffs of service, serve in the manner that one would serve one’s own king, and let them adopt and bring into praccice the utmost attentiveness. Let this mandate be showp to the governor of every territory to which

I Text, tsoi&Xrdn. The editors Shan’s son, and J’afar was his grand- suggest but according to son. QazsSq, called in the Ifa’dstr,

BaJidr-i-ajom, Mafikdn is the name QuzsSq rebelled against Xsh*

of a kind of apple grown in X inSsp in 972, and his son Ja*far Mashhad. emigrated to India. (Blochmann,

• Saltanat-pandh, BSyazTd has 426).

aySlat^panah and in both cases * Lit. on no account let there be

8harafu-d-dln is the person meant. any unfriendly glances. Wujih not

The special watch over the drinks as in text,

of kings is characteristic of the *1 adopt after fauj, from

last. Biyaild.

• Qassiq Snitin was Muhammad * EitHij^dk or ka§k^k.

CHAPTER XXXIII.

423

he (HumSyun) may comO) and care be takeu that that officer render his service. Let entertainments be so conducted that the total of the food^ sweetmeats and liquids be not less than 1 ^500 dishes. The service of, and attendance on the asylup:! of sovereignty^ will be, in charge of the asylum of dominion up to Mae^had^ the pure and holy. And when the officers aforesaid come to serve, every day there will be produced in the sublime banquet of that king, 1,200 dishes of varied food, such as may be fit for a royal table. And let each of the aforesaid officers, on the day when he is host, tender a present of nine horses, of which three will be for the king^s special use, one for the chief amir Muh* Bair&m l^Sn Bahadur, i and the five others for such of the select officers as may be fitting. Let all nine horses be produced for his auspicious inspection, and mention which of them are for the fortunate Nawwdh, and also mention which is for such and such an officer, — that having been previously arranged by yon,-^for such statement, though it may appear improper, is right and will not look wrong ; but by every possible means keep the servants in attendance pleased, and show the utmost sympathy and assiduity. Soothe the hearts of this body of men which have been clouded somewhat by the revolutions of unequal fate, with affection and sym- pathy, as is proper and pleasing at such seasons. Continue this practice throughout till they come to our presence. Thereafter, what is proper will be executed by oui’selves. After food has been par- taken of, let sweetmeats and comfits * prepared from candy (qand) and refined sugar {nahat), and various conserves, and risila-ukhatdi * (Chinese threads), which shall have been perfumed with rose-water.

^ BEyssTd has BahErU, which seems preferable.

I Fdluda or fdlnda, the same as except that the $uji is boile* in milk. Herklots. App.

^ Ghina or Cathay threads, ap- parently resembling vermicelli. See Vullers n. 39, and Bahdr-i-*ajam, Steingass says they are a kind of paste losenge eaten in soup, but this hardly agrees with the long description quoted by Vullers.

They were made of rice flour, were very thin, like silk threads and were flavoured with almonds, pistachios, rose water, dec. In the B.»M. Sloane, 4093, (Rieu 1, 391a), which is a similar letter of but addressed

to *A1T Qull KbEn ab&mla, the governor of SlsUn, the expression is not used, but we have the apparently nearly synony- mous phrase d^i^mShca, Vullers 11320.

AKBABNiM4.

424

mask 1 and grey * ambergris^ be brought in. The governor of the province^ (wildyat) after performing the duties of service and hos* pitalitji shall put his mind at ease about his province, and escort (his Majesty) up to HerSt, the capital, not omitting the most minute points of service and attendance. When he shall arrive at twelve fareakba from the said province,* the asylum of dominion (i. e., the governor) will leave one of his experienced officers * in charge of onr dear and excellent son, that he may take oare of the city and wait on the son. The remainder of the victorious army from the city and province, and its boundaries, consisting of the Haz&ra, * Nikodftrl and others, to the number of thirty thousand, which number must be exact, shall go forth with the asylum of dominion to offer welcome. Tents, awnings and necessary furnitures will be conveyed by strings of camels and mules, so that a well-ordered camp may come under the Emperor’s auspicious glance. When (the governor) is honoured by attendance on his Majesty he will, before making any other remarks, convey to him many prayers for his welfare on behalf of ourselves. And on the same day that he be distinguished by service he will halt in accor- dance with the rules (iuzak) and regulations of an army in camp. The asylum of dominion, when he has come on duty, will request leave, in order that he may entertain his Majesty, and will establish himself for three days in those quarters. On the first day he will invest all his (Humftyun’s) troops with handsome WiiVata of satin and brocade (kamJskdh) from Tezd, and of silk {ddrd^thd) of Mafljihad and Kbftfj and let them all have velvet cloaks (bdldpo^),’^ and let there be given to every soldier and servant two TabrTzi tumdna^

1 The musk here referred to seems to be a vegetable product.

s This was the

best kind. Blocbmann 78.

• Probably a general order for the governors of all the provinces passed through.

• Apparently meaning, when Hu- mlyUn arrives within 12 leagues, or about 50 miles, of the city of Herat*

• UimSq. Blochmann 371a, where it U stated that the word was origin-

ally the name of a Turkish tribe. See also Jarrett, II. 401n. 4 and III. 117n. The meaning here seems to be a confidential subordinate. Is Aimiq the right reading P Shaw gives this as a tribe near Herat.

• Jarrett II. 401f». 4

7 The word also means a quilt, but here probably a cloak or upper garment.

• Wollaston, (App.), says the ffimdn is a gold coin worth about eight shillings, but that it used to

CHIPTBR XXXIII.

m

for his daily expenses ; and provide varied food in accordance with the rules already prescribed. And let there be a royal assemblage, 80 that tongues may speak in praise of it and shouts of approbation reach the ears of mankind. Let there be made a list of his troops, and let it be sent to the sublime court. Let 2,500 ^ TabrIzI turndns be taken from the funds of the Privy Purse which are coming to the said capital, and let them be spent for necessary purposes. Let the utmost zeal be displayed in service, and let the march from the said quarters to the city occupy four days, and let the entertainment of each day be the same as on the first. And it is proper that at every entertainment the honoured sons of the asylum of dominion bind, like servants and waiters, girdles of service on their loins and perform worshipful ministration, and that, in thanksgiving that such a king, who is a gift from the gifts of God, has become our guest, they display the utmost alacrity in service ; and do not let there be any failure, for the more zeal and devotion are displayed in respect of his Majesty, the more will be the approval by us. And on the day before he will reach the city, let there, be erected at the head of the avenue (kbiydhdn) of the BSgh ‘Idgah tents with crimson satin on the inside, fine ^ linen between, and Ispahan linen {migqdli) on the top, which, during these days, was reported as being pre« pared. And let care be taken that at every place where his Majesty’s gracious heart may take pleasure, and in every flower- garden that may be remarkable for its air^ its streams, its amenities and delights, his Majesty be approached by you in an agreeable way, with the hand of respect placed servant-wise on the bosom, and that it be represented to him that that camp and army and all its paraphernalia are a present (pi^ka^id) to the fortunate Nawwab. Also, while on the march, do you continually keep him pleased by conversation of a reassuring character. And do you your- self on the day before he will arrive at the city, leave that station

be worth much more, and in the time of Shih *Abbis I. was worth £3, Jahlnglr, quoted by Blochmann, 486, makes the Persian tUman about equal to Bs. 88. If so, it might be compared with a gold mohur. But prCbably it was a silver coin that the

54

soldiers received.

t The MS. has 10,500. The letter in Or. 4678 says that from first to last 10,000 tumdns are to be expended.

t faiydhi. One MS. has TabasI, i, s., of the town of Tabas, and per- haps this is eorreot.

426

AEBABMlllA.

after obtaining your dismissal^ and proceed to serve our son. Next morning bring out the dear son from his residence for the purpose of giving a welcome. Put on him the suit which we sent him last year on New Year’s day, and leaving one of the grey -bearded con- fidential officers of the TaklCi family {Uimdq-i-talclu) who may be approved of and trusted by the asylum of dominion, in the capital, mount the son on horseback. And, for the time that he is proceeding to the city, let the asylum of dominion place Qazzaq Sultan on duty (with Huraayun), and let^ tents and camels and horses be presented, so that, when the fortunate Nawwab mounts his horse next day, the camp may also march, and let the aforesaid^ asylum of dominion be the guide. When the son shall come out of the city, strive that all the troops mount in the prescribed order,® ind that they proceed towards the welcoming. When near that king, the Court of Majesty, viz,, when the space intervening be an arrow’s flight, let the asylum of dominion advance and beg the king not to dismount. If he agree,* let him return immediately and dismount the happy son, and let the last go quickly and kiss the thigh and stirrup of that king of Solo- mon’s Court and show all the points of service and respect and honour which are possible. Should the fortunate Nawwab not agree, and should he dismount, let the son dismount before him and do homage and, his Majesty having first mounted, let our son kiss the king’s hand and mount, and proceeding on thus, ride according to etiquette to the camp and the fixed quarters. And let the asylum of dominion be in attendance on the king, and close to the son, so that, if the king should put any questions to the son, and the son, out of bashfulness, be unable to reply, the asylum of dominion may make a proper reply. And in the quarters aforesaid let that son show hospitality to the king according to this routine, viz., at about 9 A.M. let 300 dishes of varied foods be at once presented by way of refection. Between the two prayers (at midday) let 1,2(X) courses of varied foods be presented on langari dishes known as mul^ammad

I Cddar, perhaps veils or canopies for the women ; as one does not sec why tents should be required for the mnrching.

s B&jazfd has **the asylum of dominion " (t.s., Sharafu-d-dTn) and

the aforesaid, via., Qazzaq SultSn, and this is probably correct.

Text, iidn, but most MSS. have $an, order or procession.

^ BAyazld inserts here the word fabihd, i. e., good or “ Be it so.”

CHAPTER XXXIII.

427

Mldnlf and also on other plates of porcelain, gold and silver, placing covers of gold and silver over them. After that, let sweet conserves, such as may be available, and sweetmeats and comfits — bo pre- sented. After that let seven handsome and good horses be taken fixim the son’s stables, and velvet and satin trimmings be placed on them, with girths of fine linen woven with silk, and let white girths bo placed on red, and black girths on green velvet housings. It is proper that Hafiz Sabir Qaq,‘ Maulaua Qasim Qanuni, the harpist, Ustad Shah Muhammad,* the hautbois player, Hafiz Dost Muhammad KhafI, Ustad Yusuf Maudfid,^ and other famous singers and musicians who may be in the city, bo always present, and whenever his Majesty desire it, please him by singing and playing. And let everyone from far and near who may be worthy of that assemblage be in at- tendance so that he may be present when called upon, and that they may by every possible means make his hours pleasant to him. Further let gerfalcons ^ {^unqdr), and hawks, saker^ {cur^/i), sparrow hawks® (bd^a), royal ^ falcons (iAdhin), peregrine* falcons [hahrl) and the like which may bo in the son’s establishment, or that of the asylum of dominion or his sons, be presented, and let all his servants have silk bhil^ats of every kind and colour suitable to each — coloured velvets, waved silks {Mldrd *)and takvia-kaldhatturiy^^^iid gold brocade. And on arrival at the quarters, let his servants be brought before our son, who shall, with the munificent ways which are hereditary with him from his ancestors, entertain them, giving each a suit of clothes and a horse befitting his condition, and let not the largesse (to each) exceed three tumdns. Also let twelve times nine pieces of silk, includ-

I BSyazId has Sabir Qaf. Does this mean one who has control over the Koran, t.e., who knows it off by heart. Tlie last three names in this list, i.e., Hafi;; Dost, &c., are not in Bayazid.

• Blochmann, 613.

® Apparently a nom de plunie and meaning the beloved or the ecsta- tic : — from wadd,

♦ Also spelt shunqdr, — the Falco ffendersoni, (Scully, App. 2, Shaw’s Vocabulary.)

® The Saker, or Cherugh of Jerdon.

® Accipiter nisua; it is the female.

^ Falco peregrinator of Jerdon I. 25 ; it is the female.

® Scully 1. c. See also list of hawks in Burncs’ Travels, and the account of hawking in the Ain. (Blochmann, 293, et seq.)

® Moir^e antique. Blochmann, 92n.

Kdldbalun of Blochmann, 91n., who says it is a stuff with gold and silk tlireads.

428

AKBABNAMA.

ing velvety satin^ European and Yezdi kamMidh, and hafla-ahami (Syrian cloth) and other choice materials (be taken)^ and let three hundred gold tumdns be placed in thirty purses, together with the silk afore- said, and let there be given to every soldier and servant^ three Tabriz! tdindns, which are equal to 600 shdhl,^ Let him spend three days in the Avenue and in the underground-channel country {kdrizgdh). And order that, during these three days, various arti- ficers make a cahdr^tdq-bandi ® from the gate of the Cahar Bagh which is a royal palace, to the Avenue which is in the Bfigh ‘Idgah. And let one of the officers aforesaid be a coadjutor with each artificer, so that by their mutual rivalry every craft and excellent device may be executed. This is excellent that, as the king hath exalted this country by his distinguished advent, he should first come to a city which is the light of the eyes of mahkind. Let there then be brought before his alchemic eye genial and sweet-spoken persons, such as are in this city, so that ho may have cause for cheerfulness. On the third day when your mind shall be at rest with regard to the cahdr4dq, the City-Avenue, and the brightening up of the Cahar Bfigh let heralds be appointed in the city, its wards, and the environs, and the neigh- bouring villages, to proclaim that all the men and women of the city shall assemble on the morning of the fourth day in the Avenue (khiydbdn), and that in every shop and bazar, where carpets and cloths shall be spread in order, the women and maidens * will be seated, and, as is the rule in that city, the women will eng^e in pleasant *

» The text does not seem quite correct here. All the I.O. MSS. have la^karx and not merely laaj- kar and the proper reading seems to be lashkarx u ha har nafar. The account about the tunxdns is not cleap; Perhaps the 300 gold tiinxant were a special present to HumayUn. And perhaps the 30 purses were to be made of the silk.

t The iJxdhl is worth about a half penny, so that if tha iatadn be reckoned at 8/8 three would be about equal to 800 BKShl, The figpires in the text are, however, doubtful.

• An erection with four domes ; a quadrangular tent, or canopy, appa- rently,

♦ Text, beghd, t. s., chiefs, but I take the word to be haikahd, t. maidens from heka which P. de Courteille renders/emma non mariSe.

^ Dar maqdnx-i-ihJrXn kdri u ihlrln gui dar dyand. One of the meanings of maqdm is a musical tone, and kdr and hdihd are used by B&bar to mean airs or melodies. See bis Memoirs, Brskine 197 and 198, and notes. So possibly all that is meant here is that the women were to recite

CHAPTM XXXllI.

429

Bayinga and doings with the comers and goers. And from every ward and lane let the masters * of melody oome forth^ so that the like of it will not be seen in any other city of the world. And bid all the people come forth to offer welcome. After all tnis has been arranged^ let the king be respectfully asked to put the foot of dominion in the stirrup of auspiciousnesB, and to mount on horse- back. Our son will proceed alongside of his Majesty^ but so that the head and neck of the latter^s horse be in front.* Tou^ the asylum of dominion^ will follow close behind, so that> if he should put any questions about the buildings, the palaces, and gardens, you may make suitable reply. And when he shall come with auspiciousness to the city, he will visit the Cahar And let him alight in the

small garden which was made at the time of our residence in that delicious city for the purpose of our living there and of reading and writing, and which is at present known by the name of gh^hi. And make the baths in the Gah^r BS|^ white and clean, and also the other baths, and make them fragrant with rose-water and musk, so that, whenever he is inclined, he may have a place for bodily repose.

On the first day our son will show hospitality with abundance of provisions, and when he shall have gone to his repose, you, the asylum of dominion, will display hospitality in the manner that will be described below.® When he (Humfiydn) enters^tfae city, you will

and sing to the passers by. Most likely, however, the word IcdH refers to dancing. See VamWry’s History of Bokhara, p. 242, note, where he describes a dance known as the HerStl. MShan Lil, Bumes* mun- t&I, rather maliciously observes that all the women of Her&t know how to sing and dance, but show these accomplishments neither to their husbands nor to their relationSf but merely to their friends.

^ This might mean women as well as men.

® The letter in B. M. MS. Or. 467 is still more explicit. The head of the prince’s horse is to be on a line

with HumSyUn’s stirrup, and the head of the tutor’s horse on a line with the prince’s stirrup.

® A. F. appears to have missed out sofne words here. In BSyasTd 96, we have ** On the first day our son will show his Majesty abundant and excellent hospitality, and at night when he (the son) shall have gone to rest, the a^lum of dominion will call the great officers into his presence and direct that each one of them shall entertain the king who is favoured by God, one day in one of the gardens. On two other days, the son will entertain him, and alter that the asylum of

430

AEBAUNlMl.

make a report on the same day and despatch it to the sublime court. And let it be arranged that Mu^izzu-d-dln Husain kaldntar (magis- trate), of HerSt, appoint a good writer who is a man of experience, to write *a full diary from the day that the 500 make the reception (istiqhdl) to the day that he comes to the oityj and let it be sealed and despatched by the asylum of dominion^ and let all the stories and remarks, good or bad, which pass in the assemblage, be reduced to writing and be sent by the hands of trusty persons, so that we ^ be fully informed of all that occurs.

The entertaining by the asylum of dominion will be as follows ; — Three thousand dishes of food, sweetmeats, syrups {iiira) and fruits will be prepared, and the necessary furniture will be arranged as follows: — First, fifty tents and twenty awnings, and the large store-tent* which was reported to have been prepared for his Majesty’s special use, with twelve pairs of carpets of twelve cubits and ten cubits, and seven pairs of carpets of five cubits, nine strings of female camels, 250 porcelain plates, large and small, and other plates and pots, all with bright covers, and also tinned (qalqaVi karda), and two strings of mules let the asylum of domi- nion present on the occasion of his entertainment ; and let the officers conduct their entertainments as follows : — -Let them present food, sweetmeats and comfits to the extent of 1,500 plates, and also three horses, a string of camels and a string of mules, which shall have first been %een and approved by the osylum of dominion. The governors of QhurTftn, Ffishanj,* and Kar^u will show hospit- ality in their own country. The governor of B&kharz,* in Jam, and the governors of ^^h&f, Tarfiblz,^ Z&wah& and Muhawwal&t ^

dominion will himself entertain him mann» 48.) offices and workshops according to the method which will {huyutdt),

now be described. When he (HUma- * Bushangof Yaqdt. Jarrett HI-

yfln) enters the city, Ac.” 87. ^

i The i^cU after au^* in text 4 Macgregor’s KhurisSn I. 253 and

seems wrong. By the phrase Nwiowah II. 146.

humdyun-i-md TahmSsp means him- 4 Blochmann 605n. and Macgre-

self. See text 207, 1.10. gor’s map, Jarrett III. 86n. It is

4 Cada/r-i’hu 2 urg aldhata, Qu. ahtat a dependency of Nishap&r. or ahtatf Persian hatdi, provisions. * Macgregor U. 145, Muhawwal&t

See Lane 148c. Perhaps it is what etymologically means barren tracts. Ab&’l-fafl calls in the Ain, (Bloch-

CHAPTER xxxiir. 431

will entertain at Sara! FarhSd which is five parasa7iga * from Mashhad.*

1 Written farsangt here. It is faraakhi earlier in the letter.

• This letter seems to have been greatly admired and appears in several collections of letters.^ It also appears in the Ma’dsir-i-rahtmi but merely as a copy from the -lA- barjidma. Erskine thinks that A. F. copied it from Bayazid, and this is very likely. There are occasional omissions and alterations in A. F.’s transcript which were probably made by him as improvements, or to show that he was not a servile copyist. Thus A. F. omits in one place the title JannaUd^iydnx which in Bayazid is given by Tahmasp to his own father, IsmS‘Il, but which perhaps A. F. considered too sacred to be applied to anybody but Humaydn. Then in the list of lluinayun’s titles at the beginning of the letter we have in Bayazid after the words “ adl-gu8tari,’ (dis- penser of justice), and before the words l^dqdn4’8ikaiidar’n{8lidn ~~ the jingling addition of sdkib-i-dev-u- pari, lord of demons and fairies, which A. F. perhaps omitted as not being sufficiently dignified. On the other hand, A. F. gives the names of three persons who are to enter- tain Huinayuii, which do not occur in Bayazid.

Bayazid .say^ the document was produced on 20th Rajab, 1000 H. hy Mir Mirdad JuvInI, ddrdgha of the records, and that he made an exact copy of it. Probably he did, for at the end he seems also to have copied an endorsement or other

writing on the document to the effect that in 990 A. H. a copy was taken for the TdriJ^‘i-alft, (Record of a thousand years). Possibly, however* this was an endorsement made siimil- taneously with Bayazid’s copj" and meant to show that the copy was made for BayazTd’s use in connec- tion with the Tdrt^-ualfi. The 990 may be the era of the rihlat or death of Muhammad which ^vas adopted by Akbar for this work, and which began ten years after the Hijra. I have examined the copy of the second volume of the Tdr.-i- alfi in the B. M. Or. 465, but the letter is not in it. Indeed the events of Hum ay fill’s reign are very cursorily referred to, and as if it was contem- plated that tb^ should be dealt witli separately by A. F. ,

In his introduction to the letter, Bayazid tells us that Humayfin took counsel ‘with Ahmad Sultan about visiting the Sl^ah, and that Ahmad recommended him to go by Tabas- kilaki being the shortest, but that Humayfin said that life was un- certain, and that as he had heard much praise of Herat (perhaps from his parents) he would like to go that way. So he went by Uk and there was met by ‘All Sultan, a relation of 8harafu-d» din. Both A^mad Sultan and Sharafu-d-din wrote to and received replies.

In B.M.MS. Or. 4678, Rieu’s Cat. Supplement, there is at p. 1176 et aeq.f a letter from Xa^misp to Sharafu-d-dIn which closely resem- bles that given by A. F., but still U

432

akbibnAita.

When his Majesty Jahfinbfim Jannat-ftthiyanl came near Farah,^ the Sbah’s ambassador and his Majesty’s messenger arrived^ and his Majesty was made aware that the king of Persia regarded his adrent as a great gain and was delighted at it. His Majesty^ being a mine of courtesy > could not resist going to ’ IrAq and so pleasing his faith- ful companions. He placed the foot of resolve in the stirrup of dominion and went on with a firm determination towards Herat. At every stage some one of the notables and grandees of ^ur&s&n came out to meet him^ and waited upon him as if he had been one of his own confidential courtiers. The sound of the royal cortege opened the gates of joy for the inhabitants^ and the people of many towns, such as Jam,* Turbat,* Sarakbas,^ Isfarftin,^ came to Her&t in ex- pectation of the sublime advent. When the couriers of TfttAr ^ SuU§n, and of the nobles of I^urasan, who had gone forth to welcome him, reported to Muhammad I^ftn that the sublime procession had come near the ZiyAratgAh ^ the latter himself came out, accompanied by the nobles such as Wais Sultfin, SibAh Quii Sultan and the distinguished men of learning such as Mir Murtaza Sadr, Mir Husain of Kerbalt and other excellent persons, and by the people generally. At the head of the Bridge of MAlan,^ which is a famous resort in Her&t, they

far from being the same letter. It seems to be dated Wednesday, 5th gh awwil 950, unless indeed that be the date of 8haralu>d-dIn*B letter which’ is being replied to.

I Or Farr&h, 164 miles 6. of Her&t. See Tor. 205 and Meyoard’s

Taqut, 420. It is in Sfstin, and is now under Afghanistan. Hunter’s I. G. I. 35.

• Halfway between Her&t and Mashhad.

I Probably Tnrbat-i*HaidarT, 8. of Mashhad.

• N.-N.-W. Her&t, on road to Merv and a long way from Her&t. Per- haps Garahh* meant.

• This too is a remote place S. ef Burjnaid andN. W. of Hlsb&pdr. Also called Mihrj&n, Jarrett HI. 85.

^ Not . mentioned in Tahm&sp’fi letter as given by A. P., but in the eopy in Or. 4678 Tat&r Beg is direct- ed to be sent out to welcome Hums- yftn.

^ There are many shrines near Her&t. I do not know which this is. See Yates’s Notes on Her&t, J. A. 8. B. 56 for 1887, p..84.

• B&bar’s Mem. 207n. Erskine says, M&lftn is the name of the river that passes Herftt coming from the east. If so, it is another name for the Harl Bdd. It is also spelt M&lTn, Jarrett III. 87. Gonolly II. 51 says, **Four miles from the city we crossed the Herirood by a long bridge of brick called Pool-i-Moulann, which gives a name to the river. So much of the water had been drawn off

CHAPTER XXXIIT.

433

met him and conveyed to him the Slifth’s felicitations and those res* pectful greetings which are magnanimity’s essence. It had already been arranged that the roads should be swept and watered from the MalSn Bridge up to the Jahilnftra Garden^ and that the grandees and the ingenious men {zura/d) ^ of the city should come from either side and wait upon him. When the royal party arrived at a certain • stage Sultan Muhammad Mirzfl came and welcomed him^ and paid his reverential respects. That fortunate Prince and the other great officers treated him with all honour and respect. From the ZiydratgAh to Piil-i-Malftn, and from thence to the Jah&nAr& Garden — a distance of three or four leagues, the whole plain and the heights were filled with spectators from the city and the villages, and the crowd and the rejoicings were such as never occur but at the ^Id and on New Year’s day. On Ist Zilqa’da,* 950 (27th January, 1544), he alighted at Bagh JahanAra. Muhammad Khan gave a royal feast and tendered large presents. At the first assembly Sabir Qaq, the foremost reciter dn KhurAsan and ^IrAq, chanted an ode of Amir Shahi* to the air Sihgdh * so that oven rapt devotees were moved by it. In truth it was very appropriate and affecting. It began thus —

Blest the abode to which such a moon hath come,

August the world where there is such a king.”

When he came to the verso

Be nor grieved nor glad at terrestrial pain or pleasure For the world is sometimes this and sometimes that ”

above, that the stream here was inconsiderable, but it was swift, and clear as a diamond." Mohan Lai says it had 33 arches, but now only 27.

• I adopt the variant. The text has ii^urafa nobles.

• Perhaps it should be *’ the stage of DarqarA."

• I have already remarked that this date seems wrong. It is also inconsistent with A. F.’s statement that the Persian New Year was near at hand for that occurs in the middle of March.

• A Persian poet of the first

half of the 15th century. Bieu 640a.

• Sih Icdh in text. Sihgdh, i. e., three times, ip the name of an air. Vide Vullera II. 3545. and theBurhfin- i>QAti\ Bahar p. 19 speaks of the CargSh key. I think the seference is to a musical air, but the words, which are darmaqdm-i-aih kdh, may mean a place, tns., the KahdastAn, Tar. Raei, 206n., and BAbar 207 who mentions both the bridge of K&h and the Kah- dastin. For the use of the words dar maqam, to mean in the manner or fashion, see above p. 428, note 5.

434

ilCBARNllfA.

Uia Majqsty JuliaiibSuI was touched ai»d deeply affected^ aud poured presents into the skirts of his hopes.

As Herat and its sights pleased him much, and the New Year festival was at hand he stayed several days there. Whenever he rode out sight-seeing Muhammad Khan was in attendance and paid his respects and scattered gold on each side of his Majesty, Every day ho visited some famous spot, and on each occasion there was a joyous assemblage. Everything was managed on a prescribed plan, .Sometimes his heart was solaced with the KanzgSh, (the place of underground clianni^ls) and sometimes the Bagh Mnrfid, the Bagh Khiyaban, the Ba gh Zaghan,* and the Bagh Saf^* were visited* In every flowering spot thei’e were particoloured assemblages. Also on these days ho visited the shrines of the gi’eat saints, especially that ^ of Khwfija ‘Abdu^^dh AnsfirT, the Saint of Herat. May his grave be holy ! Ascetics, religious persons, lofty-souled men and famous men of learning wore honoured by liis company.

When the festivities of the New Year were over and the places of re . reation hod beenjvisited, he proceeded towards Holy Mashhad by the way of Jim. At this time Ahmad SultSn, Governor of Sistan, who had accompanied his Majesty hitherto, took leave to go to his own, province. On 5th Zllhajja > he reached Jam and visited the shrine of His Highness Zliinda Pil Ahmad-i-Jam. When lie approached Mashhad Shfih Qull SultSn Istajlu who was the governor of the province, came out to welcome him, accompanied by the leading

1 Bahar 207, Tar. lia^, 83.

, > Babar 1. c.

^ Yates 1. c. p. 100, Ac. It is at a place called Gazargah (Bleaching ground) which is said by Major Raver ty to derive its name from being a graveyard, i. e., a place where bones are bleaclicd. It is at T;ho foot of the hills and some two miles north-east of the city. Yates, 83 and Conolly II. 24.

• =:29tU February, 1644, but I think this must be a mistake for 5th Mu. barram =s29th March, 1544. We are told immediately below that Hu-

mAyiln arrived at Maahhad on 15th Muharram, and surely he would hardly have taken six weeks to get there from J Sm. Besides we are told that he spent the Persian New Year at Herat which he could not have done if he had left it in February. If the date given in J. R. A. S. for January, 1897, p. 47, be correct, Hu- mayQii must have paid a second visit to J&m some ten months later, for the date of the inscription put up by him there is 14th Shaw w ah 951 29th December, 1544.

CHAPTKB XXXIII.

435

Saiyida^ and all paid their respects. On ir)th MuhaiTam^ 051, he reached Iloly Ma^had and visited the shrine of (Imam) Rizavl, — may the blessing of God be upon him! He spent some days in flio precincts of that noble building. Thence he went to NTahapur. gh^^su-d-dln ^Ali Sultan^ who governed there, cmne with gretvt and small and paid his respects, and was prompt with various services. His Majesty visited the turquoise * mines in that neighbourhood, and from thence went to Sabzawar and from thence to Drimaghfin. Among the marvellous things of that place is an ancient fountain * which has a talisman from of old, to wit, whenever any dirty thing falls into the fountain a storm arises, and the sky grows dark from the force of the wind and the dust. This too he Examined with the eye of prescience. How many things are there not in tho wondrous workshop of the Creator, the understanding oF which does not come within the scope of our thoughts and imaginings ? From Damag^an he went on to Bistam * and as the shrine of BahrtamT ♦ ghaikfe Baydzid BistamI (may his grave bo sanctified) was not on tho line of road he turned aside to visit it. From thence ho proceeded

I These still exist. Beclus ix. 225. They are at a place called Ma’din, t. e., the mine, N,-W. Nishapar « D’Herbolot s. v. BSdidianeli. In Eastern Persia by Goldsmid and others, p. 381. We find the following, “ Ferrier has written of the high wind so prevalent here. The Per- sians say that it is occasioned by a mystic spring in the mountain al)Out two /arsal^B off which, the moment anything dirty is thrown into it, causes a tremendous gale to blow, which lasts several days, till the spring is purified, and a sentry is always kept at the well to prevent tampering with its waters. It is said that when the Sh^^h passed through DXmghSn en rotUe for Mashhad, being incrednlous of the story he ordered some of his suite

A

to throw dirt into tho spring whni immediately such a wind arose that the royal camp was rolled up like so much paper, and tlie Shah was compelled to have the cistern com- pletely cleaned out nnd purified be- fore the wind would cease.” Dama- g^un is supposed to bo the old capi- tal of the Parthians, the Hoentom- pylos of tho Greeks. It may ho noted that Babar, 14fl, tolls a story about a fountain in Ghazni^ .similar to that about the one in Damajjhan.

» Jarrett ITT. 85n. and Mcynard 104. It is N. Shahnul..

♦ t. e. swelling ocean. Bayazid belong.s to the 8th and 9th century A.D. Jarrett ill. 352 and 359, and PiQzIna-al-Asflya I. 519. He was a very famou.s saint and the founder of a religious order.

436

akbakhAma.

towards Sainugn ^ and halted at SilffAbSd* where ia the tomb of 3ha*ikh ‘AUu-d-daula Samnanl (may his grave be sanctified I ).

Whether on the march or when halting, it was his Majesty’s excellent practice to visit the shrines of Divine worshippers and to seek inspiration from the mental and physical circnmambulation of the awakened of heart.t At every station that he reached the governors and grandees came forward to do him homage and on many occasions there came from the 31t§h affectionate messages and splendid presents.

As the cavalcade reached Rey ^ the Sbfih left QazwTn with the intention of going into summer quarters and proceeded towards Sultaniya ^ and SurlTq. His Majesty JahanbAnI halted at Qazwin,* which was at that time the gbah’s capital. The grandees and in- habitants generally came out to welcome him. He remained some days there, visiting the remarkable buildings and holy places in the city, and taking up his abode in the house of KbwAja ^Abdnlghani who was the city Magistrate (Kaldntar) and where the gbftk had for- merly resided. From there he sent Bairftm Khftn to the gbib, whose cortege had nearly reached its destination when Bairftm l^ftn arrived. He conveyed his message and then returned from that stage ^ with joyful foot. Thereafter bis Majesty proceeded to Sultftniya. The gbfth was encamped between Abhar* and Sultftniya. When his Majesty arrived near that residence the great officers came, one after the other, and paid their respects. After that Bahrftm Mirzft and

1 Jarrett III. 85 and Meynard 317.

• Apparently there is some mis* ake here. gafT&bad lies far to the jast of Samnftn and Bis^m, and would naturally be reached by Hu* m&y^ before them. It is N. Sab- zawftr and N.-W. Kishipftr.

a Jarrett III- 376. He was a famous gaff and author of a book on religion, and also of one on general history. He died 736 A.H. (1336) ; see Rieu Cat. 1. 413a.

a Meynard 273 and Jarrett III. 84. It is the Bigas of the Book of Tobit.

a Jarrett III. 83. a Meynard 441.

1 Firiflhta calls the place Blliq- i-Qadftr (the name of the son of Ish* mael). There is unconsoions irony in A. F.’s remarks. If Janhar’s account, Stewart 62, is to be trusted, Bairftm bad cause to be glad that he got away safely from the Bbih’s presence.

a Bftyaafd says the meeting was in Zangftn. Badftftnl I. Ui, calls it Hftq Sttrtftq. Abhar is W. Qaswfn and is described by Chardin. Sei also Meynard 11 and Jarrett IIL 83i

CHAPTKB XXXin.

437

S&m Mirzft^ ilie lionoured brothers came aad welcomed him.

In Jumftda-al-awwal, 951 (July, 1544), the himself welcomed ^ him with all the observancea of respect and honour, and had an interview with him in which all the conditions of reverence and veneration were fulfilled. In a noble palace, on the gilding of which skilful artists had long been engaged and in which they had displayed miracles* of craftmanship, an enchanting picture-gallery received its inauguration by the interview with his Majesty Jahanbunl. A regal assemblage took place, and in accordance with the canons of magnanimity and the requirements of condolence and exalted in- quiries after welfare there was sympathy and mutual discourse. The gates of sincerity and honouring having been unclosed, those of sociability and gaiety opened of themselves, and high converse ensued. Mirza QAsim * of Gunabad in his book of poems (Masnavi) iu which the Sb^h is celebrated has spoken as follows of the interview between those two illustrious potentates : —

Verse.

Two Lords of Conjunction in one banquet-hall Made a syzygy like the sun and moon.

Two lustrous visions for Portune^s eye.

Two blessed ‘Id for month and year,

Two stars making heaven resplendent Side by side in one spot like the Farqadain, *

Two eyes of the world iu companionship Joining in courtesy like two eye-brows.

Two auspicious portents in one sign {hurj),

Two glorious pearls in one casket {darj).

1 Istiqhdl farmuda, as if Tahmasp had gone forward to meet llum&jun, but according to Jauhar, who was probably an eyewitness, the only Utiqhdl made by Tahmasp was his advancing to the edge of the carpet.

• Yad-i»ba{^, lit. a white hand, the reference being to the transfigured hand of Moses.

• A Persian poet with the title of Qftsiml. Rieu Cat. 660a and 6616, and Blochmann 591. GflaAbid is the

Junabiz of Yarjat, Mcynard 165. It belongs to the province of Klshi* pdr. The form Guiiahad. hi said to be wrong. It lies S. Nlahipilr and nearly due W. Herat. Qasimi wrote a poetical history (Shahnama) of Shah IsmaTl and another of his son Tahmasp.

♦ The two calves, the name of two bright stars near the Pole, $ And y of Ursa Minor. Lane 2387a.

438

AKBABNlltA.

The S^fih observed The glorious Creator and Bestower of Worlds made the conquest of India, achieved by his Majesty Oitl-sitftn! Firdus-makfinl, the key of the treasure-house of universal sway for your world-compassing sword. Every failure and indrmity which hath in these days appeared in administration and world-rule arose from the disservice and discord of disloyal brothers. Over this you had no control. In mundane affairs fraternal unanimity is of high import, and is a disentangler of perplexities. In this present regard ourselves as your younger * brother and know us to be a helper and a supporter, for— our life on it — we shall succour you to the height of your desire. We acknowledge old ties, and shall fulfil whatever assistance may be necessary. Should we be required to go in person as your auxiliary we will go.^^ He spoke many sincere words and such as bore the impress of magnanimity. ‘ For several days they held Cyrus-like festivities. His Majesty the entered personally into all the arrangements, and every day had a novel entertainment. There was increase of formal and spiritual beauty, and day by day he waxed more and more friendly and affectionate. How can feasts be described when so great a gJhah was in his own person tlie caterer? What gold-embroidered velvet and silken* canopies there were and what numbers of wrought pavilions and lofty tents there were !

Far as the eye could reach, silken rugs and precious carpets were laid ^ out and thereby were spread pleasure and joy. What account can be given of how in the important matter of the distribu- tion of presents and rareties he gave his personal attention to the subject ? How tell of the choice horses of Media with embroidered and golden saddles and the splendid housings and trappings, of the adorned mules of Bard%* of the strangely * shaped camels, male or feV^le, with valuable coverings, of the many scimitars and daggers set with jewels and the like, of the fine linen, and the robes {pOetin) of the marten {JcesA) and the red* fox, the ermine {aanjdb), and

I T^hmSsp was about eight years younger than HumiyOn.

• Tdja haft a kind of silk, Bloch- mann 93.

» There is a play on words here. Joy was spread out like a carpet.

• Apparently the name of a dis- trict in Persia.

• BadV paikar. In Aliit text I. 146, Blochmann 143, A. F. calls the camel iiigarf paikar,

• Jal^dica in text, and there i»

CBAPTfR XtXlU,

489

tlio squirrel ^ (tin), nnd’nlso the dresses ot* gold brocade, velvet, silk (tdja), satin, figured silks from Europe (mushajjar-i-Firingi), and Yezd, and KSshAn ? Many bn sins, ewers, and candlesticks of gold and silver set with rubies and pearls, many’ gold and silver dishes, ornamented tents, grand carpets, the marvel of the age for size and beauty, and other regal articles were brought one by one before his Majesty’s holy glance. Money and goods were distributed to all the followers, and royal courtesies were interchanged.

His Majesty Jahanbani on the day of the great festival presented to the Shah as the gift * of a traveller a diamond ^ of great value — worth the revenues of countries and climes, together with 250 Badakhshan rubies. Without a doubt, all the expenditure which the Shah, whether from his privy purse, or through his officers, incurred on account of his Majesty JahSnbani from the time of his entering the country to his exit therefrom was hereby repaid more than four times over. PrprA thence they wont to SultftnTya and there held Cyrus-like festivities. In the intervals between these glorious seasons of foT’tunate conjunctions a cloudiness of heart was created on both sides through the instigation of sundry strife-mongers,* but the turbidity did not last long, and was washed away by^ the waters of cleansing. His Majesty the ^ah made every day new arrangements for pleasure and joy. Among other things he ordered the amuse- ment of a hunting-drive (^ikdr-i-qamargha) , and his army drove the beasts of the plain a ten days’ journey up to a spring known as the Savuq Bulaq ® which is the first stage of the ZailAq Bilaq.* His

the variant chalghdvoa, P. do Cour- tcille has in his Diet. and trans- lates “ renard rouge, pelisse faite avec sa peau.*’

^ In Shaw’s Turk! Diet. tiyin given as a Kazz&k word tor a squirrel.

• Ba mam-i-armaghdni. See Bur- han-i-Qati*.

^ No doubt this was Bftbar’s dia- mond and probably the Koh-i-nflr. fi- M. MS. Or. 153, p. 586, says it was B&bar’s diamond, and that it weighed 6^ mi^qals, and that Shah

Xahmasp afterwards sent it to Nigam Shah ruler of the Deccan.

♦ Referring to Bah ram Mirza, the Shah’s brother and also to some disloyal servants of Humayiim Seo Ni^amuddin, Ferighta, Jauhar and also BadaonI I. 444.

• Bulaq means a spring in Tarkl. Perhaps the correct name is Saj Buliq, t. <? , the cold spring. This is near the Takht-i- Sulaiman which is mentioned by Jauhar as the scen^ of a hunt.

ft Bllaq means a garden and also

440

akbarnIva*

Majesty Jahanbaul aiul tlie entered the hunting-ground to-

gether and gave new lustre to the arts of horsemanship and game- slaying. After that Bahram MlrzA, SSm Mlrzi^ and after them BairSin Khan, Haji Muhammad K5ki, StSh QuU * SuU§n Muhrdar (seal-keeper, or chancellor), Roshan Koka, (lasan K5ka, and many dthers of his Majesty Jahanbani’s trusty followers were permitted to enter the qamargh(i> Several of the Sl^ah^s officers were bidden to enter, such as ‘Abdalla Khan Istajlu, son-in-law of the great Shflh IsmaMl, Abul Qasira KhalfS, Slundak* Sultila, Qurci BA^I Af^ar, Badar Khan Istajlu and some others. After a time a general permission to enter was given. Everyone of the soldiers and troopers engaged in seizing and binding* the game. Meanwhile Bahram Mirza, who had a grudge against the KhalfS intentionally * shot an arrow at him so that he died. Out of consideration for the Mirza no one mentioned this to the Shah. After this troops were sent away in order that a fresh qamargha might be made at Sulaiman’s * Pool (Hauz-i-Sulaimdn), When they assembled, hunting, more majorunif was resumed, and here they spent some time also in playing^ polo and in archery.’^ On this day as the archery was keen (lit. the qahaq-

an underp;round building used to avoid th(* beat.

1 There seems some mistake here, for this man is mentioned by BayazTd as a servant of the Shah. Bloch- mann has several Shah Qulls, but none of them is entitled Sultan. A. F. however later on, 1. gives this title to the Shah Quli who was Bai- ram’s sister’s sou and became Kh an Jjihan. But he can hardly be the Shah Q,\i\ of the hunt for he had not then come from Qandahar. It would seem from Baynzid 176 that the person meant is ^usaill Quit brother of the Governor of Sis tan. BayazTd states that HumayCln made him his seal-keeper when at Qan- dahar.

s BayazTd calls him Sundak.

• The Lucknow ed. has kui^tanp ‘‘killing.”

• CJ/. Elliot V. 219. Considering how easily an accident could occur {vide the story of Adrastus in Hero- dotus), and the dislike of Humayun’s party for Bahram, who seems to have given hi.s brother good advice about HuniaySu, one feels inclined to think thi.s charge of murder un- founded. BayazTd does not tax the MTrza with it. Nor apparently did Xahmasp suspect his brother, and yet he must have heard of the occurrence.

• See Reel us ix. 185 and 252.

• Caugdnbdzl, See A. F.’s account of the game in Bloch mann 297.

Qabaqanddal. A kind of tilting at the ring, but the weapon used was an arrow. There is an allusion to th game, in the Gulistin III. 27. See Vullers II. 710 for a fnll description ^of it, and also Doxy’s Diet, s-

CHAPTER ZXlllI.

441

hdzdr was bot) Bairam Beg received the title of Khau and Maham- inad Koki that of Sultan. At the close of this reunion the list ^ of the 12,000* horse who had been designated to march with the Shah’s son Prince Murad as the king’s auxiliaries was presented to his Majesty together with the list of supplies which were to bo des- patched along with his Majesty Jahanbani. The following is the list of the exalted persona who were appointed to take part in the g^eat expedition : —

List,

1. Mlrzii Murad.

2. Badagh Khan Qajar,* the Mirza’s tutor.

3. Shall Quli Sultan Afahar, governor of Kirman.

4. Ahnnid iSuItaii Shamlfi, son of JMuhaiumad Khalifa.

5. Sanjab Sultan Af^ar, governor of Farah.

6. Yar ^Ali Sultan Taklu.

7. Sultan ‘AH Afshar.

8. Sultiln QuH * QurcTbashi a relation of Muhammad Khan (governor of Herat).

9. Yahjub Mirza, taghdi ^maternal uncle) of Sultan Muhammad

Khudubanda (Tab rn asp’s eldest son). ^

10. Sultan Husain QuH ^ainlfi, brother of Abmad Sultan governor of Sistan.

11. Adham MTrza, son of Deo Mirza.

12. Taluimtiiii Mlrzii, son of Deo Sultan.

13. Haidar Sultan Sliai ha nl.^

14 & 15. His sons ‘AH QuH and Bahadur.

16. Maqeud Mirza Akhta Begi, son of Zainu-d-din Sultan Shainlu.

Ji03a. Qabaq^ it seems, properly means a gourd. Humayiin’s servants would be proficient at the game for they played it in India before the days of 8 her Kh&n. See Khwanda- mir’s Humayuniiama 1496, of B. M. MS. Or. 1762 Rieu Cat. 1024a.

^ Tumdr. Possibly it here means review. BayazTd says that the tumdr of the stores was made over to Hu- 66

mayun’s lieutenants {wukcUd).

• 10,000 in Bayazid. *

• Text Qjdcdr.

• The ‘Ali Sultan of Bayazid.

^ 11 and 12 were brothers accord- ing to Bayazid so that DSo Sult&n and DSo Mlrzi are one and the same person.

• Several MSS. have SUt&nl.

442

akbarnAma.

17. Mahammadi Mir/.ft, grandson of Jahun Mlrzn./ known

as Sl^fth Yezdl* Bog.

J 8 . Kacal IstajlQ.

19. ^Ali Sulj^n Culaq,® sister^s son of Muhammad Khan.

20. AbuM*fath Sultftn Afs^fir.

21. Hasan SnUftn gbSmlu.*

22. Yftdgftr Suljtan M 69 IQ (t. s., of M 6 §ul).

23. Ahmad Sul^Sn Al^sh A^II IstajlQ.

24. Safi Wall Sul(an^ descendant.^ of the Sufis, Khalifa of the Sumlu.

25. ‘All Beg Zulfiqnrkush.®

26. Muhaminadi Beg Kitabdar (librarian) Qajfir.

Likewise there were nominated 300 cuirassiers of the Shah\s bodyguard ^ with fitting equipmentsi After the conclusion of this reunion an order was given that there should be a third hunt ® in Aq-i- 2 iyfirat which is the last stage before the sumtner-quarters of Surlik.® Various rejoicings and festivities occurred, and all the para- phernalia of delectation were gathered together. In the charming

1 BSyaztd has Badshah instead of Ml rza after JahAn Shah’s name, no donbt because he was the son of Qara YQsuf of the Black Sheep. He was killed in 1467. See D’Horbelot artv Jehan ShAh.

• Apparently Birdl or BardT is the true reading, Brskine 11. 294. If so he was apparently ShAb Birdl Bay at the brother of BAyazId, and the man who renounced the world and be- came a religious poet under the style of Bahr&m SaqqA. See BSyazId 19a.

S Julaq in text, but culaq^ which means ** one-handed, *’ is probably correct.

♦ RBmia in Bftyazld.

I TFalod-i-i^ti/idn Khat^fa Rumlu, The passage is not clear. B&mld seems to mean the people to BBm or Asia Minor, bat the name does not appear among the seven Turkish

tribes whom Timur released at Sad- ru’d-diu’s recjucst.

® “ The slayer of gulfiMar.” 2^16* qar was a Kurd who became Sulpn of M6§ul and took possession of Bag- dad..’ Xfihmasp when about 14 made war upon him in 1527, and during the siege ‘All Beg murdered him. Sec Malcolm’s Persia I. 566 and B. M. MS. Or. 153, Ricu 110a and 405.

7 Qurchi-l^dsa. The Qwre? were the Shah s household cavalry, and were descended from the 2,000 prisoners released by Timur to Sadru-d-dln. See Denison Ross J. A. S., April ’96, p. 292, and Vullers 748a.

^ Slk^kdr-i-qcmarghfJ>» SeeBadaonI, Lowe’s translation, p. 93 for a gra- phic description of such a hunt.

• Surlaq in text but clearly the Sdrllq of p. 21 5 and of the T<^haqat.

CHAITliR XZXIII.

443

spot of Miyana,‘ which is famous for its salubrity^ the came to his Majesty Jahanbanl’s quarters, and wished him god-speed and the two sovereigns bade adieu to one another with mutual respect and in an auspicious hour.

His Majesty Jahanbftm proceeded from thence to Ardabll and Tabriz in accordance with the precedent* set by his Majesty Sahib Qirani. The litter of her Majesty Maryam-MakauT, together with her attendants, was sent by the straight road towards Qandahftr, Hftji Mu- hammad Khan being put in charge of the troops and sent to wait on the litter of the cupola of chastity. The 12,000 horse who had been appoint- ed to attend on the victorious stirrup were sent away to get their ac- coutrements, &c., so that when his Majesty •Jahanb^n! arrived at the Hilmand the Prince (Murad) might join him there with the army. His Majesty JalianbanT first proceeded to vi6w Tabriz, and when he came near it the governors and grandees came out to welcome him at a dam ^ which Mirza Miran Shah had constructed on the stream which comes to Tabriz from the slope of the Sahand.^ In accord- ance with the Shrill’s orders the governor put the city in fete, and decked ^ her for his Majesty’s enlightened gaze, and himself per- formed the rites of hospitality. The games of hockey® and wolf running 7 for which Tabriz was famous, but which %ad been inter-

1 Jarrett HI. 82. The Mianah of Rcclus who gives it a very bad char- acter for salubrity. This is taken partly from Col. Monteith’s account in the R. Geo. S. J. for 1833 who speaks of Miana’s being infested by a poisonous bug. Tlie famous travel- ler ThfH’cnot the younger died here in 1007.

• Alluding to the visit paid by Timur to 8adru-d-dln Safi, the founder of the bufi dynasty, at Ardabil.

• SaddT. Miran Shah was a .son of Tirnfir. The dam was probably made to supply Tabriz with water, and the stream either the Mahrud of Meynard 133n. or the Aji Cai (river).

^ A mountain south of Tabriz and 11800 feet high. The iidfat after Sahaml in text seems wrong.

^ Jilwa dad. Cf. Revelations xxi. 2, “ The holy city made ready as a bride adorned for her husband.”

« Cangdn, but in Tabriz played on foot, for A. F. adds the word piyada.

^ Gurg-daii-dnl. The dictionaries do not make it ^Icar what this, sport was. (jurg-daw means trotting or running like a wolf, and Qurg-hazi is explained as a gamh current in Ka&han, and consisting in letting a wolf loose, &c. Bayazid speaks of Gurg-daicdnl and also of as port called Armani-Musalman, apparently Arme- nians against Mu^mmadans. From

444

AKB4RNAMA.

dieted on account of riots, wore revived f)y the Shah’s orders for his Majesty’s delectation. His Majesty visited tlie splendid buildings, the memorials of ancient kings — and the pleasure-parks of the city. Fresh illustrations were thereby brought to his mind of the by past (guzaikiagdvL) monuments of the earth, of the revolutions {sar^nsAta- gdn), of the mansions of the skies, of the passing away (guzaMagi) of the inconstant universe, and of the breaches {gusistdglhd] ‘ of the unstable earth, and they brought to his lips truthful words about compassing the favour of the Creator. He became wrapt in some old verses, and in ecstacy he recited aloud this quatrain ; —

Quatrain.

Alas that substance hath slipped from the palm.

And that many hearts (lit. livers) have bled at death’s hand ; Nonecometh* from that (other) world that 1 might iii(][uiro How it fared with the travel’ era thereto.

Mull§ Qutbu-d-d1n® Jalanju of Bagdad waited upon him in this illustrious city and attended him as far as Holy Mashhad. The ex- quisite and magical KhwSja ^Abdu-B-?amad * shlrlnqalam (sweet pen)

the following passage in Chardin it appears that the pastime in question was really that of dancing wolves : — ** La place de Tauris est la plus grande place de ville que j’aye vuc au monde, elle passe de beaucoup celle d’ Ispahan. Lea Turcs y ont rang^ plusieurs fois trente mille bpmmea en bataille. Le soir cette place est remplie de menu peuple, qui vient se divertir aux passe-tems qu* on y donne. Ce sont des jeux, des tours d* addresse et des bou- lonneries, comme en font les Saltim- banques. des luttes, des combats de taureaux, et de beliera ; des recits en vers et en proses et des dances de Loops. Le peuple de Tiiatis prend son plus grand divertissement a voir cette dMOice, et Ton y amdne de cent limes voir dss lonps qui savent bien

dancer. Les mieux dressey (?) se vendant jusqii’a cinq cent ecus la pi^ce. 11 arrive souvent pour ces loups de grosses eineutes qu’ on a bien de la peine a appaiser. Voyages I. 184, ed. of 1741.

1 Alluding to the earthquakes hy which Tabriz has been so often shattered.

• “That bourne whence no travel- ler retunieth.”

• We learn from Bayazid 24a that this Mulls wa.^ the father of Qazl Alf BakhshT. Blochniann 411 and 528, and that Humayun sent him an invitation from Badakhsh&u hut that he was unable to accept it.

^ Famous as a painter and calli* graphist. Bloohmann 107 and 495. He afterwards joined Humiydn at Kftbul. He was a poet and a mem-

CHAPTRR XXXni.

445

also entered into service in this city, and was ranch esteemed by that connoisseur of excellence. Bat from the hindrances of fate he could not accompany him. One of the wooderful good omens wa^ this that when his Majesty came to Tabriz, as he was very keen about astrolabes, spheres ^ (/rura) and other instruments of observa- tion, he bade his equerry Paik Muhammad search diligently in the city for spheres (kura). That simpleton brought some colts (karra) with their mothers ! * His Majesty was pleased and purchased them as a good omen. After leaving Tabriz he went to Ardabll. When he arrived at SJ^ammfis! ^ all the ghSil^zSdas and the other grandees and nobles came and paid their respects. He stayed a week in ArdabTl and then went to Khalkhal* and from thence to Taram ‘ and from thence to Kharazbll.^ As the air and fruits of that place were remarkably excellent, especially the seedless ^ poinegraoates, he remained there three days. In Sabzaw&r he rejoined his camp. Here her Majesty Maryam-Mak§n! gave birth to a daughter.^ From the beginning of his march towards Kftbul and Qandahftr, at every stage that he came to, the rulers and grandees tendered presents and exercised hospitality. At this stage Mir Sh^msu-d-din ‘All Sul^dn performed acceptable service, and on the day of the entertainment rope-dancers exhibited their skill. When he cam^to Mashhad the

her of the Divine Faith. Blochmann 209. There is an account of him in B&yazld 24a et 9eq,

^ Apparently celestial globes and not armillary spheres. Jarrett II. 2.

• Mddiydnha, lit. mares. ”

^ Samdsl in some MSS., evidently a place in the environs of Ardabil and occupied by descendants of the Safi saint. See J. B. A. S. for April 1896, p. 262, where Shammisl is men^oned as a village near Ardabll.

• Two days* journey from Ardabll, Meynard 210.

^ TirUnin Jaubar,75. Apparently the TSram p(3 of YiqSt who de- scribes it as a large district between Qsswln and GlUn, Keynard 131.

• Khardabyl of Jauhar, 75.

1 A. F. notices seedless pomegp^a- nates as one of the productions of the Tliml^n of NSknihSl near JaUU- bad, J arrett II. 405. Chardin, speak- ing of pomegranates, says ” II y en a dont le pepin eat si tendre qu’on ne la sent presquepas sous le dentet il y en a qui n* ont point de mem- brane ou pellicule entre lew grains. II vient des granades de Tesd qui pesent plus d’une livre. At p. 97 of Yol. II. he says he has never seen pomegranates better than those of MiySna.

I have found no further mention of this child. She was not Bakhshl or Takhshl Bind.

446

AKBARNAMA.

Holy the Governor and nobler strove to do him honour. He wsiited some time in this city to allow for the gathering of the S^ali^s army. From here he sent one ‘Abdu-l-fattiih Kurkirfiq * to demand the sub. sidy * (aawari) which had been assigned upon Herat^ and the latter died on his way back. From the same place he sent Maulana Nuru- d*din Muhammad Tarkhan to summon Shail^ Abu^l-qasim Jnr jani and MauUna Ilyas of ArdabTl who were adorned with external and internal excellencies. At Kabul they came into his service. Me was greatly pleased by the arrival of these two distinguished men with whom he discussed the Durratu-l-Taj.s And during the time he was in Ma^had he continually held discourses with the learned andieloqnent who waited upon him and wore benedted by the alchemy of his companionship^ Maulana Jarna^Td ^ the enigmatist, who was an aggregate of excellencies^ repeatedly had the honour of visiting him. One day Mull^ HairatP presented the following to the amend- ing glance of his Majesty : —

Verse.

Whiles my heart, whiles my liver is consumed from love of the fair,

Every moment love makes a fresh scar ; •

My state is like that of the moth and the lamp.

For if I approach my wings {hdl-u-param) are burnt away.

His Majesty •who was a genuine artist and a

paragon of acuteness, gave this excellent turn {ta^arruf) to it : —

1 This is the word which Bloch- * ** Present dont en fait homaje/’

mann was unable to explain satis- See Vullers andQuatrem^re, Not. et

lactorily. 72n. and 616. Here it is Bxtraits XIY. 27.

used as a title. Kwrlc means fur and i ** Pearl of the diadem. " It is

Iraq accoutrements. A. F. gives an encyolopaBdia of philosophical few dates in this part of his history. sciences by Qutbu-d-din & dis-

We learn from Biyazid that Hu- ciple of Na^fru-d-dln Tclsl. Bieu

mayhn reached Mashhad at the end 434a. The parenthesis is rather

of Bama?Rn,i.e., 16th December, 1544. out of place if they did not come

From the inscription furnished by till he was in E&bul. the lamented Mr. Ney Elias J. B. A. S. ♦ Blochmann 102.

for January 1897, p. 47, it appears » A Persian poet. He died at

thatHumiyan wasat Turbat-i-JSma Kishhn in 961 A.H. 1554. Bloch-

few days later, eis., on 29th December. mann, 187n. BSyazId tells the story

CH4PTRB XXXIII.

447

Verse.

I go forward thongh my wings be burnt.

The MauUnSl sincerely prostrated himself l^fore his Majesty^s exquisite emendation. From Maibhad he went to the caravanserai of from there he went by way of the fort of Gah • to

Sistftn. Here the Prince and the gb^h’s officers joined him. From thence they went to Garmsir. Mir ^Abdu-l-Hai of GarmsTr came out of the fort of LakI * with a quiver bound round his neck and did homage and excused himself for his offences and for his shameful con- duct in remaining aloof from service on the occasion of his Majesty^s march (into Persia). As his Majesty^s disposition was forgiving and benevolent, he accepted his apologies and encompassed him with favours.

Since the narrative has proceeded so far, it is indispensable that something should be said of the officers who served the State during their exile.

The head of the faithful servants was Bairftm l^ftn, who through- out waited on the stirrup of his Majesty Jahftnbam Jannat-ftshiyinl as if he were his good Fortune (cun sa^adat). The second was Khwfija Mu’azzam who was the uterine^ brothel of her Majesty

Maryam-Makaui. From the beginning of his cai*eer he was not free from turbulence of brain and heat of disposition. Gradually his for- wardness {hibakl) and bloody-mindedness {saffdhi) increased beyond bounds. His last action will be described in its proper place. The third was iqil SuUin Uzbeg, son of ^Adil Sul^ftn, who by his

and calls HumSyUn’s emendation a da^l which is a technical term for a repartee or antistrophe.

^ The Rant Xarq of Jauhar 76. Y&qUt describes it as 10 farmljis from Ispahan, Meynard 392.

• Jauhar 76. The place seems to be Kikb, Beolus IX. 227. It is des- cribed by Macgregor 1. 165.

^ On right bank of Helinand, Srskine II. 904.

brother by

the same mother but by a different father, Lane 832c. Other writers ap-

parently regard him as the full bro- ther of Akbar*a mother, Maftsiru-1- Umari I. 618 and Blochmann 624. One would be glad to think that he was not the full brother. •

• His mother was 9h^ Begam, the daughter of SuUSn Qusain of Herit by Piyanda Sultln Begam. BSbar, 180. *Adil Sul|Sa was son of Mahdl Sul|ia. BSbar 363. Aqil SultSn is mentioned by BSyazTd^ 18a as one of the officers who marched with HamSySn from Qaudivhir to K&bul.

448

AKBAKNAMA.

mother’s side was a grandson of Sultan Husain Mirza. Thougli in the beginning ho was among the subsidised officers, in the end he was named among the excluded {haf^irrtidn mausum gasht).

The 4th was Hfijl Muhammad * Koki, the brother of KokI who was one of the great officers of his Majesty Gitl-sitaul Firdus-makauT. Haji Muhammad was of singular courage and the ^ah often said that kings stood in need of such a servant. On the day of the qahaqan- ddzi he hit the qabaq and received a (jaldu) present from the Sk^h.

5th, Rushan Koka, foster-brother of his Majesty JahftnbanI Jan- nat-ashiySni. On the journey the jewellery was entrusted to him. As he proved unfaithful in this trust it was necessary to put him in prison for some time. He was pardoned and released.

6th^ yasan Beg, brother of Mahram Koki. Though ho was foster- brother of KamrSn MirzA he was long in the service of his Majesty Jahanbanl. Ho was of generous nature, affable, and a confidant. He was drowned at the Causa ferry.

7th, Khwaja Maqsud* of Her&t — a man of pure disposition and of integrity ; he was noted for his trustworthiness and sincerity, and was one of the tried servants of her Majesty Maryam-Mak&nl. He was ever assiduous in her service. He had two auspicious sons who were foster-brothers of the king of kings. One was Saif ® Khon, who drank the wholesome cup of martyrdom in the year of the con- quest of Gujrat. The other was Zain^ ]0^«in Koka, distinguished for fidelity and intelligence, and who became the object of the favour of the king of kings and one of the great officers.

8th, Khw§ja ^azT of Tabriz. He was a skilful accountant and also acquainted with histories and chronicles. When the sublime army left Lahore for Sind he separated from M. K&mran and joined his Majesty. He was appointed Musbraf-i-diwan ^ (accountant).

^ In spite of his services, Hu- iDSySn eventually put him to death: Jauhar 109 and A. N. I. 311.

I Possibly the MauUim Maq^tld the engraver of Blochmann 52, who in index calls him KhwAja.

A Blochmann 350.

• Blochmann 344.

• Blochmann 263, Blochmann YII.,

describes the office as higher than that of the Diw&n but lower than that of the YakTl. Jauhar 88 refers to Khwaja ShAzI as Dlwin. He fell into disgrace on account of his conspiring with RCKfihsu Koka to steal Humiynn’s jewels. Jauhar 68 and 72 and Gulbadan’s Memoirs.

CHAPTER XXXIir.

449

After that he was for a long time excluded from the Court. At the end of his life, when the vigour of his understanding was impaired, he was admitted to the Court of the king of kings.

9th, ^waja Ammu-d-dln ^ Mafimud of Herit who surpassed all the world in the science of accounts {fann-^i^stydq) and who also wrote in iAikasta admirably. He was very subtle (miiiigdf, lit. hair- splitting) ill matters of business and knowledge of arithmetic.

His Majesty made him for some time Bakhsbl to the king of kings. At the time of the latter’s sovereignty he attained to high office and was exalted by receiving the title of l^wftja Jahftn.

10th, BtbX Dost Bakhshi. He also was distinguished for his knowledge of accounts aud always displayed great aptitude iu the affairs of the diwanl.

11th, Darvesh Maq§ud BangalL He came from the ZiySratgfth of Herat and was a man of integrity. Ho was left behind with Jahangir Quli * Beg in Bengal and was the only one who escaped. His Majesty Jahfinbani Jannat-sshiyftm was especially gracious to him, and after- wards his Majesty the king of kings showed him great favour. He spent a long life in the ranks of offerers up of prayers (for Akbar).

12th, Qasan> ‘All I|bak SqS. He was distinguished for courage and activity. He had done good service, but one Ya’qub ♦ by name who was a favourite of his Majesty Jahanbflnl having used improper Ian* guage; some evil-disposed Qiziibashis (Persians) laid an ambush for the young man in a deserted ^ village near Tabriz and assassinated him. As there was a coolness between him and l^asan ‘All it was

I Blochmann 424 and 628 and £iliott V. 384. It is curious that A. F. does not mention ^ikanta in his chapter on writing in the Ain. Ba- daonl calls him (ab-

solute Vizier) and speaks mucli of his influence. Lowe’s trans. 189-90. M. Quatrem^re has a note about the precise meaning of the word Blydq and refers to this passage in the A. N.

• Killed in Bihir when fighting with 8her KhEn.

^ Ho had a Balflcl wife who was

57

one of the two women who accom- panied Humiyiln in his flight to Persia, and she was nseful on the desert journey as an interpreter. Jaubar, 62 and 53.

• He was Humij fin’s butler. An account of this murder is given by Jauhar 78.

( Maufa*-i-^ardha. According to Jauhar, Ya’qfib was killed a long w.<v 7 from Tabriz and between Qazwln and Sabzawir. Erskine calls the place Kila Ders. II. 298n.

450

AKBARNlMi.

reported that the latter had instigated the murder. On this account he could not accompany the sublime army but remained in Persia. When K§bul became the royal residence he was allowed to kiss the threshold.

13th, ^Ali Dost Bdrbeg!,! son of the aforesaid ^asan ^Ali. Ho came afterwards and joined in Holy Mashhad. From first to last he was distinguished in Herat (?) for service and devotion.

14th, Ibrahim Ishak Aqa. Ho was a devoted servant of the Court.

15th, Shaikh Yusuf* Cull -who called himself a descendant of ghaildi Ahmad * Yasavi. He was a humble-minded man of agreeable qualities.

16th, Shaikh Buhlul ♦ who claimed to be descended from the Turk! Shaikhs, ife was a good servant.

1 7th, MauUna N firu-d-din.* He was acquainted with mathematics, astronomy and the astrolabe. He had entered into the service of his Majesty Gitl-siUui Firdus-makftni along with Qfi?i Burhan • of IQiaf. He was one of the courtiers of his Majesty JahAnbilnl. His Majesty the king of kings exalted him by the title of Tarkhan.

18th, Muhammad Q&sim Maujl. He enlisted into the service of his Majesty Jahanbftni Jannat-ashiysnl in Badakhsh^n. He was related to Mir Muhammad JMabdn,? and in Badakhshan he acted as a raft-conductor {jdlahdnl). In India in the reign of his Majesty

The ‘Ali Dost KhSn of the X^ha- qat, Blochmann 533 and n. The reference to Herat is not intelligible.

Perhaps the word is hardt and means in all matters. One MS. has derus^ tayin, i.e., well-principled. He also served under Akbar.

• Perhaps the ghaijkh Yflsuf Har- kaii of Blochmann 539.

s Ahmad Yasavi belonged to the Naq^bandT order and was one of the great saints of Central Asia,

Vamb^ry’s Bochara 246n. There are short accounts of him in theKhazInatu- 1-AsfiyS 1, 531 and in the Saflnatn-l- Auliyi, NewalKishore ed. Lucknow,

76- He was born at YasI now known

as Turkistan, Keclns VI. 553 and which is a town in Turkistan about 150 miles north of Tashkend. He died in 562 A. H. or 1176 A. D. See also A. F.’s account of the Yasavi sect. Jarrett, HI. 358.

♦ Perliaps the Buhlul of Delhi men- tioned in the X^haqat lith. ed. 392.

^ Blochmann 541, Bada5iil 111. 157 and 197.

• Qu. The Shaikh BurhSn of Blochmann 539 P

7 B&bar, Hem. 895 refers to Mir Muf^mmad J&labSn as deserving great rewards for the skill with which he had constructed a bridge over the Ganges. See also ibid, 417.

CHAPTER XXXIIL

451

the king of kings he was admiral. He had a charming residence on the bank of the Jumna^ and there too he brought the ship of his life to the shore of extinction.

19th^ Haidar ^ Muhammad Sk^ta Begl, (in charge of the geld- ings). He was an old servant.

20th^ Saiyid Muhammad Pakna^ (the stout ?). He was a brave man and good at his hands {^df^ib-i-qahza). In Herftt he carried off the qahaq>

2l6t, Saiyid Muhammad ^ Qsli. In Bakkar he was for some time Mir ‘Adi. He had the right to sit in the illustrious assembly .

22nd^ Hafiz SuU^n Muhammad Rakhna. He came to Bakkar in the garb of a faqir and entered into service. He recited touching verses.* Gradually ho was numbered among the envoys * and obtained honour in the time of his Majesty the king of kings. At Sahrind (Sirhind) ho made a charming garden worthy of being celebrated.

23rd, Mirza Beg BalQc, whose father had been in KhurAsfin haz5ra-i-Baluc.

24th, His son Mir Husain. Both were excellent servants.

25th, Khwaja ‘Ambar Nigir,® a confidential eunuch of his Ma- jesty Gitl-sitanl Firdus-makfinl. Prom his Majesty the king of kings he got the title of I’tibSr ^Sn (the trusty Khfin). ^He was attached to the litter of her Majesty Maryam-makfinl.

for Bad&oal, Lowe, 214 and

• The Lucknow ed. reads du bait, two quatrains. In Ain A. F. speaks of the garden of QSfi; Rakhna as the delight of all beholders, Jarrett II.

• Ilciydn, but the reading is very doubtful. Some MSS. appear to read yalejihatiydn, i.e., single-minded or loyal. One MS. has yalgicakiydn and another has ddhjiilri-mahdfil, BajazTd 39d mentions him as a gZyindd or feciter and as present at the interview between Humaydn and his brother at Tillqin.

• Blochmann, 403.

^ Blochmann 384 and432n. MaujI means whimsical or emotional but was perhaps assumed with refer- ence to his naval duties, mauj mean- ing a wave. Mauji was his poetical name and under it he is described by BadXonI III. 324 who gives ex- tracts from his poetry and says he died in 979H. or 1672 A. D.*’ See also Ma&fiiru-l-Umara III. 203.

• Apparently also known as Shgr Muhammad because he had killed a leopard. A. N. I. 287. He took part in the blinding of KamrXn.

• Blochmann 438. If so, he was of AmrSha. Possibly ijjj^ (haravl) which occurs in one MS. is a mistake

452

akbirnAma.

26fch, ‘irif Tus^akcl. He was on the list of purchased (or cap- tured) slayes, but claimed to be a Saiyid. By favour of his Majesty the king of kings he obtained the title of Bahar * Odn ^nd rose to high office.

Among the faithful servants and slaves were Mjhtar KhAn, treasurer (hbazinaddr) , Mihtar Fakhir Tushakci, Mulla Balah librarian, Mihtar Taimurin charge of the sharbats {^arhatct), Mihtar Jauharl’ ewer-bearer, Mihtar Wakila, treasurer {khnzdnci), Mihtar Wasil, and Mihtar Sumbul Mir Atash (Master of Ordnance). Others were Sul- tftn Muhammad QarSwal-begi (huntsman), ^Abdu-l-wahhib in charge of the pantry, Jabai Bahadur, Tulaq Yati^navis.*

Bravo ! Oh fortunate ones of lucky star who with good inten- tion and firm foot came forward* in the paths of testimony and in stations of Divine trial, and served their benefactor.

Verse.

I know not why helpers are backward.

For by service men attain to position.

• Apparently the BabSr ITh Sn Mu- baramad Ayghar of Blochmann 405. B. M. MS. Add. 6544 calls him Bahadur Kh&n.

• Ihe writer of the memoirs.

® Writer who keeps the lists of the night-watch ; generally spelt ydt\§ik. See P. de Courteille’s Diet.

CHAPTER XXXIT.

458

CHAPTER XXXIV.

Retcrn op his Majesty jAHiNBiNi jANNAT-lgiriYlN! from Persia,

AND THE COlllNO OP HIS MaJKSTY THE aijiHINSHAH PliOM

QandahIr TO Kabul.

When the grateful (lit, sliade-scattering) * report of the approach of his Majesty JahSabanl became vivid, and the news of his army was spread in K^bul and Qandahar, the blowing of those spring- breezes of victory caused the hope-buds of expectants to open and a current to set in the resolution-stream of the irresolute.

Verse.

Eternal bounty from measureless store Cast to the city a report of his advent.

The hope-field of the hopeless smiled,

The success-garden of the success-less gre\f verdant.

The loud reverberation overset M. K^mrdn, and as the season of awakening and of contrition was past, he advanced further in evil ways, and gave way to wicked thoughts. In the first place, he sent Khizr Khan Hazdra’s brother and Qurban Qarawalbegi (head of the vanguard) to bring the nursling of light, to wit, the Shahinsbah from Qandahir to Kabul. When they arrived M. ^Askari took counsel with his associates about sending his Majesty. All who wore of sound sense said it was not right to send him and that when his Majesty Jahanbani Jannat-dshiyani approached the proper thing to do was to send to him with all reverence the child of dominion so that by means of this fair nosegay of fortune’s parterre he might obtain for himself forgiveness of his offences. Some others said it was proper to send him to M. Eftmrin so as not to lose his favour, for, as regarded the other suggestion, it was too late now for a reconciliation with his Majesty Jahanbani. In the end the Mirza

^ There is a play here on Hu- xnEy fin’s name* He is represented

as casting his shadow over Afghinis- tSn like the HumA or phoanix.

454

akbarkAha.

put aside tlio soutid advice and sent his Majesty g^Shin^ah in the depth of winter, and in snow and ice to Ksbul. His sister Bftnu Begam ^ was sent with him, and also g^amsu-d-din of Gh aznln who had received the title of Atka Khan, Maham Auaga, mother of Adham Khan, Jiji Anaga, mother of M. ^Aziz Kokalta^ and a number of other servants. In order that they might not be recognised, the nursling of light was called Mirak on this journey, and his sister Bija.* When they arrived at Qil&t {Kelat-i-Ghilzai) they put up at night in the house of a Hazara. Owing to the radiance (far) and majesty which were manifest on his Majesty^s forehead, men recognised him as soon as they saw him, and in the morning there rose to the lips of the master of the house the statement that the prince had been brought there. As soon as Khizr lean’s brother heard this remark he set off at once, and hurried on to Ghaznln. The attendants beheld, hour by hour, and moment by moment, notes of greatness in the prince from his earliest years and marvelled at the Divine Creation while watching the wondrous lights of his develop- ment. Among them was this that when they had marched from Ghaznln and had come to their halting- place, the lamp in the House went out and the place was in darkness. His Majesty, the essence of whose nature had affinity with light, fell a-weeping from horror of the darkness and though Anagaa and nurses did their best they could not succeed in soothing him. But as soon as they brought a lamp his heart grew pacified, and the lights of joy showed themselves in his cheeks. This was a clear proof of light-augmenting and dark- ness-dispelling, both internally and externally. When his Majesty the gh^hinshah came to K^bul from Qandahar, M. KAmrftn brought that nursling of fortune’s garden to the house of the cupola of chastity Khanzada Begam, sister of her Majesty Gitl-sitanl Firdus- makani. Next day ho held a grand assembly in the gH&Hr-fird garden and did homage to his Majesty.

I Half sister. She was first mar- ried to Ibrahim, son of M. SulaimSn, and afterwards her brother gave her in marriage to Sharafu-d-din Qusain,

Blochmann, 322.

• There is a variant, BTca, but apparently Baca, child, as the true reading. Mxrak means princeling.

CHAPTBB XXXV.

455

CHAPTER XXXV

Victory op his Majesty the SsiHiNSirlH in a wrestle with

liBBAuiM MiRZA^ AND HIS PBLICITOOS BEATINO OF THE DRUM OP PRESTIGE.

When M. Kamran beheld that true cypress of fortune’s rosarium in the §^ahr-ara garden he was, from the lucklessness of his fate, confused and astonied at the sight of that lustrous forehead whence streamed the glory of eternal dominion and success. And as God the world-adorner was willing the joy of the lord of dominion and the spiritual and temporal defeat of the Mirza, whatever the latter thought to bo matters of his joy, proved to be materials of vexation. For instance, on a day when the MirzA held a feast and had for his own glorification sent for his Majesty the Sb&hin^ah, it chanced that on the occasion of the S^ab-i-Barat* they had, according to the custom, brought a decorated kettle-drum for his son Ibrahim MirzA.* His Majesty the ShShiusbah took a fancy to it, in accordance with the principle that the orchestra of world-conquest must strike up in liis name, and the drum of world-rule and universal adornment must give forth a loud sound on the roof of his residence. The uncom- prehending Mirzi did not wish to let him have it, and reflecting that M. IbrAhim was the elder of the two, and apparently the stronger, he made the taking of the drum a pretext for a trial of strength and a*

I The night of record, 14 Si]aban= for 952, 22nd October, 1645. Ap- parently the wrestling must have taken place long after Akbar was removed to Kabul for that was in winter and so presumably in end of 1544 or beginning of 1545. But possibly ghabAn 951 is meant, in which case the wrestling took place on 1st November, 1544. If this be so, however, Akbar must have been

removed to K&bul long before Hu- maydn had left Persia. There is an account in Herklots of the feasting, Ac., on the Shab-i-barSt.

• One M8. bas Abd’l-qasim, and Ferishta, lith. ed. p. 264, states that Kamran had one son Abd’l-q&sim, and that Akbar imprisoned him in GwAlyar in 964 (1556), and afterwards put him to death at the time of the rebellion of iQ^Xn Zam&n in 1567.

456

AKBABN&MA.

wrestling-match. Whoever conquered was to have the drum. His Majesty who was aided by heaven, and sustained from all eternity and who regarded not the pomp of M. K^mran nor the superior age of Ibr&him Mlrzi, rejoiced on hearing the condition, imposed by the Mirzfi for his own enjoyment, and became a means of augmeui- ing the Mirzfl^s sorrow. Despite his tender years, which made such actions very surprising^ he, by Divine inspiration, and celestial teach- ing, without hesitation girt up his loins, and rolled up his sleeves, and with strong arm, which was strengthened by eternal power, stepped bravely forward. He grappled with Ibrahim Mirzft accord- ing to the canons of the skilful and of the masters of wrestling and putting his hand before his waist so lifted him up and flung him on the ground that a cry burst forth from the assemblage, and that shouts of Bravo arose from far and pear. This was the beginning of the beating of that drum of victory and conquest of liis Majesty the Shahinsh&h, the Shadow of God, which came to be beaten above the loftiest pinnacles of earth, and beneath the green vault {.npihr-i" kbazrd) of heaven. M. E&mr&n who had thought of this wrestling bout as a test of the issue of his contest with his Majesty JahanbanI took a bad omen from the result and became dejectpd, while tlio well-wishers and intimates of his Majesty the ^ahinshah expanded with joy and exulted at the happy omen. His Majesty beat the drum which he had gained by the strength of his arm, and the joyous sound gladdened the hearts of the royal servants. The Mirza, as things had turned out adversely,* and the throw of the dice revealed an omen contrary to his desire, gave way to evil designs against the altar of fortune tAkbar), one of these being that he ordered his Majesty, who was still sucking,* to be weaned. Ho was oblivious of tlie fact that ho who drew milk from the breasts of the Divine favour and obtained nutriment from a celestial nurse could come to no harm from such acts, and that he who had the True Pro- tector for his guardian could receive no detriment from these evil imaginings.

i Am basJci tar^ iJtuda liid. For a similar phrase see p. 193 of text, 1. 14.

• Akbar must have been then two, if not three years old, and surely it

was time to wean a child who could lift up another child older and higg‘‘r than himself and cast him to the earth.

OHAPTIB xxxru

457

CHAPTER XXXVI.

Arbival ov bis Majbstt JahAnbIr! Jannat-AobitInPr army at thb GaBM8!r and thb taking 01 THR FORT OT Ba8T.

It is not unknown to tke observers of facts and contemplatorR of occurrences whose watchful eyes are open, and have been emeared with the antimony of alertness that when the lofty standards of his Majesty JahanbRni and his Persian auxiliaries arrived at the Oarmsir, ^Ali Sultan Taklu and a number of devoted men were sent to tako Bast 1 which belongs to the Garmslr and appertains to Qandahir. Shftham ‘Ali Jalair, father of Ttmur Jalfilr, and Mir Xkolaj who were there as feudatories of M. Kftmrftn had strengthened the fort which was now * besieged by the royal army. In the course of the siege a musket ball from the fort struck ‘Ali Sultftn and deprived him of life. His soldiers appointed his twelve years old son in his room and pressed forward the siege more and more, i These facts were reported to the king of Persia and after tome time there arrived a rescript ratifying the arrangement. Gradually the garrison got into straits and no help coming to them they begged for quarter. Owing to the imperial clemency they received this, and delivered up the fort. When it had come into the possession of the royal servants hi’s Majesty JahRnb&ni encamped in the neighl^ourhood, and ghftham ‘All and Mir l^alaj tied quivers round their necks and came out and did homage. His Majesty in accordance with his ipnate benignity forgave their offences, and enrolled them among his servants. At the same place a report was spread that M. ‘Askari was about to fly with his treasure to Kabul. A number of the Persiahs and

‘ Jarrett III. 68n. Meynard 100 ** Kear the confluence of the Argban- dtb with the Helmand/’ Erskine II. SOi. It is on the east side of Hel- mand and is marked on. map as Kila Bist, in mins. TRkflt says Bast be- 58

longs to KAbnl and Meynard remarks that he and the author ol the Lnbb-al- InbAb are the only writers who say this. Ibn J^ankal (Onseley 207) places it in SijistAn and A. F. does not put it in Qandahir in the Xfn.

458

IKBABNlMA.

of the king^a servants pressed for leave to pursue him. ^Though his Majesty Jahftnbftni had ascertained by truthful scouts that the report was false^ and that M. ^Askaii meditated to fight and to defend the fort of Qandahdr, and moreover oven on the supposition that the report was true his Majesty from his innate kindness was unwilling that ‘Askari should be pursued^ yet they brooked * not restraint and having obtained a sort of permission to go they hurried off lest the MirzA should escape them. When after making great haste they arrived in disorder at the environs of QandahAr^ they found that the report of the MirzA8 departure was false. A large body came out and fought with them^ while cannon and muskets were discharged from the fort. A large number of Persians and others were killed^ and many were wounded. Kbwfija Mu’acsam^ Qaidar Sultan^ l^ajl Mubammad^ son of Bftibft Qu^qa^ ^Ali Quli^ son of Qaidar SuUAn^ Sbftk Quli Nftranji and a number of the Caghatais and Per- sians gave proofs of their courage and drove the enemy back to the Fort. Although Jamil Beg/ one of MirzA ^Askari’s trusted servants^ sent a message to the MirzA to come down in person as but a small force remained and that it would be easy t y dispose of those who had once already been defeated, the MirzA did not assent, and despatched a message to the effect that ** they know the numbers and quality of o,ur men, and will not restrict their troops to the same number as before, on the contrary they probably have a reserve in hiding by whose help they will do for us. We shant let ourselves be gulled, but will make the fort strong, and not give battle till M. KAmrAn arrive.” As God befriended the army of his Majesty JahAnbAni, M* KAmrAn did not make his appearance, and some victories were obtained which were the prelude of countless successes. In these daysBAbA Sihrindi who was one of M. KAmrAn’s distinguished officers, and who belonged to the QandtihAr garrison was killed.

1 jalul karda, not heeding the rein P

t Blochmann 480.

• Bijazld tells ns that ho was a

younger brother of BApQs and that he was killed by a musket shot at the second siege of Kibul.

CHiPTIB XXXVII.

459

CHAPTER XXXVII.

Aabiyal of the army of his Majesty JahInbAnI Jannat-AsbiyAnI AT QandahAb, its sibob and capture.

When the heroes had gained such a victory his Majesty Jah§n- baiiT Jannat-ashiyanI returned thanks to God^ and reached QandahAr five days after the joyful event on Saturday, 7th Muharram, 952 (2l8t March, 1545), in an auspicious hour which was compounded of favour- able aspect. He halted by the side (dor zila*) of the gate May^Qr ‘ and encamped in the garden of Sh^niBu-d-din ‘Ali the Q&^i of Qanda- hgr. The batteries were allotted and the captains distributed. There were daily combats between the brave men on both sides. One day Haidar SultAn and his two sons ^Ali Quli ]^&n* and Bahadur Khftn, and Khwftja Mu’a^jsam drove the enemy from the front of Kbwfija » Khizr to the shrines near the old city and the barricade * [kAca band), and displayed great deeds. Haidar * Sultftn was in advance of all the others and the leader in the attacks. A remarkable circumstance was that Babu Dost Yasawal was standing with a number of men among the shrines and was shooting arrows. Haidar SultAn thought to slay him with his lance and raised his arm to do this, and at the same moment ah arrow reached his armpit. Isma’il ^ SuRan of Jam, whom M. Kamran had sent as an auxiliary, was standing on the white {dqca) Tower which faces the tombs, beside M. ‘Askarl and was

• Apparently the weavers’ gate, fndsh^iir or mdsur moaning a weaver’s reed or spindle.

• Afterwards the famous Zam&n, Blochmann 319 and 328.

This seems to be the name of a shrine. See Jarrett II. 404. BByazld speaks of the diman-i-Shwftja Khif >*•

• Perhaps what is meant is that it was a cul de sao.

t Apparently he was not severely wounded for we find him taking part in the expedition against * Rafr He died of the pestilence on the march to KabQl.

• Apparently the Isina’Il Quit Beg DuldAl of Blochmann 388 and Ma’Afjir I. 64. He deserted to Uum&jSn at Qaudahir (Biyasld).

460

AXBA4»11I4*

watching tha fight. Though he wee too far off to distinguish the featnres, ha remarked that ’the man from whose hand the lance has fallen may be ipaidar Snltftn for onoe 1 went with ^Ubaidn-l-lfih Kbiln * to the city of TQb^ and Qaidar Saltan and I were comrades * in an attack and I lost these two fingers. Prom the mode of fighting 1 guess that tkis is he.^ When they brought in the lance afterwards his (l^aidar^s) name was found written on it. When they read it^ they praised Isma^Fs conjecture. In this engagement many men of rank were wounded^ the first of all to be wounded being Mu^aisam^ but who succeeded in returning. About this time news was brought that Rafi^ Koka, the foster brother of M. K&mrftn^ was stationed* behind a hill towards ZamindAwar On the bank of the Arghandftb with a force of Hazflras and Nakodars.* Bairim Khftn^ Muhammad Mlrzft, J^aidar Sult&n^ Maq|ud Mirzft Akhtabegf^ the son of Zainu-d-din SultAu Sh&culil &iid a number of others were sent against him. By good fortune Rafi’ Koka was made prisoner, and great store of provisions, cattle and weapons was seized and the scarcity in the camp was changed to plenty. Other battles were also fought by the brave warriors with successful results.

As M. ‘Askar! had from his own backsliding let the thread of peiformance fall from his hand, and was persistently contumacious it occurred to his Majesty on account of his general benevolence and his fraternal affection that he should send to M. K&mrftn the Qb&h^s* letter together with an admonitory firmftn of his own. Perchance he wou^d awake from the sleep of neglect and take the straight road and by dint of good acts make reparation for his offenceflu lu this way many persons might escape from unnecessary

^ The great flhsibSnl*e nephew and Ipiiidar M.’s brother-in-law. See Tar. Jlteek 288. The battle was probably that fought between the Usbegs and Persians at ZSribid near Jim on 26th September, 1528. Bibar, Mem« 800 anil 807 and Erskine’s Hist. 11. 401.

i The text has hamrah^ but per- haps it sboikld be hamru and the meaning be that IsmaTl encountered

Gaidar as an opponent. It is hardly likely that ^aidar would be on the Usbeg side. Bat perhaps the text means that IsmaTl was opposed to ‘Ubaidu-l-lih.

• Bijasld has mmgar (in an) en- trenchment.

• Jarrett II. 401t».

• It appears from BiyasYd that Bairim took to Kimrin letters both from Skih Tshmisp and Hnmiyflu.

CHAPTIR ZZXTII.

461

destruction, and brotherly concord might result in great deeds which were brooding in his right-thinking sonl. Accordingly Bairs m ^Sn was despatched to KSbnl as an ambassador. When he reached the pass of Rug^ni ^ and the Ib-IstSda/ which is between QandahSr and ft number of HazSras blocked l/he way. At the close

of the day there was an engfagement and the king’s servants were victorious and chastised the worthless HazSras. Many of them were slain. Wlien BairSm arrived near KSbul, BSbQs and

many others came and welcomed him and took him with them. M. Ksmr&n held a reception in the CahSr BS§^ and sent for BairSm ShSn. The latter rightly thought that it would not be proper to give the two rescripts to the MirzS when he would doubtless be sit- ting down, and it was very unlikely that he would stand up and pay respect to them as was proper he should do. Having considered the matter, he took the Koran in his hand and tendered it as an offering. The MirzS on seeing the Koran stood np out of reverence towards it, and at this moment BairSm ^Sn presented the two rescripts* Thus the device procured respect for them. The king’s and the ghSh’s gifts were duly presented and BairSm sitting down beside the Mirzs uttered words of truth and sincerity. At the close of the meeting he took leave to pay his respects to the Qh^hindlSh. He also obtained permission to see M. HindSl, M. SnlaimSn, TsdgSr NSfir MirzS and IJlugli Beg MirzS. The Mli;zS (KSmrSn) dismissed him and appointed BSbus to accompany him at the interview. BairSm ]^Sn first went to kiss the threshold of his Majesty the king of kings who was in the bSgjhl-mftktab (school-garden) with that cupola of chastity Oftoz^da Begam, elder sister of his Majesty Giti-sitSni Firdiis-makSnl. MSham Bega who was his Majesty’s nurse (anaga) brought out the nursling of Divine light from the inner chambers. The visitors performed their obeisance^ and acquitted themselves of their embassy to him. It was a great joy to Bairftm SS^ftn and his companions to have the privilege of beholding hie auspibious Maj^ty. The witnessing of the divine lights whidh were manifest on

^ I cannot find this pass.

• L s., standing or stagnant water. R is a salt-lake sonth of 1- G. L 83 and Bibar’s Mem. 148. The lake is 70P0 feet above the sea.

i The aooonnt of BairSm’s visit toKibab Aa, seems taken from Bija- sfd. He gives more details, for he was one of the party.

462

AKB^EMlMA.

hia Majesty’s forehead glorified their vision, and they returned thanks to Providenco. Taking leave from them they’ went and visited M. Hindftl who was in the house of his respected mother Dildfti Beg^.m and was under surveillance. They presented to him a gracious firman, a robe of honour and a horse. With like cere- monies they next day visited M. Sulaimftn ^ and M. Ibrfihim who had been imprisoned in the fort in the house of Qftsim* Mukhlis. On that day they were by M. KimrSn’s orders brought out from there into the garden of Jalalu-d-dln Beg which is near the §huhr- 2r2* garden. BairStn Khnn embraced these two grandees in that garden and gladdened them by conveying to them the gifts and favours of the king and the Sbah. Taking leave from them he went to jalka* Siyah Sang, where T&dg§r N& 9 ir had settled, and gave * him hopes of the pardon of his offences, and the forgetting of his faults, and of his receiving various royal favours. In like manner he visited and conveyed hopes to Ulugh ^ Mirz$. and other grandees, and gave them, as was proper, soothing messages. M. Kamran kept Bairam ^an under surveillance for more than a month, having neither the strength to resist, nor the grace to submit. He remained in these perplexities, until after hundreds of solicitations he let him (Bairftm) go after a month and a half. He also by entreaties prevailed upon her Highness Begam to go to Qandahsr ostensibly

to persuade M. ^Askan, who, he pretended, was not under his in- fluence, to make over Qandah&r to his Majesty Jahftnbftni’s servants, but in reality in order that if things should go ill with him, who was holding out, and was maintaining the fort under M. Kimrftn’s orders, and be should have to give up the fort, that cupola of chastity might

^ It appears from BSyazId that one reason for visiting SnlaimSn was to give him a letter from the king of Persia, and also to explain the late of the horse which T^^hmisp had sent him.

Klmrin*s artillerj-ofBcer (Biya- sTd).

S Jarrett, II. 404.

• BoeYnllers 525a. Siylh Sang, ix,, Blaokstone, is an Slang or meadow east of Kabul, Bihar, 139.

^ Biyazfd says Bsirim was with Yidgir till 3 watches of the night as they were old friends in India. If Bairim spoke soothingly to him with HumiySn’s oonsent, it seems base and treacherous of the latter to have put Yidgir to death shortly after his submission.

i Blochmann, 461, 462. He was a Timuride, a son of M. Sultin MTrsi and grandson of Sal(ia Qusain of Herat.

CHAPTKB XXXVII.

463

be an intercessor for M. ^Askar! and might procure him hie liberty. As M. ^Askarl had left the right path and in hhi devotion to M. K§mrda had given up the rein of intention to the hand of rebellion and hostility, he applied liimself to strengthening the fort, and placed guns and muskets all over it. The fort too was verf strong, for it was of mud and so the breaching {qiW ii qama^) of it was very difficult. The breadth of the wall was sixty yards ^ Though the heroes

of the victorious army were few in number, yet they strove manfully BO that the Turkomans were astonished, and became jealous of them.

One day his Majesty Jahftnbftni had a select party, and there his confidential intimates opened the door of recitals and took into their hands the thread of narrative. The assembly became delightsome from the fiiow of pleasing anecdotes and joyous tales. By the elixir of the words of the brave the coin of the courageous was tested and increased, and a stock of valour accrued to those whose supply was small. On this occasion there came to his mind the loving remem* brance of his Majesty the Sbftbin^fth. What may be the condition of this young cypress of the stream of the Caliphate, separated now from friends and surrounded by foes? And what are the thoughts of the envious, the foolish and the evil-minded about this auspicious rose-bush ? With a heart rent in twain aiid a soul divided ^twixt hope and fear, he opened the hand of supplication before the great Temple which granteth the desire of the afflicted and distressed and prayed for the happiness and long life of that goodly tree of the Sultanate. In this way he relieved his blistered heart.

Ferae.

Lord : keep Thou this royal pearl Far from the molestation of the wicked,

Grant him water from wisdom’s stream.

Grant him heat from perception’s sun.

The snn hath trod many circuits in heaven That this Light might issue from the veil,

Many a star hath displayed benign aspects That this Moon might pat aside his locks.

^ So in all MSS. apparently, bat perhaps A. F. wrote iMk (fi) not lioft (60).

464

IKBARNlMA.

High Heaven trod many a round That the horizons might share in this lights May eternal splendour be his portion May his lightsome heart ne*er be darkened I

And in order to comfort his capacious soul he called for the horoscope which is the guarded tablet of mysteries of the fortune- favoured one and carefully perused it. In that frontispiece of aus- piciousness he read personal safety, long life, ascension of the grades of fortune, rain of enemies, and failure of the evil and crooked thonghted. Joyfully lifting up his head he exclaimed Ood be praised, my heart is wholly at rest from these anxieties. There is hope that bye and bye I shall be made happy by a sight of that divine nursling, and shall, by th^ star of that auspicious one become victorious over all my foes.^’ Having returned thanks to God he set himself to conquer the fort. M. ^Askari used all diligence in hold- ing it, and made changes in the garrisons of the batteries every day and every night, lest proffers of reconciliation should be made by the besiegers > and there should thus be less vigilance on the part of the defence.

As the siege was protracted, and none of the king’s servants came and joined him, the Persian officers relaxed their exertions and meditated a return home. His Majesty JahAnbftni read this design in their demeanour, and redoubled his efforts to take the fort. One night he moved out from his battery, and approaching the gate from the side of old Qandahftr — the place is called Cahflr Dara — he came within a stone throw of it, and there established a battery. Next morning when the Turkomans zaw this, they felt encouraged to take the fort, and they all moved forward ; and narrowed the lines of circumvallation. M. ‘Askari was astonished, and showed signs of despair, and l)esought with many entreaties that as the cupola of chastity (^anzftda) was approaching, he might have a respite till her arrival so that he might be reassured by her and might be enabled to serve (HumftyUn). Be sent his petition through Mir

1 The passage is rather obsoure, bat I think the word laareal in the last part of the sentence most refer to the siege-batteries. The expres-

sion har>^lcj%hai\ dartklyan oa- dai^ta may be compared with that at p. 158, 1. 8 of text.

CHiniB XXZVII.

485

brother of SJ^w&ja Dost Kbiwind. His Majesty JahftnbiiUf who was a mine of liberality and clemency^ accepted his prayer and stayed the siege-operations for some days. The wicked Mireft out- wardly assumed the airs of a suppliant^ but secretly exerted himself to strengthen the fort, and when her Highness and Bairam lO^ftn arriv’ed he renewed his opposition. Though the noble lady en- deavoured to restrain M. ^Askart from evil designs and to induce him to kiss the holy threshold, he from his disordered brain would not accept her counsels, but continued obdurate and would not suffer her to leave the fort and go to his Majesty^s camp. Thus the Mirzft’s contumacy and villainy were revealed even to his Majesty Jalifinbaui. Relying therefore on the favour of God, who is the surety of those who commend themselves to Him, he strenuously endeavoured to take the fort. Meanwhile Ulu^ Mlmi, son of Muhammad SuljAn Mimii, who wsb descended from Bnlt&n Husain through a daughter, 8bor-Afhan^ Beg, son of Qdo Beg, and Faf&il Beg, brother of Mun’im Sbin# Mir Barka and Mlrsi ^asan * 1Q>an, sons of Mir ^Abdullfth, who belonged to the Saiyids the Banimnkbtftrs of Sabsaw&r, and many others came from Kftbnl «by the guidance of a happy star and did homage^ The cause of their escaping was this. M. Kftmrtn was keeping Ulu^ Beg in confinement, and out of precaution he made him to a different custodian every week. When it came to Qbor- afkan’s turn, it happened that he too was afraid of the Mirzft. He joined with the others and brought out Uluu^ Mirzft, and enjoyed the blessing of service. His Majesty Jahftnbftnl received this party with favour and gave them robes of honour, and assigned Zamin Dftwar to M. Ulugh Beg. Though Qtsim Husain Sul (in came out with them, he lost his way one night and fell among the Hazfiras. After some days and after being robbed he arrived on foot and with blisteied soles. His Majesty remarked to him ** There must have been something wanting in your loyalty for you to have lost your way and become involved in such troubles.’ After that Dawa* Beg Hasftra came in with his tribesmen. Petitions too arrived from the Kftbnl officers. The arrival of this party, and the receipt of petitions from officers and nobles caused great joy in the camp. The Qizilbftsbi,

1 Blochmsnn, 455.

• See Erskine, the text has Dads.

• Bloch msnn, 489.

59

466

akbakkAha.

(Persiaus) who had been uneasy in their minds, became tranquil and displayed alacrity in canying on the war while the leaders of the garrison began to waver, and the foot of firmness slipped from the battlement of defence. The dwellers in the fort wrote daily accounts of M. ‘Askari and shot ^ them down from the walls. Their purport was that the garrison was in difficulties^ and that the besiegers should press on, and not relax their efforts. At last it came to this that the officers of M. ’ AskarPs army flung themselves out of the fort one by one, and that the gunners and infantry did the same. First, ^wflja E^an threw himself down from the fort in the vicinity of his Majesty^s battery, and seizing the collar of supnlication with the hand of contrition fell at the holy feet of his Majesty Jahftubftni After him Muayyad^ Beg let himself down by ropes from the fort, and was exalted by doing homage. Then Isma’il Beg, who was one of Oiti-sitfin! Firdus-makftnPs officers and was distinguished for counsel and courage arrived, and Abii^l*Husain Beg, brother’s son of Qardca and Mnnawwar Beg, son of Nur^ Beg, came with him.

One night Sbiff Sbftn Hazftra flung himself down from the fort, and two or thnee Hazftras took him on their backs and went off with him towards Kdt Laka (f). Inasmuch as the work of defence had got out of hand, and M. ‘Askari could neither make up his mind to remain in the fort, nor had he the face to come to the world-protecting Court, I^i^r Hazftra desired to betake himself to the cell of safety

and to come to strive out of these dangers. In the morning news came to the camp that he had left the fort and taken to flight. A number of people hastened to search for him. He had gone some distance and then hidden himself behind a rook. Some reliable persons relate that IQ^i^r Hazftra used to tell how the men who had been sent to catch him passed close to him and how once a man touched the skirt of his garment and thought it was an animal, while

^ Bart^tand, explained by Erskine as meaning the fastening of letters to arrowB and then shooting them down.

< Also called Ehifr KhSn SuI^Aq.. He was husband of Qulbadan the daughter of BAbar and authoress of Memoirs.

• According to Ni|&mu-d-dTn he

was a prisoner in Qandahir. He died shortly after the taking of Eftbnl to the great joy of every- body, says Bftyaald, as they regarded him as a Satan and the cause of HumSyUn’s losing India.

♦ One of Bftbar’s officers. Mem. 424,425.

GBAPTIR ZXXVIl.

467

{Qiftii held his braath from fear. When night came on lie emerged from under the rock and reached a place of safety.

As the daily increasing success of his Majesty Jahanbani was patent^ and it became clear to the garrison that owing to the good fortune of his Majesty Jahftnbani and the zeal of his devoted servants it would be impossible to maintain the defence^ M. ^Askari awoke from the sleep of carelessness and became disturbed in his mind^ and could neither advance nor stay where he was. At first he asked to be allowed to surrender Qandahftr and to proceed to Kabul^ but his Majesty Jahanbani did not agree to this, and the Mirza’s crude idea came to nought. Out of necessity he had to send her Highness !|^^ftnzfida Begam to his Majesty to beg forgiveness of his offences. At the request of that cream of ohastity^s family the writing of forgive- ness was drawn over the register of his offences, and on Thursday, 25th Jumlda-l-a^ir (drd September, 1545), of that year (952) he came out of the fort, contrite and repentant, and in the train of the cupola of chastity. His Majesty Jahanbftni had formed an assemblage in the diwRnkhsna and the Caghat&I and Persian officers were drawn up in line according to their rank. In accordance with the royal orders Bairftm hung the sword round M. ‘Askari’s neck and introduced him. His Majesty Jiihftnbftui, in spite of all the mortal injuries which he had receiveu from him,. put aside the canons of sovereignty and with native kindness and excessive clemency accepted the intercession of the cupola of chastity and drawing the pen of forgiveness over the schedule of his deeds, he encompassed him with the curtains of favour and with exceeding affection. After returning thanks to God for this beginning of success, he gave orders for the removal of the sword from the Mirza’s neck, and after lie had paid his respects bade him be seated. After that Muhammad Khan Jalfiir, gh^ham Qfin, Muqim Khan, gh^h Qull Sistftni, Tulak Kh§n Qurci and others to the number of thirty persons were brought forward with swords and quivers round their necks ^ to make their obeisance. Out of these Muqim Khftn and ghtlh Quli Sistdni were ordered into confinement with fetters^ on their legs nnd wooden boards on their necks.

^ Nifimu-d-din says they carried BurhAn-i-QSti* under ZOlSna and their shrouds in their hands. Yullers under zawaUna.

^ Zuldna i. q., sawalana. See

468

AXBARMlllA.

From the close of day up to early dawn^ which is the time of the arrival of the glory of heaveui there was a delightful assembly. Instructive events were described^ and Mir Qalandar and other reciters and players discoursed excellent music, thereby removing the rust from his Majesty’s world-adorning soul. During the assembly they in accordance with his Majesty’s orders presented M. ‘Askari with an exact copy of the letter which he had written to his BalQci followers at the time when his Majesty was proceeding to a strange land by way of the desert. The Mirza’s life was embittered, and mirth became melancholy. At last, out of necessity an order was given that he should be kept under surveillance, and that he should be brought from time to time to make his obeisance so that while his offences had, out of innate kindness, been forgiven, he might for some days take counsel with himself in bondage. Next day the night- illumining crescent of victory lighted up those who sat darkling in the citadel. MujjAmmad Murfld MirzS and the Cagfaatfli and Persian officers came to the city in attendance on his Majesty. For three nights and days the city was brightened by the light of his Majesty’s angust advent, and was in peace and tranquillity. On the fourth day it was, in accordance with the secret workings of his Majesty’s comprehensive mind, presented to Mu^^ammad Murdd Mirzfi, and his Majesty took up his quarters in the C&r Bfi^of his Majesty Firdds- makflnl, which is on the bank of the Ari^andftb, and was refreshed by its pleasant groves. In that charming spot the official accountant laid before him a detailed list of the properties of M. ‘Asktiri, which had been brought together from all quarters, but his Majesty did not regard them as worthy of consideration and distributed them among those of his brave soldiers who were in want.

When M. Kftmr&n heard of the conquest of QandahSr and of his Majesty JahdnbftnI’s coming against Kftbul, he was agitated and troubled, and had liis Majesty the ghdhiiishah brought from the house of the cupola of chastity ^fluzftda Begam to his own, and made him over to his chief wife i^dnam Begam. He also confined Muhammad conmiouly called Atka Kbdn,

in an unworthy place, and took counsel with his officers as to what he should do with M. Sulaimftn. Mulld ^Abdu-1-Kbdbq> who was Knmrftn’s teacher, and BdbOs, who had charge of political affairs, advised that the Mirzd should be dealt gently with and be allowed

CHAPTtR XXXTTI.

469

to go to Baclbkhs^ilti so that he might be useful in time of need. Fortunately for M. Sulaimdn it happened that Mir Na^ar ‘Ali, Mir Hazflr Teshkftni, Mir ^Ali Baluc, and others had combined a few days before and had seized Fort Zafar, and put Qftsim Barlfts and other officers into confinement. They sent a message to M. Kftmrftn that if he sent M. Sulaimfin^ they would make over Badal^s^an to him, otherwise they would put their prisoners to death and hand over the country to the Uzbegs. Accordingly MirzSs Sulaiman and Ibrahim and Haram ‘ Begam were sent off to Badakblbftn. When they had got as far as Pdl Minfir and Ma’mura village, M. Kfimr&n repented of having let M. SulaimSn go and sent persons to recall hhn, alleging that he had something to say to him. M. Sulaimftn suspected this message and wrote a letter of excuse in reply to the effect that as he had taken leave in an auspicious hour, it was not proper to return, and that he trusted M. Kamrftn would be bo kind as to write to him what he wished to confer about and to send the letter by a confidential servant when he would act in accordance therewith. Meanwhile he hastened on to Badakhshan. As soon as he reached BadakhihAn he broke his agreement* At this time too Tftdgftr Kftfir Mirzi fied from K&bul towards Badakh^&n. And as^ate desired that M. K&mrftn should receive the recompense of his deeds, the materials for this were being prepai^ed daily. Of the Mirzfis no one remained with him except Hindftl. Him he flattered and appointed to pursue and capture Yadgnr NS^ir, promising him tliatP he would give him oue-third of all he now possessed or should afterwards acquire, on condition that he should not deviate in any way from loyalty and fraternal feeling. Having made this compact he sent off the Mirzl whom he had kept under surveillance. M. Hind&l, who had been brought into difficulties by KainrSn’s ill treatment verbally agreed for he regarded his escape from his claws as a great relief. Bat •when he came to PftI Minor, he under a wise guidance proceeded towards bis Majesty JahftnbftDi. M. Kdmrftn was astonished on hearing of this affair, and lost the thread of his counsel. He had no servants or companions who would consult his welfare or tell him the truth.

^ According to BlyazTd, p. 16a, Snlaimin was released before the fall of Qandahir. He also says that

his wife Haram or Sh^nam Begam bribed theS>llicers with her jewels to advise his release.

470

AKB4RNImA.

Most of Ilia servants had their eyes veiled^ and the vision of their intelligence was troubled by the ophthalmia of neglect. They beheld not the way of salvation nor the straight path. Those who did see what was proper^ had not the power to express their senti- ments. This was due to two circumstances : — (1) Some had not the courage to make representations. (2) Some were of such a nature that they studied the temper of the MirzS^ and did not consider truthful representations advisable^ for they were certain that from his self-sufficiency he would not accept good advice, but would be displeased on the mere mention of it. And his displeasure would cause injury to the influence and position of the speaker. The con- dition of fidelity is that in such matters one should not delay or have regard to one^s language, nor spend one’s time in negligence or delay. For the evil of this falls in the end upon all, and is as ruinous to the general prosperity. And the results of treacherous counsel, which is the greatest and worst of treacheries, come forth. And the mole of untrustworthiness and flattery, which is the blackness^ of disloyalty and unpropitiousness, reveals itself on the cheek of their procedure. It behoves such men, if they feel afraid of not suppressing the truth or of uttering honest but disagreeable remonstrances to recognise the fact that such opportunities are part of their good fortune, and to rejoice thereat, and not to let the wrinkle of contraction form in the forehead of frankness. For though in appearance the great may be disgusted, yet in reality the noble mind approves of hearing both sides. And though such advisers may appear to run counter to the opinion of their roasters, yet. in fact they will at once be relieved from responsibility and have discharged the duty of good service, and also be lauded in word and deed by those who consider the end and regard the final ter- .mination. M. Kftmr&n, in fact, went from blunder to blunder from want of warning wisdom, and the absence of sound counsellors.

A NIL lit, blueness, blue being the colour of mourning and misfortune.

GIIAPTKR XXXVIII.

471

CHAPl’ER XXXVIII.

March of his Majesty JahAnbIv! jANNAT-A^iyANfs army from

QaNDAHAB to OONQCTBB KlBUIi, AND VICTORY OVER THAT TERRITORY.

When his Majesty was freed frotn anxiety about Qandahfir he placed before himself the conquest of K&bub and with this intention left his Majesty Firdus-makani’s garden and halted at the Gumbaa Safed (the white dome) above the shrine of Hasan AbdAl. The thought of the expedition continually occupied his mind^ and he was perpetually holding conferences about it with far-sighted loyalists and devoted friends. Many of the Persians were wearied of their long expatriation and went off without leave^ while some departed after obtaining leave by importunity. Budag^ Ed^Au and the others who were in attendance on the g^Ah’s son opened, from want of con- sideration, the hand of tyranny and oppression o^er the subject population, and thought of increasing their own substance by such unhallowed proceedings. High and low used to come from the city, imploring justice, and his Majesty Jah^nbini was in a difficulty for if he were to rebuke the oppressors, the SJhah would be vexed, while, if he did not execute justice, the hand of the unjust would not be withdrawn from the subjugated, and this would call down the Divine displeasure. As the time was not convenient, he remained perturbed, and put off remedying the evil till another season.

When the expedition to K§bul had been determined upon he was compelled to ask Budagb Kh&a ^ lor accommodation for some of his ladies and for his goods and chattels. He candidly acknowledged that in accordance with his promise he had made over Qandahftr to the Persians, but said that he could not set the foot of resolve

1 The name sesms Turkish and is also spelt Badiq. See Blochmann 371, but the person there mentioned

is probably not the Budigh the text.

472

akbarnAiia.

in the stirrup of toil until he had disposed of his people,’ and his mind were at. ease concerning them. BudA^ KhAn in bis ignouauce of affairs made objections and unlike a wise man was neither alert in carrying out the Shah’s orders, nor in obeying the king’s mandate, which was the root of the matter. The chief officers represented that they had a great enterprise in hand, and that there was nothing for it but to seize Qandahftr. They would thus undertake whatever was before them with a light heart. His Majesty referred to the kindnesses of the Sl^Ah and declined to ver the latter’s servants, and thought they must submit to their unreasonable conduct. He began to consider if he should go to Badakbib&ii should join M. Sulaimfin to himself before attacking Kftbul. But as a strong motive for haste in conquering KAbul was his desire to behold the SJb^dhinsbSh and to share to the full in that light of the garden of the Kbilftfat, knowing that by heaven’s decree all providential victories depended on the auspicious existence of that splendour, his Qager desire to attain that object revealed itself from time to time. Just then th j abftk’s son became a beholder of the gardens {riydz) of mercy, and a visitor of the pools of pardon (t.a., he died). The confi-

dential officers represented that winter was at hand, and that it was impossible for them to. convey the women and children and the baggage (partdl) along with them into the hill-country.* The gb^h’s son was dead, and it was not right to leave Qandahftr to the Tnrkam&ns, especially when they were so headstrong and were by their tyranny ruining the country and casting down the pillars of* peace. Moreover, thongh they had been commissioned to bind constantly the girdle of service on their souls^ waist, and to serve continually the sublime expedition they had been perverse and been drunken with the wine of negligence, and had not shown . zeal in submitting to orders. On the contrary they had transgressed the supreme commands, and had openly and secretly gone into opposition and had suspended over their countenances the veil of shamelessness. It behoved his Majesty to shorten their oppressive

I Marddn-ulgiud, meaning his harem.

^ Perhaps referring to Hnm&ySn’S project of marching into Badakk- bat more probably to the hills

north of QandahSr through which they would have to march to KAbal As was still in the hands of

the enemy.

CHAPTER XXXVIII.

473

arras so that they should not roach the skirt of tho poor and noody in this city which was tho first fruit of tho Diviiio favour. God forbid that such a proper design should produce a cloud in tho niiud of the §Jhah. Inasmuch as it was a long march to Kabul and tho Hazara and Afghans were more numerous than ants or locusts, and as they (the Persians) were stumbling-blocks in thoir path, and abovo all, as they wore intriguing^ with M. Kamran, the first thing to do was to get hold of a refuge so that thoir minds should bo at rest. At this momeut there was no place hotter for this purpose than Qandahar. It was therefore in accordance both with reason and justice that Budagh Klilu be told that ho must, nolens volens, give up Qandahar. If he did not comply, tho city must bo besieged and taken possession of; and lot a loving letter be written to tho Shah, explanatory of tho facta of tho case and tho necessities of tho position, and replete with candonr and friendship. As tho Doblo 9h »h was a mine of wisdom and justice he would regard the transac- tion as one to be approved of. The leading spirit in this matter was y&jl Muhammad, the son of Bfibft Qu^qa. His Majesty Jahftii- bSni said I admit it all, but ^twere base to lay siege to the place, to unsheath the sword of battle, and to put a whole jiarty to death. Though they Ve left the path of moderation (iHiddl), I do not approve of immoderation {he-iHtdal) on the part of my servants. If this course be taken Buda|^ Khfin’s men will perish, and such a result will look ill in the eyes of good men. It is much better tiiat you devise some plan whereby wo may get possession of the fort without war or tumult.’’ Accordingly he sent a messenger to Bud&gh Kh§n, with the request that as they were marching against Kabul he would keep M. ^Askari in prison in Qandahar so that his Majesty’s mind might be at rest. Budfigh Khdn thought the proposal advantageous to himself and agreed to it. It was arranged that the courageous heroes of the battlefield should proceed to the environs of Qandahftr and lie in ambush there and then suddenly, when they got an opportunity, should enter the fort. Bairftm Khan and a body of troops were told off for the Gkkudigftn * Gate,

^ 1 think those two clauses must refer to tlie Persians though thero does not appear to bo any evideuco that they wore plotting with K&mraii.

00

• The text has Kandik&n but pro- bably the gate was named after tho village of GandigXn W. of tho modem city of Qandahar, and the bat tic- field

474

AKBARNlXA.

while Ulu|j^ Mirzfl^ Qflji Muhammad and another body of troops were deputed to the MIsbur Oate^ and Muayyad Beg and others were stationed near the New Oate. Those tigers of the jungle of courage made a rapid night-march and lay in ambush near Qandahftr. ^ When the ^‘true dawn^^ appeared Haji Muhammad presented himself before all the others at the Misbur Gate. By chance ^ some forage- camels were going in ; he advanced under their cover^ and tiger- like^ suddenly entered the gate. The warder saw him and chal- lenged him. He said that he was bringing M. ‘Askari by Budfigh orders so that he might be confined in the Fort. This pretext did not avails and the warder was about to shut the gate when Hftji Muhammad severed his arm with a blow of his sword. Some others came up from behind^ and all the Persians who were there^ and offered battle, were killed. Bairam |Chan entered by the GandigSn Gate, and the Fort came into the possession of the King*s servants. The Persians fled and took refuge in the citadel. At midday his Majesty Jahanbftnl arrived and having entered by the Gandig&n Gate took post at the Sqca (white) bastion. Thus that fortunate city became by the glory of his arrival an aliguting stage of peace and tranquillity and a station of justice and beneficence. All, small and great, raised pman’s of joy at this happy advent. BudS|^ Sbftn came forward, through the intervention of Qaidar SultSn, and paid the homage of ashamedness and apologised for his offence. His Majesty encompassed him with princely favours and dismissed him.^ He made over tlie city to Bairftm i^ftn and wrote to the ^fth that as Buda^ Sbfin bad acted contrary to the Sb^b^s orders, and been slack in his duty, he had taken Qandah&r^ from

of Ist September, 1880, Lord Rgberts* 41 years in India 11. 868, Map.

i Khifl Rhtn. I. 180, has a more detailed account of the stratagem.

• A. F. compares QlSjl Muhammad ta a tiger stalking his prey.

B Elphinstone has some just re- marks on HnmBySn’s treadhery and A. F.’s canting defence thereof. But he is not correct in saying that the people of Qandahlr had never been

subject to HumSyQn. He was cer- tainly their suzerain through his brothers, and he was justified in re- garding all AfghftnistSn as belonging to his family from the day of his father’s conquest. BidSonl I. 447 gives four reasons for taking Qanda- hSr from the Persians, and as may be supposed, he is more vigorous and more to the point than the lumbering A. F.

CHAPTRR XXXVIir.

475

Lim and made it over to Bairnui Khan who was a dependant^ of tho Shah.

Meanwhile M. ^Askari, unmindful of the royal clemency^ and of his life’s having been spared made his escape. After some days an Af^an came and reported that the Mirzft was in his house, and asked that some one might be sent to seize him, but without letting it be known from whom the information came. His Majesty Jahftn- bfini appointed Sh&h MirzS and Khwaja ‘Ambar NSgir and they brought him out of tho Afghan’s house from under a woolen carpet {palda), and conducted him to the Pres^uce. His Majesty from his innate clemency, and his observance of his Majesty Giti-sitdni FirdQs- makani’s testament* which was made for all mankind and especially for the brothers, forgave anew his crimes and faults and made him over to Nadim^ Kokaltash who was one of his Majesty’s special confidants. He divided the territory of Qandahftr among his officers. Tirl* he gave to Ulugh Mirza, and the parganas of Lahu he assigned to Haji Muhammad for his maintenance. Zamin Dawar was given to Isma^Il Beg, QilUt^’ to gherafkan,^ gi^al to Gaidar Sultftn. In this manner all the officers got jdgirs appropriate to their positions. KhwSja JalSlu-d-d!n Mahmud, who had committed extortion^ in the city on M. ‘Askari’s men and on others, was delivered over to Mir Muhammad^ ‘All.

^ Taalluq basJidh ddrod. Bairam was a Turkoman and a persona grata with X^bmSsp. But perhaps the meaning is the city remains depend- ent on the Shah/

2 The reference as to B«i bar’s dying rot^iiest that Humaynn would always forgive his brothers.

s The author of a MS. life of Akbar in the possession of Colonel Hanna, and who, as a grandson of ‘AzTe Koka and great-grandson of JTjl Anaga, was likely to know, states that Nndlin was the husband of the famous Mfiham Anaga.

^ N. QandahSr, on the Holmand, the Tnrln of the A in, Jarrett, II. 398. Tho text has Tiprf.

• Probably Qilfct Banj&rah, Jarrett,

• B&yasld, \7h, says it was given to Qasim Gusain Eh^i^ Shaib&nT.

7 J’ama* karda hud, lit, had be- haved avariciously. Tlie allusion to Jnlalu-d-dln is puzzling for he was ill Huindyun’s service. But he had once been Askarl’s servant and perhaps be abused his opportuffities when the troops entered Qandahdr. Erskiiie’s paraphrase of the passage in his history hardly agrees with the text.

• No doubt Muhammad *AIT XaghiT. the maternal uncle of Hural- yUn, and who afterwards was go- vernor of Klibal.

470

IKDAIiNAMA.

When the holy heart was relieved of the affairs of Qandahar, and when, by tho blessing of Divine aid, and by tho royal efforts, destiny and deliberation had come into accord (taqdir miidfiq-i-tadhir dmad), he in an auspicious hour left her Majesty Maryam-raakani in QandaMr and addressed himself to the subduing of Kabul. One of the endless bounties and unexpected favours was that a large caravan had come from Hindustan and the merchants had made good bargains by purchasing ‘Irftq horses from the Turkomans (the Persian auxiliaries of Humdyun). As the lights of prestige wore streaming from the cheek of circumstance, the leaders of tbo caravan came and represented that if their horses were taken into tho service of the grand army and an order bo given for payment after the conquest of Hindust&n they would be greatly pleased and would feel that they wore fortunate, Glorious will be our fortune,’* they said, if by giving this aid we may come to be numbered among the loyalists of the sublime dynasty." His Majesty Jahaubain regarded the proposition as a heavenly aid, and a providential con- tribution, and having acceded to their request, he ordered that purchase-bonds for the horses should be written out at the rates desired by tho vendors and be given to them. He himself came to the ridge near B&ba Hasan Abdfil and ordered Ulu^ MfrzS, Bairam ^fln, 3berafkan and Haidar Mul^iammad Akhta Begi (master of tho horse), to set apart the horses for the royal stables, and tlien to select those for the officers and others according to their rank. One thousand horses purchased by the privy purse {sarkdr-i-Jsbd^^a) wore given away in accordance with each one’s requirements. The hearts, bo^li of the merchants^ and the soldiers, were soothed and gladdened. Dawa Beg HazHra, wishing to be distinguished for serving both in person and property, led^ the way by night to the fort of Tin, where his clan was. When the army arrived there, the headmen 4>roaght aooording to their ability horses and sheep as presents. They did g^ood serviee, and as the place had pleasant pastures {alanghd) his Ifajesty remained there for several days to recruit and to enjoy himself. Her Highness ^^nzuda Begam fell iW here,

1 Janhar gives another and more the meaning is that ho went by probable account of this affair. night in advance of the army.

• BSh iwrkmrda hwrd, perhaps

CHAPTER XXXyill.

477

and the illness lasted, and she died.* His Majesty performed the rites of mourning, and grasping the strong rope of patience, the glory of the awakened of hearts and the mark of the intelligent, he engaged in charities and works of beneficence such as befitted a princely family and might be a sweet savour to the soul of that generous matron. He then marched under the guidance of a lofty fortune towards Kabul. Near Qandahar M. Hindftl did homage and was received with unbounded kindness. His Majesty was much delighted at his coming, which was the preface to the advent of many others. Otticers hastened from Kfibul in troops. But by reason of contrariety and mingling of air-currents a sickness an<l pestilence broke out on the march in the camp, and there were many travellers to the city of annihilation. Among them was Gaidar Sultan. As the untowardneas of tho atmosphere was great, and the force became small M. Hindal represented that they ought to return to Qandahftr for the winter and march against K&bul in the beginning of spring and after making the army ofificient. His Majesty said notliing to his face, but when the meeting wos over he sent him this verbal message by Mir Saiyid Barka : When I did not know that you would come, or that Yadgar Nfisir Mirzft would leave* (Kamrftn) I proceeded towards Kabul in reliance on the Divine favours, why should 1 delay now because an unforeseen circumstance (tjhe pesti* lence) has occurred f If this thought has come into your mind on account of the fatigues and pains of your men you can go and repose this winter in Zamln Ddwar which 1 have given to you, and when

^ Gulbadan Begam says she died after three days"’ illness. She calls the place Qabal^ak (?) and says the body was buried there but removed three months afterwards to Khan^ zada’s brother’s (Babar) sepulchre. In all probability Qabal^k is copyist’s error for Ghilcak in Bab& Hasan Abdal. BAyazId, p. 69, says that there was a garden there which HumSydn visited several times.

• It would seem from Jauhar, Stewart 81 and Erskine II. 322 that

it was only at Tirl that HindAl joined HumSydn. Erskine says Yftdgir Na^ir also joined here, but from the text and also from A. K. I. 248 and BftyazTd 216 it would appear that Yadgar though ho left KAmrEn did not immediately join HumSyan. He went to Badakhsh^n, and then to QandahAr (after Humayun had marched) and did not join HuraAydn till at KAbul when he came along with HumSy dn’s harem. No doubt he went to QandahAr because his old friend (see BdyazTd) BairAm was there.

478

▲KBABNAMA.

the knot of Kftbul has be^ untied you can rejoin our servico.^^ The Mirzft was greatly ashamed on getting this message and begged forgiveness. His Majesty advanced with good intent and a confident hope^ and* braced up his heart to carrying through the business. On the march Jamil Beg, brother (younger) of Bflbus, whom M. Kamr§n had made guardian of Aq ^ Suit&n his son-in-law and had placed in (H^aznin, came and kissed the threshold, and begged the forgiveness of BSbus’ offences. His request was granted.

When the army halted at the station (yurt) of Shaikh ^Ali, which is in the neighbourhood of Paghman (iia^vidn in text) and Arqandi, M. KSmran became disturbed at the approach of the world- conquering standards and sent forth Qftsim Barlds with a body of troops. He ordered his artillery-officer, Qdsim Mukhlif Tarbatl to take his arsenal to Jalka Dauri near Bdbus Beg^s house, and to draw it up there. He also brought inside the fort all the men’s families who were living outside. When he had strengthened the fort he came out from Kftbul with pomp and insouciance and encamped near the quarters (yurt) of Bftbus Beg. He employed himself in reviewing and marshalling the troops. Qdsim Barlds had pro- ceeded with a body of troops to Takiya Khimir* when Khwaja Mu’a^l^am, Hdjt Muhammad and Sherafkan hastened from the royal camp and displayed their superiority. By the Divine aid — which was the vanguard of conquering fortune — Qdsim Barlds could not withstand them and tamed to flee. When only a small space remained between the two forces M. Hinddl was at his own request appointed to the vanguard. The army had passed the defile of the

l^wdja’s ridge " and had halted in the neighbourhood of Arqandi when Bab US and Jamil Beg and a number of their men, and with 31 lfth Bardi^ KhSn who held Gardoz, Bangnsh and Naghz came

1 Younger brother of Khi^r his wife token away f|i*om him. See

husband of Gulbadan Gulbadon’s Mem.

Begam. Aq Sultiin, the White * Camdr in text, ^imdr means

Prince, is his sobriquet, his name, vintner. Stewart rcail himdr, an

according to Buyazld 196, being ass, and this is a more likely name.

Qasan Dnulat SultSn. He was mar- * This is the man who afterwards

riod to Qablba one of K&mrSn’a became a saint and water-carrier and

daughters. But he afterwards wrote poetry under the stylo of

offended his fulher-iii-law who had BahrSm SaqqS. He was older brother

CBAFTBE XIXYllI.

479

and submitted. They were received with unbounded favours. After that^ Muffthib Beg^ son of Kliwftja Kalftn Beg, came with many men and enjoyed the fortune of service, and was exalted by princely favours. Meanwhile Babus represented that it was no time for dallying and that his Majesty should mount his horse as all the men wore coming over. His Majesty Jahftnbani mounted the swift steed of fortune. On this .occasion he sent for Ali Quli Safarci and Bahadur the sons of Haidar Sultan who were in mourning for tlieir father and loaded them with favours and kindnesses. After a time Qaiaca KhSn came and did homage. M. Kftmrfin read his own downfall in the pages of the royal fortunes and sent l^wftja Kbftwand Mahmud and Khwaja ^Abdu-l-Kh&liq to apologise for his offences. He made sundry requests through the Khwijas, who arrived wh^n the two armies were less than a mile apart. His Majesty accepted ^ his homage and postponed decision on his petitions. He promised further favours to the J^wijas and dismissed them with honour. Out of humanity and kindness he ordered a suspension of hostilities. The object of the Mirzfi in sending the Khwftjas was to cause delay and make the king^s soldiers slacken their march ahd to get time for himself, and he was waiting for the darkness of night so that he might by making a long night-march remove himself to a distance. When then the veil of nocturnal gloom had darkened the earth he from an obscured understanding and a benighted soul could not resolve upon experiencing the pleasure of doing homage and with- drew in all haste into the citadel. Then he took his son M. Ibrfthim and his wives and went off to Ghaznin by BinI * Hif&r. When his

of B&yazld the memoirs-writer. His proper name was Sh&h BardI BijSt. M. KSmriu had by this time taken his districts from him, and givon them to Khifr Bliw&ia HazSra. Kim- ran gave him in exchange GhSrband, &c., Biyazid 196.

^ I think the meaning is that he postponed decision on Kimrin’s re- quests until he came forward and did homage in person. According to Biyazld HumiyOn rejected all Kim- rin’s proposals. Gulbadan Begam

says HnmiySn made presents of food and clothes to the Ehwijas.

• See Jarrett II. 404ii. and Ain text I. 592. The words in Biyazld 2Ia appear to be Blnl-K5hl. Lqrd Roberts in his ** Forty-one years in India,*’ II. 223 says **Beni Hissar, a considerable village, surrounded by orchards and gardens, and only two miles south of the far-famed citadel of the Bala Hissar." Tho namo means ** nose (or ridge) of tho fortress."

480

AKDARNAMA.

Majesty Jahanbaui heard of his flight ho sent Babus with a number of trusty men to Kabul to provent any molestation of the inhabitants or sepoys^ and to mako them all hopeful of the royal favour. He appointed M. Hindal and a body of troops to pursue the Mirzft and proceeded himself to Kabul with victory at his foot and fortune as his stirrup-companion. In an auspicious moment the drummers of dominion beat high the great drum (kurdka) of prestige and the standard-bearers of victory advanced the stelliform ^ standards of glory to the starry sphere. On the night of the 13th of the Jalali month of izar corresponding to the night of Wednesday, 12th ^ Ramazan, 952 ^ISth November, 1545), the conquest of Kabul, the begin- ning of countless victories, was accomplished by heavenly aid, and the

gates of joy and success opened

^ Kaukaba, This is a play on the double meaning of the word kaukab, meaning both a star and the globe surmounting the standard, and this is all the neater from the fact that the march was at night.

• There is a good deal of confusion about the year. See Erskine II. 325n. Ni?famu-d-dln prefers 963i though some, ho says, give it as 952. As pointed out by the Bib, Lid. editors the first chronogram given by A. F. yields 954, and the second, or metrical one, 952. I am of opinion ’that 952 is right. 12th Bama^ an, 952, appears to be a Wednesday and cor- responds to 18th November, 1545. Other authorities give the dato as 10th Kama^an. A. F. gives the date of the commencement of the siego of Qandahar, 7th Alubarram, 952, or 21 st Alarch, 1545, but docs not give its termination. The omission is supplied by the Badah^hn&ma I. 64, which says that Qandahar was taken on Thursday, 25th Jumada-l-akhir. 952, or 4th September, 1515, and that

to the hearts of mankind. Two

Kkbul was taken on Wednesday, 12th ^ma^^, of the same year. The idea that the year was 953 seems to have arisen from supposing that Akbar was over four when Kabul was taken. B&yazid and Ferighta say this, but he was just over three if the capture was in 952. We know that Humayun was at Afaghhad on the day after the Bama^^n of 951 and at Jam on 2l8t Shawal (see inscription in B.A. S.J. for 1897). Ho was then on his way to join the Persian army and so he might arrive at Qandahar in the beginning of 952 and take Kabul about 9 months later. The difference between the authorities os to the day of the month of the capture of KAl)nl may be due to some reckoning the day of KamrAu’s flight as that of the capture, while others have taken the date of Hum S 3 ’ fin’s triumphal entry. Qulbadan Beganr who was in KSbul at the time gives the night of 12th BamafSn as that of HumSy fin’s entry. Perhaps A. F. copied this.

CHAPTSB XZZVni.

481

hours of the night had passed when his Majesty exalted the plain of Kabul by the radiance of his advent. NavidI i found the chrono- gram of this victory to be Kdhulrd girift, He took K&bul. Another is the hemistich be jang girift mulk-i-Kdhul az we,** without a battle he took the country of Kabul from him.’’

When the gates of joy and gladness opened at the glorious indications of the personality of his Majesty the ^h^hinshSh, and the foundations of dominion were thereby renewed, his Majesty Jahanbani regarded not the defeat of M. Kftmran, nor the conquest of Kabul, but abode in expectation of the blissful footsteps of his Majesty the ghakinshah until they brought to him, in an auspicious moment, that world-intelligence who at that time was, so far as regarded the existence of his bodily elements aged three years * two months and eight days. His Majesty obtained spiritual and temporal felicity by beholding that blisful nursling of light divine, and pros- trated himself in thanksgiving for the safety of the young shoot of fortune’s garden, and for the glorious acquisition of the lamp of the family. In the presence of this glorious fortune, and before this abundant bliss he opened the gates of liberality and beneficence for all mankind. On the morning after that world-illumigating day his Majesty Jahanbani sat on the throne of fortune and attainment, and received the homage {JeovnisK) of the pillars of the state and of the soldiery and servants, while at the same time the nations were made fortunate by kissing the threshold, and raising the hands of suppli- cation implored from God the enduring glory of the Khilafat, and the uprearing of the standards of empire. His Majesty threw open the gates of justice and beneficence befoi’e all people and tranquilly spent the winter aloft in the citadel in serving the Creator and in

^ Apparently this is the nowi-cfc- pZume of Khwija Zain-al-Abidin, a Persian poet. Rieu Supplement No. 307. He afterwards called him- self Abdl and died in Ardabll 988. Perhaps he is the B&bi Abdi men- tioned in the Haft Iqllm as having settled at Qandah&r. See Eth^’s Cat. 470, art. No. 1222.

• The text has 2 years but this is

61

clearly wrong. Akbar was bori^ on 5th Rajab, 940, or 15th October, 1542, and Kibul was entered on 12th Rama- fin, 952, so that according to the Mul^mmadan calendur Akbar was then 3 years 2 months 8 days old, or 3 years 1 month according to the solar calendar. Biyazid says he was then between 4 and 6 which would make the year of the capture 953.

482

ikbarmIxa.

comforting His creatures. Of the eveuts which happened about this time there were the deaths of Yunus ‘All and MCLyld ^ Beg who were leading officers of the Court. At the same time it came to the ears of his Majesty that l^wfija Mu’aj^l^am was plotting to run away in company with Muqaddam Beg^* and to convey themselves to M. Kftmran. This vexed greatly his noble heart. He exiled Muqaddam Beg to Kashmir and discarded Khwftja Mu’aK^am. By the felicity of his Majesty^s presence and his bounteous shade the country of K&bul became an abode of security and peace and a resting-place of Divine mercy.

1 Bayazid 2lh says that the death of this man caused universal joy.

» He did good service by facilita- ting HumSyun’s escape after the battle of Qanauj, and probably for this reason he was only punished by

banishment. He was a Koka or fos’ter-brother and had been one of Kimrin’s officers. He seems to have afterwards come back to HumayUn. Text I. 296 and 300.

CHIPTKB XXXIX.

483

CHAPTER XXXIX.

CbLBBBATIOV or THB CIBCaMOISION, ILLUMINATIONS ;

AND MANIFESTATION OF MARYBL8 BT THB TBMDBB PLANT OF GLOBT^S OABDBN.

‘Tis ever the way of noble grantors of desires and anspioioas- minded lords to seize opportnnities for liberality, and to folfil a choice worship, whose acmd is the conquest of affections, under the guise of Use and Wont— a course whereby they are protected from the dulled vision of blear-eyed mortals. Accordingly now that fortune’s breeze was blowing afresh, and the rose-garden of attain- ment had bloomed anew, the custom of oircnmcision, as applied to the new growth of fortune’s garden, and fresh offshoot of the palm of glory and grandeur, was made an occasion for the oontensment and enrichment* of mankind. In the prime of spring, when the spirit of plants was in motion and the nightingale of ^delight was on the wing —

Verse,

Violets raised their head from the stream’s lip

Earth was ambergris-perfumed from the fragrance of flowers,

The fragrant breeze of mom, let us say

Carried a thousand musk-bags in her bosom.”

He ordered that an encampment should be made in the Urta* a most delightful spot, and that affection might all the more be won — and this in truth is the giving of thanks to the Almighty, he threw open the gates of joy and pleasance, and in renewal of the splendours of Kaikftus and of Kaiqubftd it was directed that their

l Gulbadan Begam describes Bu- rn SySn’s bounties on this occasion to the widows and orphans of those who had fallen at Causa, Ac.

• iJji The word is Tarkl and

more commonly written It

means middle so that Urta BAgn migh> mean the middle or inner garden.

484

Ankmlui.

HighnesBea the Bogama aliould grace the entrancing garden with their presence^ according^ to their ranks and conditions, while the Amirs and the city-magnates shonld occupy the Car Ba^. All the Amirs bound the girdle of endeavour on the waist of joy and under- took these arrangements. The city magistrates^ and leading men exerted themselves in an admirable fashion^ while the artists and craftsmen vied with one another in decoi*ating the shops, and in promoting the briskness of the bazar. Soon there was such orna- mentation as exceeds description. Every day his Majesty JahanbSni came and adorned the banquet, and he distinguished everyone by sympathetic expressions suitable to their rank and condition. Before the festival (of the circumcision) took place Qardca Khan, Mufabib Beg, and other familiars of the Court, who had been sent to conyey her Majesty Mariam-Mak&ni, arrived from Qandahar, and her blissful advent increased the rejoicings.

It occurred to his Majesty Jah&nbfinl that he should make manifest to great and small the touchstone-capability (*iydr-i- ddniii) of the gh^hinsb^h, from whose brow there streamed while yet of tender years, thousands of rays of light divine. He therefore arranged a princely festival in the pavilions of chastity. All the great ladies attended in the gynaeceum.^ For the instruction of the spectators his Majesty the gb&hinsbah was brought in on the shoulder of respect and placed on the auspicious Divan, and in conformity with orders her Majesty Mariam-Makdnl entered in the train of the other ladies, and witliout being distinguished in any way. The design the king was that the prince {lit. the light of the- eye-pupil of the Sultanate) should single out his honoured mother from the crowd of ladies. By light divine his Majesty, without difficulty, hesitation, or mistake, and in virtue of his abiding intelligence and innate discernment took refuge with his saintly mother, and put himself into her arms. On beholding this glorious act — surprising to the minds of the superficial and to persons who

^ The meaning seems to be that the ladies’ tents were arranged in order according to their ranks.

• Bdrgak^i*haf^mt which, perhaps, only means private andience-hall. It is not clear to me from A.F.*s

language whether the ladies were veiled or not, but presumably this would make little difference to Akbar who had not seen his mother since he was an infant.

GHAPTIR XZXIX.

485

are swayed by what is usual — a shout arose amoug the spectators, and they recognised the power of the eternally-nourished one, and prodigy of fate’s worship. All perceived that this was not the work of the bodily senses which put a difference between childhood and adolescence. Katber it was nought but spiritual intuition and Divine teaching. ‘Twas holy light breaking forth from its ambushes by the instrumentality of this nursling of Fortune’s garden.

Of a truth, the veil of distance can be no hindrance to what is eternally conjoined, nor apparent remoteness any impediment to spiritual propinquity. And when we consider the matter what room is there for remoteness ? For, in this firstling of Life’s rosebush there is perfect contact with the Prima3val, and the diffusive lights of being, the perfecting (takmil) of the bodily frame, and the burnishing (tasqil) of the senses assume form pari paasu (da/rja ha darja). And there is close relation with the glorious world of the Holy and the Absolute to whose verge there is no entrance for tiie darkness of ignorance, or the plethora of heedlessness.. Nor is it hidden from those who can look far into the world of mystery that though this sublime Master seemeth to have been engendered amid bodily elements and from protoplasm {mawadd- i-hayyuldni) yet as regards the source of his nature and the root of his being his forefathers and foremothers have been procreated from him BO that spiritually a*hd in an esoteric sense he is the Father of Fathers. And to his Majesty JahftnbfinI — that curtain-raiser of celestial mysteries ‘-^it was manifest that the Cosmoplast of the outer world had brought this nursling of Creation’s Spring into the held of actuality in order, firstly, that he might experience the stages of mortal life, and secondly, that he might bring together and compose the distractions of the world. In short he (Humftyun) under the guise of the rite of circumcision offered thanksgiving to the Bes tower of spiritual and temporal blessings. Each day tfiere was a novel, royal feast, and thanks were returned to the world- adorning Creator. The great ones of realm and religion came from all parts, and were made happy by royal gifts. Among these, Tadgir Na^ir Mirza had the honour of performing obeisance. The brief account of him is that on the first ^ uprearing of fortune’s

• If this means that YidgSr Nifir appearance before Qandahir, it is deserted KSmrSn on llumSydn’s first wrong, for we know from B&yazid,

486

AKBiRNiVl.

staDdards on the borders of Qandahftr he separated from M. KfixnrAn^ as has already been described, and proceeded to Badakhsbftn. As he coaid not succeed there, he set off in order to enter his Majesty JahSnbfinl’s service. At the time that the sublime army proceeded from QandahAr to conquer K&bul, the Mirzfi after experiencing the world’s hardships arrived at Qandahar. Bairfim Kh§n showed him every hospitality there, and then in accordance with orders he had the felicity of paying his respects to his Majesty Jahanbani at that joyous time (the circumcision festival). He had the good fortune also to do homage to the gh&hinsh&h and to be made fortunate by the glances of favour.

During this joyful season, which was the time of the adorning of pleasure’s springtide, and the period of decking the garden of dominion and prestige, at a moment when the constellations were shedding light from favourable aspects upon mortals the meeting for the decorating of the young plant of the Divine rose garden, to wit, for the circumcision of his Majesty the gh&hin^Ah, was held with thousands of rejoicings. The materials {aabdb) for the joy of mankind were brought together, the g^tes (abwdb) of joy were opened for mortals. Small and great shared in the princely gifts, and high and low experienced the royal favour. The world’s pains {kulfathd) ended in pleasure (ulfat) and the world’s differences changed into unison. The captains presented their gifts, and were exalted by grand favours. In the midst of these celebrations his Majesty for the cheering of hearts, which is a great buttress of sovereignty, proceeded towards ^wftja Reg Rawftn,^ and ordered festivities. A world obeyed order was issued that the amirs should wrestle * with one another. His Majesty himself by means of the balance of inspection picked out equally-matched antagonists. His Majesty wrestled with Imam^ Quli Qurcl and M. Hindftl did so with

whose statement A.F. has elsewhere upper end of the Kdh Dtman, and

copied, that Yadgar was at Kabul on its eastern side,

when Bniram went there on a mis- i The account of the wrestling is

sion. taken from Bijazid 216.

1 Moving sand. See Bftbar 146 and * Perhaps the ImSm Qulf ShigfaSll

Jarrett II. 409 and especially Wood’s of Blochroann, 512. The word ghi* Journey to the source of the Oxus, gh^H is probably derived from Sh i*

p. 115. The moving sand is in the gh&wal. Shaw’s TdrkI Diet. 134.

CHAFTIE mix.

487

T&dgftr NA 9 ir M. After that he went to Khwftja Se ’ Yftr to visit the argbauodn groves. Then he returned and bade preparations be made for a great feast. He distributed fiefs^ presents^ and robes of honour to the servants of the threshold in accordance with their deserts. M. Hindftl obtained Ghfizoin and its dependencies while Zamln D&war and Tiri were given to Ulugh Mirzft. All those connected with the Court received gifts in proportion to their con- ditions^ and the tribes of mankind abode with tranquillity and ease of heart in the shade of abundance^ and the light of favour.

Among the events which occurred during the festivities was the arrival of the ambassadors of 3h&h Tahm&sp. They brought congratulations on the victory and delivered suitable gifts. At their head was Walad Beg whom his Majesty welcomed with princely favours. Another was the arrival of 3bfth‘ Qlsim Taghftx who brought a petition and gifts from M. Suiaimftn. But the Mirzft’s excuses for not poming in person had not the honour of being accepted by his Majesty^ and a peremptory order was issued for his attendance and he was informed that his reputation for sincerity and loyalty depended upon his appearing in person’ to do homage. Another thing which happened about this time wa% the arrival of Mir Saiyid ‘Ali who was eminent in Afghftnistftn and Balucist&n for his possessions and for his honesty. He resided near Duki which is an appurtenance of Sind.* He greeted the threshold with the foot of integrity and the head of sincerity, and became a recipient of royal favours. Duki was awarded to him. About the same time Lavang Baluc, who was a leader among his people, came along with his brethren and did homage. His Majesty received him likewise with favour and granted him Shftl Mastang. These visitors were granted their desires and dismissed rapidly lest the wild nature

^ The fountain of the Three friends, Bibar 147 and Jarrett II. 409n.

s Sulaimftn’s maternal uncle, Biya- sTd 22a.

’ Janhar, Stewart, 83.

• Ihe text has Hind but I adopt the variant of Sind as DSkl is used by Bibar, 152 and 8, for the south-

eastern hills of Afghanistan which is near Sind. In the Ala, Jarrett II. 397, DikI is given as the eastern division of Qandahir. Erskine, Hist. II. 327, accepts the Hind of the text and remarks in a note that Dflkl was probably dependent on Multan.

488

akbabnAma.

of such dwellers in clachans {ruatd parwardan) should prove too strong for them^ and delay be inimical to tiieir constitutions.

Among the things which happened about this time there was this, that Yadgfir Na^ir MirzA from an ill-fatedness and an inward wickedness made a confused jumble of all favours, past and subse- quent, and placed them in the alcove of oblivion and contumaciously took his stand on the path of wickedness and perversity. He gave ear to wretches of whom Mugaffar the foster-brother of M. ^Askari was the ringleader, and continually harboured evil thoughts. When these facts came, one after the other, to the knowledge of his Majesty, and were confirmed by honest intelligencers, especially when ^Abdul Jabbar ShailA, who was a most trustworthy person, and was intimate with one of the plotters and shared his counsels, came and detailed the circumstances after inquiry, the holy heart of his Majesty Jahinbani Janna-t-ashiyani became disgusted and he had Muzafiar Koka seized and put to death. Then he sent for Yadgar Nasir M, and reproached him by the mouth of Qaraca Khan. The substance of the rebuke was as follows : We thought that when we had passed over your grievous offences, and had bestowed boundless favours on you, you would take warning and atone for your trans- gressions, past and present, and that even the ungrateful might have a limit and some discretion.’^ The Mirza *cast aside shame, and sometimes was silent and sometimes denied or feigned ignorance. Ilis Majesty, after making categorical^ statements (of his offences) and after royal reproofs, directed Ibrahim Ishak Aqft and others to confine him in the Kabul citadel (the BAla Hifar) near the room where M. ^Askaii was imprisoned.

One of the things that happened at this time was the death of Cnghatal Sult&n, who was a young Mogul prince and the unique ot the age for beauty and character. His Majesty JahAnbani regarded him with affection and distinguished him by favours. He felt his loss deeply, but reflecting on the Divine decree which hath assigned existence absolute to the other world, and to this world

1 This expression {hUdbX) seems to an act of disrespect coifimitted by

refer to the statement in B&yazid him so long ago as at the taking of

22a, that nearly 30 charges were for- CAmp&uIr.

mulated against Y&dgar, one being

CaiPTER XXXIZ.

489

only contingent existence^ he wisely took refuge in submiBsion and self-surrender. Mir Atnini uttered this chronogram.

Verse.

SultSn Caghat&I was the rose of Beauty’s rosarium,

Of a sudden, Death led him to paradise,

In the rose-season he designed leaving this garden,

Hearts were ingulphed in blood from grief for this likeness of a rosebud,

1 sought his date from the bereaved nightingale.

Sighing he said ** The rose hath left the garden.” ^

^ Oul az bdgh hirun a^ud. Bagh^ 1003 and gul=50 ao that 1003 — 50= 953, which is the date of the death. AminI composed an equally ingeni- ous chronogram on the death of Hindal. See infra. According to Bieu, TQrki Cat. 301, there were d?e poets of this name. The one in question is probably the second on Rieu’s list, Mir Amanl of Her it who according to the Bodleian Cat. of

Persian MSS. p. 219, used to live at KRbul and was killed at JaunpQr by a fall from his horse in 981 A.H. A.F. his apparently taken the lines from Biyazid 22a, but the third line there is

Om jj ^ cAis

Badadnl has a similar chronogram about, Bair im Shin’s death. Lowe, 14 and text I. 46.

62

490

akbarnIma.

CHAPTER XL.

Mabch of his Majesty jAHlNBANi jANNAT.A^HiYANi’s abht fob

THE CONQUEST OF BaDA^S^AN^ THE VICTORY OVER THAT COUNTRY, AND WHAT HAPPENED DURING THAT TIME.

When the disaffection of M. SulaimAn became confirmed, and it was made certain that he had twisted away bis head from the burden of commands, and that the idea of sovereignty was paining it, and that he was inwardly troubled by this vain imagination, his Majesty JahaubSni, in the beginning of 953 (March 1546), turned the rein of intention towards Bada^shAn. One of the MlrzA^s rebellious acts was that after the taking of Ksbul he laid hold of l^ust and AndarAb, which were in the possession of M. Kimrsn,^ and had been assigned to one of the royal servants. As moreover, by theory and practice the whole of Badakhshan did not belong to M. SulaimAn, his Majesty desired also to take away Qanduz and its dependencies and fo make them over in fief to one of his followers, and bade him be contented with what his Majesty Giti-sit&ni Firdaus-makanl had given to his father. When his Majesty^s dominions should be enlarged, his fief too would be increased. In consideration, however, of the Mirza’s circumstances Qanduz was left as it was. The Mirza ignorantly averted his face from his benefactor, and openly smote the door of opposition, and had the hbuiba read in his own name. His Majesty resolved to extinguish the flames of disaffection. He left his Majesty the 3b.AhinshAh under God’s protection and set out in a propitious hour, and halted at Turat C&l&k.^ He took M. ^Askari along with him. He had anxieties about Y&dgftr Nftfir MirzS, and when the army reached the Ulang of Qarft Ba|^^ he determined

I K&mrSn is not mentioned, but 1 think he must be meant. All tho MSS. however have only the word Mirz& so that perhaps A.F. really meant Sulaim&n.

t BEyazfd seems to make Ehwija Blwis the first stage.

^ There is a QarE Bigh west of Ghasnln called by A.F. in the Xfn the Qandahir Qari BEgh, but the

CIIAl»TKR XL.

491

that he would relieve him of the pangs of existence and thereby give peace and security to the State. For the match of his strife, and the spark of his contentiousness were like to consume all the families. An order to this effect was sent to Muhammad ‘Ali Taghfti who had charge of Kabul. He out of complete simplicity and want of perspicuity returned for answer, I have never killed a sparrow, how can I achieve the killing of the Mirza.’ His Majesty passed over his simplicity and charged Muhammad Qasim Mauji with this most proper service and he in the night-time sped the arrow of death by a bowstring.^ When the holy heart was at rest from the male- volence of the Mirza, his Majesty marched under the Divine guidance towards the Badakhshaus (Badakbiidndt) , When ho arrived at Andarab and had encamped at the garden of ‘All Qnli Andarabi, M. Sulaiman owing to his evil fortune advanced to offer battle and drew up at the village of Tlrgiran which is a dependency of Andarab. When his Majesty heard this, ho sent forward M. Hindal, Qaraca Khan, Haji Muhammad Khan and a number of other brave men. A great battle ensued between the royal army and the Mirza. The latter protected himself by a trench and stood firm, while Mirza Beg Barlas and a body of archers discharge^ their arrows from behind it. M. Hindal, Qaraca Oan and Haji Muhammad Khan displayed their valour and Khwaja Mu’azzam and Bahadur Khan were wounded by arrows, and had to dismount. Walad® Qasim Beg, Jafar Beg and the bodyguards, and Ahmad Beg, and Dughan Beg who belonged to the Sh&h’s special bodyguard and who in company with the ambassador served his Majesty in this fight, came to the ground in consequence of their horses falling. The result hung in

Qara B&gh of the text must be the place about 25 miles north of Kabul and near IstaUf.

^ In plain language the unfortu- nate MTrzS was strangled. A.F/s account seems taken from Bayazid who gives specimens of the charges brought against the Mirza. He says Mun*im suggested the employ- ment of MuJI^mmad Qasim. Bayazid represents the execution as taking

place before Humayun left Kabul and this seems probable. The Mlrzi^’s body was buried is a high grouud opposite the citadel-gate and near a pond» but was afterwards removed to Qhaznin. to his father’s sepulchre.

^ Bayazid 256.

^ Bayazid has DalU Qasim, brother of Walad Beg.

« Titgh&n in B&yazld.

492

akbarnAma.

the balance till a body of devoted servants such as Shaikh Buhlul, Sultan Muhammad Fawraq, LatifI of Sahrind, Sultan Husain Khan, Muhammad Eban^ JalAir, Muhammad Khan Turkaman, M. Quli Jalair, M. QuH,^ brother of Haidar Muhammad Khan, and Sbah Quli Naranji^ relying on the invisible Opener attacked M, Beg. And having by God’s help crossed the trench, they raised their swords and briskljr attacked the foe. The latter could not maintain them- selves or abide the onset and fled, reckoning dispersion and route as a gain. On every aide tlie braves of the field of action and lions of battle’s jungle advanced on the plains of victory. Ere his Majesty had mounted his swift steed the reverberation of victory sounded in his ears. The voice of exaltation burst forth, M. Sulaiman did not remain firm but went off towards the dehles of Khost by way of Narin^ and Ishkamish. Tulak of Taliqan, M. Beg Barlfis,® and Avis Sul^An who was a scion of the kings of Moghuliatan separated themselves from M. Sulaiman and did homage. M. Hindal and a body of heroes were ordered to seize the fugitives and his Majesty himself took part in the pursuit. Many Badakh- shAnl horses fell into the hands of the brave warriors, and his Majesty arrived by the Pass of at the valley of Khdst.

M. Sulaiman fled miserably with a few followers to Kiil&b.^ The Badakhshan nobles and soldiers came in crowds and did homage and everyone of them was treated with consideration and with favours suitable to their position. On account of the abundance of fruits his Majesty remained several days in KfcSst* and was the nccom- plisher of the wisbes of the people. For the purpose of hunting waterfowl and partridges and for fishing he proceeded to Warask.*

1 Blochmann 411.

• Blochmann 385.

• Blochmann 480.

• NSrT in text.

^ BSyazTd calls him the ruler of Sh^rl {qn. Qh^r).

< SftBftn in text, but the variant is right. It was north of nnrgirSn and Andarlb.

7 Beyond the Oxus.

• It would seem that Mibam, the mother of Humiy&n, came from

KhSst. for Bayazid, 26a says that HumRy 3n stayed in KhSst for several days in the society of his maternal grandparents. The ShwRja Muham- mad *AlT mentioned in BSbar’s Mem. as the ruler of Khost, is probably either M&ham’s father, or her brother. If the latter he must be the MTr Muhammad ‘All whom Humiyftn put in charge of Kabul.

• So in BRyaaTd. Text has Bar* ask. The place has already been

CHAPTER IL.

498

There he practised the netting^ of birds {ganjisik) which is a special- ity of that place. From thence he went to Kalaogan^ and from there to Kishm.^ M. Sulaiman did not think it advisable to remain in that neighbourhood and so had crossed the Amu and was there in perturbation with a few followers. One thing that happened at Kishm was that a servant of Shah TahmSsp named KhusrCl* had fled and entered his Majesty Jahanbilnrs service. He had used some improper language about the Shah, and Duggan Beg, IJusain Beg and J a’f ar Beg of the Shah’s bodyguarcl and who were in attend- ance on his Majesty, on hearing of this met Khasru in the Kishm bazaar and killed him. His Majesty disapproved of this lawlessness and imprisoned them, but after some days he, at the intercession of Husain Quli Sultan Muhrdfir, drew the line of forgiveness over their offence.

When the affairs of Badakhshfin had been settled, Qandilz and its dependencies were given to M. Hindal, and much of Badakhshan was divided in fiefs among the officers. Mun’im l^m was made tahflld&r of Khost, and Babus was sent to collect the revenues of Xfiliqan.^ His Majesty resolved that for the better management of the affairs of Badakhshan and for the comfort of the subjects and soldiery he would make Qil^a Zafar his winter-quarters. He there- fore proceeded in that direction ; but when he came to gh&khdan, between Kishm and QiUa &far, he fell ill and so had to halt there for nearly two months. At the beginning of this illness he lay unconscious for four days, and on this account unpleasing rumours became rife, and men left their fiefs and came in. M. Hind&l left his post with improper ideas and in concert with other officers came as far as the bank of the Kokca, and the partizans of M. Sulaiman raised their heads here and there. But Qar&ca Khan came with a number of loyalists and pitched his tent in the royal courtyard knd

mentioned as Warask in text I. p. 99 near foot. It is probably the Yarsaok of Wood, 160n., and if so, is the river on which Kiahm stands.

^ See Bftyazid, 26a A h, and Bibar, Hem. 153.

• The Kalagin of the maps. It is west of Kiahm.

^ BSyoiild says HumiyUn stayed 3 or 4 mouths in Kiahm.

• Biyaald calls him Qtusra Pid* ah&h and says Qisim Jangl was his slave.

( TMqin in text, but see BiyasTd 27a.

494

AKBAfiNiMA.

confined M. ‘Askari who was likely to be seditious, bringing him into his own tent. Qaraca acted as a personal attendant, and waited on bis Majesty duHng his sickness. No one entered the Presence except ]^w&ja Mahmud^ and f^waja Mu’in.^ On the fifth

day, which wfis the beginning of the convalescence, bis Majesty showed signs of improvement, and Mir Barka entered and paid his respects. When his Majesty’s glance fell upon him, the Mir became agitated and showed a desire^ to sacrifice himself as a thanksgiving for his Majesty’s recovery. His Majesty said Mir,^ God hath spared (bahbiiid) me.” The Mir gave some hints of the confusion of affairs and of the rectitude of Qar§ca Khan. His Majesty had him called, and spoke benignantly to him, and expressed his sense of his services. At the same moment he sent a rescript of favour to the ornament of dominion, the tender plant of the stream pf sovereignty, the head and trunk of fortune’s springtide, to wit, his Majesty the Sh^hinsh^h, by the hands of Fazll Beg, lest any evil tidings should have reached there and have dimmed the radiant heart of that nursling of Divine light, or should have caused commo- tions in that country. By a happy coincidence Pazil Beg arrived with the firman of favour on the morning after the night on which the distressing news of his Majesty’s illness had reached K&bul. The coming of the .glad tidings dispelled grief and was productive of universal order and steadfastness. The flames of discord died down/ and M. Hind&l hastened back to his place, and everyone else went back to his jdtgtr.

^ They were father and son. There is an account of Maln, the son, in Blochmann. He is perhaps the same as the Muin who was Qftft of Labor, Blochmann, 545. Mu*ln’s son was Sharafu-d-dln who married Balsbfihi Ban a, Akbar’s sister, and became afterwards a rebel. The family was descended from Shwlja A^rir the famous saint of Samarkand.

• Perhaps the meaning is : Changed his intention of devoting himself into thanksgiving for HumiyUn’s recovery.

8 Mir Barka was the son of Mir *Abdullih and is several times re- ferred to in the Akbarnama. Accord- ing to Jauhar it was CScak Begam who waited on Humaydn during his illness and was rewarded by seeing him open his eyes when she st^ucezed some pomegranate juice into his lips. B&yazid praises the attention of F&tima Begam the UrdQ Begl whose daughter married SllwSja Mu’af^eam and was killed by him. Perhaps it was the same FSlima who mArrled BSqfShin. Badionh II. 61.

OttAPTlB XL.

495

Among the oocnrrenoei of ihii year waa the Inlling of Sultftn Mnhammad * who held the office of Yiaier. The short

history of this event is as follows : ^wftja Mn^a|(j^ in conjunction with sundry vagabonds, whose brains were ruined, adopted some bigoted ^ phrases of the religious views of some heretical, worthless fools who had no power of reflection in their natures, and were entangled in woi’dy wranglings, whose nostrils took in naught of the fragrance of truth and justice and in the tree of whose under- standing there was no fruit produced by the flowers of knowledge, and having conceived faithless bigotry to be faith he came into the quarters of the Khw&ja on the night of 2l8t Kama^an, 16th November, 1546, just as the day^s fasting was over, and broke his fast by giving him oi the water ^ of the sword of ignorance for his final draught. Then fearing the wrath of the king, which is typical of Divine chastisement, he took to flight. When this news came to the ears of his Majesty he sent men to seize him and his companions, and a strict order was despatched to the authorities in K&bul, which was the residence of those ill-starred ones. Muhammad ^AII Tagh&I, Fa?n Beg and others, who were in the service of his Majesty the Shabinsh^h, and were managing the affairs of Kftbub on receiving the command seized ]^w&ja Mu’ai^am and his companions and imprisoned them.

When there appeared at ghfikbdftn signs of convalescence in the burning frame {mizdj-i-wahhdj) of his Majesty Jahftnbftnl he seated himself in the guarded litter of the Divine favour and proceeded towards . QiFa Zafar. Maul&nft Bflyazid who was an eminent physician and hiul been nominated as tutor to his Majesty

^ Bayazld calls him in his list Dlwan/’ and there spells his name as Rashid.

‘ BSyazld 276, describes the mur- der, but says nothing of bigotry’s having been the motive. It was committed by sundry Persians in concert with Mu’aisam and apparent- ly cupidity had to do with it for when they fled thqr carried off some of SQiih iTahmisp’s presents from

Takbt-i’Sulaimftn {qu. the place mentioned by Wood 160). NigSmu- d-dln mentions that the Shwija came with HumSy&n from Persia. Probably therefore he was a ShVa and this may have made him obnoxi- ous to Shwija Mn^asfam.

s A6 meaning both water and glitter and applied to the wave- niarkings on a sword.

496

AKBARNiHA.

the S^ahin^ah^ and whose grandfather had been in the Bervioe of that Alexander^ and Aristotle (Sikandar-Makani Arist5-Niijlftm) Mirza IJlug^ Beg^ and had been distinguished among all the mathe* matical observers, performed excellent service during this illness. When his Majesty reached Qil^a Zafar he soon recovered his health, and his equilibrium was restored. By the completion of the recovery of his Majesty Jahanbani joy and delight came into the hands of the desires of mortals. In accordance with orders a grass ^ house was built and ho often distributed justice and happiness therefrom. From it Sherafkan, the son of Kuc Beg, received investiture of Kahmard, Zuhak and Banilan. And from excess of kindness his Majesty announced that when the army arrived at Kabul he would add (ihorband to his fiefs. His Majesty took the pleasure of tasqdwaP — hunting which in the BadakhghSa language is called iiiJcdr-i-nihilam.

1 The cpitlict Sikandar-MakSnl may serve to illustrate that of Mariam-Mukani applied to Abkar’s mother. Ulugh Beg’s real name was Muhammad Turghat according to Vambery. The two astronomers who helped him in the composition of his tables were Qhivaau-d-dYn Jfimghld and the Q&zlzada (Sal&hu- d-diu). One of them was perhaps Bayazld’s grandfather (see D’Her- b^lot’s articles, Ulugh Beg and Zig, and Jarrett II. 12, No. 85). Tho person meant may however be ‘All Koshil, said by D’Herbelot to bo the Q&zTzada*B son. See Erskine’s Babar 51n. 4.

^ Khdna-i-‘hdn, the kh&na-hkSnl of BiyazTd. Bayazid, from whom A.F. borrows, tells us that the house was built by Jalalu-d>dln Ma^mfld who was then Mir BuyStit or Barrack* master. The time was winter. Biya- zld tells a story in connection with this house, of HnmSy Un and someinti- mate courtiers (ahl-i-ni|ha«0 having

cooked hughrd (macaroni P) there. He also tells of gh^i^&fkan’B visit. When he first came he was drunk and Humay an seeing his state from behind the screen {c\gh)t ordered him off. When he came again some days afterwards, HumSyUn behaved with great delicacy towards him and granted him certain districts. Kan means a mine and also a sheath, and BO may mean a screen, but I in- cline to think that the kSni of B&yazld is a copyists* error for 4-^ hdh%, made of thatch or straw.

^ Neither tasqdwal nor nihikm occurs in the dictionaries. A.F. here copies B&yazid who describes, p. 285, an expedition to the moun- tains on the other side of the Kdkca. They arrived at the hills, which were excessively steep, at midnight, and hunted the deer next morning. They passed so near and so quickly that they could not be shot with arrows and bad to be caught by the baud. The word nihilofnl is used by Bibar,

CHAPTKR XL.

497

The dread residence of his Majesty in Badakhshan wrought dismay in all Tur&n. The Usbeks gathered together and were full of apprehension, and could dnd no suitable remedy for their fears.

Mem. 28, and Erskine (or Leydon) says that he does not know what animal it is. In reality nihilam is not the name of an animal, but of a

method of hunting, viz., driving. Its synonym taaqdwal is Turk! and the last part is perhaps awal, mean- iag an enclosure. (Redhouso).

63

498

ixbaunAiia.

CHAPTER XLI.

UkVEILTNO the IfYSTBRIEB 09 DeSIOM IK THE 8TBIFB-ST1BBIKOS OF

M. KambAn^ and account of hib rule over Kabul.

‘Tis an ancient canon and an established ordinance that when God tlio Creator of the world wills to set an elect one on the throne of sway over mortals and by establishing him on a kingdom-adorning seat to place in his mighty hand the bridle of men’s hearts. He maketh him in the beginning of his course the alighting-place of divers difficulties and the receptacle of sundry afflictions to the end that ha may the more fully appreciate the force of the unending favours which stand ready for him in the hidden world ; so that by becoming conversant with the varied stages of existence he may come to know personally Grace and Wrath, expansion and con- traction, joy and sorrow. All this is clear to those who are familiar with ancient records, and are cognisant of old stories. But inas- much as the personality of the holy product of the meeting ^ of the two seas of the Divine Power {Jaldl) and the Divine Beauty {Jamal), his Majesty the gl^fthinshSh, to wit, is by virtue of the Eternal Decree designated for all the stages of knowledge, and as the world- adorning Deity created him a wise-hearted* Teacher and an illumina- ted, farseeing soul needing not the instruction of any of the sons of men, the apparition of those calamities was not to acquaint him with Grace and Wrath, nor to burn away carnalities and mortalities. Rather did the order of the manifestations of the glories of opposing qualities and tlie notes of conflicting attributes unveil themselves as of course and in their full perfection. And there was an illustration*

^ Mujma*-i-hahrain, Explained as meaning the meeting of salt and fresh water. It was the title given by the ill-fated Dsra 8hikoh to his book ‘which was intended to reconcile the Hiuda and Mdbammadan religions.

• Cf, Faifl’s verses, BadiSnf, II. 261 and Lowe, 277.

• Referring to Akbar’s refusal,

when a child, to learn his lessons. See 619.

CHAPTER XLr.

499

of this in his early years, for at that timo his holy soul kept aloof from inappropriate teaching. These truthful remarks will make it clear to the wise and the admonished that it is in the eyes of the superficial that such facts ^ are regarded as arising from abun- dance of instruction and a surplus of knowledge, while in the eyes of those who see the truth they are but the inevitable refulgence of a personality imbued with wisdom from of old. And whenever the bitter^ waters of affliction are to be poured into the lips of one tvho stands afar off from the courts of Unity, and is a bewildered wan- derer in the desert of astoniedness, thero is in the first place a curve a fold or wrinkle) of magpiificence cast into his forehead^ of acceptance and he is made the originator of divers act of ingrati- tude, and the shower-forth of varieties of injustice and tyranny, till he be flung into eternal wrath and everlasting punishment. This is a figure of the condition of M. Kamran who fell out with his benefactor and elder brother, his eternal superior, chosen one of God, king of the age, and just ruler, and wrought the destruction in life, estate and honour, of many a servant of God.

In fine, a strange disaster occurred during this time of enjoy- ment, when the capacious soul of his Majesty was a palatial garden of mirth and rejoicing. A desolating report came Jhat M. Kamran was strife-mongering and that he had suddenly fallen upon the city of Kabul and brought it into his poBsession, and that Sherafkan had, heedless of the end of things, gone over to the Mirza. His Majesty Jahanbani’s sanctified heart was troubled, firstly, by the fate of his Majesty the gh&hinshah ; secondly, by sympathy for the citizens and subjects, who are a trust from the Creator, and who should be tended not less carefully than the children ; thirdly, by the rebellious pro- ceedings of the Mirza and the results thereof. He addressed him- self with celestial genius to the remedying of these disturbances, and displayed suitable solicitude for putting an end to the outbreak.

^ Apparently the fact referred to in Note 3.

• Referring to the bitter lakes met with in a desert, the Marah of the Hebrews.

< Ndf/‘i/a-i-^obSkifb. Meaning, I

suppose, that KSmrin was offered the choice of greatness, and that his wickedness was enhanced by his mis- use of his opportunities for well- doing.

500

AKBABNlVA.

And Abul Fftzl, the writer of this noble record, turns away from amplitude of language, in order that he may giye an account of events, and hastens towards narration, and gives a brief and paren- thetical account of the circumstances so that the lips of those athirst for the waters of words may be satiated.

The description of the occurrence is as follows. When the army of fortune took Qandahlir and came to the environs of Kabul, and all the Kabul army and all the people of that country were delighted at the good tidings of his Majesty JahftnbinFs advent, and separated from the Mirza and came in crowds and did homage, the Mirzd turned away from the path of advice and the road of obedience and loyalty and becoming a bewildered wanderer in the desert of per- turbation and want took the road to Ghaznin. He forsook the blessing of servico and absconded. M. Hiudal, Mufaliib Beg and a number of others were sent after him, as has been related in the account of the taking of Kabul. But when no tiace of him could be found, and it was not known which way he had gone (lit. no dust rose up from his path) the pursuers returned in obedience to the royal commands and camo to K&bul. This Mirza brought himself in all haste to C^aznln. The rulers and inhabitants of that place were favoured by fortune, they strengthened the fort and did not open the gate of inclination for hiui. The Mirza^s false representations were unsuccessful ; so he hastened from those to the house of Kh’&^ Khan Hazara. He treated the Mfrzd with hospitality and brought him to Tiri, and tVom thence to Zamin Dfiwar. Ilisamu-d-din ‘Ali, the son of Mir Khallifa, was in Zamin Dawar. He strengthened the fort and fought bravely, and courageously guarded the fort. When this news was brought to his Majesty he made over (^aznin to M. Hindal and Zaman Dawar and its appurtenances to M. Ulug^, giving him also a standard, a kettle-drum and a tuman tu^. He also sent an* order to Bairftm to join Yfidgftr Na^ir M., who had come

there (Qaudab&r) to act loyally, to M. Uluj^ and to send them against M. Kamran. He also sent a rescript to Yftdg&r Nafir M. to act in concert with M. Ulujj^ in patting down M. K&mr&n and by means of this service to move upwards on the steps of amendment of his past crimes. The Mirzfts went together from Qandah&r to Zamin Dawar, and when the news of their approach reached the Mirza’s camp, the Hazdras dispersed into the wilds and M. Kftmrftn withdrew. He

CHAPTER XU.

501

hurried off to. Bhakkar and took refuge with ShSh Hasan Arghim. M. Ulugh Beg took firm possoasiou of his fief ; and Yadgar Nagir M. made as it were^ a pilgrimage to the service of his Majesty. In Kabul he learnt the bliss of service as has already been stated. M. Kaniran came to a halt in Sind and married the daughter of the Ruler of Tatta, who had alrea^ly been betrothed to him. He had stayed there for some time devising mischief when the news came of his Majesty Jahanbani’a illness, which had occurred in Badakh- shan. After that there came other bad news. The Mirza asked help from the Ruler of Tatta and resolved to go to Kabul. The ruler of Tatta thought this a great opportunity and sent a body of troops with the Mirza. Some were of opinion that ho should first seize Qandahar, and then go to Kabul. But as Qandahar was secure under the control of Bairam Khan, Kamran set before himself the capture of Kabul and boldly hastened there. Near Qilat he fell in with a number of Afghan merchants who wore bringing horses. Ho arbitra- rily took the horses from them and gave them to his men. From thence he hastened to Ghazmn, and arrived there unexpectedly. Zahid Beg was holding the fort for M. Hindal and was spending his time in drunkenness and negligence. He was completely intoxi- cated on the night when the Mirza arrived. By the ^elp of the batcher ‘Abdu-r-rahman, the Mirza^s men secretly ascended, and got possession of ihe fort. Z§hid Beg was brought drunk before the MirzS, and the wretches- cast him in his drunkenness from the pin- nacle of life into the abyss of annihilation. The Mirz% left his son^ in-law Daulat Sultan in Ghaznin, and leaving there also a number of men from Bhakkar under the leadership of Mulk Muhammad, who was a confidential servant of the Ruler of Tatta he went as rapidly to Kabul. He arrived there at dawn without warning. He first went to the headdress-maker’s gate. He learnt that Muhammad Ta^ai was in the hot bath, and it would appear that there too (re- ferring to what occurred at Ghaznin) drunkenness had brought him into the stupor of cropsickness. ‘Ali Quli O^li, one of the Mirz&’s bodyguard, entered the bath and brought out Muhammad ‘Ali naked. The Mirza gave him his ablution with the water of the sword, and entered the fort. PaUlwan As^tar, who had charge of the Iron Gate, opened it in accordance with a compact, and the Mirzft entered the city, which now came into his possession. On the morning when

502

akbarnIma.

this occurrence took place, Haji Muhammad ‘Asas* came and saluted the Mirza. The latter said ’ How have I gone and how have I come back * ! ^Asas replied ** You went in the evening and you came in the morning.” The Mirz§ went up to the citadel and took up his quarters there. Siamsu-d-din Muhammad Khan Atka brought his Majesty the Sbahinshah with all reverence before M. Kamran. The Mirza, on beholding that theatre of miracles involuntarily became gracious and gentle. He shewed him various favours, but from short-sighted- ness put his Majesty, who was under the shadow of the protection of God, into the charge of his own men.

When M. Kamran had brought Kabul into his possession, he practised various kinds of cruelty and opened his hands to shed people^s blood and to seize their property. He caused Mihtar Wfisil and Mihtar Wakil, who were special royal slaves, to be blinded. Hiaamu-d-dni ‘Ali, son of Mir Khalifa, whom his Majesty had sum- moned to his personal service, and whose fief he had transferred to Ulugh MirzS, had come about thiSi time to Kabul and Kararftn in revenge for his firmness at Zaman Dawar had him castrated and put to death in a most horrible manner. Culi Bahfidur too, who was a loyal and approved servant, was put to death, and Khwfija Mu^azzam, Bahadur KhSn, Atka KhSn, Nadim K5ka and many other household servants were put into prison. The Mirz& thus prepared for himself spiritual and temporal ruin, and an evil name in realm and religion, He was continually tempting and ruining men by deceitful letters.® Among such was Sherafkan who was induced to desert ; and Hasan Beg K5ka and Sult§n Muhammad Bakhshl were by lies brought to separate themselves (from Humayun). Insincere, low dispositioned ones of narrow capacity for the idea of a small advantage put the dust of the world into the cup of their avarice and trod the path of disloyalty. And it appears that the main cause of the capture of Kabul was the discord of men and their negligence and want of vigilance and circumspection. For at that time Mul^ammad ‘All Taghai was Darogha of the city for his Majesty JahanbanI, but he continual Iv took the path of carelessness, and did not apply the

1 Feriflhta says that ‘Asas was Blbar’s jester. He adds that ‘Asas went on to quote a verse in Kftm- rSn’s honour.

• 0/. Gnlbadan’a Memoirs. She mentions that KAmrin tried to make her write a letter to her. husband, inviting him to join him.

CHAPTER XLI.

503

rules of wariness. Fa?U Bog too set up for himself a separate scheme [lit. a separate shop) in the city and had ideas of becoming independent (of Muhammad ‘Ali). From smallness of capacity and inefficiency they opposed one another and struck an axe on their own foot. When Kabul fell into the hands of the Mirza he set about collecting troops and in arranging for sedition. A large number collected round him. One day he was seated on the top of the citadel, and Walad Beg, Abul Q&sim and many others of the ShSh’s bodyguard, who had got leave and were proceeding towards Persia came to pay their respects to the Mlrzft. His Majesty the Sh^hinsh&h was also adorning the Mirzfi’s banquet with the light of his presence. All the Mirz&’s confidential servants were set upon rapacity {darpai ahhz u jar), and the men round about, who wore like flies at the stall of a sweetmeat-seller, were falling upon one another. A good service presented itself to Abul Qasim, and he whispered to Walad Beg that it would bo a loyal act if they who were thirty active men should do a brave deed in unison, finish off the Mirz§, and glorify this young plant of the springtide of dominion and fortune, to wit, his Majesty the gh&hinsh&h. Walad Beg, who was not a man of war, showed backwardness towards this proposal and said “We are travellers, why should we intermeddle^^? As the top- thread of every act is bound to some special point of time what possibility was there of its appearing before that ?

504

AKDAaMAMA.

CHAPITER XLII.

March oy his Majesty JahInbInI jANNAT-i^iTANi prom Badas^ssan to KAbhLj and the siege thereof.

When the news of M. KAmran^s strife and sedition reached the cars of his Majesty Jahanbani he resolved, in spite of the extreme cold, and the abundance of ice and snow, to hasten by the defile of Abdara,^ and to extinguish the flames of sedition. His first stop was to send a gracious missive to M. Sulaimftn, pardoning his offences and restoring that dismayed desert-wanderer to house and home, and exalting him by conferring on him the territories which his Majesty Giti-sitanl Firdaus-makani had bestowed on his father. He confirmed M. Hindal in possession of Qanduz, AndarAb, Khdst, Kahmard and Ghdiri and its neighbourhood, and thereupon he, under the guidance of God, and in a most auspicious hour, turned the reins of intent towards El&bul. On account of the protracted continuance of the ice and snow he stayed for some days in Taliqan.^ The Uzbegs looked upon his Majesty^s return as a great gain and a grand escape, and one and all abode in peace and tranquillity. In fact the whole of Turin was relieved from the dread of the grand army. When the snow had abated his Majesty moved from Tiliqin towards Qanduz. M. Hindil showed him hospitality there, and in order to gratify the Mirza his Majesty took up his quarters near the town in the garden of Khnsru 3hah. After the *Id-i-Qurbfin ^ he marched by the pass of Shibartu^ to the pass of Regak,^ and halted at |[hwija Seh Yirin

^ A pass in the Hindu Kush lead- ing from Rftda khrth in fco Kibul, and according to Babar, Mem. 139, the only one open in the winter. It was by it that BabSr went to QundEz in the winter of 1510 when he heard of the death of Shairbinl. TEr. Bash. 237 and note. Apparently the name is not known now. See also Jurrett II. 400 and note.

• iu text which agrees with Marco {^olo’s spelling.

^ This festival takes place on 10th ^i’lhftjjA tho last month of the Muhammadan year, so if the year in question was 953, the date of the festival was 1st February, 1547.

• •• Usually called Shibr or Shaber nowadays,” TEr. Bash. 76n.

^ BEyasTd has, 296, Kotal Bokak

CHAPTER XLII.

505

(Three Friends). Slier ‘AU, who posed as one of the trusty and sincere followers of the Mirza, had strongly fortified the ibdara defile ; but what can outward force do against inward (i.e., Divine) aid ? or human strength against the Divine support ? He fled before M. Hindal and Qaraca Khan, but when the victorious cort%e had passed through he came up from the rear and fell upon the baggage and the tents. When his Majesty had encamped at Carikaran, a largo number, heedless of favours and of promises and covenants, deserted and joining- M. K&mran obtained dignities (darq/dt, lit. ascendings) which in reality were degradations (darakdt, lit. descend - ings). Among these were Iskandar Sultan and M. Sanjar Darlas son of Sultan Junaid ^ Barlas, sister’s son of his Majesty Giti-sitani Firdaus- mak&ni. His Majesty stayed in the borders of Zamzama, and exerted himself to strengthen the weak-hearted and the wavering. Hy compacts and covenants he knit up the hearts of the disheartened and convened a council. Those who received permission to speak represented that as M. Kamraii had enclosed the city and^made him- self strong the proper course for them was to leave Kabul and to encamp at Burl and KKwaja Pushta, so that they might be able to provision the troops. All agreed to this, and they marched from Zamzama. When they had gone a little .way it came into the in- spired mind of his Majesty that it was not advisable to go to Khwaja Pushta for many of the iffen had their families in the city, and would desort in consequence. And many perhaps would think that the army was going to proceed to Qandahar. The proper thing to do was to summon up one’s courage and take possession of the enclos- ing lines {shahrhand). If the Mirza came out to fight, so much the better ; and if he did not, the men would not desert, and also they would be sheltered to some degree from the inconveniences of the rainy season. He sent for Haji Muhammad Khan and communicated to him this secret inspiration. He approved of the plan and it. was settled accordingly. Huji Muhammad Khan with a body of troops proceeded by the way of the Minar pass while his Majesty set out

and says it is above Cirlkar. Per- haps it in the Khawak pass, which in at the top of the Panggh^r valley, and the pass by which Wood entered

Afghanistan. See his Journey to the Source of the Oxun, 272.

^ Junaid was married to Shahr- bStiQ, a younger sister of B’llmr and is often mentioned in tlio Memoirs.

64

506

akbarnIha.

by the PaySn pass to conquer the city. The victorious troops had, under the leadership of M. HinddI, reached the neighbourhood of Deh-Afgh§nan and were near the shrine of B&ba gj^a^par when Sherafkau came out at the head of a large body of M. Kamr&n’s best men, and a hand to hand fight took place. Many of the im- perial troops did not stand their ground. But M. Hinddl remained firm, and gave proof of courage and devotion. When this state of things became apparent to his Majesty he directed QarAca Khan, Mir Barka, and many others of the stamp of ^fth Quli Naranjl^ and the like to advance and give a lesson to the rebels. They went forward, Mir Barka being ahead of them* all, and meanwhile Haji Mul^ammad Kh&n, and the body of men who had been dispatched in the direction above mentioned, came up, and the enemy was de- feated. Sherafkan was made prisoner and brought before his Majesty. He being a mine of grace and gentleness was willing to confine him for some days so that he might get a lesson while in chains and return to his duty. But at the request of Qarftca ^ftn, and the urgency of all the loyalists who were enraged at his ingratitude and insincerity, he was put to death. His Majesty then proceeded towards K&bul by the way of the Uliyibftn* (avenue) while the im- perial braves pursued the fugitives and arrived at the Iron Gate. Mirz& ^i?r Ehftn and a number of the ArghfiniSn troops went off to the HazSraj&t. The wall (ehahrband) fMl into the possessiou of the imperialists, and his Majesty halted that day in the garden of Qarftca l^ftn. Many of the evil-disposed rebels, who had been made prisoners on the field of battle, were executed and ‘All was

disconcerted^ and took refuge in the citadel. Those who were dis- tracted^ there obtained repose.

His Majesty Jahftnbftni visited afterwards the Dlwftnkkft°& >^nd Urta Bftgh gardens, and took up his quarters on the hill of ‘Aqftbin^

^ Blochmann 480 and 596. He was from Kurdistan, near Bagdad. He was a wrestler, Blochmann 253.

s Ouseley, Persian Travels III. 889 renders this word by ** paved cause-

• ■ ■ f*

way.

• SairMma, but there is the vari- ant herShot 4.S., the erring or the vagabond.

• Perhaps this refers to the ladies of Humftyftn’s family who were shut up in the fort, but most probably it only means that the garrison were relieved by seeing ‘All re-enter.

• A.F. says, Jarrett II. 404^ that it overlooked the fort.

CHAPTER XLir.

607

which is over against the fort. Guns and culverins (zarhmuhd) were placed in position and discharged. Every day M. Kamran’s men came out and had hand to hand conflicts. Mahdi Kh5n, his relation Galma Beg,’ Bf^ha S’^aid QibcSq, lam^ail Kuz,* Mullu Mab- talfti Auji, and some other ill-fated ones fled from the victorious army, and joined the Mirza. His Majesty Jahanbani ordered Qaraoa Khan, Hilji Muhammad Khan, and a number of others to seek for an encamping ground in front of the Yurak gato^ for that was the proper place for taking post. Ho also directed that the siege-operations should be brought nearer to the fort, and that the charge of tho batteries should be distributed, and the Mirzft be pressed more closely. The persons deputed were searching for a site when 30 or 40 men came suddenly out from the Yftrak gate. Haji Muhammad Khan attacked them and as they were not able to keep their ground they fled towards tho fort. Meanwhile Sher ‘Ali came from inside the fort and engaged Haji Muhammad Khan, and inflicted a severe wound on his right arm. During this conflict the imperialists pressed forward and drove Sher ‘Ali inside the fort. They lifted up Hftji Muhammad ]^an, who was faint and powerless, and carried him to his quarters. He was ill for a long time, and it wiis reported that he was dead. His Majesty sent a messenger to him requesting that he would get on horse-back and come to the batteries. He mounted his horse in obedience to the request, and the market of the foes- joy fell flat. One day M. San jar son of Sultftn Junaid who had gone off with the brand of faithlessness on his brow oame out and attacked. His horse became unmanageable* and carried him as far as the Violet-Garden. He was made prisoner and brought before his Majesty who granted him his life, but sent him to prison. Mu- !^ammad Q&sim^ and Muhammad Husain who were sisters’ sons of

i Apparently this is the man who afterwards behaved so nobly. Bloch- mann 378.

s Text, kur, but the variant kuz is probably right for it is a synonym for wine- jar, which we know

from text p. 273 1. 7 was HamiyUn’s nickname for Ism*a1l.

B There is the variant Birak.

• Si^jalS. B.M. HSS. Add.V, 247 aud 17926 and No. 664 LV. hare l&aM jalii, hard-bridled, i.s., hard- mouthed, and doubtless this is the true reading. It is jalu in

BSyazId from whom A.F. probably took the expression.

i Blochmann 390 and 485. It was Qirsim who built the Agra Fort.

508

.AKKAUNAMA.

I’ilhhvaii Dr>8t Mir Barr’ and who are now ainoii^ the ^reat officers, and have attained to Kigli rank, threw themselves down from A bastion between the Iron Gate and the bastion of Qasirn Birlas, and in the ‘Aqabin received the blessing of doing homage and like a brace of (Uiqdhin) clutched the prey of everlasting good fortune.

While this fighting was going on a large caravan arrived from abroad (wildyat)’^ at Carikaran. There were many horses in it and other goods. M. Kamran sent Sljer ^All with a body of trusty ad- herents to take possession of those goods, though Tardi Muhammad Jang Jang, who was one of the Mirzfi^s trusted followers, protested, and plainly said that if his Majesty Jalianbani should hear of it and send his men and block their way so that they should not be able to rejoin the Mirza, they would be lost, and at the same time the Mirza^s purpose would not be affected. The Mirza had his eyes fixed on the goods and would not receive this warning, and sent his men under the leadership of Sber ‘Ali. As soon as the news reached his Majesty Flaji Muhammad KbSn was appointed to the service of restraining those tyrants from their plunder. Hfiji Mul^ammad repre- sented that the force had gone off at night and had done their work, and that if they followed them and failed to meet with them, they would escape. He suggested that the points commanding ’the roads and fords should be seized so that they should tiot be able to get inside the fort. His Majesty JahdnbSnl agreed and himself came down from the hill and gave directions for occupying the stations and places of access, gh er ‘Ali and TardT Muhammad Jang Jang and the others who had reached the merchants forcibly took posses- sion of their goods, and much thereof was plundered. On returning they wanted to enter the fort, but found the roads and fords closed against them. Tardi Muhammad and Sber ^All had an altercation and Tardi Muhammad Jang Jang said ^‘See, my words have come true ** ! Though they looked right and left, they could find no way of re-entering. They were dumbfounded and withdrew, and waited for an opportunity of getting in by stratagem.

1 Blochmano and YI where it iii stated that the title means super- intendent of the Imperial Forests.

• A.F. puns on the name of the ridge where Hum&yOn was.

^ BSyaztd says the horses came from Balkh*

CHAFFER ZLII.

One day Baqi Salih, who was one of the valiant men of tlio garrison, eagerly brought M. Kamrftn near the Iron Gate, and boastingly said that by one sally he would bring Sher ‘All in by this gate. When they opened the gate a number of the Mirza’s braves came out. The men of the battery, such as Muhammad Qasirn Khan Mauji, Qasirn Mukhli^, and Jamil Beg came forward and showed alacrity and courage. Sumbul Khan and 60 or 70 slaves did good execution with their muskets. Jamil Beg was martyred, and Baqi Salih, who was the cause of this disturbance, was killed ‘ by a bullet, and Jalalu-d-din Beg, who was one of the Mirza’s con- fidants, was severely wounded. Many others also were wounded. They failed in their object and closed the gate of the fort,

‘All despaired of entering the fort and hurried off to Gbaznin. His Majesty Jah§nb&nl despatched after him Khi^r I^wftja lOjiin, Mu^ahib Beg, Ismail Beg DuldM, and a large body of troops in order that they might by dint of courage make those luckless ones prisoners. They came up with gbor ‘All at the Sajftwand pass, and an engage- ment took place. The imperialists were victorious, and many horses and goods fell into their hands. Many prisoners were also made. Sbor ‘All escaped with a few men to the Hazirajftt and took refuge in the house of Kbi^r Khan.* The imperialists returned victorious with much booty and were rewarded by boundless favours. The plundered merchants, who had taken protection at the holy court, were told to take whatever goods and horsee they recognised, and thus many horses and goods were restored to their owners. This occurrence was a revival of fortune. The rebel prisoners were brought in front of the batteries and publicly put to death with varied punishments so that* those who were slumbering on the bed of error might be aroused.

When there was no entrance or egress by any gate, and by no door could he obtain victory* for his designs, and no road was opem save that of failure, M. K&mrfln set himself in his evil mind to punish

1 According to Ki^&mu-d-dTn, he deserted^ to HumayRn along with Jal&lu-d-dfn Beg, Elliot, V. 225. The lit. translation of A.F. is a musket- arrow fell as fire on the harvest of his life^

• This must be Khizr KhRn Hazara. S Bar KSmrdni. A.F. plays upon K&mrSn’s name and his recent failure to get 8her All re-admitted.

610

AEBARMAMA.

sheltered striplings and innocent children and to defile pure-skirted ones. He made over’ the wife of Bftbiis to the people of the bazaar, and spilled upon the ground, with cruel tortures, the blood of his three boys/one of whom was seven, the other five, and the third three years old, and flung them down from the top of the fort to near the batteries of Qar&ca KhAu and Musihib Beg. He also hung upon the battlements Sird&r Beg the son of Qaraca Bog and Khuda Dost the son of MusAhib Beg, and sent a message to them to come and see him, or to let him depart, or to, withdraw the king from the siege. Otherwise he would kill their sons as he had done those of Bab us. Qaraca Kh§n, who was then prime minister, cried out with a loud voice, ** God save His Majesty the king. Our houses and homes and our children must one day perish, and their non-existence cannot be avoided. What better thing can there be than their coming to an end in the path of their master and benefactor. What are children when our lives are a sacrifice for His Majesty. Depart from those vain thoughts, and come and humbly submit, which will prove your salvation and be the ornamentation of your life, so that as your well-wishers we may do for you the utmost in our power. Why do you frighten ns by killing our children ? If our childreu be really put to death, revenge for that is at hand.^^ His Majesty sent for Qarftca Shftn and Mn^dhib Beg and soothed them by sympathetic words and favours. The Mfrzft strnok at men^s honour and reputa- tion by most unseemly conduct towards their women and childreu. ‘He suspended the wife of Mu^mmad Q&sim O^ftn ManjT by the breasts^ (piaidn ha$ia). And inasmuch as the Mirzfl was sick with v^ation and envy, every opposition which he in appearance made against His Majesty’ Jahftnbftni was really resistance and opposition to the Almighty Creator. Every act of sneh a tyrant must inevitably • fail of success, and in the end becomes the cause of his tem|poral and spiritual ruin.

J BiyazTd says he made her over < BAyazTd says she was hung up

to an improper man (or men), ha over the Iron Gate. mardum-und-mund§ib §ipurd, and killed the two sons, aged 10 and 12.

CHAPTER XLIll.

511

CHAPTER XLllI.

Display of Grbat Marvels om the part of His Majesty the QsIbinsmAb, and tbs taking of KIbul.

M. Kfimria in his folly and want of wisdom brought, for the sake of his own protection, that nursling of the garden of sovereignty and that new fruit of the springtide of the Kbilfifat — viz., hia Majesty the 3h&bin^ah — in front of the guns, and kept him in a place where it was difficult, on account of the marksmen (qadr-anddzdn) of the victorious army, for an ant or a grasshopper to pass. What humanity was this ? Or what beast of prey or demon has such principles ? Why did the tongue of him who gave such an order not grow dumb, and the arm of him who executed it not refuse its office when it encompassed that tree of fortune and planted it for such a purpose ? The eye which could not see the manifest claims of his Majesty Jah2nb&n! — an elder brother, a venerated father’s representative and a benefactor — ; how could it perceive the world-adorning beauty* of his Majesty the ghihinsbfth when concealed within the veil of honour, and when it was immature and in the dawn ? How shall a heart which from the anguish of envy is trodden under foot of sorrow and is at enmity with Almighty God, perceive the rays of Divine light when enclosed in a human form? Ho^w shall he who cannot see the right path for himself divine the proper course for another? And inasmuch as the Divine Wisdom watched over that exhibition of hidden lights and kept him in the shelter of guardianship and the shadow of protection from evils and perils, and was surety for the safety of that Unique of the Age, it did not bring those wicCed tyrants in a moment to the punishment of their deeds. Rather the design and intent of Providence with regard to those regardless ones had predetermined that they should be tossed about in the world and cast into the ashes of calamity and contempt, and by the revolu- tions of Time, degree by degree, and step by step, be brought^ into

1 There is the variant gu^rifUk* payment or retribution, and tliis is

akbaknIma.

r)l2

dissolution {guddzish) ^ and that the wicked actions of that oppressor should be ilung gradually into the bosom of retribution^ so that by beholding the final retribution other wrong-doers might take warning. Assuredly, when such things are looked upon with a purged vision, the recompense and retribution which comes into evidence by degrees and step by step is severer and more fatal in its exhaustive torments !

When the evil act (the exposure of Akbar) of this unspeakable crew was executed, the hands of the marksmen trembled, the arrows fiew crooked, and the lintstocks congealed. Sumbul IQian, the master fireworker, felt his ardent soul grow cold, and thought within himself, What can have happened ” ? God be praised ! What evil-thoughted ones imagine to be failure and so press on in their wickedness becomes a means of perfection and an adminicle of security ! This was instanced here. Firstly, that by being protected in so perilous a place by God from the strokes of seldom-missing marksmen, and of wondrous musketeers, shame was wrought for the wicked and blackhearted, and the beauty of instruction was conferred on the seekers after righteousness; and, secondly, that the miracle of fires displaying coldness and of lintstocks not becoming alight was manifested.. When Sumbul JOian’s eyes fell on the object-spot (masqat-i-tir, the lighting-place of the arrow), his powers of vision were quickened and he recognised his Majesty the Shahinshah. The horror of the sight almost drove the souls out of the bodies of the spectators, and the gunners became as dead men {qdlab tahl kunand, emptied their bodies). The mystery became revealed to Sumbul K^u. and he understood why the fires had gone out. In a moment he withdrew his hand from the battery, and the dejected crew of traitors [jirqa-i mutafarriqa^i hdghla) were respited for a time fl*om .the severity of the royal artillery. Wherever God^s protection stands sentinel o’er His Chosen One, what power have human stratagems to do him wrong ? Though fools exhibited the unbecom- ing act, yet the Divine plan required the revelation of the mystery and was the exponent of this truth, so that mortals might have an explanation of the miracle and that every one might, in proportion to his intellect and capacity, reflect upon its nature and might, according

supported by B.M. MSS. and is pro- bably right. But I.O., No. 564, has

gudd^inh.

GHAFTIB XUII.

513

to the measure of his understandings comprehend good and evil. In shorts wicked men compassed this event in order to lighten their sufferings and the pressure which was upon thems but the far-seeing and discriminating reckoned the move as causing the speedy downfall of those workers of iniquity.

In the meantimOs Ulugh Beg came from Zamln Dftwar and QAsim Husain ghaibfinl^ from Qilats and Khwaja G^AzTs who had remained in the gh^h^s camps and SJ^Ah Quli SultAns who was related to Bairam I^AUs came from QandahArs and a number came in from Badakhshan. H.M. assigned them a battery by the Yarak Gate. Those right-minded men girt up their loins for service aud tlio valiant heroes displayed more and more alacrity and energy and pressed the Mlrza more and more closeiy. When all his schemes failed^ he turned like a fox to fawning and to feline hypocrisy aud came forward With protestations of shame and repentance and with blandishments. He represented through QarAca KhAn that ho regretted the past and was desirous of entering into service and of making amends for the past, so that he might win over his Majesty ^s appreciative heart b}’ acceptable services. Might nOw his life aud estate be under the overshadowing protection of his^ Majesty clemency as the offering of his shame and penitence. His Majesty by virtue of his noble nature accepted bis statements and ordered the siege-operations to be slackened. As M. Hindal, QarAca Khaii^ MusAhib Beg and many of the other officers had not freely quaffed the sweet waters of loyalty they, from regard to their own interests, which is a note of old, discord-loving service, did not wish the Mlrza to make his submission. Why should I mention sincerity aud loyalty ? These are priceless jewels and rarely-found gems. If they be scarce among Turanians, in whose country they have long ceased to bo procurable, what marvel is it ? But they had not even the practical sense, which is the surety for one’s own loss aud gain, to do good in return for good. Those blind-hearted ones returned evil for good. Worse than this; they perpetually prepared the element of bloodshed and trouble for mankind, with the evil

^ Bayazld says he was brother of l^aidar Sultan.

• Apparently the No. 45 of Bloch- 65

mann 359. TheMaifin i-JElahlm! 2885, calls him Sh^h M. QandahAri and Hays be held QuudahAr for Bairam.

514

aebabnIma.

idea that thereby their own greatness and afiSuenoe would be increased. How were their thoughts linked together, or what con- sistent ideas did they possess ? If they had understood even the lowest stages of loyalty, which carries with it so many blessings, they had never approved of thus endamaging themselves. If they were unacquainted with the sanctuary of loyalty, what had become of the bazaar of common sense that this faction did not come to know of it? If the ear of thoir understandings did not tell them of this, would that they had known the depression of sorrow and so not have struck so sharp a hatchet into tlieir own feet.

At length that faction for their own evil designs terrified the Mlrzft, and sent a message to him saying, " with what hope do you remain in the fort, or with what hope will you come to the Presence. Hay by day the siege-operations are becoming more and more complete, you should get out quickly by a certain battery ; ** and they referred him to the battery of Hasan Qull Aqft. The Mirzfi, in accordance with this advice, came out by the Delhi Gate at the place which they had pointed out to him, on the night of Thursday, the 7th Rabi^ al-awwal 954, 27th April, 1547, and absconded. He went towards Badakhghftn, thinking that he might perhaps do something with the help of M. Sulaimfin, or, failing that, might be helped by the Uzbegs. His Majesty Jahanbtnl appointed ^SjI Muhammad and a body of troops to pursue him, and entered the city of Kftbul, which had been a wilderness of rebellion, and made it by his advent a pleasant home of friendliness. His Majesty the ghfthin-^ a station of endless marvels, Went forth to meet him and was made fortunate by entering the Presence. The chaste ladies also did homage. His Majesty Jahftnb&nl on beholding his Majesty the ghahinshfth, displayed in heart and countenance fresh light and glory. What greater blessing could there be than this, that the eyes of a Jacob should be brightened by the beauty of a Joseph? Or what sublimer repose could there be than that the heart of such a sage dil) should be comfor^d by union with such a darling ?

In thanksgiving for the safety of the holy personality (Akbar), and for his well-being, he made vows, prayers, and alms, and applied fresh balm to the wounded hearts of mankind which were bleeding from the oppression of circumstances. Each one was soothed and com- forted by mapifold sympathies and consolations, and the distractions

CTIAPTER XMir.

515

of pained hearts were changed into concords.* Hia Majesty Jahanb&nl and his Majesty the Sbfihinsbah took their seat with the lustre of dominion and the magnificence of prestige on the throne of victory and the masnad of honour. Though HSjl Muhammad and the others who had been sent in pursuit of M. K^mrdn came up with him, they out of the glamour and fascination of old and disloyal service, let him* go as if they had not seen him. The Mirzft slipped away but iq SulJSn* and a number of other followers were made prisoners. They were subjected to a just scrutiny and each received a punishment suitable to his offences. Among them, Sultan Quli Atka, Tarsun Mirza, a relation of /Abdullah Mirz§, Hafiz Maqsud, Maul ana Baqi Irg^u,* Maulana Qadam Arbab, and many others who wore the ringleaders of strife and sedition were punished capitally. M. Kamran resolved upon flight, and arranged with his men that he would take refuge at the hill of IstTilif, and that ho would collect troops and prepare war. At the end of the night he went secretly towards Badakhshan along with ^Ali Quli Qurci by the way of Sanjad Dara. After a thousand {hazdr] distresses he passed on from the Hazarajat with thousands of disgraces and ignominies towards Bada^^an. M. Beg, who was one of. his confidents, and Sher ‘All joined hkn with a few men near Zuhhak. Wheiu they got to Ghori he sent a message to M. Beg Birlfts the ruler of that place and summoned him to his presence. He replied that disloyalty, the note of the wicked, would not come from him. The Miraft wished to pass by Ghori but one of his servants (qalaqddn qu, qalHqcidn) abused him and said, " Why do you go with this fellow, (meaning

1 This seems to be taken from Gulbadan Begam’s Memoirs.

^ According to Jauhar it was Hindal who came up with KimrSn as he was escaping on a man’s back and who out of brotherlj compassion let him go and supplied hi’m with a horso. Ni^amu-d-dln says 9ajf Mutiammad turned back on account of some Turkl words used by Kamran. What they meant is ratlier obscure, but apparently he ironically a.‘iked

IJSjT if he had killed his father that he should be so keen in pursuing him. See Elliot V., 227, and Badaoul, Banking’s translation, p. 581.

< KamrSn’s son-in-law and Gulba- dan Bbgam’s brother-in-law. Her account is that he afterwards left KSmrSn and retired to Mecca.

♦ Or ydrghu. It is a Turkish or Mongolian word, and one of its meanings is prefect. See Vullers s.r.

516

aebabnAma.

the MIrzfi), who if he was the eon of his Majesty Git! Sitan! and had a drop of his spirit would never have let off the governor of Ghor! so tamely or have left him scatheless.” The Mirza was stung by his taunts and said, “ Why do you talk so idly and why don’t you reflect ? I am acting in this way because of your want of prepara- tion ; would I have let the thing pass in this way if you wero equipped for war” ? The madman again spoke roughly to the Mlrzfi, and he turned back and fought with the governor of Ohori. Tho latter was defeated and Ghorl fell into tho MTrza’s hands. Thus ho got possession of some munitions of war. He left §her ‘Al! there and went on to Badakhshftn. He sent a messenger to M. 8iilaiman and M. Ibrahim, inviting them to assist him, but they wisely did not give up their loyalty to the king, and wore on their guard against helping the Mlr^.

M. KamrAn, being led away by his vain thoughts, wont on towards Balkh in order that ho might take refugo with Pir Muhammad Khan and with his help get possession of Dadakhshan. His Majesty Jahanban! appointed Qaraca Khun to the Bada kh shanat, so that ho might in concert with M. Sulaiman and M. Hindal and the other officers got possession of M. Kamran or drive him away, Qaraca Khan came to Badakhsh^n and went to Ghori along with tho Mirzas.

‘All and some of M. Kamran’s men were garrisonod there. Brave flghtings took place and gallant men on both sides were killed. Among them was Khwftja Nur, who was one of M. Hinddl’s great men. Mulla Mir Kitabdar, who was a favourite of M. Hindal, also obtained ma^’tyrdom. At last the besieged could resist no longer and fled, tynd tho fort fell into the hands of the king’s servants. Meanwhile news came that M. KfimrAn and Pir Muhammad Khan had arrived from Balkh. The Mirzus did not engage, ^biit turned back into the defiles while Qarllca Khan proceeded towards Kabul. His Majesty Jahinbani on hearing of the confusion in Badakhsban turned his rein in that direction. When he reached Ghurband, Qar&ca Khan came and did homage. But as Qaraca Khan’s baggage had been plundered on the way » back (to Ghurband ?) by tho Aimfiqs, he was permitted to go to Kdbul in order that ho might cvyllect materials and quickly join. His Majesty, on his account

» DarmwrajVal,onthor©turniour- noy. from Bwlakhsh^n and fihorT, 1

• presume.

CHAPTBB XLIII.

517

marched from Ghorband and halted at the village of Gulbihfir and occupied himself in making excursions and in hunting till Qaraca Khan arrived. After Qaraca Khan came^ though the season was over, his Majesty adhered to his first resolve and proceeded towards Badakhshan. As the designs of Providence were not in accordance with this expedition, the passes of the Hindu Koh were made difficult by snow, and a strange confusion occurred in the pass so that it was difficult to cross. In accordance with expediency, he returned to Kabul, resolving that in spring he would turn towards Badakh^an.

518

akbabjkAxa.

CHAPTER XLIV.

Thb Putting^ Hi8 MajbIty the aXAHiNafrAH to School, and othise

BVXMTS WHICH HAi »BNBD AT THIS TIME.

As it is fixed and recorded in the Academy of Divine know- ledge, which is the ‘‘guarded tablet” of sempiternal writings — and all the arts and sciences in that sanctuary of the presence are the offspring of instruction’s school — that the possessors of the new

i There is a reference later on, text I. 316, to Akbar’a teachers. We are told of them that*A^mu-d-dIn the first teacher was removed for his addiction to pigeon-flying. This was a taste which he communicated to his pupil, if indeed the boy did not inherit it from his great-grandfather *Umar Shaikh, and did not lead astray his luckless preceptor, for we are told, Blochmann 299, that when Akbar Was very young he was fond of pigeon-flying and that he took up the pursuit again in mature life. There is also in the MaEBir-i-RablmT MS. A.S.B., p. 8086, si teq, a long letter about pigeons from Akbar to the gh&n-khinin. Akbar’s second tesMcher was MaulSnA B&yazld, a physician and a descendant of one of Ulugh Beg’s astronomers, but ho too was objected to, and finally HumXyfln drew lots as to which of three persons should be his son’s tutor. The result was that Maul&nS *Abdu-l-Qidir was appointed. He belonged to TabrTx and was brother of Abul QSsim who became UlwAn of QujrAt, Bloohmann 485 and 545.

But ‘Abdu-1-Q5dir seems to have been superseded in his turn fur we find that in the second year of hia reign, that is, when he was 15, Akbar made Mir ‘Abdu-1-latlf his tutor. NifSmu-d-dln mentions in his list of the learned men a Mull 5 *Ala’ad-d- dTn as Akbar ’s tutor. He also mentions that Mull& *Abdu-l-Qadir retired to Mecca after having for years discharged with credit the duties of Akbar’s teacher. The truth, as far as it can be seen through the maze of A.F.’s rhetoric, seems to be that Akbar was an idle boy, fond of animals and out-door amuse- ments, and that he would not learn his lessons. This is corroborated by JahAnglr’s description of him as an unlettered man, and one who in his youth was fond of the pleasures of the table. It seems probable too that Akbar never knew how to read and write. This seems extraordinary in the son of so learned a man as Humlyfln, but apparently the latter was not to blame for this. See text

CHAPTER XLIV.

519

material of reason are to be brought, on the emorgenco of articulate speech, to learn the combinations of letters {Jjturuf-i-inurakkaha) and to acquire general knowledge, viz.y tlmt which has been put to- gether by united cares and intellectual essays, and by special pro- gressions and classifications to walk in the beaten paths of reason, so this scholar of the Divine Academy and graduate of God’s college was, in compliance with use and wont, taken to man’s school on 7th Shawwal of this year, 20th November, 1547, being the fourth^ year, fourth month and fourth day of the eternity-conjoined life of his Majesty the SJ^ahinsbah. The weighty office was conferred on the Mullazada Mulla (teacher the son of a teacher) ^A^Smu-d-din Ibrahim. Though in the eyes of the superficial his Majesty was taken to be taught, yet according to the view of the far-seeing he was carried to the lofty position of teacher. A strange thing was that his Majesty Jahanham, who was acquainted with celestial sciences and versed in the mysteries of the stars, had fixed, in consultation with acute astrologers and time-knowing astrolabe- connera, a special hour for the initiative of his Majesty’s instruction, such as might happen once during cycles and lifetimes, but when the master-moment arrived that scholar of God’s school^had attired himself for sport and had disappeared ! In spite of all endeavours and of sedulous search on the part of royalty, no trace of him could be found. The enlightened-hearted perceived from this wondrous mystery that the design was that this lord of lofty wisdom and special pupil of God should not be implicated and commingled with ordinary human learning, so that at the time of the revelation of this Khedive of subtlety it might be apparent to mankind that the knowledge of this king of knowers was of the nature of a gift, and not of an acquirement. In spite of this truth, however, letters and the current sciences manifest themselves gloriously in his Majesty’s sanctified mind, whether they be those committed to writing by scientists, or such niceties and secrets as come from Wisdom’s source without the intervention of teaching and being

1 The year must have been 954^ for we are told in a previous chapter that HumftySn deft Qandus in the last month of 953, and Akbar was at this time 5 years, 3 months, and 2

days old, for he was bom on 5th Bajab, 949, or if we take the Gregorian calendar he was 5 years, 1 months 5 days ol4* from 15th October, 1542— 20th November, 1547.

520

AKBABMilfA.

taught u ta^allum). Accordingly when masters of wisdom,

lords of the mathematics, those possessed of exoteric sciences, and the inheritors of all the arts, whether general or specific, reach the carpet of the holy Presence, they from a consciousness of their own ignorance sink the head of ashamedness in the collar of hesitancy, and abide in amazement. The inspired nature of his Majesty is strongly drawn to the composing of Hindi and . Persian poetry and is critical and hair-splitting in the niceties of poetic diction. Among books of poetry, ho recites off-hand the Maulavl’s ^ Masnavl and the Dlwan of the mystic-tongue,” and takes delight in their verities and beauties. The following weighty verso is a product of his Majesty’s meditations.

Verse,

‘Tis not the chain of insanity on the neck of the afflicted MajnQn ;

Love hath laid a loving hand bn his neck.

He has also strung glorious thoughts in the Hindi language, which may be regarded as masterpieces in this kind.

Verse,

Oh Thou congeries of excellencies, how* may I express theo I

In fine, after they had kept him for some time with that meri- torious teacher, engaged in recitations which were worse that none, those who only regarded externals dwelt upon the inefficiency of the tutor and set themselves to get rid of him. That helpless one was superseded, and Mauldna BAyazId was appointed. They did not know that the taskmasters of creation were taking care that the inspired mind of this nursling of Divine light should not become

1 This is JaUlii-d-dIn BQml, and tho mystic-tongue is QAfiz. The passage about the Hindi and Persian poetry is omitted in tho Lucknow edition. It seems discrepant from Blochmann, 548, where A.F. tells us that Akbar did not care for poets. But see also id, 103, 104. Nor does the passage occur in B.M. MSS.

27, 247, 17, 926, 5610 and 6544. It is also absent from tho I.O. MSS. Nos. 4 and 564, and is, I think, undoubtedly spurious. The passage to be omitted begins on last line of p. 270 of Bib. Ind. ed. at u iaha’ aud goes down to alqisaa on 7th line of 271.

CHAPTER XUV.

521

the reception chamber of inky impressions or the alighting-stage of the sooty types of the exoteric sciences.

Daring this auspicious time his Majesty Jahftnbftnl was in Kfibul arranging for the distribution of provinces and for an expedition to BadakhshSn. and for bringing to an end the affair of M. K&mrftn. M. KSmrSncame to despair of help from M. SulaimSn and M. Ibrfthlm^ and went off with evil thonghts to Balkh in order that he might with Pir Muhammad^ Khfln^s help obtain possession of Badakhshan. When he arrived at ihe village of Aibak^ the Governor thereof received him courteously, but kept him under surveillance, and reported the circumstance to Pir Muhammad Khan* The latter regarded the Mirza’s advent as a boon and sent trusty persons to welcome him. He conveyed the Mirzft with all respect to his own house, and showed him hospitality. He also accompanied him to Badakh^an. The Mirzis, in accordance with their resolve, retired to the mountainous borders of Badal^shftn, ana much of that country came into the possession of M. K&mrSn. Pir Muhammad Khan left a body of troops for M. KSmr&n^s assistance and returned to his own country. The Mirza came to Kishm and Tflliqan, and sent Raflq Koka, and l^ftliq Bardi with a body of Cagh^t&i and Uzbeg troops to Kustflq. M. Sulaimau and M. Ibrahim collected the people of Kulub and came against Rustaq. They came from QiFa ^afar and Khamalinkan^ and fought bravely against Raflq Koka and the others, but by heaven’s decree they were defeated and had to with- draw to the hill country. His Majesty Jahanbfini was pleasing his enlightened heart in Kabul, and his determination was that he would go to Badal^shfin. As his servants’ hearts were not sincere, this design abode under the veil of dilatoriness and delay {ta^awwuq u tawagqu/), and meanwhile Qaraca Khftn, who had rendered good service and had become a station for eudless favours, let the goblet of his understanding brim over, for the vessel was tiny and the Vine plenteous, and without reflecting on his performances, rank, and condition, and on the lofty position of his master, set his foot outside

i He was the son of Jlnl Beg and uncle of the famous AbdallSh Kh&n. He died in 974 (1566). See Vambdry’s Bokhara and Howorth, Fart 1 1 pp. 724, 726 and 729.

66

2 The EUibidc of the maps. Perhaps it is named after Qutbn-d-dln Aibalk s BSbar’s Mem. 167, where it is spelt Khamalingin.

522

AKBATtNAMA.

of the path of moderation. So at length out of the stupidity which is natural to the immoderately exalted he uttered words which even the drunk and mad do not use. Among them was the expression of his wish that ^waja Ghazi, who as a reward for his abilities and good service had been appointed to the office of Diwan^ should be sent to him bound in order that he might put him to death,* and that his office should be given to Khwaja Qnsim Tula.® As such a measure did not commend itself to his Majesty Jahanbani, who was a spring of justice and compassion, Qaraca Khan, who in his vain thoughts imagined himself to be the pillar of the victorious dominion, seduced, in the blackness of his fortune, and inversion of his horos- cope, a large body of men from the path, and went off towards Badakhshan. Bfibus, Mu^ahib Be^, Ismail Beg Duld&I, ‘All Quli® of Andarab, Haidar Dost Mog^al, Shaikham KhwSja Khifri and Qurban Qar^wal with nearly 3000 veteran horsemen, all of whom had been enticed by him, went off by Kotal Minar en route for Badakhshan and so trod the wilderness of error.

When his Majesty heard of this he wished to go off at once in person after those ill-fated ones who had turned away from the altar of auspiciousness. From observance of the favourable hour (for starting), he delayed setting out himself .^nd despatched some of his followers to pursue the wretches. According as each of his loyal servants came up he was sent off, and so TardT Beg £hftn, Mun’im Muhammad Quit Barlas, ‘Abdullah Sultfin and other

loyalists hastened off, one after the other. Near midday, when the huspicicms moment bad arrived, his Majesty Jahanbftni mounted the horse of victory. A number of gallant youths pressed forward, and coming up with the rearguard of those headstrong ones, engaged them^ and overcame them* At the end of the day they came to close quarters with Qarftca Kh§n at the river ; ^ night interposed to save the lives of those black-hearted ones, and they fled under its protection. They crossed by the Ghorband bridge, breaking it down

1 Jauhar and BSyasTd give the t Tala may mean weighman.

reason for QarSca’s animosity. He BijasTd calls him Shwija Qisim had issued an order to Khw&ja Bay atit.

for the payment of 10 tamftns, and the t Blochmann 432.

latter, who was treasurer, or finance- * Presumably the Qho rband river,

minister refused to honour the draft*

CHAPTER XLIV.

523

afterwards. Those who bad followed them returned^ and did homage at Qarft Bftgh. His Majesty Jafafinbam’s world-adbrriing mind decided to return to Kabub and there to make preparations and to proceed against Badakhshftn. The short-sighted fugitives left Tamar ‘Ali Shigh&lT. who was Qaraca ^&n’s vakil^ in Panjshir^ that he might collect news there of affairs in Kabul, and having crossed a pass in the Hindu Koh joined M. Kamr&n in Kishm. His Majesty JahftnbanI returned next day and refreshed the Urta by the sunshine

of his presence. He gave appropriate nicknames to all those sordid ones who had not recognised their duties to their king, and had been unfaithful to their salt. Thus he styled Qar&ca Qarft Bakht (black fortune), Ismftil Khirs (bear), Mu^a^b Munftfiq (hypocrite), and Bftbus Daiyus ^ (wittol). And he sent orders to M. Hindal, M. Sulaimftn, and M. Ibrahim to make preparations and to await the coming of the grand army. An order was also issued for Haji Muhammad Khftn^s coming from Ghaznin to the Presence.

During this time when the preparations for an expe^tion against Badakhshan were engaging his mind, he was continually consulting prudent old men and wise young men, in whose foreheads there shone the jewel of sincerity. All those who had ^either stout hearts nor clear vision urged the marching to Qandahftr in order that preparations might be made there, and that thereafter they might proceed to quell the sedition of M. Kftmrftn. Those who held in their hands the* diploma of wisdom with the emblazonment of valour supported the royal idea of proceeding to Badakj^sh&n. One day he snid to Muhammad Sultan,’^ ** What do you say ? He replied, ** M. Kamran is uplifted by the desertion of those ingrates. It seems likely that he will anticipate us and come into these territories. It appears to me that if the imperial army cross the Hindu K5h first it will be victorious, otherwise^God forbid it — the dice will fall in another fashion. His Majesty Jahanbftni said The downfall* of

1 Perhaps a bitter allusion to the fact that Bftbfts was rejoining a man (Kftmrftn) who had given over BftbSs* wifjB to the people of the basar. See ncjm. Probably jlUifw, a winejar.

was the nickname of Ism’all, rather than for AF. has previously

called him kns, i.6., flagon.

• A giUandsmi of Sultftn l^usain of Herlt. Blochmann 403.

524

AKfiABNAMA.

the uplifted has been repeatedly witnessed. ’’ If he be upliftedi we are supplicants at God^s Court/’ He also repeated this verse.

Verse,

Let no one exult in his own strength^

For pride casts the cap from the head ;

and he concluded, ‘‘What sense is there in delaying, God willing, we’ll at this very ^ moment cross the pass."

^ This story is told by Jauhar, and sented there as saying ‘*God willing,

with more point* HumSySn isreprc* w:c shall cross the hills first.**

CHAPTER XLV.

525

CHAPTER XLV.

Departure of His Majesty JahInbIn! Janmat-asbiyInI’s World-

CONQUERIMQ ArKY FOR BADABBSfi^Nj ™ VICTORIOUS

Rbturm to KIbul.

When the expedition had been determined upon — and tlie measure was a most necessary one^ they set off at an anspioious hour on Monday, 5th Jumada-al-awal, 955, 12th June, 1548, and encamped at Alang CalakJ After two or three days, they moTed from there to Qara Bftgh. where they remained ten or twelYOi days on account of some state-affairs. In spite of some rumours about his disloyalty, Muhammad Khan came as a well-wisher, and Qasim ^usain Suits n, who was in Bangaflbj also came and did homage, and was favourably received. At the same stage, M. IbrShim under the guidance of an auspicious star came post-haste and paid his respects. The lights of special favour were shed on the forehead of hjs fortune. One of the wonderful things which were the heralds of countless victories was that when he was about to proceed to Badakhsbftu^ his Majesty was standing in the ewer-room. Suddenly it occurred to his sanctified mind that if this white bird (referring to a cock which was always iu the room) come upon my shoulder and crow, it will be a sign of victory.’’ As soon as he had this thought, the auspicious bird came flying and flapping its wings like a Kumd, perched on his shoulder, and cast an auspicious shadow over the head of fortune. His Majesty returned thanks, and ordered that a silver ring be put on the bird’s foot.*

Atnong the occurrences which were suitable preludos to victory was this that when M. Ibrahim arrived at Panj^Ir* Tamar ShighSlI

^ The alang or meadow of CSlik is mentioned by B&bar, Hem. 138 as being one A*oa from KSbul. He says it is extensiv’ey but that the mosqui- toes greatly annoy the horses.

• This story is told by Jauhar w)io adds that HumlyUn used to feed the bird with raisins.

B Jarrettll, 899 n. and 411, and Bibar 145.

626

akbaenaha.

intercepted him. Malik ‘Ali of Panjshir joined the Mirza with his clan, and M. Ibrfthim bravely engaged Tamar ‘Ali Shi|^§lr^ and rented him. He brought Malik ‘All of Panj^Ir along with him as a precautionary measure^ and introduced him to his Majesty JahinbftnI. • This simple-minded well-wisher of the State was incom- moded by having to travel with M. IbrShim, on account of groundless anxieties about his lands/ and after a quarrel it came to fighting. Though the Mirza had but few men with him he displayed great superiority and conducted his own party to the Presence. Next day Malik ‘All sent his brother and preferred excuses for his offence^ and he also sent the head of Tamar ‘Ali. His Majesty rewarded the messenger with a robe of honour and other presents^ and sent a soothing letter to his brother. He wrote that the Mirza had not understood him, that his hereditary^ loyalty was patent to his Majesty’s heart, and that when his Majesty came to his territory he would treat him with royal favours ; his Majesty also treated M. Ibrfthim with much favour and called him his son. After bestowing royal benignities on him he gave him leave to depart in order that he might go and get M. Sulaiman ready with his army, and the munitions of war. He was to await the arrival of the royal army near Badahbftbftn. When it reached Tftliqftn, they were to come and join. The noble lady Miriam-Makani and his Majesty the gh^hin^ah, the light of tho eyes of the Sultanate and the rose tree {gulhun) of the rose garden of the .spring of the Kbilftfat, were sent off from the village of Gulbihftr^ to Kfibul. Mubammad Qusim MaujI was appointed governor of Kabul and sent with them. He was to continually serve his Majesty the ghfthin^ah, and also to manage thoroughly the district. When his Majesty had halted at the village of Bftzftrak* in the Tumftu of Panjgbli’; ^aji Muhammad (son of)

presume that this is the moaning, but it may mean that Malik *AlI was too independent to go with another man, and that too one who was only an heir-apparent.

s Perhaps he was a Tusufzai and a relative of Mimyftr, son of

Malik Sulidmin, whose daughter

BAbar married. Mem. 250.

^ Gulban in text, but it is (^ulbihir in Lucknow ed., and this is probably correct as it agrees with Bftbar 154. See also 219, where Bftbar has some verses about Gulbihftr. It lies N. of Kftbul, and as usual A.F. pons on tho name.

• Jarrett, 399 and 400m. 1.

CHAPTER XT.V.

527

Baba Qusbqa, Qasim Husain Salman, Tardl Beg, Muhammad Qull Barlas, ‘AJi Quli Sultan, Mip Laj^if, and Haidar Muhammad Culi were sent as an advance-guard.^ As soon as they had crossed the Hindu Kob, Mahdi Sultan,^ Tardi Muhammad Jang Jang, and the party who were in the fort of Andarab, fled. In accordance with the royal orders, Tardi Beg and Muhammad Quli Barl&s hastened to Khost in order to seize the families of the fugitives which were there. M. Knmran, being drunk wkh the wine of arrogance, was in Qil’a Zafar. Though the runaway officers in Tdliqnn requested the Mirza to guard the roads, and to block the route from Kabul, they wore not successful. Mulla Kh irad Zargar, who was then in close contact with M. Kamrau, and was a constant sedition-monger, made great efforts in this respect, but could not attain his object. At last Qanica Khan and his party took the precaution to send Mii^Ahib Beg to bring the families from Khost, lest a force should come from Kabul and make them prisoners. Just at this time Tardi Beg and Muhammad Quli arrived at Khdst, and Musahib Beg took off the families to Tfiliqfin. Apparently this was done by the connivance which is the result of long service.

When the royal standards approached Andarah^ M. Hindal arrived from Qanduz, and brought in gber ^Ali as a prisoner. His Majesty Jahnnbani honoured the Mirza with various favours. Among these was that he should pay his respects on horseback.® The short account of the affair of §ber ^Ali is that before the arrival of the imperial troops in the Badakh^anat, and when M. Kara run was in power there, ‘All in his arrpgance always behaved

disrespectfully to the Mirzft, and urged the taking of Qanduz and the bringing in of M. Hinddl. At last the Mlrz& appointed him to Qanduz, and M. Hind&l by the royal good fortune succeeded in making him prisoner. The thing happened thus. One night many of the infantry soldiers of Qanduz surrounded his house (tent ?).

^ Ba raBm-i^manquld, But the meaning is that they were sent on in advance of the main army, and the word is properly mangh^dal and is Mongolian.

• Apparently this was a brother of Gulbadan’s husband’ Kh^^jn.

TSr. Rash., iOl.

» Jauhar states that Hiiidil arrivod a watch after nigiitfall. He saw HumftySn afar off, and wanted to alight from his horse, but Hunirtyfm made him keep his seat.

528

AKBABNiMA.

He fled and flnn^ himself into the riyer^ and broke his arm^ and was caught in his own snare. When the MirzB brought him before his Majesty Jahftnbftn!^ the latter did not regard his improper actions^ and drew the pen of forgiyeneas over his offences, and having given him a robe of honour nominated him to Ghori. For his far-seeing mind looked to his nature and his capabilities, and as he found in him manliness and administrative ability, he passed over so many great crimes, each of which was deserving of condign punishment, and distinguished him by favours. For in the scales of appreciation he found that the subjects of reward were more than those of retribution.^

After M. Hindftl had been honoured by royal favours, an order was issued that Hfij! Muhammad TChftn and a number of others should advance as a vanguard (manquld), and that the Mlrzft should head them. All were to obey the MlrzB — who would always be a supporter of dominion — and not to fail in good service, so that each might be rewarded in proportion thereto. In the middle of JumSdft- aUftkhir 22nd May, 1548, the camp reached the Qfi^I^s Alang, which is a village of Andarftb. The Qftzl of Andarflb and the men of the TQqbftP and Sfllqftnci tribes, and the BalucTs and a number of soldiera and of the Aimaqs of Badakhsh^n, and of the servants of MufShib Beg did homage, and received royal favours. From thence the army proceeded, march after march, to Tftllqdn. Most of the fugitive officers, as well as Mirza ^AbdulUh and a number of M. K^imran’s men, were in garrison there. An order was issued to Ml Hindal and the officers with him to cross the Bangl* river and engage. Just then M. Kftmrfin^ hastily brought his men from

1 BSyazld tells us that 8her All Journey to the source of the Oxus, had been a servant of the unfortunate p. 152.

YidgBr Niflr. * Jauhar says KSmrin marched 25

^ This is an Afghin tribe, Jarrett, ko8 from Qil’a ^afar ’ (KBmrin seems

II. 403. I have Jiot found the name to have been famous for his rapid

SalqAncI mentioned. movements), and that it was not till

8 The text has Tangl, bat the after sunrise that he was recognised,

variant Bangl is right. The Bangl He drove back QBjl Mjuhammad, but

or Bungl is a tributary of the when he heard HumiyBn’s drams he

ghair&b&d river, which again is a cried, **I’ve lost the game,*’ and

tributary of the Oxus. The Bangl retreated into Tillqin.

flows south of Tillqin. See Wood’s

CHAPTKR XLV.

529

Qila’ Zaffar and KisJ^m and joined the unholy crew. On Saturday^ 15th JamAdaal-ftkhiri ^ an ^^ngagoment took place on a rising ground which they call ttalsftn (?) The royal arm^ had not yet crossed the river and there was some distance between the advance-guard and the main body. In accordance with the Divine Will, the imperial vanguard was turned back and had to recross the river. The enemy proceeded to plunder.^ M. Kamran was stationed on the same rising ground ‘with a few men. Meanwhile his Majesty Jahftnbfim arrived on the river bank and wished to cross in front of the enemy. Sundry faithful informants represented that the river was in a pooP there^ and that a mile higher up there was a mill^ and that as the place was stony, it would be easy to cross there. They went there, and when they got nigh the mill, Shaikham^ Khwfija Khi^ri, the kalantar (headman) of the Kfewaja^ j^iarls was brought in a prisoner. The tinqatdra who were by his Majesty^s rein were bidden to strike the faithless runagate. They so fisted and kicked him that the spectators felt certain that his black soul could no longer have connection with his body. In that place they captured Ismail Beg Duldai and brought him to the presence. His Majesty granted him his life, forgave him his offences at the intercession of Mun^am Khftn, and made him over to him. His Majesty then proceeded to the height where M. K&mrdn was. He appointed Fatah Ullah Beg, brother of Rushan Koka to the vanguard, and sent forward with him a number of

I As the army arrived at Aiidarib in the middle of the month and then made several marches there is pro- bably a mistake in this date.

8 Jauhar mentions that after the plundering was over, and the enemy had retreated to Tiliqan, it was reported to Humaydu that the library was safe. He was much pleased, saying, “ God bo praised that things which cannot be replaced are safe! As for other things, they were a small matter.’*

^ Ab jamjama aat, JamJama means a skull ill Arabic. Perhaps all that is meant here is that the waters of

the river were collected together in the place.

• He had deserted along with QarJca Kh&n. Bayizid says the millers took him up and cared for him and that he became kal&ntar again and lived for several years. He was beaten with the stocks ^of muskets, Ac. According to Jauhar, HamSyQii ordered him to be split into nine strips; 42 wounds were inflicted on him, but at night he went off to his own house.

& This is mentioned as a clan in B&bar, 2?/,

67

530

akbarnIma.

devoted heroes. A gallant engagement took place, and Fatah Ullah was unhorsed. Just then the royal standard {kaukab), which is the preface of conquest and the advance-guard of victory, made its appearance ; the Mirza gave up heart and had no power to resist. He fled to the fort of TftUqan, and set himself to strengthen it. The imperial army proceeded to plunder. A dispute arose among the attendants (qalaqcidn) about the goods, and his Majesty gave orders for haral,^ t.e., that every one should keep what came into his hands, and others had no claim to it. In that victory no one had even a hair of his head injured, excepting ‘All Quli Khftn. Isahaq* (Isaac) Sultftn^ Tardi Beg, the son of Beg Mirak, Bab! Jujak, and a number of others who had boldly followed the victorious were made prisoners. M. Hindal and HajI Muhammad brought their prisoners to the Presence, and his Majesty treated them according to the laws of justice and equity, and distributed favour and chastisement suitable to their deservings. And he returned thanks to the Court of the True Disposer, who is liberal without stint and bounteous without solicitation.

Next day he commenced the siege and distributed the batteries. One day a shot from the battery which was in charge of Mun^am KhSln, Muhammad QulI Barlas and (lusain QulI Sultan Muhrd&r, struck Mubariz Beg and killed him. His Majesty, who was a mine of compassion, lamented® greatly and exclaimed, Would that his brother Musahib Beg had been killed in his stead.” With brotherly feeling, or rather out of general amiability, lie, in spite of M. K&mran’s many crimes, became kindly disposed to him and sent him an admoni. tory firman which might be an armlet of dominion and fortune and

i Bsyazid writes hural and says the result of the order was that some lost Rs. 2000 and did get one back, and that others who had not &en rupees got 10,000.

• TRr. Rash. 451. He was son of Shah Muhammad Sult2ln, who was grandson of Babar’s maternal uncle Muhammad Eh^n, and his mother (Khadlja Sultan) was a daughter of JBabar’s younger maternal uncle Al^mad £h&n.. Isa^ao’s sister Muhta-

rfm was married to Kamran and afterwards to Ibrahim, the son of M. Sulalman, Blochmann 312. She was Qaidar M.’s wife’s sister, and was married to Kamran through his influence.

^ According to Jauhar, HumSyQn was affected, not so much by the death of Mubariz, as by his having felt it necessary to put a number of prisoners to death.

CHAPTIE XLT.

531

a neck-charm of grace and favour. After various high-thoughted counsels this was written, ** 0 evil brother and beloved war-seeker, refrain from courses which are productive of conflict and cause the affliction and destruction of countless men. Have compassion on the men of the city and of the army. To-day they are all killed ; to-morrow is the judgment.

Verse,

The blood of that race is on thy neck.

The hand of that crowd upon thy skirt,

’Twere ^ far better to think on peace And bring to pass the ways of gentleness*

He sent this auspicious rescript along with Nafib Rammal.* As the Mirxi, being drunk with folly, had turned away from fortune and put dominion behind his back, the sage advices were of no avail. In reply to that roll of grace and preamble of knowledge, he uttered® the following verse—

Versed

Who’d to his bosom strain dominion’s bride ^

Must kiss the gleaming falchion’s lip*

Na$ib RaDKmfll conveyed to the royal hearing the account of the Mirzft’s recalcitrance and an order was given for strengthening the batteries. Meanwhile, Mfrafts Sulaimatt and IbrfthTra arrived with all their forces and were made partakers of royal favours. Cakar son of Wais Qibctq also arrived with the men of Kulab and formed a supplement to the army of fortune. During this period of one® month of the siege the gates of victory opened more and more for the imperialists, while the knot of affairs gprew tighter for M. Kimrin, and he became more and more straitened. At last he became hopeless of the success of tricks and stratagems, and also

1 These last two lines are not in Jauhar and would be better away.

• J.S., a diviner or soothsayer.

^ Janhar says that when KimrSn received Hnm&yan’s letter he read it and was silent for a while,, and then quoted the verse.

• This couplet is said by Qaidar Mtrsi to have been sent by ghftibSnT to ah»h l8m‘all. Tir. Rash. 233.

^ Jauhar has two months, but if A.F.’s other dates are right the siege did not last even one month.

532

AKBARVlMA.

came to despair of the help from Pir Muhammad Uzbegi which, he in his short-sightedness looked for. Involuntarily he put his hands to the saddle strips ( jitrdk ) ^ of obedience and submission. By means of this device he saved himself this time from the whirl- pool of danger and brought the ship of safety from out the tumult of the waves to the shore of salvation. With this design, he made various, supplications and cries for help. One day he fastened a letter to an arrow and shot it into the camp. Its purport was that he had not recognised the claims of his Majesty to reverence.

I have seen what I have seen, and now I repent of the past and wish that leave may be granted to me to circumambulate the Holy K^aba so that I may be cleansed from the sin of rebellion and the anguish of ingratitude, and may become fit for proper service. My hope is that this boon may be granted to me through the interven- tion of Mir ‘Arab‘ of Mecca.’^ The Mir was distinguished among all. the devotees of the age for honesty and transparency and had applied himself to alchemy. His Majesty Jahftnbanl Jinnatftshiyftnl had a regard for him, and on this expedition he kept close to the royal stirrup and was adorning the army of prayer (la§hhar-i-du^d). When the petition of supplication reached the royal hearing, he sent for the Mir and spoke to him about it. The Mir said that he would write an answer and send it into the fort. He wrote as follows.^

Know, 0 men of the fort, that salvation is in sincerity and safety in subtn^sion, and peace be upon whoever followeth the right path.’’ When M. Kfimrftn had understood the purport of this writing, he wrote back by the same method that he would submit to whatever the l^lr should order His Majesty Jahdnbftnl, inasmuch as kindness and benevolence were of his nature’s essence, sent off the Mir, who proceeded to the fort and expounded the doctrines of verity which iiV, reason’s reservoir are more sweet than limpid streams, but more bitter to the sensual taste than the juice of the colocynth. In his exposition and application he did not leave out a single point, and at every sentence of reproof the Mirza, as he had received a lesson from

^ Explained by the Lucknow edi- tion by the word shikirband. The fitrdk are the cords attached to the saddle ard used for tying game to.

• Can this be the Muhammad

*Arab mentioned toy BayAsId 116, and who was XahmSsp’s.Imlm P

It was in Arabic and A.F. gives the original and also a translation.

CHAPTER XLV.

533

the crapulous headaches following on his debauches, held down the head of submission and cried, IVe sinned, I Ve sinned, I’ll do whatever you order.” The Mir said, The atonement is that you arise and with a sincere soul and contrite heart come with me and do homage.” The Mirz&, either from sincerity or deceit set off,, but when they got near the gate, the Mir, who could perceive the temporary nature of the feelings, became aware that they were without root.^ He stopped, and said to the Mirzfi, As you have set out to kiss the threshold and have emerged from the circle of sedi- tion, and have escaped from a state of rebellion, the proper thing for auspiciousness and repentance is that you send the runaway officers to the Court with their necks bound, that you yourself recite the khutba in his Majesty’s name, and that you secretly depart and go off to the Qijftz.” The Mirz^ accepted the advice and agreed to everything, but added,^ Entreat his Majesty to suffer Bdbus to depart along with me, for he is an old servant, and I .am desirous of atoning to him on this journey for what I have done to him.” When the Mir returned and reported the circumstances to his Majesty, he asked pardon for the Mlrzft’s offences, and his Majesty, on account of his constitutional kindness, forgave him and ratified all that the Mir had arranged. ^

On Frid^, 12th Rajab, 955, 12th Augnst, 1548, Maulflnft ‘Abdul Bflqi the Sadr recited the Uhutba in his Majesty Jahftnbftni’s name.

1 These words are followed by the clause, ** and this amount of submis- sion is sufficient in the outer world/* and this is put as if it were part of the Mlr’s reflections, fiat I believe it is a parenthesis of A.F.‘b own.

• This and much else is taken from Bayizid. It is strange that KimrSn should have thought it possible for him to atone to B&bils, but perhaps B&bfls* return to him shewed that he had condoned the outrages. Kimrin’s begging that Biblls might be allowed to go with him was a sign of grace, for it saved him from the, probable fate of the

other officers. Kizimll-d-din says distinctly that he begged forgiveness for B&bfls. Bay&zid says that KimrSn begged off Bib Us saying he had killed his sons and that by taking him to Mecca he would obtain absolution {bahiiti heuil karam), and that HumiyUn agreed, saying thqt he did not want cuckolds (deteiii) in his camp. According to Firishta, Humiyfln was so elated by his victory that he broken oat into poetry ill the fatahnimi, or proclamation which he sent to Bairim Shin. Firishta gives the verses and also fiairim’s quatrain in reply.

534

AKBABMA.

and his Majesty went off from there to a garden ^ in the neighbour* hood. The batteries were dismantled, and an order was given that Hdj? Muhammad should be present with a body of troops, that the Mirzft was departing with a few men, as had been arranged, and that until his exit from the dominions they should guard the borders. ‘All Dost l^Sn Bfirgbegi, ^Abdal WahhAb, Sayid Muhammad Pakna, Muhatnmad Quli Sb&ikb KamAn, Latifi Sahrindi and a number of others were appointed to guard the gate of the fort and to bring in the runaway officers and to let the MirzA pass with the sanctioned companions. The MirzA came out in accordance with the compact. On the way, one of M. IbrAhim’s servants recognised as his own a horse which one* of M. KAmrAn^s servants was riding, and told this to M. Ibrahim, who sent people to bring away the horse. When this was brought to his Majesty’s ears, he, in his courtesy, disapproved of the proceeding and censured M. IbrAhim, and he, out of shame and narrowness of disposition went off without leave to Kisbm. Haj! Muhammad, too, was blamed as ike insult to the MirzA had been committed with his knowledge. A gracious firmAn containing apologies, with a robe of honour and a horse were sent along with IQ^wAja JalAlu-d-dtn Mahmud the Mir BlyfftAt (to KAmrAn). When the night was somewhat advanced, QarAca lO^An was produced with a sword tied to his neck. When he came in front of the torches an order* was issned for removing the sword ; his guilt was forgiven, and he was hononred by being allowed to do homage. And his Majesty said* in Tilrki> ^’’Tis the fortune of war, such’ accidents as

y Apparently the garden of Mir Talaq (Baylzld).

• BajAzld says it was a dak, or maideervant who was on the horse. This iY<)uld make the insult the greater. A.F. probably uses the word khidmatgAr as at I. A4 line 7 to mean a female servant.

s Baylzld says that when HumAyAn caught sight of Qarloa he said, ** He is a white^beardedman, and 1 called him father, take off the sword from his neck."

♦ ^Alam-i^aipahigaH Appar- ently Humiyun kindly intended to

console QarAca for his defeat by re- presenting that he had only suffered from the mistakes or accidents in- separable from war, and drew a veil over the treachery of his behaviour. We find in BayAzld, HumAyAn using a similar expression in the moment of his defeat at Balkh in order to hearten his men. The words there are famrat amod* dilddrlhd mlddd amd he ^dlam sipahgifM *aiba nadarad. ** His Majesty was using various encouragements, saying it is the fortune of war, there is no disgrace."

COAPTBE XLV,

535

this must happen.^’ He was ordered to stand on the left, below Tardi Beg

Next they brought Mufd^ib Beg with a quiver and a sword at his neck. When he came near the torches an order was given for removing the weapons. Similarly they brought Sardfir Beg the son of Qarftca Khftn. His Majesty said ** ^Tis the elders’ fault, what fault have the children committed ? " In this manner the other officers were brought in one after the other and heard the nows of pardon. Last, came Qurban QarSwal, a personal servant of his Majesty and with shame and downcast looks did obeisance. His Majesty said in Turki, " What ailed you, and what made you go away." He replied in the same language, What is the use of inquiring about the complexion of those who have been made black by the hand of God’s power" Hasan Quli Sultan Muhrdftr, who was always allowed liberty of speech;, recited this verse in the assembly.

Verse. ^

When a lamp has been lighted by God Who puffs at it burns his own beard.

All the officers felt uneasy at the appropriateness* (of the quotation) to Qar&ca IQ^an who had a long beard. Next day his Majesty marched from there and encamped in a pleasant meadow on the bank of the TaliqSn ^ river. On Wednesday, 17th Rajab, M. Kamran came back, under divine guidance, and did homage. The explanation of this remarkable occurrence is as follows. In Bftdam- darah* M. Kdmr&n was expatiating to M. ‘Abdullah in thanksgiving for the royal favours and was expressing his surprise at his Majesty’s

t Baj&zid says that on hearing Qarb&n’a reply Humiyan amiled and told his diwdna that if Qarban’s jsgir had been resumed, it should be restored to him.

• This verse as stated by Varnb^ ry Hist, of Bohh&ra, 256, to have been quoted by the unfortunate Hhw&ja Abul Makarim (see B&bar’s Mem. 65)^ to Shaib&nl in 1501 when questioned as to why he had shaved off his beard.

« Probably the better rendering is

that given by Erskine in a note Hist. II. 357. All the rebel lords, but especially QarS.ca, felt much ashame^*

• Apparently the Bangl river, which is called by Nif&mu-d-din the TilTqan river.

ft Nif&mu-d«d1n, Lucknow ed. 215, says Kamran had gone two leagues (paraBanga) when he turned bMk. Erskine’sjcopy, $ee Hist. II. 358, had ten and not two leagues, and this is in all probability correct.

586

AKBARKlMA.

passing over so caany crimes and acts of disrespect. M. ^Abdullah asked him what he would have done if he had been in his Majesty’s place. K&mrUa replied that he would not have forgiven or forgotten Then, said M. ‘Abdullah, you have an opportunity of making atone- ment, how would it be if you availed yourself of it ? The Mirzft asked what he meant, and M. ‘Abdullah^ said, " We are this day in a place where the king’s arm cannot rea^ch us. The right thing is for us to go post haste with a few men and make our submission, return thanks to his Majesty and beg pardon for our offences, and render acceptable service." M. Kftmr&n approved of the idea and set off with a few men ; when he came nigh the camp he sent Babus to do obeisance and to report his coming. His Majesty JahanbinI rejoiced at the coming of the Mirza and ordered that first Mun’im Kh&n, Tardi Beg KhSQ> Mir Muhammad Munshi, Hasan Quli Sultftn Muhrdfir, Bfiltu Beg, TuwAci Begl, Takhci Beg and many others should go forth, and after them that Q§sim Husain SultSn Shaibfini, Khizr Khwaja Sultfin, Iskandar Sultan, ‘Ali Qnli Khan, Bahadur Khan and many others should go, and thirdly, that M. Hindal, M. ‘Askari, and M. Sulaiman should go to welcome him. And on the same day he ordered that the chains should be taken off M. ‘Askarl’s feet.

Next morning the princes and officers came and paid their respects in accordance with forms which his Majesty had prescribed, and his Majesty JahanbanI took his seat on the throne and held a general audience. M. Kimran hastened forward to kiss the carpet and paid the obeisances of supplication and the prostrations of sincerity. His Majesty Jahanbani graciously observed, " The ceremo- nials of reception (didan-utOra) have been observed, now come and let us embrace like brothers." Then he clasped the Mirza to his bosom, and wept so violently that all those present were touched to the.heart. The Mirza after making profound obeisances sat on the left * in accordance with the royal indication. His Majesty said in

i This is the ‘Abdullah Khln Moghsl of Blochmann, 396. He was KSmrIn’s brother-in-law, and Akbar afterwards married his daughter.

s Jauhar says, “on the right hand/* but all the A.N. MSS. have " left,** Though HumljUn was very generous and forgiving he was also

a great stickler for propriety and it was probably to mark KSmran*s pre- vious misconduct that he was not put on the right hand like SulaimSn the son of his father’s cousin. Erskine, however, Hist. II. 358 seems I to imply that the left was among the Turks the place of honour.

OVAPfllR ZLV.

587

Tapld ^ Sit close The right side was pointed out to M« Sulaimfin. In like manner the princes and officers sat on the right and left according to their degree. All the intimate courtiers^ snoh as Hasan Qnli Mahrdftr, Mir Mahammad Haidar Mu^mmadj MaqfCd

Beg AU^ta sat close together (dar dingal), A great festi7al was held. QSsim Gangly Kocak Ghicakl^ Makhlaf Qabuzi^ Hfifig Sultftn Mahammad RuUbna, ^wftja Kamftla-d-din Husain, H&h?^ Muhrl and others of this enchanting band took their seats near the festive circle ^ (qiir) and discoursed delightful music. Among the younger men {ikkahd) there were Kftkar ^Alt, Sb&ham Beg Jalftir, Tulak Q5oIn and others standing behind the circle (qur). Fruits and varied dishes were set out in royal fashion. In this assembly H&san Quli Muhrdftr said to M. K&mr&n, I have heard that it was stated before you that some one had said in Pir Muhammad ^an’s presence that whoever did not cherish hatred as big as an orange against Martw^ ^Al! was not entitled to be called a Musalmftn, and that you remarked thereupon that it behoved a servant of God to have such hatred as big as a pumpkin.” The Mirzft became very angry and said, Then it seems people take me for a heretic”^ (hl^riji). There was general conversation ( ? ) and his Majesty Jahanbanl scattered peaHs of speech. The meeting lasted till the end of day. In this joyful assembly M. ‘Askari was made over to M. Kftmrfin, and allowed to go to his quarters. As the Mfrzft had come in a hurry, tents, Ac., were erected

1 BaySsld says, behind the qur. The word has several meanings, the most common being that of ** flags and other ensigns ; ” Bloohmann 50 not^. But here the word seems to have the meaning given in P. de Coorteille’s Diet. **cercle de gens qui sont en fdte.*’

• A.F. seems to have taken this story from Bayisld, and as usual, he rather spoils it. According to Bayisld the remark was first made in the Court of *l7baidu-Mih, and this is the the story is told in Sifih X^dimisp’s Memoirs. See Br. Teufers paper on the Z.DJf.G. and Dr. Horn’s translation, Straiburg,

1892, p. 37. See also the paper on Bajizfd’s Memoirs JA.S.B., LXV7. Part I, No. 4 for 1898. Dr. Teufel quotes a somewhat similar mode of comparison from Herodotus. Kim- rin had married an Uzbeg wife, and was no doubt desirous when at Balhh of ingp’atiating himself With ■ Che Uzhegs, who were Sunnis like himself. The story therefore is probably true. lu reply to Kimrin’s angry denial Hasan szoused him- self by sayitig that he was only repeating what he had heard and by using the proverb that the quoting of infidel-expressions does not make one’s self an infid^

588

AEBAKKllfA.

for him near the royal residence. Next day a counsel was held with the princes and officers about an expedition against Balkh. Every- one spoke according to his opinions. His Majesty ordered that when the army arrived at NSri whatever appeared proper should be carried into execution. Narl is a village from which there is a road to Balkh and another to Kabul.

On the fourth day they marched from this delightful station and at night encamped at the spring of Bandgashs* which is near Isbkami^ where a joyful assembly was held. To that memorable place his Majesty Giti-sitftn! FirdQs MakanI had come in former times> and fGiau hGrz& and Jahangir Mirzft had presented themselves there and placed the head of obedience on the line of command. And his Majesty Pirdus MakanI had in commemoration of his having halted therCj and of the coming of his brothers and of their making their submission recorded the date on a rock. His Majesty JahanbanI Jinnat Ashiyftnl who had come to this delightful spot in accordance with H.H. Oltl-sitftnrs precedent also recorded the date of his comings and of the homage of M. Kftmrin^ and the assembling together of the brothers. And these two dates of two mighty kings on one stone- tablet are like the writing of the portico of time on the page of night and day, being two closely intertwined memorials.^ Prom thence his Majesty proceeded to the village of Nari^ and proceeded

^ The meaning seems to be that the two inscriptions followed one another like day the night. But I think that A.F. has misread his authority (BaySzTd) and is in error in thinking that B&bar and HUmayUn s inscriptions were at one and the same place. Bay izTd says BSbarengrayed his on his return from Samar- qand. The inscription then is pro- bably that mentioned in BSbar s Memoirs p. 101, but that was put up at a place north of the Ozus, tns., at Abburdau in the Maslf^ or MasTkha bill country and near Oratipa and Fargblna. Ifdlhamiab or lahklmish lies S. of the Oxus and S.E. Qand^z.

If Babar was ever there and put up an inscription, it is an event not mentioned in his Memoirs. There is also an Ifihkafihm in East Badakh- ghan near the ruby mines. According to Gulbadan Begam the meeting of the brothers was at Kishm, but this .is east of Tallqan and out of Humayin’s way. BandgaiJtd or more properly Bandkagha means a bolt or bar and probably was a name given to the place on account of the reunions th^t took place there. BayizTd tells us that H^miyUn carved the letters with his own hand.

S Though Eamr&n was pardoned atTillqJn, his retirement to Mecca

CHIPTSB XLV.

539

to distribute the territory of Badakhfhan. ^atlan/ which is comtnoniy known as Kul&bj was given to M. KStnrin as far as the (river) Muk * and Qaritigin. Cilkfir ^&n was M Kfimran’s prime minister and was sent along with him. ^Askarl M. was also sent along with the Mirza^ and Qaratigin was given to him as his fief. Though M. KSmrfin was not satisfied with his fief yet in consideration of his having been granted his life he did not make any objection.^ Qila^ Zaffar^ Tfiliqan and several other parganns were assigned to Mirzas Sulaiman and Ibrdhim. Qanduz^ Ghuri, Kahmardi Baqlsn^ I^kamish and Nftri were conferred on AL Hindftl^ and Sher ^Ali was sent along with him. It was arranged that the expedition against

Balkh should take place next year.

was apparently still contemplated. So probably he took no part in the discussion at T&llqan or its vicinity about the expedition to Balkh* As he ha J been helped by Pir Muham- mad the Khan of Balkh, (Erskine, Hist. II. 368, thinks this was one reason for the expedition), and had an Uzbcg wife it is hardly natural that ho should have been consulted. Jauhar is probably wrong in saying that HumayUn contemplated giving Balkh hi exchange for or in addition to KUlib. It was not till after the army got to Narl (or KSrln) that the change was made by which KamrSn gave up his pilgrimage and accepted Khatlan or Kulab. At Nari Kamrin set off on his expedition to Mecca and had gone half a Jco8 when ^asan Qull overtook him, and in accordance with HumSy uq*s instructions induced him to return and to accept Killib. Thds thenKSmrin turned twice back, once at TillqSn and again at Narln,

I For descriptions of Qaritigtu see the Introduction to Erskine’s translation of Babar’s Memoirs. See also Yule’s Essay,

After the princes had thus been

prefixed to Wood’s Journey, p. Ixx. They are both remote places, and mountainous tracts, N. of the Oxus, and no doubt this is why they were given to Kamran and Askarf. Cakar KhXn was the son of Sul|an Wais Qipc^ (BaySzId 36a and A.N. 1.278).

^ The Mfik or MfiksU is a river, Bcclus YI. 332. It flows northwards, and falls into the Surkh^b river (which again is a tributary of the Oxus) in the cast of Qaratigin. See also Yule’s Essay, prefixed to Wood’s Journey, p. Ixx. text and note.

^ According to Jauhari Kamran even after he went to Kabul ex- pressed a desire to be relieved of his government, and to be allowed to go on pilgrimage. Humiyfin invited him to Kabul, but he would not go and quoted a couplet of to

the effect that after thirty years he had discovered that sovereignty was beggary (dartoefifli) and. beggary sovereignty. But, says Jauhar, he was not sincere in the bottom of his heart.

540

AKBABMlMi.

made recipients of royal favours his Majesty decided upon going to Kftbul, In a final meetings agreement and engagements^ which are the passwords of those who arrange temporal affairs^ were inter-* changed and everyone having been committed to God^ the Disposer of men whether great or small, was permitted to depart, but of brotherly affection he called for a cup of sherbat and after taking a little of it he tendered it to M. Ksmrin, and an order was given that each prince should in his turn partake of the royal draught {dliiii, see Vullers s.v.), and pledge themselves to unity and concord. In accordance with the lofty command they together with the bond of brotherhood tied the knot of sincerity end friendship. Bach prince received a standard and a kettle drum, and thereby was proclaimed to have obtained the dignity of a confidential relationship. Mfrzas Kftmran, Sulaim^ln and Hind&l were honoured with tamantogbs^ and went off from here to their fiefs. The royal cortege marched to Khust and halted in that delightful spot. His Majesty then went on by ParlSn towards K&bul. Parian is a fort of which his Majesty Sahib- qaranl laid the foundations after ho had chastised the Hindus of KatQr.* His Majesty repaired it and gave it the name of IslfimftbBd. When the victorious standards arrived there Pahlwdn Dost Mir Barr was ordered to repair the broken down fort, and the task of super- vision was assigned to various officers. His Majesty remained there ten days and by Pahlwftn^s exertions the fort received shape in the course of a week, and was furnished with gates, battlements and embrasures.^ His Majesty left Beg Mirak in charge of it.

When the world-adorning mind was relieved from the business of the fort he turned his attention to the silver mines, but it appeared that the receipts did not equal the working-expenses. From there he proceeded and encamped on the bank of the Panjibir river near the pass” of ITshtar Karftm.* He reached the environs of Kabul in the beginning of winter when the ground had become white with snow and waited there for some days in expectation of a suitable time and

^ Blochmann 50. The Umaatogh was composed of the tails of the ySk and was a flag of the highest dignity.

• See Tflr. Bash. 103 note.

• Sangcmdif, properly places where

stones, Ac., were thrown down on the enemy.

• Major Barerty has kindly in- formed me that this should be GrSm, viUage* the name meaning the oamers village.

CHAPTIB XLV.

541

propitious hour. His Majesty the ghahinsbah in whose coining there were thousands of prosperities and good omens came out to welcome him. The Atgah Khau and a number of the courtiers tendered their service. His Majesty exulted and expanded at the anspicious sight of that eye-pupil of the Khildfat and new moon of glory^ from whose temples there shone the aus’piciousness of the two worlds^ and prostrated his forehead in thanksgiving to Almighty God. On Friday^ 2nd Ramzan^ which was the auspicious time^ he, attended by victory and conquest, cast the shadow of his advent over the city, and prostrated himself on the floor of prayer. Blessings and congra- tulations arose from the people, and at this time Samandar^ earner from Kashmir with petitions and presents from M. Haidar. In the letter were eloquent praises of the climate, of thd spring and the autumn, of the flowers and fruits of Kashmir, and pressing entreaties that he would visit that lovely region. There were also fitting expressions about the conquest of Hindustan, and incitements were held to the world-conquering genius. His Majesty out of the abundance of his goodness sent a diploma of victory full of favourable expressions to the Mirzi. And he mentioned therein his secret designs upon India. He was constantly engaged in pjans for strengthening the I^ilafat and for improving the affairs of the State, and applied his intellect to this object in accordance with tlie methods which the times called for. Among them was* his dismissing to the HijSz Qar&ca ^in and Musahib Beg who were ringleaders in hypo- crisy, and deserving of all kinds of punishment. His idea was that perchance in times of exile, which is a file of the immoderate in spirit, they might think of the time of fortune, and recognising its blessings to some measure might refrain from following evil. They went off and stayed in the Hazara country, and at length the clemen(;y of his Majesty Jahanb&ui accepted the inaudible ^ excuses of those ingrates.

A Apparently Samandar was HumSyUn’s servant and presumedly had been sent by him to Kaahnilr. See former mentions of him in A.N. 173 and 179, where also he is spoken of as an ambassador. There is nothing about him in the Tir. Bash. Perhaps he was sent at the time when MaqdfUn Beg was exiled to

Kashmir in 952. A.F. has already mentioned that Gaidar read the hhutba in HumftyQn’s name when Kibul was conquered. Qu. was this in 952 or 954 P

s NomoMomii* unheard, meaning 1 suppose, that they were too far off to be heard, perhapssunspoken.

542

AKiiARNAMA.

At the same time he sent ]^waja Jalalu-d-dln Mahmud on an embassy to Persia along with gifts and rarities in order that the foundations of affection might be renewed, and love be confirmed.

Among the occurrences of this year was the martyr lom of M. Ulugh Beg, the son of Muhammad Sulj;an. The brief account of this affair is that the Mirz^ was proceeding from Zamln D&war, which was his fief, towards Badal^shan in order to pay his respects to his Majesty JahanbanI, KhwSja M^uazzam also accompanied him from a desire to kiss the threshold, and to atone for his offences. When they came near Ghaznin the news of the grand army^s victory arrived and Khwaja M’uazzam prevailed upon the Mirza to go against the Hazdras so that they might attack and harry a tribe who were always practising plunder and robbery. From the inconsiderateness which is the natural stock of youthful arrogance and is the madness of pride they did not observe proper strategy and showed rashness in fight. The Mirza drank the last draught from the goblet of the scimetar, and his Majesty exalted Tardi Muhammad Khan by assign- ing Zamin Dawar to him as his fief and sent him off in order that he might bring that country into order. In the same year the ambas- sadors of ‘Abdu-.r-rashid ^§n, son of SultSn Said d^fin, the ruler of K&gb^ar arrived bringing valuable presents. They were welcomed with favours and allowed to return quickly. At the same time ‘Abbas Sulf.fin, one of the Uzbeg princes, gained auspiciousness by kissing the threshold, and was received with favour. His rank was exalted by his marriage with the chaste Gulcihara Begam, a younger ’ sister of his Majesty.

’ Among the occurrences of this year was the martyrdon of M. Shdh, brother of M. Ulugh Beg. He was coming from Ushtar Karain, which was in his fief, with the intention |>f paying his respects, but when he reached the pass of Minar, ^ah Muhammad, brother of tjfaji Muhammad, in revenge for M. Muhammad Sulffiu’s having killed Kokl, the paternal uncle of Muljiammad in India, lay in ambush and shot him with an arrow at the top of the pass, and raised the Mirza on that summit to the glorious degree of a martyr.

1 She was Humaydn’s half-sister, being an elder sister of Gulbadan Begam. This was her second marriage.

• Abbas soon ran away, see next chapter. The lady was no longer young, being probably over thirty.

CHJLmR XLVI.

543

CHAPTER XLVI.

March of his Majesty jAHilNBANl jANMAT-AgfiYlNt from Kabul to

Balsb, and his return owing to the discordance of M.

KAmban and the hypocrisy of the officers.

Though the conquest of India and the remoYal of weeds from that garden held a foremost place in his Majesty’s mind, and though he was also anxious to visit Kashmir, he postponed these enterprises and undertook^ the expedition to Balkh, which had been previously determined on, and for which preparations had been made.

In the beginning of 956 * (February, 1549), when the season had become milder, he sent BAltu Beg, one of his confidants, to M. Kamrftn with the information that he was proceeding against Ball^ in accor- dance with agreements, and that M.*Kamr$n should co-opejate in this and meet him when he should arrive at the borders of BadayiBh§n. Orders were also sent to Mlrzfts Hindftl, ‘Askari, SulaimRn and Ibr&him to make arrangements for carriage and to prepare their mbn and join quickly.

The grand expedition started, but because of arrangements and the disposal of business and the coming of Hfiji Muhammad Khan from Qh&znin, there was a delay of nearly a nionth in Cfilftk.* From this stage Khw. Ddst Khawftnd was sent to Kulfib to bring in M. Kftmrftn.

Khw. Qftsim BuyutAt, a former vizier, Khw. M. Beg, who was diwdn4~hdl,^ but owing to whose want of guiding-power (6» ra^idl]

^ According to Firishta* Bairim ShAn had an old quarrel with the Uabaks and so urged on the ezpedi* tion against Balkh.

• 956 H. began on January 30th. Baylald eays that HumiyEn started in the beginning of spring ; perhaps

A.F. was reckoning by the Persian year.

A It is only about two miles north- west of Kibul. (BAbar,I38).

A 1 have not found this title, if title it be. Perhaps it implies that M. Beg was the existing visier or

544

AVBABNlMA.

Sbtw. Qbtoi had seized the charge of affairs — and Khw. Maq^ud ‘All who was M, Kamrin^s factotum^ made with others an inquiry, through the instrumentality of Mir Barka, into the affairs of ^w. Ghazi and Rdh. Allfth. Mun’im ^an, Muhanmnad Quit ]^tn Barlfts, Faridun Khfln and Maulftnft ‘Abdu-l-bAqI, the ^adr, were appointed to audit the accounts. Husain Qul! Sultfln ^ who was one of his Majesty’s intimates, was^ the superintendent in this affair. The result of the inquiry was that O^w. Qhftzl and Kiih All&h and a number of other condemned * clerks were held to ransom. Muhammad Quli Sultan was appointed to take an account of )^w. Oh&zl’s property, and ]^w. Sultftn ‘All, who, by the favour of his Majesty,® had received the title of Afyal (moat excellent) ^an, was raised from the position of muiirif’-i-huyiitdt to that of diwdn-i^buyutdt.

At this time, M. Ibrflhim came post and did homage and was welcomed with favours.

When his Majesty’s mind had been set at rest about the neces- sary arrangements for the expedition, he marched to Istalif. Here ‘Abb&s Sultftn* Uzbak absconded. His Majesty marched slowly, as he waited to be joined by the Mirzfis. When he heard that they had started, and that M. Kftmrftn was getting ready, he went by Panj^r and encamped at Andarftb. In imitation of his Majesty Sfthib-qirani, he halted for three days at a stage* where that fortunate prince had laid foundations. Thence he went to NftrT, where there is a meeting of the ways. Having crossed the Naii Pass, he traversed the plain of Nllbar,* the spring beauty of which is famous and pre-eminent above ,that of other parts of Bada^sbin. Near this flowery spot, Mlrzfts Hindftl and Sulaiman did homage and were encompassed with favours. Here at M. Sulaimftn’s request, M. Ibrfthim was permitted

dhodh and did not perform the duties. M. Beg was a nephew of Khw. JahSn AmTnl of Hertt and a poet who wrote under the name of ShahrT, (Blochmann, 424).

i Bister’s son of Bairim and known by the title of Sb*^nhin* Blooh- mann, 829).

MataghoMihrd gXrSndoMd. Of. tezt.241 for use of this verb. Appar-

ently the same Muhammad Quit or All was employed in both cases.

9 Blochmann, 876. Niffimu^d-dXn says Akbar bestowed the title.

• He had recently married a sister of Hum&yttn.

s Probably Parlin.

• Apparently oontracted from nlH/or, the lotus or water-lily.

CHAPTBE XLVI.

545

to go to Bada^lbdn that he might protect the country and look after the local army.

From the neighbourhood of Baqlftn,® Mirzas Hinddl and Sulaim&n and ^ftj! Muhammad I^&n and a number of experienced and ener- getic men were sent on in advance, that they might set free from the Uzbeks the town of Aibak, a dependency of Balkh which is famed for its cultivation, the abundance of its fruits, and the excellence of its climate.

At this time, 3her Muhammad Pakna — one of the personal attendants (yasdwaldn) killed a leopard with an arrow and presented it. Husain Quli muhrddr, represented that the Turks r^arded it as unlucky to kill a leopard when on an expedition, and said that| at the time when B^rdm Ughlftn ^ made him prisoner and brought him before Kistan Qari,* the ruler of Balkh, and they were making preparations in Jajaktu ^ and Maimana for marching to Herftt, some- one killed a leopard and for this reason the expedition was stayed. His Majesty paid no heed * to this story, and held firmly to his reso- lution of going to Balkh.

Next day the advance force arrived at Aibak. Pfr Muhammad ^in, the ruler of Balkh, had sent his guardian, Khw. Bft|^’ and a

1 Apparently here used to denote Kiahuif the capital. They were already in Badakhsh&n.

• It is west of Nirin and south of Qundfiz.

^ Called by Blochmann (464) the ** well-known Bairftm Oghl&n.*’ It appears from BAyazId that he was maternal uncle of Muhammad Hakim.

• An elder brother of Pir Muham- mad and his- predecessor in BalJsh* He was a son of Jftnl Beg (Yamb^ry’s BoUiara, 282n.) and seems to have died in 955 H. See Sh&hid ^idiq 2355 .

• The text omits the conjunction

between these names but a variant gives it and h occurs in B&yasld, and the gives the names

6Q

as those of two towns. Yamb^ry (l.c. Introd. XXIX n.) speaks of Tchichektu and Almar (modern Maimana). Maimana lies about half- way between BalJih and ^er&t. The Jajaktu of the text seems properly to be Chichaktu and is so spelt in the map appended to Captain Yate’s ** England and Russia face to face. (1887).” It lies west-south-west of Maimana. «

• BftyazTd says that HumSyAn remarked that the Uzbeks were bis enemies and that what was a bad sign for them was a good one for himself.

I Text, MSq ; but Biyazid, whom probably A.F, is oopying, has Bigh Mftq may however be right for it

546

akdabnAha.

number of experienced men Buch as II Qusain Sa’Id Qai/ Mubammad Qull M. and Jujak.M. to guard Aibak and provide for its defence. They reached it at about the same time as the imperial army and had no resource but to ent^r the fort of Aibak and secure themselves there. His Majesty arrived and set himself to take the fort and distributed the batteries. In two or three days the garrison asked for quarter and came out and did homage and Aibak fell into the hands of the imperial servants.

His Majesty held a royal festival and consulted with the aidliq about the conquest of Transoxiana. The atdliq represented that he was not a fit person to consult about such matters^ but his Majesty replied that he bore marks of. honesty, and that he should, without hesitation, say what he thought. Then the atdliq said that as the serviceable men of Pir Mubammad I^an had fallen into his Majesty ^s hands, he should put them all to death and go on in the career of victory, for Transoxiana would fall into his hands without a battle. His Majesty replied that it is ignoble to break one’s word and that this is especially so in the case of princes ; that he had granted ‘quarter and could not recede from this. The atdliq replied that if his Majesty did not approve of this plan, he might keep him prisoner and make a treaty to the effect that all the country on this side of IQ^ulm should be his own and that an auxiliary force should be supplied (t.s., by Pir Muhammad) whenever the expedition against India should take place. As the eternal will and stablished decree had gone forth against these two propositions, what was written by the pen of fate appeared to the Lord of Purpose to be . preferable.^ His Majesty stayed there several days. Thougli the climate of Aibak and its abundance of fruit were a motive for staying, yet the chief reason was the non-arrival of M. Kftmrftn. The wise and far-seeing used to insist that if this delay had not taken place, Pir Muhammad

means praise in Turki and might be part of a proper name while BSgh does not seem part of a man’s name. It seems not impossible that MSq is an abbreviation of Im&q.

• See Wood’s Journey, 224, where he says that Bai has the same sigaifi- eance as amongst the Afghans*

’ A good instance of A.F.’s turgid style. Instead of simply stating that HumiyQn rejected the apparently sound proposition of the atdliq^ he Says that as another course had been decreed by fate, Hum&yCn also pre- ferred it.

CHIPTBSR XLVI.

547

K^an would not have been able to resist^ and would either have been put to the rout or obliged to make peace on such terms as his Majesty chose. For ‘Abdu-l-^azTz Khftn ^ and the other Uzbek KhSna would not have been able to come to help. Since there was long delay, they had time to come to the assistance of the enemy. Tlie Uzbek officers who had been taken prisoners, were sent to Ksbul with Khw. Qasim mahblas, one of the trusted of the Court, but his Majesty took the atdliq with him and marched by way of Khulm. Two or thpee days later, they passed Khulm and halted at Baba Shahu. Next day they encamped near the shrine* which is a well-known landmark, and scouts brought information that a large body of Uzbeks had arrived under the leadership of Waqqas Sultan and Sbah Muhammad Sult&n yisSrl.*

His Majesty drew up bis troops and set his foot in the stirrup of victory. A slight engagement took place between the advance guards and, at the time of en amping, 3]lfth Muhammad Sultan Hifftri attacked the camp with a large force. Brave men like K&buli brother of Muhammad Qasim maujl, §l^er Muhammad Pakna and Mohammad !|^an Turkmfin distinguished themselves. Kabuli fell and the enemy being unable to resist took to flight. Ukm U^l&n, a man of distinction among the Uzbeks, was made prisoner and brought to the presence. A dispute arose between Muhammad Turkm&n and Saiyid Muhammad Pakna, each claiming the honour of this feat. His Majesty asked Okin who had brought bim down. Ho pointed to Muhammad ]^ftn and adid, " He first aimed a blow at me and the wind of it unhorsed me. When I recovered myself and stood up, this other man/’ pointing to Saiyid Muhammad

1 As stated in text, he was a son of Ubaidu-M&h, the brother-in-law of Qaidar M. He began to reign in Bukhara in 1540.

a The MazSr-i-aharlf of the maps. It is the shrine of Sb^h Auliya, i.6., *A1T, Muhammad’s son-in-law, his tomb having been discovered there, it is said, daring the reign of Sul^ftn ^usain BaiqrS. There is an account of its discovery in the fiadiqaiu-U

aqdUm 8. v, Balkh< Of. too Wood’d Journey, 135.

8 Perhaps another son of JanI Beg and brother of Plr Muhammad. Bftyazid calls him a son of Barandiiq Sult&n. The Tar. Has^ (161 and 452) also mentions a ^ah M. Sultan who was a grandson of SultSn Mah- mud Khftn.

• BfiyazTd tells us he was killed and his head cut off and taken to Balkli

548

akbabnAma.

Pakna^ struck me on the face with his sword/’ His Majesty blamed Saiyid Muhammad saying, He was thrown down by Muhammad Khftn ; you were ungenerous to strike another’s catch {said)” He gave the prize of valour to Muhammad Kl^ftn and made over Okin to Pir Muhammad akhta to be cared for.

In spite of the signs of victory, hypocritical, disloyal officers continued to show faint-heartedness and were continually uttering false reports about M. K&mrAn and spreading them among themselves. Though everything disgraceful which they ascribed to the Mirzft had the appearance of truth, for he was capable of it and of more, yet in this instance, they fastened false charges on him.

In fine the Uzbeks gave battle next day in great force and tried ^0 gain the victory, ^Abdu-l-‘aziz ^an, son of Ubaid Khftn, being in the centre, Pir Muhammad lOiftn on the right and Sultan-i-^i^Ar on the left. His Majesty also drew up his army, he himself occupy- ing- the centre, M. Snlaim&n the right wing and M. Hindftl the left, rhile Qarftca H&ji Muhammad Tardi Beg ^ftn, Mun^m

Chftn and Sa](fln Jalftir with his brothers were in the

van. After mid-day the armies encountered one another and a great battle raged till evening. Brave men trod the field of courage and drove off the enemy’s front ranks across the canals and into the outer ^ofences (kucaband) of Balkh. His Majesty in the strength of his mental vigour and wisdom, wished to pursue and to take his standards across the canals. His hypocritical followers while pre- tending to agree, g4ve wrong advice, and ignorant friends supported their opinion out of ignorance, and thereby made the opinion of enemies to prevail. They did not permit the crossing of the canals and uttered timorous speeches, sometimes alleging the paucity of their men and the number of the enemy ; sometimes speaking of M.* Kfimrftn’s going to KAbul and of their fears lest the soldiers’ families should be made prisoners, and sometimes urgpng that they ought to wait for M. KamrSn. Pressing these and other matters, they recommended a retreat. At length,- after a thousand struggles with his spirit, it was agreed to proceed to Daragaz which is a strong position, and to stay there some days and collect the Aimaqs and other soldiers and so to get together the materials of victory. Dur- ing that delay accurate news of M. Eftmrfin wonld arrive. In the event of his having marched against Kftbnl, it was not proper for

CHAPTBB XLYl.

549

them to torment themselves {kd/tan) ^ in these parts. At a future time^ they could with whole hearty conquer Balkh^ i^^y^ Transoxiana and, by the help of God, they had been constantly successful up to this day and would continue so. For every reason it was right to withdraw and proceed to Dara-gaz. His Majesty seeing the general feeling, was helpless and ordered a march in that direction.

Thus the already captured Balkh was let go on account of the discord of the disloyal.* Shaikh Bahlul was sent to turn back the van which had crossed the atream and driven back the Uzbeks and entered the fortifications (iiahrhand). M. Sulaimftn and a number of other valiant men were appointed to be the rear-guard.

As the whole aim of the disafiected and black-hearted was to confound the army, this compulsory retreat to Dara-gaz, which happened also to be on the route to Kftbul, was represented as a return thither, and the march of M. Kftmran was on every-one^s tongue. Men lost heart and separated in different directions. Though his Majesty Jahftnbani sent Husain Qull SI. muhrddt who was one of his confidants, and a number of others also, to turn back the disheartened crowd, it was of no avail, as proposition and ‘disposition did not coincide (taqdir mudfiq’^iadbir naddd). And p fact the decree of the Omnipotent was to this effect in order that the vast country of India might be sheltered from the mischief of tyrants and the inflictions ol oppressors and become the descension^point of the blessings of a holy personality, and the abiding-throne and theatre (takktgdh-i-ahd daatgdh) of his Majesty, the Shahanshah, the Shadow of God ; and that many thousands of good seeds might be shed over the wide fielda of earth and the hope-plots of the sincere. To sum up; God, the World-adorner, revealed such a victory as this under the guise of conditions which might prove a lesson and a warning to the wise, and thereby brought to pass the things of counsel and wisdom. For had this disaster not occurred, the work of the heljv less ones of India would have been hindered by the undertaking of the conquest of Transoxiana ; and the setting-in order of those lands which are a haven for the pilgrims of the seven climes, had sunk under the veil of delay.

^ Kafian means to split or cleave and the sense seems to be that now their minds were divided; afterwards

they conld in comfort ha jama*, lit. with united heart, con- quer Balhh* etc.

550

AKBARNiMA.

In brief, wlien the enemy became awiire of the unpleasing occurrence (I’.e., the retreat), they put their own confused affairs in order and came in pursuit. His Majesty Jahanbani displayed splendid courage and performed achievements whose eulogy might be the frontispiece to the model- battles of the world. In that jungle of tigers of war, his world-traversing dun-coloured ‘ steed which bore the name of taaarru-n^na^irin * and had been presented to him by Muhammad the governor of Herftt and which he was riding, fell

from beipg bounded by an arrow. Haidar Muhammad akbta presented that leader of faith and dominion with his own horse and was exalted by this piece of service. As the Divine protection was hovering over that Lord of Sovereignty’s throne, he was brought into a place of safety. Most of his followers, when they beheld symptoms of defeat, dispersed in all directions in a cowardly and ignominious manner.

The names of . the chief officers of the army are as follows : Mirfts Hind^l and Sulaimftn, Qarftca Kh&n,H§ji Muhammad Kh§n, Tardl Beg ]^ftn,Mun^im |G^an,Khizr lOhw. Sl.,^ Muhammad Quli Kh&n Jalair, Iskandar Kh§n, Qftsim Husain IQt&n, Haidar Muhammad dbbta-begt, ^Abdu-UUh Khfln Uzbek, Husain Quli !|^&n muhrddr, Muhibb ^ Ali Khftn

^ ZartXn fdm, golden-coloured. B&yazid calls the horse, oup-i~qula, dun-coloured.

• ToMmi^n-ndfirin. It delights beholders.^ This is an Arabic ex- pression and is used iu the KorSn to describe the kind of cow which Moses told the Israelites to sacrifice. The reading of the text is probably correct^ but it differs from the word in B&yazid, in the copy in the India Office* though- it would seem that it is from Biyazid that A.F. has taken the story. There the word looks like nazsar, but Brskine in bis MS. translation has naghtar so perhaps he took the word to be nastar, or nasrln, the narcissus. This might be an allusion to the yellow colour qt the horse.

BAyazTd who was evidently fond of horses and proud of his powers

of managing them, as a later story of his shows, is careful to tell us that Hum&yiin’s horse afterwards died of its wound. Ho adds that the horse given by Haidar to Hu- miyUn was tdraqXf bow-legged, or weak-kneed.

^ Most MSS. seem to have Sharafu- d-dln after Mu^mmad Kh&n.

♦ Gulbadan ^egam’s affection in- duces her to represent her husband as behaving in heroic fashion during the retreat, by turning back to search for Hind&l. But Bayaztd names him as one of those who refused to stand when called upon to do so by Husain Quit and he says it was Shib Quit NaranjI who went back to look for Hindal. A.F. seems to include hi his list both the leaders who be- haved well and those who rhn away.

CHAFTBR XLVI.

551

(eon of) Mir ^alifa^ SI. Husain Khftn^ Bfiltu S,, Mu^ahib Beg^

Bidd^ Shftham KbSn Beg Jaldir, Sl^ah Quli Ndrftnjl^ Muhammad Qftsim mat^t, La1;afu>l-l&h of Sihrind, Abdu-l-wahhfib Auji/ Baqi ‘Muhammad parwdnci, and Sbaldin.

Three days later^ his Majesty halted at the top of the pass ^ of the Four Springs and here Muhammad. QulI gl^aikh Turkman ^ who had hit on the. right road, heard of the royal party and joined it.

From this place, his Majesty wrote an affectionate epistle to his Majesty the Sidhin^h, and to the chaste ladies who were in Kabul, the abode of peace and sent it by Beg Muhammad dhhta-hegi. He also sent a friendly letter to Rashid I^Sn, the ruler of Kashgh&r who had always shewn loyalty and devotion, informing him of hisaiTrival and telling him how his evil-minded brother, M. KSmrfin, had by constraint of his natural character, elevated the hideousness of discord over the beauty of concord and so had completely depressed the side of love and loyalty. Many of his followers too had shewn a want of

1 Perhaps this epithet means that he was a native of Aujan in Azarbai- jan. (Jarrett III. 81 and Ouseley’s Travels). But most MS3. have AudajI, 0 .^., B.M. 27, 247 and 5610.

s Probably the Khaldin Dost Sah&rl mentioned in text (816) in tlie list 6f Hindal’s servants.

3 Text, bar aar-i-ya^, on the top of the ice, but reference to Bayazld and to various MSS. of the A.N. has convinced me that the proper reading is bar sor-i-pay, top of the pass or mountain. Bayazld has bar §ar-i~kutal and kuial has the mean- ings of paj. It is true that he also has the expression in the same pass- age mdrpeCf a convolution or

winding road, and that possibly this •may refer to the winding road taken by Humaytln as distinguished from the rdh‘i^Td$t, straight road, taken by Kaman. (According to Steingass,

the phrase rdh^rdst means “ a great distance.*’)

It seems to me that in^several parts of this narrative, A.F. and Bayazld have copied from the same source.

Cahar Caahma is marked in the Government map of Afghanist&n as S.W. of Haibakand near Dara-yusaf. Bayazld speaks of four wells, — two,, apparently at the top of the pass, and two lower down. He describes then as near Aibak.

^ Text, kamdl. Several MSS. have KamSn but Bayazld seems to have Turkman, and evidently the man meant as the M. Quli Turkman Afghan of Blochmann 474. See BftyazTd 476, 48a and 75a. MSS. have kaman. The expression in text is not clear. Bayazld says the Shaikh was going along on the right or straight road. M. Quli brought the* welcome news that the Uzbeks had discontinued the pursuit.

552

AKBARNAMA.

courage. Certainly the expedition had not redounded to the joy of well-wishers; on the contrary, it had been a cause of sorrow -and distress. In the same letter, he expressed his thanks for his safety and he inserted excellent counsels such as might comfort a loving heart.

Leaving that place, he arrived after one night^s interval, at (^ur- band and on the next night, at Khwftja SiyArfin. Thence he went to Qarft Bagh and thence to Ma^rnura.’ His Majesty, the Shahanshah, came out to meet him here and was aifectionately received. From this place he went in an auspicious hour to Kabul.

M. Sulaimdn went oft to Badakhshgn and M. Hindfil to Qunduz. Mun^im Khan accompanying him. All the other officers followed his Majesty to Kfibul. gh&h Bidagh Kb&n who had given proofs of courage, remained a prisoner with the enemy, as did also Mir Sh&rif hahhshi, Khw. Nd^iru-d-din ‘All mustaufi, Mir Muhammad munshi, Mir Jftn Beg ddrogba-i-^imarat, and Khw. Muhammad Amin Kang. All the other servants were safe.

When the atdliq and other Uzbeks who had been made prisoners at Albak, were released and went to their own country, and gave account of the royal kindness and liberality, Pir’ Muhammad Khin was astonished, and sent his prisoners in a humane manner to Kdbul.

His Majesty, recognizing that his return was really advantageous, set himself to arrange his kingdom and engaged in the conduct of things spiritual and temporal. Khw. Jalftlu-d-din Mahmud had been sent on an embassy to the king of Persia, but from various causes had delayed in Qandahftr and he was now recalled. Khw. ‘Abdu-s- ^amad aud Mir Saiyid ‘All who were celebraYud for their skill in painting, came with the Khwija and were graciously received. Khw. SI. ‘All, known as Af^l Khftn, was raised ^ from the position of mashxif-i-Wi,izdna to that of vizier ; while the whole charge of the diwdni was made over to Kfcw. M. Beg.

The account of M. Kfimr&n is as follows. When his Majesty, out of his kindness and affection, forgave his grave offences and gave him Kul&b and appointed Cakar Beg of Kulftb, the son of 81. Wais

1 DiK-inna^mura, near Kabul. the promotion recorded above (text (Jarrett II. 404). 286) or a still higher one.

< It is not door whether this is

CHAPTIR XLVI.

553

Beg) as his co-adjutor and went to Eftbnl) no long time intervened before the MfrzA behaved badly to Cftkar Beg and drove him out ; He placed the great favours which had been bestowed on him in the niche (tdq) of forgetfulness and giving way to evil thoughts) watched for his opportunity. During the time that His Majesty JahftnbAni was in Kabul) he was continually making false promises that he would come ; and His Majesty) out of his candid nature and straightforward- ness, — which are the characteristics of magnanimous natures, — believed his false words and went off to Ball^. The Mirzs looked upon this opportunity as fair gain and again detennmed in his perfi- dious heart) that he would go to KftbuL The rebellious designs which wore leavening his mind, came near the surface, and at his instiga- tion, narrow-minded and disloyal officers practised various hypocri- sies in that expedition, as has already been related. But as His Majesty returned and cast the shade of his justice on Kfibul, M. Kamrau left M. ‘Askarl in KiilAb and went off to fight M. Sulaiman. The latter hastened away without fighting from Tallq&n to Qil’a Zafar.

M. Kamraii made over Tfillqan to Babus Beg and proceeded towards Qil^a Zafar. MirzAs SulaimAn and IbrAhim not tl^inking it expedient to fight left IshAq * Sultan in Qil^a Zafar and went off to the defiles of Badakh^lfin. They took post in the village of Jirm and awaited the Divine retribution. M. KAmrAn, having disposed of M. SulaimAn went off to Qunduz. He began by making falsa pretences to M, Hiiidal and proposed a union with him. M. HindAl did not hearken to him and stood by his obligations, whereupon M. KamrAn laid siege to Qunduz. M. HindAl neglected no point in defending the fort and when M. KamrAn could not succeed, he joined the Uzbeks and asked their assistance. A large body of Uzbeks came to help him and joined him in the siege. M. HindAl in order to cause confusion and deceive the foe, which in fact is a * guidance on the high road of success, devised an excellent plan, viz,, he wrote a letter as from M. KamrAn to himself, full of a renewal of peace between them and of deceiving the Uzbeks, and after the manner of experts, he gave this false document to a courier who was intontional/y to throw himself into the hands of Usbeks. When, on searching the courier, the letter was found, and when ft appeared

» A brother-iu-law of KAmrZn.

70

554

akbarmAma.

from its oontenta that the two Mtrzfts were going to aot in concert and make the Uzbeks a target for the arrows of evil^ the latter were confounded and withdrew from the siege and set oft for their own country. The affair of the fort remained unaccomplished and just then^ news came that Gftkar Beg was besieging Kulfib and that M. ‘Askar! had been defeated and was shut up therein. Also that M. Sulaimftn had joined with SI. and had got possession of Qil’a

Zafar and had then imprisoned li^aq SI. M. Eftmrfin was bewildered at this news and withdrawing in despair from Qunduz^ he sent Yasln Daulat and BSbus with a body of troops against M. Sulaimftn and himself hastened to Kulab and made Cftkar Beg retire. M. ‘Askarl oame out and did homage to M. Kjmrftn who took him with himself^ and went off to put down M. Sulaimftn. They had halted near Rustaq^ when a large force of Uzbeks who had come on a plundering expedition (yurtdwaliy under the leadership of Sa’id Beg^ passed by the encampment and made a raid on it. Mirzfts Kftmrftn^ ‘Askarl and ‘Abdu-l-lfth Mughal escaped with a few men to Tftllqftn. When the oa’Id afore-named knew the rights of the matter^ be sent back the baggage ^ to the Mirzft with all respect and apologized for the plundering. Mirzfts Hind&l and Sulaimftn thinking the opportunity favourable^ set out to put down M. Eftmrftn who not deeming it advisable to remain in Badakhshftn^ went v»ff to Ehost in order that he might, by the route of Zuhhftq and Bftmiftn withdraw into the Hazftra country. There he would learn the real state of Eftbul and either proceed there or go elsewhere.^ As the disloyal officers of His Majesty Jahftnbftnl were always urging the Mirzft to come to Eftbul, he fraudulently sent ambassadors to the Court and represented that his object in coming was to apologize for the past and to serve his

^ P. de C. gpves in his Dictionary, as meaning ‘’troupe qu’on envoie pour faire une raszie, con- renrs.

• See errote to text. The word is rwkUy ogkMiq- » protaWy

included Kimrln’e wive* and daagh- teT8 for Gulbndnn eaye they Here captured. BtyaeTd laye it ww Fir Muhammad Shim of Balkh who eent

back the plunder. It would appear from Gulbadan, that he was the son of a brother of one of Eftmrftn’s wives.

• Bftyazld ‘says EftmrSn’s idea was to go to Bbakkar and it is very likely —(having regard to his relations with the ruling family of Bhakkftr), that digar of the text is a mistake for Bbakkar.

CHAPTER XLVl.

555

Majesty. His hope was, he said, that His Majesty would with royal kindness, forgive his crimes and sins.

Verse,

Vve come again to worship the dust of thy feet.

If submission be ordered, Pm ready to pay it.

^‘My hope is that on this occasion, I may by good service, obtain release from the heavy burden of shame. His Majesty from the purity of his own nature, regarded his gold-incrusted copper as genuine, and accepted it according to the standard for fine gold.

556

ARRilRNAMA.

CHAPTER XLVII.

March of His Majesty JahanbIn! JiNMAT-ASfiTABi fboh KIbul, and

FIGHT WITH M. KaMBAN; AND OTHBR INSTBUCTIYB OCCUBBSNCES.

When the arrival of M. K§mr§D at the borders of Kfibul was approaching^ a number of the loyal and farseeing represented that there should be a limit to simplicity and optimistic views of persons. Seeing that the frauds lying and disaffection of this ingrate had been tested many timesj it was right and proper tliat caution should not be thrown away again^ and that the army should be ordered to inarch out, and the banners of victory be unfurled for the suppression of the rebellious. If indeed the Mirzd had repented of his evil deeds, and had entered on the path of concord, and were desirous of doing homage, he would receive distinction from the royal favour (in going out to welcome him), and if on this occasion also he was persistent in perversity, the rules of precaution would be observed on our side. On hearing these weighty words His Majesty determined to march to- wards Qhurband, which was the Mirzft’s route, and he set out in that direction in the middle of 957 (June- July, 1550). He left His Majesty the Sl^&ban^fth as prince in KRbuI and put Qftsim Khan Berl&s at tho head of affairs. Qarica Khfin, Mu^ahib Beg and many others, white without and black within, who were always stirring up strife, were rejoiced and wrote seditious letters to M. Kftmrftn, pressing him to com5 to Kabul and saying that they, and many others, would welcome him and would disperse the King’s well-wishers by unfitting sugges- tions, and that KAbul would easily fall into his hands.

’Tis marvellous how actions . which, with complete inconsistency, they regarded as improper when practised on themselves by equals and associates, ins., promise-breaking, evil-devising, and lying, should all be performed by them against their Master and benefactor ! Their blinded eyes opened not to the hideousness thereof, nay, they regarded its repulsiveness as a beauty, and counted it a^ part of their

CHAPTER XLVXI.

557

wisdom of strategy. Though they understood loyalty and right dealing and looked for them in their servants, yet they were so over- come by their own baseness as to play the game of deceit and in- fidelity against such a pure-hearted Master ! And what wrongheaded- ness also! I can imagine that they could not comprehend the glorious merits of this holy personality, but where was their common sense ! That which they expected from their own servants they would not render to that aggregation of benevolences and to that bestower of so many favours, any one of which deserved a life’s devotion, but on the contrary they acted in the very opposite way to one who was their Master and benefactor, and requited him with negligence and wrong advice. But alas I What marvel is it that he who has been kneaded of strife and malice, should show such behaviour ? What joy have the born-blind in the glory of the sun ? The sincerity’s eye of this crew has been filmed over with hypocrisy and become void of light, and their breast of love has been narrowed by the tumour of pride ! How can such recognise a Master’s rights to gratitude, or perceive the beauties of a benefactor ? What place then is there for thanksgiving for boundless favours? The wild steeds of the o’er mastering passions of such self-pleasers have not such doodltity ^ that their bridles can be tightened by the band of chiding, or their reins turned by the outspread fingers of counsel I

At length His Majesty, in accordance with the decrees of fate, marched from Kftbui and encamped at Qarft Bftgh. From thence he wont to Cftrikftrdn and from there to the river Bftran. It happened that there was a stream on this stage and that His Majesty crossed it on horseback, whilst his followers went off in different directions seeking for a safe passage. His Majesty did not approve of this and instanced in reproof of this disaffected crew, the conduct of the devotees of gh&h Ism^All Safavl, who flung themselves down from a sky-high mountain to seize his handkerchief and made for themselves a lofty foundation of fame and life-sacrifice. Such was His Majesty’s sound opinion of his followers on this occasion, and such was their pusillanimous circumspection. In fine QarAca Qar&bakht and Mu^Ahib Munsfiq and others, who were burning torches of sedition, represented, directly and indirectly, that they had to do with mountains, and

• iCStidrdi, which is short for ffisd-ddrl. Sec Vullcrs I. liia.

558

AKBAKKim.

thftt there were many defiles; that the Mirzft would have few men with him> and that the loyal should be stationed on different roads, BO that the Mirsi should not be able to come out. The whole idea of these OTil-minded Ones was to dis|>erse the army so that M. Eftmr&n’s purpose mi^t be effected. His Majesty Jahfinbftni, who in his noble nature only believed good of men, thought the plan of these traitors a good one and sent Hftji Muhammad ^&n Kbhi, Mir Barka, M. Hasan Sbftn, Bahadur Kb&n, Khw. JalAlu-d-din Mahmud, Calpi Beg, MuJ|^am- Uiad ]^tn Beg Turkman, Shuikb Bahlul, ^aidar Qasim Kohbar, and Shsh Qttll Nftranji to Zuhhfiq and Bftmiftn, and appointed Mun’im Shftn and a large body of troops to Sftl Aulang. Qarftca, and Mu«&]^, Qftsim J^usain SI. and a number who remained with His Majesty, drew up daily an account of His Majesty’s position and sent it to M. Eftmrftn, and were continually representing to His Majesiy that this time the Mlrzi had no other idea but to serve him.

When there were few loyalists in attendance, and the conven- tion of hypocrites was powerful, M. Kftmrfin, who had been con- founded by the royal pomp and the large army and had been unable either to quit the service (of the king) or to go forward and do homagOi having become acquainted by the brokerage of the hypo- erikii inih their treachery, turned off from the road by Zu^Aq and BAmiftn towards Dara QibcAq ^ which is a dependency of Qhurband. Ylldn Danlat, Maqdum K5ka and Bftbft 8a*id led the advance, while he himself was in the centre. His men were arranged in two bodies. It was midday when Bis Majesty was apprised by a peasant * of that quarter of the coming of M. Kflmrin, and of his evil intentions. Qarftca who was the ringleader of the ill-disposed, represented that if one listened to the tales of a man like this and placed reliance on such false rumours, hearts would be divided, and the people (Kftmrftn’s followers) would become apprehensive. Should there be a desire to give battle on account of this news, and should warlike preparations be made, certainly when M. Kftmrfln heard of them, he would desist from his

^ This pass id marked on the map appended to Yule’s introduction to Wood’s Journey. It is also called C&rd&r and lies S. £. of the Dandan Shikan. See also Bftbar’s Mem., p. 189.

• Bayazld says a servant of the Mfr Munshl brought the news and mada such an uproar that Hamftyftn, ac- cording to Erskine, had him put to death, but perhaps the words only mean that he was beaten..

CHAPTBR XLVII.

559

desire of entering into servioe. Meanwhile the news of the Mirsa’s coming and of his wicked intentions became stronger and more oontinnons. Wondrous to relate^ the hypocrisy and inmost thought of those hypocrites had not yet been revealed on the mirror of His Majesty’s mind. Nought entered his holy heart save good thoughts of people^ till at length it become established that the enemy was coming and coming with a hostile intention. An order was given that all who were with him should mount their horses. He himself put the foot of courage in the stirrup of enterprise and in a short time there was a hot engagement. Pir Muhammad dkhtd, who was one of the devoted followers and Mul^ammad KhanJalftIr and many other brave men moved forward. Pir Muhammad dkktd, who was athirst for the stream of life- sacrifice, brought his foot into the circle of conflicts and so watered the sword of battle in slaying the foe, that he himself was swept away by the foam. M. Quli made his steed so rush about in the field of contest that after slaughtering crowds of wretches he, in the press and confusion, fell wounded ^ from his horse. His son Dost Muhammad could not endure to see him in the power of the foe, and ran to his help. While his father yet lived, he killed his adversary, and had such combats that he too was swept Aaway, and disappeared. His Majesty Jahftnbftn! got upon a rising ground and calculated the strength of friend and’ foe. By seeing the manner in which some of his servants were killed, and by seeing others go in crowds over to the enemy, the truth of the fraud and treachery of those scoundrels became apparent to him. His native valour and intrepidity were stirred up, and seizing a lance he himself rushed against the foe. They were scattered before him, but an arrow wounded his horse and Beg Bftba! of EuUb came from behind, and

I Prom A.P.’s account it would appear that M. Quit was killed, as well as his son. According to the Maasir I. 557 and Blochmann 385 M. Quit did not die till 983 but the M« Qull of the battle of Qibc&k is not the M. Qull who was Qaidar Muham- mad’s brother. The Tabaqat, Elliot y. 232 calls the son Ahmad. B&ya- zld says, 515 that Fir Muhammad was killed by an arrow, that M. Qull’s

horse was killed, and M. Qull’s leg broken. Then he adds, Imam Qull and his son belonged to the body- guard. The son ran to his father to put him on horseback, but he too suffered martyrdom.” This looks as if BSyazld regarded M. Qull and Imlm Qull as the same person. The M. Qull who was killed has the title of CfllT. See Erskine’s history.

560

AKD4RNImA.

knowingly ‘ or unknowingly struck him a blow with his sword. His Majesty turned round and gave him an angry look which caused him* to stumble. Mihtar* SakAi known as Farhat Khan came and put that wretch to flight, and M. Nijat tendered his piebald horse to His Majesty who took it and gave the MirzA his. Meanwhile ‘Abdu-l- wahhab, one of the yasdwal came and telling how the officers had joined with M. KAniran, seized His Majesty^s rein. What time was it,^’ he said, for fighting. The backet of success must at one time come up full from the waters of hope and at another, it must, by a revolution of the wheel, go down empty.**

Hail ! eternal fate 1 which rules the beggar and the king, and directs the cycle of fortune and misfortune, which holds the key of deliverance for those in bonds, and causeth the exalted to fall. Until men have passed through the dark night of the hours of affliction, they know not the glory of the world-warming sun, and until the thirsty lips have sought the desert mirage, tliey are not watered at the spring of desire. This event is a proof of this, for on that day there was the apparition of the eventual salvation of His Majesty. He proceeded to Z’ul^ftq and Bfimlftn whither he had sent many of his loyal officers. ^Abdu-l-wahhlb, Farhat Khan, Mu^mmad Amin, Sabdal* Khftn and others accompanied him. Mu^mmad Amin and ‘Abdu-l-wahh&b were ordered to form the rear guard. On account of weakness and of the distress from Ins woand,^he took off his cuirass and piade it over to Sabdal Khfin who, out of stupidity, flung it away. Next day many of his servants joined^him. One day he sent gb^h Budl^ Khftn, Tulak Qucin, and Majnfifl Qftqdlftl — in all,— towards Kftbol to serve as a rear guard and also lo keep a look out, but Tfllak QQcin only returned. He was received with favour on that market day of testing and raifted to the office of Qurhegi^ The confidential servants were sum- moned and a council was held, l^ftj! Muhammad SbMi whose fief

^ 4.S., either be reccgniaed him or he did not.

• From the Iqbftlnftma it would appear that the word doMt should he separated from tea, and that the phrase is, dast az pa khatahord, mean- ing that Beg Biba grew confused,

lit: did not know his hand from his foot.

• Blochmann 4S8. From Janhar it would appear that he was an Abyssinian slave, ft Blochmann 441.

CHAPTKB XLVir.

561

was GhaznYn^ and on whose hearths fireplace dissimulation was pre- eminently concocted, recommended a m^trch to Qandahftr. This however was not approved of. A number of the right-thinking recommended marching to Badakh^ftn, and then proceeding to Kftbul along with MirzAs SulalmAn, HindAl and IbrAhkn. A party of devoted heroes suggested that to-day M. KAmrAn was intoxicated with the mischievous wine of the hypocrites and narrow-souled ones and off his guard, while they had the good fortune to be at the feet of His Majesty. On what other day would they be successful ? ^ The proper thing was that they should all with one heart march to KAbul. There was a confident hope that they would be able to dispose of M. KAmran without going to Bada^shAn. As recent evidence had been obtained of the deceit and hypocrisy of very many of the nurslings of the Court, reliance was not put upon this opinion and the cautious course seemed to be to proceed to BadakhshAn. Ac- cordingly he ordered a march by the route of Yekka Aulang. At such a time as this Haji Muhammad obtained leave for his brother 3hdh Muhammad and his men and sent them to Ghaznin I His Majesty with his own holy hand wrote a letter to His Majesty the announcing his safety and made it over t« him (Sh^k Muhammad) in order that he might by every possible ^ means convey it to him. He also sent verbal messages of victory and promises of his coming. And he bade him (Shftb Muhammad) go quickly to Ghaamln and make every effort for keeping it safe till his return which, he trusted, would soon occur. Though the loyal represented that to separate hypocrites from himself at such a time was to put the reins of hypocritical actions into the hands of these unreliables and forward the schemes of the seditions, and though every one re- presented, either openly or by hints, that he (^ajl Muhammad), was sending his brother to M. KAmrSn, and that he himself was seeUixig to be a household-spy and a deceiver of simple believers. His Majesty did not give heed and granted leave to ghAh Muhammad. Next day

1 This is evidently the Alanjak of Stewart’s Janhar, 98. It was an Aimiq settlement and lies about thirty miles S.-W. of BAmiin. (Bihar’s Mem., 2Un.).

71

• Shih Muhammad’s route to Shaznin would probably take him near KAbul.

562

ar:birkAma.

he preceded towards Kahmard. Many faithless ones separated from his service, but all who observed the limits of loyalty and were careful oi^ their good name, stayed with him and bound the girdle of service on the waist of fidelity.

After * travelling three days on this road, Tillakji and SanqfijT, the headmen of the AimAqs who live there, brought horses and sheep to the utmost of their power and presented them. They rendered acceptable service. His Majesty encamped at night near one of their settlements. When he mounted his horse in the morning, news was brought that a large caravan had arrived under the charge of Mir Saiyid ‘All of Sabzawfir. Merchants from Irfiq and J^urasan had many horses and other goods with them and were on their way to India. At the end of the day the chiefs of the caravan were admitted to the Presence. The providential arrival of this large party was the beginning of celestial victories. The prudent and farseeing merchants recognised a great auspiciousness for themselves in the favour of so great a prince, and in assisting him ; and tendered all their horses and goods as a present. His Majesty perceived that this was an aid from heaven and took ^ a portion of the goods at four or five. times their value, and divided them among his followers and intimates. He also set aside presents for each of the princes of Badakhshdn. The remainder he returned to them that they might sell the articles wherever they chose. Next day he arrived at Kahmard* Tfthir Muhammad, son of Mir Khurd was there. Ho recognised the arrival as a great favour and paid his respects, but either from meanness or not having materials, he could not with regard to his entertainment, succeed in wiping the sweat of shame from the face of his service. From there after two days and a night iskah darmiydn) they arrived at the bank of the river Bang!. From the Other side a man® called out " 0 men of the caravan,’* have you any news among you of the King ? When His Majesty heard him,

^ From this point A.F. .seems to follow Jauhar. BaynzTd was not with Hum&yUn in the retreat, he liaving fled towards Kabul. Per- haps the names TUlakjl and S&nqajI are those of tribes and not of indi* vidoala. Sftnq&jl looks to be a

variant of the tribal name SalqSncI mentioned at Text, p. 276, 8 Hne.s from foot.

s dah caJial u dah parijah, €f. Dabar’s Mem., 138.

3 See Jauhar, Stewart, 98.

CHAFTBB XLVII.

563

he forbade any one to give nows, and asked the man who he was, and who had sent him, and what news there was among them about the King. The man answered that he was sent by Nazarl of Aulang to get news of the King, and that the report among them was that the King had come out of the battle wounded, and that after that no one had seen him. The Mirza’s men had found the royal jiha (cuirass or corselet) which the King had worn on that day and had brought it to the Mirza who had rejoiced thereat, and had instituted feasts. His Majesty summoned him to his presence and asked him if he knew him. He replied that the Divine effulgence does not remain hid. His Majesty said, Go and convey the good tidings to NajKarl, and tell him to make himself ready, so that at the time of my return he may perform acceptable setvice.’^ Next day he crossed by a ford and reached the village of Auliyfi Khanjftn.® Here M. Hindal joined him and was exalted by tendering presents. After that he encamped at Andarftb. MlrzSs Sulaimfin and Ibrfthim did homage and formed the part of loyalists.

As the narrative has proceeded so far, it is necessary that before His Majesty Jahinbfin! shall have assembled his army and marched to the conquest of K&bul, the pen should take up the^account of M. Kamran from the begiivning of his treachery till his coming out from K&bul, which was the beginning of his punishment, so that the lips athirst for the Vine of words, may pe moistened from the watering place of this supplement.

When the stewards of destiny brought fdrth from a hidden quarter, for the confirmation of the royal, ever-during dominion, and for the confounding of the masters of hypocrisy, such a victory in the guise of defeat, and such joy in the garb of sorrow, and when His Majesty Jah&nb&ni proceeded by the arrangement of devoted loyalists, towards ?uhhftq and Bami&n, M. Kamran was amaied at

• This, seems to be the Saulah- Aulang (between Panjha and Ghar» band) of Jarrett II. 400n. Naj^arl is perhaps the Mir Nasarl of the Tur- kish admiral Sidl ‘All, Vambdry, 65 and 66.

s The of the maps, W S.-W.

of Andar&b. But the river when

the conversation with Najari’s servant took place, can hardly have been the Bangf. The text has Adf Shinj&n. In the government-map of Afgh&nistSn, the town is called Shiuj&n WaliSn. They appear to be two places. See BSbar’s Mem., 139, and Jarrett II. 400.

564

akbirnAma.

the appearance of so wondrous an events such as he had never imagined as likely to happen. The hypocrites joined him in crowds, and that foolish one was excited and delighted by the coming of those triflers and stretched out the arm of oppression upon the faithful who were firmly grasping the pinnacle of fidelity to the king. On the very field of battle BAbft Sa’id brought Qarftca Qarabakht wounded before the MTrzS. The latter was gracious and inquired about his evil-ending condition. Ho replied that Babft 8a’id had wounded him unawares and the MirzA proceeded to console that cheat by baseless favours. After that BdbA Dost yasdwal and a number of others brought forward Husain Quli muhrddr, who was one of the devoted loyalists, that evildoer struck with his own sword this faithful servant and ordered him to be cut to pieces in his presence. Thus this fundholder ^ in loyal ty^s treasure-house sold in his benefactor^s service a fleeting life and a contingent existence for the coin of fidelity, and thereby became for ever a sharer in the banquet of the true and the loyal. They also brought in TftkhjI Beg who was a Caghatai officer and reckoned among the faithful. Him too they put to the sword without hesitation. After that Beg Babai of Kulab came forward and told the story of the wounding of His Majesty. The Mirza was jubilant and sent Ydsln Daulat and Maqdum Koka and a body of men in pursuit. Q&sim Husain SI. had on this day shown treachery and blindness of heart. Prom the trepidation and fear which cling to the skirt of the disloyal, ho took refuge on the side of the mountain and in bis confusion did not know whether to advance or fly. Hasan ^adr and a number more wore sent to him and they, by soothments and encouragement, brought him in. The MirzA left the field of battle and came to CfirikfirSn. Here a man brought His Majesty’s special corselet to the MtrzA who was so exultant that he could not contain himself for joy (lit. his clothes were not large enough for him). He marched from thence and besieged Kabul. Qasim Kban Barlas was in the service of His Majesty the Sl^ahinsbAh, and was looking after the security of the fort. Though the MirzA made false promises to him, he would not sever the strong cord of fidelity which bound him to

< No doubt ^usaiii Quli’s title of holder has suggested this simile to HI uArddr,t= sealer, and also gold muhr the author.

CHAPXlft XLVII.

565

His Majesty Jahftnbfinl^ till false rumours were spread and the corselet (jiha) was sent. The fort was taken by dint of hundreds of false promises and by staking lying tales. The new fruit of the garden of creation and nosegay of the spring of horizons, viz,, His Majesty the Sbfthiu^dh who was perfuming the nostrils of the age, and from whose brows of fortune there radiated the light of the Divine Khildfat, was made a prisoner. But the Divine protection, which is ever near him, watched in the old fasliion over that prince, outwardly small but grand in reality.

M. Kftmran having taken possession of Kabul, set about arrang- ing his affairs and organising his army. He gave in fief to M. VAshari, J ul 3h&hl which is now known as Jalalabad, in accordance with the auspicious title of the gb&hinshah. It is a delightful spot and a partition {barzahb) between India and foreign countries, being replete with the advantages of the ono and exempt from the evils of the other. It was Munim Khan who gave it its holy apellation and who colonised it. Ghaznin and its territory were given to Qardca Khan and Qhurband and its neighbourhood to Yasin Daulat. In this manner fiefs and grants were made to his followers. The royal servants wore laid hold of, Khw. SI. ^Ali the dlwan being imprisoned, and the hand of oppression was opened and money and goods were taken from him and used for evil purposes. But the MXrza was ever in dread of the approach of the royal army, and could not pass bis days iu tranquillity. The direction of affairs was with Qar§ca Khin and Khw. Qftsim the Mir Buyutdt, and by means of oppression and tyranny materials which in fact were no materials were got together, forgetting the verse ; —

Verse,

Who take dirmia by force and give gold for ornamentation.

Dig up the foundation of the mosque ^ and gild the palace-roof. . •

About three months were spent in this way till the sound of the approach of His Majesty Jahftnbftnl from Badakh^§n rose high in the province of Eftbdl. The Mlrzft collected soldiers and

I The Lucknow editor illustrates * *Amr which means both life and

this verse by a quotation from Sadi. mosques.

J||U

566

AKBAEKiliA.

zaminddrs from the Hazaras aad others and set off with a fall equipment. He left Baba Jujak and MullS Shafal in Kftbul, and took His Majesty the Sh^hiu^ah, — the marks of auspiciousness in whom were apparent, and were acknowledged by small and great and by friend and foe, — with him, either to bring himself good fortune or for greater security. Nor was he aware that God, the giver of life and adorner of the world, had assigned the benign influences of both worlds which were implanted in this holy personality to his friends, not to his foes. What lustre does antimony give to the blind ?

Now that this parenthetical narrative has been completed, wo must return to our subject and briefly describe the remaining occur* rences of His Majesty Jah&nbftnl.

CHAPTER ILVIll.

567

CHAPTER XLVIll.

Return of His Majesty jAHiNsiNi Jannat-AsryanI from BadasseB^n^ and his battle with M. KamrIn^ and ARRIVAL* IN Kabul after the victory.

When His Majesty Jahanban! had encamped at Andarftb and the Mirzus had waited upon him, as has already been related, he, in a short time, got together an army and prepared to march through the passes of tiie Hindu Koh. As there were a number of traitors and false-hearted ones in attendance. His Majesty, in order to conciliate and to give repose to the exoteric, came down from the heaven of his nature (fifrat) ^ and took his seat on the earth of the spirit {fabVat) of the age and brought forward the proposition of an oath, which is regarded by the worshippers of form as of great weight, suggesting that he should administer a special oath to each section {girOh) to the effect that they would accompany him with one heart and will. And he observed that, though* the creative, Divine pen was the recorder of duties, and though it was the Divine help which caused and stablished in the right way the actions of the loyal, and though his own empire-viewing mind was at rest with regard to them all, yet he desired to in some measure enlighten the hearts of worldlings who could see nothing except what was symptomatic {sahah) and that the countenance of truth might display her perfect beauty in the mirror of their actions.^ Upon this Ufiji Muhammad Kb&H Koki, who had no reverence and no sincerity of heart.

1 “The difference between and is that the former signi-

fies the essential nature of the indivi- dual man, the latter the super-induced accidents of temperament which are more under his control.*’ (Jarrett m. 403 note).

s The meaning is that though HumSyfin was satisfied of their fidelity, yet for the sake of outsiders he wished them to take an oath so that their loyalty should thereby be evidenced.

568

AKBARNlVA.

represented that in accordance with orders they would all take the oath, let His Majesty take an oath also, to the effect that he would listen to and carry into effect what they, the loyalists, should in their right thinking perceive and should represent to him. M. Hindfil who was imbued with devotion and had a knowledge of affairs, said “ Haji Muhammad, what sort of story is this you are saying, and what kind of oath is this ? Never have servants said such words to their masters, or slaves to their lords.^’ His Maje*^ who was a mine of urbanity — and a sea of generosity, said, So be it. Wo shall do whatever HajT Muhammad wishes and shall, in his loyalty, suggest.^’ After making confirmatory oaths and agreements,, they marched from that place.’

When the grand army came near Ushtar Gram M. Kiimran, according to his wont and in his folly, made preparations for war and having collected a body of troops marched against the royal army. When there was only a little distance between the two armies His Majesty JahanbAni in adherence to his affectionate nature sent M. Sliah,’^ a relative of Mir Barka who belonged to the illustrious Saiyids of Termiz, to the Mirza, and conveyed weighty advices such as might be earrings for the ears of men of fortune and prestige. The gist of them was that to take always the path of opposition and to abandon the high-Wiiy of concord was remote from* wisdom. God forbid that all this contention should take place about Kabul. Res- pect obligations, old and new, and observe the ways of peace and candour, and be of one heart and accept companionship in the conquest of India. The Saiyid performed his mission, and pence was agreed upon, but on the condition that as Qandahar belonged to His Majesty, Kabul should belong to Kamr&n; upon these terms he would enter into service and take part in the conquest oi India. As His Majesty was kind and affectionate, he sent the ambassador a second time, along with Maulana ‘Abdu-l-baqi ^adr and sent a

I See the interesting remarks of Erskino on this incident. (Hist. II. 387-90). Jauhar (Stewart 99), mentions it and says that HumAyun had fasted all the day in order to give the ceremony more solemnity.

8 Erskine says he was related to the imperial family. Perhaps he was descended from Mir AlA-nl- Mulk of Termiz who had married Fakhir-jah&n, a daughter of AbR Sa’ld.

CHAPTER XLVni.

5(39

mesaaga that if Kfttnrftn was siacore and really wished to take the road of concord, he should give his dear daughter in marriage to the unique pearl of the kbildfatf viz,. His Majesty the g^fthinshfth, so that His Majesty might bestow Kabul upon them^ and that they two (Humfiyun and Kamran) might unite in destroying the darkness of the great country of India^ and might make that last which had become the stage of wicked men and of calamities, an abode of peace and tranquillity. Both Kftbul and Hindustan would then in reality belong to the two of them* The MirzS wished to accept these wise suggestions but QarSca Qarftbakht, who was the centre of his power, did not agree and said ’’ Our heads ‘ and Kftbul.’*

In fact on that day the Eight Stars ^ were in front of the Mirzft and, according to astrologers, to fight under these circumstances is to bejdefeated, and so the Mlrzft by stratagems put ofiF the fight to another day. The victorious army (Humftyiin’s) was anxious to engage, but Ijaji Muhammad did not want this, and His Majesty in deference to him, delayed to give battle. Meanwhile Khw, ‘Abdu-s- Samad and many others who had gone to a distance during the battle of Qibcftq, took advantage of their opportunity and joined His Majesty, and brought tidings of the vacillation and confusion in the hostile army. Half the day had passed when His Majesty put the foot of firmness in the stirrup of intent, and having drawn up his forces, and arranged them in right and left wings, centre and van- guard, ordered an advance. The centre derived glory from his own presence, the right wing was made illustrious by M. Sulairafin, and the left wing by M. Hindftl. M. Ibrfthim had charge of the vanguard. Hftji Muhammad Khftn and other tried heroes had charge of the reserve.^

1 8ir-i-md u Kabul, Erskine says this is equivalent to death in Kabul. Perhaps the meaning rather is that their heads and Kftbul were equally dear, and that neither could be given up. Or perhaps that the only two conditions of peace were that they should save their heads and also keep Kftbul.

ft SaJcwllduM, See Steingass i.v. and Bftbar*8 Hem., 92. It appears

72

to be an old name for the constella- tion of Virgo, and to be the same word as the Seedeidos of AbU* M’ftftfihir of BalJch. See Ideler*8 Untersuchungen, 1809, and Athen- aeum of 19(h Hay, 1900.

ft lUmidkt giren in Heninski

as meaning sixty and so equal to veteran. But it is the reservOf ap- parently, of the front-ranks or vanguard. As Hr* Irvine has pointed

570

AKBAHNAMA.

On the other side, M. Kfirarau was in the centre, M. ^Askfiri on the right, Jq Sultan on the left, and Qarfica Khan on the vanguard. The two armies moved on, in appearance like two iron mountains, and approached each other. Mihtar Sahbaka and a number of faithful servants who had after the affair of Qabcaq entered, from necessity, the service of the Mirza, galloped off and joined the victorious army. Near the river Murl, M. Ibrfllum in his high courage, took the lead. The soldiers on both sides fought bravely. At this time the head of Qarftca ^iin was brought before the world-traversing steed (of Humayun) and all were freed from the malice of that troublesome traitor. An order was given that the guilty head of that faithless one should be stuck up at the Iron gate of K&bul so that it might be a warning to the seditious. Thus the words which he himself had uttered Our heads and Kabul,” were brought to pass. I have heard from reliable persons that a low follower of the Mirza seized the traitor and wished to take hhn before His Majesty Jahanbani as an atonement for his offences and that Qambar ‘All Saharl ^ who was a servant of M. Hindal and whose brother had been killed in Qandahar by Qaraca, was following and that he took off his (QarSca^s) cap {tdqiya) and struck him on the crown of the head with his sword, splitting it, and then cutting off the head brought it to His Majesty.

During this conflict and tumult, in which the royal servants fought with devotion, knowing that it was the end of the contest, M. KfimrSn could not maintain his ground and took to flight. He went off to Af^^nistan by the Pass of Badpaj * (the windy pass). Tho victorious army betook itself to plunder and got hold of much property. The enemies of the State were seized and |Jut to the sword, many of them lowered the veil of shame over their faces and made the tears of repentance their intercessors and after a thousand re- proaches, were enrolled in the list of servants of the State. M. ‘Askari fell into the hands of the heroes of the army [* Askar), 4 victory snch as might be the introduction to countless victories^ was obtained

out to me it is used by Sh^f^

II. 876. 8e^ also P. de Courteille and Zenker.

1 Text, SahftrT, but there is the variant Bah&rl, and this is the word in Nifhmu-d-dln. SahSrl however

appears to be right. There was a Sarkftr of that name in the Agra division. See Jarrett II. 195.

• Bibar’s Mem., 142 note 4. By Afghinistan is meant the country east of Kibul.

GHAPTEB XI.VIII.

571

Mid was the subject of thousands of rejoicings. But the heart of His Majesty was very anxious about the safety of the jewel of empire’s diadem^ viz., His Majesty the gh&hinQbfth^ for he bad heard that on this occasion M. Kamran had brought him with him. His Majesty could get no comfort from his distraction until H&san Al^ta brought that rosebush of fortune’s rose-garden, and cypress of the parterre of sovereignty before him. Recognising his advent as the beginning of fortune, he returned thanks to God for his safety and the realisation of his hopes, and with excessive joy, ho clasped that Divine nursling to his bosom. After his devotions he distributed charities, — which are the practical form of thanksgiving, — and drew to himself the hearts of the poor and the widowed and orphaned by abundant presents. And he rew;arded every one of the devoted servants either because of the happy issue of events with regard to the eye-pupil of the Khildfat or as a guerdon (jaldu) for good service. His Majesty Jahanbini announced that in future he never would bo separated from this new fruit of the garden of the KhildfaL — for thousands of good auspices were infolded in his footsteps, — and ho recognised that the glorious victory came from the blessing of the advent of this sublime pearl. At this joyous time two camels loaded with boxes and without drivers were seen on the field of battle. His Majesty said every one is having his plunder, let mine be these two camels !” He went himself and taking their nose strings, ordered that they should be made to kneel and that the boxes should be opened, so that he might see what was inside. By a beautiful coincidence it was found that the special, royal books which were lost at the battle of QibcSq were in these boxes and in perfect condition. This was the occasion for a thousand rejoicings. Khw. Q§sim Mir buyutfit, who was the kindler of the fire of strife, was consumed in the flames of this battle by the fire of his own deeds, and so commo* tion and depravity were set at rest. On this day a joyous assemblage* was held in Carikaran.

When by the favour of God, the gates of victory had been opened and the seditious had been punished, Kabul became on the following day the alighting place for blessed feet and a station of everlasting auspiciousness. First, His Majesty entered the citadel and had the joy of receiving his chaste ladies. After that he, according to his wont, proceeded to the Drta Bdu^ and freshened it

572

AKBASMlMA.

by bis fortunate presence. There he made arrangements for his snbjaots nnd dominions, rewarding the good servants and punishing the bad. Dlndar Beg, Haidar D5st Qanji, and Mast ^All ^

Qurcl who had on many occasions shown disloyalty, were capitally punished in accordance with their deserts, and the public benefit. He exercised his genius in the distribution of justice. M. Sulaim&n was loaded with gifts and dismissed to Badakbdt&n. M. Ibrdhim remained for some days, as a special mark of favour> and then was sent to . Badakh^ftn. And it was settled that in an auspicious hour he should be married to His Majesty^s daughter Bakhshi ^ Banu. His Majesty’s world-adorning heart engaged in the arrangement of affairs and exalted all the servants by his affability and benevolence.

^ B&yazid says Mast ‘All’s offence was his refusing to fight at QibcSq on the plea that a bad cuirass had been given to him, that Haidar Dost Mughal QSnji was punished for inciting Qaraca to rebellion, and that Dindir was punished for offences committed in India.

• Akbar’s half-sister. After Ibri- hlm’s death she married Sharafu-d- din Qusain (Blochmann 322). In Gnlbadan’s Memoirs the name is spelt IkhshI which is a Turki

word meaning good, and possibly this is the proper spelling. Bedhouse gives it the meaning of beautiful.

OH AFTER XLIX.

578

CHAPTER XLIX.

AsSiaNMENT OF THE VILLAOB OF CaESB ‘ TO Hl8 MaJESTY THE S^AUAN-

SSAH^ and the PROONOSTICATIONS THEREFROM OF THE FAR-SEEING.^

At this time^ when^ by God^s help, Edbul had become the seat of the thrones of sovereignty and the spot irradiated by the lights of the Khildfat^ the village of Car^ — which belongs to the tumdn of Lahugar, — was assigned to His Majesty the Shfthanshfth. The enlightened drew an omen from this mysterious gift, and beat the drum of rejoicing high o^er the nine spheres (carkb)* His Majesty gave to l^ji Muhammad the office of household -administrator {wakdlat-u darkkdna, mayoralty of the palace), which is a very great post, — and bade him mend his ways. But as, owing to his narrow understand- ing, he was intoxicated with his courage and proud of his reputation, evil thoughts continually held him in the pnson of affliction {(fham), and he was always ungrateful and showing improper desires. His Majesty Jahanb&nl> from his lofty nature and a tolerance which was boundless, used to pass this over ; for the excellent principle of this ruler was that the plant of the human life,— which is the product of the Divine workmanship and the fruit-bearing growth of the garden of fate, should not be pulled up for every defect, especially in the case of one who was distinguished among his equals for wisdom or courage or for any other fine quality. But that evil-constituted wretch thought, in his folly and wrong-headedness, that this was a weakness (in Humayun), and so made it an incitement to still greater, madness; while His Majesty always winked at such conduct and loaded him with favours. At this auspicious time, His Majesty continually kept open the gates of justice and distribiitod favours

• See BEbar’s Memoirs 148, and » This heading is very inade-

Jarrett 11. 406. It is S.E. of Kibul. quate.

A.F. puna on the meaning of the word oisrkh, it^ra.

574

AKBARNAMA.

upon which the administration of the terrene and terrestrials depends, and knit together the distractions and dispersions of the time.

M. Kainr§n, after 1 ^ defeat, went off from the village of Us^tar- gr&ui, ill the most wretched circumstances,— such as were the just result of his ingratitude and the fruit of his oblivion of benefits, — with eight followers (uir., Aq SI.,’ brother of Khizr Khw. Khan, Baba Sa‘id Qibcfiq, Tamar Tash atga^ Qatlaq Qadara, ‘All Muhammad, JOgi Khan, Abdal, and Maqsud qurcl ), — by way of Uih-i-sabz, and joined the Afghans. M. llindLl, Hiiji Muhammad Khan, Khizr Khw. !^an and the others who had gone in pursuit, did not exercise proper diligence and returned. The Afghans- blocked the Mlrza’s path and plundered him, and he, fearing lost he should bo recognized, shaved all the hair from his face (car 2ar5 zada) and came, disguised as a qalandar to Malik Muhammad of Mandraiir, one of the leading men of the Lam«> ghdn§t, who recognized old obligations and tended him. M. Kfimran was not in the least awakened by all these disasters, — every one of which was, in the eyes of the wise, a strong whip of warning and of arousing from the sleep of negligence, — but again stretched himself out in slumber. A number of soldiers who had the form of men but neither the heart to perceive what was right nor the eye to feel shame and who were always practising sedition and treachery, gathered round him.

When this news came to the sublime camp, the market of hypo- crites grew brisk and the loyal were distressed. At such a time as this, when the flame of sedition and strife had become tongued, HfijT Muhammad l^ftn went off to Ghaznin without leave. His Majesty Jahfinbtni, from desire to temporize and also from his perfect apprecia- tion (of ihe man), regarded this disgracefnl proceeding as love of op- position (? ndzjang) * and did not approve of it. He appointed Bahftdur

I According to Galbadan Begam, he left KlmrSn (who was his father- in-law) about this time and was, in consequence, deprived of hia wife. He was a younger brother of Oul- badan*s husband, Khif i**

t The reading and meaning are uncertain. The Bodleian MSS. ap- pear to give ndfjs^uYiuk, t.e., cold- ness of love, or nduhakk, the erasing

of love. If may also be naq^jkong, love of depravity. The I.O. HS. No. 4 has nds-Jj^untik quite clearly. Most probably the true reading is ndv-^any, wickedness, for A.F. has other similar uses of (See

1. 198 h 15 and 834 1. 9, where we have the word ^ang following ta’affttb and used in the sense of evil bigotry.

CHAPTER XLIX.

575

Kh&n, Muhammad Qa‘H Barlas, Qlduq SI. and a number of heroes to suppress M. Kfimrau. When the army of fortune came near the Mirzft^ he withdrew to the defiles of ^AHgftr and ^Alishang. The officers followed him and he, leaving that country, sought protection with the Af^fin tribes of Khalil and Mahraand. The vagabonds who had gathered round him, were again dispersed. The victorious troops turned back at the village of Ohazu-i-shahidftn. Now that His Majesty’s mind had obtained a respite from the wickedness of M. KfimrSn, he, in order to increase the sympathy of M. Sulaiman and to do him yet more honour, proposed a marriage to him. Kfew. Jalnlu-d-dln Mahmud and the chaste Bibi Ffttima were sent to ask for the hand of Khftnam, the daughter of M. Sulaiman, for when this should be arranged. His Majesty’s mind would be at rest as regarded Badakh^An and M. Sulaimftn would be conciliated. M. ^Askarl was also sent with JalSlu-d-dTn to be made over to M. Sulaiman. And an order was issued to M. Sulaimftn that he shoidd ftend on M. ^ Askar! to the Ijlijaz by way of Balkh. M. Sulaiman recognized the coining of the envoys as a distinction and neglected nothing that could do them honour.^ In obedience to the royal order, he sent off M. ^Askaii towards Balj^. The Mirzft^ould not, from shame and repentance, settle there but set off on his long journey, taking with him the travelling-companion of impatience. The measure of his days became full between Syria and Mecca in the year 965.^ M. Sulaiman agreed that the marriage with His Majesty Jahftnbani should take place on the arrival of the begams (of Humayun’s court) and the nobles, and on hts daughter’s becoming older: and he respectfully dismissed the embassy with letters full of apology and submission.

1 A.P. perhaps does well to empha- sise the respect paid to HumSylln’s envoys by Sulaimftn. Bftyasid tells a different story of their treatment by Snlaimftn’s wife, Shurram Begam.

• Firiahta, 961 H. He says that *AskarI left one daughter whom Akbar married to Tffsuf of

Mashhad* the later governor of

Kashmir. (Blochmann 346). Tha chronogram of * Asknrl’s death given by BiidftunI is incorrect (1. 463) Apparently it is that of his birth for it yields 922. All the MSS. of the A.N. which I have examined have 965. If this be right, Askar! survived all his brothers.

576

AKBARNlMA.

t /jAPTER L.

ExpsDiTioif Of HiS Majbstt JahInbIn! to Extingoish Another Time THE Seditious Flames of M. KImr&n.

luasmach as habit is^ as they say^ a fifth ’ huinouv of the body^ — whoever is addicted to evil ways is like the scorpion^ and in stinging is without the power of self-control* How much more they who are constitutionally bad and in whom habit accords with nature. Ac- cordingly M. Eamran agiiin inclined towards his disposition and practice and made his evil deeds the instrument of his own punish- ment. He gathered together a number of Afghans from the Khalil and Mahmand tribes and a troop of vagabonds who could not dis- tinguish good from evil, and set about plundering and ravaging. His Majesty Jah5nbdnl, who was the giver of peace to* the world and the age, recognized that the ending of such tumults was a part of worship, and he resolved to act in accordance therewith. He sent IQjLW, ll^tiyar and Mir ^Abdu-l-hai, who were confidential courtiers, to GhaztllD, to convey a gracious letter to H5jl Muhammad and recall him from the darkness of evil thoughts to the light of recognition of duty. “While His Majesty was making his preparations, ho heard that M. Kftmrftn was besieging, with a number of vagabonds, a fort near CSrbaghy in the vicinity of Jalfilab&d. He therefore did not wait for Hftjl Muhammad but wont off with all rapidity towards

Jalafilbftd. When M. Eftinrftn heard this, he was amazed and fled. He ag^ain betook himself to the defiles and went off from there by BangailL and Ghtrdiz, thinking that he might join Hftjl Muhammad. For this perverse wretch held with M. Eftmrftn.

The story of ffiji Muhammad is as follows. As the time of his min approached^ evil thoughts came forth more and more from his

1 Hubsoiiiisdans reckon that there are four humours in man. 8m Lane

fif. «.Sh| 7886. They derived the notion from Hippocrates and Qalen.

CHAPTER L.

till

impure heart, and he dismissed the royal ambassadors with pretences and false promises of his coming. At the same time he sent a messenger to M. Kamran, asking him how long he was going to wander about in the hills and deserts, and telling him to come quickly iu his own direction so that they might act in concert. By chance Bairfim Khan, who was going to Qandahar in His Majesty’s service, arrived at Ghaznin. Hflji Muhammad, who was longing for the Khan (hd khdn tawaqdn hud), went out to meet him and fawned upon him, seeking to bring him into the fort under the pretext of a feast and to shut him up there. The ]^^n proceeded towards the fort when Mir Haba^, who was with Hajl Muhammad ^an, gave a signal to the Khan, and he, being put on his guard, Ihereby made an excuse and renounced his intention of entering the fort, and encamped at a fountain outside the city. There he soothed Hftjl Muhammad and prevailed upon him to accompany him to Kabul. He sent the news of his own arrival and of the bringing of HfijI Muhammad ; and His Majesty, having heard that M. Kfimran was coming to the territory of Kabul, proceeded to Kabul with all haste. M. KamrSn advanced to within one stage of Kabul and then, when he heard of the arrival of the Khankhftnan and of his having ^ftj! Muhammad lO^ftn Vith him, he again withdrew in confusion toLamyhftn. One day Hftjl Muhammad wished to enter Kabul by the Iron. Gate, but ^w. Jalalu-d-din Mal^mud, wh^ was in charge of Kabul, would not permit him to enter the fort and sent him a harsh message. That face-blackened one became suspicious and went o£E to Qara Bl gh. under pretext of hunting ; and then, passing by the Kutal-i-minar went to Baba Qucqar («.e.. Baba ram) ; then by the Daman-i-kdh of BihzadI and Lalandar,^ went quickly off to Ghaznin. Just then the victorious standards of Hia Majesty JahanbanI, who had gone towards Kabul to quell the distur- bance of M. Kamran, arrived at Siah Sang. Bairam l^an was , exalted by paying homage. His Ma]«*sty JahanbanI ordered that no one should enter the city, for he was going in pursuit of the Mirza, so that he might, once for all^ free G.^d’s creatures from daily dis- turbance. But as his mind was uvv at ease about Hajl Muhammad, the oAcers wore unanimous that he should be secured about him and

1 Bilandarl, Erskine xeads Alin- dar. 1 adopt the variant Lalandar,

78

which is supported by B.M. MSS. and by .’■‘arrett II. 404^

578

AKBARNAMA.

then set out after the Mirza. His Majesty came to the city and appointed .Bairam Ofin to look after Hnj! Muhammad and instructed him to act with dissimulation and by every contrivance possible to bring him in.

Bairftm ^fin tamed Haji Muhammad by suitable devices and after promises and oaths, ho came to the village of Gulkar ^ and embraced the Khunkhanan. The latter brought him to the presence of the forgiving prince and begged for the remission . of his offences. Four or five days later they all went together towards the Lam- ghfinfit which was the retreat of the Mirzfi. In spite of the recent forgiveness of so many crimes, Haji Muhammad acted as if he had never committed them, and again had the audacity to enter on still worse schemes. He shewed- disgraceful conduct and disgusted the holy heart. His Majesty went off with a large body of men, and when the standards of fortune reached Jalalftbftd, the Mirzft retreated to the defiles of Kanur and Nurgal, and all sedition-mongers crept away. The Khankhftnan was appointed to follow the MirzS, and the latter, not being able to maintain himself in Kanur ‘ and NQrgal went off to the Indus (Nildb). The Khankhfinftn returned and did homage in Daka.‘

At this time His Majesty took into consideration general utility and the public tranquillity, and ordered the arrest of Muham- mad and his brother, Sh^h Muhammad — who was capable of being H(j1 Mul^ammad^s instructor in wickedness. And these two un- grateful brothers — who in their service looked to nothing but material advantages and their own credit; who were given over to cupidity and ingratitude ; who looked for a great price in exchange for their inferior goods, and who were unmindful of benefits, were caught by their own wickedness. His Majesty, in accordance with his just nature; ordered that the services which the low-thoughted service- sellers had voluntarily or involuntarily rendered during their careers, should be entered by them in a list, and that one of the honest servants should write out their offennes, so that by putting them into the balance of justice, the real facts about these two evil-doers

1 Qulkina, a suburb of Kabul. See B&bar 137 and Jarrett II. 404 and note.

^ Kan&r (read by Obalmers

KatSr), NSrkal. These are two distinct places. Bibar’s Memi. 148 and Jarrett It. 892.

8 At the end of the Shaibar.

C£tAPTBH t.

579

might be patent to mankind. The record ‘ of their good deeds re- mained unwritten^ while their sins came to 102 great culpabilities, — each one of which might have been a ground of imprisonment and death and degradation. Good God ! there is one man who after good soiwice is trembling and downcast, lest his (Akbar’s) glance fall upon his work and there be a suspicion that ho, a simple-minded man, is selling his services, or that he is ill-conditioned. And the more honest his service, the greater his apprehensions ! And there is another kind of man who sells things’ not done at the rate of things done ; who passes off bad deeds as good ones ; who after tricking out his blemishes,^ looks for favours, and indulges himself in self-commendation .

When by this thorough investigation it was proved to the world that these two disloyalists deserved the punishment of their own wickedness, and that it was time the skift of the age should be cleansed from the dirt of their existence, their fierce and brutish natures— which infected them in the cage of the raw material of humanity,— were drawn forth by a halter from human shape, and consigned to a fitting place, and they, or rather the world, was granted deliverance froih their hideous nature. Ghaznin was assigned to Bahftdur Khftn and his Muhammad^s) other fiefs

were distributed among the (royal) servants.

The winter was spent in that neighbourhood, in travelling and hunting, and in feasting and rejoicing. In the beginning of spring, when the humours are in a state of equilibrium, general receptions were held, and after petitions and tendering of gifts, a number were enrolled in service. The dust of the Mlrza^s strife and disturbance Was laid, and His Majesty Jah&nbanl went by Bfidpaj to the river B&r&n. On the night that the army was near Bftdpaj, there was much rain and snow and many suffered. When hunting and sight-seeing were ended, Kabul was made the seat of dominion, and

1 Cf, Jauhar, Stewart 107. Ho places their punishment in 961 (1553).

This compound is not to be found in the dic- tionaries. Some MSS. read dljf d6i2a, a blister or pimple, and this, I believe the true reading, ^

folly, does not seem applicable here nor at text, 336, 1. 16, where the phrase occurs again. 1 think the ext>re8sion corresponds to the English ** plastering the boil” and means covering over and adorning a sore, BO as to make it look like a beauty.

580

AKRA.RNAMA.

Ikiram Khan was sent to administer the affairs of Qandahar. Khw. (ihazi was sent with him to convey presents and to go on an embassy to the ruler of Persia. Ghaznin, Gardish, Bangash and the iumdn of Lahugar (Logar)^ were bestowed on M. Hindal. Qunduz, which belonged to the MlrzS^ was conferred on Mir Barka and M. Hasan. M. Hindal was granted leave to go to Ghaznin and Mir Barka received permission to go to Qunduz. Jul ^fthl and its territory were assigned to Kbi^r Khw. Khan. Before Mir Barka reached Qunduz^ M. Ibrahim got possession of it by trickery from Muhammad Tahir Khftn^ and Mir Barka returned to Kftbul. His Majesty Jahfin- baui allowed the good services of the Mirz& to be an atonement for his action and left him in possession of Qunduz. At this time^ AbuM-ma’ali was introduced into the service through *Abdu-s-8ami.’ Sb&h Abu’l-ma’&li traced his descent from the aatyids of Termiz. His personal beauty made the good and right-thinking look for goodness of nature^ and his forwardness was tolerated on account of his courage. Consequently he became a favourite with His Majesty JahftnbftnI. Some of his insolencies and extravagancies will be related in their proper place.

1 Am, Lohgar. Jsrrett II. 406.

CHAPTKB LI.

581

CHAPTER LI.

Another Expedition of His Majxstt JahInbIn! Jannat-asbyanI to Quell the Disturbance caused by M. KImbAn; and the Martyrdom of M. HindIl.

M. Kamrfta spent some days in the cell of contempt and disgrace^ and then hearts which had been set at rest, were again agitated by the news of his strife-mongering ; and wayfarers reported to His Majesty that he had come back from the Indus (Nildh) and had again raised the head of sedition in the district of JQI SbfthL in concert with -a band of vagabonds. His Majesty summoned M. Hind^l from Ghaznin and issued marching-orders to the neighbour- ing jagirddrs. In a short time M. Hindftl did homage^ and the devoted and dutiful followers gathei*ed round. His Majesty Jahftn. bSni ordered an expedition to extinguish the flames of sedition^ and M. Knraraii, on hearing of this, retreated unsuccessful. Wheif the victorious standards had neared SurUftb, Haidar Muhammad AUbtd^ hegl, who was iu the advance-guard, had, with many devoted men, gone ahead of the royal camp and halted on the banks of the Siah Ab, which is between the Sur^db and Gandamak. M. KtmrSn, who did not And himself able to engage in a pitched battle, made a night attack on him. Haidar Muhammad showed lion-like courage and made a gallant fight, and received conspicuous wounds, which are in appearance and in reality red-lettered diplomas (fNB&rd). He remained firm and did not give up his ground. Though many things, were plundered, the Mirzft failed and had te return disconcerted. After some days when the village of Japriar, which belongs to the tumdn of Neknahar,^ had been made the camping ground, — inasmuch

1 Or Neknihal, Jarrett 11. 405. It lies S. of the Kabul river. See also Bcllew’s Races of Afghanistan 64. The Japriar of text is written Jaryir by Erskinc. Bay&zld speaks of Car-

yir and HindUpdr; and Raverty, (Notes on Afghanistan, 55) says JirySr or J ablrySr belongs to Nangnahar and is also written JablrhSr and lies on the slopes of the Spinghar Range.

582

l&BABNiltA.

as vigilance and caution are the components of alertness^— bat- teries were arranged and a trench and bulwark made. At the cud of the day two Afghans brought word that M. Kamran intended that night to make an attack with a large body of Afghans. His Majesty Jahaiibaul brought the rules of circumspection to bear and stationed men at every point. On the night of Sunday, 21 st ZiM-qaMa, 958 (20th November, 1551), when a quarter of the night had passed away, M. Kamran fell upon the camp with a large body of Afghans. His Majesty Jahanbam mounted his horse and stood on a height behind his tent, and summoned to his presence the glory of foreheads and the great pearl of the diadem of the Khildfat, to wit, His Majesty tho Shahanshah. The servants of the exalted threshold were all in the entrenchments and doing their duty bravely. The flames of battle were blazing. In the midst of this tumult and confusion ‘Abdu-l-wahhab yasdwal, who was in the entrenchments, was struck by a bullet and became a martyr. The market of conflict grew hot until the shining moon, — which is the miiTor-holder of the world, — raised her head from the quarter of fortune and brightened the earth with her effulgence. The light of victory radiated from the brows of dominion, and the adversary sought safety in flight. The imperialists wore victorious and raised tho standards of composure. The hearts of all had become tranquil when suddenly an unpleasant report came to the royal ■ hearing, that M. HindM had left this evil world. Joy became bitter and exalta- tion was changed into.abundance of sorrow. Alas ! ^tis the way of this transitory world that if a breath go forth in joy, next moment the smoke of grief ascfends from the breast of the afflicted.

Verfe.

Never is heaven^s eye brightened by the morning,

Without the evening twilight’s suffusing it with blood.

There is neither capability of dallying for enjoyment therein, nor permission for persistent grief. Though the Mirz& left this unstable world and departed from this unenduring hostel, he gained the glory of martyrdom and at once acquired a good name in the visible world and an exalted rank in the world of reality. Hail I O Thou little-receiving and much-giving who, on the departure of borrowed life, hast given Buch permanent grandeurs I His Majesty

CHAPTER LI.

583

who was a mine of gratitude, was so afEected and sorrowful at the death of so noble a brother that his feelings cannot be described or hinted at. But as he was wise and farseeing, he turned from lamentation to resignation and sought comfort in the pleasant abode of submission to the Divine Will.

The account of this melancholy affair is as follows. When M. Hindal heard of the projected night attack he put the entrenchments in order, and he had gone to take some repose, when the noise of the Afs^^ns arose. An undescribable number of Af^ftns came into each battery, and many entered the MlrzA’s. The night was dark. The MirzS addressed himself to the repulsing of the wretches, while his own men were confused and hastened to look ^ after their horses. Meanwhile the Mirz& came face to face with the Af^j^ans. Nurm ^ITofea and many others behaved badly. The time for using bow and arrow passed and he grappled with one of the foe, and by main force overthrew the bom villain. The brother of that wretch, Jaranda ^ by name and belonging to the Mahmand tribe, sent the Mirzft to the other world by a poison-stained spear. Some of M. Kftmrftn’s companions used to relate that that evil- natured Afghan got hold of a case which contained the^ Mlrz&^s special thumb-stalls and brought it before M. Kamrfin, not knowing with whom he had played this disastrous game. He described the occurrence. When the Mirzft’s eye fell on the thumb-stall case; he knew what misfortune had happened and flung his turban on the ground, saying that M. Hi dftl hod been martyred.

In short the soul of the Mirza travelled on that dark night to the abode of annihilation without its being known, and his body remained where it fell. Meanwhile some of his servants were coming back, when I^w. Ibrahim Badakhghl observed that there was a black cuirass {qalmdq) on the body, ^s it was dark and the tumult still continued, he did not approach it. Then it occurred to him that M. Hindftl had been wearing a black cuirass. He turned round and looked at it and recognised the Mirza. In accordance

^ Gulbadan’s account is that none of them dismounted.

tThis name seems to mean my light and to be formed like Miham , my

moon. He was foster-brother of M. IbrShlm, Akbar’s half-brother, Bloch- mann 526 .

• The IqbAlnSma has Farid.

584

AKfiARNlMA.

with patience ami deliberation which are the watchwords of the wise, he carried ^ off the body to the Mirza’s tent and made it over to the doorkeepers ; and ho wisely took steps to conceal the melan- choly occurrence so that the enemy might not rejoice nor be en- couraged, and also that the imperial servants might not be disheart- ened. He reported that the MlrzS was much fatigued, and was also slightly wounded, and that no one should make any noise or tumult close by. He himself went up on the rising ground and con- veyed congratulations on the victory as from the Mirzi. The illuminated soul of II is Majesty Jahfinbftni received a ray of intelligence from this statement. In fine the Mirza’s bier was deposited in Jul S^ahr, and after some time was brought to Kftbul. The body was placed in the Guzarg§h, near the holy tomb of His Majesty Getl-siUni Firdus-makani, and buried at his feet. Mullft Khurd Zargar who was in the Mirza’s^ service, composed an elegy of which the first couplet was, —

Verse}

One night sorrow made a night-attack on the apple of mine eye,

Owing to the onset of blood, my beloved departed.

^ Gulbadan says MTr Biba Dost carried in the body.

• From a previous reference (Text I.

275. it appears that MulU Eihurd was in K&mr&n*s service, so that the word Mlrzl^ here probably refers to Kimran. is mentioned in the

Tabaqdt-i-dkbari, Lucknow Ed., p. 405, under the name of MullA Khurd Zargar. ^ His poetical name was Fans! and Nizimu-d-din says he was originally a servant of M. ‘Askarl. See also Blochmann 426, but perhaps this is a different Fan&T.

8 Lit. One night the blood of the liver made an attack on my eye- pupil.

Owing to the coming and going of blood the black-eyed one pitched his tent outside.

The text has sipdh-dida and this may be correct, the meaning being the sentinel, or the soldier-eye. But there is the variant siah dlda rneon- ing black-eyed, and a mistress; and this reading I adopt. Probably the poet wanted to take advantage of both readings for tijoch agrees with the expression ‘* pitched his tent out-, side. Possibly ho had in his mind the passage in Bihar’s Memoirs, (Leyden and Erskine, p. 33), where we are told that Baisanghar had to shift his pavilion three times on ac- count of the number of executions that took place in front of it. The ^quatrain which follows is said by A.F. to be also by Mulli SKord, but BadiSnt (1. 454) gives it as the composition of Maulini l^asan *All

CHAPTER LT.

58S

This chi’onogram is also his, —

Verse,

HindSl Muhammad, a king of glorious title.

Suddenly, in the dead of night, became a martyr,

As a night-attack {iAahkbuyi) caused his martyrdom.

Seek the chronogram from shahkbun^ (958).

Mir Amani uttered this enigmatical chronogram, —

Verse, ^

A cypress left the garden of glory.

The Mirza was born in 924® (1518) and so it was said ; —

Verse.

The chronogram was kaukah-i-hurj-i-ihihanshdhi (924), (the kaulcah of the king of kings* tower).

Next day His Majesty Jahanbani went from there to Bihsud, where he encamped in order that he might, once for all, set his world-adorning heart at rest with respect to thu strife of the sedi- tious and then make Kabul, by the glory of his sublime court, an abode of peace and tranquillity. ^

KharAa. He also gives some other linos in which the same chronogram appears.

^ Slk^h^un makes, by ahjad, 958 (1561).

• The cypress stands for the letter alift on account of its straight shape. If alif be removed from the words bustdn-i’daulat, the other letters amount by ahj(td to 958.

s Erskine (II. 404 n.) says he was born in 925, and this agrees with Babar (250). Kaukah means both a star, and a golden ball, and hnrj means both a tower and a sign of the Zodiac. The Memoirs of Ou Ibadan Beg^m also go to show that Hindiil who was her full brother, was born in 925.

586

AKBABNlMA.

CHAPTER LII.

Assignment of the Territory op (JhaznIn to His Majesty the Osahinsmah, and Elevation op some to bis Service.

As, from his early years, the notes of greatnpss and the glory of government shone from the lustrous brows of that new fruit of the tree of sovereignty and that splendour and nosegay of the garden of the hhildfat and fortune,~to wit, His Majesty the ghfihin- ^ih, — at this time, when he was ten years old, all the servants of M, Hindftl, together with all his Jdgirs, viz,, Ghaznin, etc., were assigned to him, so that, by the practice of rule, he might exhibit favour and severity in the management of men; and by i^ministra- tion of a part, he might become accustomed to administer the whole. One of the wonderful things of fate was that some days earlier, the turban of this light of the eyes of dominion came oflE in a crowd when he was riding in the service of His Majesty Jahdnbanl. M. HindAl was there and from perfect reverence, he took off his own fortunate cap (tdj) in the midst of that crowd and placed it on the star-brushing head of Akbar). The far-seeing drew the omen from this that the time when the gh&hinsh&h would wear the diadem and wield authority, was nigh at hand. The Almighty, in recom- pense for this deed, elevated the Mirzft to the rank of martyrdom which is equivalent to life and joy eternal. His Majesty the 3bfthin- who is the Divine hursling, — shewed such marks of greatness, graciousness and appreciation of men, in winning hearts, that grief for the Mirzft left men^s souls and they became possessed of constant joy.

Versff. '

0 God ! so long as the world hath lustre and colour.

The heavens gyration and the earth stability ;

Grant him enjoyment of life and youth ;

Above all, give him abundance of existence.

CHAPTSB LIl.

587

The names of the principal servants of the deceased Mirz& who entered into the service of the ^fthinsh&h^ are as follows;— (1). Muhibb ^Ali Oan ; (2). Na^irQuU; (3). {[hw. Ibrflhim; (4). Mau- lanA ^Abdu-l-lfth ; (5). Adina TuqbSi ; (6). SatninjT; (7). Qaiyhuji : (8). Jftn Muhammad Tuqbai ; (9). Taj u-d-din Mahmud 6dr6epi ; (10). Timur T^^; (11). Maulaafi Sini, now known as Sam Khftn;^ (12). Maulaua Baba Dost^ nadr, who was highly regarded by the Mirzft ; (13). Mir JaraaP who was also a favourite with the Mirzft; (14). l^aldln D5st Sahftrl. Bftba Dost was also a servant of the Mirzft but^ as in the educational canou, nothing is worse than bad company^ he, on account of his bad character was not taken on. Though Muhammad Tfthir Khftn was an old servant of the Mirza, yet, inasmuch as he had not been able to keep charge of Qunduz,* he was excluded from the glance of the truth-disceruiug eye, and was not made a companion on this auspicious expedition. As the Court of this bestower of glory on the earth, was a test of the jewel of humanity, the condition of every one of these men who was of good disposition and pure chai*acter, became better day by day, and they attained lofty positions. And it is to be hoped that they will remain to the end in that condition. Everyone who was evil had the veil stripped from his acts^and was so dealt with as to be a warning to all who were evil or negligent.

As the village of Bihsud became the camp of the pavilions of fortune, an order was given to build a strong fort. His Majesty the ghftbinshfth was sent off ^ in order to strengthen the city of Kftbul and that he might there practise the methods of spiritual and temporal sovereignty. His Majesty himself remained at Bihsud under the Divine aid and exercised vigilance with regard to M. Kftmrftn. The army remained there for four or five months. The Mlrza, from want of sense, (az hi istiid^afi) was each day the guest of a clan and each night took I’efuge with a landholder. From a defect of

1 Blochmann 476 and Badaoni HI. 206.

^ Qa. father of Qamida BftnU Begam. See Gulbadan Begam’s Me* moirs. Perhaps he was also known as *Ali Akbar and perhaps BadftonI was mistaken in giving this as a nothor name of Sftui Khftn.

® Probably this waslhe brother of Bftbar*8 Afghftn wife, Bibl MubSrika.

• A reference to bis allowing him- self to be over-reached by M. Ibrfthlro.

( Humlydn seems to have for- gotten his vow never again to be separated from Akbar.

588

AtBABMlMA.

nature, he remained veiled in self-conceit and excluded from tlio auspicious service and fellowship of such a benefactor, and was for ever indulging in seditious thoughts.

At this time, a set of superficialists who were in the service of His Majesty the ShBhinshah and were oblivious of au internal abode of wisdom, wrote to His Majesty Jahanbftni and complained about his Highness. His Majesty, notwithstanding that he was aware of the inner light of the gh^hinshah^ had regard to externals, and sent a gracious letter containing instructions and admonitions, full of kindness and paternal affection and not at all of a censurini:’ or cautioning chamcter. For what need has he who has been taught at the Divine school, — of ‘human instructions? or what concern has the nursling of Heaven with sucR didactics? In that letter this verse of Sl^aikh Nizami was quoted.

Verse.

Sit not idle, ^tis not the time for play :

^Tis the time for arts and for work.

He was first taken before MullSz&da Mullu ‘A^^inu-d-din to be taught. As this teacher was devoted to pigeons, the servants re- ported against him. His Majesty discharged him and made over the duty of outward instruction to Maul&nS Bay&zid. He performed this duty, but as the world-adorning Deity did not wish that His own special pupil should become tainted by exoteric sciences, He diverted him from such pursuits and made him inattentive to them. The shallow thought it was the fault of the teachers and re- ported against them, but as the latter were right-thinking and of good character, the complaints were not accepted or acted upon. At last His Majesty had au inspiration, to wi^, that for the purpose of instructing that pupil of the Divine school, lots should be cast between Mullft ^Abdu-l-Qadir, MulUzftda Mulla ‘AsSmu-d-dln, and Maulftnfi Bfiyazid, so that he, on whom the lucky chance should fall, should be exalted by being made the sole teacher. It happened that the lot fell on Maulftnfl Abdu-l-Qftdir, and an order issued for the removal of MauUnft Biyazid and the appointment of Maulani ‘Abdtt-l-Qftdir.

It is not hidden from the wise and acute that the appointment of a teacher in a case like this, springs from use and wont, aud does

CHAPTER Lll.

589

not pertain to the acquisition of perfections. For him who is God’s pupil ^ what occasion is there for teaching by creatures^ or for application to lessons ? Accordingly his holy heart and his sacred soul never turned towards external teaching. And his possession of the most excellent sciences together with his dis- inclination for the learning of letters were a method of showing to mankind^ at the time of the manifestation of the lights of hidden abundancies^ that the lofty comprehension of this Lord of the Age was not learnt or acquired^ but was the gift of God in which human effort had no part% His Highness in that period assimilated external glory and temporal dominion in abundance, but feigned ignorance of inward perfections and spent much time in sport, and practised wisdom under a veil of concealment, so that even the farseeing failed to notice it.^ But, as his genius was soaring, he was making a perfect veil for himself out of grand external performances. And he put his heart into acts so that though their beauty was not evident to the superficial yet the profound perceived the designs. • Among them was his continually giving his attention* to that wondrous creature the camel and his delight in the marvels of Divine power. He used* to observe and contemplate the strange make and^ways of camels, which were the biggest animals in- that region and, under the guise of amusement and metaphor, made serious reflections on the dartnM-like constitution of those beasts — their endurance and patience ; submission and resignation, their passive obedience even should the leading cord be in the hand of a child, — their being satisfied to eat thorns, and their endurance of thirst. He also applied his thoughts to the delight in an Arab horse which is a grand subject of dominion and exaltation, and carried off the ball of excellencies and of philosophy {hunarparddzt, love of science) with the polo-stick of the Divine help and of sempiternal instruction. And sometimes he opened the wings of his genius in the spacious atmos- phere of meditation upon God and brought his conte mplative mind to study the sport of pigeon-flying.* He scattered graiti in order to allure their timid breasts and proceeded from the superficial joy and

1 The text omits the negative, but the variant n€ml^ftad makes better sense and is supported by two B.M. MSS. Nos. 27,247 and 5610.

^ This may be compared with the remarks in the AXn, Blochmann 143.

• Of. Blochmann 298.

590

AKBABKAMA.

ecstacj of these handfuls of wings and feathers to the recuperative and visible raptures of the lords of perfection, nud thereby participated in the joys of the spiritual world. He carried his heart from the flying of these aerial fliers to the lofty soaring of the swift-winged ones of holy heaven, and under the guise of sport performed the work of adora- tion. Sometimes he would apply himself to coursing with dogs and thus occupy himself with sensuous things. Outwardly it was cyne- getics, inwardly it was quickening the senses. Apparently his heart was fixed upon dog-fancying, in reality he was conducting his companions in the methods of government. And ^ although he was pursuing his quests under the veil of irrecognition and kept himself attired in the garb of superficialists, he could not hide his sweet savour or his brilliancy. Divine glory ever shcne from liis lustrous brows, and the attributes of spiritual and temporal leadership were conspicuous in the irradiated countenance of that elect of God !

One day he was engaged in hunting on the slope of the Safid ^ Sang hills and had put hunting-dogs into the charge of his immediate attendants in order that they should lie in ^ wait. And certain men

^ Of. the remarks about hunting, Blochmann 282.

s There is a Safid Sang south of Kibul, but probably what is meant is the Safid Koh or SpInghSr range S.W. of JaUUbSd.

• Ke tvaqdwal bdtl^ind. The word tSsq&wal is not in the dictionaries. It occurs once before, viz., at Text, p. 255, 1. 11. That passage is founded on BayKzXd I.O. MS , 286 and he says that tusqdwal is called nihilam in Badakh&h^n. Now BAbar has the word nihilam, p. 28 of Memoirs, and speaks of his uncle Sultin Mah- mBd MTrzS’s being very fond of hunt- ing the nihilam. That is, this is how Jjoyden has understood the passage, and P. de Oourteille has followed him. But it would appear from the passage before us that tos- qatodl according to A.F. means a

particular kind of hunting and is not the name of any animal. Ap- parently it refers to the practice of driving game past a^ shelter or shoot- ing box. The Lucknow edition of the Akbamama says in a note to the passage, at p. 238 that taaqdwal is a Turki word and means a hunter who remains on the low ground in ambush. It may perhaps be connected with the Turql qardwal a hunter, or it may be Arabic and a derivative from iPa and on and mean one who feigns inactivity. Bihar’s remark that his uncle took to the pursuit in the latter part of his life seems to imply that the sport was not of ah active kind. In the Persian of Bibar’s Mem., as given in the Bombay lithographed edition, niAilam appears as hahilam.

Since writing this note I have

CHAPTER LII.

591

had been sent up the mountain to drive the deer down into the plain. When the deer came to the obstacles, the servants had been caught by the dog of carnal appetite, and as in their folly they thought only of His Highness’s tender years and boyish appearance, they had set themselves to eat and so did not slip the dogs in time. When he became aware of this, his inward sovereignty was aroused, and he issued an order that their necks should be bound with cords as if they were dogs, and they bo led round the camp. He so sate on the masnad of severity that tho old and experienced were amazed and placed the finger of surprise in their mouths. When this occur- rence came to the ears of His Majesty JahAiibAiii, his heart was greatly delighted and he remarked that he would soon come to great sovereignty aud attain everlasting dominion.

gb^ham KhAn Jalalr used to tell how one day His Majesty Jahfin- bfinl bade him go and see what tho new fruit of fortune’s springtide was doing. ** When I went,” he said, I found him lying down. His lustrous countenance was serene and he looked as if he were asleep. In truth he was holding converse with the holy ones of heaven’s court (the angels). His blessed hand moved occasionally as is seen in the recuperative states of the lords of contemplation. From time to time there fell from his pearl-dropping tongue such expressions as ** God willing. I’ll bring the cream of earth’s surface under my sway and fulfil the desires of the sorrowful of the seven climes." The Khan used to say that when he saw this condition and heard these words, he became amazed, and great awe fell upon him, so that he could not stand. He went aside and remained stupe- fied. Several times did he (Akbar) speak in this fashion.

A laudable behaviour of His Highness at this time and one which showed his lofty and farseeing nature was that whenever any flatterers or black-hearted persons, who see nothing but their own personal loss or gain, or rather think their ^ loss is their gain, would

found tho word iiUqdwal the Turkish-Persian dictionary of MlrzA *A1I Ba](ht, and which is known as the Farhang A safari. This dic- tionary is in the Mulls FlrUz Library, Bombay, and is No. 27, p. 54 of Rehats^’s catalogue. It explains twqawdl as tho’snutting up of a road.

Ta$qdwal, or nikilam then was a kind of hunting analogous to ** driv- ing *’ and was perhaps such a sport as Akbar is said to have engaged in at the Deer- tower of Fate^pEr SlkiT.

1 Perhaps it should be zXdn^i^digakr the loss of others, but all the MgS. seem to have Kk itd.

592

akbarkAma.

say ** May you soon bo king of the seven climes’* or May you be the Lord of the Ago’’ he would be much displeased and say “Those people in their little sense want to show themselves wellwishers. God forbid that they know anything of the palace of wellwishingl They are imagining evil for me in thinking of the decease of His Majesty JahAnbAnT^ and are gathering my temporal good from my spiritual ill. Or rather they are casting trouble into the country of welfare and raising the head of sedition. For the spiritual and temporal good fortune of children lies in their hopes and wishes being always for the preservation of their august fathers^ and they wish them long life. For he who does not act rightly by his temporal God how shall he conduct himself properly towards his spiritual God ? ” Let men admire the lefty understanding, the pure nature, aud the right thinking of this spiritually and temporally great one (Akbar) ! In fine, greatness and glory shone in every action of His Highness. What the mature and experienced attained to by thought and care, this cherished one of God’s glance acquired with small application in the beginning of his career. And every knowledge and science that the learned and the studious gathered with diffi- culty, came into the hands of this exhibitor of wondrous powers without meditation or care. Ripe wisdom made the hope-eye of the world shine on beholding this light of the eyes of sovereignty, and made men exult in the firm wisdom and deep knowledge of this nursling of God. But till the time of the revelation of the Khildfat, it was veiled and hidden, and he passed his time under God’s protec- tion and free from the mischief of the deceit and treachery of ill- wishers.

OHAPTIB LIIT.

593

CHAPTER LIIL

Exprdition o? Ht8 Majesty JahImbAnI Janmat-A^tan! from BiHSOD against the AfQBAN clans, — AMONGST WHOM WAS THE AMBUSH OP M. KAMBAn’s STRIFES, —

AND FLIGHT OF THE LATTER TO InDIA.

When winter came to an end in the village of Bihsud and the violence of the cold was over ; and when it was known that M. Kftmrftn, with a few retainers, was spending his days amongst the Afghftn clans, most of the officers were of opinion that, as the Mirsfl had now no power of opposition. His Majesty should leave there a body of troops, and should proceed to Kftbul. But a party of the far-seeing represented that as the weather was now temperate, it was advisable to attack and plunder the Afghftns ; and that it was impro- per to return until this faction, — ^the material of strife and^ sedi- tion;— had been thoroughly subdued. Thus both M. Kamrfin who was secretly living amongst the tribe and who was making ready the constituents of dissension, would fall iftto their hands, and alio’, the root of the disturbers would be dug np.

His Majesty Jahftnbftnl preferred this view, and guided by victory, mounted the steed of fortune in order to fall suddenly upon the clans and pour the dust of defeat on their heads. A number of impetuous heroes and wielders of the sword, such as Muhammad ^An JaUTr, SI. Muhammad Fawftq, gljaikh Bahldl, gbAh Qui! Nftranjf, were appointed under the leadership of SI. Husain ^ftn to go forward in advance. The wind was very cold that night and the way was long, so they halted mid-way to ease their men and cattle. In the morning, they mounted and went on.

As the tribes had scattered here and there, it was not known in which the M!rz& was. In this time of perplexity,. MAham ^Ali QiiU Kbdn and BibA SbisAn who were on the way from M. KAmrftn to Malik Muhammad of Mandraur, fell into tho hands of the royal servants. They asked in which tribe the Mirzft was. MAham ^/Ali

75

594

AKBARNAMA.

led the inquirers astray and indicated a tribe other than that in which the MirzS was. H§b§ said, Ho is frightened, he does not know what he is saying. The Mirzft is in such and such an encamp- ment and I will show the way/* The advance-guard reached the place at early dawn, attacked it, sent many to the abode of annihila- tion and captured a number of women and children. Some of the heroes entered the tent where the Mirzft was sleeping, and gJi^ah QuU Nftranji declares that he was one of them and that there were two persons within. One of them was caught and the other con- trived to escape. In the morning, it was seen that the captive was Beg Muluk whom the Mirzft always kept in his sight, and that it was the Mirza who had gone out. Some of the vagabond Afghans, such as SJ^aikh Yusuf Kararftnl and Malik Sangl, stood up to fight and then flung the dust of disgrace on themselves by running away. Their goods fell into the hands of the royal servants. The victory was won before the arrival of the royal standards. The Mirza was not able to remain in those parts and went to India.

When His Majesty’s heart was freed from the business of chastising the rebellious and when, by God’s favour, a great victory had been gained, — such as might be a preface to victories, — he left the district and returned to Bihsud. When it was ascertained that the Mirzft had escaped, under circumstances befitting thankless ingrates, and had gone to India, His Majesty Jahftnbftni went to the Bftgfa-i-^afft ^ which is the delight of hearts and may be styled a cleanser {^af(^~ba}sh§k) of the picture-gallery of the soul, and there made a festival with pomp and splendour.

As the days were lengthening and there was the beginning of the splendour of spring and of the freshness of avenues (M^ydhdn) and of the delights of the heart opening streams, he sent a number of sp^ial individuals under charge of ^Al! Quli of Andarftb to Kftbul to fetch that spring-blossom, His Majesty the Shfthinal^fth, together with the chaste ladies ; so that he might, by beholding the wonders of early spring and by reading the pages of the rose-garden, gain

< The Bigh-i-fafI was at Cftr Bftgh which is marked in maps as W. of Jalftlftbftd and higher up the Kftbul liver- See Baverty, ** Notes on

Afghftnistftn/’ p. 63, and Jarrett II. 406. The Bftgh-i-faf ft is distinct from the Bftgh-i-wafft*

CHAFTlft LIII.

595

admittance to the enclosure of recognition of the Divine artist and might lay the foundations of thanksgiving.

Their Highnesses arrived in a short time, and His Majesty gave endless thanksgiving gifts, which are a means of attracting yet more favours from the true Benefactor. After a time of enjoyment, he proceeded in an auspicious hour, to K&bul.

596

▲KBiLSMlHA.

CHAPTER LIV.

His Majesty the SUbIhinobAh goes to QpAZNfN, and exaltation

OF THAT PLACE BY HIS DWELLING THEBE.

As His Majesty Jahflnbftnl perceived that tbe splendours of guidance and of capacity for affairs of His Majesty the gbfthinsbfth were increasing daily^ he determined, now that things were quieted, to separate him for a few days from his person in order that his greatness might be tested, that all might know his abilities, and also that he might have practice in the art of rule. For whoever in his youthful years, and also when by himself, shall make prudence his guide, and show magnanimity in all his ways, and who shall, without pluming himself on his own grandeur, exercise justice and equity to the humble and needy, And he whom real union (with his parent or guardian) shall su£Sce and whom physical remoteness shall not make sad, — assuredly he it is who can become the Unique Pearl of the ^ildfat. As the glories of such qualities were believed to be, or rather were known with certainty to be, written on the tablet- forehead of His Majesty the gbikinsL&h, he was sent to Qhaznin in the beginnkig of 959, (end of December, 1551), The Atka Khan, Khw. Jalftlu-d-din Mahmud and all the servants of M. Hindil were attached to him in this happy enterprise, the general manage- ment being with the h^waja aforesaid. He spent six months there in vig[ilance and prosperity, and as spiritual and temporal supremacy was ever visible in him, right actions and laudable manners, such as are not seen in mature and experienced men, displayed themselves in this fortunate and happy-starred youth. And he was continually winning hearts by his rig] it ways and his worship of the right. He always strove to comfort the distracted. He was always bent upon pleasing that class of men who expend themselves in the domain of privation and who, having girt op the loins of effort for the purifica- tion of manners and the knowledge of God, have taken the path of poverty and renunciation, turning aside from ease and sorrow, and

CHAPTER LI?.

597

the praise and blame of worldlings, and concerning themselves solely with the Unique and Companionless One (God).

At that time there was in Gjbaznin B&b& Bilas who was one of the enthusiastic God-knowers and immersed in the sea of contemplation and who spent his days in the cell and the hermitage of obscurity. His Highness frequently went to see him. And that seer of the work- shop of holiness read temporal and spiritual supremacy in the lines of his forehead and congratulated him on his external and internal kingship, and gave him the good news of long life, and lofty distinctions. When it was near the time that he should obtain respite from the hunting and travelling in Ghazmn he, in accordance with an indication from His Majesty Jahftnbani Jaunatrft|^y§ni, set about his return. The reason of his recal was that His Majesty Jahftnbftnl was ever engaged in business in K&bul. All his time was divided and apportioned, and not a moment of night or day was spent in frivolities or idleness. But together with his dispensing of justice, and comforting the brokenhearted and surveying the work of the kingdom, he took pleasure in travel and field-sports. One day he had gone riding to Zama^ which is one of the delightful villages of Kftbul, and had accidentally fallen from his hbrse, and sustained bodily injuries. As prudence is closely associated with dominion, he, out of precaution and reflection on the end of things, sent a letter recalling His Majesty gh&hin^fth. By the happy in- fluence of his advent His Majesty attained a perfect recovery.

^ A variant gives Palis and this is the form used by Bay&zld. He tells how Humiyiln unsuccessfully tried to evade the saint when he visited on his way to Qan*

dahir ; and how the saint questioned

him about his having put 9&jl Mu- hammad to death, Erskine MS. trs. p. 40.

^ Called Zamzama at p. 260 last line. It lay N. of K&bul.

598

AKBARNlMA.

CHAPTER LV.

Eipbdition of His Majesty jAHlNsiNi jANNAT-ifliTTANi to BANOAUfj

AND CHABTISNMENT Of THE REBELLIOUS; REARING THE STANDARD OF INTENTION FOR InDIA ; CAPTURE OF M. EIHBIN, AND RETURN TO EIbUL, BTC.

In the winter of the end of 959 (November^ 1552), His Majesty Jalianbftui determined upon proceeding to Bangagb ^hich is a winter- quarters for Kftbul. I’he design of tliia expedition was both to chastise the rebels of that quarter, and also to recruit his army. For the sake of aaspiciousness, he took with him His Majesty the Sbahin^Sh, as being closely connected with his good fortune, and proceeded towards Gardfz and Bangasb. The Afi^ins received proper punishment, and their goods fell into the bands of the soldiery. The first tribe attacked was the ‘Abdu-r-rahmftni,‘ the last was the Barmazid. Faih * Af|^fin,— who in his folly and unwisdom thought himself wise and led others astray, — fled from the onset of the victorious army, and on his way fell in with Mun’im Kbsn ^nd a body of troops who were marching to join the king. All- his goods and chattels came into the hands of the soldiery and he was wounded and forced to take flight. During this turmoil the delegates (wukaW) of Rl. Adam Gakhar, the chief of the Gakbar clan, arrived with n letter and were graciously received. The con- tents of the letter were that M. Kamrftn had come in distress to his territory ; that SI. Adam, in whose head was the breath of loyalty, did not wish the Mirzft to spend his days in this vagabond fashion ; that if His Majesty would come, he would produce the Mirzft in order that the latter might make amends for his crimes and become a

1 Jarrett II. 407.

< Erskine HAya that he was reputed to belong to the Ciragtfhaflt (lamp

extingpiishing) sect. * This is derived from Bayftzid (62a), who adds that he lived in TlrSh.

CHAPTIR LV.

599

servant of dominion’s threshold; and tliat SI. Adam himself would also do homage.

Bo it known that the Gakhars are a numerous clan and that they live between the Bihat (Jehlam) and the Indus. In the time of SI. Zainu-l-’&bidin of Kashmir^ there came a Ghaznin odicer^ named Malik Kid,’ a kinsman of the ruler of Kabul, and took tliis country by force from the possession of the Kazmins, lie was succeeded by his son, Malik Kalftn, and he again by his son Hir (or Pir).^ After him came Tatar Khftn wdio had much contest with SJber Khfin and his son, Salim Khan. He regarded himself as attached to His Majesty’s family, for at tlie time when His Majesty Geti-sitanl Firdus- makani conquered India, he entered his service and did good work. He was especially devoted in the war with Ranfi Sank§. He had two sons, SI. Sarang and SI. Adam. After Sarang the headship of the tribe fell to SI. Adam. The sons of Sdrang Kamftl Kh&n and S^ald Khfin submitted bub were secretly disaffected. JogT ^an, a con- fidential servant of M. Kumrfiu, arrived with as SI. Adam’s ambassa’dor and tendered a petition from the Mirzfi, full of smooth and baseless words.

Abu’-i-fazi, the writer of this compendium of wi8dom,^and the chronicler of the deeds of this noble family, has his mind fixed on the history of His Majesty the gj^fihinihfih and on the diffusion of information concerning his glorious rule. It U to satisfy the thirsty readers of this precious chronicle that he has given, — as a side- piece, — an account of the lofty line from Adam down till how, which is the era of the heir of the universe. It is indispensable to tell briefly the evil acts of M. Kamrfin and of his receiving retribution therefor by his own acts.^ Although the dignity of this noble record is too exalted for the entry of such matters, yet in order to complete the narrative, it is impossible to avoid treating of the low as well as of the high.

Let it not be hidden from the listeners to these strange occur- rences, — every one of which is a sermon from a sacred pulpit,— that when that morning, as has been related, M. Kfimrftn was defeated and escaped with a thousand risks from the hands of the swordsmen,

1 Blochmann 456. ^ A.F. means that he was blinded

3 The Gakhars say Tatftr was because he had blinded others, grandson of Blr and son of Pilu.

600

akbabnAma.

he was unable to remain in any one place. From the ruin of his understanding, — the fruit of ingratitude, — and notwithstanding reverses, each of which might have guided him to the highway of auspiciousness, — he did not submit himself to a master so gracious and forgiving, when the dust of remorse and repentance should have covered his face and when he should have come, with shame and apology, to kiss the threshold and atone for his crimes, — ^but he, the destined pervert, went off to India for the purpose of presenting himself before Salim KhSn, son of ^b^r Khfin, (who in addition to inborn ingratitude, had his brain perturbed by the wine of in- souciance and the ferment of pride), and to obtain from him auxi- liaries for his disloyalty. Good God ! what kind of reason had he to go to his deadly foe to compass the ruin of so great a friend? Why should he submit to indignities to this end? and wish him (Salim) to assist him to contend with his benefactor? To sum up; evil thoughts brought the Mirzft to this, and with a few followers, he took the road to India. From the neighbourhood of the !^aibar, he sent Bud&gh Khan to SalTm Kb^u who was in Ban,^ a town of the Panjftb. The Mirza’s ambassador arrived there and performed his mission. SalTm Khftn perceived that the succes.s of the Mirzft’s wishes was beyond his (Salim’s) power and therefore dissembled. He sent some money for expenses by the envoy and arranged that he (Kftmrftn) should wait where he was, and he promised to send him help, and to assign him an income. Before the ambassador had returned to the MirzA, All Muhammad Asp also was sent to Salim ]&An. To sum up. this long story, which might better have been shortened; — when the* Mirzft arrived within four koa of Ban, Salim Khftn sent his own son, Awfiz KbAn, MaulAnA ^Abdu-l-lAh of SultAnpur and a number of his officers to welcome him. The MirzA was received by the Af^an leader (t.e., Salim) in a manner unfitting for enemies or street-dogs.^ His companions were BAbA Jujak, MullA l^affU, BAbA

I The Bin of Erskine. Perhaps it is Bain in the BannA country which is marked in Thobum’s map. It lies south of EdwardesAbid. See too Jarrett II. 698. Baverty (Notes, etc*, p. 354), mentions Ban as 19 miles north-east of Smk5t and 8 miles south-west of Jamma. It is on the

east bank of the OenAb. There is a ** Bone " in the Salt Bange. (Wan- derings of a Naturalist, Adams, p.164).

s Text 325. See Erskine II. 408 for an account of KamrAn’s humi- liating reception.

CHAPTER LV.

601

Sa’Id QibcSqi ‘ilam Rahmftn Quli Khfin^ S&lif]i

diwdna, yfij* Yusuf, ‘Ali Muliammad Asp, Tamartftsh, Ghftlib Abdfil Kuka and many other broken men whose names had better not be given. As the acta of in grates and the thoughts of the unfaithful are not for good and meet with disaster in the end, whatever happened to them was the consequence of their actions. The Mlrz^ was disgusted with the bad manners of this ignorant crew (i,e., the Afghans) and continually reproached Shfih Budagh in private, who had instigated him to come.

When Salim Khan’s mind was at rest about the affairs of the Panjfib, ho set off for Dihll, talking the MirzS with him under false promises. He kept saying that he would let him go but did not do so. His idea was to imprison him in one of the strong fort§ of India. When the Mirzft perceived how things were, and that there was no hope of assistance nor of his own release, he resolved to escape. He sent Jogi Khftn, his trusted servant, to Rlija Bakhil who was twelve kos from Maciw&ra and asked for help. The Rftja received the messenger kindly and promised his protection. One day when Salim Khftn had crossed the Mdciwftra river, the Mirza left Yusuf aftdhcl in his (Kftmrfta’s) sleeping suit and arranged with BftlJfi Sa^id to go on for a long time reciting something bo that it might be sup* posed the Mirza was lying down. He himself changed his clothes and put a veil over his face and then went out by the enclosed side and hastened to the ref uge\ which had been agreed upon^ The Rftja gave him a proper reception’ and when it was reported that an army was coming to search for him^ sent him on^ to the Rftja of Knhlur whose was the safest place in the neighbourhood. He too, from fear of enemies, sent the Mirzft on, giving him a guide to Jammu. But the Rftja of Jammu from the cautiousness of a landholder, would not allow him to enter his territory. Dismayed and confused, the Mirzft went off to Mankot. There he . was almost captured, and again changing his apparel, he went on, in woman’s garb, towards Kftbul, in the company of an Afjj^ftn horse-dealer. Meditating evil, he went to Si. Adam Qakhar thinking that perhaps he might induce the G-akhar tribe to act with him and to do things which ought not to be done. But SI. Adam approved of loyalty. He kept the Mirzft, by

^ Blochmannd?!. See also Raverty ** Notes on Afgbftnistin/’ 359.

76

602

akbabnAma.

various pretexts, under surveillance and sent to represent the matte i* at the sublime Court. The Mirzi also, when be saw disappointing indications in the behaviour oi the tribe, was compelled to adopt feline ways and to send a petition, as already statod. Though he tried to induce the Gakhars to join him, he had no success. He did not trouble himself about escaping because ho had no refuge; moreover owing to the guard kept over him and to his own fatigue, he saw that it would be difficult to get away. He was obliged to subsist with this people and he learnt that every harmful thought becomes null and void which is entertained by the ill-wisher to a dominion adorned by the Divine splendour and safe-guarded by its protection; and that such an ill-wisher sinks into eternal punishment.

When the envoy of SI. Adam had represented the state of affairs. His Majesty determined to make an expedition into India as far as the Gakhar country. He sent Khw. Jalftln-d-dln Mahmud to guard and govern Eftbul and marched on himself, taking the ^Jt^AhinsbAh with him, for the furtherance of good fortune. He bound the girdle of determination ou the waist of energy that he might end the affair of M. Kamrftn and ease the world from his strife and sin. When the standards of victory reached the Indus, he sent QfizI Hamid, the chief judge of the victorious camp, to SI. Adam, requesting his presence. He also sent the Mirzfi sage counsel and exhortations, to the effect that he should scour from his heart the rust of opposition and discord; When later, he crossed the Indus, there was no sign of 81. Adam who apparently was affected by^ the misplaced apprehensions of a landholder. His Majesty despatched Mun^im ^ftn to soothe him and bring him in. He also sent a few words to the Mirzft such as might guide him to fortune. Mun’im l^An was moreover to ascertain from their actions and manners what were their secret thottghts and to report accordingly. He displayed his abilities and after cajolery and stratagem, 81. Adam brought the Mirzft and did homage near Parhftla. His Majesty /gave a feast which was kept up all night. Spite of so many crimes, — each one deserving condign punishment, — M. Eftmr&n was encompassed with favours. All loyal officers and prudent well-wishers represented that though the kind- ness and benevolencf of His Majesty always required that in his Court, the mantle of pardon should clothe great criminals, — ^yet foresight and firmness demuided that the oppressor and injnrer of

CHAFTXB LV. 608

mankind should receive his deserts^ so that the dust of wickedness might be wiped from the face of men’s safety. Fore-casting care made it proper that the outward appeasement of one man^— and he an ill-wisher^ — should not be preferred to the satisfaction of many distinguished loyalists. What shock would there be to the wall of justice if, to bind up the broken-hearted and heed the wounds of lacerated breasts, the portrait of a tyrant were erased from the world’s picture-gallery? Especially when this course involved thousands of advantages. The obliteration of this worthless figure would be in every way pleasing to Ood and in accordance with general laws. Such ingratitude and rebellion were not of the character to give hope of security or to permit his actions to be re- garded as not done. The matter had passed beyond bounds; it could no longer be coped with {faqathd tdq shuda). It was advisable for him and for all that he should become a traveller to the world of non-existence, that so God’s creatures might be saved from thousands of ills and the record of his deeds become no blacker. People’s goods had long been subject to plunder and rapine through the tur- moils of this wicked rebel : their property and honour had gone to the winds of strife and the lives of so many men had bebn valued as dust; and the jewel of sincerity, — which is the neck-ornament of the virtues, — had been lost in the mists of trcuible. Now the proper course was to release such a man from the claws of final retribution and to give mankind tranquillity, under the shadow of justice.

His Majesty Jahanbuni looked to the wisdom and benevolence of the Causer of causes (God), and declined to engage in this affair. (Nor would he believe) that the world-adorning Initiator would, in spite of his omnipotence, make a man so unutterable, (i.e., as M. K&mrftn). Besides taking this profound view, his discerning eye approved of the admonitions of His Majesty GeU-sitftnl Firdus-makftni and would not agree to the proposition. His officers, who had wit- nessed the various bloodsheds and strife caused by this insolent shedder of blood,— were again firm in their request : they took legal opinions which were attested by the law-officers ; and they brought a paper signed by the great of reulm and religion and laid it before His Majesty. These documents His Majesty sent to M, Kamrfin who having rei^ the record of his deeds and the punishment (proposed), returned the message that those who to-day had put their

604

AKB&RMlMA.

seals for his deaths were the men who hod brought him to this pass. The spirit of clemency moved His Majesty and, spite of the general insistance and of the existence of so many reasons, would not let him shed the MTrza^s blood. At length for the general wel- fare, a special order was issued and they deprived the Mirzft of sight. ^Ali Ddst bdrbegi (master of the ceremonies), Saiyid Muhammad Pakna and Qhul&m ^ AW ^aii^angaiit ^ were told o£F for this duty.

They entered the Mirza’s tent. He thought they had come to kill him and at once ran at them with his fists. ^Ali Dost said, Mirza, compose yourself : the order is not for death. Why are you agitated? As justice demands, — for you blinded Saiyid ^AH^ and many other innocent persona, -^you’will behold in your own eyes the retaliation thereof.^^ On hearing this, the Mirzfi agreed to submit to the royal commands and endured the insertion of the needle. They blinded both his eyes, — the sentinels of a seditious heart. These loyal servants took the precaution of using the lancet many times. The Mirza being thankful that his life was spared, uttered no remonstrance. With his natural kindness. His Majesty expressed his regrets and marched onwards. Many affectionate and loving words rose to his lips. This catastrophe occuried in the end of 960 (Nov.- Deo., 1553). £tw. Muhammad Muman of Farankh^ found the chronogram, nliitar (lancet) « 960).

On the same day, the Mirzft sent to Mun’im JCh-ftn to request him by all m^ans in his power, to obtain for him from His Majesty the services of Beg Muluk« The petition was at once granted and Beg MulQk was sent. The Mirza,— owing to the great affection he bore him, — took his hands and placing them over his own sightless eyes, recited this verse ; —

Though a veil be drawn over my eyes,

I behold thee with the eye which has oft seen thy face.

After this occurrence. His Majesty set off to chastise the JfinQh&^ who were vagabonds and impediments of the road. The

^ i 6., six-fingered or -toed, s Kimrin did this at TTff after returning from Sind and before capturing Ghaznin.

• Text 828. Farakhfid is men- tioned by YSqilt as a village near

Samarkand. See too Blochmann 434ft.

^ Blochms&n 456n. They inhabited the Salt Range. Their proper name is Janja*ih.

CIlAPTEli LV.

t‘05

wretched rebels slipped their necks from the coilar of obedieiiro and were killed fighting with the lieroes of victory. Kliw. Qa.sim Mahdi and others of the army of fortune attained the glory of martyrdom.

His mind being at rest about this affair, His Majesty resolved to go to Kashmir, an intention he had cherished for years. His officers thought it inadvisable and abused Kashmir, likening it to a welP or prison, in order to induce the holy heart to renounce the enterprise, for, they said, ’’ The noise of the march of the army of fortune has caused commotion in India and Salim Khan is coming to the Pan jab with great preparation; whilst on our side, there has been no due preparation.^^ we go forward and the Af^an army approach us, how can we pass it and go on io Ka^mir ? Perhaps the Kashmiri affair will be o, long one and if so and black-hearted Afghans secure the passes, what will be the end of it ? The proper thing is to give up the idea of the expedition and to return to Kabul now that the traitor has been removed from our midst. When mili- tary preparations have been made, we will set the foot of courage in the stirrup of energy and by the might of daily-waxing success, shall easily destroy the Af^ans.^^ His Majesty bear^ these ^words, and gave them no heed but despatched His Majesty the Sidhinihdh with many officers to protect Kabul and turned his own rein towards Kashmir and desired to set forth. Acting on the evil teaching of their huckster-natured officers, — who looked to nothing but their own profit, — most of the servants and soldiers left their masters and set out for Kabul. Except officers, none remained to serve His Majesty. By this shameful conduct,^far removed from the path of loyalty and obedience, — the composure of the noble soul was dis- turbed. He ordered the trusty by all means to turn back the men and not to hesitate, if necessary, to put any to death. Meanwhile he sought an omen from the glorious Koran. It chanced that the story of the faithful Joseph came u)>. Those Vho had leave to speak, sot themselves to explain this and considered it carefully. Khw. Husain of Merv submitted that what had been said about Kashmir, — viz», that it was like a well or a prison, — ^was true ; for the story of Joseph names both these things.

I Alluding to its girdle of mountains.

606

akbarnAma.

When disunion showed itself amongst those with him, Dis Majesty, being compelled to abandon his intention, moved towards Kftbul. When he was encamped on the Indus, M. Kfimrfin petitioned to be allov^ed to go to the Hijflz. As His Majesty was now desirous of giving him pleasure, he consented. On the night of dismissing the MirzA ^ on his journey, he went with a number of chosen followers to his quarters. After paying due respects, the Mirz2 recited this verse.*

The fold of the poor man’s turbau brushes the sky,

When the shadow of a monarch like thee falls on his head.

Later on, this verse was on hia tongue ; —

Whatever comes on my life from thee is cause for thanks, —

Bo it shaft of cruelty or dagger of tyranny.

Although the second couplet inclines to thanks, a critic can see that it runs over with censure. His Majesty who was a world of compassion and gentleness, took no heed of this but expressed commiseration. With hia inspired tongue he said, He who knoweth secrets and things hidden, is aware how much ashamed I am of this thing which did not come about with my goodwill * Would that

^ A.F.‘8 account of this interview seems to be taken from Bay&zid (I.O. MS. 646.) but thoqgh he is often a servile copyist, he is rarely quite an accurate one. As 1 understand Bayizid, KAmran said, **If people consider that His Majesty has dealt kindly with hie, 1 attest the fact {njl Jeardam). Possibly a negative has slipped out here for it would be more to the point if K&mr&n said, ** Should people think His Majesty has not dealt kindly by me, I attest the con- trary.” A.F. makes KImrRn say, If 1 were innocent, I would take the opportunity of this visit to attest my innocency." The text has hal^l hurdamU, “I would absolve him;” and this is Erskipe’s reading of the passage. (A.N. MS. trs.). But after

referring to Bayftzld and other sources, it seems to mo that aijl and not hahal is written. This agrees with the context ; ** Were 1 innocent, I would take advantage of this public opportunity to assert the fact, but- 1 well knqw I am guilty." It will be observed that Erskine renders the passage differently in his History (II. 417) and in his MS. trs.

A Imitated from the Gulist&n III. 19. Blochmann quotes the lines (179).

• I do not feel sure of the mean- ing, but I think that Humiydn was gently hinting that as K&mr&n, when in power, had blinded severid people, ho might, if successful against his brother, have blinded Hum Ay An

OHAPTEH LV.

607

you had dono it to me ere this happened.’^ Tlve MirzS woke from the slumber of negligence and comprehended both the measure of his crimes and the extent of the princely raereies. Ho fell into a state of ahame and supplication and a><ked Haji Yiisuf: what persons were present. Haji Yusuf named them, viz., Tardi Beg KhSn, Mun’im ^»an, B&biis Bog, Khw. llusain’ of Merv, Mir ‘AlMlal-hai, Mir ‘Abdu-l-lah, Khanjar Beg and ‘irif Beg, The Mirzfi said, Friends, be ye all witnesses that if I knevr myself innocent, T would assert the fact at this time of distinction when Hiti Majesty visits me; but I am certain I was worthy of death. He has granted mo life and has given me leave to depart to the Hijflz. For the beneficence and favour of His Majesty, I offer a thousand thanks becaueo he has not exacted ret’-ibution commensurate with my wickedness and mis- conduct.^’ After this he passed on to reconmnendations for his children. His Majesty gladly promised to care tor them. Having vincompassed the Mirz8 with kingly favonrs, he bade him adieu. It liad been stipulated that the Mirza should not lament in the presence and he therefore restrained himself, but, as soon as Bis Majesty had gone towards his own tent, he wept and lamented.

Next day an order was issued that any of the MTrzn’s sarvanta who wished to accompany him, might do SO. No one came forward. Those who had boasted of their affection, abandoned it. Calraa kuka/ — (who by his perfect loyalty and fidelity to His Majesty the SAdJduihdh obtained the title of l^Sn ‘Alam and who gave his life for liis benefactor and the master of mortals, as will bo told in its place), — was standing there. Ho was His Majesty’s table-servant i^safarcl) and the recipient of royal fwvour. His Majesty Jahftnbftnl asked him whether he would go with the Mirzfi, or stay with him. The excellence of Court service and the abundance of royal favour notwithstanding, he preferred tlio path of fidelity to temporal de- lights and answered, I see that it befits my position * to serve the Mirza in his dark days of helplessness and black nights of loneliness."

Chalmers translates, “ Would that 1 had been the sufferer and you the author of the evil.”

• See Badaonf III. 176, for account of this poet and also Jahaqai-i-dkbain, Luck. ed. Nij^&mu-d-dln says

he was son of a vizier and died in Kabul.

s Blochmann 378.

^ He was son of Hamdam a foster- brother of KamrAn, so that his fide- lity was to the “ milk-brotherhood.”

608

AKBABNilfA.

His Majesty who was the toach-stone of knowledge 6f men and their accurate balnnce, highly approved of his faithfulness and though he set value on liis services, he let him go. He made over to him t)ie money and goods fixed upon for the expenses of the journey and sent him to the MirzS. Beg Muluk^ notwithstanding his close connection with the Mirza went with him some stages only and then returned, — proceeding exceedingly disapproved by His Majesty and, notwithstanding external agreeableness,^ he became disregarded.

The Mirza went by the Indus to Tatta and thence to his destina- tion (Mecca). He performed the pilgrimage three times, and on the 11th Zi’l-hijja, 964 (5th. Oct., 1557), at Mecca,^ he was borne away to non-existence, uttering these words, in response to the Divine call. Here I am for Thee/’®

As the series of words about M. Kftmrftn has now been folded up, I hasten to my proper subject, and record that, as the evil Af|]^§ns had destroyed the fort at Bikrftm, known as Fe^ftwur, where His Majesty was encamped, he determined to rebuild it and leaving a body of his well-wishers in it, to proceed to Kftbul : — for the completion of this fort would be the beginning of the conquest of India. The officers wanted to get back to Kftbul and were un- willing on any account soever to delay in this place. His Majesty Jahftnbani set himself energetically to the task and in a short time, had the fort rebuilt. Pahlwftn Dost mlr hart divided the work, according to orders, amongst the officers and it was soon finished. Sikandar Oftn Uzbak was left in charge and His Majesty moved towards Kftbul.

Later on, the Af(j^ftna made a great attack on the fort but Sikandar Khftn d^ended it manfully, and they were repulsed. In

^ ddfhl, fiiafdlid-

i-mta/rha ikud. This is from Bayft- zld, 65a whose words are ; — u Sn In 9a*adat Beg Muluk^ cand mannil hi hamroh-i-mlred raft, hi judd

ittada amid in hanoajiid-i^maqlMll mardud’-i^H^auu *dmm ij|ud. It would seem from text 1. 863 that he must have afterwards repented and gone upon the pilgrimage.

t lU MinnI in text, that being a valley in Mecca. The three i^jj will be those of 961-963. That of 964 could not have been completed. Seo Asiatic Quarterly R^iew, July, 1899, p.164.

• See Hughes’ Dictionary of Islftm av. iaXblyah, Ldbhaik may be said to correspond to Colonel Newcomb’s Adium.

CHAPTER LV.

609

the beginniDg of 961 (Dec.> 1553), Kftbul was made glorious by the arrival of His Majesty. The ladies came to wait upon him and offered congratulations. He however said that congratulations had their proper place and that the affair of M. Kgmrftn was not one for congratulation because it was as if he had struck at his own eyes. Gracious letters were issued to the officers. One was sent also to ‘Abdu-r-ra^id, ruler of Kashghftr. who had all along been mindful of kinship and amicably disposed. The letter told what had occurred and was sent by prudent hands. While Ilis Majesty was superintending affairs of state and distributing rewards and punishments, a son was born to him from the chaste womb of Mfih Jujak Begam, in this year, on the night of Wednesday, 15th Jumfida^l-awwal (19th April, 1554), and after the passing of two dang * of the sign Sagittarius. His Majesty nan^ed him Muhammad Hakim. As the chronograms ® of his birth were both Abu’-l-mafakhir aud Abu^-l-fa^ftll, he received both patronymics (kanyat). The gates of joy were opened and thanks were rendered to God. At about the same time, Kh&nish Begam, daughter of Jujuq M. of KhwSrizm, gave birth to a son whom they named Ibrfthim SI. He soon went to the blessed country {^dlam^i^qads), a

Verse,

He was a flash from high heaven : Birth and death touched.

1 Apparently meaning one-third of

54 Both names yield (1554)

a degree.

77

610

AKBABVfAlIA.

CHAPTER LYI.

His Majesty .jAiriNBiKl’s Joitbkiby to QANDAniR and ho betdbn

THXEBrBOM.

In the beginning of the winter of ibis year. His Majesty deter- mined to go to Qandahftr raihor than to India, as a number of strife - mongers had made false representations about BairSm Ac-

cordingly he went there. The government of Kabul was entrusted to ‘AU Quli of Andar§b, and the Divine nursling, eye-pupil of the Khildfai, prop pf glory, His Majesty the at^ingtfth accompanied his father as far as (ihaznin* The prinoe’s vakils, who were in charge of assiduous in discharging the duties of hospitality.

AVhen the royal standards moved onwards from (ihc^^inin, the prince returned to Kabul. Bairfim ]^Sn recognised the advent of the king as a great favour and returned thanks for it, with a heart full of loyalty, he did homage at the village of gUjorftndftm, ten ^ leagues out from Qandahftr, and His Majesty was convinced that the reports about him were not true. He arrived at Qandahftr in an auspicious hour. Splendid feasts were held. Among the distinguished servants present there were Qhfth Abu’l-ma^alT, Mun’Im ^ftn, Khi^r ^w. I^ftn ; Muhibb ‘Ali S^^ftn, (son of) Mir !g^al!fa, Ism’all Duldai and Daidar Muhammad fti^ta-begi. Of the Ahl-i-Sa’ftdat (learned or literary men) there were ©w. ^usain of Merv, Manlftnft ‘Abdu-1- bftqi the ^adr and others. Bairftm neglected no punctilio of

civility an^ the whole winter was spent in Qandahftr in enjoyment. And during this time, whatever was necessary for the king’s privy ^urse, was all defrayed by Bairftm Khftn. He had all the court servants brought into the houses of his own servants, where their entertainment was provided for. All this time His Majesty Jahftn- bftnl enjoyed sensual and mental recreations* and pleasures spiritual and temporal and had feasts and entertainments and visited the

i Some MSS. read two leagues." its meanings, walking about in

• Tantwmthdi which has for one of gardens.

CdAPTSB LVi.

611

hermitages of dervishes and the cells of pore religionists, and distri- buted largesse in accordance with their conditions. Among others, he frequently visited Maulfinfi Zainu-d-dm Mahmtld Kamdngar ^ (the bow-maker) who was one of the determined opponents of sensuality, and holy words were spoken on both sides. There were conversa- tions about the attainment of desires in time and eternity.

^w. Gh§zT, who had gone on an embassy to Persia and h&d como to Qandahar with presents before His Majesty had arrived there, returned to employment and was, on account of his meritorious services, raised to the lofty office of diwfin. About the same time Mu’azzam^ SI. came from Zamm-Dftwar and entered into service. Mihtar Qara, who was one of the trusted followers of Muhammad Khan of Herat also came with valuable offerings and was received into service. He brought representations of fidelity and was en- compassed with favours. And for the sake of the State and for the delight of hearts, he had a qamargba hunt in the neighbourhood of Shor&ndftm. This pleased the officers and His Majesty took an omen from it for the capture of his desires.

One of the evil things which happened in Qandahfir was the killing of 3her *Ali Beg hy Sh&h Abal-ina’ftli. A brief account of the affair is, that about this time, Sher ^Ali Beg, the father of Qaril Beg mir shikar, came without leave from Sh&h Tahmftsp, the ruler of Persia, and entered the royal service. Sh&h Abu’l-ma’&ll, being intoxicated by Court favour and by his honours and courage, set his foot outside the circle of moderation, and did extravagant things. And as the evil bigotry of rebellious people had damaged the brain of his faith, he frequently and openly said in the court of His Majesty Jahanb&ni, that he would kill this heretical fellow. Out of the favour he bore him. His Majesty regarded this as a pleasantry and gave no heed to the matter. At length, Abu’l-ma’ftl!, being drunk with the wine of bigotry, one night attacked that stranger and poured his blood upon the ground I His Majesty was much displeased, but the close, though superficial relationship^ was a veil of faults and prevented him from punishing the evil deed.

^ Blochiuann, 539. BadEQnl 111. 151. Tho fullest* account of him is at Bad&Snl 1. 455. Tho saint really was a maker of bows. He

was a native of Bahada in Shu- risEn.

• HumEyan’s brother-in-law. \ HUmEyEu called him ** son.’*

612

AKBABNAMA.

When tlio excellent loyalty of BairSm was made clear and it became apparent to all that his foot weib firm in the path of obedience and good service^ His Majesty confirmed him in the gov- ernment of Qaudahar which it had been his recent intention to give to Mun^ini He took Zamin-Dawar from Khw. Mu^a^zam and

gave it to Bahadur Khan, the brother of ‘All Quli Khan. His mind being now at rest about the affairs of his kingdom, he returned to Kabul with the intention of conquering Hindustan. He gave leave of absence to Bairam l^an in ord/r that he might make prepara- tions for this expedition and join him as soon as possible. His Majesty took Wall Beg ^ and Hfiji Muhammad Sistftnl with him because people were continually telling tales of them and putting together tho materials of strife. Near Ghaznln, he was met by His Majesty the Sh^hinsh&h and it was a meeting like the conjunction ^ of favourable planets. Muhammad QulI Khfin Barlas and Atka Khan (§ha>msu-d-dln) and many others did homage and at the end of 901 (Oct., 1554), Kabul received celestial glory by his advent.

At this time, Mun’im KhSn was raised to the office of guardian of Hia Majesty the gh^hinsbfih. Though, from use and wont, His Majesty gave tho name of guardian (aidliq) to the elder man, yet in reality he sent him like a child, to learn wisdom from that exhibitor of universal reason. Mun’im Khin returned thanks to Heaven for tliis great gift and prepared a glorious feast. He also tendered fit- ting gifts and arranged the materials of his own exaltation. In this year, Ulugh Beg, the sou of Halhal SI. arrived on the part of tho ruler of Persia, and tendered gifts which were a cause of increasing joy. His Majesty continually looked after the administration of justice and also engaged himself in preparations for the conquest of Hindustan. At this time one of the dervishes who was famous in ‘foreign lands {wildyat) had sent a pair of boots as a gift: His Majesty • Jahfinbanl said that he drew an omen from these boots favourable to the conquest of Hindustan for it was a common saying that Turkistfin is tho head, i^ur&s&n the breast and Hmdustfin the foot (of the

^ Blocbmann, 374 and 618. Wall Beg was apparently a grand-nepbow of QajI Mututmmad K5ka.

• An allusion to Amir Shusrau’s

poem on the meeting of KaikUbAd and bis father, Nlsiru-d-dlm Elliot HI. 624.

CHAPTER LVI.

613

world). He said this omen was like that mentioned by His Majesty Sahib-qir&ni^ viz., that in the year in which he moved from Transox- iana to conquer IQ^urfisin and when he arrived at Andarkhui^ a village in which lived a dervish named Sangl Atd^ who was famous for purity of heart and for his miracles^ — ^His Majesty l^ahib-qirftm went to visit him. By way of already-made (md breakfast, the

dervish placed before him the breastbone of a sheep. His Majesty (Timur) observed to his courtiers that he drew an omen, from this breast, for the conquest of iQ^uras&n because ]^urfls§n was called the breast of the world.

Bairftm Kb&n arrived on the day following the feast of Ramzan (the ^Id, — 2nd — Slat August). His Majesty, for the sake

of giving greater pleasure and out of the nfiection he bore him, had the feast repeated and gave an entertainment more splendid than that of the ‘Id, On this joyful day, which was made the test day for horsemen and dextrous archers, the royal cavalier of the plain of fortune and nursling of the spring of glory, to wit. His Majesty the 8b&hing|^&li, felt disposed to engage for a time in shooting at the qabaq and to show his archer^s skill to the generality and thus to lead them on the way of devotipn. The first time he aimed at the qdbaq ,^ — which experieueed marksmen had failed to hit, — his arrow struck the ligature of the golden ball. At this all the people shouted. Such a thing appeared wonderful to the superficial, but what marvel was there in it to those who have beheld with awakened eyes the real spectacle oribe mysteries of the lord of the world. How is it strange that he who is a mine of substantial wonders, should display external marvels? Bairim Sib&a composed an excellent ode on His l^‘est^s

^ The ^afa/mdma (Bib. Ind. ed. L 310) gives the name of the dervish as B&bS Banks. See also F^tit de la Croix’s trs. ed. 1722, II. 815. The occurrence took place at Andarkhm west of Balkh* The dervish did not exactly place the bone before TlmUr as a md Aaforl, for he flung it at TlmUr’s head. A.F. speaks of the story as having been told by Timtir. In Timor’s Memoirs (trs. Stewart, p. 38) there is an allusion to an

omen taken from a sheep bone but nothing about a saint. Nor indeed is it necessary to regard A.F. as referring to the personal Memoirs. His words,~dn tafd*ul% ki ^affrai JSIdhih^qiranl fa/rmuda budand may mean only the omoi which TimOr explained,”

• For account of this sport see Bibar’s Mems. Erskine, 21n. and Ynllers t.e.

614

AlCBABKlHA.

^a^^a^-Bhooting and presented it at the feast. Tlie openieg couplet is as follows ; —

Thine arrow has snatched the fastening of the ball from the crook : ^

It has made the curve like a meteor grazing the Pleiades.

During this time of enjoyment when the thought of the con- quest of Hindustan was lighting up the hearts of loyal servants,— petitions came from the faithful in Hindustan and brought to tho royal ears news of the death of Salim ^&h and of the confusion of the country.

I The kajak is the wooden crook which in tho game of fa&af-shooting was attached to the pole and on which balls of gold or silver, or gourds were suspended. Bairara’s verses are quoted, with variation, in the JBahdr~i-*aJam s.v. kaJaJe. The second line of the couplet is obscure. Amongst others, hildl has the mean- ings of the young moon and of a spear-point : I presume it also may mean an arrow. Indeed hildll means a crescent-headed arrow. The Lucknow editor understands by hUdl, the half-moon of the thumb nail which is contiguous to the thumb-staU {nhglr) of archers. Tho

8urat-i‘parwln of the couplet he explains as being the balls of the qabaqt — for it seems that several were sometimes used : He would seem to understand the line, as Thy finger has made the balls assume the appearance of the Pleiades, brushed by a meteor." Maulvi Abdfil Haq Abid understands by hildl tho curved end of the hajdks or suspending rod. BadaOnI (I. 480) quotes Bairim’s lines and says they, as well as similar ones by Jihl Yatmin, are de- rived from an ode by HiQ&rl of TCLn. See also Banking’s translation, 622. He states that the crescent moon is compared to an erasing-knife.

CHAPTER LVXI.

615

CHAPTER LVII.

Brief account of the events and misfortunes which took place

IN HiNDOSTIN DUBINO THE DATS OF CONFUSION.

As the thread of the story has been drawn out so far it is necessary that the chronicles give a short account of India so that the condition of impatient awaiting may not befal the intelligent members of the congregation of understanding. The brief account is, that when on 11th Rabi’a-l-awwal, 952 (23rd May, 1545), Sber KhSOj. after having established his power by wickedness and tyranny and having ruled five years, two months and thirteen days, — went to the abode of nothingness, his younger son, Salim eight

days afterwards, took his father^s seat by the instrumentality of the officers. He ruled eight years, two months and eight ^ays. For some time he had to carry on a war with his elder brother ‘Sdil fOiEn and with lO^w&s This last was one of i^&n^s

slaves, and obtained ^ a reputation for sanctity among the commonalty by making a fair show, {dblatardzi, perhaps, ‘‘plastering the boiP^) by trickery {gurbzat) and by seizing men^s property and by distributing the acquisitions of the learned among the base and ignorant. As contention with qne^s own master,-— even though he be worthless, — does not prosper, the schemes of those strifemongers did not succeed. SalTm ShftQ also contended for a time with the Niyiz tribe who ruled the Panjftb, their leader being Haibat They were overcome and in the defiles of the mountains of Kaibmlr fell into the abyss of destruction. He also was occupied for some time in fighting with the GaUars, and did not prevail, for his servants could not get the better of them, and they (the Gakhars) were loyal to the holy family (the ’nmarids). He completed the fort

i See Enkine’a translatiau xji this passage^ and his account of Sliwis. Shitai. (II* ^)* It would not be

uncharitable to suppose that B3iwis. SbSn had^uot shown favour to A.F.’s father and ftnnily.

616

AKBARliAMA.

of Rohtas which Sher had began> and he had a prosago of evil when he was in the Siwftlik hills and founded the fort of Mdnku( as a refuge for himself. For a long time he laboured under apprehen- sions on account of the Afghan vagabonds and his own bad life, and spent his days in the fort of Gualiar. Though he dealt equitably with the peasantry, he treated the soldiers very harshly. On 22nd Zi’l-qa^da, 960 (October 30th, 1553), he died from a malignant ulcer which formed in one of his lower members owing to the issue of corrupt matter. According to his will, Firuz Khan, who was of tender age was appointed his successor, but after a few days Mubariz Khan, who was Firuz’s maternal uncle, put that innocent one to death, and himself assumed the so^reignty, taking the name j)f Muhammad ‘5dil. He was the son of’ Nizam Khan, younger brother of Sh©** Khan. This Nizam had one son and three daughters, and a strange thing was that the son became a ruler and the husbands of the three daughters rose to high rank, — for one was Salim Khan, another Sikandar Sur, and the third was Ibrahim Sur. A brief account of these last two will be given hereafter. HTmu who, by evil speaking, evil plotting and calumny which, as rulers have to study mankind, gives them pleasure, and this to such an extent that the pleasure hides from their penetrating gaze constitutional faults and innate wickedness,^ rose from low degpree to high rank and became the prime minister of that tyrant, who spent all his time in sport nnd amusement and bodily lusts, and neglected affairs. Con- fusion was produced in the world. Now that we have come so far it is proper that a brief account should be given of Himu.

Account of’HImC.

Let him who searches out the marvels of God’s power take a long View and get an instructive warning from the account of Hlmu. Outwardly he had neither rank {i^aah) nor race {nasah), nor beauty of form, (furat) nor noble qualities (sairat). Perchance the incom- parable Deity raised him to high position for some occult reason which was hidden from the eyes of the heute, or perhaps He sent one worse than themselves to chastise the wicked of the age. In short

i A.F. mesiui that rulers have from they can get information. A true

their position to welcome evil-speak- reflection upon despotism but strange

ing as it is the only way in which to come from A.F.

CHAPTKB LYII.

617

that eyiMooking one of puny form and lofty designs was ranked among the petty hucksters of Itew9ri ^ which is a township of Mewftt. For his family, (nasah)^ he belonged to the DhOsar tribe which is the lowest class of hucksters in India. At the back of lanes he sold salt- petre (nimah-i~i^dr) with thousands of mortifications {ha hazdrdn btni^ mcM) till at last be by means of astuteness, became a government huckster under Salim Ehftn, of whom a short account has already been given. By masterpieces of feline trickery, he gradually made himself known to Salim Sbftn by evil-speaking and business capacity. He was always getting people into trouble. Apparently he was behaving loyally towards his master, in ieality he was seeking his own ends, and decking his own household with the goods of the op- pressed. Avaunt; avaunt 1 he was preparing destruction for his lord and striking the axe into his own foot. Here the great ones of the world* made a big mistake for these much-occupied ones from their wishing to know about men give place to wicked talebearers, either in order to learn hidden things about them or to punish evil- doers. Though they make an engagement with themselves that they will not use the information for attacking the reputation andAhonour of the good and loyal, yet the outwardly well-seeming but inwardly base crew of men seise their opportunity and for their own advantage attack the loyal with their smooth tongues,— -while the great some- times, owing to the multiplicity of business, forget the engagements with themselves and become suspicious of the loyal and rase the foundations of their own power.

In short this wicked man soon got a place in Salfm Khfin’s affections by misrepresentation, and obtained a footing in the administration. When the measure of Salfm Ofin’s life was full, and the period of the sway of the evildoers of India had come to Mubftriz K^ka aforesaid who was Salfm ^ftn^s cousin, Himil found him careless of worldly affairs and annexed the whole of the ad- ministration and rose to lofty offices. Nothing remained to Mnbiria Kbftn, who was commonly known as ‘Adli (tyrant), ezeept the name (of king). Hfmfi undertook all appointments and dismissals, and the distribution of justice. In his foresight he got possession of

1 In the GSrgSon district and a railway-junction.

• The text has dinf, of faith, but

78

sorely this is a mistake for donyd, though it seems that din may have a temporal meaning.

618

akbabnAxa.

the treaanrea of gbc’i’ Ehfin and Salim and of their elephant- stud. He was freehanded in disposing of their accnmnlations. His base debtors worshipped him and did his behests. For some days he took the title of Rii and then he fastened the title of Rfija on himself and assnmod the style of the BSja Bikramftjit. Thus did he in his folly apply great names to himself. From foresight he pre- served the nominal sovereignty for ‘Adli and waged great wars against his opponents. By his valonr and daring he was victorions and performed great deeds. He became famous for courage and capability. By degrees he advanced so far as to venture to encounter the sublime army of His Majesty the ghAhinsh&h. But as this holy personality was the touchstone of the good and bad^ his counterfeit coin was tested and his black existence annihilated by the lights of world-illuminating justice! This will be related in its proper place.

Now that one out of a thousand of Hlmu’s evil behaviours has been desoribedi I proceed to a brief account of Hindustftn.

When the sovereignty came to Mubftriz O^ftn, the affairs of India became worse than before. In fact both father and son Qber Khftn and Salim) behaved properly in the management of affairs. Alas I that they should have spent their days in disloyalty and ingratitude! If these two bad been servants of the sublime threshold of His Majesty the 3h&hindlfih, and if the home administration had been entrusted to the father^ and the gpiardianship of the marches to the son^ they would have been encompassed with royal favours, and have gained, by good service, an existence which the wise regard as real life. Such workers deserved such master. As for the vulgar form of rule which is brought about by rebellion, it is regarded by the wise at an existence inferior by many degrees to death.

Jn short when Salim I^&ndied, Mubftria showed such behavionr as may no other person evince! AJ|imad Shia S&r the sisterSi husband of Salim Shftu who had charge of the Panjib, became a claimant for the sovereign^ and styled himself Sikandar |Q)in» And Mn ^ ^am m a d ShtQf who was nearly connected with Qliar ShiA And was the Governor of Bengal, aimed at general •npremac^. IbrAhfm Shin Sir who was also a relation, set about obtaining the rule of India while ShAj’at Shin, who was commonly known as Sajiwal ShiOi raised his head high in Milwa. The vagabond A^l^hlnagi^ered together and caused confusion. Sikanda^

CHAPTER LVIl.

619

colloctod the army of the PanjEb and other vng^abonds and meditated an attack upon Sgra. Mub&riz send Ibrfthim

advanced with the same intention. At last by the wishes of Hlmu> Mubariz {Q^ftn went off to the eastward, and a battle took place near Agra, between Sikandar and Ibrahim. Ibrfthlm was defeated and had to retire, while his father GhEzI Khftn Sur, who governed Bisna, sheltered himself in the fort. Sikandar’s affairs became prosperous^ and he got possession of the country from the Indus to the Ganges* lie collected an army and wished to march eastwards to dispose of the claimant to the throne and to become sole monarch. At this tima the reverberation of the advance of His Majesty Jahftnbftnl Jannat-ftiby«ni for the conquest of India rose high. Tatftr Kbftn and Habll ^Sn and a large body of troops were appointed to defend the Panjflb. Muhammad I^Sn, the Governor of Bengal, determined to rid himself of MubEriz Kh&n and other competitors. After some other events, a great battle took place near Capparjj^atta between him and Mubariz Khftn and HimCi, and Mohammad ^ftn fell. The treasures of ShSn and Salim came into Himu’s hands.

He sank into the enjoyment of corporeal pleasures, and ^ appear* ance his circumstances improved. At this time he fought battles with Ibrfthlm and other competitors. He wasv everywhere victorious. And though he did not know how to ride a horse and was always carried about in an elephant-box qr. hauda) he in his

courage and audacity freely spent the money which had come of itself into his hands,* and did great deeds such as men could not conceive. As Sikandar was established in Agra, he went off to Bihftr and Bengal. Shi^r Shftn, the son of Mui^ammad Shftn took his father^s place and assumed a great title, calling himself SI. Jalftlu-d-dln. He applied himself to the management of Bengal. Mubftris and Himu determined to go to Bengal, but spent some time in getting rid of their opponents. But I leave these details, which I have no inclination to describe in the closet of neglect, to proceed to my legitimate subject.

620

AKBARNlMA.

CHAPTER LVIII.

Expedition of His Majesty JAHiNBlNi Jannat-AshyAnI fob the

CONQUEST OF InDIA^ AND VIGTOBY THBBBOF BY THE DOMINION- INOBBASINQ AUSPICES OF THE KINO OF KINGS (AkBAR).

Let it not be concealed from those waiting for strange impres- sions and the listeners for glorious news, that when the truth about the confusion in India and the tumult and uproar in this centre of peace and tranquillitj, of which some hints have been already been given, again came to the hearing of His Majesty JahftnbAnI Jannat- ishyinl, he addressed himself to the expedition, already determined upon in the recesses of his foreseeing mind, and having committed all the chaste ladies of his family in Kabul to the Divine protection, ho appointed Sl^ah Wall halcdwal-hegi the guardian of M. Muham- mad Hakim. The service of the ladies and the affairs of the province of Kabul ^were entrusted to Mun’im and His Majesty set out

in the middle of Zu’l-hijja 961, (about 12th November, 1554), in a propitious hour and* at a time which the heavenly motions made glorious^ and the aspects of the stars made supreme. The nursling of Divine light. His Majesty the Sh^hinsbah to wit, was then, as regards his elemental life, twelve years and eight ^ months old. The perfect understanding of that great one of both worlds was beyond computation. He was made the forefront of the army of spiritual and temporal victories. On the day of starting an omen was taken from the diwdn of As a great work was being

Unveiled the heralds of glad tidings from people and places spake loudly and with thousands of tongues. Among them this holy

^ Test, hatlkt, but probably A.F. cording to our calendar he was only wrote f&oiA six, for Akbar was then 12 years and 1 month old. barely 121 lunar years old. Ac-

CHAPTER LVIll.

621

master-coaplet (iidhbait) on the front of the noble page emerged, as a preamble of victory and was like the writing on the forehead of dominion.

Verse.

Ask dominion from the auspicious bird {murgb-^-humayun) and from his shadow

• For the crow and the kite have not the master-plume of genius (textj himmai, but apparently wrote daulat) •

Though the practically wise applied this truthful verse to the dominion and victory of His Majesty Jahftnbftnl, the far seeing of wisdom^s Court understood it as Announcing the great hhilafat and the supreme sovereignty of His Majesty the ghahinsh^h and waited at the gate of the expectation of the upward ^ flight of the holy bird. His Majesty Jah&nbSn! laid firm hold of the strong hand of the Divine favour and grasped the stout cable of heavenly tidings and went off with few men — they did not amount to 3000^ — ^but with large help from the armies of Providence^ which could not be cal- culated by intellectual accountants. Bairftm ICbiln obtained leave

^ The lines come from an o^e of jyiifis beginning haslagdnrd ha^id^quMvsaX nahud, Ed. Brock- hans II. 137 No. 216. The orow and the kite are taken to represent India See Elliot. Hist. III. 646n. where we are told that the expression ** cawing crows ” is used by Badl Chid and Amir KTumrU to signify HindSs. No doubt the allusion as to their com- plexion, and Elliot’s note may also explain an obscure passage of ^aidar MlrsA’s (Tar Bank, Elias and Boss 899) where we are told that ShwKja NErA changed Humiylln not to oast his shadow over a land where the parrot was less common than the kite. The translator’s note to this passage seems erroneous. Though the psrrot is oommon in India yet it is not so cominon as the kitSi and

apparently the KhwSja meant to warn HumAyiln against going to Sind or remaining in India. He cannot have meant Persia, for HumiyUn went there, and Qaidar says that he did not go to a country where the parrot was rarer than the kite. See also the line of Qlsim Elhi (BadKonI III. 173) where he says that he is not a kite or a crow that he should adorn India. The lines quoted by Qaidar Mirsfc are given also by Bad&onI (11* 49) and are applied by him to India. They come from an ode by ^Afis which begins agw

jfir ydf-i-manAdi|id, Brookhaus’ ed. II. 109, No. 189.

^ Apparently this means that they waited in expootation of HoxnAyAn’s deaUu

622

AKBABKAMA.

for the purpose of setting some royal matters, and of arranging his equipment and remained in Kftbul. His Majesty Jah&nb&n! went from Jalfilftbad ^ down the river on a raft, and encamped at Bikram (Peshawar) * in the end of Muharram 962, (near end of December, 1554), Sikandar ^Sn TTzbak who had done good service, was made the subject of favours and on that day was raised to the rank of ^an. On 5th Safar, (Slst December, 1554), the bank of the river Sind, known as the NilBb, was mado the camping ground, and three days were spent there. Here Bairfim Khan arrived from Kibu], and with sundry intelligencers brought the good news that TatAr ^Sn Ka^I ^ who had been appointed with a large force to guard the fort of Kohtas had, in spite of the strength of the fort etc., fled merely on hearing of the uprearing of the royal standards on the borders of the Indus. His Majesty took into account the good offices, old and new, of Sultan Adam Gakhar and sent him a gra- cious letter inviting him to come and do homage. As he had not a happy star, he made landholder-like excuses and represented that he had concluded a treaty with Sikandar who had taken his son La^kari along with him. Should he come and do homage, he would both break his compact, and incur the risk of having his son killed. The imperial servants represented that it was proper to order the victorious army to look after him (Sultfln Adam) before advanc- ing further, and that it was not wise to move on and leave such a disaffected person behind. His Majesty, who was a mine of gentleness and generosity, said that he belonged to a family which was faithful from of old, and that recently he had done good service, as already related, and that to punish him now was not in accordance with prestige, especially as he had used humble language and had made apologies.

When the grand army crossed the Indus, the Afgh&us who were collected in the neighbourhood ox Rohtis retreated and the army continued to advance. Every day a delightful spot presented itself, and cities and villages came under the shadow of justice and enjoyed the luxury of tranquillity. And now that we have come so far,

A Similarly Wood went on a raft t^ni Quaiq. Many MSS. including from JalBlabad to Feshtwar, p. 260. BadAonl*s, have Kiel.

s BSyasId calls him Isklndar Sul*

cuknm LViir.

it is proper^ before detailing eyents, to give tbe names of snob of the oompaniona of the atirmp of yictory as were of high rank.

List.^

When the army arrived at the auspicious town of Ealftnar, 9hihabn-d-dln Ahmad I^Sn, Ashraf Khau and Farhat Khan wore sent to Lahore to have the glorious name (of Humayan) proclaimed from the pulpit and placed upon the coinage, and also to give the

1 The list is short compared with Bi^azld’s, LO.M.8.72ff.)

1. Bairam Khan>

2. gh&h Aba’l-ma’alT.

Sh^^r Khw* Kkku (BlyazTd. Khixr Sl< Mughal-)

4. TardI Beg Khin.

5. Sikandar Khan.

t>. Khiyr Kh an HazSra.

7. ‘Abdu-Uaii Khan Uzbak.

8- Mint! ‘Abdti-MSh.

Muf&hih Beg.

10. *AlI Qull Khin dhaibani (or SistanT).

11. Muhammad Qull Khan BarlAs*

12. Khw. Mu’ai^sam.

13. ‘All Quit Khan Andnrabl.

14. IgTaidar Muhammad, akhtam hegi.

15. BSbUs Beg (BloohmanUf 889)

16. Isma’ll Beg Dflldai.

17. Mlrza Qasan Khan.

18. MlrzftNijftt.

19. Muhammad Khan Jalilr.

20. 81. Qusain Khan.

21. Qandtiq 81.

22. Muhammad Amin difodfie.

23. Shah Qull Kiranjl.

24. TulakKhan.

25. Kikar *Alf Khim

26. BiqY Beg ySiiitfhegX (head of the guards).

27. Lai Khan Badskhshl (Biya* aid, an officer of Sulaimln).

28. Beg Mnhaamiad djj^Uhbigh

29. Khw. Psdshah Afarif (P sickly, Blochmauh459),

30. KicakKhw.

31. Khw. ‘Abdu-l-barl.

32. Khw. ‘Abdu-l-lfth.

S3. MirMu’ln.

84. Mir.Ghanl.

85. 2hah Fal(hru-d>dTn.

86. Mir Mutisin Dd’i.

87. Khw. ]^U8aia of Meir.

88. Mir *Abdu-l-^ai.

89. Mir ‘Abdiil>l-lah gSnunh